From 21177f0146314ffcecbb151db698baf0a5e27ba4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 01/53] chore: update docs/dyn/index.md --- docs/dyn/index.md | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index 45792a53a5d..e94a5d7443e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -479,7 +479,6 @@ ## doubleclickbidmanager -* [v1.1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/doubleclickbidmanager_v1_1.html) * [v2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/doubleclickbidmanager_v2.html) From e36873635072a0af499314e5a4d4763624c2f659 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 02/53] feat(androidpublisher): update the api #### androidpublisher:v3 The following keys were added: - schemas.DeferredItemReplacement (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.SubscriptionPurchaseLineItem.properties.deferredItemReplacement.$ref (Total Keys: 1) The following keys were changed: - resources.edits.resources.deobfuscationfiles.methods.upload.mediaUpload.maxSize (Total Keys: 1) --- .../androidpublisher_v3.inappproducts.html | 24 +++++++------- ...ublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html | 3 ++ .../documents/androidpublisher.v3.json | 31 ++++++++++++++----- 3 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.inappproducts.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.inappproducts.html index ec42075ee73..12eb2ca76bf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.inappproducts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.inappproducts.html @@ -79,22 +79,22 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

delete(packageName, sku, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription).

+

Deletes an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription). This method should no longer be used to delete subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.

get(packageName, sku, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets an in-app product, which can be a managed product or a subscription.

+

Gets an in-app product, which can be a managed product or a subscription. This method should no longer be used to retrieve subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.

insert(packageName, autoConvertMissingPrices=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription).

+

Creates an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription). This method should no longer be used to create subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.

list(packageName, maxResults=None, startIndex=None, token=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists all in-app products - both managed products and subscriptions. If an app has a large number of in-app products, the response may be paginated. In this case the response field `tokenPagination.nextPageToken` will be set and the caller should provide its value as a `token` request parameter to retrieve the next page.

+

Lists all in-app products - both managed products and subscriptions. If an app has a large number of in-app products, the response may be paginated. In this case the response field `tokenPagination.nextPageToken` will be set and the caller should provide its value as a `token` request parameter to retrieve the next page. This method should no longer be used to retrieve subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.

patch(packageName, sku, autoConvertMissingPrices=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Patches an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription).

+

Patches an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription). This method should no longer be used to update subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.

update(packageName, sku, allowMissing=None, autoConvertMissingPrices=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription).

+

Updates an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription). This method should no longer be used to update subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.

Method Details

close() @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

Method Details

delete(packageName, sku, x__xgafv=None) - 
Deletes an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription).
+  
Deletes an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription). This method should no longer be used to delete subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.
 
 Args:
   packageName: string, Package name of the app. (required)
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     get(packageName, sku, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Gets an in-app product, which can be a managed product or a subscription.
+  
Gets an in-app product, which can be a managed product or a subscription. This method should no longer be used to retrieve subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.
 
 Args:
   packageName: string, Package name of the app. (required)
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     insert(packageName, autoConvertMissingPrices=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Creates an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription).
+  
Creates an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription). This method should no longer be used to create subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.
 
 Args:
   packageName: string, Package name of the app. (required)
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     list(packageName, maxResults=None, startIndex=None, token=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Lists all in-app products - both managed products and subscriptions. If an app has a large number of in-app products, the response may be paginated. In this case the response field `tokenPagination.nextPageToken` will be set and the caller should provide its value as a `token` request parameter to retrieve the next page.
+  
Lists all in-app products - both managed products and subscriptions. If an app has a large number of in-app products, the response may be paginated. In this case the response field `tokenPagination.nextPageToken` will be set and the caller should provide its value as a `token` request parameter to retrieve the next page. This method should no longer be used to retrieve subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.
 
 Args:
   packageName: string, Package name of the app. (required)
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     patch(packageName, sku, autoConvertMissingPrices=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Patches an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription).
+  
Patches an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription). This method should no longer be used to update subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.
 
 Args:
   packageName: string, Package name of the app. (required)
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     update(packageName, sku, allowMissing=None, autoConvertMissingPrices=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Updates an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription).
+  
Updates an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription). This method should no longer be used to update subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.
 
 Args:
   packageName: string, Package name of the app. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html
index 3bec8ad9934..c7b39543826 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.purchases.subscriptionsv2.html
@@ -140,6 +140,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "priceChangeState": "A String", # State the price change is currently in.
         },
       },
+      "deferredItemReplacement": { # Information related to deferred item replacement. # Information for deferred item replacement.
+        "productId": "A String", # The product_id going to replace the existing product_id.
+      },
       "expiryTime": "A String", # Time at which the subscription expired or will expire unless the access is extended (ex. renews).
       "offerDetails": { # Offer details information related to a purchase line item. # The offer details for this item.
         "basePlanId": "A String", # The base plan ID. Present for all base plan and offers.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
index 0d40a8d1600..ac9fa01c3e8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@
                 "accept": [
                   "application/octet-stream"
                 ],
-                "maxSize": "838860800",
+                "maxSize": "1258291200",
                 "protocols": {
                   "resumable": {
                     "multipart": true,
@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@
     "inappproducts": {
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription).",
+          "description": "Deletes an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription). This method should no longer be used to delete subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.",
           "flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/inappproducts/{sku}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "androidpublisher.inappproducts.delete",
@@ -2127,7 +2127,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "get": {
-          "description": "Gets an in-app product, which can be a managed product or a subscription.",
+          "description": "Gets an in-app product, which can be a managed product or a subscription. This method should no longer be used to retrieve subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.",
           "flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/inappproducts/{sku}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "androidpublisher.inappproducts.get",
@@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription).",
+          "description": "Creates an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription). This method should no longer be used to create subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.",
           "flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/inappproducts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "androidpublisher.inappproducts.insert",
@@ -2190,7 +2190,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "list": {
-          "description": "Lists all in-app products - both managed products and subscriptions. If an app has a large number of in-app products, the response may be paginated. In this case the response field `tokenPagination.nextPageToken` will be set and the caller should provide its value as a `token` request parameter to retrieve the next page.",
+          "description": "Lists all in-app products - both managed products and subscriptions. If an app has a large number of in-app products, the response may be paginated. In this case the response field `tokenPagination.nextPageToken` will be set and the caller should provide its value as a `token` request parameter to retrieve the next page. This method should no longer be used to retrieve subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.",
           "flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/inappproducts",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "androidpublisher.inappproducts.list",
@@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Patches an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription).",
+          "description": "Patches an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription). This method should no longer be used to update subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.",
           "flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/inappproducts/{sku}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "androidpublisher.inappproducts.patch",
@@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "update": {
-          "description": "Updates an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription).",
+          "description": "Updates an in-app product (i.e. a managed product or a subscription). This method should no longer be used to update subscriptions. See [this article](https://android-developers.googleblog.com/2023/06/changes-to-google-play-developer-api-june-2023.html) for more information.",
           "flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/inappproducts/{sku}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "androidpublisher.inappproducts.update",
@@ -4047,7 +4047,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230620",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcquisitionTargetingRule": {
@@ -4510,6 +4510,17 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "DeferredItemReplacement": {
+      "description": "Information related to deferred item replacement.",
+      "id": "DeferredItemReplacement",
+      "properties": {
+        "productId": {
+          "description": "The product_id going to replace the existing product_id.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "DeobfuscationFile": {
       "description": "Represents a deobfuscation file.",
       "id": "DeobfuscationFile",
@@ -6665,6 +6676,10 @@
           "$ref": "AutoRenewingPlan",
           "description": "The item is auto renewing."
         },
+        "deferredItemReplacement": {
+          "$ref": "DeferredItemReplacement",
+          "description": "Information for deferred item replacement."
+        },
         "expiryTime": {
           "description": "Time at which the subscription expired or will expire unless the access is extended (ex. renews).",
           "format": "google-datetime",

From 05ff8b80789ef65e6d08ad5c2734534c16238eab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:55 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 03/53] feat(baremetalsolution): update the api

#### baremetalsolution:v2

The following keys were deleted:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.instances.methods.create (Total Keys: 12)

The following keys were added:
- schemas.InstanceConfig.properties.sshKeyNames (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...ution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html | 188 ------------------
 ...rojects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html |  21 ++
 .../documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json       |  37 +---
 3 files changed, 29 insertions(+), 217 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html
index 1be9b516f13..3de7391712e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -77,9 +77,6 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

-

-  create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Create an Instance.

 

   detachLun(instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Detach LUN from Instance.

@@ -119,191 +116,6 @@ 
Method Details

   
Close httplib2 connections.

 

 
-

-    create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Create an Instance.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent project and location. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # A server.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create a time stamp.
-  "firmwareVersion": "A String", # Output only. The firmware version for the instance.
-  "hyperthreadingEnabled": True or False, # True if you enable hyperthreading for the server, otherwise false. The default value is false.
-  "id": "A String", # Output only. An identifier for the `Instance`, generated by the backend.
-  "interactiveSerialConsoleEnabled": True or False, # Output only. True if the interactive serial console feature is enabled for the instance, false otherwise. The default value is false.
-  "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "logicalInterfaces": [ # List of logical interfaces for the instance. The number of logical interfaces will be the same as number of hardware bond/nic on the chosen network template. For the non-multivlan configurations (for eg, existing servers) that use existing default network template (bondaa-bondaa), both the Instance.networks field and the Instance.logical_interfaces fields will be filled to ensure backward compatibility. For the others, only Instance.logical_interfaces will be filled.
-    { # Each logical interface represents a logical abstraction of the underlying physical interface (for eg. bond, nic) of the instance. Each logical interface can effectively map to multiple network-IP pairs and still be mapped to one underlying physical interface.
-      "interfaceIndex": 42, # The index of the logical interface mapping to the index of the hardware bond or nic on the chosen network template. This field is deprecated.
-      "logicalNetworkInterfaces": [ # List of logical network interfaces within a logical interface.
-        { # Each logical network interface is effectively a network and IP pair.
-          "defaultGateway": True or False, # Whether this interface is the default gateway for the instance. Only one interface can be the default gateway for the instance.
-          "id": "A String", # An identifier for the `Network`, generated by the backend.
-          "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address in the network
-          "network": "A String", # Name of the network
-          "networkType": "A String", # Type of network.
-        },
-      ],
-      "name": "A String", # Interface name. This is of syntax or and forms part of the network template name.
-    },
-  ],
-  "loginInfo": "A String", # Output only. Text field about info for logging in.
-  "luns": [ # Immutable. List of LUNs associated with this server.
-    { # A storage volume logical unit number (LUN).
-      "bootLun": True or False, # Display if this LUN is a boot LUN.
-      "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which LUN will be fully deleted. It is filled only for LUNs in COOL_OFF state.
-      "id": "A String", # An identifier for the LUN, generated by the backend.
-      "instances": [ # Output only. Instances this Lun is attached to.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "multiprotocolType": "A String", # The LUN multiprotocol type ensures the characteristics of the LUN are optimized for each operating system.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the LUN.
-      "shareable": True or False, # Display if this LUN can be shared between multiple physical servers.
-      "sizeGb": "A String", # The size of this LUN, in gigabytes.
-      "state": "A String", # The state of this storage volume.
-      "storageType": "A String", # The storage type for this LUN.
-      "storageVolume": "A String", # Display the storage volume for this LUN.
-      "wwid": "A String", # The WWID for this LUN.
-    },
-  ],
-  "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The server type. [Available server types](https://cloud.google.com/bare-metal/docs/bms-planning#server_configurations)
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of this `Instance`. Resource names are schemeless URIs that follow the conventions in https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}`
-  "networkTemplate": "A String", # Instance network template name. For eg, bondaa-bondaa, bondab-nic, etc. Generally, the template name follows the syntax of "bond" or "nic".
-  "networks": [ # Output only. List of networks associated with this server.
-    { # A Network.
-      "cidr": "A String", # The cidr of the Network.
-      "gatewayIp": "A String", # Output only. Gateway ip address.
-      "id": "A String", # An identifier for the `Network`, generated by the backend.
-      "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address configured.
-      "jumboFramesEnabled": True or False, # Whether network uses standard frames or jumbo ones.
-      "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs.
-        "a_key": "A String",
-      },
-      "macAddress": [ # List of physical interfaces.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "mountPoints": [ # Input only. List of mount points to attach the network to.
-        { # Mount point for a network.
-          "defaultGateway": True or False, # Network should be a default gateway.
-          "instance": "A String", # Instance to attach network to.
-          "ipAddress": "A String", # Ip address of the server.
-          "logicalInterface": "A String", # Logical interface to detach from.
-        },
-      ],
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of this `Network`. Resource names are schemeless URIs that follow the conventions in https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/networks/{network}`
-      "pod": "A String", # Output only. Pod name.
-      "reservations": [ # List of IP address reservations in this network. When updating this field, an error will be generated if a reservation conflicts with an IP address already allocated to a physical server.
-        { # A reservation of one or more addresses in a network.
-          "endAddress": "A String", # The last address of this reservation block, inclusive. I.e., for cases when reservations are only single addresses, end_address and start_address will be the same. Must be specified as a single IPv4 address, e.g. 10.1.2.2.
-          "note": "A String", # A note about this reservation, intended for human consumption.
-          "startAddress": "A String", # The first address of this reservation block. Must be specified as a single IPv4 address, e.g. 10.1.2.2.
-        },
-      ],
-      "servicesCidr": "A String", # IP range for reserved for services (e.g. NFS).
-      "state": "A String", # The Network state.
-      "type": "A String", # The type of this network.
-      "vlanId": "A String", # The vlan id of the Network.
-      "vrf": { # A network VRF. # The vrf for the Network.
-        "name": "A String", # The name of the VRF.
-        "qosPolicy": { # QOS policy parameters. # The QOS policy applied to this VRF. The value is only meaningful when all the vlan attachments have the same QoS. This field should not be used for new integrations, use vlan attachment level qos instead. The field is left for backward-compatibility.
-          "bandwidthGbps": 3.14, # The bandwidth permitted by the QOS policy, in gbps.
-        },
-        "state": "A String", # The possible state of VRF.
-        "vlanAttachments": [ # The list of VLAN attachments for the VRF.
-          { # VLAN attachment details.
-            "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the attachment within vrf.
-            "pairingKey": "A String", # Input only. Pairing key.
-            "peerIp": "A String", # The peer IP of the attachment.
-            "peerVlanId": "A String", # The peer vlan ID of the attachment.
-            "qosPolicy": { # QOS policy parameters. # The QOS policy applied to this VLAN attachment. This value should be preferred to using qos at vrf level.
-              "bandwidthGbps": 3.14, # The bandwidth permitted by the QOS policy, in gbps.
-            },
-            "routerIp": "A String", # The router IP of the attachment.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "osImage": "A String", # The OS image currently installed on the server.
-  "pod": "A String", # Immutable. Pod name. Pod is an independent part of infrastructure. Instance can be connected to the assets (networks, volumes) allocated in the same pod only.
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the server.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update a time stamp.
-  "volumes": [ # Input only. List of Volumes to attach to this Instance on creation. This field won't be populated in Get/List responses.
-    { # A storage volume.
-      "attached": True or False, # Output only. Is the Volume attached at at least one instance. This field is a lightweight counterpart of `instances` field. It is filled in List responses as well.
-      "autoGrownSizeGib": "A String", # The size, in GiB, that this storage volume has expanded as a result of an auto grow policy. In the absence of auto-grow, the value is 0.
-      "bootVolume": True or False, # Output only. Whether this volume is a boot volume. A boot volume is one which contains a boot LUN.
-      "currentSizeGib": "A String", # The current size of this storage volume, in GiB, including space reserved for snapshots. This size might be different than the requested size if the storage volume has been configured with auto grow or auto shrink.
-      "emergencySizeGib": "A String", # Additional emergency size that was requested for this Volume, in GiB. current_size_gib includes this value.
-      "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which volume will be fully deleted. It is filled only for volumes in COOLOFF state.
-      "id": "A String", # An identifier for the `Volume`, generated by the backend.
-      "instances": [ # Output only. Instances this Volume is attached to. This field is set only in Get requests.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs.
-        "a_key": "A String",
-      },
-      "maxSizeGib": "A String", # Maximum size volume can be expanded to in case of evergency, in GiB.
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of this `Volume`. Resource names are schemeless URIs that follow the conventions in https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}`
-      "notes": "A String", # Input only. User-specified notes for new Volume. Used to provision Volumes that require manual intervention.
-      "originallyRequestedSizeGib": "A String", # Originally requested size, in GiB.
-      "performanceTier": "A String", # Immutable. Performance tier of the Volume. Default is SHARED.
-      "pod": "A String", # Immutable. Pod name.
-      "protocol": "A String", # Output only. Storage protocol for the Volume.
-      "remainingSpaceGib": "A String", # The space remaining in the storage volume for new LUNs, in GiB, excluding space reserved for snapshots.
-      "requestedSizeGib": "A String", # The requested size of this storage volume, in GiB.
-      "snapshotAutoDeleteBehavior": "A String", # The behavior to use when snapshot reserved space is full.
-      "snapshotEnabled": True or False, # Whether snapshots are enabled.
-      "snapshotReservationDetail": { # Details about snapshot space reservation and usage on the storage volume. # Details about snapshot space reservation and usage on the storage volume.
-        "reservedSpaceGib": "A String", # The space on this storage volume reserved for snapshots, shown in GiB.
-        "reservedSpacePercent": 42, # Percent of the total Volume size reserved for snapshot copies. Enabling snapshots requires reserving 20% or more of the storage volume space for snapshots. Maximum reserved space for snapshots is 40%. Setting this field will effectively set snapshot_enabled to true.
-        "reservedSpaceRemainingGib": "A String", # The amount, in GiB, of available space in this storage volume's reserved snapshot space.
-        "reservedSpaceUsedPercent": 42, # The percent of snapshot space on this storage volume actually being used by the snapshot copies. This value might be higher than 100% if the snapshot copies have overflowed into the data portion of the storage volume.
-      },
-      "snapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # The name of the snapshot schedule policy in use for this volume, if any.
-      "state": "A String", # The state of this storage volume.
-      "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes.
-      "storageType": "A String", # The storage type for this volume.
-      "workloadProfile": "A String", # The workload profile for the volume.
-    },
-  ],
-  "workloadProfile": "A String", # The workload profile for the instance.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}

-

-
 

     detachLun(instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Detach LUN from Instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html
index 8ff97e5b7f2..aaca1a12980 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html
@@ -144,6 +144,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "existingNetworkId": "A String", # Name of the existing network to use.
         "networkId": "A String", # Id of the network to use, within the same ProvisioningConfig request.
       },
+      "sshKeyNames": [ # List of names of ssh keys used to provision the instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team .
     },
   ],
@@ -259,6 +262,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "existingNetworkId": "A String", # Name of the existing network to use.
         "networkId": "A String", # Id of the network to use, within the same ProvisioningConfig request.
       },
+      "sshKeyNames": [ # List of names of ssh keys used to provision the instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team .
     },
   ],
@@ -380,6 +386,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "existingNetworkId": "A String", # Name of the existing network to use.
         "networkId": "A String", # Id of the network to use, within the same ProvisioningConfig request.
       },
+      "sshKeyNames": [ # List of names of ssh keys used to provision the instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team .
     },
   ],
@@ -496,6 +505,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "existingNetworkId": "A String", # Name of the existing network to use.
         "networkId": "A String", # Id of the network to use, within the same ProvisioningConfig request.
       },
+      "sshKeyNames": [ # List of names of ssh keys used to provision the instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team .
     },
   ],
@@ -612,6 +624,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "existingNetworkId": "A String", # Name of the existing network to use.
         "networkId": "A String", # Id of the network to use, within the same ProvisioningConfig request.
       },
+      "sshKeyNames": [ # List of names of ssh keys used to provision the instance.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team .
     },
   ],
@@ -730,6 +745,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "existingNetworkId": "A String", # Name of the existing network to use.
           "networkId": "A String", # Id of the network to use, within the same ProvisioningConfig request.
         },
+        "sshKeyNames": [ # List of names of ssh keys used to provision the instance.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team .
       },
     ],
@@ -846,6 +864,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "existingNetworkId": "A String", # Name of the existing network to use.
           "networkId": "A String", # Id of the network to use, within the same ProvisioningConfig request.
         },
+        "sshKeyNames": [ # List of names of ssh keys used to provision the instance.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team .
       },
     ],
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json
index 18ceb22aaf1..3c2bbc073f4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json
@@ -207,34 +207,6 @@
             },
             "instances": {
               "methods": {
-                "create": {
-                  "description": "Create an Instance.",
-                  "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances",
-                  "httpMethod": "POST",
-                  "id": "baremetalsolution.projects.locations.instances.create",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "parent"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The parent project and location.",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v2/{+parent}/instances",
-                  "request": {
-                    "$ref": "Instance"
-                  },
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "Operation"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-                  ]
-                },
                 "detachLun": {
                   "description": "Detach LUN from Instance.",
                   "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:detachLun",
@@ -1605,7 +1577,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://baremetalsolution.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllowedClient": {
@@ -1970,6 +1942,13 @@
           "$ref": "NetworkAddress",
           "description": "Private network address, if any. Filled if InstanceConfig.multivlan_config is false."
         },
+        "sshKeyNames": {
+          "description": "List of names of ssh keys used to provision the instance.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "userNote": {
           "description": "User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team .",
           "type": "string"

From 3e0e896f2341db3f9c4a37405a0a636df9f1bec3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:55 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 04/53] feat(batch): update the api

#### batch:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.AgentContainer (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.AgentEnvironment (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.AgentKMSEnvMap (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.AgentScript (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.AgentTask.properties.agentTaskSpec.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.AgentTaskRunnable (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.AgentTaskSpec (Total Keys: 7)
---
 .../dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html |  24 +--
 .../batch_v1.projects.locations.state.html    |  52 +++++-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json   | 157 +++++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 217 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
index ad9c40d01de..bf52c596d53 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # Boot disk to be created and attached to each VM by this InstancePolicy. Boot disk will be deleted when the VM is deleted. Batch API now only supports booting from image.
             "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now.
-            "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images.
+            "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * "batch-hpc-centos": use Batch HPC CentOS images.
             "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.
             "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now.
             "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard".
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "existingDisk": "A String", # Name of an existing PD.
               "newDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds.
                 "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now.
-                "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images.
+                "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * "batch-hpc-centos": use Batch HPC CentOS images.
                 "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.
                 "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now.
                 "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard".
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ 
Method Details

           { # VM instance status.
             "bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # The VM boot disk.
               "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now.
-              "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images.
+              "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * "batch-hpc-centos": use Batch HPC CentOS images.
               "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.
               "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now.
               "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard".
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # Boot disk to be created and attached to each VM by this InstancePolicy. Boot disk will be deleted when the VM is deleted. Batch API now only supports booting from image.
             "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now.
-            "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images.
+            "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * "batch-hpc-centos": use Batch HPC CentOS images.
             "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.
             "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now.
             "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard".
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "existingDisk": "A String", # Name of an existing PD.
               "newDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds.
                 "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now.
-                "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images.
+                "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * "batch-hpc-centos": use Batch HPC CentOS images.
                 "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.
                 "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now.
                 "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard".
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ 
Method Details

           { # VM instance status.
             "bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # The VM boot disk.
               "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now.
-              "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images.
+              "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * "batch-hpc-centos": use Batch HPC CentOS images.
               "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.
               "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now.
               "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard".
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # Boot disk to be created and attached to each VM by this InstancePolicy. Boot disk will be deleted when the VM is deleted. Batch API now only supports booting from image.
             "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now.
-            "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images.
+            "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * "batch-hpc-centos": use Batch HPC CentOS images.
             "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.
             "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now.
             "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard".
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "existingDisk": "A String", # Name of an existing PD.
               "newDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds.
                 "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now.
-                "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images.
+                "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * "batch-hpc-centos": use Batch HPC CentOS images.
                 "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.
                 "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now.
                 "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard".
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ 
Method Details

           { # VM instance status.
             "bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # The VM boot disk.
               "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now.
-              "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images.
+              "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * "batch-hpc-centos": use Batch HPC CentOS images.
               "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.
               "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now.
               "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard".
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # Boot disk to be created and attached to each VM by this InstancePolicy. Boot disk will be deleted when the VM is deleted. Batch API now only supports booting from image.
                 "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now.
-                "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images.
+                "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * "batch-hpc-centos": use Batch HPC CentOS images.
                 "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.
                 "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now.
                 "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard".
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "existingDisk": "A String", # Name of an existing PD.
                   "newDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds.
                     "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now.
-                    "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images.
+                    "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * "batch-hpc-centos": use Batch HPC CentOS images.
                     "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.
                     "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now.
                     "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard".
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ 
Method Details

               { # VM instance status.
                 "bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # The VM boot disk.
                   "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now.
-                  "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images.
+                  "image": "A String", # Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * "batch-debian": use Batch Debian images. * "batch-centos": use Batch CentOS images. * "batch-cos": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * "batch-hpc-centos": use Batch HPC CentOS images.
                   "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.
                   "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now.
                   "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard".
diff --git a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.state.html b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.state.html
index 438eda56f0c..8b8402bd476 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.state.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.state.html
@@ -155,9 +155,59 @@ 
Method Details

   "minReportInterval": "A String", # Minimum report interval override
   "tasks": [ # Tasks assigned to the agent
     { # TODO(b/182501497) The message needs to be redefined when the Agent API server updates data in storage per the backend design.
+      "agentTaskSpec": { # AgentTaskSpec is the user's TaskSpec representation between Agent and CLH communication. # AgentTaskSpec is the taskSpec representation between Agent and CLH communication. This field will replace the TaskSpec field above in future to have a better separation between user-facaing API and internal API.
+        "environment": { # AgentEnvironment is the Environment representation between Agent and CLH communication. The environment is used in both task level and agent level. # Environment variables to set before running the Task.
+          "encryptedVariables": { # AgentKMSEnvMap contains the encrypted key/value pair to be used in the environment on the Agent side. # An encrypted JSON dictionary where the key/value pairs correspond to environment variable names and their values.
+            "cipherText": "A String", # The value of the cipherText response from the `encrypt` method.
+            "keyName": "A String", # The name of the KMS key that will be used to decrypt the cipher text.
+          },
+          "secretVariables": { # A map of environment variable names to Secret Manager secret names. The VM will access the named secrets to set the value of each environment variable.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "variables": { # A map of environment variable names to values.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+        },
+        "maxRunDuration": "A String", # Maximum duration the task should run. The task will be killed and marked as FAILED if over this limit.
+        "runnables": [ # AgentTaskRunnable is runanbles that will be executed on the agent.
+          { # AgentTaskRunnable is the Runnable representation between Agent and CLH communication.
+            "alwaysRun": True or False, # By default, after a Runnable fails, no further Runnable are executed. This flag indicates that this Runnable must be run even if the Task has already failed. This is useful for Runnables that copy output files off of the VM or for debugging. The always_run flag does not override the Task's overall max_run_duration. If the max_run_duration has expired then no further Runnables will execute, not even always_run Runnables.
+            "background": True or False, # This flag allows a Runnable to continue running in the background while the Task executes subsequent Runnables. This is useful to provide services to other Runnables (or to provide debugging support tools like SSH servers).
+            "container": { # Container runnable representation on the agent side. # Container runnable.
+              "commands": [ # Overrides the `CMD` specified in the container. If there is an ENTRYPOINT (either in the container image or with the entrypoint field below) then commands are appended as arguments to the ENTRYPOINT.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "entrypoint": "A String", # Overrides the `ENTRYPOINT` specified in the container.
+              "imageUri": "A String", # The URI to pull the container image from.
+              "options": "A String", # Arbitrary additional options to include in the "docker run" command when running this container, e.g. "--network host".
+              "volumes": [ # Volumes to mount (bind mount) from the host machine files or directories into the container, formatted to match docker run's --volume option, e.g. /foo:/bar, or /foo:/bar:ro
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "environment": { # AgentEnvironment is the Environment representation between Agent and CLH communication. The environment is used in both task level and agent level. # Environment variables for this Runnable (overrides variables set for the whole Task or TaskGroup).
+              "encryptedVariables": { # AgentKMSEnvMap contains the encrypted key/value pair to be used in the environment on the Agent side. # An encrypted JSON dictionary where the key/value pairs correspond to environment variable names and their values.
+                "cipherText": "A String", # The value of the cipherText response from the `encrypt` method.
+                "keyName": "A String", # The name of the KMS key that will be used to decrypt the cipher text.
+              },
+              "secretVariables": { # A map of environment variable names to Secret Manager secret names. The VM will access the named secrets to set the value of each environment variable.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "variables": { # A map of environment variable names to values.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+            },
+            "ignoreExitStatus": True or False, # Normally, a non-zero exit status causes the Task to fail. This flag allows execution of other Runnables to continue instead.
+            "script": { # Script runnable representation on the agent side. # Script runnable.
+              "path": "A String", # Script file path on the host VM. To specify an interpreter, please add a `#!`(also known as [shebang line](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_(Unix))) as the first line of the file.(For example, to execute the script using bash, `#!/bin/bash` should be the first line of the file. To execute the script using`Python3`, `#!/usr/bin/env python3` should be the first line of the file.) Otherwise, the file will by default be excuted by `/bin/sh`.
+              "text": "A String", # Shell script text. To specify an interpreter, please add a `#!\n` at the beginning of the text.(For example, to execute the script using bash, `#!/bin/bash\n` should be added. To execute the script using`Python3`, `#!/usr/bin/env python3\n` should be added.) Otherwise, the script will by default be excuted by `/bin/sh`.
+            },
+            "timeout": "A String", # Timeout for this Runnable.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       "intendedState": "A String", # The intended state of the task.
       "reachedBarrier": "A String", # The highest barrier reached by all tasks in the task's TaskGroup.
-      "spec": { # Spec of a task # Task Spec.
+      "spec": { # Spec of a task # Task Spec. This field will be replaced by agent_task_spec below in future.
         "computeResource": { # Compute resource requirements # ComputeResource requirements.
           "bootDiskMib": "A String", # Extra boot disk size in MiB for each task.
           "cpuMilli": "A String", # The milliCPU count.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json
index bcbcf5e5e03..6653ffedfe4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://batch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accelerator": {
@@ -594,6 +594,64 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AgentContainer": {
+      "description": "Container runnable representation on the agent side.",
+      "id": "AgentContainer",
+      "properties": {
+        "commands": {
+          "description": "Overrides the `CMD` specified in the container. If there is an ENTRYPOINT (either in the container image or with the entrypoint field below) then commands are appended as arguments to the ENTRYPOINT.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "entrypoint": {
+          "description": "Overrides the `ENTRYPOINT` specified in the container.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "imageUri": {
+          "description": "The URI to pull the container image from.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "options": {
+          "description": "Arbitrary additional options to include in the \"docker run\" command when running this container, e.g. \"--network host\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "volumes": {
+          "description": "Volumes to mount (bind mount) from the host machine files or directories into the container, formatted to match docker run's --volume option, e.g. /foo:/bar, or /foo:/bar:ro",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "AgentEnvironment": {
+      "description": "AgentEnvironment is the Environment representation between Agent and CLH communication. The environment is used in both task level and agent level.",
+      "id": "AgentEnvironment",
+      "properties": {
+        "encryptedVariables": {
+          "$ref": "AgentKMSEnvMap",
+          "description": "An encrypted JSON dictionary where the key/value pairs correspond to environment variable names and their values."
+        },
+        "secretVariables": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "A map of environment variable names to Secret Manager secret names. The VM will access the named secrets to set the value of each environment variable.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "variables": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "A map of environment variable names to values.",
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AgentInfo": {
       "description": "VM Agent Info.",
       "id": "AgentInfo",
@@ -637,6 +695,21 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AgentKMSEnvMap": {
+      "description": "AgentKMSEnvMap contains the encrypted key/value pair to be used in the environment on the Agent side.",
+      "id": "AgentKMSEnvMap",
+      "properties": {
+        "cipherText": {
+          "description": "The value of the cipherText response from the `encrypt` method.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "keyName": {
+          "description": "The name of the KMS key that will be used to decrypt the cipher text.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AgentMetadata": {
       "description": "VM Agent Metadata.",
       "id": "AgentMetadata",
@@ -685,10 +758,29 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AgentScript": {
+      "description": "Script runnable representation on the agent side.",
+      "id": "AgentScript",
+      "properties": {
+        "path": {
+          "description": "Script file path on the host VM. To specify an interpreter, please add a `#!`(also known as [shebang line](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_(Unix))) as the first line of the file.(For example, to execute the script using bash, `#!/bin/bash` should be the first line of the file. To execute the script using`Python3`, `#!/usr/bin/env python3` should be the first line of the file.) Otherwise, the file will by default be excuted by `/bin/sh`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "text": {
+          "description": "Shell script text. To specify an interpreter, please add a `#!\\n` at the beginning of the text.(For example, to execute the script using bash, `#!/bin/bash\\n` should be added. To execute the script using`Python3`, `#!/usr/bin/env python3\\n` should be added.) Otherwise, the script will by default be excuted by `/bin/sh`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AgentTask": {
       "description": "TODO(b/182501497) The message needs to be redefined when the Agent API server updates data in storage per the backend design.",
       "id": "AgentTask",
       "properties": {
+        "agentTaskSpec": {
+          "$ref": "AgentTaskSpec",
+          "description": "AgentTaskSpec is the taskSpec representation between Agent and CLH communication. This field will replace the TaskSpec field above in future to have a better separation between user-facaing API and internal API."
+        },
         "intendedState": {
           "description": "The intended state of the task.",
           "enum": [
@@ -712,7 +804,7 @@
         },
         "spec": {
           "$ref": "TaskSpec",
-          "description": "Task Spec."
+          "description": "Task Spec. This field will be replaced by agent_task_spec below in future."
         },
         "status": {
           "$ref": "TaskStatus",
@@ -759,6 +851,65 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AgentTaskRunnable": {
+      "description": "AgentTaskRunnable is the Runnable representation between Agent and CLH communication.",
+      "id": "AgentTaskRunnable",
+      "properties": {
+        "alwaysRun": {
+          "description": "By default, after a Runnable fails, no further Runnable are executed. This flag indicates that this Runnable must be run even if the Task has already failed. This is useful for Runnables that copy output files off of the VM or for debugging. The always_run flag does not override the Task's overall max_run_duration. If the max_run_duration has expired then no further Runnables will execute, not even always_run Runnables.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "background": {
+          "description": "This flag allows a Runnable to continue running in the background while the Task executes subsequent Runnables. This is useful to provide services to other Runnables (or to provide debugging support tools like SSH servers).",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "container": {
+          "$ref": "AgentContainer",
+          "description": "Container runnable."
+        },
+        "environment": {
+          "$ref": "AgentEnvironment",
+          "description": "Environment variables for this Runnable (overrides variables set for the whole Task or TaskGroup)."
+        },
+        "ignoreExitStatus": {
+          "description": "Normally, a non-zero exit status causes the Task to fail. This flag allows execution of other Runnables to continue instead.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "script": {
+          "$ref": "AgentScript",
+          "description": "Script runnable."
+        },
+        "timeout": {
+          "description": "Timeout for this Runnable.",
+          "format": "google-duration",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "AgentTaskSpec": {
+      "description": "AgentTaskSpec is the user's TaskSpec representation between Agent and CLH communication.",
+      "id": "AgentTaskSpec",
+      "properties": {
+        "environment": {
+          "$ref": "AgentEnvironment",
+          "description": "Environment variables to set before running the Task."
+        },
+        "maxRunDuration": {
+          "description": "Maximum duration the task should run. The task will be killed and marked as FAILED if over this limit.",
+          "format": "google-duration",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "runnables": {
+          "description": "AgentTaskRunnable is runanbles that will be executed on the agent.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "AgentTaskRunnable"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AgentTimingInfo": {
       "description": "VM timing information",
       "id": "AgentTimingInfo",
@@ -929,7 +1080,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "image": {
-          "description": "Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * \"batch-debian\": use Batch Debian images. * \"batch-centos\": use Batch CentOS images. * \"batch-cos\": use Batch Container-Optimized images.",
+          "description": "Name of a public or custom image used as the data source. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * \"batch-debian\": use Batch Debian images. * \"batch-centos\": use Batch CentOS images. * \"batch-cos\": use Batch Container-Optimized images. * \"batch-hpc-centos\": use Batch HPC CentOS images.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sizeGb": {

From 24dfef5b3d50aa67e64dda2993c77576bf16e493 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 05/53] feat(beyondcorp): update the api

#### beyondcorp:v1alpha

The following keys were deleted:
- resources.organizations.resources.locations.resources.global.resources.partnerTenants.methods.list.parameters.filter (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.organizations.resources.locations.resources.global.resources.partnerTenants.methods.list.parameters.orderBy (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.organizations.resources.locations.resources.global.resources.partnerTenants.methods.list.parameters.pageSize (Total Keys: 3)
- resources.organizations.resources.locations.resources.global.resources.partnerTenants.methods.list.parameters.pageToken (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaListPartnerTenantsResponse.properties.nextPageToken.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaListPartnerTenantsResponse.properties.unreachable (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerTenant.properties.googleGroupEmail.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerTenant.properties.googleGroupId.type (Total Keys: 1)

The following keys were added:
- resources.organizations.resources.locations.resources.global.resources.partnerTenants.methods.patch (Total Keys: 17)
- resources.organizations.resources.locations.resources.global.resources.partnerTenants.resources.browserDlpRules.methods.delete (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.organizations.resources.locations.resources.global.resources.partnerTenants.resources.browserDlpRules.methods.patch (Total Keys: 17)
- resources.organizations.resources.locations.resources.global.resources.partnerTenants.resources.proxyConfigs.methods.delete (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.organizations.resources.locations.resources.global.resources.partnerTenants.resources.proxyConfigs.methods.list (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.organizations.resources.locations.resources.global.resources.partnerTenants.resources.proxyConfigs.methods.patch (Total Keys: 17)
- schemas.GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaListProxyConfigsResponse (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerTenant.properties.group.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...lobal_.partnerTenants.browserDlpRules.html |  96 +++++++
 ...ions.locations.global_.partnerTenants.html |  92 +++++--
 ...s.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html | 142 ++++++++++
 .../documents/beyondcorp.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json         | 254 +++++++++++++++---
 5 files changed, 521 insertions(+), 65 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.browserDlpRules.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.browserDlpRules.html
index 52e4f20939a..a5fc89a0827 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.browserDlpRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.browserDlpRules.html
@@ -80,12 +80,18 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates a new BrowserDlpRule in a given organization and PartnerTenant.

+

+  delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes an existing BrowserDlpRule.

 

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets details of a single BrowserDlpRule.

 

   getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Update an existing BrowserDlpRule in a given organization and PartnerTenant.

 

   setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

@@ -151,6 +157,42 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes an existing BrowserDlpRule.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the BrowserDlpRule using the form: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partner_tenant_id}/browserDlpRules/{browser_dlp_rule_id}` (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     get(name, x__xgafv=None)
   
Gets details of a single BrowserDlpRule.
@@ -228,6 +270,60 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Update an existing BrowserDlpRule in a given organization and PartnerTenant.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. Unique resource name. The name is ignored when creating BrowserDlpRule. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Browser DLP Rule for a PartnerTenant
+  "group": { # Message to capture group information # Required. The group to which this Rule should be applied to.
+    "email": "A String", # The group email id
+    "id": "A String", # Google group id
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique resource name. The name is ignored when creating BrowserDlpRule.
+  "ruleSetting": { # Message to capture settings for a BrowserDlpRule # Required. The policy settings to apply.
+    "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of the Setting. .
+    "value": { # Required. The value of the Setting.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Supported fields include: rule_setting.value.*, group.id/group.email.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.html
index 61ba13daaa9..5d255e0e181 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.html
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

   getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

 

-  list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  list(parent, x__xgafv=None)

 
Lists PartnerTenants in a given organization.

 

-  list_next()

-
Retrieves the next page of results.

+  patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates a single PartnerTenant.

 

   setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

@@ -129,8 +129,10 @@ 
Method Details

 { # Information about a BeyoncCorp Enterprise PartnerTenant.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the PartnerTenant. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
-  "googleGroupEmail": "A String", # Optional. Google group email to which the PartnerTenant is enabled.
-  "googleGroupId": "A String", # Optional. Google group ID to which the PartnerTenant is enabled.
+  "group": { # Message to capture group information # Optional. Group information for the users enabled to use the partnerTenant. If the group information is not provided then the partnerTenant will be enabled for all users.
+    "email": "A String", # The group email id
+    "id": "A String", # Google group id
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique resource name of the PartnerTenant. The name is ignored when creating PartnerTenant.
   "partnerMetadata": { # Metadata associated with PartnerTenant and is provided by the Partner. # Optional. Metadata provided by the Partner associated with PartnerTenant.
     "partnerTenantId": "A String", # Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.
@@ -221,8 +223,10 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Information about a BeyoncCorp Enterprise PartnerTenant.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the PartnerTenant. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
-  "googleGroupEmail": "A String", # Optional. Google group email to which the PartnerTenant is enabled.
-  "googleGroupId": "A String", # Optional. Google group ID to which the PartnerTenant is enabled.
+  "group": { # Message to capture group information # Optional. Group information for the users enabled to use the partnerTenant. If the group information is not provided then the partnerTenant will be enabled for all users.
+    "email": "A String", # The group email id
+    "id": "A String", # Google group id
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique resource name of the PartnerTenant. The name is ignored when creating PartnerTenant.
   "partnerMetadata": { # Metadata associated with PartnerTenant and is provided by the Partner. # Optional. Metadata provided by the Partner associated with PartnerTenant.
     "partnerTenantId": "A String", # Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.
@@ -280,15 +284,11 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    list(parent, x__xgafv=None)
   
Lists PartnerTenants in a given organization.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent organization to which the PartnerTenants belong. Format: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global` (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filter partnerTenants to be returned. See [List Sub-Collections] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#list_sub-collections) for more details. All fields can be used in the filter. Usage: field_filter="fieldName1=fieldVal1 AND fieldName2=fieldVal2". NOTE: Only `AND` conditions are allowed.
-  orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results. Currently, only ordering by the "name" and "create_time" fields are supported. See [Sorting order](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order) for more information.
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 items will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are coerced to 1000. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried.
-  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -298,13 +298,14 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # Message for response to listing PartnerTenants.
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   "partnerTenants": [ # The list of PartnerTenant objects.
     { # Information about a BeyoncCorp Enterprise PartnerTenant.
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
       "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the PartnerTenant. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
-      "googleGroupEmail": "A String", # Optional. Google group email to which the PartnerTenant is enabled.
-      "googleGroupId": "A String", # Optional. Google group ID to which the PartnerTenant is enabled.
+      "group": { # Message to capture group information # Optional. Group information for the users enabled to use the partnerTenant. If the group information is not provided then the partnerTenant will be enabled for all users.
+        "email": "A String", # The group email id
+        "id": "A String", # Google group id
+      },
       "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique resource name of the PartnerTenant. The name is ignored when creating PartnerTenant.
       "partnerMetadata": { # Metadata associated with PartnerTenant and is provided by the Partner. # Optional. Metadata provided by the Partner associated with PartnerTenant.
         "partnerTenantId": "A String", # Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.
@@ -312,24 +313,61 @@ 
Method Details

       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
     },
   ],
-  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
-    "A String",
-  ],
 }

 

 
 

-    list_next()
-  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+    patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates a single PartnerTenant.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. Unique resource name of the PartnerTenant. The name is ignored when creating PartnerTenant. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
 
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+{ # Information about a BeyoncCorp Enterprise PartnerTenant.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the PartnerTenant. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+  "group": { # Message to capture group information # Optional. Group information for the users enabled to use the partnerTenant. If the group information is not provided then the partnerTenant will be enabled for all users.
+    "email": "A String", # The group email id
+    "id": "A String", # Google group id
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Unique resource name of the PartnerTenant. The name is ignored when creating PartnerTenant.
+  "partnerMetadata": { # Metadata associated with PartnerTenant and is provided by the Partner. # Optional. Metadata provided by the Partner associated with PartnerTenant.
+    "partnerTenantId": "A String", # Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+}
 
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        

+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the PartnerTenant resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. 
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

 

 
 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html
index 5dcb56ac452..93ed1ae81c1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/beyondcorp_v1alpha.organizations.locations.global_.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.html
@@ -80,12 +80,21 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates a new BeyondCorp Enterprise ProxyConfig in a given organization and PartnerTenant. Can only be called by on onboarded Beyondcorp Enterprise partner.

+

+  delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a single ProxyConfig.

 

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets details of a single ProxyConfig.

 

   getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+  list(parent, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists ProxyConfigs for PartnerTenant in a given organization.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates a single proxy config.

 

   setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

@@ -156,6 +165,42 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a single ProxyConfig.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     get(name, x__xgafv=None)
   
Gets details of a single ProxyConfig.
@@ -238,6 +283,103 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    list(parent, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists ProxyConfigs for PartnerTenant in a given organization.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent organization to which the ProxyConfigs belong. Format: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partner_tenant_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing ProxyConfigs.
+  "proxyConfigs": [ # The list of ProxyConfig objects.
+    { # Proxy Configuration of a Tenant.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the ProxyConfig. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+      "encryptionInfo": { # Message contains the JWT encryption information for the proxy server. # Optional. Information to encrypt JWT for the proxy server.
+        "encryptionSaEmail": "A String", # Optional. Service Account for encryption key.
+        "jwk": "A String", # Optional. JWK in string.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. ProxyConfig resource name.
+      "proxyUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the proxy server.
+      "routingInfo": { # Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server. # Required. Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server.
+        "pacUri": "A String", # Required. Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI.
+      },
+      "transportInfo": { # Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server. # Required. Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server.
+        "serverCaCertPem": "A String", # Required. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the proxy server certificate.
+        "sslDecryptCaCertPem": "A String", # Optional. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the certificate used by proxy server for SSL decryption.
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates a single proxy config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. ProxyConfig resource name. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Proxy Configuration of a Tenant.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the ProxyConfig. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
+  "encryptionInfo": { # Message contains the JWT encryption information for the proxy server. # Optional. Information to encrypt JWT for the proxy server.
+    "encryptionSaEmail": "A String", # Optional. Service Account for encryption key.
+    "jwk": "A String", # Optional. JWK in string.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. ProxyConfig resource name.
+  "proxyUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the proxy server.
+  "routingInfo": { # Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server. # Required. Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server.
+    "pacUri": "A String", # Required. Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI.
+  },
+  "transportInfo": { # Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server. # Required. Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server.
+    "serverCaCertPem": "A String", # Required. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the proxy server certificate.
+    "sslDecryptCaCertPem": "A String", # Optional. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the certificate used by proxy server for SSL decryption.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Mutable fields include: display_name, proxy_uri, routing_info, transport_info, encryption_info.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json
index 34ae4f15e5d..283a89e7fa1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocatedConnection": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json
index 0f52ea3068c..03c4a7f099a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json
@@ -241,27 +241,6 @@
                         "parent"
                       ],
                       "parameters": {
-                        "filter": {
-                          "description": "Optional. Filter partnerTenants to be returned. See [List Sub-Collections] (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#list_sub-collections) for more details. All fields can be used in the filter. Usage: field_filter=\"fieldName1=fieldVal1 AND fieldName2=fieldVal2\". NOTE: Only `AND` conditions are allowed.",
-                          "location": "query",
-                          "type": "string"
-                        },
-                        "orderBy": {
-                          "description": "Optional. Specifies the ordering of results. Currently, only ordering by the \"name\" and \"create_time\" fields are supported. See [Sorting order](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order) for more information.",
-                          "location": "query",
-                          "type": "string"
-                        },
-                        "pageSize": {
-                          "description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 items will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are coerced to 1000. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried.",
-                          "format": "int32",
-                          "location": "query",
-                          "type": "integer"
-                        },
-                        "pageToken": {
-                          "description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.",
-                          "location": "query",
-                          "type": "string"
-                        },
                         "parent": {
                           "description": "Required. The parent organization to which the PartnerTenants belong. Format: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global`",
                           "location": "path",
@@ -278,6 +257,45 @@
                         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                       ]
                     },
+                    "patch": {
+                      "description": "Updates a single PartnerTenant.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1alpha/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partnerTenantsId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+                      "id": "beyondcorp.organizations.locations.global.partnerTenants.patch",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "name"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "name": {
+                          "description": "Output only. Unique resource name of the PartnerTenant. The name is ignored when creating PartnerTenant.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/global/partnerTenants/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "requestId": {
+                          "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "updateMask": {
+                          "description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the PartnerTenant resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. ",
+                          "format": "google-fieldmask",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerTenant"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    },
                     "setIamPolicy": {
                       "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.",
                       "flatPath": "v1alpha/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partnerTenantsId}:setIamPolicy",
@@ -371,6 +389,36 @@
                             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                           ]
                         },
+                        "delete": {
+                          "description": "Deletes an existing BrowserDlpRule.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1alpha/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partnerTenantsId}/browserDlpRules/{browserDlpRulesId}",
+                          "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                          "id": "beyondcorp.organizations.locations.global.partnerTenants.browserDlpRules.delete",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "name"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "name": {
+                              "description": "Required. The resource name of the BrowserDlpRule using the form: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partner_tenant_id}/browserDlpRules/{browser_dlp_rule_id}`",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/global/partnerTenants/[^/]+/browserDlpRules/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "requestId": {
+                              "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        },
                         "get": {
                           "description": "Gets details of a single BrowserDlpRule.",
                           "flatPath": "v1alpha/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partnerTenantsId}/browserDlpRules/{browserDlpRulesId}",
@@ -427,6 +475,45 @@
                             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                           ]
                         },
+                        "patch": {
+                          "description": "Update an existing BrowserDlpRule in a given organization and PartnerTenant.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1alpha/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partnerTenantsId}/browserDlpRules/{browserDlpRulesId}",
+                          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+                          "id": "beyondcorp.organizations.locations.global.partnerTenants.browserDlpRules.patch",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "name"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "name": {
+                              "description": "Output only. Unique resource name. The name is ignored when creating BrowserDlpRule.",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/global/partnerTenants/[^/]+/browserDlpRules/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "requestId": {
+                              "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "updateMask": {
+                              "description": "Required. Supported fields include: rule_setting.value.*, group.id/group.email.",
+                              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+                          "request": {
+                            "$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaBrowserDlpRule"
+                          },
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        },
                         "setIamPolicy": {
                           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.",
                           "flatPath": "v1alpha/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partnerTenantsId}/browserDlpRules/{browserDlpRulesId}:setIamPolicy",
@@ -520,6 +607,36 @@
                             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                           ]
                         },
+                        "delete": {
+                          "description": "Deletes a single ProxyConfig.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1alpha/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partnerTenantsId}/proxyConfigs/{proxyConfigsId}",
+                          "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                          "id": "beyondcorp.organizations.locations.global.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.delete",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "name"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "name": {
+                              "description": "Required. Name of the resource.",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/global/partnerTenants/[^/]+/proxyConfigs/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "requestId": {
+                              "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        },
                         "get": {
                           "description": "Gets details of a single ProxyConfig.",
                           "flatPath": "v1alpha/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partnerTenantsId}/proxyConfigs/{proxyConfigsId}",
@@ -576,6 +693,70 @@
                             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                           ]
                         },
+                        "list": {
+                          "description": "Lists ProxyConfigs for PartnerTenant in a given organization.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1alpha/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partnerTenantsId}/proxyConfigs",
+                          "httpMethod": "GET",
+                          "id": "beyondcorp.organizations.locations.global.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.list",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "parent"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "parent": {
+                              "description": "Required. The parent organization to which the ProxyConfigs belong. Format: `organizations/{organization_id}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partner_tenant_id}`",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/global/partnerTenants/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/proxyConfigs",
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaListProxyConfigsResponse"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        },
+                        "patch": {
+                          "description": "Updates a single proxy config.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1alpha/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partnerTenantsId}/proxyConfigs/{proxyConfigsId}",
+                          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+                          "id": "beyondcorp.organizations.locations.global.partnerTenants.proxyConfigs.patch",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "name"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "name": {
+                              "description": "Output only. ProxyConfig resource name.",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/global/partnerTenants/[^/]+/proxyConfigs/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "requestId": {
+                              "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "updateMask": {
+                              "description": "Required. Mutable fields include: display_name, proxy_uri, routing_info, transport_info, encryption_info.",
+                              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+                          "request": {
+                            "$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaProxyConfig"
+                          },
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        },
                         "setIamPolicy": {
                           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.",
                           "flatPath": "v1alpha/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/global/partnerTenants/{partnerTenantsId}/proxyConfigs/{proxyConfigsId}:setIamPolicy",
@@ -3787,7 +3968,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocatedConnection": {
@@ -5470,21 +5651,24 @@
       "description": "Message for response to listing PartnerTenants.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaListPartnerTenantsResponse",
       "properties": {
-        "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "A token which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
         "partnerTenants": {
           "description": "The list of PartnerTenant objects.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerTenant"
           },
           "type": "array"
-        },
-        "unreachable": {
-          "description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaListProxyConfigsResponse": {
+      "description": "Message for response to listing ProxyConfigs.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaListProxyConfigsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "proxyConfigs": {
+          "description": "The list of ProxyConfig objects.",
           "items": {
-            "type": "string"
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaProxyConfig"
           },
           "type": "array"
         }
@@ -5560,13 +5744,9 @@
           "description": "Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the PartnerTenant. Cannot exceed 64 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "googleGroupEmail": {
-          "description": "Optional. Google group email to which the PartnerTenant is enabled.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "googleGroupId": {
-          "description": "Optional. Google group ID to which the PartnerTenant is enabled.",
-          "type": "string"
+        "group": {
+          "$ref": "GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroup",
+          "description": "Optional. Group information for the users enabled to use the partnerTenant. If the group information is not provided then the partnerTenant will be enabled for all users."
         },
         "name": {
           "description": "Output only. Unique resource name of the PartnerTenant. The name is ignored when creating PartnerTenant.",

From 82ce7a25b982d9893f9df207e8608fc56e49bce6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 06/53] feat(calendar): update the api

#### calendar:v3

The following keys were added:
- schemas.EventWorkingLocationProperties.properties.type.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html                    | 13 +++++++++++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json      |  6 +++++-
 2 files changed, 18 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html b/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html
index 8b345bd280d..d0378246e8d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html
@@ -421,6 +421,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier.
       "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information.
     },
+    "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored.
   },
 }

 

@@ -701,6 +702,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier.
       "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information.
     },
+    "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored.
   },
 }
 
@@ -977,6 +979,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier.
       "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information.
     },
+    "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored.
   },
 }

 

@@ -1257,6 +1260,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier.
       "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information.
     },
+    "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored.
   },
 }
 
@@ -1542,6 +1546,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier.
       "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information.
     },
+    "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored.
   },
 }

 

@@ -1853,6 +1858,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier.
           "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information.
         },
+        "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored.
       },
     },
   ],
@@ -2218,6 +2224,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier.
           "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information.
         },
+        "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored.
       },
     },
   ],
@@ -2531,6 +2538,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier.
       "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information.
     },
+    "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored.
   },
 }

 

@@ -2812,6 +2820,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier.
       "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information.
     },
+    "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored.
   },
 }
 
@@ -3098,6 +3107,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier.
       "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information.
     },
+    "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored.
   },
 }
@@ -3388,6 +3398,7 @@

Method Details

"floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier. "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information. }, + "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored. }, }
@@ -3669,6 +3680,7 @@

Method Details

"floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier. "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information. }, + "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored. }, } @@ -3955,6 +3967,7 @@

Method Details

"floorSectionId": "A String", # An optional arbitrary floor section identifier. "label": "A String", # An optional extra label for additional information. }, + "type": "A String", # Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored. }, } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json index 1dc2cab6423..e7221ab48a4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json @@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230519", + "revision": "20230602", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Acl": { @@ -2785,6 +2785,10 @@ } }, "type": "object" + }, + "type": { + "description": "Indicates what kind of location this is. Any details will be specified in a sub-field of the specified name (but which may be missing if empty). Any other fields will be ignored.", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" From ba8ef2ba80ac4395f3b1e76f063856097bcd2d8c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 07/53] feat(chat): update the api #### chat:v1 The following keys were deleted: - schemas.GoogleAppsCardV1CardFixedFooter.properties.widgets (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.GoogleAppsCardV1FooterWidget (Total Keys: 7) - schemas.Message.properties.createTime.readOnly (Total Keys: 1) --- docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html | 4670 ++--------------- .../discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json | 69 +- 3 files changed, 433 insertions(+), 4308 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html index 954fb0d6fb7..d6f51f5b959 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Method Details

Returns details about a membership. For an example, see [Get a membership](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/members/get). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) requires the `chat.memberships` or `chat.memberships.readonly` authorization scope.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the membership to retrieve. Format: `spaces/{space}/members/{member}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the membership to retrieve. To get the app's own membership, you can optionally use `spaces/{space}/members/app`. Format: `spaces/{space}/members/{member}` or `spaces/{space}/members/app` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
index b0508c3dcea..243104dc144 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   create(parent, body=None, messageId=None, messageReplyOption=None, requestId=None, threadKey=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Creates a message. For an example, see [Create a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#create_a_message). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Creating a text message supports both [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) and [app authentication] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) requires the `chat.messages` or `chat.messages.create` authorization scope. Creating a card message requires [app authentication] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) Because Chat provides authentication for [webhooks](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/webhooks) as part of the URL that's generated when a webhook is registered, webhooks can create messages without a service account or user authentication.

+
Creates a message. For an example, see [Create a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#create_a_message). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Creating a text message supports both [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) and [app authentication] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) requires the `chat.messages` or `chat.messages.create` authorization scope. Creating a card message only supports and requires [app authentication] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts). Because Chat provides authentication for [webhooks](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/webhooks) as part of the URL that's generated when a webhook is registered, webhooks can create messages without a service account or user authentication.

 

   delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes a message. For an example, see [Delete a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/v1/messages/delete). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Fully supports [service account authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) and [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) requires the `chat.messages` authorization scope.

@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     create(parent, body=None, messageId=None, messageReplyOption=None, requestId=None, threadKey=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Creates a message. For an example, see [Create a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#create_a_message). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Creating a text message supports both [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) and [app authentication] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) requires the `chat.messages` or `chat.messages.create` authorization scope. Creating a card message requires [app authentication] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) Because Chat provides authentication for [webhooks](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/webhooks) as part of the URL that's generated when a webhook is registered, webhooks can create messages without a service account or user authentication.
+  
Creates a message. For an example, see [Create a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#create_a_message). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Creating a text message supports both [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) and [app authentication] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) requires the `chat.messages` or `chat.messages.create` authorization scope. Creating a card message only supports and requires [app authentication] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts). Because Chat provides authentication for [webhooks](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/webhooks) as part of the URL that's generated when a webhook is registered, webhooks can create messages without a service account or user authentication.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource name of the space in which to create a message. Format: `spaces/{space}` (required)
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
             "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -269,246 +269,6 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
             },
-            "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-              { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-                "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                  "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                    { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                        "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                      "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                        "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                        "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                        "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                        "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                      },
-                      "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                        "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                        "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                          "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                  "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                  "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-                },
-                "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                  "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                  "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                  "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                    "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                    "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                    "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                    "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                  "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                  "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-                },
-                "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                  "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                    "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                      { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                        "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
           },
           "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
             "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
@@ -536,7 +296,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                       { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                         "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                           "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                           "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                           "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -597,7 +357,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                   "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -669,7 +429,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                               "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -827,7 +587,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                               "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                                 { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                  "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                   "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                   "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                                 },
@@ -917,7 +677,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                     "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -1041,7 +801,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                     "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                       "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -1057,7 +817,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                           "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                             "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -1150,7 +910,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                     "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                       { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                        "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                        "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                         "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                         "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                       },
@@ -1474,7 +1234,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
           "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -1523,7 +1283,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -1570,246 +1330,6 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
           },
-          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-            { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-              "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                  { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-              },
-              "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                    "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                    "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                  },
-                  "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                },
-                "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                  "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                    "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                  },
-                },
-                "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                  "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-              },
-              "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                  "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                    { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                      "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-              },
-              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-              },
-            },
-          ],
         },
         "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
           "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
@@ -1837,7 +1357,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -1898,7 +1418,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -1970,7 +1490,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                             "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -2128,7 +1648,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                             "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                               { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                 "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                 "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                               },
@@ -2218,7 +1738,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                   "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                     "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -2342,7 +1862,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                   "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                     "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -2358,7 +1878,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                         "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                           "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                             "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                             "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                             "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -2451,7 +1971,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                   "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                     { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                      "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                      "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                       "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                       "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                     },
@@ -2522,7 +2042,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "clientAssignedMessageId": "A String", # A custom name for a Chat message assigned at creation. Must start with `client-` and contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens up to 63 characters in length. Specify this field to get, update, or delete the message with the specified value. Assigning a custom name lets a Chat app recall the message without saving the message `name` from the [response body](/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages/get#response-body) returned when creating the message. Assigning a custom name doesn't replace the generated `name` field, the message's resource name. Instead, it sets the custom name as the `clientAssignedMessageId` field, which you can reference while processing later operations, like updating or deleting the message. For example usage, see [Name a created message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#name_a_created_message).
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat.
+  "createTime": "A String", # For spaces created in Chat, the time at which the message was created. This field is output only, except when used in imported spaces. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): For imported spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the message was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was deleted in Google Chat. If the message is never deleted, this field is empty.
   "deletionMetadata": { # Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set. # Output only. Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set.
     "deletionType": "A String", # Indicates who deleted the message.
@@ -2643,7 +2163,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
             "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -2692,7 +2212,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -2739,285 +2259,45 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
             },
-            "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-              { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-                "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                  "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                    { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                        "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                      "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                        "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                        "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                        "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                        "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                      },
-                      "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                        "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                        "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
+          },
+          "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
+            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
+            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
+            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
+            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. Because Chat apps don't support card navigation, they ignore this field.
+          "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Chat apps.
+            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
+            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
+            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
+            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
+          },
+          "sections": [ # Contains a collection of widgets. Each section has its own, optional header. Sections are visually separated by a line divider.
+            { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they're specified.
+              "collapsible": True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. Collapsible sections hide some or all widgets, but users can expand the section to reveal the hidden widgets by clicking **Show more**. Users can hide the widgets again by clicking **Show less**. To determine which widgets are hidden, specify `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount`.
+              "header": "A String", # Text that appears at the top of a section. Supports simple HTML formatted text. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
+              "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets which remain visible even when a section is collapsed. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed by default. The `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is taken into account only when `collapsible` is `true`.
+              "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
+                { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
+                  "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, "alpha": 1 }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                    "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
+                      { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
+                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
+                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
+                          "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
+                          "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
+                          "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         },
-                        "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                          "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                  "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                  "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-                },
-                "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                  "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                  "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                  "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                    "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                    "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                    "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                    "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                  "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                  "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-                },
-                "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                  "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                    "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                      { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                        "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-          "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
-            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
-            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
-            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
-            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
-            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-          },
-          "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. Because Chat apps don't support card navigation, they ignore this field.
-          "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Chat apps.
-            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
-            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
-            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
-            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
-            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-          },
-          "sections": [ # Contains a collection of widgets. Each section has its own, optional header. Sections are visually separated by a line divider.
-            { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they're specified.
-              "collapsible": True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. Collapsible sections hide some or all widgets, but users can expand the section to reveal the hidden widgets by clicking **Show more**. Users can hide the widgets again by clicking **Show less**. To determine which widgets are hidden, specify `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount`.
-              "header": "A String", # Text that appears at the top of a section. Supports simple HTML formatted text. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-              "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets which remain visible even when a section is collapsed. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed by default. The `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is taken into account only when `collapsible` is `true`.
-              "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
-                { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
-                  "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, "alpha": 1 }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
-                    "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                      { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                          "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        },
-                        "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                        "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                          "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                          "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                          "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                          "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
+                        "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
+                        "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
+                          "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
+                          "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
+                          "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
+                          "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
                         },
                         "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
                           "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
@@ -3067,7 +2347,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                   "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -3139,7 +2419,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                               "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -3297,7 +2577,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                               "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                                 { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                  "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                   "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                   "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                                 },
@@ -3387,7 +2667,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                     "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -3511,7 +2791,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                     "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                       "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -3527,7 +2807,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                           "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                             "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -3620,7 +2900,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                     "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                       { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                        "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                        "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                         "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                         "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                       },
@@ -3944,7 +3224,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
           "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -3993,7 +3273,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -4040,246 +3320,6 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
           },
-          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-            { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-              "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                  { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-              },
-              "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                    "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                    "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                  },
-                  "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                },
-                "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                  "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                    "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                  },
-                },
-                "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                  "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-              },
-              "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                  "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                    { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                      "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-              },
-              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-              },
-            },
-          ],
         },
         "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
           "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
@@ -4307,7 +3347,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -4368,7 +3408,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -4440,7 +3480,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                             "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -4598,7 +3638,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                             "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                               { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                 "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                 "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                               },
@@ -4688,7 +3728,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                   "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                     "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -4812,7 +3852,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                   "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                     "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -4828,7 +3868,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                         "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                           "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                             "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                             "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                             "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -4921,7 +3961,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                   "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                     { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                      "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                      "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                       "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                       "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                     },
@@ -4992,7 +4032,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "clientAssignedMessageId": "A String", # A custom name for a Chat message assigned at creation. Must start with `client-` and contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens up to 63 characters in length. Specify this field to get, update, or delete the message with the specified value. Assigning a custom name lets a Chat app recall the message without saving the message `name` from the [response body](/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages/get#response-body) returned when creating the message. Assigning a custom name doesn't replace the generated `name` field, the message's resource name. Instead, it sets the custom name as the `clientAssignedMessageId` field, which you can reference while processing later operations, like updating or deleting the message. For example usage, see [Name a created message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#name_a_created_message).
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat.
+  "createTime": "A String", # For spaces created in Chat, the time at which the message was created. This field is output only, except when used in imported spaces. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): For imported spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the message was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was deleted in Google Chat. If the message is never deleted, this field is empty.
   "deletionMetadata": { # Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set. # Output only. Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set.
     "deletionType": "A String", # Indicates who deleted the message.
@@ -5131,7 +4171,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
             "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -5180,7 +4220,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -5227,285 +4267,45 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
             },
-            "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-              { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-                "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                  "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                    { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                        "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                      "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                        "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                        "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                        "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                        "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                      },
-                      "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                        "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                        "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
+          },
+          "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
+            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
+            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
+            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
+            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. Because Chat apps don't support card navigation, they ignore this field.
+          "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Chat apps.
+            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
+            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
+            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
+            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
+          },
+          "sections": [ # Contains a collection of widgets. Each section has its own, optional header. Sections are visually separated by a line divider.
+            { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they're specified.
+              "collapsible": True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. Collapsible sections hide some or all widgets, but users can expand the section to reveal the hidden widgets by clicking **Show more**. Users can hide the widgets again by clicking **Show less**. To determine which widgets are hidden, specify `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount`.
+              "header": "A String", # Text that appears at the top of a section. Supports simple HTML formatted text. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
+              "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets which remain visible even when a section is collapsed. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed by default. The `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is taken into account only when `collapsible` is `true`.
+              "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
+                { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
+                  "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, "alpha": 1 }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                    "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
+                      { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
+                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
+                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
+                          "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
+                          "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
+                          "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         },
-                        "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                          "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                  "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                  "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-                },
-                "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                  "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                  "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                  "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                    "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                    "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                    "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                    "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                  "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                  "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-                },
-                "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                  "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                    "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                      { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                        "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-          "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
-            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
-            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
-            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
-            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
-            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-          },
-          "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. Because Chat apps don't support card navigation, they ignore this field.
-          "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Chat apps.
-            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
-            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
-            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
-            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
-            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-          },
-          "sections": [ # Contains a collection of widgets. Each section has its own, optional header. Sections are visually separated by a line divider.
-            { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they're specified.
-              "collapsible": True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. Collapsible sections hide some or all widgets, but users can expand the section to reveal the hidden widgets by clicking **Show more**. Users can hide the widgets again by clicking **Show less**. To determine which widgets are hidden, specify `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount`.
-              "header": "A String", # Text that appears at the top of a section. Supports simple HTML formatted text. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-              "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets which remain visible even when a section is collapsed. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed by default. The `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is taken into account only when `collapsible` is `true`.
-              "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
-                { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
-                  "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, "alpha": 1 }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
-                    "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                      { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                          "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        },
-                        "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                        "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                          "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                          "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                          "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                          "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
+                        "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
+                        "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
+                          "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
+                          "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
+                          "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
+                          "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
                         },
                         "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
                           "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
@@ -5555,7 +4355,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                   "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -5627,7 +4427,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                               "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -5785,7 +4585,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                               "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                                 { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                  "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                   "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                   "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                                 },
@@ -5875,7 +4675,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                     "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -5999,7 +4799,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                     "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                       "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -6015,7 +4815,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                           "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                             "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -6108,7 +4908,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                     "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                       { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                        "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                        "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                         "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                         "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                       },
@@ -6432,7 +5232,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
           "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -6481,7 +5281,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -6528,246 +5328,6 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
           },
-          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-            { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-              "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                  { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-              },
-              "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                    "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                    "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                  },
-                  "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                },
-                "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                  "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                    "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                  },
-                },
-                "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                  "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-              },
-              "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                  "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                    { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                      "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-              },
-              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-              },
-            },
-          ],
         },
         "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
           "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
@@ -6795,7 +5355,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -6856,7 +5416,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -6928,7 +5488,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                             "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -7086,7 +5646,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                             "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                               { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                 "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                 "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                               },
@@ -7176,7 +5736,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                   "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                     "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -7300,7 +5860,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                   "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                     "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -7316,7 +5876,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                         "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                           "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                             "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                             "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                             "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -7409,7 +5969,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                   "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                     { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                      "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                      "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                       "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                       "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                     },
@@ -7480,7 +6040,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "clientAssignedMessageId": "A String", # A custom name for a Chat message assigned at creation. Must start with `client-` and contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens up to 63 characters in length. Specify this field to get, update, or delete the message with the specified value. Assigning a custom name lets a Chat app recall the message without saving the message `name` from the [response body](/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages/get#response-body) returned when creating the message. Assigning a custom name doesn't replace the generated `name` field, the message's resource name. Instead, it sets the custom name as the `clientAssignedMessageId` field, which you can reference while processing later operations, like updating or deleting the message. For example usage, see [Name a created message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#name_a_created_message).
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat.
+  "createTime": "A String", # For spaces created in Chat, the time at which the message was created. This field is output only, except when used in imported spaces. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): For imported spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the message was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was deleted in Google Chat. If the message is never deleted, this field is empty.
   "deletionMetadata": { # Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set. # Output only. Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set.
     "deletionType": "A String", # Indicates who deleted the message.
@@ -7607,7 +6167,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
                 "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
                   "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -7656,7 +6216,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
                   "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -7703,285 +6263,45 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                   "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
                 },
-                "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-                  { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-                    "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                      "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                        { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                          "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                          "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                            "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                          "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                            "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                            "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                            "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                            "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                          },
-                          "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                            "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                              "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                              "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                              "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                              "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                                { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                                  "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                                  "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                                },
-                              ],
-                              "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                            },
-                            "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                            "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                              "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                              "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                              "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                              "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                                { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                                  "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                                  "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                                },
-                              ],
-                              "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
+              },
+              "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
+                "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
+                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
+                "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
+                "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
+              },
+              "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. Because Chat apps don't support card navigation, they ignore this field.
+              "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Chat apps.
+                "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+                "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
+                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
+                "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
+                "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
+              },
+              "sections": [ # Contains a collection of widgets. Each section has its own, optional header. Sections are visually separated by a line divider.
+                { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they're specified.
+                  "collapsible": True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. Collapsible sections hide some or all widgets, but users can expand the section to reveal the hidden widgets by clicking **Show more**. Users can hide the widgets again by clicking **Show less**. To determine which widgets are hidden, specify `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount`.
+                  "header": "A String", # Text that appears at the top of a section. Supports simple HTML formatted text. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
+                  "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets which remain visible even when a section is collapsed. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed by default. The `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is taken into account only when `collapsible` is `true`.
+                  "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
+                    { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
+                      "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, "alpha": 1 }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                        "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
+                          { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
+                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
+                            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                              "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
+                              "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
+                              "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
+                              "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                             },
-                            "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                              "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                              "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                              "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                            },
-                          },
-                          "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                    "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                      "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                      "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                      "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                      "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                      "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-                    },
-                    "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                      "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                      "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                          "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        },
-                        "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                        "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                          "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                          "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                          "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                          "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                        },
-                        "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                          "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                            "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                            "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                            "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                            "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                              { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                                "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                                "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                              },
-                            ],
-                            "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                          },
-                          "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                          "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                            "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                            "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                            "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                            "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                              { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                                "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                                "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                              },
-                            ],
-                            "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                          },
-                          "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                            "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                            "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                            "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                          },
-                        },
-                        "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                      },
-                      "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                        "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                        "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                        "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                        "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                      },
-                      "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                        "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                        "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                        "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                        "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                      },
-                      "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                        "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                        "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                          "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                        "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                        "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                        "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                        "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                      },
-                      "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                        "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                        "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                        "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                      },
-                      "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                      "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                      "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-                    },
-                    "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                      "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                      "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                        "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                          { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                            "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                      },
-                      "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                      "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                      "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                    },
-                    "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                      "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-                    },
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
-                "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
-                "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
-                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
-                "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
-                "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-              },
-              "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. Because Chat apps don't support card navigation, they ignore this field.
-              "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
-                "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
-                "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
-                "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
-                "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-              },
-              "sections": [ # Contains a collection of widgets. Each section has its own, optional header. Sections are visually separated by a line divider.
-                { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they're specified.
-                  "collapsible": True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. Collapsible sections hide some or all widgets, but users can expand the section to reveal the hidden widgets by clicking **Show more**. Users can hide the widgets again by clicking **Show less**. To determine which widgets are hidden, specify `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount`.
-                  "header": "A String", # Text that appears at the top of a section. Supports simple HTML formatted text. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                  "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets which remain visible even when a section is collapsed. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed by default. The `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is taken into account only when `collapsible` is `true`.
-                  "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
-                    { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
-                      "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, "alpha": 1 }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
-                        "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                          { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                            "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                              "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                              "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                              "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                              "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            },
-                            "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                            "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                              "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                              "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                              "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                              "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
+                            "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
+                            "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
+                              "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
+                              "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
+                              "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
+                              "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
                             },
                             "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
                               "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
@@ -8031,7 +6351,7 @@ 
Method Details

                                   "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -8103,7 +6423,7 @@ 
Method Details

                                   "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                                   "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                                     "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -8261,7 +6581,7 @@ 
Method Details

                                 "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                                   "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                                     { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                      "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                      "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                       "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                       "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                                     },
@@ -8351,7 +6671,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                         "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                           "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                          "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                          "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                             "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                             "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                             "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -8475,7 +6795,7 @@ 
Method Details

                       "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                         "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                           "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                             "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                             "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                             "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -8491,7 +6811,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                               "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                                 "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                                "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                                "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -8584,7 +6904,7 @@ 
Method Details

                       "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                         "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                           { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                            "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                            "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                             "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                             "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                           },
@@ -8908,7 +7228,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
               "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -8957,7 +7277,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -9004,246 +7324,6 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
               },
-              "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-                { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-                  "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                    "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                      { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                          "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        },
-                        "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                        "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                          "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                          "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                          "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                          "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                        },
-                        "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                          "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                            "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                            "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                            "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                            "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                              { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                                "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                                "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                              },
-                            ],
-                            "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                          },
-                          "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                          "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                            "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                            "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                            "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                            "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                              { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                                "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                                "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                              },
-                            ],
-                            "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                          },
-                          "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                            "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                            "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                            "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                          },
-                        },
-                        "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                    "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                    "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                    "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                    "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                    "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-                  },
-                  "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                    "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                    "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                        "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                      "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                        "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                        "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                        "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                        "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                      },
-                      "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                        "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                        "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                          "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                    },
-                    "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                      "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                      "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                      "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                    "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                    "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-                  },
-                  "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                    "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                    "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                      "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                        { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                          "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                    "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                    "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                    "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                    "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  },
-                  "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                    "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-                  },
-                },
-              ],
             },
             "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
               "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
@@ -9271,7 +7351,7 @@ 
Method Details

                       "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                         { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                           "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                          "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                          "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                             "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                             "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                             "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -9332,7 +7412,7 @@ 
Method Details

                                 "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                                   { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                     "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -9404,7 +7484,7 @@ 
Method Details

                                 "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                                 "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                                   "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -9562,7 +7642,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                                 "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                                   { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                    "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                    "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                     "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                     "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                                   },
@@ -9652,7 +7732,7 @@ 
Method Details

                       "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                       "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                         "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                           "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                           "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                           "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -9776,7 +7856,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                       "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                         "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                        "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                        "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                           "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                           "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                           "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -9792,7 +7872,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                             "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                               "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                              "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                              "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -9885,7 +7965,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                       "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                         { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                          "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                          "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                           "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                           "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                         },
@@ -9956,7 +8036,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       ],
       "clientAssignedMessageId": "A String", # A custom name for a Chat message assigned at creation. Must start with `client-` and contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens up to 63 characters in length. Specify this field to get, update, or delete the message with the specified value. Assigning a custom name lets a Chat app recall the message without saving the message `name` from the [response body](/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages/get#response-body) returned when creating the message. Assigning a custom name doesn't replace the generated `name` field, the message's resource name. Instead, it sets the custom name as the `clientAssignedMessageId` field, which you can reference while processing later operations, like updating or deleting the message. For example usage, see [Name a created message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#name_a_created_message).
-      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat.
+      "createTime": "A String", # For spaces created in Chat, the time at which the message was created. This field is output only, except when used in imported spaces. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): For imported spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the message was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time.
       "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was deleted in Google Chat. If the message is never deleted, this field is empty.
       "deletionMetadata": { # Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set. # Output only. Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set.
         "deletionType": "A String", # Indicates who deleted the message.
@@ -10088,7 +8168,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
             "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -10137,7 +8217,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -10184,285 +8264,45 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
             },
-            "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-              { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-                "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                  "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                    { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                        "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                      "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                        "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                        "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                        "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                        "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                      },
-                      "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                        "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
+          },
+          "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
+            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
+            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
+            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
+            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. Because Chat apps don't support card navigation, they ignore this field.
+          "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Chat apps.
+            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
+            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
+            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
+            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
+          },
+          "sections": [ # Contains a collection of widgets. Each section has its own, optional header. Sections are visually separated by a line divider.
+            { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they're specified.
+              "collapsible": True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. Collapsible sections hide some or all widgets, but users can expand the section to reveal the hidden widgets by clicking **Show more**. Users can hide the widgets again by clicking **Show less**. To determine which widgets are hidden, specify `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount`.
+              "header": "A String", # Text that appears at the top of a section. Supports simple HTML formatted text. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
+              "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets which remain visible even when a section is collapsed. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed by default. The `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is taken into account only when `collapsible` is `true`.
+              "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
+                { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
+                  "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, "alpha": 1 }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                    "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
+                      { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
+                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
+                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
+                          "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
+                          "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
+                          "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         },
-                        "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                        "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                          "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                  "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                  "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-                },
-                "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                  "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                  "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                  "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                    "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                    "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                    "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                    "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                  "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                  "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-                },
-                "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                  "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                    "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                      { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                        "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-          "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
-            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
-            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
-            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
-            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
-            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-          },
-          "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. Because Chat apps don't support card navigation, they ignore this field.
-          "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Chat apps.
-            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
-            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
-            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
-            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
-            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-          },
-          "sections": [ # Contains a collection of widgets. Each section has its own, optional header. Sections are visually separated by a line divider.
-            { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they're specified.
-              "collapsible": True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. Collapsible sections hide some or all widgets, but users can expand the section to reveal the hidden widgets by clicking **Show more**. Users can hide the widgets again by clicking **Show less**. To determine which widgets are hidden, specify `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount`.
-              "header": "A String", # Text that appears at the top of a section. Supports simple HTML formatted text. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-              "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets which remain visible even when a section is collapsed. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed by default. The `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is taken into account only when `collapsible` is `true`.
-              "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
-                { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
-                  "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, "alpha": 1 }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
-                    "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                      { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                          "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        },
-                        "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                        "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                          "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                          "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                          "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                          "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
+                        "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
+                        "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
+                          "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
+                          "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
+                          "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
+                          "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
                         },
                         "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
                           "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
@@ -10512,7 +8352,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                   "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -10584,7 +8424,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                               "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -10742,7 +8582,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                               "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                                 { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                  "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                   "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                   "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                                 },
@@ -10832,7 +8672,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                     "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -10956,7 +8796,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                     "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                       "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -10972,7 +8812,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                           "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                             "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -11065,7 +8905,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                     "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                       { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                        "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                        "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                         "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                         "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                       },
@@ -11389,7 +9229,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
           "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -11438,7 +9278,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -11485,246 +9325,6 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
           },
-          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-            { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-              "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                  { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-              },
-              "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                    "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                    "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                  },
-                  "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                },
-                "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                  "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                    "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                  },
-                },
-                "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                  "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-              },
-              "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                  "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                    { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                      "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-              },
-              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-              },
-            },
-          ],
         },
         "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
           "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
@@ -11752,7 +9352,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -11813,7 +9413,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -11885,7 +9485,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                             "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -12043,7 +9643,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                             "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                               { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                 "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                 "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                               },
@@ -12133,7 +9733,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                   "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                     "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -12257,7 +9857,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                   "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                     "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -12273,7 +9873,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                         "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                           "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                             "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                             "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                             "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -12366,7 +9966,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                   "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                     { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                      "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                      "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                       "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                       "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                     },
@@ -12437,7 +10037,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "clientAssignedMessageId": "A String", # A custom name for a Chat message assigned at creation. Must start with `client-` and contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens up to 63 characters in length. Specify this field to get, update, or delete the message with the specified value. Assigning a custom name lets a Chat app recall the message without saving the message `name` from the [response body](/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages/get#response-body) returned when creating the message. Assigning a custom name doesn't replace the generated `name` field, the message's resource name. Instead, it sets the custom name as the `clientAssignedMessageId` field, which you can reference while processing later operations, like updating or deleting the message. For example usage, see [Name a created message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#name_a_created_message).
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat.
+  "createTime": "A String", # For spaces created in Chat, the time at which the message was created. This field is output only, except when used in imported spaces. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): For imported spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the message was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was deleted in Google Chat. If the message is never deleted, this field is empty.
   "deletionMetadata": { # Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set. # Output only. Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set.
     "deletionType": "A String", # Indicates who deleted the message.
@@ -12493,7 +10093,7 @@ 
Method Details

 }
 
   allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If `true` and the message isn't found, a new message is created and `updateMask` is ignored. The specified message ID must be [client-assigned](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#name_a_created_message) or the request fails.
-  updateMask: string, Required. The field paths to update. Separate multiple values with commas. Currently supported field paths: - `text` - `cards` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).) - `cards_v2` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).) 
+  updateMask: string, Required. The field paths to update. Separate multiple values with commas. Currently supported field paths: - `text` - `attachment` - `cards` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).) - `cards_v2` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -12552,7 +10152,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
             "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -12601,7 +10201,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -12648,285 +10248,45 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
             },
-            "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-              { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-                "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                  "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                    { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                        "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                      "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                        "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                        "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                        "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                        "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                      },
-                      "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                        "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                        "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
+          },
+          "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
+            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
+            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
+            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
+            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. Because Chat apps don't support card navigation, they ignore this field.
+          "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Chat apps.
+            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
+            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
+            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
+            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
+          },
+          "sections": [ # Contains a collection of widgets. Each section has its own, optional header. Sections are visually separated by a line divider.
+            { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they're specified.
+              "collapsible": True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. Collapsible sections hide some or all widgets, but users can expand the section to reveal the hidden widgets by clicking **Show more**. Users can hide the widgets again by clicking **Show less**. To determine which widgets are hidden, specify `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount`.
+              "header": "A String", # Text that appears at the top of a section. Supports simple HTML formatted text. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
+              "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets which remain visible even when a section is collapsed. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed by default. The `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is taken into account only when `collapsible` is `true`.
+              "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
+                { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
+                  "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, "alpha": 1 }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                    "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
+                      { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
+                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
+                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
+                          "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
+                          "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
+                          "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         },
-                        "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                          "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                  "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                  "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-                },
-                "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                  "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                  "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                  "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                    "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                    "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                    "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                    "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                  "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                  "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-                },
-                "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                  "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                    "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                      { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                        "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-          "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
-            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
-            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
-            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
-            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
-            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-          },
-          "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. Because Chat apps don't support card navigation, they ignore this field.
-          "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Chat apps.
-            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
-            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
-            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
-            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
-            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-          },
-          "sections": [ # Contains a collection of widgets. Each section has its own, optional header. Sections are visually separated by a line divider.
-            { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they're specified.
-              "collapsible": True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. Collapsible sections hide some or all widgets, but users can expand the section to reveal the hidden widgets by clicking **Show more**. Users can hide the widgets again by clicking **Show less**. To determine which widgets are hidden, specify `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount`.
-              "header": "A String", # Text that appears at the top of a section. Supports simple HTML formatted text. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-              "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets which remain visible even when a section is collapsed. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed by default. The `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is taken into account only when `collapsible` is `true`.
-              "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
-                { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
-                  "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, "alpha": 1 }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
-                    "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                      { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                          "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        },
-                        "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                        "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                          "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                          "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                          "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                          "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
+                        "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
+                        "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
+                          "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
+                          "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
+                          "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
+                          "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
                         },
                         "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
                           "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
@@ -12976,7 +10336,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                   "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -13048,7 +10408,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                               "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -13206,7 +10566,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                               "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                                 { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                  "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                   "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                   "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                                 },
@@ -13296,7 +10656,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                     "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -13420,7 +10780,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                     "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                       "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -13436,7 +10796,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                           "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                             "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -13529,7 +10889,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                     "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                       { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                        "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                        "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                         "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                         "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                       },
@@ -13853,7 +11213,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
           "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -13902,7 +11262,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -13949,246 +11309,6 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
           },
-          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-            { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-              "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                  { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-              },
-              "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                    "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                    "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                  },
-                  "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                },
-                "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                  "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                    "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                  },
-                },
-                "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                  "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-              },
-              "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                  "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                    { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                      "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-              },
-              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-              },
-            },
-          ],
         },
         "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
           "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
@@ -14216,7 +11336,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -14277,7 +11397,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -14349,7 +11469,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                             "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -14507,7 +11627,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                             "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                               { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                 "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                 "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                               },
@@ -14597,7 +11717,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                   "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                     "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -14721,7 +11841,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                   "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                     "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -14737,7 +11857,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                         "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                           "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                             "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                             "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                             "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -14830,7 +11950,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                   "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                     { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                      "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                      "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                       "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                       "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                     },
@@ -14901,7 +12021,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "clientAssignedMessageId": "A String", # A custom name for a Chat message assigned at creation. Must start with `client-` and contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens up to 63 characters in length. Specify this field to get, update, or delete the message with the specified value. Assigning a custom name lets a Chat app recall the message without saving the message `name` from the [response body](/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages/get#response-body) returned when creating the message. Assigning a custom name doesn't replace the generated `name` field, the message's resource name. Instead, it sets the custom name as the `clientAssignedMessageId` field, which you can reference while processing later operations, like updating or deleting the message. For example usage, see [Name a created message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#name_a_created_message).
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat.
+  "createTime": "A String", # For spaces created in Chat, the time at which the message was created. This field is output only, except when used in imported spaces. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): For imported spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the message was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was deleted in Google Chat. If the message is never deleted, this field is empty.
   "deletionMetadata": { # Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set. # Output only. Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set.
     "deletionType": "A String", # Indicates who deleted the message.
@@ -15016,7 +12136,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
             "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -15065,7 +12185,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -15112,285 +12232,45 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
             },
-            "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-              { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-                "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                  "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                    { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                        "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                      "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                        "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                        "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                        "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                        "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                      },
-                      "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                        "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                        "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
+          },
+          "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
+            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
+            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
+            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
+            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. Because Chat apps don't support card navigation, they ignore this field.
+          "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Chat apps.
+            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
+            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
+            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
+            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
+            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
+          },
+          "sections": [ # Contains a collection of widgets. Each section has its own, optional header. Sections are visually separated by a line divider.
+            { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they're specified.
+              "collapsible": True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. Collapsible sections hide some or all widgets, but users can expand the section to reveal the hidden widgets by clicking **Show more**. Users can hide the widgets again by clicking **Show less**. To determine which widgets are hidden, specify `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount`.
+              "header": "A String", # Text that appears at the top of a section. Supports simple HTML formatted text. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
+              "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets which remain visible even when a section is collapsed. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed by default. The `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is taken into account only when `collapsible` is `true`.
+              "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
+                { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
+                  "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, "alpha": 1 }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
+                    "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
+                      { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
+                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
+                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
+                          "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
+                          "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
+                          "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         },
-                        "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                          "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                  "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                  "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-                },
-                "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                  "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                  "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                  "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                    "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                    "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                    "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                    "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                  "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                  "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-                },
-                "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                  "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                    "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                      { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                        "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-          "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
-            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
-            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
-            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
-            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
-            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-          },
-          "name": "A String", # Name of the card. Used as a card identifier in card navigation. Because Chat apps don't support card navigation, they ignore this field.
-          "peekCardHeader": { # Represents a card header. # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards. Not supported by Chat apps.
-            "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
-            "imageType": "A String", # The shape used to crop the image.
-            "imageUrl": "A String", # The HTTPS URL of the image in the card header.
-            "subtitle": "A String", # The subtitle of the card header. If specified, appears on its own line below the `title`.
-            "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the card header. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-          },
-          "sections": [ # Contains a collection of widgets. Each section has its own, optional header. Sections are visually separated by a line divider.
-            { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they're specified.
-              "collapsible": True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. Collapsible sections hide some or all widgets, but users can expand the section to reveal the hidden widgets by clicking **Show more**. Users can hide the widgets again by clicking **Show less**. To determine which widgets are hidden, specify `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount`.
-              "header": "A String", # Text that appears at the top of a section. Supports simple HTML formatted text. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-              "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets which remain visible even when a section is collapsed. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed by default. The `uncollapsibleWidgetsCount` is taken into account only when `collapsible` is `true`.
-              "widgets": [ # All the widgets in the section. Must contain at least one widget.
-                { # Each card is made up of widgets. A widget is a composite object that can represent one of text, images, buttons, and other object types.
-                  "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a blue text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Edit", "color": { "red": 0, "green": 0, "blue": 1, "alpha": 1 }, "disabled": true, }, { "icon": { "knownIcon": "INVITE", "altText": "check calendar" }, "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/calendar" } } } ] } ```
-                    "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                      { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                        "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                          "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        },
-                        "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                        "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                          "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                          "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                          "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                          "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
+                        "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
+                        "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
+                          "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
+                          "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
+                          "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
+                          "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
                         },
                         "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
                           "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
@@ -15440,7 +12320,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                   "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -15512,7 +12392,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                               "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -15670,7 +12550,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                               "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                                 { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                  "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                   "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                   "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                                 },
@@ -15760,7 +12640,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                     "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -15884,7 +12764,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                     "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                       "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -15900,7 +12780,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                           "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                             "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -15993,7 +12873,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                     "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                       { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                        "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                        "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                         "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                         "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                       },
@@ -16317,7 +13197,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
           "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -16366,7 +13246,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -16413,246 +13293,6 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
           },
-          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-            { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-              "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                  { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-              },
-              "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                    "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                    "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                  },
-                  "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                },
-                "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                  "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                    "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                  },
-                },
-                "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                  "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-              },
-              "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                  "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                    { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                      "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-              },
-              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-              },
-            },
-          ],
         },
         "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
           "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
@@ -16680,7 +13320,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -16741,7 +13381,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -16813,7 +13453,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                             "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -16971,7 +13611,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                             "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                               { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                 "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                 "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                               },
@@ -17061,7 +13701,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                   "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                     "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -17185,7 +13825,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                   "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                     "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -17201,7 +13841,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                         "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                           "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                             "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                             "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                             "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -17294,7 +13934,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                   "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                     { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                      "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                      "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                       "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                       "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                     },
@@ -17365,7 +14005,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "clientAssignedMessageId": "A String", # A custom name for a Chat message assigned at creation. Must start with `client-` and contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens up to 63 characters in length. Specify this field to get, update, or delete the message with the specified value. Assigning a custom name lets a Chat app recall the message without saving the message `name` from the [response body](/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages/get#response-body) returned when creating the message. Assigning a custom name doesn't replace the generated `name` field, the message's resource name. Instead, it sets the custom name as the `clientAssignedMessageId` field, which you can reference while processing later operations, like updating or deleting the message. For example usage, see [Name a created message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#name_a_created_message).
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat.
+  "createTime": "A String", # For spaces created in Chat, the time at which the message was created. This field is output only, except when used in imported spaces. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): For imported spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the message was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was deleted in Google Chat. If the message is never deleted, this field is empty.
   "deletionMetadata": { # Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set. # Output only. Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set.
     "deletionType": "A String", # Indicates who deleted the message.
@@ -17421,7 +14061,7 @@ 
Method Details

 }
 
   allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If `true` and the message isn't found, a new message is created and `updateMask` is ignored. The specified message ID must be [client-assigned](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#name_a_created_message) or the request fails.
-  updateMask: string, Required. The field paths to update. Separate multiple values with commas. Currently supported field paths: - `text` - `cards` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).) - `cards_v2` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).) 
+  updateMask: string, Required. The field paths to update. Separate multiple values with commas. Currently supported field paths: - `text` - `attachment` - `cards` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).) - `cards_v2` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -17480,7 +14120,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
             "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -17529,7 +14169,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -17551,271 +14191,31 @@ 
Method Details

                     { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
                       "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
                       "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                  "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                  "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                },
-              },
-              "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-            },
-            "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-              { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-                "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                  "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                    { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                      "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                        "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                      "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                        "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                        "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                        "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                        "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                      },
-                      "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                        "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                        "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                          "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                          "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                          "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                              "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                        },
-                        "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                          "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                          "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                  "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                  "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-                },
-                "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                  "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                  "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                  "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                    "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                    "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                    "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                    "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                  "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                  "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                 },
-                "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                  "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                    "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                      { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                        "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
+                "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
+                "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
+                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
+                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
+                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
+                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
+                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
+                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
+                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
                 },
-                "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                  "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
+                "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
+                  "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
+                  "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
                 },
               },
-            ],
+              "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
+            },
           },
           "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
             "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
@@ -17843,7 +14243,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                       { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                         "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                        "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                           "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                           "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                           "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -17904,7 +14304,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                                 { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                   "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -17976,7 +14376,7 @@ 
Method Details

                               "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                               "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -18134,7 +14534,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                               "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                                 { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                  "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                   "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                   "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                                 },
@@ -18224,7 +14624,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                     "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -18348,7 +14748,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                     "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                       "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                      "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -18364,7 +14764,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                           "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                             "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                            "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -18457,7 +14857,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                     "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                       { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                        "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                        "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                         "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                         "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                       },
@@ -18781,7 +15181,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "fixedFooter": { # A persistent (sticky) footer that that appears at the bottom of the card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards). # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card. Setting `fixedFooter` without specifying a `primaryButton` or a `secondaryButton` causes an error. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps. For Chat apps, you can use fixed footers in [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs), but not [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards).
           "primaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -18830,7 +15230,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "secondaryButton": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`.
             "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+            "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
               "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
               "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
               "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -18877,246 +15277,6 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
           },
-          "widgets": [ # A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.
-            { # The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.
-              "buttonList": { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # ButtonList widget.
-                "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
-                  { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
-                    "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                      "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                    "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                      "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                      "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                      "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                      "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                    },
-                    "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                      "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                      "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                        "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                        "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                        "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                            "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                      },
-                      "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                        "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                        "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "dateTimePicker": { # Lets users input a date, a time, or both a date and a time. Users can input text or use the picker to select dates and times. If users input an invalid date or time, the picker shows an error that prompts users to input the information correctly. # DateTimePicker widget.
-                "label": "A String", # The text that prompts users to input a date, a time, or a date and time. For example, if users are scheduling an appointment, use a label such as `Appointment date` or `Appointment date and time`.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the `DateTimePicker` is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Triggered when the user clicks **Save** or **Clear** from the `DateTimePicker` interface.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "timezoneOffsetDate": 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If unset, the value defaults to the user's time zone setting.
-                "type": "A String", # Whether the widget supports inputting a date, a time, or the date and time.
-                "valueMsEpoch": "A String", # The default value displayed in the widget, in milliseconds since [Unix epoch time](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time). Specify the value based on the type of picker (`DateTimePickerType`): * `DATE_AND_TIME`: a calendar date and time in UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023 at 12:00 PM UTC, use `1672574400000`. * `DATE_ONLY`: a calendar date at 00:00:00 UTC. For example, to represent January 1, 2023, use `1672531200000`. * `TIME_ONLY`: a time in UTC. For example, to represent 12:00 PM, use `43200000` (or `12 * 60 * 60 * 1000`).
-              },
-              "decoratedText": { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget, or a button after the text. # DecoratedText widget.
-                "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
-                "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
-                  "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
-                    "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                    "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                  },
-                  "disabled": True or False, # If `true`, the button is displayed in an inactive state and doesn't respond to user actions.
-                  "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon image. If both `icon` and `text` are set, then the icon appears before the text.
-                    "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                    "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                    "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                    "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                  },
-                  "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function.
-                    "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                    "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                      "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                      "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                      "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                          "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                    },
-                    "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                      "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                      "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  "text": "A String", # The text displayed inside the button.
-                },
-                "endIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # An icon displayed after the text. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`.
-                  "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "openLink": { # Represents an `onClick` event that opens a hyperlink. # If specified, this `onClick` triggers an open link action.
-                    "onClose": "A String", # Whether the client forgets about a link after opening it, or observes it until the window closes. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "openAs": "A String", # How to open a link. Not supported by Chat apps.
-                    "url": "A String", # The URL to open.
-                  },
-                },
-                "startIcon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#customicons) icons. # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                  "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored.
-                  "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`.
-                  "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon.
-                  "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#builtinicons).
-                },
-                "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action.
-                  "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name by which the switch widget is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                  "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # The action to perform when the switch state is changed, such as what function to run.
-                    "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                    "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                    "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                    "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                        "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                  },
-                  "selected": True or False, # When `true`, the switch is selected.
-                  "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                },
-                "text": "A String", # Required. The primary text. Supports simple formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting).
-                "topLabel": "A String", # The text that appears above `text`. Always truncates.
-                "wrapText": True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text wraps and displays on multiple lines. Otherwise, the text is truncated. Only applies to `text`, not `topLabel` and `bottomLabel`.
-              },
-              "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget.
-                "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "hintText": "A String", # Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "initialSuggestions": { # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`. # Suggested values that users can enter. These values appear when users click inside the text input field. As users type, the suggested values dynamically filter to match what the users have typed. For example, a text input field for programming language might suggest Java, JavaScript, Python, and C++. When users start typing `Jav`, the list of suggestions filters to show just `Java` and `JavaScript`. Suggested values help guide users to enter values that your app can make sense of. When referring to JavaScript, some users might enter `javascript` and others `java script`. Suggesting `JavaScript` can standardize how users interact with your app. When specified, `TextInput.type` is always `SINGLE_LINE`, even if it's set to `MULTIPLE_LINE`.
-                  "items": [ # A list of suggestions used for autocomplete recommendations in text input fields.
-                    { # One suggested value that users can enter in a text input field.
-                      "text": "A String", # The value of a suggested input to a text input field. This is equivalent to what users enter themselves.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                "label": "A String", # The text that appears above the text input field in the user interface. Specify text that helps the user enter the information your app needs. For example, if you are asking someone's name, but specifically need their surname, write `surname` instead of `name`. Required if `hintText` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.
-                "name": "A String", # The name by which the text input is identified in a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-                "onChangeAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # What to do when a change occurs in the text input field. For example, a user adding to the field or deleting text. Examples of actions to take include running a custom function or opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) in Google Chat.
-                  "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick).
-                  "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client.
-                  "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action.
-                  "parameters": [ # List of action parameters.
-                    { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze one day, or snooze next week. You might use `action method = snooze()`, passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters. To learn more, see [`CommonEventObject`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/Event#commoneventobject).
-                      "key": "A String", # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                      "value": "A String", # The value of the parameter.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`.
-                },
-                "type": "A String", # How a text input field appears in the user interface. For example, whether the field is single or multi-line.
-                "value": "A String", # The value entered by a user, returned as part of a form input event. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
-              },
-              "textParagraph": { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. For more information about formatting text, see [Formatting text in Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards#card_text_formatting) and [Formatting text in Google Workspace Add-ons](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting). # TextParagraph widget.
-                "text": "A String", # The text that's shown in the widget.
-              },
-            },
-          ],
         },
         "header": { # Represents a card header. # The header of the card. A header usually contains a leading image and a title. Headers always appear at the top of a card.
           "imageAltText": "A String", # The alternative text of this image that's used for accessibility.
@@ -19144,7 +15304,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                     { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                       "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                      "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                         "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                         "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                         "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -19205,7 +15365,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "buttons": [ # An array of buttons.
                               { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action.
                                 "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                                "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                   "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                   "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                   "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -19277,7 +15437,7 @@ 
Method Details

                             "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                             "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                               "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -19435,7 +15595,7 @@ 
Method Details

                           "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # SelectionInput widget.
                             "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                               { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                                "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                                "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                                 "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                                 "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                               },
@@ -19525,7 +15685,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "bottomLabel": "A String", # The text that appears below `text`. Always wraps.
                   "button": { # A text, icon, or text and icon button that users can click. To make an image a clickable button, specify an `Image` (not an `ImageComponent`) and set an `onClick` action. # A button that a user can click to trigger an action.
                     "altText": "A String", # The alternative text that's used for accessibility. Set descriptive text that lets users know what the button does. For example, if a button opens a hyperlink, you might write: "Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat".
-                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
+                    "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background color and the font color changes to maintain contrast with the background color. For example, setting a blue background likely results in white text. If unset, the image background is white and the font color is blue. For red, green, and blue, the value of each field is a `float` number that you can express in either of two ways: as a number between 0 and 255 divided by 255 (153/255), or as a value between 0 and 1 (0.6). 0 represents the absence of a color and 1 or 255/255 represent the full presence of that color on the RGB scale. Optionally set `alpha`, which sets a level of transparency using this equation: ``` pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) ``` For `alpha`, a value of `1` corresponds with a solid color, and a value of `0` corresponds with a completely transparent color. For example, the following color represents a half transparent red: ``` "color": { "red": 1, "green": 0, "blue": 0, "alpha": 0.5 } ```
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -19649,7 +15809,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "grid": { # Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ``` # Displays a grid with a collection of items. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by the upper bounds of the number items divided by the number of columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` "grid": { "title": "A fine collection of items", "columnCount": 2, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE", "cornerRadius": 4 }, "items": [ { "image": { "imageUri": "https://www.example.com/image.png", "cropStyle": { "type": "SQUARE" }, "borderStyle": { "type": "STROKE" } }, "title": "An item", "textAlignment": "CENTER" } ], "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://www.example.com" } } } ```
                   "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
                     "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                    "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                       "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                       "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                       "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -19665,7 +15825,7 @@ 
Method Details

                         "altText": "A String", # The accessibility label for the image.
                         "borderStyle": { # The style options for the border of a card or widget, including the border type and color. # The border style to apply to the image.
                           "cornerRadius": 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
+                          "strokeColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
                             "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                             "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                             "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
@@ -19758,7 +15918,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ```
                   "items": [ # An array of selectable items. For example, an array of radio buttons or checkboxes. Supports up to 100 items.
                     { # An item that users can select in a selection input, such as a checkbox or switch.
-                      "selected": True or False, # When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.
+                      "selected": True or False, # Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.
                       "text": "A String", # The text that identifies or describes the item to users.
                       "value": "A String", # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs#receive_form_data_from_dialogs).
                     },
@@ -19829,7 +15989,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "clientAssignedMessageId": "A String", # A custom name for a Chat message assigned at creation. Must start with `client-` and contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens up to 63 characters in length. Specify this field to get, update, or delete the message with the specified value. Assigning a custom name lets a Chat app recall the message without saving the message `name` from the [response body](/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages/get#response-body) returned when creating the message. Assigning a custom name doesn't replace the generated `name` field, the message's resource name. Instead, it sets the custom name as the `clientAssignedMessageId` field, which you can reference while processing later operations, like updating or deleting the message. For example usage, see [Name a created message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#name_a_created_message).
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat.
+  "createTime": "A String", # For spaces created in Chat, the time at which the message was created. This field is output only, except when used in imported spaces. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): For imported spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the message was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time.
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was deleted in Google Chat. If the message is never deleted, this field is empty.
   "deletionMetadata": { # Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set. # Output only. Information about a deleted message. A message is deleted when `delete_time` is set.
     "deletionType": "A String", # Indicates who deleted the message.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
index 73334a1b5cc..c6fd5fb8c54 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
               ],
               "parameters": {
                 "name": {
-                  "description": "Required. Resource name of the membership to retrieve. Format: `spaces/{space}/members/{member}`",
+                  "description": "Required. Resource name of the membership to retrieve. To get the app's own membership, you can optionally use `spaces/{space}/members/app`. Format: `spaces/{space}/members/{member}` or `spaces/{space}/members/app`",
                   "location": "path",
                   "pattern": "^spaces/[^/]+/members/[^/]+$",
                   "required": true,
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@
         "messages": {
           "methods": {
             "create": {
-              "description": "Creates a message. For an example, see [Create a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#create_a_message). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Creating a text message supports both [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) and [app authentication] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) requires the `chat.messages` or `chat.messages.create` authorization scope. Creating a card message requires [app authentication] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts) Because Chat provides authentication for [webhooks](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/webhooks) as part of the URL that's generated when a webhook is registered, webhooks can create messages without a service account or user authentication.",
+              "description": "Creates a message. For an example, see [Create a message](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/crudl/messages#create_a_message). Requires [authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth). Creating a text message supports both [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) and [app authentication] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts). [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users) requires the `chat.messages` or `chat.messages.create` authorization scope. Creating a card message only supports and requires [app authentication] (https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts). Because Chat provides authentication for [webhooks](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/webhooks) as part of the URL that's generated when a webhook is registered, webhooks can create messages without a service account or user authentication.",
               "flatPath": "v1/spaces/{spacesId}/messages",
               "httpMethod": "POST",
               "id": "chat.spaces.messages.create",
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "updateMask": {
-                  "description": "Required. The field paths to update. Separate multiple values with commas. Currently supported field paths: - `text` - `cards` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).) - `cards_v2` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).) ",
+                  "description": "Required. The field paths to update. Separate multiple values with commas. Currently supported field paths: - `text` - `attachment` - `cards` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).) - `cards_v2` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).)",
                   "format": "google-fieldmask",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "updateMask": {
-                  "description": "Required. The field paths to update. Separate multiple values with commas. Currently supported field paths: - `text` - `cards` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).) - `cards_v2` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).) ",
+                  "description": "Required. The field paths to update. Separate multiple values with commas. Currently supported field paths: - `text` - `attachment` - `cards` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).) - `cards_v2` (Requires [service account authentication](/chat/api/guides/auth/service-accounts).)",
                   "format": "google-fieldmask",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
@@ -940,7 +940,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActionParameter": {
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Color": {
-      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
+      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
       "id": "Color",
       "properties": {
         "alpha": {
@@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "DeprecatedEvent": {
-      "description": "Google Chat events.",
+      "description": "Google Chat events. To learn how to use events, see [Receive and respond to Google Chat events](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats).",
       "id": "DeprecatedEvent",
       "properties": {
         "action": {
@@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@
             "STROKE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "No value specified.",
+            "Don't use. Unspecified.",
             "Default value. No border.",
             "Outline."
           ],
@@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@
             "REPLACE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Don't use.",
+            "Don't use. Unspecified.",
             "The header of the card appears at the bottom of the sidebar, partially covering the current top card of the stack. Clicking the header pops the card into the card stack. If the card has no header, a generated header is used instead.",
             "Default value. The card is shown by replacing the view of the top card in the card stack."
           ],
@@ -1841,13 +1841,6 @@
         "secondaryButton": {
           "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1Button",
           "description": "The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. If `secondaryButton` is set, you must also set `primaryButton`."
-        },
-        "widgets": {
-          "description": "A list of widgets included in the card footer. Primary button and secondary button are rendered below these widgets.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1FooterWidget"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -1900,7 +1893,7 @@
             "END"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Unspecified. Do not use.",
+            "Don't use. Unspecified.",
             "Default value. Aligns widgets to the start position of the column. For left-to-right layouts, aligns to the left. For right-to-left layouts, aligns to the right.",
             "Aligns widgets to the center of the column.",
             "Aligns widgets to the end position of the column. For left-to-right layouts, aligns widgets to the right. For right-to-left layouts, aligns widgets to the left."
@@ -1915,7 +1908,7 @@
             "FILL_MINIMUM_SPACE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Unspecified. Do not use.",
+            "Don't use. Unspecified.",
             "Default value. Column fills the available space, up to 70% of the card's width. If both columns are set to `FILL_AVAILABLE_SPACE`, each column fills 50% of the space.",
             "Column fills the least amount of space possible and no more than 30% of the card's width."
           ],
@@ -1930,7 +1923,7 @@
             "BOTTOM"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Unspecified. Don't use.",
+            "Don't use. Unspecified.",
             "Default value. Aligns widgets to the center of a column.",
             "Aligns widgets to the top of a column.",
             "Aligns widgets to the bottom of a column."
@@ -2057,33 +2050,6 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "GoogleAppsCardV1FooterWidget": {
-      "description": "The CardFixedFooter can contain a list of these widgets.",
-      "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1FooterWidget",
-      "properties": {
-        "buttonList": {
-          "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1ButtonList",
-          "description": "ButtonList widget."
-        },
-        "dateTimePicker": {
-          "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1DateTimePicker",
-          "description": "DateTimePicker widget."
-        },
-        "decoratedText": {
-          "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1DecoratedText",
-          "description": "DecoratedText widget."
-        },
-        "textInput": {
-          "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1TextInput",
-          "description": "TextInput widget."
-        },
-        "textParagraph": {
-          "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1TextParagraph",
-          "description": "TextParagraph widget."
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "GoogleAppsCardV1Grid": {
       "description": "Displays a grid with a collection of items. Items can only include text or images. A grid supports any number of columns and items. The number of rows is determined by items divided by columns. A grid with 10 items and 2 columns has 5 rows. A grid with 11 items and 2 columns has 6 rows. For responsive columns, or to include more than text or images, use `Columns`. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` \"grid\": { \"title\": \"A fine collection of items\", \"columnCount\": 2, \"borderStyle\": { \"type\": \"STROKE\", \"cornerRadius\": 4 }, \"items\": [ { \"image\": { \"imageUri\": \"https://www.example.com/image.png\", \"cropStyle\": { \"type\": \"SQUARE\" }, \"borderStyle\": { \"type\": \"STROKE\" } }, \"title\": \"An item\", \"textAlignment\": \"CENTER\" } ], \"onClick\": { \"openLink\": { \"url\": \"https://www.example.com\" } } } ```",
       "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1Grid",
@@ -2135,7 +2101,7 @@
             "TEXT_ABOVE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "No layout specified.",
+            "Don't use. Unspecified.",
             "The title and subtitle are shown below the grid item's image.",
             "The title and subtitle are shown above the grid item's image."
           ],
@@ -2244,7 +2210,7 @@
             "RECTANGLE_4_3"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "No value specified. Don't use.",
+            "Don't use. Unspecified.",
             "Default value. Applies a square crop.",
             "Applies a circular crop.",
             "Applies a rectangular crop with a custom aspect ratio. Set the custom aspect ratio with `aspectRatio`.",
@@ -2387,7 +2353,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1SelectionItem",
       "properties": {
         "selected": {
-          "description": "When `true`, more than one item is selected. If more than one item is selected for radio buttons and dropdown menus, the first selected item is received and the ones after are ignored.",
+          "description": "Whether the item is selected by default. If the selection input only accepts one value (such as for radio buttons or a dropdown menu), only set this field for one item.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "text": {
@@ -2558,7 +2524,7 @@
             "END"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Unspecified. Do not use.",
+            "Don't use. Unspecified.",
             "Default value. Aligns widgets to the start position of the column. For left-to-right layouts, aligns to the left. For right-to-left layouts, aligns to the right.",
             "Aligns widgets to the center of the column.",
             "Aligns widgets to the end position of the column. For left-to-right layouts, aligns widgets to the right. For right-to-left layouts, aligns widgets to the left."
@@ -3047,9 +3013,8 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "createTime": {
-          "description": "Output only. The time at which the message was created in Google Chat.",
+          "description": "For spaces created in Chat, the time at which the message was created. This field is output only, except when used in imported spaces. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): For imported spaces, set this field to the historical timestamp at which the message was created in the source in order to preserve the original creation time.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
-          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
         "deleteTime": {

From 26e51c3fb2358c259697a4e6c224792d56c8f60d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 08/53] feat(civicinfo): update the api

#### civicinfo:v2

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.FeatureIdProto (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.GeocodingSummary (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.MessageSet (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Official.properties.geocodingSummaries (Total Keys: 2)

The following keys were added:
- resources.elections.methods.electionQuery.parameters.productionDataOnly (Total Keys: 3)
- resources.elections.methods.voterInfoQuery.parameters.productionDataOnly (Total Keys: 3)
---
 docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.elections.html          |  12 +-
 docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.representatives.html    |  28 -
 .../documents/civicinfo.v2.json               | 825 +-----------------
 3 files changed, 23 insertions(+), 842 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.elections.html b/docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.elections.html
index e92be2aa061..97977e93c12 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.elections.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.elections.html
@@ -78,10 +78,10 @@ 
Instance Methods

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

-  electionQuery(x__xgafv=None)

+  electionQuery(productionDataOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
List of available elections to query.

 

-  voterInfoQuery(address, electionId=None, officialOnly=None, returnAllAvailableData=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  voterInfoQuery(address, electionId=None, officialOnly=None, productionDataOnly=None, returnAllAvailableData=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Looks up information relevant to a voter based on the voter's registered address.

 
Method Details

 

@@ -90,10 +90,11 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    electionQuery(x__xgafv=None)
+    electionQuery(productionDataOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
List of available elections to query.
 
 Args:
+  productionDataOnly: boolean, Whether to include data that has not been allowlisted yet
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -117,13 +118,14 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    voterInfoQuery(address, electionId=None, officialOnly=None, returnAllAvailableData=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    voterInfoQuery(address, electionId=None, officialOnly=None, productionDataOnly=None, returnAllAvailableData=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Looks up information relevant to a voter based on the voter's registered address.
 
 Args:
   address: string, The registered address of the voter to look up. (required)
   electionId: string, The unique ID of the election to look up. A list of election IDs can be obtained at https://www.googleapis.com/civicinfo/{version}/elections. If no election ID is specified in the query and there is more than one election with data for the given voter, the additional elections are provided in the otherElections response field.
   officialOnly: boolean, If set to true, only data from official state sources will be returned.
+  productionDataOnly: boolean, Whether to include data that has not been vetted yet. Should only be made available to internal IPs or trusted partners. This is a non-discoverable parameter in the One Platform API config.
   returnAllAvailableData: boolean, If set to true, the query will return the success code and include any partial information when it is unable to determine a matching address or unable to determine the election for electionId=0 queries.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -304,7 +306,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "precinctId": "A String",
-  "precincts": [ # The precincts that match this voter's address. Will only be returned for project IDs which have been whitelisted as "partner projects".
+  "precincts": [ # The precincts that match this voter's address. Will only be returned for project IDs which have been allowlisted as "partner projects".
     {
       "administrationRegionId": "A String", # ID of the AdministrationRegion message for this precinct. Corresponds to LocalityId xml tag.
       "contestId": [ # ID(s) of the Contest message(s) for this precinct.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.representatives.html b/docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.representatives.html
index 8e71054fea4..20469123c3b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.representatives.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/civicinfo_v2.representatives.html
@@ -194,20 +194,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "emails": [ # The direct email addresses for the official.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "geocodingSummaries": [ # Detailed summary about the official's address's geocoding
-        { # Detailed summary of the result from geocoding an address
-          "addressUnderstood": True or False, # Represents the best estimate of whether or not the input address was fully understood and the address is correctly componentized. Mirrors the same-name field in geostore.staging.AddressLinkupScoringProto.
-          "featureId": { # A globally unique identifier associated with each feature. We use 128-bit identifiers so that we have lots of bits available to distinguish between features. The feature id currently consists of a 64-bit "cell id" that **sometimes** corresponds to the approximate centroid of the feature, plus a 64-bit fingerprint of other identifying information. See more on each respective field in its comments. Feature ids are first assigned when the data is created in MapFacts. After initial creation of the feature, they are immutable. This means that the only properties that you should rely on are that they are unique, and that cell_ids often - but not always - preserve spatial locality. The degree of locality varies as the feature undergoes geometry changes, and should not in general be considered a firm guarantee of the location of any particular feature. In fact, some locationless features have randomized cell IDs! Consumers of FeatureProtos from Mapfacts are guaranteed that fprints in the id field of features will be globally unique. Using the fprint allows consumers who don't need the spatial benefit of cell ids to uniquely identify features in a 64-bit address space. This property is not guaranteed for other sources of FeatureProtos. # The ID of the FeatureProto returned by the geocoder
-            "cellId": "A String", # The S2CellId corresponding to the approximate location of this feature as of when it was first created. This can be of variable accuracy, ranging from the exact centroid of the feature at creation, a very large S2 Cell, or even being completely randomized for locationless features. Cell ids have the nice property that they follow a space-filling curve over the surface of the earth. (See s2cellid.h for details.) WARNING: Clients should only use cell IDs to perform spatial locality optimizations. There is no strict guarantee that the cell ID of a feature is related to the current geometry of the feature in any way.
-            "fprint": "A String", # A 64-bit fingerprint used to identify features. Most clients should rely on MapFacts or OneRing to choose fingerprints. If creating new fprints, the strategy should be chosen so that the chance of collision is remote or non-existent, and the distribution should be reasonably uniform. For example, if the source data assigns unique ids to features, then a fingerprint of the provider name, version, and source id is sufficient.
-            "temporaryData": { # This is proto2's version of MessageSet. # A place for clients to attach arbitrary data to a feature ID. Never set in MapFacts.
-            },
-          },
-          "featureType": "A String", # The feature type for the FeatureProto returned by the geocoder
-          "positionPrecisionMeters": 3.14, # Precision of the center point (lat/long) of the geocoded FeatureProto
-          "queryString": "A String", # The query sent to the geocoder
-        },
-      ],
       "name": "A String", # The official's name.
       "party": "A String", # The full name of the party the official belongs to.
       "phones": [ # The official's public contact phone numbers.
@@ -317,20 +303,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "emails": [ # The direct email addresses for the official.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "geocodingSummaries": [ # Detailed summary about the official's address's geocoding
-        { # Detailed summary of the result from geocoding an address
-          "addressUnderstood": True or False, # Represents the best estimate of whether or not the input address was fully understood and the address is correctly componentized. Mirrors the same-name field in geostore.staging.AddressLinkupScoringProto.
-          "featureId": { # A globally unique identifier associated with each feature. We use 128-bit identifiers so that we have lots of bits available to distinguish between features. The feature id currently consists of a 64-bit "cell id" that **sometimes** corresponds to the approximate centroid of the feature, plus a 64-bit fingerprint of other identifying information. See more on each respective field in its comments. Feature ids are first assigned when the data is created in MapFacts. After initial creation of the feature, they are immutable. This means that the only properties that you should rely on are that they are unique, and that cell_ids often - but not always - preserve spatial locality. The degree of locality varies as the feature undergoes geometry changes, and should not in general be considered a firm guarantee of the location of any particular feature. In fact, some locationless features have randomized cell IDs! Consumers of FeatureProtos from Mapfacts are guaranteed that fprints in the id field of features will be globally unique. Using the fprint allows consumers who don't need the spatial benefit of cell ids to uniquely identify features in a 64-bit address space. This property is not guaranteed for other sources of FeatureProtos. # The ID of the FeatureProto returned by the geocoder
-            "cellId": "A String", # The S2CellId corresponding to the approximate location of this feature as of when it was first created. This can be of variable accuracy, ranging from the exact centroid of the feature at creation, a very large S2 Cell, or even being completely randomized for locationless features. Cell ids have the nice property that they follow a space-filling curve over the surface of the earth. (See s2cellid.h for details.) WARNING: Clients should only use cell IDs to perform spatial locality optimizations. There is no strict guarantee that the cell ID of a feature is related to the current geometry of the feature in any way.
-            "fprint": "A String", # A 64-bit fingerprint used to identify features. Most clients should rely on MapFacts or OneRing to choose fingerprints. If creating new fprints, the strategy should be chosen so that the chance of collision is remote or non-existent, and the distribution should be reasonably uniform. For example, if the source data assigns unique ids to features, then a fingerprint of the provider name, version, and source id is sufficient.
-            "temporaryData": { # This is proto2's version of MessageSet. # A place for clients to attach arbitrary data to a feature ID. Never set in MapFacts.
-            },
-          },
-          "featureType": "A String", # The feature type for the FeatureProto returned by the geocoder
-          "positionPrecisionMeters": 3.14, # Precision of the center point (lat/long) of the geocoded FeatureProto
-          "queryString": "A String", # The query sent to the geocoder
-        },
-      ],
       "name": "A String", # The official's name.
       "party": "A String", # The full name of the party the official belongs to.
       "phones": [ # The official's public contact phone numbers.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json
index 0b6a6c02988..baf5491307a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json
@@ -125,7 +125,14 @@
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "civicinfo.elections.electionQuery",
           "parameterOrder": [],
-          "parameters": {},
+          "parameters": {
+            "productionDataOnly": {
+              "default": "true",
+              "description": "Whether to include data that has not been allowlisted yet",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "boolean"
+            }
+          },
           "path": "civicinfo/v2/elections",
           "response": {
             "$ref": "ElectionsQueryResponse"
@@ -159,6 +166,12 @@
               "location": "query",
               "type": "boolean"
             },
+            "productionDataOnly": {
+              "default": "true",
+              "description": "Whether to include data that has not been vetted yet. Should only be made available to internal IPs or trusted partners. This is a non-discoverable parameter in the One Platform API config.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "boolean"
+            },
             "returnAllAvailableData": {
               "default": "false",
               "description": "If set to true, the query will return the success code and include any partial information when it is unable to determine a matching address or unable to determine the election for electionId=0 queries.",
@@ -352,7 +365,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://civicinfo.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdministrationRegion": {
@@ -860,799 +873,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "FeatureIdProto": {
-      "description": "A globally unique identifier associated with each feature. We use 128-bit identifiers so that we have lots of bits available to distinguish between features. The feature id currently consists of a 64-bit \"cell id\" that **sometimes** corresponds to the approximate centroid of the feature, plus a 64-bit fingerprint of other identifying information. See more on each respective field in its comments. Feature ids are first assigned when the data is created in MapFacts. After initial creation of the feature, they are immutable. This means that the only properties that you should rely on are that they are unique, and that cell_ids often - but not always - preserve spatial locality. The degree of locality varies as the feature undergoes geometry changes, and should not in general be considered a firm guarantee of the location of any particular feature. In fact, some locationless features have randomized cell IDs! Consumers of FeatureProtos from Mapfacts are guaranteed that fprints in the id field of features will be globally unique. Using the fprint allows consumers who don't need the spatial benefit of cell ids to uniquely identify features in a 64-bit address space. This property is not guaranteed for other sources of FeatureProtos.",
-      "id": "FeatureIdProto",
-      "properties": {
-        "cellId": {
-          "description": "The S2CellId corresponding to the approximate location of this feature as of when it was first created. This can be of variable accuracy, ranging from the exact centroid of the feature at creation, a very large S2 Cell, or even being completely randomized for locationless features. Cell ids have the nice property that they follow a space-filling curve over the surface of the earth. (See s2cellid.h for details.) WARNING: Clients should only use cell IDs to perform spatial locality optimizations. There is no strict guarantee that the cell ID of a feature is related to the current geometry of the feature in any way.",
-          "format": "uint64",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "fprint": {
-          "description": "A 64-bit fingerprint used to identify features. Most clients should rely on MapFacts or OneRing to choose fingerprints. If creating new fprints, the strategy should be chosen so that the chance of collision is remote or non-existent, and the distribution should be reasonably uniform. For example, if the source data assigns unique ids to features, then a fingerprint of the provider name, version, and source id is sufficient.",
-          "format": "uint64",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "temporaryData": {
-          "$ref": "MessageSet",
-          "description": "A place for clients to attach arbitrary data to a feature ID. Never set in MapFacts."
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "GeocodingSummary": {
-      "description": "Detailed summary of the result from geocoding an address",
-      "id": "GeocodingSummary",
-      "properties": {
-        "addressUnderstood": {
-          "description": "Represents the best estimate of whether or not the input address was fully understood and the address is correctly componentized. Mirrors the same-name field in geostore.staging.AddressLinkupScoringProto.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        },
-        "featureId": {
-          "$ref": "FeatureIdProto",
-          "description": "The ID of the FeatureProto returned by the geocoder"
-        },
-        "featureType": {
-          "description": "The feature type for the FeatureProto returned by the geocoder",
-          "enum": [
-            "typeAny",
-            "typeTransportation",
-            "typeRoute",
-            "typeDeprecatedHighwayDoNotUse",
-            "typeHighway",
-            "typeHighway1",
-            "typeHighway2",
-            "typeHighway3",
-            "typeHighway4",
-            "typeHighway5",
-            "typeHighway6",
-            "typeHighway7",
-            "typeHighway8",
-            "typeHighway9",
-            "typeBicycleRoute",
-            "typeTrail",
-            "typeSegment",
-            "typeRoad",
-            "typeRailway",
-            "typeStandardTrack",
-            "typeJrTrack",
-            "typeNarrowTrack",
-            "typeMonorailTrack",
-            "typeSubwayTrack",
-            "typeLightRailTrack",
-            "typeBroadTrack",
-            "typeHighSpeedRail",
-            "typeTrolleyTrack",
-            "typeFerry",
-            "typeFerryBoat",
-            "typeFerryTrain",
-            "typeVirtualSegment",
-            "typeIntersection",
-            "typeTransit",
-            "typeTransitStation",
-            "typeBusStation",
-            "typeTramwayStation",
-            "typeTrainStation",
-            "typeSubwayStation",
-            "typeFerryTerminal",
-            "typeAirport",
-            "typeAirportCivil",
-            "typeAirportMilitary",
-            "typeAirportMixed",
-            "typeHeliport",
-            "typeSeaplaneBase",
-            "typeAirstrip",
-            "typeCableCarStation",
-            "typeGondolaLiftStation",
-            "typeFunicularStation",
-            "typeSpecialStation",
-            "typeHorseCarriageStation",
-            "typeMonorailStation",
-            "typeSeaport",
-            "typeTransitStop",
-            "typeTransitTrip",
-            "typeTransitDeparture",
-            "typeTransitLeg",
-            "typeTransitLine",
-            "typeTransitAgencyDeprecatedValue",
-            "typeTransitTransfer",
-            "typeSegmentPath",
-            "typeRoadSign",
-            "typeIntersectionGroup",
-            "typePathway",
-            "typeRestrictionGroup",
-            "typeTollCluster",
-            "typePolitical",
-            "typeCountry",
-            "typeAdministrativeArea",
-            "typeAdministrativeArea1",
-            "typeUsState",
-            "typeGbCountry",
-            "typeJpTodoufuken",
-            "typeAdministrativeArea2",
-            "typeGbFormerPostalCounty",
-            "typeGbTraditionalCounty",
-            "typeAdministrativeArea3",
-            "typeAdministrativeArea4",
-            "typeAdministrativeArea5",
-            "typeAdministrativeArea6",
-            "typeAdministrativeArea7",
-            "typeAdministrativeArea8",
-            "typeAdministrativeArea9",
-            "typeColloquialArea",
-            "typeReservation",
-            "typeLocality",
-            "typeGbPostTown",
-            "typeJpGun",
-            "typeJpShikuchouson",
-            "typeJpSubShikuchouson",
-            "typeColloquialCity",
-            "typeSublocality",
-            "typeUsBorough",
-            "typeGbDependentLocality",
-            "typeJpOoaza",
-            "typeJpKoaza",
-            "typeJpGaiku",
-            "typeGbDoubleDependentLocality",
-            "typeJpChiban",
-            "typeJpEdaban",
-            "typeSublocality1",
-            "typeSublocality2",
-            "typeSublocality3",
-            "typeSublocality4",
-            "typeSublocality5",
-            "typeNeighborhood",
-            "typeConstituency",
-            "typeDesignatedMarketArea",
-            "typeSchoolDistrict",
-            "typeLandParcel",
-            "typeDisputedArea",
-            "typePoliceJurisdiction",
-            "typeStatisticalArea",
-            "typeConstituencyFuture",
-            "typePark",
-            "typeGolfCourse",
-            "typeLocalPark",
-            "typeNationalPark",
-            "typeUsNationalPark",
-            "typeUsNationalMonument",
-            "typeNationalForest",
-            "typeProvincialPark",
-            "typeProvincialForest",
-            "typeCampgrounds",
-            "typeHikingArea",
-            "typeBusiness",
-            "typeGovernment",
-            "typeBorderCrossing",
-            "typeCityHall",
-            "typeCourthouse",
-            "typeEmbassy",
-            "typeLibrary",
-            "typeSchool",
-            "typeUniversity",
-            "typeEmergency",
-            "typeHospital",
-            "typePharmacy",
-            "typePolice",
-            "typeFire",
-            "typeDoctor",
-            "typeDentist",
-            "typeVeterinarian",
-            "typeTravelService",
-            "typeLodging",
-            "typeRestaurant",
-            "typeGasStation",
-            "typeParking",
-            "typePostOffice",
-            "typeRestArea",
-            "typeCashMachine",
-            "typeCarRental",
-            "typeCarRepair",
-            "typeShopping",
-            "typeGrocery",
-            "typeTouristDestination",
-            "typeEcoTouristDestination",
-            "typeBirdWatching",
-            "typeFishing",
-            "typeHunting",
-            "typeNatureReserve",
-            "typeTemple",
-            "typeChurch",
-            "typeGurudwara",
-            "typeHinduTemple",
-            "typeMosque",
-            "typeSynagogue",
-            "typeStadium",
-            "typeBar",
-            "typeMovieRental",
-            "typeCoffee",
-            "typeGolf",
-            "typeBank",
-            "typeDoodle",
-            "typeGrounds",
-            "typeAirportGrounds",
-            "typeBuildingGrounds",
-            "typeCemetery",
-            "typeHospitalGrounds",
-            "typeIndustrial",
-            "typeMilitary",
-            "typeShoppingCenter",
-            "typeSportsComplex",
-            "typeUniversityGrounds",
-            "typeDeprecatedTarmac",
-            "typeEnclosedTrafficArea",
-            "typeParkingLot",
-            "typeParkingGarage",
-            "typeOffRoadArea",
-            "typeBorder",
-            "typeBuilding",
-            "typeGeocodedAddress",
-            "typeNaturalFeature",
-            "typeTerrain",
-            "typeSand",
-            "typeBeach",
-            "typeDune",
-            "typeRocky",
-            "typeIce",
-            "typeGlacier",
-            "typeBuiltUpArea",
-            "typeVegetation",
-            "typeShrubbery",
-            "typeWoods",
-            "typeAgricultural",
-            "typeGrassland",
-            "typeTundra",
-            "typeDesert",
-            "typeSaltFlat",
-            "typeWater",
-            "typeOcean",
-            "typeBay",
-            "typeBight",
-            "typeLagoon",
-            "typeSea",
-            "typeStrait",
-            "typeInlet",
-            "typeFjord",
-            "typeLake",
-            "typeSeasonalLake",
-            "typeReservoir",
-            "typePond",
-            "typeRiver",
-            "typeRapids",
-            "typeDistributary",
-            "typeConfluence",
-            "typeWaterfall",
-            "typeSpring",
-            "typeGeyser",
-            "typeHotSpring",
-            "typeSeasonalRiver",
-            "typeWadi",
-            "typeEstuary",
-            "typeWetland",
-            "typeWaterNavigation",
-            "typeFord",
-            "typeCanal",
-            "typeHarbor",
-            "typeChannel",
-            "typeReef",
-            "typeReefFlat",
-            "typeReefGrowth",
-            "typeReefExtent",
-            "typeReefRockSubmerged",
-            "typeIrrigation",
-            "typeDam",
-            "typeDrinkingWater",
-            "typeCurrent",
-            "typeWateringHole",
-            "typeTectonic",
-            "typeWateringHoleDeprecated",
-            "typeVolcano",
-            "typeLavaField",
-            "typeFissure",
-            "typeFault",
-            "typeLandMass",
-            "typeContinent",
-            "typeIsland",
-            "typeAtoll",
-            "typeOceanRockExposed",
-            "typeCay",
-            "typePeninsula",
-            "typeIsthmus",
-            "typeElevated",
-            "typePeak",
-            "typeNunatak",
-            "typeSpur",
-            "typePass",
-            "typePlateau",
-            "typeRidge",
-            "typeRavine",
-            "typeCrater",
-            "typeKarst",
-            "typeCliff",
-            "typeVista",
-            "typeDigitalElevationModel",
-            "typeUpland",
-            "typeTerrace",
-            "typeSlope",
-            "typeContourLine",
-            "typePan",
-            "typeUnstableHillside",
-            "typeMountainRange",
-            "typeUndersea",
-            "typeSubmarineSeamount",
-            "typeSubmarineRidge",
-            "typeSubmarineGap",
-            "typeSubmarinePlateau",
-            "typeSubmarineDeep",
-            "typeSubmarineValley",
-            "typeSubmarineBasin",
-            "typeSubmarineSlope",
-            "typeSubmarineCliff",
-            "typeSubmarinePlain",
-            "typeSubmarineFractureZone",
-            "typeCave",
-            "typeRock",
-            "typeArchipelago",
-            "typePostal",
-            "typePostalCode",
-            "typePostalCodePrefix",
-            "typePremise",
-            "typeSubPremise",
-            "typeSuite",
-            "typePostTown",
-            "typePostalRound",
-            "typeMetaFeature",
-            "typeDataSource",
-            "typeLocale",
-            "typeTimezone",
-            "typeBusinessChain",
-            "typePhoneNumberPrefix",
-            "typePhoneNumberAreaCode",
-            "typeBusinessCorridor",
-            "typeAddressTemplate",
-            "typeTransitAgency",
-            "typeFutureGeometry",
-            "typeEvent",
-            "typeEarthquake",
-            "typeHurricane",
-            "typeWeatherCondition",
-            "typeTransient",
-            "typeEntrance",
-            "typeCartographic",
-            "typeHighTension",
-            "typeSkiTrail",
-            "typeSkiLift",
-            "typeSkiBoundary",
-            "typeWatershedBoundary",
-            "typeTarmac",
-            "typeWall",
-            "typePicnicArea",
-            "typePlayGround",
-            "typeTrailHead",
-            "typeGolfTeeingGround",
-            "typeGolfPuttingGreen",
-            "typeGolfRough",
-            "typeGolfSandBunker",
-            "typeGolfFairway",
-            "typeGolfHole",
-            "typeDeprecatedGolfShop",
-            "typeCampingSite",
-            "typeDesignatedBarbecuePit",
-            "typeDesignatedCookingArea",
-            "typeCampfirePit",
-            "typeWaterFountain",
-            "typeLitterReceptacle",
-            "typeLockerArea",
-            "typeAnimalEnclosure",
-            "typeCartographicLine",
-            "typeEstablishment",
-            "typeEstablishmentGrounds",
-            "typeEstablishmentBuilding",
-            "typeEstablishmentPoi",
-            "typeEstablishmentService",
-            "typeCelestial",
-            "typeRoadMonitor",
-            "typePublicSpacesAndMonuments",
-            "typeStatue",
-            "typeTownSquare",
-            "typeLevel",
-            "typeCompound",
-            "typeCompoundGrounds",
-            "typeCompoundBuilding",
-            "typeCompoundSection",
-            "typeTerminalPoint",
-            "typeRegulatedArea",
-            "typeLogicalBorder",
-            "typeDoNotUseReservedToCatchGeneratedFiles",
-            "typeUnknown"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "A route is any section of road (or rails, etc.) that has a name. This includes city streets as well as highways. Road segments can belong to multiple routes (e.g. El Camino, CA-82).",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "A designated bicycle route, whose segments may consist of any combination of bicycle paths, bicycle lanes, or city streets.",
-            "A designated trail, which may consist of paved walkways, dirt paths, fire road, streets or highways, etc.",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "",
-            "Railroads use several different incompatible track types.",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "Tracks for streetcars, cable-cars, etc. Ferries are services that are part of the road network but are not roads. They typically involve fares and scheduled departure times.",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "The vast majority of ferries are ferry boats.",
-            "Also called a \"car transport\", a ferry train is a rail service that carries passengers and their vehicles across undrivable terrain. The Channel Tunnel (\"Chunnel\") is the most famous example, but they are also common in the Alps where they connect neighboring valleys otherwise separated by impassable mountains.",
-            "Any plausible 1-dimensional path through a 2+ dimensional space, for the purposes of making graph-search-based routing possible. Such segments can be used to model paths through parking lots, squares, floors of buildings and other areas.",
-            "An intersection consists of a collection of segments that terminate at the same location. This is topological definition: it may not match what a typical user would think of as an \"intersection\". See TYPE_INTERSECTION_GROUP, below, for more information. Each segment terminating at an intersection has an \"endpoint type\" that specifies how that segment is terminated: stop sign, yield sign, three-way light, etc.",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "A transit line is a collection of transit legs, associated with some invariant properties of the trips that run over the legs. See also transitline.proto",
-            "TYPE_TRANSIT_AGENCY was moved to 0xC91. This deprecated enum value still exists for debugging purposes only.",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "Road sign features have names, point geometry, etc. They also have segment_path data (see below) which lists the segments that refer to the sign. See segment.proto for the reference from the segment to the road sign.",
-            "Our TYPE_INTERSECTION feature, above, models the point where one or more segments terminate. This is topological definition: it may not match what a typical user would think of as an \"intersection\". Consider the intersections where Hayes, Market, Larkin, and 9th Street meet near (37.77765, -122.41638) in San Francisco. Most people would probably consider this a single feature, even though we model it as four separate TYPE_INTERSECTION features. This TYPE_INTERSECTION_GROUP is used to model the user's concept of a complex intersection.",
-            "RESERVED",
-            "A restriction group describes a set of segment restrictions that belong together and have a name or an associated event. See also restriction_group.proto",
-            "A toll cluster is either a single point on a segment (represented as a point at the end of the segment that has ENDPOINT_TOLL_BOOTH set) or a group of points on various road segments in MapFacts that represents one or more lanes passing through a toll fixture that all go to the same routing destination. Each toll cluster should have at most a single price per payment method. E.g. {CASH = $5, PASS = $1}. Note: If a toll fixture has different prices for multiple routing destinations, drivers need to be in the correct lane before passing through the toll fixture and hence such a fixture is represented by multiple toll clusters. A toll cluster does not necessarily represent a real-world entity, e.g. a particular plaza/structure as perceived by humans. This is because a plaza can be represented by more than one toll cluster. We require toll clusters to have names, but they might be non-unique. For example, a plaza might be represented by multiple toll clusters that may have the same plaza name. For further details, please see go/toll-cluster-schema.",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "e.g. Silicon Valley",
-            "A reservation is a region collectively held or governed by indigenous people and officially recognized by the country\u2019s government at the federal or state level. A reservation may be fully contained within an administrative feature or partially contained within two or more. These regions are referred to by different categorical names depending on country and even by state, including but not limited to: \u201cIndian Reservations\u201d, \u201cIndian Reserves\u201d, \u201cLand Claim Settlement Lands\u201d, \u201cIndian Lands\u201d, \u201cTreaty Lands\u201d, \u201cIndigenous Territories\u201d, etc. A reservation is not a historic indigenous territory boundary or a region which has applied for land rights but has not yet received official recognition.",
-            "",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "An entity widely considered to be a city, that may itself be made up of smaller political entities, some of which are cities/towns/villages themselves. For example, the colloquial view of Sydney, Australia actually comprises many smaller cities, but is regarded as a city itself. This type is not suitable for modeling official metro-/micropolitan or other statistical areas.",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "Designated Market Areas (or DMAs) are used by marketing and ratings companies (such as the Nielsen Media Research company) to describe geographical regions (such as the greater New York metropolitan area) that are covered by a set of television stations. (See http://www.schooldata.com/pdfs/DMA.pdf) In the United States, DMAs should have a DMA numeric ID name, tagged with the FLAG_DESIGNATED_MARKET_AREA_ID flag.",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "Eventually we'll have more data for disputed areas (e.g., who makes claims on the area, who has de facto control, etc.). For the moment, we just define a type so we can simply mark areas as disputed.",
-            "Boundaries representing the jurisdiction of a particular police station.",
-            "An area used for aggregating statistical data, eg, a census region. Note that TYPE_STATISTICAL_AREA has a third nibble so we can add an abstract parent above it later if need be at 0x2E1 (and rename TYPE_STATISTICAL_AREA as TYPE_STATISTICAL_AREA1).",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "A line representing the boundary between two features. See border.proto for details.",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "An association of a point with an address, with no other information.",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "Expanses of land that share common surface attributes. These areas would look more or less uniform from a high altitude.",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "Terrain that looks populated.",
-            "Terrain that is covered in vegetation.",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "A flat expanse of salt left by the evaporation of a body of salt water.",
-            "Features can be TYPE_WATER if we don't have enough information to properly type the body of water. TYPE_WATER is also used as the type for child features that compose a TYPE_RIVER feature.",
-            "One of the large salt-water bodies that covers most of the globe.",
-            "An ocean subdivision formed by a coastal indentation. Includes coves and gulfs.",
-            "An open body of water formed by a slight coastal indentation.",
-            "",
-            "An ocean subdivision more or less confined by land and islands.",
-            "A long narrow ocean subdivision. Includes sounds.",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "An inland body of standing water.",
-            "A lake that dries up part of the year.",
-            "An artificial body of water, possibly created by a dam, often used for irrigation or house use.",
-            "",
-            "An inland body of moving water, or parts associated with it in which there is little or no current (backwater).",
-            "",
-            "A branch which flows away from the main river. Includes deltas.",
-            "A place where two or more rivers join.",
-            "",
-            "A place where ground water flows naturally out of the ground.",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "A river that dries up part of the year.",
-            "A dry riverbed that occasionally receives flashfloods.",
-            "A place at the end of a river where fresh and salt water mix. Includes tidal creeks and limans.",
-            "Land that is usually flooded. Includes bogs, marshes, flats, moors, and swamps.",
-            "",
-            "A shallow place where water may be waded through.",
-            "A narrow passage used by boats. Normally artificial.",
-            "A deep place near a shore where ships commonly drop anchor.",
-            "A deep part in a body of water that is suitable for navigation. Includes narrows.",
-            "Rocks, coral, sandbars, or other features beneath the surface of the water that pose a hazard to passing ships. Includes shoals.",
-            "A relatively shallow zone of the back reef located closest to the shore, that may be exposed at low tide.",
-            "A small section of rocks, coral, sandbars, or other features beneath the surface of the water that forms part of a reef.",
-            "The full extent of the reef complex.",
-            "A submerged rock in the water.",
-            "Man-made (and sometimes natural) channels used to move water. This type was used for both dam structures and water that is hold back by dams. We should use TYPE_COMPOUND_BUILDING for dam structures and TYPE_RESERVOIR for water.",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "",
-            "Includes overfalls.",
-            "A natural depression filled with water where animals come to drink.",
-            "ABSTRACT This type is incorrectly under TYPE_TECTONIC instead of TYPE_WATER. This was a mistake and is now fixed. See TYPE_WATERING_HOLE for the replacement.",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "An exposed rock in the water.",
-            "A small, low-elevation, sandy island formed on the surface of coral reefs",
-            "A stretch of land projecting into water. Includes capes and spits.",
-            "A strip of land connecting two larger land masses, such as continents.",
-            "Features that are notable for being high (or low), or for having sudden changes in elevation. These features might have an \"elevation\" extension to specify the actual elevation. See ElevationProto for more information.",
-            "Elevations that have a distinctive peak.",
-            "A peak or ridge of a mountain that extends through a glacier.",
-            "A subsidiary peak of a mountain.",
-            "A route over an otherwise difficult to traverse feature. Includes saddle.",
-            "Elevations that are flat on top. Includes mesas and buttes.",
-            "A ridge is a geographical feature consisting of a chain of mountains or hills that form a continuous elevated crest with a single ridgeline for some distance.",
-            "Steep declines usually carved by erosion. Includes valleys, canyons, ditches, and gorges.",
-            "Depressions causes by impact, explosion, and sometimes sink-holes.",
-            "Topography formed on limestone and gypsum by dissolution with sinkholes, caves, etc.",
-            "A vertical or nearly vertical slope. Includes escarpments.",
-            "An elevated place that is notable for having a good view. Raster digital elevation data. This is not a type to be used by providers or consumed by clients.",
-            "RESERVED",
-            "Land along streams higher than the alluvial plain or stream terrace.",
-            "",
-            "Land not so steep as a cliff, but changing elevation. Includes slides.",
-            "All the points on the polygon are at the same elevation.",
-            "A near-level shallow, natural depression or basin, usually containing an intermittent lake, pond, or pool.",
-            "",
-            "A series of mountains or hills ranged in a line and connected by high ground. Mountain ranges usually consist of many smaller ridges. For example, the Himalayas, the Andes. the Alps, etc.",
-            "Features that are notable for being high (or low), or for having sudden changes in elevation. These features might have an \"elevation\" extension to specify the actual elevation. See ElevationProto for more information.",
-            "includes peaks, ranges, and spurs",
-            "",
-            "includes saddles",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "includes trenches and troughs",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "Don't use 0xA7. Use 8 bits for additional types under TYPE_NATURAL_FEATURE, so we don't run out of space. The following are miscellaneous natural features that don't fit any of the categories above.",
-            "",
-            "A feature representing a group or chain of islands. ",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "This is the type for postal codes which are complete and independent enough that there should be a feature for them (e.g. US 5-digit ZIP codes). For even more detailed suffixes that further subdivide a postal code (such as the +4 component in US ZIP codes), store the information in a TYPE_POSTAL_CODE_SUFFIX address component. When a range or set of postal codes share the same geographical area, e.g. because a precise subdivision does not exist or this subdivision is unknown, this type is used for each individual postal code.",
-            "A prefix portion of a postal code which does not meet the requirements for TYPE_POSTAL_CODE, but which is useful to search for, for example UK outcodes.",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED This is deprecated and we want to use TYPE_COMPOUND_SECTION instead.",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "The term \"post town\" is used for a locality-like-entity that is only used for postal addresses.",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "Every data source used in constructing a data repository has a corresponding feature that provides more information about that data source. The extra information is stored in the optional data_source field below.",
-            "A locale feature provides region specific conventions such as preferred language and formatting details for time, date, and currency values. Locales aren't necessary defined by physical geographic features, so they are classified as meta-features.",
-            "A timezone feature is used to specify the region covering an international timezone. When a point is covered by multiple timezone features, the most specific one can be used to compute the local time at this point. Most specific implies a much smaller region or the one that is closer to the center. A feature's timezone can be specified in the repeated related_timezone field.",
-            "A business chain feature is used to represent a chain, e.g. Starbucks, McDonald's, etc. Other features representing specific stores/franchises of this chain may refer to one such feature via RELATION_MEMBER_OF_CHAIN. This is not strictly reserved to commercial chains but can also be used to model organizations such as the Red Cross or the United Nations.",
-            "A phone number prefix feature is used to specify the region where phone numbers (typically fixed-line numbers) must begin with a certain prefix. Any phone number prefix down to any level of granularity could be represented by this type.",
-            "A phone number area code is a prefix which also coincides with the area code, or national destination code, of a particular region.",
-            "A Business Corridor is a dense cluster of semantically similar establishments. TYPE_BUSINESS_CORRIDOR features are distinguished from TYPE_COLLOQUIAL_AREA features because the corridors are not under the political hierarchy, are allowed to be nameless, and may not correspond to well-known real world locations. For more details, see go/geo-corridors-schema.",
-            "An address template feature provides region-specific conventions for structuring addresses. These features aren't necessarily defined by physical geographic features, so they are classified as meta-features.",
-            "A transit agency operates a number of lines, typically all in the same city, region or country. See also transitagency.proto",
-            "A feature whose geometry is planned to replace the geometry on another feature.",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "RESERVED",
-            "A portal of entry or exit to another feature. Examples: - Subway station entrance. - Parking lot entrance.",
-            "Cartographic features are used to capture real-world objects for which there is no current desire to model any specific attributes. These are only useful to make the map tiles look pretty.",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "Also see skitrail.proto",
-            "Also see skilift.proto",
-            "Also see skiboundary.proto",
-            "",
-            "Starting with TYPE_TARMAC, we use longer IDs, so that we can expand the number of feature types under TYPE_CARTOGRAPHIC.",
-            "Use TYPE_COMPOUND_GROUND and appropriate gcids for the next two.",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "",
-            "Sub-types within a golf course.",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "Use TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_POI and gcid:golf_shop for golf shops instead.",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "Subtype within a zoo - a cage or fenced-off or otherwise delineated area containing animals.",
-            "A line for a cartographic detail. For example the international date line. Such features should have polyline geometry.",
-            "ABSTRACT This type is being replaced by TYPE_COMPOUND_GROUNDS. For further details, see go/compounds-v2",
-            "DEPRECATED This type has been replaced by TYPE_COMPOUND_BUILDING. For further details, see go/oyster-compounds",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "An establishment which has a address (a.k.a. location or storefront). Note that it *may* also have a service area (e.g. a restaurant that offers both dine-in and delivery). This type of business is also known as a \"hybrid\" Service Area Business. Establishment POIs can be referenced by TYPE_COMPOUND features using the RELATION_PRIMARILY_OCCUPIED_BY. This is the reciprocal relation of the RELATION_OCCUPIES.",
-            "A business without a storefront, e.g. a plumber. It would normally not have a place that a customer could visit to receive service, but it would have an area served by the business. Also known as a \"pure\" Service Area Business. NOTE(tcain): Using value 0xD441, since we could find ourselves with a need to differentiate service areas from online-only at this level in the future, but still benefit from being able to group those under a common parent, disjoint from TYPE_ESTABLISHMENT_POI.",
-            "The root of types of features that are in the sky, rather than on the earth. There will eventually be a hierarchy of types here.",
-            "Features responsible for monitoring traffic on roads (usually for speed). Includes cameras at particular points as well as monitors that cover larger spans. Features of this type should have a corresponding gcid that specifies the correct subtype (e.g. gcid:road_camera or gcid:speed_camera_zone). This type was originally named as TYPE_ROAD_CAMERA.",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "Note that this type does not distinguish the nature of the statue (religious, historical, memorial, tourist, ...).",
-            "Open space used for events, gathering, or as market-place.",
-            "A feature used to represent a logical level, e.g. floor.",
-            "ABSTRACT",
-            "e.g. campus, compound, parcel.",
-            "e.g. single family dwelling, office building.",
-            "e.g. suite, room, hallway, cubicle.",
-            "A terminal point represents a good location for a user to meet a taxi, ridesharing vehicle, or general driver.",
-            "An area controlled in some way by an authoritative source, such as a government-designated COVID containment zone or an area under government sanctions. Features of this type should have one or more gcids corresponding to their specific regulation, and client handling of these features may vary based on the type of regulation.",
-            "A grouping of TYPE_BORDER features (\"border segments\"), which together represent a border between two features of the same type.",
-            "DEPRECATED",
-            "A feature of completely unknown type. This should only be used when absolutely necessary. One example in which this type is useful is in the Chinese importer, which must heuristically segment addresses into components - it often does not know what types to make those components. Please note that the Oyster address formatter does not currently support address components of TYPE_UNKNOWN well."
-          ],
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "positionPrecisionMeters": {
-          "description": "Precision of the center point (lat/long) of the geocoded FeatureProto",
-          "format": "double",
-          "type": "number"
-        },
-        "queryString": {
-          "description": "The query sent to the geocoder",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "GeographicDivision": {
       "description": "Describes a political geography.",
       "id": "GeographicDivision",
@@ -1679,12 +899,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "MessageSet": {
-      "description": "This is proto2's version of MessageSet.",
-      "id": "MessageSet",
-      "properties": {},
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "Office": {
       "description": "Information about an Office held by one or more Officials.",
       "id": "Office",
@@ -1804,13 +1018,6 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
-        "geocodingSummaries": {
-          "description": "Detailed summary about the official's address's geocoding",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "GeocodingSummary"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
         "name": {
           "description": "The official's name.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -2147,7 +1354,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "precincts": {
-          "description": "The precincts that match this voter's address. Will only be returned for project IDs which have been whitelisted as \"partner projects\".",
+          "description": "The precincts that match this voter's address. Will only be returned for project IDs which have been allowlisted as \"partner projects\".",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "Precinct"
           },

From e8c62dd136101c945e6d122de080468ed8893836 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 09/53] feat(cloudasset): update the api

#### cloudasset:v1

The following keys were deleted:
- resources.v1.methods.analyzeIamPolicy.parameters.analysisQuery.options.includeDenyPolicyAnalysis (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.DeniedAccess (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessAccess (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessDenyDetail (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessIdentity (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessResource (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleIamV2DenyRule (Total Keys: 11)
- schemas.IamPolicyAnalysis.properties.deniedAccesses (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Options.properties.includeDenyPolicyAnalysis.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html      |   6 -
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html                | 136 +-------------
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1.json              | 171 +-----------------
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json       |   2 +-
 7 files changed, 16 insertions(+), 305 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html
index 9991624fac2..c78312a472b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html
@@ -132,7 +132,6 @@ 
Method Details

         "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. If true, the default max expansion per group is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][]. Default is false.
         "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a Google Cloud folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resources cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a Google Cloud project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. If true, the default max expansion per resource is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][] and 100000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning][]. Default is false.
         "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
-        "includeDenyPolicyAnalysis": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response includes deny policy analysis results, and you can see which access tuples are denied. Default is false.
         "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
         "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
       },
@@ -184,7 +183,6 @@ 
Method Details

         "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. If true, the default max expansion per group is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][]. Default is false.
         "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a Google Cloud folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resources cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a Google Cloud project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. If true, the default max expansion per resource is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][] and 100000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning][]. Default is false.
         "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
-        "includeDenyPolicyAnalysis": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response includes deny policy analysis results, and you can see which access tuples are denied. Default is false.
         "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
         "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
       },
@@ -260,7 +258,6 @@ 
Method Details

         "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. If true, the default max expansion per group is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][]. Default is false.
         "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a Google Cloud folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resources cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a Google Cloud project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. If true, the default max expansion per resource is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][] and 100000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning][]. Default is false.
         "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
-        "includeDenyPolicyAnalysis": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response includes deny policy analysis results, and you can see which access tuples are denied. Default is false.
         "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
         "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
       },
@@ -324,7 +321,6 @@ 
Method Details

             "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. If true, the default max expansion per group is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][]. Default is false.
             "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a Google Cloud folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resources cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a Google Cloud project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. If true, the default max expansion per resource is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][] and 100000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning][]. Default is false.
             "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
-            "includeDenyPolicyAnalysis": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response includes deny policy analysis results, and you can see which access tuples are denied. Default is false.
             "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
             "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
           },
@@ -393,7 +389,6 @@ 
Method Details

         "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. If true, the default max expansion per group is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][]. Default is false.
         "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a Google Cloud folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resources cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a Google Cloud project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. If true, the default max expansion per resource is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][] and 100000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning][]. Default is false.
         "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
-        "includeDenyPolicyAnalysis": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response includes deny policy analysis results, and you can see which access tuples are denied. Default is false.
         "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
         "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
       },
@@ -445,7 +440,6 @@ 
Method Details

         "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. If true, the default max expansion per group is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][]. Default is false.
         "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a Google Cloud folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resources cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a Google Cloud project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. If true, the default max expansion per resource is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][] and 100000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning][]. Default is false.
         "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
-        "includeDenyPolicyAnalysis": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response includes deny policy analysis results, and you can see which access tuples are denied. Default is false.
         "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
         "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
index c636c7b0a33..bfb73cd3d48 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 
Cloud Asset API . v1

 
Instance Methods

 

-  analyzeIamPolicy(scope, analysisQuery_accessSelector_permissions=None, analysisQuery_accessSelector_roles=None, analysisQuery_conditionContext_accessTime=None, analysisQuery_identitySelector_identity=None, analysisQuery_options_analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation=None, analysisQuery_options_expandGroups=None, analysisQuery_options_expandResources=None, analysisQuery_options_expandRoles=None, analysisQuery_options_includeDenyPolicyAnalysis=None, analysisQuery_options_outputGroupEdges=None, analysisQuery_options_outputResourceEdges=None, analysisQuery_resourceSelector_fullResourceName=None, executionTimeout=None, savedAnalysisQuery=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  analyzeIamPolicy(scope, analysisQuery_accessSelector_permissions=None, analysisQuery_accessSelector_roles=None, analysisQuery_conditionContext_accessTime=None, analysisQuery_identitySelector_identity=None, analysisQuery_options_analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation=None, analysisQuery_options_expandGroups=None, analysisQuery_options_expandResources=None, analysisQuery_options_expandRoles=None, analysisQuery_options_outputGroupEdges=None, analysisQuery_options_outputResourceEdges=None, analysisQuery_resourceSelector_fullResourceName=None, executionTimeout=None, savedAnalysisQuery=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Analyzes IAM policies to answer which identities have what accesses on which resources.

 

   analyzeIamPolicyLongrunning(scope, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 
Method Details

 

-    analyzeIamPolicy(scope, analysisQuery_accessSelector_permissions=None, analysisQuery_accessSelector_roles=None, analysisQuery_conditionContext_accessTime=None, analysisQuery_identitySelector_identity=None, analysisQuery_options_analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation=None, analysisQuery_options_expandGroups=None, analysisQuery_options_expandResources=None, analysisQuery_options_expandRoles=None, analysisQuery_options_includeDenyPolicyAnalysis=None, analysisQuery_options_outputGroupEdges=None, analysisQuery_options_outputResourceEdges=None, analysisQuery_resourceSelector_fullResourceName=None, executionTimeout=None, savedAnalysisQuery=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    analyzeIamPolicy(scope, analysisQuery_accessSelector_permissions=None, analysisQuery_accessSelector_roles=None, analysisQuery_conditionContext_accessTime=None, analysisQuery_identitySelector_identity=None, analysisQuery_options_analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation=None, analysisQuery_options_expandGroups=None, analysisQuery_options_expandResources=None, analysisQuery_options_expandRoles=None, analysisQuery_options_outputGroupEdges=None, analysisQuery_options_outputResourceEdges=None, analysisQuery_resourceSelector_fullResourceName=None, executionTimeout=None, savedAnalysisQuery=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Analyzes IAM policies to answer which identities have what accesses on which resources.
 
 Args:
@@ -140,7 +140,6 @@ 
Method Details

   analysisQuery_options_expandGroups: boolean, Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. If true, the default max expansion per group is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][]. Default is false.
   analysisQuery_options_expandResources: boolean, Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a Google Cloud folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resources cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a Google Cloud project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. If true, the default max expansion per resource is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][] and 100000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning][]. Default is false.
   analysisQuery_options_expandRoles: boolean, Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
-  analysisQuery_options_includeDenyPolicyAnalysis: boolean, Optional. If true, the response includes deny policy analysis results, and you can see which access tuples are denied. Default is false.
   analysisQuery_options_outputGroupEdges: boolean, Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
   analysisQuery_options_outputResourceEdges: boolean, Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
   analysisQuery_resourceSelector_fullResourceName: string, Required. The [full resource name] (https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format) of a resource of [supported resource types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#analyzable_asset_types).
@@ -177,7 +176,6 @@ 
Method Details

         "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. If true, the default max expansion per group is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][]. Default is false.
         "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a Google Cloud folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resources cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a Google Cloud project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. If true, the default max expansion per resource is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][] and 100000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning][]. Default is false.
         "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
-        "includeDenyPolicyAnalysis": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response includes deny policy analysis results, and you can see which access tuples are denied. Default is false.
         "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
         "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
       },
@@ -253,63 +251,6 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "deniedAccesses": [ # A list of DeniedAccess, which contains all access tuples in the analysis_results that are denied by IAM deny policies. If no access tuples are denied, the list is empty. This is only populated when IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.Options.include_deny_policy_analysis is true.
-      { # A denied access contains details about an access tuple that is blocked by IAM deny policies.
-        "deniedAccessTuple": { # An access tuple contains a tuple of a resource, an identity and an access. # A denied access tuple that is either fully or partially denied by IAM deny rules. This access tuple should match at least one access tuple derived from IamPolicyAnalysisResult.
-          "access": { # An IAM role or permission under analysis. # One access from IamPolicyAnalysisResult.AccessControlList.accesses.
-            "permission": "A String", # The IAM permission in [v1 format](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/permissions-reference)
-            "role": "A String", # The IAM role.
-          },
-          "identity": { # An identity under analysis. # One identity from IamPolicyAnalysisResult.IdentityList.identities.
-            "name": "A String", # The identity of members, formatted as appear in an [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). For example, they might be formatted like the following: - user:foo@google.com - group:group1@google.com - serviceAccount:s1@prj1.iam.gserviceaccount.com - projectOwner:some_project_id - domain:google.com - allUsers
-          },
-          "resource": { # A Google Cloud resource under analysis. # One resource from IamPolicyAnalysisResult.AccessControlList.resources.
-            "fullResourceName": "A String", # The [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format)
-          },
-        },
-        "denyDetails": [ # The details about how denied_access_tuple is denied.
-          { # A deny detail that explains which IAM deny rule denies the denied_access_tuple.
-            "accesses": [ # The denied accesses. If this deny_rule fully denies the denied_access_tuple, this field will be same as AccessTuple.access. Otherwise, this field can contain AccessTuple.access and its descendant accesses, such as a subset of IAM permissions contained in an IAM role.
-              { # An IAM role or permission under analysis.
-                "permission": "A String", # The IAM permission in [v1 format](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/permissions-reference)
-                "role": "A String", # The IAM role.
-              },
-            ],
-            "denyRule": { # A deny rule in an IAM deny policy. # A deny rule in an IAM deny policy.
-              "denialCondition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that determines whether this deny rule applies to a request. If the condition expression evaluates to `true`, then the deny rule is applied; otherwise, the deny rule is not applied. Each deny rule is evaluated independently. If this deny rule does not apply to a request, other deny rules might still apply. The condition can use CEL functions that evaluate [resource tags](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-tags). Other functions and operators are not supported.
-                "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-                "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-                "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-              },
-              "deniedPermissions": [ # The permissions that are explicitly denied by this rule. Each permission uses the format `{service_fqdn}/{resource}.{verb}`, where `{service_fqdn}` is the fully qualified domain name for the service. For example, `iam.googleapis.com/roles.list`.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-              "deniedPrincipals": [ # The identities that are prevented from using one or more permissions on Google Cloud resources. This field can contain the following values: * `principalSet://goog/public:all`: A special identifier that represents any principal that is on the internet, even if they do not have a Google Account or are not logged in. * `principal://goog/subject/{email_id}`: A specific Google Account. Includes Gmail, Cloud Identity, and Google Workspace user accounts. For example, `principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com`. * `deleted:principal://goog/subject/{email_id}?uid={uid}`: A specific Google Account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google Account is recovered, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google Account. * `principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}`: A Google group. For example, `principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com`. * `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google group that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google group is restored, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google group. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}`: A Google Cloud service account. For example, `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com`. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google Cloud service account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com?uid=1234567890`. If the service account is undeleted, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a service account. * `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/{customer_id}`: All of the principals associated with the specified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity customer ID. For example, `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/C01Abc35`.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-              "exceptionPermissions": [ # Specifies the permissions that this rule excludes from the set of denied permissions given by `denied_permissions`. If a permission appears in `denied_permissions` _and_ in `exception_permissions` then it will _not_ be denied. The excluded permissions can be specified using the same syntax as `denied_permissions`.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-              "exceptionPrincipals": [ # The identities that are excluded from the deny rule, even if they are listed in the `denied_principals`. For example, you could add a Google group to the `denied_principals`, then exclude specific users who belong to that group. This field can contain the same values as the `denied_principals` field, excluding `principalSet://goog/public:all`, which represents all users on the internet.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-            },
-            "fullyDenied": True or False, # Whether the deny_rule fully denies all access granted by the denied_access_tuple. `True` means the deny rule fully blocks the access tuple. `False` means the deny rule partially blocks the access tuple."
-            "identities": [ # If this deny_rule fully denies the denied_access_tuple, this field will be same as AccessTuple.identity. Otherwise, this field can contain AccessTuple.identity and its descendant identities, such as a subset of users in a group.
-              { # An identity under analysis.
-                "name": "A String", # The identity of members, formatted as appear in an [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). For example, they might be formatted like the following: - user:foo@google.com - group:group1@google.com - serviceAccount:s1@prj1.iam.gserviceaccount.com - projectOwner:some_project_id - domain:google.com - allUsers
-              },
-            ],
-            "resources": [ # The resources that the identities are denied access to. If this deny_rule fully denies the denied_access_tuple, this field will be same as AccessTuple.resource. Otherwise, this field can contain AccessTuple.resource and its descendant resources.
-              { # A Google Cloud resource under analysis.
-                "fullResourceName": "A String", # The [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format)
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-    ],
     "fullyExplored": True or False, # Represents whether all entries in the analysis_results have been fully explored to answer the query.
     "nonCriticalErrors": [ # A list of non-critical errors happened during the query handling.
       { # Represents the detailed state of an entity under analysis, such as a resource, an identity or an access.
@@ -340,7 +281,6 @@ 
Method Details

           "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. If true, the default max expansion per group is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][]. Default is false.
           "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a Google Cloud folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resources cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a Google Cloud project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. If true, the default max expansion per resource is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][] and 100000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning][]. Default is false.
           "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
-          "includeDenyPolicyAnalysis": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response includes deny policy analysis results, and you can see which access tuples are denied. Default is false.
           "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
           "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
         },
@@ -416,63 +356,6 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "deniedAccesses": [ # A list of DeniedAccess, which contains all access tuples in the analysis_results that are denied by IAM deny policies. If no access tuples are denied, the list is empty. This is only populated when IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.Options.include_deny_policy_analysis is true.
-        { # A denied access contains details about an access tuple that is blocked by IAM deny policies.
-          "deniedAccessTuple": { # An access tuple contains a tuple of a resource, an identity and an access. # A denied access tuple that is either fully or partially denied by IAM deny rules. This access tuple should match at least one access tuple derived from IamPolicyAnalysisResult.
-            "access": { # An IAM role or permission under analysis. # One access from IamPolicyAnalysisResult.AccessControlList.accesses.
-              "permission": "A String", # The IAM permission in [v1 format](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/permissions-reference)
-              "role": "A String", # The IAM role.
-            },
-            "identity": { # An identity under analysis. # One identity from IamPolicyAnalysisResult.IdentityList.identities.
-              "name": "A String", # The identity of members, formatted as appear in an [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). For example, they might be formatted like the following: - user:foo@google.com - group:group1@google.com - serviceAccount:s1@prj1.iam.gserviceaccount.com - projectOwner:some_project_id - domain:google.com - allUsers
-            },
-            "resource": { # A Google Cloud resource under analysis. # One resource from IamPolicyAnalysisResult.AccessControlList.resources.
-              "fullResourceName": "A String", # The [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format)
-            },
-          },
-          "denyDetails": [ # The details about how denied_access_tuple is denied.
-            { # A deny detail that explains which IAM deny rule denies the denied_access_tuple.
-              "accesses": [ # The denied accesses. If this deny_rule fully denies the denied_access_tuple, this field will be same as AccessTuple.access. Otherwise, this field can contain AccessTuple.access and its descendant accesses, such as a subset of IAM permissions contained in an IAM role.
-                { # An IAM role or permission under analysis.
-                  "permission": "A String", # The IAM permission in [v1 format](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/permissions-reference)
-                  "role": "A String", # The IAM role.
-                },
-              ],
-              "denyRule": { # A deny rule in an IAM deny policy. # A deny rule in an IAM deny policy.
-                "denialCondition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that determines whether this deny rule applies to a request. If the condition expression evaluates to `true`, then the deny rule is applied; otherwise, the deny rule is not applied. Each deny rule is evaluated independently. If this deny rule does not apply to a request, other deny rules might still apply. The condition can use CEL functions that evaluate [resource tags](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-tags). Other functions and operators are not supported.
-                  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-                  "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-                  "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-                  "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-                },
-                "deniedPermissions": [ # The permissions that are explicitly denied by this rule. Each permission uses the format `{service_fqdn}/{resource}.{verb}`, where `{service_fqdn}` is the fully qualified domain name for the service. For example, `iam.googleapis.com/roles.list`.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "deniedPrincipals": [ # The identities that are prevented from using one or more permissions on Google Cloud resources. This field can contain the following values: * `principalSet://goog/public:all`: A special identifier that represents any principal that is on the internet, even if they do not have a Google Account or are not logged in. * `principal://goog/subject/{email_id}`: A specific Google Account. Includes Gmail, Cloud Identity, and Google Workspace user accounts. For example, `principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com`. * `deleted:principal://goog/subject/{email_id}?uid={uid}`: A specific Google Account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google Account is recovered, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google Account. * `principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}`: A Google group. For example, `principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com`. * `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google group that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google group is restored, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google group. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}`: A Google Cloud service account. For example, `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com`. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google Cloud service account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com?uid=1234567890`. If the service account is undeleted, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a service account. * `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/{customer_id}`: All of the principals associated with the specified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity customer ID. For example, `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/C01Abc35`.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "exceptionPermissions": [ # Specifies the permissions that this rule excludes from the set of denied permissions given by `denied_permissions`. If a permission appears in `denied_permissions` _and_ in `exception_permissions` then it will _not_ be denied. The excluded permissions can be specified using the same syntax as `denied_permissions`.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "exceptionPrincipals": [ # The identities that are excluded from the deny rule, even if they are listed in the `denied_principals`. For example, you could add a Google group to the `denied_principals`, then exclude specific users who belong to that group. This field can contain the same values as the `denied_principals` field, excluding `principalSet://goog/public:all`, which represents all users on the internet.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-              },
-              "fullyDenied": True or False, # Whether the deny_rule fully denies all access granted by the denied_access_tuple. `True` means the deny rule fully blocks the access tuple. `False` means the deny rule partially blocks the access tuple."
-              "identities": [ # If this deny_rule fully denies the denied_access_tuple, this field will be same as AccessTuple.identity. Otherwise, this field can contain AccessTuple.identity and its descendant identities, such as a subset of users in a group.
-                { # An identity under analysis.
-                  "name": "A String", # The identity of members, formatted as appear in an [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). For example, they might be formatted like the following: - user:foo@google.com - group:group1@google.com - serviceAccount:s1@prj1.iam.gserviceaccount.com - projectOwner:some_project_id - domain:google.com - allUsers
-                },
-              ],
-              "resources": [ # The resources that the identities are denied access to. If this deny_rule fully denies the denied_access_tuple, this field will be same as AccessTuple.resource. Otherwise, this field can contain AccessTuple.resource and its descendant resources.
-                { # A Google Cloud resource under analysis.
-                  "fullResourceName": "A String", # The [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format)
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
       "fullyExplored": True or False, # Represents whether all entries in the analysis_results have been fully explored to answer the query.
       "nonCriticalErrors": [ # A list of non-critical errors happened during the query handling.
         { # Represents the detailed state of an entity under analysis, such as a resource, an identity or an access.
@@ -515,7 +398,6 @@ 
Method Details

       "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. If true, the default max expansion per group is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][]. Default is false.
       "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a Google Cloud folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resources cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a Google Cloud project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. If true, the default max expansion per resource is 1000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy][] and 100000 for AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning][]. Default is false.
       "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
-      "includeDenyPolicyAnalysis": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response includes deny policy analysis results, and you can see which access tuples are denied. Default is false.
       "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
       "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
     },
@@ -672,7 +554,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "inheritFromParent": True or False, # If `inherit_from_parent` is true, Rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the effective root for evaluation.
         "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the default behavior of the constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false.
         "rules": [ # List of rules for this organization policy.
-          { # Represents a rule defined in an organization policy
+          { # This rule message is a customized version of the one defined in the Organization Policy system. In addition to the fields defined in the original organization policy, it contains additional field(s) under specific circumstances to support analysis results.
             "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in Policies for list constraints.
             "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The evaluating condition for this rule.
               "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -700,7 +582,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "inheritFromParent": True or False, # If `inherit_from_parent` is true, Rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the effective root for evaluation.
           "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the default behavior of the constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false.
           "rules": [ # List of rules for this organization policy.
-            { # Represents a rule defined in an organization policy
+            { # This rule message is a customized version of the one defined in the Organization Policy system. In addition to the fields defined in the original organization policy, it contains additional field(s) under specific circumstances to support analysis results.
               "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in Policies for list constraints.
               "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The evaluating condition for this rule.
                 "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -795,7 +677,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "inheritFromParent": True or False, # If `inherit_from_parent` is true, Rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the effective root for evaluation.
         "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the default behavior of the constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false.
         "rules": [ # List of rules for this organization policy.
-          { # Represents a rule defined in an organization policy
+          { # This rule message is a customized version of the one defined in the Organization Policy system. In addition to the fields defined in the original organization policy, it contains additional field(s) under specific circumstances to support analysis results.
             "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in Policies for list constraints.
             "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The evaluating condition for this rule.
               "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -871,7 +753,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "inheritFromParent": True or False, # If `inherit_from_parent` is true, Rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the effective root for evaluation.
           "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the default behavior of the constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false.
           "rules": [ # List of rules for this organization policy.
-            { # Represents a rule defined in an organization policy
+            { # This rule message is a customized version of the one defined in the Organization Policy system. In addition to the fields defined in the original organization policy, it contains additional field(s) under specific circumstances to support analysis results.
               "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in Policies for list constraints.
               "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The evaluating condition for this rule.
                 "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -967,7 +849,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "inheritFromParent": True or False, # If `inherit_from_parent` is true, Rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the effective root for evaluation.
         "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the default behavior of the constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false.
         "rules": [ # List of rules for this organization policy.
-          { # Represents a rule defined in an organization policy
+          { # This rule message is a customized version of the one defined in the Organization Policy system. In addition to the fields defined in the original organization policy, it contains additional field(s) under specific circumstances to support analysis results.
             "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in Policies for list constraints.
             "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The evaluating condition for this rule.
               "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -997,7 +879,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "inheritFromParent": True or False, # If `inherit_from_parent` is true, Rules set higher up in the hierarchy (up to the closest root) are inherited and present in the effective policy. If it is false, then no rules are inherited, and this policy becomes the effective root for evaluation.
           "reset": True or False, # Ignores policies set above this resource and restores the default behavior of the constraint at this resource. This field can be set in policies for either list or boolean constraints. If set, `rules` must be empty and `inherit_from_parent` must be set to false.
           "rules": [ # List of rules for this organization policy.
-            { # Represents a rule defined in an organization policy
+            { # This rule message is a customized version of the one defined in the Organization Policy system. In addition to the fields defined in the original organization policy, it contains additional field(s) under specific circumstances to support analysis results.
               "allowAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are allowed. This field can be set only in Policies for list constraints.
               "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The evaluating condition for this rule.
                 "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -2301,7 +2183,7 @@ 
Method Details

   pageSize: integer, Optional. The page size for search result pagination. Page size is capped at 500 even if a larger value is given. If set to zero or a negative value, server will pick an appropriate default. Returned results may be fewer than requested. When this happens, there could be more results as long as `next_page_token` is returned.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of all other method parameters, must be identical to those in the previous call.
   query: string, Optional. The query statement. See [how to construct a query](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/searching-resources#how_to_construct_a_query) for more information. If not specified or empty, it will search all the resources within the specified `scope`. Examples: * `name:Important` to find Google Cloud resources whose name contains "Important" as a word. * `name=Important` to find the Google Cloud resource whose name is exactly "Important". * `displayName:Impor*` to find Google Cloud resources whose display name contains "Impor" as a prefix of any word in the field. * `location:us-west*` to find Google Cloud resources whose location contains both "us" and "west" as prefixes. * `labels:prod` to find Google Cloud resources whose labels contain "prod" as a key or value. * `labels.env:prod` to find Google Cloud resources that have a label "env" and its value is "prod". * `labels.env:*` to find Google Cloud resources that have a label "env". * `kmsKey:key` to find Google Cloud resources encrypted with a customer-managed encryption key whose name contains "key" as a word. This field is deprecated. Please use the `kmsKeys` field to retrieve Cloud KMS key information. * `kmsKeys:key` to find Google Cloud resources encrypted with customer-managed encryption keys whose name contains the word "key". * `relationships:instance-group-1` to find Google Cloud resources that have relationships with "instance-group-1" in the related resource name. * `relationships:INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP` to find Compute Engine instances that have relationships of type "INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP". * `relationships.INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP:instance-group-1` to find Compute Engine instances that have relationships with "instance-group-1" in the Compute Engine instance group resource name, for relationship type "INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP". * `state:ACTIVE` to find Google Cloud resources whose state contains "ACTIVE" as a word. * `NOT state:ACTIVE` to find Google Cloud resources whose state doesn't contain "ACTIVE" as a word. * `createTime<1609459200` to find Google Cloud resources that were created before "2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC". 1609459200 is the epoch timestamp of "2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC" in seconds. * `updateTime>1609459200` to find Google Cloud resources that were updated after "2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC". 1609459200 is the epoch timestamp of "2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC" in seconds. * `Important` to find Google Cloud resources that contain "Important" as a word in any of the searchable fields. * `Impor*` to find Google Cloud resources that contain "Impor" as a prefix of any word in any of the searchable fields. * `Important location:(us-west1 OR global)` to find Google Cloud resources that contain "Important" as a word in any of the searchable fields and are also located in the "us-west1" region or the "global" location.
-  readMask: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields specifying which fields to be returned in ResourceSearchResult. Only '*' or combination of top level fields can be specified. Field names of both snake_case and camelCase are supported. Examples: `"*"`, `"name,location"`, `"name,versionedResources"`. The read_mask paths must be valid field paths listed but not limited to (both snake_case and camelCase are supported): * name * assetType * project * displayName * description * location * tagKeys * tagValues * tagValueIds * labels * networkTags * kmsKey (This field is deprecated. Please use the `kmsKeys` field to retrieve Cloud KMS key information.) * kmsKeys * createTime * updateTime * state * additionalAttributes * versionedResources If read_mask is not specified, all fields except versionedResources will be returned. If only '*' is specified, all fields including versionedResources will be returned. Any invalid field path will trigger INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  readMask: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields that you want returned in the results. The following fields are returned by default if not specified: * `name` * `assetType` * `project` * `folders` * `organization` * `displayName` * `description` * `location` * `labels` * `networkTags` * `kmsKeys` * `createTime` * `updateTime` * `state` * `additionalAttributes` * `parentFullResourceName` * `parentAssetType` Some fields of large size, such as `versionedResources` and `attachedResources`, are not returned by default, but you can specify them in the `read_mask` parameter if you want to include them. If `"*"` is specified, all [available fields](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/reference/rest/v1/TopLevel/searchAllResources#resourcesearchresult) are returned. Examples: `"name,location"`, `"name,versionedResources"`, `"*"`. Any invalid field path will trigger INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
index d9d4c7b3b40..0ee42f4e7aa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
@@ -601,11 +601,6 @@
               "location": "query",
               "type": "boolean"
             },
-            "analysisQuery.options.includeDenyPolicyAnalysis": {
-              "description": "Optional. If true, the response includes deny policy analysis results, and you can see which access tuples are denied. Default is false.",
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "boolean"
-            },
             "analysisQuery.options.outputGroupEdges": {
               "description": "Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.",
               "location": "query",
@@ -1076,7 +1071,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "readMask": {
-              "description": "Optional. A comma-separated list of fields specifying which fields to be returned in ResourceSearchResult. Only '*' or combination of top level fields can be specified. Field names of both snake_case and camelCase are supported. Examples: `\"*\"`, `\"name,location\"`, `\"name,versionedResources\"`. The read_mask paths must be valid field paths listed but not limited to (both snake_case and camelCase are supported): * name * assetType * project * displayName * description * location * tagKeys * tagValues * tagValueIds * labels * networkTags * kmsKey (This field is deprecated. Please use the `kmsKeys` field to retrieve Cloud KMS key information.) * kmsKeys * createTime * updateTime * state * additionalAttributes * versionedResources If read_mask is not specified, all fields except versionedResources will be returned. If only '*' is specified, all fields including versionedResources will be returned. Any invalid field path will trigger INVALID_ARGUMENT error.",
+              "description": "Optional. A comma-separated list of fields that you want returned in the results. The following fields are returned by default if not specified: * `name` * `assetType` * `project` * `folders` * `organization` * `displayName` * `description` * `location` * `labels` * `networkTags` * `kmsKeys` * `createTime` * `updateTime` * `state` * `additionalAttributes` * `parentFullResourceName` * `parentAssetType` Some fields of large size, such as `versionedResources` and `attachedResources`, are not returned by default, but you can specify them in the `read_mask` parameter if you want to include them. If `\"*\"` is specified, all [available fields](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/reference/rest/v1/TopLevel/searchAllResources#resourcesearchresult) are returned. Examples: `\"name,location\"`, `\"name,versionedResources\"`, `\"*\"`. Any invalid field path will trigger INVALID_ARGUMENT error.",
               "format": "google-fieldmask",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
@@ -1100,7 +1095,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSelector": {
@@ -1590,24 +1585,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "DeniedAccess": {
-      "description": "A denied access contains details about an access tuple that is blocked by IAM deny policies.",
-      "id": "DeniedAccess",
-      "properties": {
-        "deniedAccessTuple": {
-          "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessAccessTuple",
-          "description": "A denied access tuple that is either fully or partially denied by IAM deny rules. This access tuple should match at least one access tuple derived from IamPolicyAnalysisResult."
-        },
-        "denyDetails": {
-          "description": "The details about how denied_access_tuple is denied.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessDenyDetail"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "EffectiveIamPolicy": {
       "description": "The effective IAM policies on one resource.",
       "id": "EffectiveIamPolicy",
@@ -2087,98 +2064,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessAccess": {
-      "description": "An IAM role or permission under analysis.",
-      "id": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessAccess",
-      "properties": {
-        "permission": {
-          "description": "The IAM permission in [v1 format](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/permissions-reference)",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "role": {
-          "description": "The IAM role.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessAccessTuple": {
-      "description": "An access tuple contains a tuple of a resource, an identity and an access.",
-      "id": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessAccessTuple",
-      "properties": {
-        "access": {
-          "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessAccess",
-          "description": "One access from IamPolicyAnalysisResult.AccessControlList.accesses."
-        },
-        "identity": {
-          "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessIdentity",
-          "description": "One identity from IamPolicyAnalysisResult.IdentityList.identities."
-        },
-        "resource": {
-          "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessResource",
-          "description": "One resource from IamPolicyAnalysisResult.AccessControlList.resources."
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessDenyDetail": {
-      "description": "A deny detail that explains which IAM deny rule denies the denied_access_tuple.",
-      "id": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessDenyDetail",
-      "properties": {
-        "accesses": {
-          "description": "The denied accesses. If this deny_rule fully denies the denied_access_tuple, this field will be same as AccessTuple.access. Otherwise, this field can contain AccessTuple.access and its descendant accesses, such as a subset of IAM permissions contained in an IAM role.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessAccess"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "denyRule": {
-          "$ref": "GoogleIamV2DenyRule",
-          "description": "A deny rule in an IAM deny policy."
-        },
-        "fullyDenied": {
-          "description": "Whether the deny_rule fully denies all access granted by the denied_access_tuple. `True` means the deny rule fully blocks the access tuple. `False` means the deny rule partially blocks the access tuple.\"",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        },
-        "identities": {
-          "description": "If this deny_rule fully denies the denied_access_tuple, this field will be same as AccessTuple.identity. Otherwise, this field can contain AccessTuple.identity and its descendant identities, such as a subset of users in a group.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessIdentity"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "resources": {
-          "description": "The resources that the identities are denied access to. If this deny_rule fully denies the denied_access_tuple, this field will be same as AccessTuple.resource. Otherwise, this field can contain AccessTuple.resource and its descendant resources.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessResource"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessIdentity": {
-      "description": "An identity under analysis.",
-      "id": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessIdentity",
-      "properties": {
-        "name": {
-          "description": "The identity of members, formatted as appear in an [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). For example, they might be formatted like the following: - user:foo@google.com - group:group1@google.com - serviceAccount:s1@prj1.iam.gserviceaccount.com - projectOwner:some_project_id - domain:google.com - allUsers",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessResource": {
-      "description": "A Google Cloud resource under analysis.",
-      "id": "GoogleCloudAssetV1DeniedAccessResource",
-      "properties": {
-        "fullResourceName": {
-          "description": "The [full resource name](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format)",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "GoogleCloudAssetV1Edge": {
       "description": "A directional edge.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudAssetV1Edge",
@@ -2317,7 +2202,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudAssetV1Rule": {
-      "description": "Represents a rule defined in an organization policy",
+      "description": "This rule message is a customized version of the one defined in the Organization Policy system. In addition to the fields defined in the original organization policy, it contains additional field(s) under specific circumstances to support analysis results.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudAssetV1Rule",
       "properties": {
         "allowAll": {
@@ -2622,45 +2507,6 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "GoogleIamV2DenyRule": {
-      "description": "A deny rule in an IAM deny policy.",
-      "id": "GoogleIamV2DenyRule",
-      "properties": {
-        "denialCondition": {
-          "$ref": "Expr",
-          "description": "The condition that determines whether this deny rule applies to a request. If the condition expression evaluates to `true`, then the deny rule is applied; otherwise, the deny rule is not applied. Each deny rule is evaluated independently. If this deny rule does not apply to a request, other deny rules might still apply. The condition can use CEL functions that evaluate [resource tags](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-tags). Other functions and operators are not supported."
-        },
-        "deniedPermissions": {
-          "description": "The permissions that are explicitly denied by this rule. Each permission uses the format `{service_fqdn}/{resource}.{verb}`, where `{service_fqdn}` is the fully qualified domain name for the service. For example, `iam.googleapis.com/roles.list`.",
-          "items": {
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "deniedPrincipals": {
-          "description": "The identities that are prevented from using one or more permissions on Google Cloud resources. This field can contain the following values: * `principalSet://goog/public:all`: A special identifier that represents any principal that is on the internet, even if they do not have a Google Account or are not logged in. * `principal://goog/subject/{email_id}`: A specific Google Account. Includes Gmail, Cloud Identity, and Google Workspace user accounts. For example, `principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com`. * `deleted:principal://goog/subject/{email_id}?uid={uid}`: A specific Google Account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://goog/subject/alice@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google Account is recovered, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google Account. * `principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}`: A Google group. For example, `principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com`. * `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/{group_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google group that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principalSet://goog/group/admins@example.com?uid=1234567890`. If the Google group is restored, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a Google group. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}`: A Google Cloud service account. For example, `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com`. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/{service_account_id}?uid={uid}`: A Google Cloud service account that was deleted recently. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/-/serviceAccounts/my-service-account@iam.gserviceaccount.com?uid=1234567890`. If the service account is undeleted, this identifier reverts to the standard identifier for a service account. * `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/{customer_id}`: All of the principals associated with the specified Google Workspace or Cloud Identity customer ID. For example, `principalSet://goog/cloudIdentityCustomerId/C01Abc35`.",
-          "items": {
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "exceptionPermissions": {
-          "description": "Specifies the permissions that this rule excludes from the set of denied permissions given by `denied_permissions`. If a permission appears in `denied_permissions` _and_ in `exception_permissions` then it will _not_ be denied. The excluded permissions can be specified using the same syntax as `denied_permissions`.",
-          "items": {
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "exceptionPrincipals": {
-          "description": "The identities that are excluded from the deny rule, even if they are listed in the `denied_principals`. For example, you could add a Google group to the `denied_principals`, then exclude specific users who belong to that group. This field can contain the same values as the `denied_principals` field, excluding `principalSet://goog/public:all`, which represents all users on the internet.",
-          "items": {
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1AccessLevel": {
       "description": "An `AccessLevel` is a label that can be applied to requests to Google Cloud services, along with a list of requirements necessary for the label to be applied.",
       "id": "GoogleIdentityAccesscontextmanagerV1AccessLevel",
@@ -3215,13 +3061,6 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
-        "deniedAccesses": {
-          "description": "A list of DeniedAccess, which contains all access tuples in the analysis_results that are denied by IAM deny policies. If no access tuples are denied, the list is empty. This is only populated when IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.Options.include_deny_policy_analysis is true.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "DeniedAccess"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
         "fullyExplored": {
           "description": "Represents whether all entries in the analysis_results have been fully explored to answer the query.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -3658,10 +3497,6 @@
           "description": "Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
-        "includeDenyPolicyAnalysis": {
-          "description": "Optional. If true, the response includes deny policy analysis results, and you can see which access tuples are denied. Default is false.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        },
         "outputGroupEdges": {
           "description": "Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
index 3ace41610ff..c65f0d9418c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
index 0f7907f371a..cbef0e0e3c1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
index e7cf477bf40..5c1517c363e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
index 01e0be8df3f..eee23f73c0d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {

From 88acaa78241bb1b3779cf1cef270ddb744afc335 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 10/53] feat(cloudbilling): update the api

#### cloudbilling:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ProjectBillingInfo.properties.billingEnabled.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ProjectBillingInfo.properties.name.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ProjectBillingInfo.properties.projectId.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...oudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.projects.html |  6 +++---
 docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.projects.html         | 18 +++++++++---------
 .../documents/cloudbilling.v1.json             | 11 +++++++----
 .../documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json         |  2 +-
 4 files changed, 20 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.projects.html
index 574f1da3d51..577091eb680 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.projects.html
@@ -110,9 +110,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "projectBillingInfo": [ # A list of `ProjectBillingInfo` resources representing the projects associated with the billing account.
     { # Encapsulation of billing information for a Google Cloud Console project. A project has at most one associated billing account at a time (but a billing account can be assigned to multiple projects).
       "billingAccountName": "A String", # The resource name of the billing account associated with the project, if any. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`.
-      "billingEnabled": True or False, # True if the project is associated with an open billing account, to which usage on the project is charged. False if the project is associated with a closed billing account, or no billing account at all, and therefore cannot use paid services. This field is read-only.
-      "name": "A String", # The resource name for the `ProjectBillingInfo`; has the form `projects/{project_id}/billingInfo`. For example, the resource name for the billing information for project `tokyo-rain-123` would be `projects/tokyo-rain-123/billingInfo`. This field is read-only.
-      "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project that this `ProjectBillingInfo` represents, such as `tokyo-rain-123`. This is a convenience field so that you don't need to parse the `name` field to obtain a project ID. This field is read-only.
+      "billingEnabled": True or False, # Output only. True if the project is associated with an open billing account, to which usage on the project is charged. False if the project is associated with a closed billing account, or no billing account at all, and therefore cannot use paid services. This field is read-only.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for the `ProjectBillingInfo`; has the form `projects/{project_id}/billingInfo`. For example, the resource name for the billing information for project `tokyo-rain-123` would be `projects/tokyo-rain-123/billingInfo`. This field is read-only.
+      "projectId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the project that this `ProjectBillingInfo` represents, such as `tokyo-rain-123`. This is a convenience field so that you don't need to parse the `name` field to obtain a project ID. This field is read-only.
     },
   ],
 }

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.projects.html
index a9a39e4d283..a2a5d692dad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.projects.html
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Encapsulation of billing information for a Google Cloud Console project. A project has at most one associated billing account at a time (but a billing account can be assigned to multiple projects).
   "billingAccountName": "A String", # The resource name of the billing account associated with the project, if any. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`.
-  "billingEnabled": True or False, # True if the project is associated with an open billing account, to which usage on the project is charged. False if the project is associated with a closed billing account, or no billing account at all, and therefore cannot use paid services. This field is read-only.
-  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the `ProjectBillingInfo`; has the form `projects/{project_id}/billingInfo`. For example, the resource name for the billing information for project `tokyo-rain-123` would be `projects/tokyo-rain-123/billingInfo`. This field is read-only.
-  "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project that this `ProjectBillingInfo` represents, such as `tokyo-rain-123`. This is a convenience field so that you don't need to parse the `name` field to obtain a project ID. This field is read-only.
+  "billingEnabled": True or False, # Output only. True if the project is associated with an open billing account, to which usage on the project is charged. False if the project is associated with a closed billing account, or no billing account at all, and therefore cannot use paid services. This field is read-only.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for the `ProjectBillingInfo`; has the form `projects/{project_id}/billingInfo`. For example, the resource name for the billing information for project `tokyo-rain-123` would be `projects/tokyo-rain-123/billingInfo`. This field is read-only.
+  "projectId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the project that this `ProjectBillingInfo` represents, such as `tokyo-rain-123`. This is a convenience field so that you don't need to parse the `name` field to obtain a project ID. This field is read-only.
 }

 

 
@@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Encapsulation of billing information for a Google Cloud Console project. A project has at most one associated billing account at a time (but a billing account can be assigned to multiple projects).
   "billingAccountName": "A String", # The resource name of the billing account associated with the project, if any. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`.
-  "billingEnabled": True or False, # True if the project is associated with an open billing account, to which usage on the project is charged. False if the project is associated with a closed billing account, or no billing account at all, and therefore cannot use paid services. This field is read-only.
-  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the `ProjectBillingInfo`; has the form `projects/{project_id}/billingInfo`. For example, the resource name for the billing information for project `tokyo-rain-123` would be `projects/tokyo-rain-123/billingInfo`. This field is read-only.
-  "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project that this `ProjectBillingInfo` represents, such as `tokyo-rain-123`. This is a convenience field so that you don't need to parse the `name` field to obtain a project ID. This field is read-only.
+  "billingEnabled": True or False, # Output only. True if the project is associated with an open billing account, to which usage on the project is charged. False if the project is associated with a closed billing account, or no billing account at all, and therefore cannot use paid services. This field is read-only.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for the `ProjectBillingInfo`; has the form `projects/{project_id}/billingInfo`. For example, the resource name for the billing information for project `tokyo-rain-123` would be `projects/tokyo-rain-123/billingInfo`. This field is read-only.
+  "projectId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the project that this `ProjectBillingInfo` represents, such as `tokyo-rain-123`. This is a convenience field so that you don't need to parse the `name` field to obtain a project ID. This field is read-only.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -137,9 +137,9 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Encapsulation of billing information for a Google Cloud Console project. A project has at most one associated billing account at a time (but a billing account can be assigned to multiple projects).
   "billingAccountName": "A String", # The resource name of the billing account associated with the project, if any. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`.
-  "billingEnabled": True or False, # True if the project is associated with an open billing account, to which usage on the project is charged. False if the project is associated with a closed billing account, or no billing account at all, and therefore cannot use paid services. This field is read-only.
-  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the `ProjectBillingInfo`; has the form `projects/{project_id}/billingInfo`. For example, the resource name for the billing information for project `tokyo-rain-123` would be `projects/tokyo-rain-123/billingInfo`. This field is read-only.
-  "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project that this `ProjectBillingInfo` represents, such as `tokyo-rain-123`. This is a convenience field so that you don't need to parse the `name` field to obtain a project ID. This field is read-only.
+  "billingEnabled": True or False, # Output only. True if the project is associated with an open billing account, to which usage on the project is charged. False if the project is associated with a closed billing account, or no billing account at all, and therefore cannot use paid services. This field is read-only.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for the `ProjectBillingInfo`; has the form `projects/{project_id}/billingInfo`. For example, the resource name for the billing information for project `tokyo-rain-123` would be `projects/tokyo-rain-123/billingInfo`. This field is read-only.
+  "projectId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the project that this `ProjectBillingInfo` represents, such as `tokyo-rain-123`. This is a convenience field so that you don't need to parse the `name` field to obtain a project ID. This field is read-only.
 }

 

 
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json
index 2cdef9f80a7..a1d4b65e51b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230616",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AggregationInfo": {
@@ -935,15 +935,18 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "billingEnabled": {
-          "description": "True if the project is associated with an open billing account, to which usage on the project is charged. False if the project is associated with a closed billing account, or no billing account at all, and therefore cannot use paid services. This field is read-only.",
+          "description": "Output only. True if the project is associated with an open billing account, to which usage on the project is charged. False if the project is associated with a closed billing account, or no billing account at all, and therefore cannot use paid services. This field is read-only.",
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "The resource name for the `ProjectBillingInfo`; has the form `projects/{project_id}/billingInfo`. For example, the resource name for the billing information for project `tokyo-rain-123` would be `projects/tokyo-rain-123/billingInfo`. This field is read-only.",
+          "description": "Output only. The resource name for the `ProjectBillingInfo`; has the form `projects/{project_id}/billingInfo`. For example, the resource name for the billing information for project `tokyo-rain-123` would be `projects/tokyo-rain-123/billingInfo`. This field is read-only.",
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
         "projectId": {
-          "description": "The ID of the project that this `ProjectBillingInfo` represents, such as `tokyo-rain-123`. This is a convenience field so that you don't need to parse the `name` field to obtain a project ID. This field is read-only.",
+          "description": "Output only. The ID of the project that this `ProjectBillingInfo` represents, such as `tokyo-rain-123`. This is a convenience field so that you don't need to parse the `name` field to obtain a project ID. This field is read-only.",
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json
index bc19b832438..e0665bca0aa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230616",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CacheFillRegions": {

From 0d628d7cad0347684200a76dea3a6da025f5fff0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 11/53] feat(cloudchannel): update the api

#### cloudchannel:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.accounts.resources.skuGroups.methods.list (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.accounts.resources.skuGroups.resources.billableSkus.methods.list (Total Keys: 16)
- schemas.GoogleCloudChannelV1BillableSku (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GoogleCloudChannelV1ListSkuGroupBillableSkusResponse (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudChannelV1ListSkuGroupsResponse (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudChannelV1SkuGroup (Total Keys: 4)
---
 .../cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html   |   4 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.html        |   7 +-
 ...el_v1.accounts.skuGroups.billableSkus.html | 135 ++++++++++++++
 .../cloudchannel_v1.accounts.skuGroups.html   | 138 +++++++++++++++
 .../documents/cloudchannel.v1.json            | 164 +++++++++++++++++-
 5 files changed, 441 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.skuGroups.billableSkus.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.skuGroups.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html
index 44478c72edd..bb939f0e707 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html
@@ -505,10 +505,10 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   customer: string, Required. The resource name of the customer to list Offers for. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id}. (required)
-  changeOfferPurchase_billingAccount: string, Optional. Resource name of the new target Billing Account. Provide this Billing Account when setting up billing for a trial subscription. Format: accounts/{account_id}/billing_accounts/{billing_account_id}. This field is only relevant for multi-currency accounts. It should be left empty for single currency accounts.
+  changeOfferPurchase_billingAccount: string, Optional. Resource name of the new target Billing Account. Provide this Billing Account when setting up billing for a trial subscription. Format: accounts/{account_id}/billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}. This field is only relevant for multi-currency accounts. It should be left empty for single currency accounts.
   changeOfferPurchase_entitlement: string, Required. Resource name of the entitlement. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id}/entitlements/{entitlement_id}
   changeOfferPurchase_newSku: string, Optional. Resource name of the new target SKU. Provide this SKU when upgrading or downgrading an entitlement. Format: products/{product_id}/skus/{sku_id}
-  createEntitlementPurchase_billingAccount: string, Optional. Billing account that the result should be restricted to. Format: accounts/{account_id}/billing_accounts/{billing_account_id}.
+  createEntitlementPurchase_billingAccount: string, Optional. Billing account that the result should be restricted to. Format: accounts/{account_id}/billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}.
   createEntitlementPurchase_sku: string, Required. SKU that the result should be restricted to. Format: products/{product_id}/skus/{sku_id}.
   languageCode: string, Optional. The BCP-47 language code. For example, "en-US". The response will localize in the corresponding language code, if specified. The default value is "en-US".
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server might return fewer results than requested. If unspecified, returns at most 100 Offers. The maximum value is 1000; the server will coerce values above 1000.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.html
index dcd996e652c..d352838006f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.html
@@ -99,6 +99,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the reports Resource.

 
+

+  skuGroups()
+

+
Returns the skuGroups Resource.

+
 

   checkCloudIdentityAccountsExist(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Confirms the existence of Cloud Identity accounts based on the domain and if the Cloud Identity accounts are owned by the reseller. Possible error codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: The reseller account making the request is different from the reseller account in the API request. * INVALID_ARGUMENT: Required request parameters are missing or invalid. * INVALID_VALUE: Invalid domain value in the request. Return value: A list of CloudIdentityCustomerAccount resources for the domain (may be empty) Note: in the v1alpha1 version of the API, a NOT_FOUND error returns if no CloudIdentityCustomerAccount resources match the domain.

@@ -217,7 +222,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for CloudChannelService.ListTransferableOffers
-  "billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Billing Account to look up Offers for. Format: accounts/{account_id}/billing_accounts/{billing_account_id}. This field is only relevant for multi-currency accounts. It should be left empty for single currency accounts.
+  "billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The Billing Account to look up Offers for. Format: accounts/{account_id}/billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}. This field is only relevant for multi-currency accounts. It should be left empty for single currency accounts.
   "cloudIdentityId": "A String", # Customer's Cloud Identity ID
   "customerName": "A String", # A reseller should create a customer and use the resource name of that customer here.
   "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code. For example, "en-US". The response will localize in the corresponding language code, if specified. The default value is "en-US".
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.skuGroups.billableSkus.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.skuGroups.billableSkus.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..53c30e5b96a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.skuGroups.billableSkus.html
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+
+
+
+
Cloud Channel API . accounts . skuGroups . billableSkus

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists the Billable SKUs in a given SKU group. Possible error codes: PERMISSION_DENIED: If the account making the request and the account being queried for are different, or the account doesn't exist. INVALID_ARGUMENT: Missing or invalid required parameters in the request. INTERNAL: Any non-user error related to technical issue in the backend. In this case, contact cloud channel support. Return Value: If successful, the BillableSku resources. The data for each resource is displayed in the ascending order of: * BillableSku.service_display_name * BillableSku.sku_display_name If unsuccessful, returns an error.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists the Billable SKUs in a given SKU group. Possible error codes: PERMISSION_DENIED: If the account making the request and the account being queried for are different, or the account doesn't exist. INVALID_ARGUMENT: Missing or invalid required parameters in the request. INTERNAL: Any non-user error related to technical issue in the backend. In this case, contact cloud channel support. Return Value: If successful, the BillableSku resources. The data for each resource is displayed in the ascending order of: * BillableSku.service_display_name * BillableSku.sku_display_name If unsuccessful, returns an error.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the SKU group. Format: accounts/{account}/skuGroups/{sku_group}. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of SKUs to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, returns a maximum of 100000 SKUs. The maximum value is 100000; values above 100000 will be coerced to 100000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results beyond the first page. Obtained through ListSkuGroupBillableSkus.next_page_token of the previous CloudChannelService.ListSkuGroupBillableSkus call.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListSkuGroupBillableSkus.
+  "billableSkus": [ # The list of billable SKUs in the requested SKU group.
+    { # Represents the Billable SKU information.
+      "service": "A String", # Resource name of Service which contains Repricing SKU. Format: services/{service}. Example: "services/B7D9-FDCB-15D8".
+      "serviceDisplayName": "A String", # Unique human readable name for the Service.
+      "sku": "A String", # Resource name of Billable SKU. Format: billableSkus/{sku}. Example: billableSkus/6E1B-6634-470F".
+      "skuDisplayName": "A String", # Unique human readable name for the SKU.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListSkuGroupBillableSkus.page_token to obtain that page.
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.skuGroups.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.skuGroups.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8a066372f8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.skuGroups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+
+
+
+
Cloud Channel API . accounts . skuGroups

+
Instance Methods

+

+  billableSkus()
+

+
Returns the billableSkus Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists the Rebilling supported SKU groups the account is authorized to sell. Reference: https://cloud.google.com/skus/sku-groups Possible Error Codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: If the account making the request and the account being queried are different, or the account doesn't exist. * INTERNAL: Any non-user error related to technical issues in the backend. In this case, contact Cloud Channel support. Return Value: If successful, the SkuGroup resources. The data for each resource is displayed in the alphabetical order of SKU group display name. The data for each resource is displayed in the ascending order of SkuGroup.display_name If unsuccessful, returns an error.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists the Rebilling supported SKU groups the account is authorized to sell. Reference: https://cloud.google.com/skus/sku-groups Possible Error Codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: If the account making the request and the account being queried are different, or the account doesn't exist. * INTERNAL: Any non-user error related to technical issues in the backend. In this case, contact Cloud Channel support. Return Value: If successful, the SkuGroup resources. The data for each resource is displayed in the alphabetical order of SKU group display name. The data for each resource is displayed in the ascending order of SkuGroup.display_name If unsuccessful, returns an error.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the account from which to list SKU groups. Parent uses the format: accounts/{account}. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of SKU groups to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, returns a maximum of 1000 SKU groups. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results beyond the first page. Obtained through ListSkuGroups.next_page_token of the previous CloudChannelService.ListSkuGroups call.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListSkuGroups.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListSkuGroups.page_token to obtain that page.
+  "skuGroups": [ # The list of SKU groups requested.
+    { # Represents the SKU group information.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Unique human readable identifier for the SKU group.
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name of SKU group. Format: accounts/{account}/skuGroups/{sku_group}. Example: "accounts/C01234/skuGroups/3d50fd57-3157-4577-a5a9-a219b8490041".
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
index b13f384f79e..8969be7e334 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@
               ],
               "parameters": {
                 "changeOfferPurchase.billingAccount": {
-                  "description": "Optional. Resource name of the new target Billing Account. Provide this Billing Account when setting up billing for a trial subscription. Format: accounts/{account_id}/billing_accounts/{billing_account_id}. This field is only relevant for multi-currency accounts. It should be left empty for single currency accounts.",
+                  "description": "Optional. Resource name of the new target Billing Account. Provide this Billing Account when setting up billing for a trial subscription. Format: accounts/{account_id}/billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}. This field is only relevant for multi-currency accounts. It should be left empty for single currency accounts.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "createEntitlementPurchase.billingAccount": {
-                  "description": "Optional. Billing account that the result should be restricted to. Format: accounts/{account_id}/billing_accounts/{billing_account_id}.",
+                  "description": "Optional. Billing account that the result should be restricted to. Format: accounts/{account_id}/billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -1876,6 +1876,88 @@
               ]
             }
           }
+        },
+        "skuGroups": {
+          "methods": {
+            "list": {
+              "description": "Lists the Rebilling supported SKU groups the account is authorized to sell. Reference: https://cloud.google.com/skus/sku-groups Possible Error Codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: If the account making the request and the account being queried are different, or the account doesn't exist. * INTERNAL: Any non-user error related to technical issues in the backend. In this case, contact Cloud Channel support. Return Value: If successful, the SkuGroup resources. The data for each resource is displayed in the alphabetical order of SKU group display name. The data for each resource is displayed in the ascending order of SkuGroup.display_name If unsuccessful, returns an error.",
+              "flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}/skuGroups",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "cloudchannel.accounts.skuGroups.list",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "parent"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "pageSize": {
+                  "description": "Optional. The maximum number of SKU groups to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, returns a maximum of 1000 SKU groups. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.",
+                  "format": "int32",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "integer"
+                },
+                "pageToken": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results beyond the first page. Obtained through ListSkuGroups.next_page_token of the previous CloudChannelService.ListSkuGroups call.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "parent": {
+                  "description": "Required. The resource name of the account from which to list SKU groups. Parent uses the format: accounts/{account}.",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v1/{+parent}/skuGroups",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudChannelV1ListSkuGroupsResponse"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/apps.order"
+              ]
+            }
+          },
+          "resources": {
+            "billableSkus": {
+              "methods": {
+                "list": {
+                  "description": "Lists the Billable SKUs in a given SKU group. Possible error codes: PERMISSION_DENIED: If the account making the request and the account being queried for are different, or the account doesn't exist. INVALID_ARGUMENT: Missing or invalid required parameters in the request. INTERNAL: Any non-user error related to technical issue in the backend. In this case, contact cloud channel support. Return Value: If successful, the BillableSku resources. The data for each resource is displayed in the ascending order of: * BillableSku.service_display_name * BillableSku.sku_display_name If unsuccessful, returns an error.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/accounts/{accountsId}/skuGroups/{skuGroupsId}/billableSkus",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "cloudchannel.accounts.skuGroups.billableSkus.list",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "pageSize": {
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum number of SKUs to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, returns a maximum of 100000 SKUs. The maximum value is 100000; values above 100000 will be coerced to 100000.",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "pageToken": {
+                      "description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results beyond the first page. Obtained through ListSkuGroupBillableSkus.next_page_token of the previous CloudChannelService.ListSkuGroupBillableSkus call.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. Resource name of the SKU group. Format: accounts/{account}/skuGroups/{sku_group}.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/skuGroups/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/billableSkus",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudChannelV1ListSkuGroupBillableSkusResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/apps.order"
+                  ]
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
         }
       }
     },
@@ -2096,7 +2178,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": {
@@ -2140,6 +2222,29 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudChannelV1BillableSku": {
+      "description": "Represents the Billable SKU information.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudChannelV1BillableSku",
+      "properties": {
+        "service": {
+          "description": "Resource name of Service which contains Repricing SKU. Format: services/{service}. Example: \"services/B7D9-FDCB-15D8\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "serviceDisplayName": {
+          "description": "Unique human readable name for the Service.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "sku": {
+          "description": "Resource name of Billable SKU. Format: billableSkus/{sku}. Example: billableSkus/6E1B-6634-470F\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "skuDisplayName": {
+          "description": "Unique human readable name for the SKU.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudChannelV1BillingAccount": {
       "description": "Represents a billing account.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudChannelV1BillingAccount",
@@ -3394,6 +3499,42 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudChannelV1ListSkuGroupBillableSkusResponse": {
+      "description": "Response message for ListSkuGroupBillableSkus.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudChannelV1ListSkuGroupBillableSkusResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "billableSkus": {
+          "description": "The list of billable SKUs in the requested SKU group.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudChannelV1BillableSku"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListSkuGroupBillableSkus.page_token to obtain that page.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudChannelV1ListSkuGroupsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response message for ListSkuGroups.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudChannelV1ListSkuGroupsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListSkuGroups.page_token to obtain that page.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "skuGroups": {
+          "description": "The list of SKU groups requested.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudChannelV1SkuGroup"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudChannelV1ListSkusResponse": {
       "description": "Response message for ListSkus.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudChannelV1ListSkusResponse",
@@ -3439,7 +3580,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudChannelV1ListTransferableOffersRequest",
       "properties": {
         "billingAccount": {
-          "description": "Optional. The Billing Account to look up Offers for. Format: accounts/{account_id}/billing_accounts/{billing_account_id}. This field is only relevant for multi-currency accounts. It should be left empty for single currency accounts.",
+          "description": "Optional. The Billing Account to look up Offers for. Format: accounts/{account_id}/billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}. This field is only relevant for multi-currency accounts. It should be left empty for single currency accounts.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cloudIdentityId": {
@@ -4409,6 +4550,21 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudChannelV1SkuGroup": {
+      "description": "Represents the SKU group information.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudChannelV1SkuGroup",
+      "properties": {
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "Unique human readable identifier for the SKU group.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Resource name of SKU group. Format: accounts/{account}/skuGroups/{sku_group}. Example: \"accounts/C01234/skuGroups/3d50fd57-3157-4577-a5a9-a219b8490041\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudChannelV1SkuGroupCondition": {
       "description": "A condition that applies the override if a line item SKU is found in the SKU group.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudChannelV1SkuGroupCondition",

From 49238bed20162b9c33361fc7f0613fc23c87a55e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 12/53] feat(clouddebugger): update the api

#### clouddebugger:v2

The following keys were added:
- resources.debugger.resources.debuggees.resources.breakpoints.methods.list.parameters.stripResults.deprecated (Total Keys: 1)
---
 .../clouddebugger_v2.controller.debuggees.breakpoints.html | 2 +-
 docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.debuggees.html        | 2 +-
 docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.html                  | 2 +-
 .../clouddebugger_v2.debugger.debuggees.breakpoints.html   | 2 +-
 docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.debuggees.html          | 2 +-
 docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.html                    | 2 +-
 docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.html                             | 2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json        | 7 ++++---
 8 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.debuggees.breakpoints.html b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.debuggees.breakpoints.html
index f9bef158fd2..261cff5e2d3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.debuggees.breakpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.debuggees.breakpoints.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 
 
-
Cloud Debugger API . controller . debuggees . breakpoints

+
Cloud Debugger API (Deprecated) . controller . debuggees . breakpoints

 
Instance Methods

 

   close()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.debuggees.html b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.debuggees.html
index c0dcde2d087..28cb04b197f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.debuggees.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.debuggees.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 
 
-
Cloud Debugger API . controller . debuggees

+
Cloud Debugger API (Deprecated) . controller . debuggees

 
Instance Methods

 

   breakpoints()
diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.html b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.html
index 652e383ee2e..3a329990674 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.controller.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 
 
-
Cloud Debugger API . controller

+
Cloud Debugger API (Deprecated) . controller

 
Instance Methods

 

   debuggees()
diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.debuggees.breakpoints.html b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.debuggees.breakpoints.html
index 7a0f8d12490..9c4034947c2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.debuggees.breakpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.debuggees.breakpoints.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 
 
-
Cloud Debugger API . debugger . debuggees . breakpoints

+
Cloud Debugger API (Deprecated) . debugger . debuggees . breakpoints

 
Instance Methods

 

   close()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.debuggees.html b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.debuggees.html
index 28aa3e3972a..19ca5a3271f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.debuggees.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.debuggees.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 
 
-
Cloud Debugger API . debugger . debuggees

+
Cloud Debugger API (Deprecated) . debugger . debuggees

 
Instance Methods

 

   breakpoints()
diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.html b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.html
index 11900a3bb22..927f3028e4d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.debugger.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 
 
-
Cloud Debugger API . debugger

+
Cloud Debugger API (Deprecated) . debugger

 
Instance Methods

 

   debuggees()
diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.html b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.html
index fa1e0d4ef4c..6daed54eeaf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddebugger_v2.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 
 
-
Cloud Debugger API

+
Cloud Debugger API (Deprecated)

 
Instance Methods

 

   controller()
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
index 5168910d663..b477a15b32c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
   "baseUrl": "https://clouddebugger.googleapis.com/",
   "batchPath": "batch",
   "canonicalName": "Cloud Debugger",
-  "description": "Examines the call stack and variables of a running application without stopping or slowing it down. ",
+  "description": "Examines the call stack and variables of a running application without stopping or slowing it down. (Deprecated) ",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/debugger",
   "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
@@ -374,6 +374,7 @@
                       "type": "boolean"
                     },
                     "stripResults": {
+                      "deprecated": true,
                       "description": "This field is deprecated. The following fields are always stripped out of the result: `stack_frames`, `evaluated_expressions` and `variable_table`.",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "boolean"
@@ -448,7 +449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230519",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://clouddebugger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
@@ -1120,7 +1121,7 @@
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",
-  "title": "Cloud Debugger API",
+  "title": "Cloud Debugger API (Deprecated)",
   "version": "v2",
   "version_module": true
 }
\ No newline at end of file

From 79d241b59c99511f80db5d6e893b8a1203b3083c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 13/53] feat(clouddeploy): update the api

#### clouddeploy:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.DeployParameters (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.Release.properties.deployParameters (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ServiceNetworking.properties.disablePodOverprovisioning.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Stage.properties.deployParameters (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Target.properties.deployParameters (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ....projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html | 44 ++++++++++++++++
 ....locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html | 51 +++++++++++++++++++
 ...ddeploy_v1.projects.locations.targets.html | 14 ++++-
 .../documents/clouddeploy.v1.json             | 50 +++++++++++++++++-
 4 files changed, 156 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html
index f96c1a143d0..4b7b3d862cf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html
@@ -155,6 +155,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "serialPipeline": { # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`. # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`.
     "stages": [ # Each stage specifies configuration for a `Target`. The ordering of this list defines the promotion flow.
       { # Stage specifies a location to which to deploy.
+        "deployParameters": [ # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for the target in this stage.
+          { # DeployParameters contains deploy parameters information.
+            "matchTargetLabels": { # Optional. Deploy parameters are applied to targets with match labels. If unspecified, deploy parameters are applied to all targets (including child targets of a multi-target).
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "values": { # Required. Values are deploy parameters in key-value pairs.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "profiles": [ # Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this stage's `Target`.
           "A String",
         ],
@@ -190,6 +200,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "serviceNetworking": { # Information about the Kubernetes Service networking configuration. # Kubernetes Service networking configuration.
                   "deployment": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Deployment whose traffic is managed by the specified Service.
+                  "disablePodOverprovisioning": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable Pod overprovisioning. If Pod overprovisioning is disabled then Cloud Deploy will limit the number of total Pods used for the deployment strategy to the number of Pods the Deployment has on the cluster.
                   "service": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Service.
                 },
               },
@@ -325,6 +336,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "serialPipeline": { # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`. # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`.
     "stages": [ # Each stage specifies configuration for a `Target`. The ordering of this list defines the promotion flow.
       { # Stage specifies a location to which to deploy.
+        "deployParameters": [ # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for the target in this stage.
+          { # DeployParameters contains deploy parameters information.
+            "matchTargetLabels": { # Optional. Deploy parameters are applied to targets with match labels. If unspecified, deploy parameters are applied to all targets (including child targets of a multi-target).
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "values": { # Required. Values are deploy parameters in key-value pairs.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "profiles": [ # Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this stage's `Target`.
           "A String",
         ],
@@ -360,6 +381,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "serviceNetworking": { # Information about the Kubernetes Service networking configuration. # Kubernetes Service networking configuration.
                   "deployment": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Deployment whose traffic is managed by the specified Service.
+                  "disablePodOverprovisioning": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable Pod overprovisioning. If Pod overprovisioning is disabled then Cloud Deploy will limit the number of total Pods used for the deployment strategy to the number of Pods the Deployment has on the cluster.
                   "service": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Service.
                 },
               },
@@ -478,6 +500,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "serialPipeline": { # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`. # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`.
         "stages": [ # Each stage specifies configuration for a `Target`. The ordering of this list defines the promotion flow.
           { # Stage specifies a location to which to deploy.
+            "deployParameters": [ # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for the target in this stage.
+              { # DeployParameters contains deploy parameters information.
+                "matchTargetLabels": { # Optional. Deploy parameters are applied to targets with match labels. If unspecified, deploy parameters are applied to all targets (including child targets of a multi-target).
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "values": { # Required. Values are deploy parameters in key-value pairs.
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+              },
+            ],
             "profiles": [ # Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this stage's `Target`.
               "A String",
             ],
@@ -513,6 +545,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     },
                     "serviceNetworking": { # Information about the Kubernetes Service networking configuration. # Kubernetes Service networking configuration.
                       "deployment": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Deployment whose traffic is managed by the specified Service.
+                      "disablePodOverprovisioning": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable Pod overprovisioning. If Pod overprovisioning is disabled then Cloud Deploy will limit the number of total Pods used for the deployment strategy to the number of Pods the Deployment has on the cluster.
                       "service": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Service.
                     },
                   },
@@ -592,6 +625,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "serialPipeline": { # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`. # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`.
     "stages": [ # Each stage specifies configuration for a `Target`. The ordering of this list defines the promotion flow.
       { # Stage specifies a location to which to deploy.
+        "deployParameters": [ # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for the target in this stage.
+          { # DeployParameters contains deploy parameters information.
+            "matchTargetLabels": { # Optional. Deploy parameters are applied to targets with match labels. If unspecified, deploy parameters are applied to all targets (including child targets of a multi-target).
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "values": { # Required. Values are deploy parameters in key-value pairs.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+        ],
         "profiles": [ # Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this stage's `Target`.
           "A String",
         ],
@@ -627,6 +670,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "serviceNetworking": { # Information about the Kubernetes Service networking configuration. # Kubernetes Service networking configuration.
                   "deployment": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Deployment whose traffic is managed by the specified Service.
+                  "disablePodOverprovisioning": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable Pod overprovisioning. If Pod overprovisioning is disabled then Cloud Deploy will limit the number of total Pods used for the deployment strategy to the number of Pods the Deployment has on the cluster.
                   "service": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Service.
                 },
               },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html
index ddba583883f..0a7d298e925 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html
@@ -190,6 +190,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "serialPipeline": { # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`. # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`.
       "stages": [ # Each stage specifies configuration for a `Target`. The ordering of this list defines the promotion flow.
         { # Stage specifies a location to which to deploy.
+          "deployParameters": [ # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for the target in this stage.
+            { # DeployParameters contains deploy parameters information.
+              "matchTargetLabels": { # Optional. Deploy parameters are applied to targets with match labels. If unspecified, deploy parameters are applied to all targets (including child targets of a multi-target).
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "values": { # Required. Values are deploy parameters in key-value pairs.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "profiles": [ # Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this stage's `Target`.
             "A String",
           ],
@@ -225,6 +235,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                   "serviceNetworking": { # Information about the Kubernetes Service networking configuration. # Kubernetes Service networking configuration.
                     "deployment": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Deployment whose traffic is managed by the specified Service.
+                    "disablePodOverprovisioning": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable Pod overprovisioning. If Pod overprovisioning is disabled then Cloud Deploy will limit the number of total Pods used for the deployment strategy to the number of Pods the Deployment has on the cluster.
                     "service": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Service.
                   },
                 },
@@ -242,6 +253,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "uid": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the `DeliveryPipeline`.
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Most recent time at which the pipeline was updated.
   },
+  "deployParameters": { # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for all targets in this release.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "description": "A String", # Description of the `Release`. Max length is 255 characters.
   "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
   "labels": { # Labels are attributes that can be set and used by both the user and by Google Cloud Deploy. Labels must meet the following constraints: * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. * All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. * Each resource is limited to a maximum of 64 labels. Both keys and values are additionally constrained to be <= 128 bytes.
@@ -290,6 +304,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "membership": "A String", # Membership of the GKE Hub-registered cluster to which to apply the Skaffold configuration. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership_name}`.
       },
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Target` was created.
+      "deployParameters": { # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for this target.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
       "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the `Target`. Max length is 255 characters.
       "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
       "executionConfigs": [ # Configurations for all execution that relates to this `Target`. Each `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` value may only be used in a single configuration; using the same value multiple times is an error. When one or more configurations are specified, they must include the `RENDER` and `DEPLOY` `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` values. When no configurations are specified, execution will use the default specified in `DefaultPool`.
@@ -437,6 +454,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "serialPipeline": { # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`. # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`.
       "stages": [ # Each stage specifies configuration for a `Target`. The ordering of this list defines the promotion flow.
         { # Stage specifies a location to which to deploy.
+          "deployParameters": [ # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for the target in this stage.
+            { # DeployParameters contains deploy parameters information.
+              "matchTargetLabels": { # Optional. Deploy parameters are applied to targets with match labels. If unspecified, deploy parameters are applied to all targets (including child targets of a multi-target).
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "values": { # Required. Values are deploy parameters in key-value pairs.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+            },
+          ],
           "profiles": [ # Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this stage's `Target`.
             "A String",
           ],
@@ -472,6 +499,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                   "serviceNetworking": { # Information about the Kubernetes Service networking configuration. # Kubernetes Service networking configuration.
                     "deployment": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Deployment whose traffic is managed by the specified Service.
+                    "disablePodOverprovisioning": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable Pod overprovisioning. If Pod overprovisioning is disabled then Cloud Deploy will limit the number of total Pods used for the deployment strategy to the number of Pods the Deployment has on the cluster.
                     "service": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Service.
                   },
                 },
@@ -489,6 +517,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "uid": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the `DeliveryPipeline`.
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Most recent time at which the pipeline was updated.
   },
+  "deployParameters": { # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for all targets in this release.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "description": "A String", # Description of the `Release`. Max length is 255 characters.
   "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
   "labels": { # Labels are attributes that can be set and used by both the user and by Google Cloud Deploy. Labels must meet the following constraints: * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. * All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. * Each resource is limited to a maximum of 64 labels. Both keys and values are additionally constrained to be <= 128 bytes.
@@ -537,6 +568,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "membership": "A String", # Membership of the GKE Hub-registered cluster to which to apply the Skaffold configuration. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership_name}`.
       },
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Target` was created.
+      "deployParameters": { # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for this target.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
       "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the `Target`. Max length is 255 characters.
       "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
       "executionConfigs": [ # Configurations for all execution that relates to this `Target`. Each `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` value may only be used in a single configuration; using the same value multiple times is an error. When one or more configurations are specified, they must include the `RENDER` and `DEPLOY` `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` values. When no configurations are specified, execution will use the default specified in `DefaultPool`.
@@ -660,6 +694,16 @@ 
Method Details

         "serialPipeline": { # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`. # SerialPipeline defines a sequential set of stages for a `DeliveryPipeline`.
           "stages": [ # Each stage specifies configuration for a `Target`. The ordering of this list defines the promotion flow.
             { # Stage specifies a location to which to deploy.
+              "deployParameters": [ # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for the target in this stage.
+                { # DeployParameters contains deploy parameters information.
+                  "matchTargetLabels": { # Optional. Deploy parameters are applied to targets with match labels. If unspecified, deploy parameters are applied to all targets (including child targets of a multi-target).
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "values": { # Required. Values are deploy parameters in key-value pairs.
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
               "profiles": [ # Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this stage's `Target`.
                 "A String",
               ],
@@ -695,6 +739,7 @@ 
Method Details

                       },
                       "serviceNetworking": { # Information about the Kubernetes Service networking configuration. # Kubernetes Service networking configuration.
                         "deployment": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Deployment whose traffic is managed by the specified Service.
+                        "disablePodOverprovisioning": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable Pod overprovisioning. If Pod overprovisioning is disabled then Cloud Deploy will limit the number of total Pods used for the deployment strategy to the number of Pods the Deployment has on the cluster.
                         "service": "A String", # Required. Name of the Kubernetes Service.
                       },
                     },
@@ -712,6 +757,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "uid": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier of the `DeliveryPipeline`.
         "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Most recent time at which the pipeline was updated.
       },
+      "deployParameters": { # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for all targets in this release.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
       "description": "A String", # Description of the `Release`. Max length is 255 characters.
       "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
       "labels": { # Labels are attributes that can be set and used by both the user and by Google Cloud Deploy. Labels must meet the following constraints: * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. * All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. * Each resource is limited to a maximum of 64 labels. Both keys and values are additionally constrained to be <= 128 bytes.
@@ -760,6 +808,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "membership": "A String", # Membership of the GKE Hub-registered cluster to which to apply the Skaffold configuration. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership_name}`.
           },
           "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Target` was created.
+          "deployParameters": { # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for this target.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
           "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the `Target`. Max length is 255 characters.
           "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
           "executionConfigs": [ # Configurations for all execution that relates to this `Target`. Each `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` value may only be used in a single configuration; using the same value multiple times is an error. When one or more configurations are specified, they must include the `RENDER` and `DEPLOY` `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` values. When no configurations are specified, execution will use the default specified in `DefaultPool`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.targets.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.targets.html
index 86468f54910..6597595b8a6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.targets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.targets.html
@@ -127,6 +127,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "membership": "A String", # Membership of the GKE Hub-registered cluster to which to apply the Skaffold configuration. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership_name}`.
   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Target` was created.
+  "deployParameters": { # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for this target.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the `Target`. Max length is 255 characters.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
   "executionConfigs": [ # Configurations for all execution that relates to this `Target`. Each `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` value may only be used in a single configuration; using the same value multiple times is an error. When one or more configurations are specified, they must include the `RENDER` and `DEPLOY` `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` values. When no configurations are specified, execution will use the default specified in `DefaultPool`.
@@ -209,7 +212,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the `Target` to delete. Format should be projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_name}/targets/{target_name}. (required)
-  allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set to true, then deleting an already deleted or non-existing DeliveryPipeline will succeed.
+  allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set to true, then deleting an already deleted or non-existing `Target` will succeed.
   etag: string, Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
   requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually post it.
@@ -264,6 +267,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "membership": "A String", # Membership of the GKE Hub-registered cluster to which to apply the Skaffold configuration. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership_name}`.
   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Target` was created.
+  "deployParameters": { # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for this target.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the `Target`. Max length is 255 characters.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
   "executionConfigs": [ # Configurations for all execution that relates to this `Target`. Each `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` value may only be used in a single configuration; using the same value multiple times is an error. When one or more configurations are specified, they must include the `RENDER` and `DEPLOY` `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` values. When no configurations are specified, execution will use the default specified in `DefaultPool`.
@@ -386,6 +392,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "membership": "A String", # Membership of the GKE Hub-registered cluster to which to apply the Skaffold configuration. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership_name}`.
       },
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Target` was created.
+      "deployParameters": { # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for this target.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
       "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the `Target`. Max length is 255 characters.
       "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
       "executionConfigs": [ # Configurations for all execution that relates to this `Target`. Each `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` value may only be used in a single configuration; using the same value multiple times is an error. When one or more configurations are specified, they must include the `RENDER` and `DEPLOY` `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` values. When no configurations are specified, execution will use the default specified in `DefaultPool`.
@@ -467,6 +476,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "membership": "A String", # Membership of the GKE Hub-registered cluster to which to apply the Skaffold configuration. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/memberships/{membership_name}`.
   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Target` was created.
+  "deployParameters": { # Optional. The deploy parameters to use for this target.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
   "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the `Target`. Max length is 255 characters.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
   "executionConfigs": [ # Configurations for all execution that relates to this `Target`. Each `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` value may only be used in a single configuration; using the same value multiple times is an error. When one or more configurations are specified, they must include the `RENDER` and `DEPLOY` `ExecutionEnvironmentUsage` values. When no configurations are specified, execution will use the default specified in `DefaultPool`.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json
index f8b4549ce60..7cc2ab88117 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json
@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "allowMissing": {
-                      "description": "Optional. If set to true, then deleting an already deleted or non-existing DeliveryPipeline will succeed.",
+                      "description": "Optional. If set to true, then deleting an already deleted or non-existing `Target` will succeed.",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "boolean"
                     },
@@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://clouddeploy.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbandonReleaseRequest": {
@@ -2035,6 +2035,27 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "DeployParameters": {
+      "description": "DeployParameters contains deploy parameters information.",
+      "id": "DeployParameters",
+      "properties": {
+        "matchTargetLabels": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Optional. Deploy parameters are applied to targets with match labels. If unspecified, deploy parameters are applied to all targets (including child targets of a multi-target).",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "values": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Required. Values are deploy parameters in key-value pairs.",
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "DeploymentJobs": {
       "description": "Deployment job composition.",
       "id": "DeploymentJobs",
@@ -2933,6 +2954,13 @@
           "description": "Output only. Snapshot of the parent pipeline taken at release creation time.",
           "readOnly": true
         },
+        "deployParameters": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Optional. The deploy parameters to use for all targets in this release.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
         "description": {
           "description": "Description of the `Release`. Max length is 255 characters.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -3389,6 +3417,10 @@
           "description": "Required. Name of the Kubernetes Deployment whose traffic is managed by the specified Service.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "disablePodOverprovisioning": {
+          "description": "Optional. Whether to disable Pod overprovisioning. If Pod overprovisioning is disabled then Cloud Deploy will limit the number of total Pods used for the deployment strategy to the number of Pods the Deployment has on the cluster.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "service": {
           "description": "Required. Name of the Kubernetes Service.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -3478,6 +3510,13 @@
       "description": "Stage specifies a location to which to deploy.",
       "id": "Stage",
       "properties": {
+        "deployParameters": {
+          "description": "Optional. The deploy parameters to use for the target in this stage.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "DeployParameters"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "profiles": {
           "description": "Skaffold profiles to use when rendering the manifest for this stage's `Target`.",
           "items": {
@@ -3570,6 +3609,13 @@
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "deployParameters": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Optional. The deploy parameters to use for this target.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
         "description": {
           "description": "Optional. Description of the `Target`. Max length is 255 characters.",
           "type": "string"

From 3895b193fa7311b90a994ec5c93e4de2524643d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 14/53] feat(cloudfunctions): update the api

#### cloudfunctions:v2

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Source.properties.gitUri.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.SourceProvenance.properties.gitUri.type (Total Keys: 1)

#### cloudfunctions:v2alpha

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Source.properties.gitUri.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.SourceProvenance.properties.gitUri.type (Total Keys: 1)

#### cloudfunctions:v2beta

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Source.properties.gitUri.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.SourceProvenance.properties.gitUri.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...unctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html |  8 ++++----
 ...unctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html |  8 ++++++++
 ...ons_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html |  8 ++++++++
 ...ions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html |  8 ++++++++
 .../documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json             | 10 +++++-----
 .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json             | 16 ++++++++++++----
 .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json        | 16 ++++++++++++----
 .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json         | 16 ++++++++++++----
 8 files changed, 69 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
index 1fcfb4f889b..5e6547581de 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # User-provided description of a function.
   "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments.
   "dockerRepository": "A String", # User managed repository created in Artifact Registry optionally with a customer managed encryption key. If specified, deployments will use Artifact Registry. If unspecified and the deployment is eligible to use Artifact Registry, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. This is the repository to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
-  "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
+  "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix (ID of the function), if not specified.
   "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # User-provided description of a function.
   "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments.
   "dockerRepository": "A String", # User managed repository created in Artifact Registry optionally with a customer managed encryption key. If specified, deployments will use Artifact Registry. If unspecified and the deployment is eligible to use Artifact Registry, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. This is the repository to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
-  "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
+  "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix (ID of the function), if not specified.
   "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # User-provided description of a function.
       "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments.
       "dockerRepository": "A String", # User managed repository created in Artifact Registry optionally with a customer managed encryption key. If specified, deployments will use Artifact Registry. If unspecified and the deployment is eligible to use Artifact Registry, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. This is the repository to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
-      "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
+      "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix (ID of the function), if not specified.
       "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # User-provided description of a function.
   "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments.
   "dockerRepository": "A String", # User managed repository created in Artifact Registry optionally with a customer managed encryption key. If specified, deployments will use Artifact Registry. If unspecified and the deployment is eligible to use Artifact Registry, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. This is the repository to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
-  "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
+  "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix (ID of the function), if not specified.
   "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html
index 5549b8679ea..54086f686bc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -136,6 +136,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "runtime": "A String", # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
     "source": { # The location of the function source code. # The location of the function source code.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//
       "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -152,6 +153,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.
       "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -391,6 +393,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "runtime": "A String", # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
     "source": { # The location of the function source code. # The location of the function source code.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//
       "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -407,6 +410,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.
       "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -580,6 +584,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "runtime": "A String", # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
         "source": { # The location of the function source code. # The location of the function source code.
+          "gitUri": "A String", # If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//
           "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
             "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
             "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -596,6 +601,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+          "gitUri": "A String", # A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.
           "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
             "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
             "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -730,6 +736,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "runtime": "A String", # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
     "source": { # The location of the function source code. # The location of the function source code.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//
       "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -746,6 +753,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.
       "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html
index be7abe1cec0..d64f06a46fe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -136,6 +136,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "runtime": "A String", # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
     "source": { # The location of the function source code. # The location of the function source code.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//
       "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -152,6 +153,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.
       "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -391,6 +393,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "runtime": "A String", # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
     "source": { # The location of the function source code. # The location of the function source code.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//
       "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -407,6 +410,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.
       "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -580,6 +584,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "runtime": "A String", # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
         "source": { # The location of the function source code. # The location of the function source code.
+          "gitUri": "A String", # If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//
           "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
             "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
             "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -596,6 +601,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+          "gitUri": "A String", # A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.
           "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
             "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
             "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -730,6 +736,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "runtime": "A String", # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
     "source": { # The location of the function source code. # The location of the function source code.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//
       "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -746,6 +753,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.
       "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html
index e787e23243e..7687d7b150b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -136,6 +136,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "runtime": "A String", # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
     "source": { # The location of the function source code. # The location of the function source code.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//
       "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -152,6 +153,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.
       "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -391,6 +393,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "runtime": "A String", # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
     "source": { # The location of the function source code. # The location of the function source code.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//
       "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -407,6 +410,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.
       "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -580,6 +584,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "runtime": "A String", # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
         "source": { # The location of the function source code. # The location of the function source code.
+          "gitUri": "A String", # If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//
           "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
             "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
             "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -596,6 +601,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+          "gitUri": "A String", # A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.
           "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
             "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
             "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -730,6 +736,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "runtime": "A String", # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](https://cloud.google.com/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
     "source": { # The location of the function source code. # The location of the function source code.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//
       "repoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
@@ -746,6 +753,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
     "sourceProvenance": { # Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build. # Output only. A permanent fixed identifier for source.
+      "gitUri": "A String", # A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.
       "resolvedRepoSource": { # Location of the source in a Google Cloud Source Repository. # A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved.
         "branchName": "A String", # Regex matching branches to build. The syntax of the regular expressions accepted is the syntax accepted by RE2 and described at https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax
         "commitSha": "A String", # Explicit commit SHA to build.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json
index 01b1226b880..4e344e54923 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "entryPoint": {
-          "description": "The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named \"function\". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.",
+          "description": "The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix (ID of the function), if not specified.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "environmentVariables": {
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "createTime": {
@@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "createTime": {
@@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "createTime": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json
index 6c329e5c945..7a96685d09b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "createTime": {
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "createTime": {
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "createTime": {
@@ -1981,6 +1981,10 @@
       "description": "The location of the function source code.",
       "id": "Source",
       "properties": {
+        "gitUri": {
+          "description": "If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "repoSource": {
           "$ref": "RepoSource",
           "description": "If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository."
@@ -1996,6 +2000,10 @@
       "description": "Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build.",
       "id": "SourceProvenance",
       "properties": {
+        "gitUri": {
+          "description": "A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "resolvedRepoSource": {
           "$ref": "RepoSource",
           "description": "A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json
index 56ed1534b31..ef4db5492b3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "createTime": {
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "createTime": {
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "createTime": {
@@ -1981,6 +1981,10 @@
       "description": "The location of the function source code.",
       "id": "Source",
       "properties": {
+        "gitUri": {
+          "description": "If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "repoSource": {
           "$ref": "RepoSource",
           "description": "If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository."
@@ -1996,6 +2000,10 @@
       "description": "Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build.",
       "id": "SourceProvenance",
       "properties": {
+        "gitUri": {
+          "description": "A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "resolvedRepoSource": {
           "$ref": "RepoSource",
           "description": "A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json
index 3048a0ec37a..f50ffe36151 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "createTime": {
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "createTime": {
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "createTime": {
@@ -1981,6 +1981,10 @@
       "description": "The location of the function source code.",
       "id": "Source",
       "properties": {
+        "gitUri": {
+          "description": "If provided, get the source from GitHub repository. This option is valid only for GCF 1st Gen function. Example: https://github.com///blob//",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "repoSource": {
           "$ref": "RepoSource",
           "description": "If provided, get the source from this location in a Cloud Source Repository."
@@ -1996,6 +2000,10 @@
       "description": "Provenance of the source. Ways to find the original source, or verify that some source was used for this build.",
       "id": "SourceProvenance",
       "properties": {
+        "gitUri": {
+          "description": "A copy of the build's `source.git_uri`, if exists, with any commits resolved.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "resolvedRepoSource": {
           "$ref": "RepoSource",
           "description": "A copy of the build's `source.repo_source`, if exists, with any revisions resolved."

From 7bfef3f5e9340fdd308cdcbacb1e019c5d8e791f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 15/53] feat(cloudidentity): update the api

#### cloudidentity:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1AndroidAttributes.properties.ctsProfileMatch.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1AndroidAttributes.properties.hasPotentiallyHarmfulApps.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1AndroidAttributes.properties.verifiedBoot.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1AndroidAttributes.properties.verifyAppsEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)

#### cloudidentity:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1AndroidAttributes.properties.ctsProfileMatch.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1AndroidAttributes.properties.hasPotentiallyHarmfulApps.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1AndroidAttributes.properties.verifiedBoot.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1AndroidAttributes.properties.verifyAppsEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.devices.html         | 12 ++++++++++++
 .../documents/cloudidentity.v1.json            | 18 +++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json       | 18 +++++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 46 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.devices.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.devices.html
index 94d87c20847..6d9ebe2b2b4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.devices.html
@@ -161,10 +161,14 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { #  A Device within the Cloud Identity Devices API. Represents a Device known to Google Cloud, independent of the device ownership, type, and whether it is assigned or in use by a user.
   "androidSpecificAttributes": { # Resource representing the Android specific attributes of a Device. # Output only. Attributes specific to Android devices.
+    "ctsProfileMatch": True or False, # Whether the device passes Android CTS compliance.
     "enabledUnknownSources": True or False, # Whether applications from unknown sources can be installed on device.
+    "hasPotentiallyHarmfulApps": True or False, # Whether any potentially harmful apps were detected on the device.
     "ownerProfileAccount": True or False, # Whether this account is on an owner/primary profile. For phones, only true for owner profiles. Android 4+ devices can have secondary or restricted user profiles.
     "ownershipPrivilege": "A String", # Ownership privileges on device.
     "supportsWorkProfile": True or False, # Whether device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the "Enforce Work Profile" policy.
+    "verifiedBoot": True or False, # Whether Android verified boot status is GREEN.
+    "verifyAppsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Google Play Protect Verify Apps is enabled.
   },
   "assetTag": "A String", # Asset tag of the device.
   "basebandVersion": "A String", # Output only. Baseband version of the device.
@@ -283,10 +287,14 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { #  A Device within the Cloud Identity Devices API. Represents a Device known to Google Cloud, independent of the device ownership, type, and whether it is assigned or in use by a user.
   "androidSpecificAttributes": { # Resource representing the Android specific attributes of a Device. # Output only. Attributes specific to Android devices.
+    "ctsProfileMatch": True or False, # Whether the device passes Android CTS compliance.
     "enabledUnknownSources": True or False, # Whether applications from unknown sources can be installed on device.
+    "hasPotentiallyHarmfulApps": True or False, # Whether any potentially harmful apps were detected on the device.
     "ownerProfileAccount": True or False, # Whether this account is on an owner/primary profile. For phones, only true for owner profiles. Android 4+ devices can have secondary or restricted user profiles.
     "ownershipPrivilege": "A String", # Ownership privileges on device.
     "supportsWorkProfile": True or False, # Whether device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the "Enforce Work Profile" policy.
+    "verifiedBoot": True or False, # Whether Android verified boot status is GREEN.
+    "verifyAppsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Google Play Protect Verify Apps is enabled.
   },
   "assetTag": "A String", # Asset tag of the device.
   "basebandVersion": "A String", # Output only. Baseband version of the device.
@@ -350,10 +358,14 @@ 
Method Details

   "devices": [ # Devices meeting the list restrictions.
     { #  A Device within the Cloud Identity Devices API. Represents a Device known to Google Cloud, independent of the device ownership, type, and whether it is assigned or in use by a user.
       "androidSpecificAttributes": { # Resource representing the Android specific attributes of a Device. # Output only. Attributes specific to Android devices.
+        "ctsProfileMatch": True or False, # Whether the device passes Android CTS compliance.
         "enabledUnknownSources": True or False, # Whether applications from unknown sources can be installed on device.
+        "hasPotentiallyHarmfulApps": True or False, # Whether any potentially harmful apps were detected on the device.
         "ownerProfileAccount": True or False, # Whether this account is on an owner/primary profile. For phones, only true for owner profiles. Android 4+ devices can have secondary or restricted user profiles.
         "ownershipPrivilege": "A String", # Ownership privileges on device.
         "supportsWorkProfile": True or False, # Whether device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the "Enforce Work Profile" policy.
+        "verifiedBoot": True or False, # Whether Android verified boot status is GREEN.
+        "verifyAppsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Google Play Protect Verify Apps is enabled.
       },
       "assetTag": "A String", # Asset tag of the device.
       "basebandVersion": "A String", # Output only. Baseband version of the device.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
index 5a2e0549e29..7e1bc5413e1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
@@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": {
@@ -2221,10 +2221,18 @@
       "description": "Resource representing the Android specific attributes of a Device.",
       "id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1AndroidAttributes",
       "properties": {
+        "ctsProfileMatch": {
+          "description": "Whether the device passes Android CTS compliance.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "enabledUnknownSources": {
           "description": "Whether applications from unknown sources can be installed on device.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "hasPotentiallyHarmfulApps": {
+          "description": "Whether any potentially harmful apps were detected on the device.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "ownerProfileAccount": {
           "description": "Whether this account is on an owner/primary profile. For phones, only true for owner profiles. Android 4+ devices can have secondary or restricted user profiles.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -2248,6 +2256,14 @@
         "supportsWorkProfile": {
           "description": "Whether device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the \"Enforce Work Profile\" policy.",
           "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "verifiedBoot": {
+          "description": "Whether Android verified boot status is GREEN.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "verifyAppsEnabled": {
+          "description": "Whether Google Play Protect Verify Apps is enabled.",
+          "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
index d13c83e17ea..f83889a13f4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
@@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": {
@@ -2944,10 +2944,18 @@
       "description": "Resource representing the Android specific attributes of a Device.",
       "id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1AndroidAttributes",
       "properties": {
+        "ctsProfileMatch": {
+          "description": "Whether the device passes Android CTS compliance.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "enabledUnknownSources": {
           "description": "Whether applications from unknown sources can be installed on device.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "hasPotentiallyHarmfulApps": {
+          "description": "Whether any potentially harmful apps were detected on the device.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "ownerProfileAccount": {
           "description": "Whether this account is on an owner/primary profile. For phones, only true for owner profiles. Android 4+ devices can have secondary or restricted user profiles.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -2971,6 +2979,14 @@
         "supportsWorkProfile": {
           "description": "Whether device supports Android work profiles. If false, this service will not block access to corp data even if an administrator turns on the \"Enforce Work Profile\" policy.",
           "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "verifiedBoot": {
+          "description": "Whether Android verified boot status is GREEN.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "verifyAppsEnabled": {
+          "description": "Whether Google Play Protect Verify Apps is enabled.",
+          "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"

From 501badfb99fb04cb7aa7161f349e5c9419a75624 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:54:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 16/53] feat(cloudsearch): update the api

#### cloudsearch:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.SafeHtmlProto (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.SpellResult.properties.suggestedQueryHtml.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html            |  3 +++
 .../documents/cloudsearch.v1.json             | 23 ++++++++++++++++---
 2 files changed, 23 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
index 45bef9a87c8..5a2d6ae2673 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
@@ -488,6 +488,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "spellResults": [ # Suggested spelling for the query.
     {
       "suggestedQuery": "A String", # The suggested spelling of the query.
+      "suggestedQueryHtml": { # IMPORTANT: It is unsafe to accept this message from an untrusted source, since it's trivial for an attacker to forge serialized messages that don't fulfill the type's safety contract -- for example, it could contain attacker controlled script. A system which receives a SafeHtmlProto implicitly trusts the producer of the SafeHtmlProto. So, it's generally safe to return this message in RPC responses, but generally unsafe to accept it in RPC requests. # The sanitized HTML representing the spell corrected query that can be used in the UI. This usually has language-specific tags to mark up parts of the query that are spell checked.
+        "privateDoNotAccessOrElseSafeHtmlWrappedValue": "A String", # IMPORTANT: Never set or read this field, even from tests, it is private. See documentation at the top of .proto file for programming language packages with which to create or read this message.
+      },
       "suggestionType": "A String", # Suggestion triggered for the current query.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
index 7dbbbd1dde4..4c3c4fdb97e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
@@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230531",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudsearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbuseReportingConfig": {
@@ -15852,6 +15852,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "SafeHtmlProto": {
+      "description": "IMPORTANT: It is unsafe to accept this message from an untrusted source, since it's trivial for an attacker to forge serialized messages that don't fulfill the type's safety contract -- for example, it could contain attacker controlled script. A system which receives a SafeHtmlProto implicitly trusts the producer of the SafeHtmlProto. So, it's generally safe to return this message in RPC responses, but generally unsafe to accept it in RPC requests.",
+      "id": "SafeHtmlProto",
+      "properties": {
+        "privateDoNotAccessOrElseSafeHtmlWrappedValue": {
+          "description": "IMPORTANT: Never set or read this field, even from tests, it is private. See documentation at the top of .proto file for programming language packages with which to create or read this message.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "SafeUrlProto": {
       "description": "Message containing a string that is safe to use in URL contexts in DOM APIs and HTML documents, where the URL context does not refer to a resource that loads code.",
       "id": "SafeUrlProto",
@@ -16969,6 +16980,10 @@
           "description": "The suggested spelling of the query.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "suggestedQueryHtml": {
+          "$ref": "SafeHtmlProto",
+          "description": "The sanitized HTML representing the spell corrected query that can be used in the UI. This usually has language-specific tags to mark up parts of the query that are spell checked."
+        },
         "suggestionType": {
           "description": "Suggestion triggered for the current query.",
           "enum": [
@@ -17824,7 +17839,8 @@
             "ACTION_CARIBOU_DATA_RETENTION_DIFF",
             "ACTION_RELEVANCY_SCORE_BACKFILL",
             "ACTION_PDH_PUSH_NOTIFICATION_BACKFILL",
-            "ACTION_AUTO_SAVE_DRAFT_EXPUNGE"
+            "ACTION_AUTO_SAVE_DRAFT_EXPUNGE",
+            "ACTION_RELEVANCY_SCORE_CATCHUP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
@@ -17863,7 +17879,8 @@
             "Trigger for executing comparison logic between the output of ApplyDataRetention idle task and CaribouDataRetention trigger.",
             "Trigger for backfill relevancy score. see go/gmail-relevancy-scoring-write for detail.",
             "Trigger to backfill gaps left by pdh pushed via push notification. see go/tingle-moonshine-push-v2",
-            "Begins the message expunge similar to ACTION_MESSAGE_EXPUNGE but fires within one day. To be used ONLY for auto save drafts. See go/faster-auto-save-draft-deletion for more details."
+            "Begins the message expunge similar to ACTION_MESSAGE_EXPUNGE but fires within one day. To be used ONLY for auto save drafts. See go/faster-auto-save-draft-deletion for more details.",
+            "Trigger for relevancy score catchup. See go/relevancy-trigger-doc for detail."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },

From 42354255d8da5142cf57a6873507e23def46a5e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 17/53] feat(compute): update the api

#### compute:alpha

The following keys were deleted:
- resources.disks.methods.stopAsyncReplication.request.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.regionDisks.methods.stopAsyncReplication.request.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.DisksStopAsyncReplicationRequest (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.InstanceSettings.properties.machineType.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RegionDisksStopAsyncReplicationRequest (Total Keys: 3)

The following keys were added:
- resources.diskSettings.methods.get (Total Keys: 15)
- resources.diskSettings.methods.patch (Total Keys: 21)
- resources.instanceTemplates.methods.get.parameters.view (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.instanceTemplates.methods.list.parameters.view (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.instances.methods.get.parameters.view (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.instances.methods.getPartnerMetadata (Total Keys: 21)
- resources.instances.methods.list.parameters.view (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.instances.methods.patchPartnerMetadata (Total Keys: 22)
- resources.regionDiskSettings.methods.get (Total Keys: 15)
- resources.regionDiskSettings.methods.patch (Total Keys: 21)
- resources.regionInstanceTemplates.methods.get.parameters.view (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.regionInstanceTemplates.methods.list.parameters.view (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.regionZones.methods.list (Total Keys: 28)
- resources.storagePools.methods.listDisks (Total Keys: 32)
- schemas.Backend.properties.preference.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.DiskSettings (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.Instance.properties.partnerMetadata (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.InstanceProperties.properties.partnerMetadata (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.NetworkAttachmentConnectedEndpoint.properties.ipv6Address.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.PartnerMetadata (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.QuotaExceededInfo.properties.futureLimit (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.QuotaExceededInfo.properties.rolloutStatus.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouterBgp.properties.identifierRange.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouterBgpPeer.properties.enableIpv4.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouterBgpPeer.properties.ipv4NexthopAddress.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouterBgpPeer.properties.peerIpv4NexthopAddress.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouterInterface.properties.ipVersion.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Snapshot.properties.sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.StoragePool.properties.provisionedThroughput (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.StoragePool.properties.status.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.StoragePool.properties.storagePoolType.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.StoragePoolDisk (Total Keys: 19)
- schemas.StoragePoolListDisks (Total Keys: 18)
- schemas.StructuredEntries (Total Keys: 4)

#### compute:beta

The following keys were deleted:
- resources.instantSnapshots.methods.export (Total Keys: 22)
- resources.regionInstantSnapshots.methods.export (Total Keys: 22)
- schemas.InstantSnapshotExportParams (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.InstantSnapshotsExportRequest (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.RegionInstantSnapshotsExportRequest (Total Keys: 3)

The following keys were added:
- resources.regionSecurityPolicies.methods.patch.parameters.updateMask (Total Keys: 3)
- resources.regionSecurityPolicies.methods.patchRule.parameters.updateMask (Total Keys: 3)
- resources.securityPolicies.methods.patch.parameters.updateMask (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.AttachedDiskInitializeParams.properties.sourceInstantSnapshot.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.InstanceGroupManagerInstanceLifecyclePolicy.properties.defaultActionOnFailure.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Route.properties.nextHopHub.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Snapshot.properties.guestOsFeatures (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Snapshot.properties.sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey.$ref (Total Keys: 1)

#### compute:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Instance.properties.instanceEncryptionKey.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RouterBgpPeer.properties.customLearnedIpRanges (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.RouterBgpPeer.properties.customLearnedRoutePriority (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.RouterBgpPeerCustomLearnedIpRange (Total Keys: 3)
---
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html         |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html       |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html    |   14 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html   |   22 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html      |  259 ++++
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html             |   76 +-
 .../compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html    |    6 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html  |   20 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html         |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html   |   10 +
 .../dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html   |    8 +
 .../compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html  |   10 +
 ...ute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html  |    8 +
 ...te_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html |    4 +
 ...e_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html |    6 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html      |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html                   |   15 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html  |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html  |    8 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html            |   50 +-
 ...ha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html |   12 +
 .../compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html  |   44 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html    |   10 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html  |    4 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html |   74 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html         |  389 ++++-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html  |   10 +-
 ...compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html     |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html          |    4 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html     |   61 +-
 .../dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html |   11 +
 ...ute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html |    6 +
 .../compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html  |    8 +
 ...compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html |   18 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html          |   14 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html        |   18 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html     |    4 +
 ...te_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html |   20 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html  |    6 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html          |   20 +
 ...ompute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html |   10 +
 ...compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html |   10 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html |    8 +
 .../compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html  |   15 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html |   10 +
 .../dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html |  259 ++++
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html       |   70 +-
 ...mpute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html |    6 +
 .../dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html |    8 +
 ...ute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html |   44 +
 .../compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html   |    2 +
 ...compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html |   61 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html   |   15 +-
 .../compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html |   10 +-
 ...ute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html |    8 +
 ...e_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html |   20 +
 ...ute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html |    4 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html  |    6 +
 .../compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html |   12 +
 .../compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html  |    4 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html |    6 +
 ...compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html |    6 +
 ...ompute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html |   10 +
 .../compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html |    4 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html     |   10 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html       |  173 +++
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html      |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html  |    6 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html           |   54 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html            |   10 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html  |   14 +
 .../dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html |    6 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html         |   39 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html   |    4 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html       |    6 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html      |  145 ++
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html       |   10 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html |    6 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html |    8 +
 .../dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html |   16 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html   |    6 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html       |   16 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html  |   14 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html  |    8 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html |    6 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html           |   10 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html       |    6 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html        |    6 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html    |    6 +
 .../compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html    |   66 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html          |    8 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html              |   46 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html    |    6 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html   |    8 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html             |   40 +-
 .../compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html   |   22 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html  |   28 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html          |   75 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html   |  117 --
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html      |   39 +-
 ...compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html |   16 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html        |   40 +-
 ...pute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html |   19 +-
 .../compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html |   21 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html    |    7 +-
 .../compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html  |  117 --
 .../compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html  |   10 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html            |    3 +
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.routes.html             |    3 +
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html   |    5 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html          |   48 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html                |   34 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html     |    8 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html               |   40 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html    |   24 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html            |   89 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html        |   36 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html          |   28 +-
 .../compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html   |   18 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html      |    6 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html              |   48 +
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html            |   12 +-
 .../documents/compute.alpha.json              | 1278 ++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/compute.beta.json               |  591 +++++---
 .../discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json |   30 +-
 129 files changed, 4558 insertions(+), 958 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
index 35a902272f5..46b9799f308 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
@@ -262,9 +262,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -461,9 +463,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -674,9 +678,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -808,9 +814,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html
index da2f5764814..e78f4c2feff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html
@@ -310,9 +310,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -605,9 +607,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -937,9 +941,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1172,9 +1178,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html
index 0ca95f1b8ec..5d13081b6dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html
@@ -175,9 +175,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -303,9 +305,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -427,9 +431,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -769,9 +775,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1045,9 +1053,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1175,9 +1185,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1590,9 +1602,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
index 1f50ae5b9a2..92b8d696220 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
@@ -187,9 +187,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -301,6 +303,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
               "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
               "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
+              "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values are: - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT. - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the default
             },
           ],
           "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -807,9 +810,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -931,9 +936,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1035,6 +1042,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
+      "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values are: - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT. - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the default
     },
   ],
   "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1615,6 +1623,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
+      "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values are: - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT. - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the default
     },
   ],
   "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -2064,9 +2073,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2175,6 +2186,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
+          "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values are: - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT. - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the default
         },
       ],
       "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -2637,6 +2649,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
+      "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values are: - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT. - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the default
     },
   ],
   "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -3086,9 +3099,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3216,9 +3231,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3555,9 +3572,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3685,6 +3704,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
+      "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values are: - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT. - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the default
     },
   ],
   "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -4134,9 +4154,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4c1e79ef57e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+
+
+
+
Compute Engine API . diskSettings

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(project, zone, x__xgafv=None)

+
Get Zonal Disk Settings.

+

+  patch(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Patch Zonal Disk Settings

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(project, zone, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Get Zonal Disk Settings.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "defaultResourcePolicies": { # An optional parameter for storing the default resource policies that will be used for the Disks created in the given scope. The Key is a string type, provided by customers to uniquely identify the default Resource Policy entry. The Value is a Default ResourcePolicyDetails Object used to represent the detailed information of the Resource Policy entry.
+    "a_key": { # This is the object for storing the detail information about the Resource Policy that will be set as default ones for the Disks that is using the DiskSettings. It contains: - one target Resource Policy referenced by its Fully-Qualified URL, - [output only] Disk Types that will be excluded from using this Resource Policy, - Other filtering support (e.g. Label filtering) for Default Resource Policy can be added here as well
+      "excludedDiskTypes": [ # [Output Only] A list of Disk Types that will be excluded from applying the Resource Policy referenced here. If absent, Disks created in any DiskType can use the referenced default Resource Policy.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "resourcePolicy": "A String", # The target Resource Policies identified by their Fully-Qualified URL.
+    },
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    patch(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Patch Zonal Disk Settings
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "defaultResourcePolicies": { # An optional parameter for storing the default resource policies that will be used for the Disks created in the given scope. The Key is a string type, provided by customers to uniquely identify the default Resource Policy entry. The Value is a Default ResourcePolicyDetails Object used to represent the detailed information of the Resource Policy entry.
+    "a_key": { # This is the object for storing the detail information about the Resource Policy that will be set as default ones for the Disks that is using the DiskSettings. It contains: - one target Resource Policy referenced by its Fully-Qualified URL, - [output only] Disk Types that will be excluded from using this Resource Policy, - Other filtering support (e.g. Label filtering) for Default Resource Policy can be added here as well
+      "excludedDiskTypes": [ # [Output Only] A list of Disk Types that will be excluded from applying the Resource Policy referenced here. If absent, Disks created in any DiskType can use the referenced default Resource Policy.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "resourcePolicy": "A String", # The target Resource Policies identified by their Fully-Qualified URL.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Encapsulates partial completion metadata for SetCommonInstanceMetadata. Will be propagated on Operation.metadata.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String",
+    "perLocationOperations": {
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html
index 0ee1e2020b7..35a6dd5aae0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   startAsyncReplication(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Starts asynchronous replication. Must be invoked on the primary disk.

 

-  stopAsyncReplication(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  stopAsyncReplication(project, zone, disk, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Stops asynchronous replication. Can be invoked either on the primary or on the secondary disk.

 

   stopGroupAsyncReplication(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -198,9 +198,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -317,7 +319,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -386,7 +388,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -397,7 +399,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -520,9 +522,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -644,7 +648,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
   "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -653,7 +657,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -662,6 +666,13 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
@@ -720,9 +731,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -844,9 +857,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -954,7 +969,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1023,7 +1038,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1034,7 +1049,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1191,7 +1206,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1260,7 +1275,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1271,7 +1286,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1336,9 +1351,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1453,7 +1470,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1522,7 +1539,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
       "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
       "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1533,7 +1550,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
       "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
       "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1644,9 +1661,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1775,9 +1794,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2119,9 +2140,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2250,9 +2273,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2324,20 +2349,13 @@ 
Method Details

 
 
 

-    stopAsyncReplication(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    stopAsyncReplication(project, zone, disk, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Stops asynchronous replication. Can be invoked either on the primary or on the secondary disk.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
   disk: string, The name of the persistent disk. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{
-  "asyncSecondaryDisk": "A String", # [Deprecated] The secondary disk to stop asynchronous replication to. This field will not be included in the beta or v1 APIs and will be removed from the alpha API in the near future.
-}
-
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -2381,9 +2399,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2511,9 +2531,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2648,7 +2670,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2717,7 +2739,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2728,7 +2750,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2794,9 +2816,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html
index 140dad07899..5954789a48d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html
@@ -154,9 +154,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -337,9 +339,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -543,9 +547,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html
index 465cc293035..ec156b6f6e9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html
@@ -197,9 +197,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -394,9 +396,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -517,9 +521,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -644,9 +650,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1199,9 +1207,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1502,9 +1512,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1727,9 +1739,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1925,9 +1939,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2048,9 +2064,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2171,9 +2189,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html
index 5a6c2209b8d..ed56c1fd2db 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html
@@ -157,9 +157,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -404,9 +406,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -688,9 +692,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -898,9 +904,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html
index 2ca1f2861fc..e66dd8cf08a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html
@@ -297,9 +297,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -560,9 +562,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -860,9 +864,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -994,9 +1000,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1125,9 +1133,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html
index 7a02f931236..f1a989c16ab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html
@@ -353,9 +353,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -482,9 +484,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -877,9 +881,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1315,9 +1321,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html
index 2e93c8ac80e..4abbb2ed882 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html
@@ -160,9 +160,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -377,9 +379,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -588,9 +592,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -720,9 +726,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html
index b554169cdbf..859deffa4cd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html
@@ -160,9 +160,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -421,9 +423,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -719,9 +723,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -851,9 +857,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -981,9 +989,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
index 87fb249d23e..ce9470a5564 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -173,9 +173,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -301,9 +303,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -442,9 +446,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -689,9 +695,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html
index 7a8092aee03..4e473a245e8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html
@@ -158,9 +158,11 @@ 
Method Details

                       "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                         "a_key": "A String",
                       },
+                      "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                       "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                       "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                       "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                      "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
                     },
                   },
                 ],
@@ -343,9 +345,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -472,9 +476,11 @@ 
Method Details

                   "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
+                  "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                   "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                   "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                   "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                  "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
                 },
               },
             ],
@@ -623,9 +629,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html
index f13cfaf2a74..c7fd6df85f3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html
@@ -158,9 +158,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -287,9 +289,11 @@ 
Method Details

                   "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
+                  "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                   "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                   "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                   "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                  "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
                 },
               },
             ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html
index 2bebf0196bb..2ee0b13c7ff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html
@@ -151,9 +151,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -346,9 +348,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -578,9 +582,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html
index 68082185bea..502eec307f6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html
@@ -313,9 +313,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -614,9 +616,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -952,9 +956,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1189,9 +1195,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html
index 6b5814cedf9..ee59447c7e2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html
@@ -99,6 +99,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the backendServices Resource.

 
+

+  diskSettings()
+

+
Returns the diskSettings Resource.

+
 

   diskTypes()
 

@@ -344,6 +349,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the regionCommitments Resource.

 
+

+  regionDiskSettings()
+

+
Returns the regionDiskSettings Resource.

+
 

   regionDiskTypes()
 

@@ -444,6 +454,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the regionUrlMaps Resource.

 
+

+  regionZones()
+

+
Returns the regionZones Resource.

+
 

   regions()
 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html
index e9060de864d..18509ef2f6b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html
@@ -157,9 +157,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -332,9 +334,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -544,9 +548,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -718,9 +724,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html
index 37883bcf103..469dc5dbc56 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html
@@ -157,9 +157,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -332,9 +334,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -544,9 +548,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -718,9 +724,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html
index 138ce4874e8..0e94bc8c251 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
     "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
     "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
     "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html
index 798ffbb8079..b0ad0f46605 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html
@@ -169,9 +169,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -309,9 +311,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -424,7 +428,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -483,7 +487,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -492,7 +496,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -501,7 +505,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -561,7 +565,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -620,7 +624,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -629,7 +633,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -638,7 +642,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -795,7 +799,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -854,7 +858,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -863,7 +867,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -872,7 +876,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -933,9 +937,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1056,7 +1062,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1115,7 +1121,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1124,7 +1130,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
       "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1133,7 +1139,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
       "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1217,7 +1223,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1276,7 +1282,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1285,7 +1291,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1294,7 +1300,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1354,9 +1360,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1695,9 +1703,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
index abba03379cc..8c0ad90c5ce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
@@ -148,9 +148,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -278,9 +280,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -415,9 +419,11 @@ 
Method Details

                 "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
+                "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                 "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                 "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                 "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
               },
             },
           ],
@@ -496,9 +502,11 @@ 
Method Details

                 "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
+                "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                 "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                 "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                 "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
               },
             },
           ],
@@ -561,9 +569,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -705,9 +715,11 @@ 
Method Details

                     "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
+                    "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                     "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                     "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                     "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                    "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
                   },
                 },
               ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
index c76718cf7d6..7d5ed5612f0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -237,9 +237,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -611,9 +613,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -783,9 +787,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -907,9 +913,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1041,9 +1049,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1173,9 +1183,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1652,9 +1664,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2058,9 +2072,11 @@ 
Method Details

                     "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
+                    "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                     "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                     "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                     "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                    "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
                   },
                 },
               ],
@@ -2480,9 +2496,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2647,9 +2665,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2780,9 +2800,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2905,9 +2927,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3037,9 +3061,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3170,9 +3196,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3314,9 +3342,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3445,9 +3475,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3579,9 +3611,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3712,9 +3746,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3846,9 +3882,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3980,9 +4018,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -4307,9 +4347,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -4474,9 +4516,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html
index 34f286fbee3..9fd321d908e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html
@@ -179,9 +179,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -400,9 +402,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -587,9 +591,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -869,9 +875,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1006,9 +1014,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html
index 4e18851fb42..86e0cd110f3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html
@@ -107,7 +107,6 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Represents a Instance Settings resource. You can use instance settings to configure default settings for Compute Engine VM instances. For example, you can use it to configure default machine type of Compute Engine VM instances.
   "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
   "kind": "compute#instanceSettings", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance_settings for instance settings.
-  "machineType": "A String", # Partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: machineTypes/machine-type. This is either provided by the client or chosen by the system. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type: machineTypes/n2-standard-1
   "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the resource resides You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
 }

 

@@ -125,7 +124,6 @@ 
Method Details

 { # Represents a Instance Settings resource. You can use instance settings to configure default settings for Compute Engine VM instances. For example, you can use it to configure default machine type of Compute Engine VM instances.
   "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account.
   "kind": "compute#instanceSettings", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance_settings for instance settings.
-  "machineType": "A String", # Partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: machineTypes/machine-type. This is either provided by the client or chosen by the system. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type: machineTypes/n2-standard-1
   "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the resource resides You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
 }
 
@@ -173,9 +171,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
index 40d127c5a35..55456807c8a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   delete(project, instanceTemplate, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes the specified instance template. Deleting an instance template is permanent and cannot be undone. It is not possible to delete templates that are already in use by a managed instance group.

 

-  get(project, instanceTemplate, x__xgafv=None)

+  get(project, instanceTemplate, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns the specified instance template.

 

   getIamPolicy(project, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates an instance template in the specified project using the data that is included in the request. If you are creating a new template to update an existing instance group, your new instance template must use the same network or, if applicable, the same subnetwork as the original template.

 

-  list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Retrieves a list of instance templates that are contained within the specified project.

 

   list_next()

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
                 "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
                 "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                   "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                   "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                   "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -362,6 +362,13 @@ 
Method Details

               "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
               "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
             },
+            "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+              "a_key": {
+                "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+                  "a_key": "",
+                },
+              },
+            },
             "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
             "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
             "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -559,9 +566,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -633,12 +642,17 @@ 
Method Details

 
 
 

-    get(project, instanceTemplate, x__xgafv=None)
+    get(project, instanceTemplate, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Returns the specified instance template.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   instanceTemplate: string, The name of the instance template. (required)
+  view: string, View of the instance template.
+    Allowed values
+      BASIC - Include everything except Partner Metadata.
+      FULL - Include everything.
+      INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -675,7 +689,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -726,7 +740,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -735,7 +749,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -876,6 +890,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
       "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
     },
+    "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+      "a_key": {
+        "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+          "a_key": "",
+        },
+      },
+    },
     "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
     "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
     "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -1117,7 +1138,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1168,7 +1189,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1177,7 +1198,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1318,6 +1339,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
       "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
     },
+    "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+      "a_key": {
+        "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+          "a_key": "",
+        },
+      },
+    },
     "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
     "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
     "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -1461,9 +1489,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1535,7 +1565,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Retrieves a list of instance templates that are contained within the specified project.
 
 Args:
@@ -1545,6 +1575,11 @@ 
Method Details

   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
   returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+  view: string, View of the instance template.
+    Allowed values
+      BASIC - Include everything except Partner Metadata.
+      FULL - Include everything.
+      INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1584,7 +1619,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1635,7 +1670,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1644,7 +1679,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1785,6 +1820,13 @@ 
Method Details

           "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
           "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
         },
+        "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+          "a_key": {
+            "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+              "a_key": "",
+            },
+          },
+        },
         "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
         "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
         "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
index 2b116351ca0..e2f6becb7a8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   detachDisk(project, zone, instance, deviceName, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Detaches a disk from an instance.

 

-  get(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)

+  get(project, zone, instance, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns the specified Instance resource.

 

   getEffectiveFirewalls(project, zone, instance, networkInterface, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -116,6 +116,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   getIamPolicy(project, zone, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.

+

+  getPartnerMetadata(project, zone, instance, namespaces=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets partner metadata of the specified instance and namespaces.

 

   getScreenshot(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns the screenshot from the specified instance.

@@ -132,7 +135,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, sourceInstanceTemplate=None, sourceMachineImage=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates an instance resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.

 

-  list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Retrieves the list of instances contained within the specified zone.

 

   listReferrers(project, zone, instance, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -143,6 +146,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  patchPartnerMetadata(project, zone, instance, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Patches partner metadata of the specified instance.

 

   performMaintenance(project, zone, instance, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Perform a manual maintenance on the instance.

@@ -310,9 +316,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -443,9 +451,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -566,7 +576,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
               "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
               "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -617,7 +627,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
                 "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                 "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                   "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                   "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                   "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -626,7 +636,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                 "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                 "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                   "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                   "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                   "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -687,7 +697,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
           "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
           "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -789,6 +799,13 @@ 
Method Details

               "a_key": "A String",
             },
           },
+          "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+            "a_key": {
+              "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+                "a_key": "",
+              },
+            },
+          },
           "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
           "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api.
           "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
@@ -890,7 +907,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
           "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -906,7 +923,7 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
           },
           "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. # [Output Only] Specifies upcoming maintenance for the instance.
-            "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. From more detail, see go/sf-ctm-design.
+            "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
             "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
             "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
             "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
@@ -984,7 +1001,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
   "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1035,7 +1052,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
     "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1044,7 +1061,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
     "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
     "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1135,9 +1152,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1242,7 +1261,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1293,7 +1312,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1302,7 +1321,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1443,6 +1462,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
       "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
     },
+    "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+      "a_key": {
+        "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+          "a_key": "",
+        },
+      },
+    },
     "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
     "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
     "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -1595,9 +1621,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1724,9 +1752,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1850,9 +1880,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1975,9 +2007,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2049,13 +2083,18 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    get(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)
+    get(project, zone, instance, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Returns the specified Instance resource.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
   instance: string, Name of the instance resource to return. (required)
+  view: string, View of the instance.
+    Allowed values
+      BASIC - Include everything except Partner Metadata.
+      FULL - Include everything.
+      INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -2089,7 +2128,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
       "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2140,7 +2179,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2149,7 +2188,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2210,7 +2249,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2312,6 +2351,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "A String",
     },
   },
+  "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+    "a_key": {
+      "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+        "a_key": "",
+      },
+    },
+  },
   "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
   "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api.
   "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
@@ -2413,7 +2459,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
   "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2429,7 +2475,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. # [Output Only] Specifies upcoming maintenance for the instance.
-    "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. From more detail, see go/sf-ctm-design.
+    "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
     "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
     "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
     "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
@@ -2917,6 +2963,35 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    getPartnerMetadata(project, zone, instance, namespaces=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets partner metadata of the specified instance and namespaces.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  instance: string, Name of the instance scoping this request. (required)
+  namespaces: string, Comma separated partner metadata namespaces.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Model definition of partner_metadata field. To be used in dedicated Partner Metadata methods and to be inlined in the Instance and InstanceTemplate resources.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # Instance-level hash to be used for optimistic locking.
+  "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain to entries map. Subdomain name must be compliant with RFC1035 definition. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 2MB. Subdomain 'metadata.compute.googleapis.com' is reserverd for instance's metadata.
+    "a_key": {
+      "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+        "a_key": "",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     getScreenshot(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)
   
Returns the screenshot from the specified instance.
@@ -3067,7 +3142,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
       "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3118,7 +3193,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3127,7 +3202,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3188,7 +3263,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3290,6 +3365,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "A String",
     },
   },
+  "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+    "a_key": {
+      "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+        "a_key": "",
+      },
+    },
+  },
   "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
   "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api.
   "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
@@ -3391,7 +3473,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
   "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3407,7 +3489,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. # [Output Only] Specifies upcoming maintenance for the instance.
-    "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. From more detail, see go/sf-ctm-design.
+    "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
     "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
     "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
     "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
@@ -3468,9 +3550,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3542,7 +3626,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Retrieves the list of instances contained within the specified zone.
 
 Args:
@@ -3553,6 +3637,11 @@ 
Method Details

   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
   returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+  view: string, View of the instance.
+    Allowed values
+      BASIC - Include everything except Partner Metadata.
+      FULL - Include everything.
+      INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -3589,7 +3678,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
           "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
           "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3640,7 +3729,7 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3649,7 +3738,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3710,7 +3799,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3812,6 +3901,13 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "A String",
         },
       },
+      "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+        "a_key": {
+          "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+            "a_key": "",
+          },
+        },
+      },
       "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
       "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api.
       "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
@@ -3913,7 +4009,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
       "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3929,7 +4025,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
       },
       "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. # [Output Only] Specifies upcoming maintenance for the instance.
-        "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. From more detail, see go/sf-ctm-design.
+        "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
         "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
         "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
         "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
@@ -4036,6 +4132,146 @@ 
Method Details

         

 

 
+

+    patchPartnerMetadata(project, zone, instance, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Patches partner metadata of the specified instance.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  instance: string, Name of the instance scoping this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Model definition of partner_metadata field. To be used in dedicated Partner Metadata methods and to be inlined in the Instance and InstanceTemplate resources.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # Instance-level hash to be used for optimistic locking.
+  "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain to entries map. Subdomain name must be compliant with RFC1035 definition. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 2MB. Subdomain 'metadata.compute.googleapis.com' is reserverd for instance's metadata.
+    "a_key": {
+      "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+        "a_key": "",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Encapsulates partial completion metadata for SetCommonInstanceMetadata. Will be propagated on Operation.metadata.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String",
+    "perLocationOperations": {
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}

+

+
 

     performMaintenance(project, zone, instance, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Perform a manual maintenance on the instance.
@@ -4087,9 +4323,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -4220,9 +4458,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -4344,9 +4584,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -4432,7 +4674,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "disks": [ # Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. In order to resume the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided. If the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.
     {
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Decrypts data associated with the disk with a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -4442,7 +4684,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Decrypts data associated with an instance that is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. If the instance you are starting is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, the correct key must be provided otherwise the instance resume will not succeed.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -4493,9 +4735,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -4633,9 +4877,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -4759,9 +5005,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -5103,9 +5351,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -5239,9 +5489,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -5370,9 +5622,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -5508,9 +5762,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -5639,9 +5895,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -5771,9 +6029,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -5933,9 +6193,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -6067,9 +6329,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -6201,9 +6465,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -6332,9 +6598,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -6463,9 +6731,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -6597,9 +6867,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -6722,9 +6994,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -6846,9 +7120,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -6934,7 +7210,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "disks": [ # Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. In order to start the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided. If the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.
     {
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Decrypts data associated with the disk with a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -6944,7 +7220,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Decrypts data associated with an instance that is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. If the instance you are starting is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, the correct key must be provided otherwise the instance start will not succeed.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -6995,9 +7271,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -7120,9 +7398,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -7245,9 +7525,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -7386,7 +7668,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
       "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -7437,7 +7719,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -7446,7 +7728,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -7507,7 +7789,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -7609,6 +7891,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "A String",
     },
   },
+  "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+    "a_key": {
+      "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+        "a_key": "",
+      },
+    },
+  },
   "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
   "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api.
   "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.
@@ -7710,7 +7999,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
   "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -7726,7 +8015,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. # [Output Only] Specifies upcoming maintenance for the instance.
-    "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. From more detail, see go/sf-ctm-design.
+    "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
     "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
     "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
     "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
@@ -7798,9 +8087,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -7941,9 +8232,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -8072,9 +8365,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -8264,9 +8559,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -8397,9 +8694,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -8530,9 +8829,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html
index 4557274095a..cc0d2b7e7d8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html
@@ -266,9 +266,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -355,7 +357,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "baseInstantSnapshot": "A String", # An optional base instant snapshot that this resource is compared against. If not specified, all blocks of this resource are exported. The base instant snapshot and this resource must be created from the same disk. The base instant snapshot must be created earlier in time than this resource.
     "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the changed blocks will be stored. The Google Service Account must have read and write access to this bucket. The bucket has to be in the same region as this resource.
     "encryptionKey": { # Encryption key used to encrypt the instant snapshot.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -409,9 +411,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -708,9 +712,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1131,9 +1137,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html
index 13e8f9c64c1..37186cfacba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html
@@ -306,9 +306,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -686,9 +688,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -998,9 +1002,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1342,9 +1348,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
index e1c7907e176..2b105952136 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
@@ -169,9 +169,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -641,9 +643,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -957,9 +961,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1298,9 +1304,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html
index cd415e8adc0..85adf9ee2d2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html
@@ -157,9 +157,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -435,9 +437,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
index fe97bf48b16..0a5c64cfc69 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
@@ -157,9 +157,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -272,7 +274,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -323,7 +325,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -332,7 +334,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -473,6 +475,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
       "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
     },
+    "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+      "a_key": {
+        "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+          "a_key": "",
+        },
+      },
+    },
     "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
     "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
     "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -559,7 +568,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.
   "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -581,7 +590,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     {
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -601,7 +610,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies the name of the disk attached to the source instance.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # The encryption key for the disk.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -911,7 +920,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -962,7 +971,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -971,7 +980,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1112,6 +1121,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
       "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
     },
+    "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+      "a_key": {
+        "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+          "a_key": "",
+        },
+      },
+    },
     "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
     "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
     "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -1198,7 +1214,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.
   "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1220,7 +1236,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     {
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1240,7 +1256,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies the name of the disk attached to the source instance.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # The encryption key for the disk.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1454,9 +1470,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1576,7 +1594,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1627,7 +1645,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1636,7 +1654,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1777,6 +1795,13 @@ 
Method Details

           "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
           "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
         },
+        "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+          "a_key": {
+            "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+              "a_key": "",
+            },
+          },
+        },
         "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
         "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
         "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -1863,7 +1888,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.
       "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1885,7 +1910,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
         {
           "diskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1905,7 +1930,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies the name of the disk attached to the source instance.
             "diskEncryptionKey": { # The encryption key for the disk.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html
index 082b339bc32..991c2d9e153 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html
@@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "connectionEndpoints": [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the producers connected to this network attachment.
             { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this network attachment.
               "ipAddress": "A String", # The IPv4 address assigned to the producer instance network interface. This value will be a range in case of Serverless.
+              "ipv6Address": "A String", # The IPv6 address assigned to the producer instance network interface. This is only assigned when the stack types of both the instance network interface and the consumer subnet are IPv4_IPv6.
               "projectIdOrNum": "A String", # The project id or number of the interface to which the IP was assigned.
               "secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork.
                 "A String",
@@ -268,9 +269,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -361,6 +364,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "connectionEndpoints": [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the producers connected to this network attachment.
     { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this network attachment.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # The IPv4 address assigned to the producer instance network interface. This value will be a range in case of Serverless.
+      "ipv6Address": "A String", # The IPv6 address assigned to the producer instance network interface. This is only assigned when the stack types of both the instance network interface and the consumer subnet are IPv4_IPv6.
       "projectIdOrNum": "A String", # The project id or number of the interface to which the IP was assigned.
       "secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork.
         "A String",
@@ -510,6 +514,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "connectionEndpoints": [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the producers connected to this network attachment.
     { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this network attachment.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # The IPv4 address assigned to the producer instance network interface. This value will be a range in case of Serverless.
+      "ipv6Address": "A String", # The IPv6 address assigned to the producer instance network interface. This is only assigned when the stack types of both the instance network interface and the consumer subnet are IPv4_IPv6.
       "projectIdOrNum": "A String", # The project id or number of the interface to which the IP was assigned.
       "secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork.
         "A String",
@@ -583,9 +588,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -683,6 +690,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "connectionEndpoints": [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the producers connected to this network attachment.
         { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this network attachment.
           "ipAddress": "A String", # The IPv4 address assigned to the producer instance network interface. This value will be a range in case of Serverless.
+          "ipv6Address": "A String", # The IPv6 address assigned to the producer instance network interface. This is only assigned when the stack types of both the instance network interface and the consumer subnet are IPv4_IPv6.
           "projectIdOrNum": "A String", # The project id or number of the interface to which the IP was assigned.
           "secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork.
             "A String",
@@ -758,6 +766,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "connectionEndpoints": [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the producers connected to this network attachment.
     { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this network attachment.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # The IPv4 address assigned to the producer instance network interface. This value will be a range in case of Serverless.
+      "ipv6Address": "A String", # The IPv6 address assigned to the producer instance network interface. This is only assigned when the stack types of both the instance network interface and the consumer subnet are IPv4_IPv6.
       "projectIdOrNum": "A String", # The project id or number of the interface to which the IP was assigned.
       "secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork.
         "A String",
@@ -831,9 +840,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html
index 5f8cec77b01..abc456010d9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html
@@ -236,9 +236,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -406,9 +408,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -548,9 +552,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html
index adfe950c061..009eaad4978 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -306,9 +306,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -435,9 +437,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -577,9 +581,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -826,9 +832,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html
index ed00c4d926b..d35435b3552 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html
@@ -192,9 +192,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -392,9 +394,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -516,9 +520,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -644,9 +650,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1203,9 +1211,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1580,9 +1590,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1779,9 +1791,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1903,9 +1917,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2027,9 +2043,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
index 0ff7b187b6c..a6c61623a92 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
@@ -208,9 +208,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -336,9 +338,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -890,9 +894,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1347,9 +1353,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1477,9 +1485,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1600,9 +1610,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1775,9 +1787,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html
index 56b29498877..a1914799452 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html
@@ -190,9 +190,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -436,9 +438,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -569,9 +573,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -911,9 +917,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1144,7 +1152,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "minNodeCpus": 42, # The minimal guaranteed number of virtual CPUs that are reserved.
       },
       "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. # [Output Only] The information about an upcoming maintenance event.
-        "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. From more detail, see go/sf-ctm-design.
+        "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.
         "date": "A String", # [Output Only] The date when the maintenance will take place. This value is in RFC3339 text format. DEPRECATED: Use window_start_time instead.
         "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format.
         "maintenanceStatus": "A String",
@@ -1304,9 +1312,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1438,9 +1448,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1779,9 +1791,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1912,9 +1926,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html
index ea41630d9ec..d0b19f83e0e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html
@@ -273,9 +273,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -598,9 +600,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
index b5a2a3c2bab..5acf0b04dfc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -480,9 +482,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -608,9 +612,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -730,9 +736,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1558,9 +1566,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2003,9 +2013,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2368,9 +2380,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2663,9 +2677,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2786,9 +2802,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2909,9 +2927,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html
index 29d028f440e..f0710685b80 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html
@@ -278,9 +278,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -515,9 +517,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -789,9 +793,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html
index 0627ee02df2..fea3dda8818 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html
@@ -180,9 +180,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -312,9 +314,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -434,9 +438,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -566,9 +572,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -945,9 +953,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1075,9 +1085,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1211,9 +1223,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1340,9 +1354,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1469,9 +1485,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1599,9 +1617,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html
index d5fadeb63f9..6fa5965dfe4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html
@@ -152,9 +152,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -280,9 +282,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -471,9 +475,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -699,9 +705,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -822,9 +830,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html
index 27e99160ee2..fdf0d972c48 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html
@@ -256,9 +256,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -385,9 +387,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -582,9 +586,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -816,9 +822,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -940,9 +948,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html
index 0226df770ae..7bb88dc2e68 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html
@@ -158,9 +158,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -453,9 +455,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -785,9 +789,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1020,9 +1026,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
index 5003ff83f8d..0fc327ab32d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -170,9 +170,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -275,6 +277,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
+      "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values are: - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT. - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the default
     },
   ],
   "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -858,6 +861,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
+      "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values are: - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT. - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the default
     },
   ],
   "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1307,9 +1311,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1419,6 +1425,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
+          "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values are: - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT. - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the default
         },
       ],
       "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1882,6 +1889,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
+      "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values are: - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT. - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the default
     },
   ],
   "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -2331,9 +2339,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2672,9 +2682,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2804,6 +2816,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "maxRatePerEndpoint": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxRatePerInstance": 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       "maxUtilization": 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
+      "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values are: - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT. - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the default
     },
   ],
   "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -3253,9 +3266,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
index 2ab85ea8f68..66ea66c1f9f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
@@ -373,9 +373,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -497,9 +499,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -927,9 +931,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1423,9 +1429,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1638,9 +1646,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d889726d11e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+
+
+
+
Compute Engine API . regionDiskSettings

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(project, region, x__xgafv=None)

+
Get Regional Disk Settings.

+

+  patch(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Patch Regional Disk Settings

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(project, region, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Get Regional Disk Settings.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "defaultResourcePolicies": { # An optional parameter for storing the default resource policies that will be used for the Disks created in the given scope. The Key is a string type, provided by customers to uniquely identify the default Resource Policy entry. The Value is a Default ResourcePolicyDetails Object used to represent the detailed information of the Resource Policy entry.
+    "a_key": { # This is the object for storing the detail information about the Resource Policy that will be set as default ones for the Disks that is using the DiskSettings. It contains: - one target Resource Policy referenced by its Fully-Qualified URL, - [output only] Disk Types that will be excluded from using this Resource Policy, - Other filtering support (e.g. Label filtering) for Default Resource Policy can be added here as well
+      "excludedDiskTypes": [ # [Output Only] A list of Disk Types that will be excluded from applying the Resource Policy referenced here. If absent, Disks created in any DiskType can use the referenced default Resource Policy.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "resourcePolicy": "A String", # The target Resource Policies identified by their Fully-Qualified URL.
+    },
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    patch(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Patch Regional Disk Settings
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "defaultResourcePolicies": { # An optional parameter for storing the default resource policies that will be used for the Disks created in the given scope. The Key is a string type, provided by customers to uniquely identify the default Resource Policy entry. The Value is a Default ResourcePolicyDetails Object used to represent the detailed information of the Resource Policy entry.
+    "a_key": { # This is the object for storing the detail information about the Resource Policy that will be set as default ones for the Disks that is using the DiskSettings. It contains: - one target Resource Policy referenced by its Fully-Qualified URL, - [output only] Disk Types that will be excluded from using this Resource Policy, - Other filtering support (e.g. Label filtering) for Default Resource Policy can be added here as well
+      "excludedDiskTypes": [ # [Output Only] A list of Disk Types that will be excluded from applying the Resource Policy referenced here. If absent, Disks created in any DiskType can use the referenced default Resource Policy.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "resourcePolicy": "A String", # The target Resource Policies identified by their Fully-Qualified URL.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Encapsulates partial completion metadata for SetCommonInstanceMetadata. Will be propagated on Operation.metadata.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String",
+    "perLocationOperations": {
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html
index 795e10b40d7..d73c16713b2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   startAsyncReplication(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Starts asynchronous replication. Must be invoked on the primary disk.

 

-  stopAsyncReplication(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  stopAsyncReplication(project, region, disk, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Stops asynchronous replication. Can be invoked either on the primary or on the secondary disk.

 

   stopGroupAsyncReplication(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -192,9 +192,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -322,9 +324,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -446,7 +450,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
   "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -455,7 +459,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -464,6 +468,13 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
@@ -522,9 +533,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -646,9 +659,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -756,7 +771,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -825,7 +840,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -836,7 +851,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -993,7 +1008,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1062,7 +1077,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1073,7 +1088,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1138,9 +1153,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1255,7 +1272,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1324,7 +1341,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
       "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
       "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1335,7 +1352,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
       "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
       "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1446,9 +1463,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1577,9 +1596,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1921,9 +1942,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2052,9 +2075,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2126,20 +2151,13 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    stopAsyncReplication(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    stopAsyncReplication(project, region, disk, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Stops asynchronous replication. Can be invoked either on the primary or on the secondary disk.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
   disk: string, The name of the persistent disk. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{
-  "asyncSecondaryDisk": "A String", # [Deprecated] The secondary disk to stop asynchronous replication to. This field will not be included in the beta or v1 APIs and will be removed from the alpha API in the near future.
-}
-
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -2183,9 +2201,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2313,9 +2333,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2450,7 +2472,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2519,7 +2541,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2530,7 +2552,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2596,9 +2618,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html
index c45f4696331..24596e8ad12 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html
@@ -254,9 +254,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -443,9 +445,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -669,9 +673,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html
index 7eda11955db..7917f0ea516 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html
@@ -158,9 +158,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -461,9 +463,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -801,9 +805,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1040,9 +1046,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index fb65e3c70ad..a9f2babf94d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -231,9 +231,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -367,9 +369,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -539,9 +543,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -663,9 +669,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -798,9 +806,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -930,9 +940,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1409,9 +1421,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1815,9 +1829,11 @@ 
Method Details

                     "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
+                    "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                     "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                     "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                     "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                    "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
                   },
                 },
               ],
@@ -2237,9 +2253,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2404,9 +2422,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2537,9 +2557,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2662,9 +2684,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2794,9 +2818,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2927,9 +2953,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3071,9 +3099,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3202,9 +3232,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3336,9 +3368,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3469,9 +3503,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3603,9 +3639,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3737,9 +3775,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -4064,9 +4104,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -4231,9 +4273,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html
index 3bf3b37317e..9eec7323943 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html
@@ -355,9 +355,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html
index a49f8baf39d..d587910db45 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html
@@ -81,13 +81,13 @@ 
Instance Methods

   delete(project, region, instanceTemplate, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes the specified instance template. Deleting an instance template is permanent and cannot be undone.

 

-  get(project, region, instanceTemplate, x__xgafv=None)

+  get(project, region, instanceTemplate, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns the specified instance template.

 

   insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates an instance template in the specified project and region using the global instance template whose URL is included in the request.

 

-  list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Retrieves a list of instance templates that are contained within the specified project and region.

 

   list_next()

@@ -149,9 +149,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -223,13 +225,18 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    get(project, region, instanceTemplate, x__xgafv=None)
+    get(project, region, instanceTemplate, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Returns the specified instance template.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
   instanceTemplate: string, The name of the instance template. (required)
+  view: string, View of the instance template.
+    Allowed values
+      BASIC - Include everything except Partner Metadata.
+      FULL - Include everything.
+      INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -266,7 +273,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -317,7 +324,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -326,7 +333,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -467,6 +474,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
       "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
     },
+    "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+      "a_key": {
+        "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+          "a_key": "",
+        },
+      },
+    },
     "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
     "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
     "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -606,7 +620,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -657,7 +671,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -666,7 +680,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -807,6 +821,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
       "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
     },
+    "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+      "a_key": {
+        "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+          "a_key": "",
+        },
+      },
+    },
     "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
     "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
     "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -950,9 +971,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1024,7 +1047,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Retrieves a list of instance templates that are contained within the specified project and region.
 
 Args:
@@ -1035,6 +1058,11 @@ 
Method Details

   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
   returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+  view: string, View of the instance template.
+    Allowed values
+      BASIC - Include everything except Partner Metadata.
+      FULL - Include everything.
+      INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1074,7 +1102,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1125,7 +1153,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1134,7 +1162,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1275,6 +1303,13 @@ 
Method Details

           "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
           "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
         },
+        "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+          "a_key": {
+            "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+              "a_key": "",
+            },
+          },
+        },
         "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
         "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
         "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
index d3b84ec89c7..ba7109eb4a2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -316,6 +316,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
       "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
     },
+    "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+      "a_key": {
+        "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+          "a_key": "",
+        },
+      },
+    },
     "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
     "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
     "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -468,9 +475,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html
index e99465df0bc..f57ecaad4b3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html
@@ -164,9 +164,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -253,7 +255,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "baseInstantSnapshot": "A String", # An optional base instant snapshot that this resource is compared against. If not specified, all blocks of this resource are exported. The base instant snapshot and this resource must be created from the same disk. The base instant snapshot must be created earlier in time than this resource.
     "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the changed blocks will be stored. The Google Service Account must have read and write access to this bucket. The bucket has to be in the same region as this resource.
     "encryptionKey": { # Encryption key used to encrypt the instant snapshot.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -307,9 +309,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -606,9 +610,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1029,9 +1035,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html
index 2442d663563..d2522b625ce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -174,9 +174,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -303,9 +305,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -445,9 +449,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -694,9 +700,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html
index deaf32f147f..416ea3f15e9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html
@@ -199,9 +199,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -400,9 +402,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -525,9 +529,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -654,9 +660,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1372,9 +1380,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1751,9 +1761,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1887,9 +1899,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2087,9 +2101,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2212,9 +2228,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2337,9 +2355,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html
index 78e55be3e57..23e2fd3457f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html
@@ -248,9 +248,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -431,9 +433,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html
index 492c98b456d..b35140539f0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html
@@ -163,9 +163,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -293,9 +295,11 @@ 
Method Details

                   "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
+                  "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                   "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                   "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                   "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                  "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
                 },
               },
             ],
@@ -445,9 +449,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
index 42ac8415e01..4d941c5f5ca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -331,9 +331,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -460,9 +462,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1271,9 +1275,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1936,9 +1942,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2234,9 +2242,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2358,9 +2368,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html
index 58be4c59fee..fe6c8908726 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html
@@ -152,9 +152,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -357,9 +359,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html
index 9a735f3bd62..953862ee87d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html
@@ -158,9 +158,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -479,9 +481,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -864,9 +868,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html
index aef81b784d6..fb20f630d42 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html
@@ -155,9 +155,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -334,9 +336,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -536,9 +540,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
index 785ea476673..4cbef8db5c2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
@@ -161,9 +161,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -360,9 +362,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -596,9 +600,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -729,9 +735,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -860,9 +868,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html
index 25d79553ce7..d8ad4540144 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html
@@ -152,9 +152,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -321,9 +323,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html
index 652934d3c1a..0e179881b73 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html
@@ -164,9 +164,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1547,9 +1549,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1679,9 +1683,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3099,9 +3105,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3878,9 +3886,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cbde2978f21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+
+
+
+
Compute Engine API . regionZones

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Retrieves the list of Zone resources under the specific region available to the specified project.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Retrieves the list of Zone resources under the specific region available to the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Region for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of zone resources.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of Zone resources.
+    { # Represents a Zone resource. A zone is a deployment area. These deployment areas are subsets of a region. For example the zone us-east1-a is located in the us-east1 region. For more information, read Regions and Zones.
+      "availableCpuPlatforms": [ # [Output Only] Available cpu/platform selections for the zone.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "deprecated": { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # [Output Only] The deprecation status associated with this zone.
+        "deleted": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+        "deprecated": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DEPRECATED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+        "obsolete": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+        "replacement": "A String", # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
+        "state": "A String", # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+        "stateOverride": { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+          "defaultRolloutTime": "A String", # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+          "locationRolloutPolicies": { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # [Output Only] Textual description of the resource.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#zone", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#zone for zones.
+      "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource.
+      "region": "A String", # [Output Only] Full URL reference to the region which hosts the zone.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the zone, either UP or DOWN.
+      "supportsPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#zoneList", # Type of resource.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
index 4f0b461b1e9..f8459f941ad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
@@ -324,9 +324,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -739,9 +741,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1007,9 +1011,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1462,9 +1468,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html
index da849a08559..c9a240f7156 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html
@@ -329,9 +329,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -758,9 +760,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1123,9 +1127,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html
index e9c116ee24f..ac7c33e0cf5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html
@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             ],
             "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Must be an RFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link to this router will have the same local ASN.
+            "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap with any IPv4 BGP session ranges. Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
             "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer. Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer. BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers. If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
           },
           "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer to RFC4273.
@@ -192,15 +193,18 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
               "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
+              "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the peerIpAddress is version 4.
               "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
               "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
               "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+              "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
               "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
               "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
               "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035.
               "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
               "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
               "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+              "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
               "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
               "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
             },
@@ -212,6 +216,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces. Each interface requires either one linked resource, (for example, linkedVpnTunnel), or IP address and IP address range (for example, ipRange), or both.
             {
               "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface. The IP range must be in the RFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string, for example: 169.254.0.1/30. NOTE: Do not truncate the address as it represents the IP address of the interface.
+              "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface.
               "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
               "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
               "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
@@ -399,9 +404,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -501,6 +508,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Must be an RFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link to this router will have the same local ASN.
+    "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap with any IPv4 BGP session ranges. Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
     "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer. Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer. BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers. If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
   },
   "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer to RFC4273.
@@ -532,15 +540,18 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
       "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
+      "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the peerIpAddress is version 4.
       "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
       "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
       "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
       "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
       "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035.
       "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
       "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
       "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
       "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
     },
@@ -552,6 +563,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces. Each interface requires either one linked resource, (for example, linkedVpnTunnel), or IP address and IP address range (for example, ipRange), or both.
     {
       "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface. The IP range must be in the RFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string, for example: 169.254.0.1/30. NOTE: Do not truncate the address as it represents the IP address of the interface.
+      "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface.
       "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
@@ -797,7 +809,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
         "network": "A String", # Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to.
         "nextHopGateway": "A String", # The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway
-        "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the network connectivity center hub that should handle matching packets.
+        "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.
         "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule
         "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/
         "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment.
@@ -847,7 +859,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
         "network": "A String", # Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to.
         "nextHopGateway": "A String", # The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway
-        "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the network connectivity center hub that should handle matching packets.
+        "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.
         "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule
         "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/
         "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment.
@@ -899,7 +911,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
             "network": "A String", # Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to.
             "nextHopGateway": "A String", # The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway
-            "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the network connectivity center hub that should handle matching packets.
+            "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.
             "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule
             "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/
             "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment.
@@ -1087,6 +1099,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Must be an RFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link to this router will have the same local ASN.
+    "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap with any IPv4 BGP session ranges. Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
     "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer. Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer. BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers. If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
   },
   "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer to RFC4273.
@@ -1118,15 +1131,18 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
       "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
+      "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the peerIpAddress is version 4.
       "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
       "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
       "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
       "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
       "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035.
       "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
       "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
       "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
       "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
     },
@@ -1138,6 +1154,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces. Each interface requires either one linked resource, (for example, linkedVpnTunnel), or IP address and IP address range (for example, ipRange), or both.
     {
       "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface. The IP range must be in the RFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string, for example: 169.254.0.1/30. NOTE: Do not truncate the address as it represents the IP address of the interface.
+      "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface.
       "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
@@ -1267,9 +1284,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1376,6 +1395,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
         "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Must be an RFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link to this router will have the same local ASN.
+        "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap with any IPv4 BGP session ranges. Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
         "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer. Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer. BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers. If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
       },
       "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer to RFC4273.
@@ -1407,15 +1427,18 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
           "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
+          "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the peerIpAddress is version 4.
           "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
           "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
           "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+          "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
           "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
           "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
           "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035.
           "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
           "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+          "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
           "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
           "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
         },
@@ -1427,6 +1450,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces. Each interface requires either one linked resource, (for example, linkedVpnTunnel), or IP address and IP address range (for example, ipRange), or both.
         {
           "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface. The IP range must be in the RFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string, for example: 169.254.0.1/30. NOTE: Do not truncate the address as it represents the IP address of the interface.
+          "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface.
           "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
           "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
           "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
@@ -1567,6 +1591,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Must be an RFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link to this router will have the same local ASN.
+    "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap with any IPv4 BGP session ranges. Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
     "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer. Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer. BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers. If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
   },
   "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer to RFC4273.
@@ -1598,15 +1623,18 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
       "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
+      "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the peerIpAddress is version 4.
       "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
       "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
       "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
       "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
       "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035.
       "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
       "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
       "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
       "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
     },
@@ -1618,6 +1646,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces. Each interface requires either one linked resource, (for example, linkedVpnTunnel), or IP address and IP address range (for example, ipRange), or both.
     {
       "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface. The IP range must be in the RFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string, for example: 169.254.0.1/30. NOTE: Do not truncate the address as it represents the IP address of the interface.
+      "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface.
       "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
@@ -1747,9 +1776,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1844,6 +1875,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Must be an RFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link to this router will have the same local ASN.
+    "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap with any IPv4 BGP session ranges. Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
     "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer. Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer. BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers. If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
   },
   "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer to RFC4273.
@@ -1875,15 +1907,18 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
       "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
+      "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the peerIpAddress is version 4.
       "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
       "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
       "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
       "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
       "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035.
       "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
       "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
       "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
       "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
     },
@@ -1895,6 +1930,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces. Each interface requires either one linked resource, (for example, linkedVpnTunnel), or IP address and IP address range (for example, ipRange), or both.
     {
       "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface. The IP range must be in the RFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string, for example: 169.254.0.1/30. NOTE: Do not truncate the address as it represents the IP address of the interface.
+      "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface.
       "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
@@ -2003,6 +2039,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       ],
       "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Must be an RFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link to this router will have the same local ASN.
+      "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap with any IPv4 BGP session ranges. Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
       "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer. Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer. BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers. If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
     },
     "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer to RFC4273.
@@ -2034,15 +2071,18 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
         "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
+        "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the peerIpAddress is version 4.
         "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
         "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
         "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+        "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
         "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
         "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
         "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035.
         "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
         "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
         "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+        "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
         "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
         "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
       },
@@ -2054,6 +2094,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces. Each interface requires either one linked resource, (for example, linkedVpnTunnel), or IP address and IP address range (for example, ipRange), or both.
       {
         "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface. The IP range must be in the RFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string, for example: 169.254.0.1/30. NOTE: Do not truncate the address as it represents the IP address of the interface.
+        "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface.
         "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
         "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
         "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
@@ -2198,6 +2239,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Must be an RFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link to this router will have the same local ASN.
+    "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap with any IPv4 BGP session ranges. Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
     "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer. Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer. BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers. If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
   },
   "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer to RFC4273.
@@ -2229,15 +2271,18 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
       "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
+      "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the peerIpAddress is version 4.
       "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
       "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
       "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
       "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
       "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The field must comply with RFC1035.
       "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use a different value.
       "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
       "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
       "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the same region as this Cloud Router. The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
     },
@@ -2249,6 +2294,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces. Each interface requires either one linked resource, (for example, linkedVpnTunnel), or IP address and IP address range (for example, ipRange), or both.
     {
       "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface. The IP range must be in the RFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string, for example: 169.254.0.1/30. NOTE: Do not truncate the address as it represents the IP address of the interface.
+      "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface.
       "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.
       "managementType": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.
@@ -2378,9 +2424,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html
index 544ed775cc8..44bb0e0af56 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html
@@ -151,9 +151,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -258,7 +260,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   "network": "A String", # Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to.
   "nextHopGateway": "A String", # The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway
-  "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the network connectivity center hub that should handle matching packets.
+  "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.
   "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule
   "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/
   "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment.
@@ -317,7 +319,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   "network": "A String", # Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to.
   "nextHopGateway": "A String", # The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway
-  "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the network connectivity center hub that should handle matching packets.
+  "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.
   "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule
   "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/
   "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment.
@@ -390,9 +392,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -504,7 +508,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       "network": "A String", # Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to.
       "nextHopGateway": "A String", # The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway
-      "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the network connectivity center hub that should handle matching packets.
+      "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.
       "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule
       "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/
       "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
index 80ee91cf756..6b35b9e1a79 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
@@ -345,9 +345,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -784,9 +786,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1592,9 +1596,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2296,9 +2302,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2593,9 +2601,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2716,9 +2726,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2848,9 +2860,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html
index 489a5a61822..35d8bd12cca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html
@@ -280,9 +280,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -613,9 +615,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -879,9 +883,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html
index 4464c9cc26c..23b594b5e2b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html
@@ -160,9 +160,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -283,7 +285,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
   "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -292,7 +294,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -301,6 +303,13 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
@@ -463,7 +472,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
   "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -472,7 +481,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -481,6 +490,13 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
@@ -538,9 +554,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -668,7 +686,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
       "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -677,7 +695,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
       "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
       "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -686,6 +704,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskForRecoveryCheckpoint": "A String", # The source disk whose recovery checkpoint will be used to create this snapshot.
       "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
       "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+      "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+        "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+        "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+        "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+        "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+      },
       "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
       "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
       "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
@@ -998,9 +1023,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html
index 90fee1df699..3d55d4c7d99 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html
@@ -258,9 +258,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -461,9 +463,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html
index 35ad115fcff..e841a15c17c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html
@@ -323,9 +323,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -642,9 +644,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1024,9 +1028,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html
index acac853002b..6f6fd4dcd41 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html
@@ -98,6 +98,12 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Retrieves a list of storage pools contained within the specified zone.

+

+  listDisks(project, zone, storagePool, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists the disks in a specified storage pool.

+

+  listDisks_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -151,6 +157,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           "provisionedIops": "A String", # Provsioned IOPS of the storage pool.
+          "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
           "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
             "aggregateDiskProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disk' provisioned IOPS.
             "aggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
@@ -164,6 +171,16 @@ 
Method Details

           "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
           "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
           "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+          "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+            "aggregateDiskProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disk' provisioned IOPS.
+            "aggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+            "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+            "maxAggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+            "numberOfDisks": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+            "usedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes).
+            "usedReducedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by compressed and deduped data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes).
+          },
+          "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
           "type": "A String", # Type of the storage pool
           "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
         },
@@ -269,9 +286,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -369,6 +388,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   "provisionedIops": "A String", # Provsioned IOPS of the storage pool.
+  "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
   "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
     "aggregateDiskProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disk' provisioned IOPS.
     "aggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
@@ -382,6 +402,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
   "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
   "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+  "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "aggregateDiskProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disk' provisioned IOPS.
+    "aggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxAggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "numberOfDisks": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "usedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes).
+    "usedReducedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by compressed and deduped data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes).
+  },
+  "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
   "type": "A String", # Type of the storage pool
   "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
 }

@@ -512,6 +542,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   "provisionedIops": "A String", # Provsioned IOPS of the storage pool.
+  "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
   "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
     "aggregateDiskProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disk' provisioned IOPS.
     "aggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
@@ -525,6 +556,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
   "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
   "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+  "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "aggregateDiskProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disk' provisioned IOPS.
+    "aggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxAggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "numberOfDisks": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "usedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes).
+    "usedReducedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by compressed and deduped data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes).
+  },
+  "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
   "type": "A String", # Type of the storage pool
   "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
 }
@@ -572,9 +613,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -680,6 +723,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       "provisionedIops": "A String", # Provsioned IOPS of the storage pool.
+      "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
       "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
         "aggregateDiskProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disk' provisioned IOPS.
         "aggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
@@ -693,6 +737,16 @@ 
Method Details

       "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
       "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
       "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+      "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+        "aggregateDiskProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disk' provisioned IOPS.
+        "aggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+        "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+        "maxAggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+        "numberOfDisks": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+        "usedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes).
+        "usedReducedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by compressed and deduped data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes).
+      },
+      "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
       "type": "A String", # Type of the storage pool
       "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
     },
@@ -716,6 +770,82 @@ 
Method Details

 }
+
+ listDisks(project, zone, storagePool, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Lists the disks in a specified storage pool.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  storagePool: string, Name of the storage pool to list disks of. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of StoragePoolDisk resources.
+    {
+      "attachedInstances": [ # [Output Only] Instances this disk is attached to.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "disk": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the disk.
+      "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the disk.
+      "provisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] The number of IOPS provisioned for the disk.
+      "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # [Output Only] The throughput provisioned for the disk.
+      "resourcePolicies": [ # [Output Only] Resource policies applied to disk for automatic snapshot creations.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "sizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] The disk size, in GB.
+      "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The disk status.
+      "type": "A String", # [Output Only] The disk type.
+      "usedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Amount of disk space used.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#storagePoolListDisks", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolListDisks for lists of disks in a storagePool.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listDisks_next() + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+
list_next() 
Retrieves the next page of results.
@@ -1001,9 +1131,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1128,6 +1260,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   "provisionedIops": "A String", # Provsioned IOPS of the storage pool.
+  "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.
   "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
     "aggregateDiskProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disk' provisioned IOPS.
     "aggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
@@ -1141,6 +1274,16 @@ 
Method Details

   "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
   "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GiB, of the storage pool.
   "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of storage pool creation. - CREATING: Storage pool is provisioning. storagePool. - FAILED: Storage pool creation failed. - READY: Storage pool is ready for use. - DELETING: Storage pool is deleting.
+  "status": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource.
+    "aggregateDiskProvisionedIops": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the disk' provisioned IOPS.
+    "aggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Sum of all the capacity provisioned in disks in this storage pool. A disk's provisioned capacity is the same as its total capacity.
+    "lastResizeTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last successful resize in RFC3339 text format.
+    "maxAggregateDiskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Maximum allowed aggregate disk size in gigabytes.
+    "numberOfDisks": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of disks used.
+    "usedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes).
+    "usedReducedBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Space used by compressed and deduped data stored in disks within the storage pool (in bytes).
+  },
+  "storagePoolType": "A String", # Type of the storage pool.
   "type": "A String", # Type of the storage pool
   "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the storage pool resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
 }
@@ -1189,9 +1332,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html
index 346afe70295..d24f16e0159 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html
@@ -302,9 +302,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -433,9 +435,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -786,9 +790,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1144,9 +1150,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1485,9 +1493,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html
index 45ceedbfa9e..0e1f95ce351 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html
@@ -154,9 +154,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -321,9 +323,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -525,9 +529,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html
index ddd26f4c7e4..0a9fccd413c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html
@@ -251,9 +251,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -428,9 +430,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -642,9 +646,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -772,9 +778,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html
index 240023aa89f..7db4f87848d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html
@@ -273,9 +273,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -470,9 +472,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -704,9 +708,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -834,9 +840,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -964,9 +972,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1096,9 +1106,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1226,9 +1238,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1356,9 +1370,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html
index bcb4f35b3bc..09d9252c8cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html
@@ -246,9 +246,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -419,9 +421,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -618,9 +622,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html
index b80c04d819d..20dd9564391 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html
@@ -185,9 +185,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -320,9 +322,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -540,9 +544,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -768,9 +774,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -977,9 +985,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1112,9 +1122,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1244,9 +1256,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1375,9 +1389,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html
index 3caaa275df5..e6e4f28069d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html
@@ -166,9 +166,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -339,9 +341,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -537,9 +541,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -667,9 +673,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -797,9 +805,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -929,9 +939,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1059,9 +1071,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html
index a73afefda5f..c2c9bb909ae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html
@@ -246,9 +246,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -413,9 +415,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -608,9 +612,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -738,9 +744,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html
index ca67bda134a..7a439be44ca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html
@@ -253,9 +253,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -440,9 +442,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -649,9 +653,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html
index 81b895c449a..65b0093c55a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html
@@ -859,9 +859,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2240,9 +2242,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -2371,9 +2375,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -3789,9 +3795,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -4566,9 +4574,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html
index 064cf0a0908..a3cee1ed7c6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html
@@ -259,9 +259,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -491,9 +493,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -703,9 +707,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html
index 39385624776..0ce5c72c41d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html
@@ -264,9 +264,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -473,9 +475,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -693,9 +697,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html
index 20ecbe4ea11..ceda629df01 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html
@@ -163,9 +163,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -293,9 +295,11 @@ 
Method Details

                   "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
+                  "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                   "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                   "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                   "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                  "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
                 },
               },
             ],
@@ -445,9 +449,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html
index 543357242b4..c2cadb60eca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
                   "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
                   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     ],
                     "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                     "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                     "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                     "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -353,6 +353,13 @@ 
Method Details

                 "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
                 "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
               },
+              "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+                "a_key": {
+                  "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+                    "a_key": "",
+                  },
+                },
+              },
               "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
               "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
               "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -507,9 +514,11 @@ 
Method Details

                           "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                             "a_key": "A String",
                           },
+                          "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                           "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                           "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                           "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                          "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
                         },
                       },
                     ],
@@ -629,9 +638,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -758,9 +769,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -872,7 +885,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
           "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
           "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -923,7 +936,7 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -932,7 +945,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1073,6 +1086,13 @@ 
Method Details

         "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
         "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
       },
+      "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+        "a_key": {
+          "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+            "a_key": "",
+          },
+        },
+      },
       "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
       "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -1227,9 +1247,11 @@ 
Method Details

                   "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
+                  "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                   "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                   "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                   "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                  "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
                 },
               },
             ],
@@ -1289,7 +1311,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
           "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
           "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1340,7 +1362,7 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1349,7 +1371,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1490,6 +1512,13 @@ 
Method Details

         "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
         "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
       },
+      "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+        "a_key": {
+          "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+            "a_key": "",
+          },
+        },
+      },
       "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
       "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
       "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -1644,9 +1673,11 @@ 
Method Details

                   "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
+                  "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                   "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                   "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                   "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                  "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
                 },
               },
             ],
@@ -1713,9 +1744,11 @@ 
Method Details

               "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
               "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
               "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
             },
           },
         ],
@@ -1834,7 +1867,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
               "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
               "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1885,7 +1918,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
                 "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                 "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                   "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                   "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                   "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1894,7 +1927,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                 "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                 "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                   "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                   "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                   "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2035,6 +2068,13 @@ 
Method Details

             "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
             "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String",
           },
+          "partnerMetadata": { # Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.
+            "a_key": {
+              "entries": { # Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.
+                "a_key": "",
+              },
+            },
+          },
           "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.
           "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
           "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.
@@ -2189,9 +2229,11 @@ 
Method Details

                       "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
                         "a_key": "A String",
                       },
+                      "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                       "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
                       "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
                       "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                      "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
                     },
                   },
                 ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html
index dd39d51f75c..6f3680f1e43 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
           "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-          "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
+          "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6.
           "ipv6EndpointType": "A String", # The endpoint type of this address, which should be VM or NETLB. This is used for deciding which type of endpoint this address can be used after the external IPv6 address reservation.
           "kind": "compute#address", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
           "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Address, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Address.
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
+  "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6.
   "ipv6EndpointType": "A String", # The endpoint type of this address, which should be VM or NETLB. This is used for deciding which type of endpoint this address can be used after the external IPv6 address reservation.
   "kind": "compute#address", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
   "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Address, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Address.
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
+  "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6.
   "ipv6EndpointType": "A String", # The endpoint type of this address, which should be VM or NETLB. This is used for deciding which type of endpoint this address can be used after the external IPv6 address reservation.
   "kind": "compute#address", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
   "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Address, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Address.
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-      "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
+      "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6.
       "ipv6EndpointType": "A String", # The endpoint type of this address, which should be VM or NETLB. This is used for deciding which type of endpoint this address can be used after the external IPv6 address reservation.
       "kind": "compute#address", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
       "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Address, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Address.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html
index 3a174f52863..4862afc5854 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -557,6 +557,11 @@ 
Method Details

   "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
   "downloadBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
   "guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process.
+  "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+    { # Guest OS features.
+      "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
+    },
+  ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "kind": "compute#snapshot", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.
   "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.
@@ -574,7 +579,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -583,7 +588,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -591,6 +596,13 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
@@ -825,7 +837,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -891,7 +903,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -902,7 +914,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1058,7 +1070,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1124,7 +1136,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1135,7 +1147,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1287,7 +1299,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1353,7 +1365,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
       "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
       "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1364,7 +1376,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
       "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
       "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2297,7 +2309,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2363,7 +2375,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2374,7 +2386,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html
index 3bfbadeb3ec..cb497f91e1e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
+  "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6.
   "ipv6EndpointType": "A String", # The endpoint type of this address, which should be VM or NETLB. This is used for deciding which type of endpoint this address can be used after the external IPv6 address reservation.
   "kind": "compute#address", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
   "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Address, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Address.
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
+  "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6.
   "ipv6EndpointType": "A String", # The endpoint type of this address, which should be VM or NETLB. This is used for deciding which type of endpoint this address can be used after the external IPv6 address reservation.
   "kind": "compute#address", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
   "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Address, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Address.
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-      "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
+      "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6.
       "ipv6EndpointType": "A String", # The endpoint type of this address, which should be VM or NETLB. This is used for deciding which type of endpoint this address can be used after the external IPv6 address reservation.
       "kind": "compute#address", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
       "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Address, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Address.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html
index f04d00dd810..e2f7cad6edd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
     "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
     "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
     "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html
index cf7fe9a6787..ff678ca3d64 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
       "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
       "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
index f4b7162286a..63c99bbffbd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -342,6 +342,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
           "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.
           "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group.
+            "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.
             "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair.
           },
           "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.
@@ -412,7 +413,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].
             "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes.
-            "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to allow actions that do not need instance restart, RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
+            "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
             "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE
             "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the instance group manager proactively executes actions in order to bring instances to their target versions or OPPORTUNISTIC so that no action is proactively executed but the update will be performed as part of other actions (for example, resizes or recreateInstances calls).
           },
@@ -491,8 +492,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "instances": [ # The list of URLs of one or more instances for which you want to apply updates. Each URL can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
     "A String",
   ],
-  "minimalAction": "A String", # The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.
-  "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.
+  "minimalAction": "A String", # The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance and limit disruption as much as possible. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.
+  "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance and limit disruption as much as possible. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -1091,6 +1092,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
   "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.
   "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group.
+    "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.
     "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair.
   },
   "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.
@@ -1161,7 +1163,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].
     "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes.
-    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to allow actions that do not need instance restart, RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
+    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
     "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE
     "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the instance group manager proactively executes actions in order to bring instances to their target versions or OPPORTUNISTIC so that no action is proactively executed but the update will be performed as part of other actions (for example, resizes or recreateInstances calls).
   },
@@ -1238,6 +1240,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
   "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.
   "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group.
+    "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.
     "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair.
   },
   "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.
@@ -1308,7 +1311,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].
     "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes.
-    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to allow actions that do not need instance restart, RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
+    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
     "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE
     "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the instance group manager proactively executes actions in order to bring instances to their target versions or OPPORTUNISTIC so that no action is proactively executed but the update will be performed as part of other actions (for example, resizes or recreateInstances calls).
   },
@@ -1484,6 +1487,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
       "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.
       "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group.
+        "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.
         "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair.
       },
       "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.
@@ -1554,7 +1558,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].
         "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes.
-        "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to allow actions that do not need instance restart, RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
+        "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
         "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE
         "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the instance group manager proactively executes actions in order to bring instances to their target versions or OPPORTUNISTIC so that no action is proactively executed but the update will be performed as part of other actions (for example, resizes or recreateInstances calls).
       },
@@ -1968,6 +1972,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
   "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.
   "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group.
+    "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.
     "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair.
   },
   "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.
@@ -2038,7 +2043,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].
     "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes.
-    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to allow actions that do not need instance restart, RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
+    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
     "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE
     "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the instance group manager proactively executes actions in order to bring instances to their target versions or OPPORTUNISTIC so that no action is proactively executed but the update will be performed as part of other actions (for example, resizes or recreateInstances calls).
   },
@@ -2989,6 +2994,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
   "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.
   "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group.
+    "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.
     "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair.
   },
   "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.
@@ -3059,7 +3065,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].
     "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes.
-    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to allow actions that do not need instance restart, RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
+    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
     "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE
     "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the instance group manager proactively executes actions in order to bring instances to their target versions or OPPORTUNISTIC so that no action is proactively executed but the update will be performed as part of other actions (for example, resizes or recreateInstances calls).
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
index 9c61133d4b5..ead577652aa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
                 "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
                 "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                   "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                   "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                   "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -204,15 +204,16 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
                     "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
                   },
+                  "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -599,7 +600,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -645,15 +646,16 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
+          "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -997,7 +999,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1043,15 +1045,16 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
+          "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1391,7 +1394,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1437,15 +1440,16 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
                 "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
               },
+              "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
index b038fa185c1..660694b269e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
               "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
               "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -546,15 +546,16 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
                 "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                 "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                   "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                   "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                   "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
                   "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
                 },
+                "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                 "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                 "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                   "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                   "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                   "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -614,7 +615,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
           "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
           "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -773,7 +774,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
           "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -853,7 +854,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
   "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -899,15 +900,16 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
     "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
       "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
     },
+    "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
     "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
     "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1072,7 +1074,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1118,15 +1120,16 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
+          "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1757,7 +1760,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
       "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1803,15 +1806,16 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
+        "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1871,7 +1875,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2030,7 +2034,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
   "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2644,7 +2648,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
       "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2690,15 +2694,16 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
+        "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2758,7 +2763,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2917,7 +2922,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
   "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3069,7 +3074,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
           "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
           "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3115,15 +3120,16 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
               "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
             },
+            "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3183,7 +3189,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3342,7 +3348,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
       "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3665,7 +3671,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "disks": [ # Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. In order to resume the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided. If the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.
     {
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Decrypts data associated with the disk with a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -3675,7 +3681,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Decrypts data associated with an instance that is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. If the instance you are starting is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, the correct key must be provided otherwise the instance resume will not succeed.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -5665,7 +5671,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "disks": [ # Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. In order to start the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided. If the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.
     {
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Decrypts data associated with the disk with a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -6020,7 +6026,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
       "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -6066,15 +6072,16 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
+        "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -6134,7 +6141,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -6293,7 +6300,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
   "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html
index a6e7c575114..1b7a0ff1162 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html
@@ -86,9 +86,6 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   delete(project, zone, instantSnapshot, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes the specified InstantSnapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single instantSnapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that instantSnapshot. If any data on the instantSnapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent instantSnapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding instantSnapshot. For more information, see Deleting instantSnapshots.

-

-  export(project, zone, instantSnapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Export the changed blocks between two instant snapshots to a customer's bucket in the user specified format.

 

   get(project, zone, instantSnapshot, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns the specified InstantSnapshot resource in the specified zone.

@@ -309,120 +306,6 @@ 
Method Details

 }
-
- export(project, zone, instantSnapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) - 
Export the changed blocks between two instant snapshots to a customer's bucket in the user specified format.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
-  instantSnapshot: string, Name of the instant snapshot to export. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{
-  "exportParams": { # Parameters to export the changed blocks.
-    "baseInstantSnapshot": "A String", # An optional base instant snapshot that this resource is compared against. If not specified, all blocks of this resource are exported. The base instant snapshot and this resource must be created from the same disk. The base instant snapshot must be created earlier in time than this resource.
-    "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the changed blocks will be stored. The Google Service Account must have read and write access to this bucket. The bucket has to be in the same region as this resource.
-    "encryptionKey": { # Encryption key used to encrypt the instant snapshot.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
-      "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
-      "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
-      "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
-      "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
-    },
-    "objectName": "A String", # Name of the output Bigstore object storing the changed blocks. Object name must be less than 1024 bytes in length.
-    "outputType": "A String", # The format of the output file.
-  },
-}
-
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
-
get(project, zone, instantSnapshot, x__xgafv=None) 
Returns the specified InstantSnapshot resource in the specified zone.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
index a6d111345e8..d09e4ab6265 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -286,15 +286,16 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
+          "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -487,7 +488,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.
   "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -508,7 +509,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     {
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -528,7 +529,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies the name of the disk attached to the source instance.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # The encryption key for the disk.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -813,7 +814,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -859,15 +860,16 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
+          "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1060,7 +1062,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.
   "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1081,7 +1083,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     {
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1101,7 +1103,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies the name of the disk attached to the source instance.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # The encryption key for the disk.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1383,7 +1385,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1429,15 +1431,16 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
                 "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
               },
+              "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1630,7 +1633,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.
       "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1651,7 +1654,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
         {
           "diskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1671,7 +1674,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies the name of the disk attached to the source instance.
             "diskEncryptionKey": { # The encryption key for the disk.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html
index 63b9b22e734..50596bf3e60 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html
@@ -213,10 +213,10 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet.
   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The IPv4 address to be used for reverse DNS verification.
+  "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The address to be used for reverse DNS verification.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicAdvertisedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicAdvertisedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicAdvertisedPrefix.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier.
-  "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix.
+  "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix.
   "kind": "compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix for public advertised prefixes.
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   "publicDelegatedPrefixs": [ # [Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix.
@@ -246,10 +246,10 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet.
   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The IPv4 address to be used for reverse DNS verification.
+  "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The address to be used for reverse DNS verification.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicAdvertisedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicAdvertisedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicAdvertisedPrefix.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier.
-  "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix.
+  "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix.
   "kind": "compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix for public advertised prefixes.
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   "publicDelegatedPrefixs": [ # [Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix.
@@ -378,10 +378,10 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet.
       "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The IPv4 address to be used for reverse DNS verification.
+      "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The address to be used for reverse DNS verification.
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicAdvertisedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicAdvertisedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicAdvertisedPrefix.
       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier.
-      "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix.
+      "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix.
       "kind": "compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix for public advertised prefixes.
       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       "publicDelegatedPrefixs": [ # [Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix.
@@ -441,10 +441,10 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A public advertised prefix represents an aggregated IP prefix or netblock which customers bring to cloud. The IP prefix is a single unit of route advertisement and is announced globally to the internet.
   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The IPv4 address to be used for reverse DNS verification.
+  "dnsVerificationIp": "A String", # The address to be used for reverse DNS verification.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicAdvertisedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicAdvertisedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicAdvertisedPrefix.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier.
-  "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix.
+  "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix.
   "kind": "compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#publicAdvertisedPrefix for public advertised prefixes.
   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   "publicDelegatedPrefixs": [ # [Output Only] The list of public delegated prefixes that exist for this public advertised prefix.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
index a9ca5dd265e..fd3e677df65 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
@@ -363,6 +363,11 @@ 
Method Details

   "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
   "downloadBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
   "guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process.
+  "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+    { # Guest OS features.
+      "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
+    },
+  ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "kind": "compute#snapshot", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.
   "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.
@@ -380,7 +385,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -389,7 +394,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -397,6 +402,13 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
@@ -630,7 +642,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -696,7 +708,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -707,7 +719,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -863,7 +875,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -929,7 +941,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -940,7 +952,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1092,7 +1104,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1158,7 +1170,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
       "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
       "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1169,7 +1181,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
       "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
       "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2102,7 +2114,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2168,7 +2180,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2179,7 +2191,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index ce1f9622500..932cb2ec525 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -279,8 +279,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "instances": [ # The list of URLs of one or more instances for which you want to apply updates. Each URL can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
     "A String",
   ],
-  "minimalAction": "A String", # The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.
-  "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.
+  "minimalAction": "A String", # The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance and limit disruption as much as possible. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.
+  "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance and limit disruption as much as possible. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -879,6 +879,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
   "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.
   "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group.
+    "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.
     "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair.
   },
   "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.
@@ -949,7 +950,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].
     "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes.
-    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to allow actions that do not need instance restart, RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
+    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
     "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE
     "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the instance group manager proactively executes actions in order to bring instances to their target versions or OPPORTUNISTIC so that no action is proactively executed but the update will be performed as part of other actions (for example, resizes or recreateInstances calls).
   },
@@ -1026,6 +1027,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
   "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.
   "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group.
+    "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.
     "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair.
   },
   "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.
@@ -1096,7 +1098,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].
     "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes.
-    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to allow actions that do not need instance restart, RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
+    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
     "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE
     "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the instance group manager proactively executes actions in order to bring instances to their target versions or OPPORTUNISTIC so that no action is proactively executed but the update will be performed as part of other actions (for example, resizes or recreateInstances calls).
   },
@@ -1272,6 +1274,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
       "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.
       "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group.
+        "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.
         "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair.
       },
       "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.
@@ -1342,7 +1345,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].
         "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes.
-        "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to allow actions that do not need instance restart, RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
+        "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
         "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE
         "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the instance group manager proactively executes actions in order to bring instances to their target versions or OPPORTUNISTIC so that no action is proactively executed but the update will be performed as part of other actions (for example, resizes or recreateInstances calls).
       },
@@ -1756,6 +1759,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
   "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.
   "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group.
+    "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.
     "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair.
   },
   "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.
@@ -1826,7 +1830,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].
     "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes.
-    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to allow actions that do not need instance restart, RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
+    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
     "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE
     "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the instance group manager proactively executes actions in order to bring instances to their target versions or OPPORTUNISTIC so that no action is proactively executed but the update will be performed as part of other actions (for example, resizes or recreateInstances calls).
   },
@@ -2777,6 +2781,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
   "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.
   "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group.
+    "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.
     "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair.
   },
   "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.
@@ -2847,7 +2852,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].
     "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes.
-    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to allow actions that do not need instance restart, RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
+    "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.
     "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE
     "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the instance group manager proactively executes actions in order to bring instances to their target versions or OPPORTUNISTIC so that no action is proactively executed but the update will be performed as part of other actions (for example, resizes or recreateInstances calls).
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html
index ab1dd47b2d9..ed07086014e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -280,15 +280,16 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
+          "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -530,7 +531,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -576,15 +577,16 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
+          "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -925,7 +927,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -971,15 +973,16 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
                 "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
               },
+              "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
index e7bcf251668..0b4e9f7a7a4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -158,15 +158,16 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
+          "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html
index 2134c524787..5f7c085b033 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html
@@ -80,9 +80,6 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   delete(project, region, instantSnapshot, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes the specified InstantSnapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single instantSnapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that instantSnapshot. If any data on the instantSnapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent instantSnapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding instantSnapshot. For more information, see Deleting instantSnapshots.

-

-  export(project, region, instantSnapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Export the changed blocks between two instant snapshots to a customer's bucket in the user specified format.

 

   get(project, region, instantSnapshot, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns the specified InstantSnapshot resource in the specified region.

@@ -208,120 +205,6 @@ 
Method Details

 }
-
- export(project, region, instantSnapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) - 
Export the changed blocks between two instant snapshots to a customer's bucket in the user specified format.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  region: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
-  instantSnapshot: string, Name of the instant snapshot to export. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{
-  "exportParams": { # Parameters to export the changed blocks.
-    "baseInstantSnapshot": "A String", # An optional base instant snapshot that this resource is compared against. If not specified, all blocks of this resource are exported. The base instant snapshot and this resource must be created from the same disk. The base instant snapshot must be created earlier in time than this resource.
-    "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the changed blocks will be stored. The Google Service Account must have read and write access to this bucket. The bucket has to be in the same region as this resource.
-    "encryptionKey": { # Encryption key used to encrypt the instant snapshot.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
-      "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
-      "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
-      "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
-      "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
-    },
-    "objectName": "A String", # Name of the output Bigstore object storing the changed blocks. Object name must be less than 1024 bytes in length.
-    "outputType": "A String", # The format of the output file.
-  },
-}
-
-  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
-  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
-  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
-  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      {
-        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
-        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
-          {
-            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
-              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
-            },
-            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
-              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
-                { # Describes a URL link.
-                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
-                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
-              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
-              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
-            },
-            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
-              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
-                "a_key": "A String",
-              },
-              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
-              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
-              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
-        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
-  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
-  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
-  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
-  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
-  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
-  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
-  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
-  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
-  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
-  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
-  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
-    {
-      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
-      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
-        {
-          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
-          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
-    },
-  ],
-  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
-}
-
-
get(project, region, instantSnapshot, x__xgafv=None) 
Returns the specified InstantSnapshot resource in the specified region.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html
index ce6d84e3c0f..7004fd60756 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ 
Instance Methods

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

-  patch(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  patch(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request. To clear fields in the rule, leave the fields empty and specify them in the updateMask. This cannot be used to be update the rules in the policy. Please use the per rule methods like addRule, patchRule, and removeRule instead.

 

-  patchRule(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, priority=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  patchRule(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, priority=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Patches a rule at the specified priority. To clear fields in the rule, leave the fields empty and specify them in the updateMask.

 

   removeRule(project, region, securityPolicy, priority=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ 
Method Details
- patch(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request. To clear fields in the rule, leave the fields empty and specify them in the updateMask. This cannot be used to be update the rules in the policy. Please use the per rule methods like addRule, patchRule, and removeRule instead.
 
 Args:
@@ -1705,6 +1705,7 @@ 
Method Details

 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Indicates fields to be cleared as part of this request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1792,7 +1793,7 @@ 
Method Details
- patchRule(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, priority=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) + patchRule(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, priority=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Patches a rule at the specified priority. To clear fields in the rule, leave the fields empty and specify them in the updateMask.
 
 Args:
@@ -1958,6 +1959,7 @@ 
Method Details

 }
 
   priority: integer, The priority of the rule to patch.
+  updateMask: string, Indicates fields to be cleared as part of this request.
   validateOnly: boolean, If true, the request will not be committed.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html
index 84597ec13c3..9c7855ad465 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html
@@ -708,6 +708,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
         "network": "A String", # Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to.
         "nextHopGateway": "A String", # The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway
+        "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.
         "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule
         "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/
         "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment.
@@ -754,6 +755,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
         "network": "A String", # Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to.
         "nextHopGateway": "A String", # The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway
+        "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.
         "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule
         "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/
         "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment.
@@ -802,6 +804,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
             "network": "A String", # Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to.
             "nextHopGateway": "A String", # The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway
+            "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.
             "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule
             "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/
             "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routes.html
index b8e07a3d86c..926b4bb8d38 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routes.html
@@ -227,6 +227,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   "network": "A String", # Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to.
   "nextHopGateway": "A String", # The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway
+  "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.
   "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule
   "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/
   "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment.
@@ -282,6 +283,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   "network": "A String", # Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to.
   "nextHopGateway": "A String", # The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway
+  "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.
   "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule
   "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/
   "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment.
@@ -436,6 +438,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       "network": "A String", # Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to.
       "nextHopGateway": "A String", # The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway
+      "nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.
       "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule
       "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/
       "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
index d67f7d40cc0..64c25ef7aab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

-  patch(project, securityPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  patch(project, securityPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request. To clear fields in the rule, leave the fields empty and specify them in the updateMask. This cannot be used to be update the rules in the policy. Please use the per rule methods like addRule, patchRule, and removeRule instead.

 

   patchRule(project, securityPolicy, body=None, priority=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ 
Method Details
- patch(project, securityPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(project, securityPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request. To clear fields in the rule, leave the fields empty and specify them in the updateMask. This cannot be used to be update the rules in the policy. Please use the per rule methods like addRule, patchRule, and removeRule instead.
 
 Args:
@@ -2048,6 +2048,7 @@ 
Method Details

 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Indicates fields to be cleared as part of this request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html
index 84e1183b0a7..3cb7f424e38 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html
@@ -229,6 +229,11 @@ 
Method Details

   "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
   "downloadBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
   "guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process.
+  "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+    { # Guest OS features.
+      "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
+    },
+  ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "kind": "compute#snapshot", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.
   "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.
@@ -246,7 +251,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -255,7 +260,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -263,6 +268,13 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
@@ -400,6 +412,11 @@ 
Method Details

   "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
   "downloadBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
   "guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process.
+  "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+    { # Guest OS features.
+      "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
+    },
+  ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "kind": "compute#snapshot", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.
   "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.
@@ -417,7 +434,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -426,7 +443,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -434,6 +451,13 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
   "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
   "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
@@ -567,6 +591,11 @@ 
Method Details

       "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.
       "downloadBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.
       "guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process.
+      "guestOsFeatures": [ # [Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+        { # Guest OS features.
+          "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
+        },
+      ],
       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       "kind": "compute#snapshot", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.
       "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.
@@ -584,7 +613,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -593,7 +622,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
       "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
       "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -601,6 +630,13 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
       "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+      "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+        "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+        "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+        "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+        "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+      },
       "sourceInstantSnapshotId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.
       "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
       "sourceSnapshotSchedulePolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the resource policy which created this scheduled snapshot.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
index 2a38d890e0d..cd322a06f88 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
       "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
       "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
       "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
       "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2251,7 +2251,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2322,7 +2322,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html
index f19950e24ce..6b9f82091c3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
     "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
     "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
     "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html
index 8147da749bb..67328879488 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
       "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
       "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   "imageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
index 0cbe04ccbce..8589e8339df 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
                 "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
                 "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                   "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                   "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                   "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
index c8526a326e2..8d3c63dfd39 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
               "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
               "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
                 "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                 "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                   "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                   "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                   "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
                 "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                   "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                   "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                   "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -589,6 +589,13 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
           "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+          "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+            "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+            "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+            "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+            "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+          },
           "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified.
           "kind": "compute#instance", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance for instances.
           "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.
@@ -720,7 +727,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
           "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -800,7 +807,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
   "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -840,7 +847,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
     "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -848,7 +855,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
     "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
       "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1009,7 +1016,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1049,7 +1056,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1057,7 +1064,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1664,7 +1671,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
       "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1704,7 +1711,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1712,7 +1719,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1766,6 +1773,13 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
   "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified.
   "kind": "compute#instance", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance for instances.
   "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.
@@ -1897,7 +1911,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
   "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2318,7 +2332,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
       "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2358,7 +2372,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2366,7 +2380,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2420,6 +2434,13 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
   "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified.
   "kind": "compute#instance", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance for instances.
   "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.
@@ -2551,7 +2572,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
   "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2703,7 +2724,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
           "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
           "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2743,7 +2764,7 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2751,7 +2772,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
             "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2805,6 +2826,13 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+      "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+        "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+        "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+        "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+        "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+      },
       "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified.
       "kind": "compute#instance", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance for instances.
       "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.
@@ -2936,7 +2964,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
       "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -5019,7 +5047,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "disks": [ # Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. In order to start the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided. If the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.
     {
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Decrypts data associated with the disk with a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -5374,7 +5402,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
       "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -5414,7 +5442,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -5422,7 +5450,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -5476,6 +5504,13 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "hostname": "A String", # Specifies the hostname of the instance. The specified hostname must be RFC1035 compliant. If hostname is not specified, the default hostname is [INSTANCE_NAME].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using the global DNS, and [INSTANCE_NAME].[ZONE].c.[PROJECT_ID].internal when using zonal DNS.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "instanceEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
+    "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
+    "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
+    "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
   "keyRevocationActionType": "A String", # KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are "STOP" and "NONE". The default value is "NONE" if it is not specified.
   "kind": "compute#instance", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance for instances.
   "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.
@@ -5607,7 +5642,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "sourceMachineImage": "A String", # Source machine image
   "sourceMachineImageEncryptionKey": { # Source machine image encryption key when creating an instance from a machine image.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html
index 7b7897426ff..a9341d301e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.
   "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     {
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies the name of the disk attached to the source instance.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # The encryption key for the disk.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.
   "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     {
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies the name of the disk attached to the source instance.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # The encryption key for the disk.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1303,7 +1303,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image.
       "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
         {
           "diskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies the name of the disk attached to the source instance.
             "diskEncryptionKey": { # The encryption key for the disk.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
index a23abe9f384..2adb2372ee3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
       "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
       "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
       "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
       "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key or a customer-managed encryption key. Encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later. For example, to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-managed key, the diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName is set to a key *version* name once the disk is created. The disk is encrypted with this version of the key. In the response, diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName appears in the following format: "diskEncryptionKey.kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeysVersions/version If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk is encrypted using an automatically generated key and you don't need to provide a key to use the disk later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
   "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
   "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sourceImageId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
   "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
   "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html
index 61278f0d2b7..798bc19772f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
             "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+              "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
               "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
               "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+                "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
                 "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
index d9bff246dfd..385f245a1b2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem.
         "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
         "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group.
-          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+          "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
           "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
           "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot.
-            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+            "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
             "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html
index 5f78614d360..b0fd85c2c39 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html
@@ -176,6 +176,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
                 "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
               },
+              "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP session.
+                {
+                  "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.
+                },
+              ],
+              "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
               "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
               "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
               "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -469,6 +475,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
         "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
       },
+      "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP session.
+        {
+          "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.
+        },
+      ],
+      "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
       "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
       "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -971,6 +983,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
         "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
       },
+      "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP session.
+        {
+          "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.
+        },
+      ],
+      "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
       "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
       "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -1213,6 +1231,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
             "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
           },
+          "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP session.
+            {
+              "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.
+            },
+          ],
+          "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
           "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
           "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
           "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -1386,6 +1410,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
         "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
       },
+      "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP session.
+        {
+          "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.
+        },
+      ],
+      "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
       "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
       "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -1616,6 +1646,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
         "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
       },
+      "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP session.
+        {
+          "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.
+        },
+      ],
+      "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
       "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
       "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -1757,6 +1793,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
           "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
         },
+        "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP session.
+          {
+            "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.
+          },
+        ],
+        "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
         "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
         "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
         "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
@@ -1902,6 +1944,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. The default is 5.
         "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
       },
+      "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP session.
+        {
+          "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.
+        },
+      ],
+      "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
       "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.
       "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.
       "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html
index bdbbc0af027..e1ec0b56281 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
   "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
   "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
     "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
     "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
     "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       "snapshotEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot.
       "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
       "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
-        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
         "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
         "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
index b26324b7c75..218eaefb033 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
@@ -2225,6 +2225,93 @@
         }
       }
     },
+    "diskSettings": {
+      "methods": {
+        "get": {
+          "description": "Get Zonal Disk Settings.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/diskSettings",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.diskSettings.get",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "Name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/diskSettings",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "DiskSettings"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
+        "patch": {
+          "description": "Patch Zonal Disk Settings",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/diskSettings",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "compute.diskSettings.patch",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/diskSettings",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "DiskSettings"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        }
+      }
+    },
     "diskTypes": {
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
@@ -3136,9 +3223,6 @@
             }
           },
           "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/stopAsyncReplication",
-          "request": {
-            "$ref": "DisksStopAsyncReplicationRequest"
-          },
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
           },
@@ -10586,6 +10670,21 @@
               "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
+            },
+            "view": {
+              "description": "View of the instance template.",
+              "enum": [
+                "BASIC",
+                "FULL",
+                "INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Include everything except Partner Metadata.",
+                "Include everything.",
+                "The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view."
+              ],
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
             }
           },
           "path": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{instanceTemplate}",
@@ -10716,6 +10815,21 @@
               "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "boolean"
+            },
+            "view": {
+              "description": "View of the instance template.",
+              "enum": [
+                "BASIC",
+                "FULL",
+                "INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Include everything except Partner Metadata.",
+                "Include everything.",
+                "The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view."
+              ],
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
             }
           },
           "path": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates",
@@ -11258,6 +11372,21 @@
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
+            "view": {
+              "description": "View of the instance.",
+              "enum": [
+                "BASIC",
+                "FULL",
+                "INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Include everything except Partner Metadata.",
+                "Include everything.",
+                "The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view."
+              ],
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "zone": {
               "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
               "location": "path",
@@ -11428,6 +11557,54 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
+        "getPartnerMetadata": {
+          "description": "Gets partner metadata of the specified instance and namespaces.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getPartnerMetadata",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.instances.getPartnerMetadata",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone",
+            "instance"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "instance": {
+              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "namespaces": {
+              "description": "Comma separated partner metadata namespaces.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getPartnerMetadata",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "PartnerMetadata"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
         "getScreenshot": {
           "description": "Returns the screenshot from the specified instance.",
           "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/screenshot",
@@ -11712,6 +11889,21 @@
               "location": "query",
               "type": "boolean"
             },
+            "view": {
+              "description": "View of the instance.",
+              "enum": [
+                "BASIC",
+                "FULL",
+                "INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Include everything except Partner Metadata.",
+                "Include everything.",
+                "The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view."
+              ],
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "zone": {
               "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
               "location": "path",
@@ -11801,6 +11993,56 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
+        "patchPartnerMetadata": {
+          "description": "Patches partner metadata of the specified instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/patchPartnerMetadata",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "compute.instances.patchPartnerMetadata",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone",
+            "instance"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "instance": {
+              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/patchPartnerMetadata",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "PartnerMetadata"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        },
         "performMaintenance": {
           "description": "Perform a manual maintenance on the instance.",
           "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/performMaintenance",
@@ -23350,6 +23592,93 @@
         }
       }
     },
+    "regionDiskSettings": {
+      "methods": {
+        "get": {
+          "description": "Get Regional Disk Settings.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/diskSettings",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.regionDiskSettings.get",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "region"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "Name of the region for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/diskSettings",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "DiskSettings"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
+        "patch": {
+          "description": "Patch Regional Disk Settings",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/diskSettings",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "compute.regionDiskSettings.patch",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "region"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "Name of the region for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/diskSettings",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "DiskSettings"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        }
+      }
+    },
     "regionDiskTypes": {
       "methods": {
         "get": {
@@ -24141,9 +24470,6 @@
             }
           },
           "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/stopAsyncReplication",
-          "request": {
-            "$ref": "RegionDisksStopAsyncReplicationRequest"
-          },
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
           },
@@ -26708,6 +27034,21 @@
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
+            },
+            "view": {
+              "description": "View of the instance template.",
+              "enum": [
+                "BASIC",
+                "FULL",
+                "INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Include everything except Partner Metadata.",
+                "Include everything.",
+                "The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view."
+              ],
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
             }
           },
           "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceTemplates/{instanceTemplate}",
@@ -26813,6 +27154,21 @@
               "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "boolean"
+            },
+            "view": {
+              "description": "View of the instance template.",
+              "enum": [
+                "BASIC",
+                "FULL",
+                "INSTANCE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Include everything except Partner Metadata.",
+                "Include everything.",
+                "The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view."
+              ],
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
             }
           },
           "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceTemplates",
@@ -31524,6 +31880,73 @@
         }
       }
     },
+    "regionZones": {
+      "methods": {
+        "list": {
+          "description": "Retrieves the list of Zone resources under the specific region available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/zones",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.regionZones.list",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "region"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "filter": {
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "maxResults": {
+              "default": "500",
+              "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)",
+              "format": "uint32",
+              "location": "query",
+              "minimum": "0",
+              "type": "integer"
+            },
+            "orderBy": {
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "pageToken": {
+              "description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "Region for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "returnPartialSuccess": {
+              "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "boolean"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/zones",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "ZoneList"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        }
+      }
+    },
     "regions": {
       "methods": {
         "get": {
@@ -35698,6 +36121,77 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
+        "listDisks": {
+          "description": "Lists the disks in a specified storage pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}/listDisks",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.storagePools.listDisks",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone",
+            "storagePool"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "filter": {
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "maxResults": {
+              "default": "500",
+              "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)",
+              "format": "uint32",
+              "location": "query",
+              "minimum": "0",
+              "type": "integer"
+            },
+            "orderBy": {
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "pageToken": {
+              "description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "returnPartialSuccess": {
+              "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "boolean"
+            },
+            "storagePool": {
+              "description": "Name of the storage pool to list disks of.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{storagePool}/listDisks",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "StoragePoolListDisks"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
           "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/storagePools/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
@@ -41521,7 +42015,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230516",
+  "revision": "20230606",
   "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AWSV4Signature": {
@@ -41665,6 +42159,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -41694,6 +42189,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -41785,6 +42281,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -41814,6 +42311,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -41887,6 +42385,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -41916,6 +42415,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -42274,6 +42774,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -42303,6 +42804,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -42394,6 +42896,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -42423,6 +42926,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -42496,6 +43000,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -42525,6 +43030,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -43421,6 +43927,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -43450,6 +43957,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -43541,6 +44049,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -43570,6 +44079,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -43701,6 +44211,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -43730,6 +44241,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -44056,6 +44568,20 @@
           "description": "Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
+        },
+        "preference": {
+          "description": "This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values are: - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT. - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the default ",
+          "enum": [
+            "DEFAULT",
+            "PREFERENCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PREFERRED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "No preference.",
+            "If preference is unspecified, we set it to the DEFAULT value",
+            "Traffic will be sent to this backend first."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -44307,6 +44833,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -44336,6 +44863,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -44749,6 +45277,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -44778,6 +45307,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -45112,6 +45642,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -45141,6 +45672,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -45337,6 +45869,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -45366,6 +45899,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -46155,6 +46689,7 @@
             "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C2D",
             "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C3",
             "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C3D",
+            "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_H3",
             "GENERAL_PURPOSE",
             "GENERAL_PURPOSE_E2",
             "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2",
@@ -46179,6 +46714,7 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -46237,6 +46773,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -46266,6 +46803,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -46357,6 +46895,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -46386,6 +46925,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -46496,6 +47036,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -46525,6 +47066,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -46830,7 +47372,7 @@
       "id": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
       "properties": {
         "kmsKeyName": {
-          "description": "The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: \"kmsKeyName\": \"projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key ",
+          "description": "The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: \"kmsKeyName\": \"projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: \"kmsKeyName\": \"projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": {
@@ -47270,6 +47812,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -47299,6 +47842,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -47462,6 +48006,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -47491,6 +48036,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -47612,6 +48158,37 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "DiskSettings": {
+      "id": "DiskSettings",
+      "properties": {
+        "defaultResourcePolicies": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "$ref": "DiskSettingsResourcePolicyDetails"
+          },
+          "description": "An optional parameter for storing the default resource policies that will be used for the Disks created in the given scope. The Key is a string type, provided by customers to uniquely identify the default Resource Policy entry. The Value is a Default ResourcePolicyDetails Object used to represent the detailed information of the Resource Policy entry.",
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "DiskSettingsResourcePolicyDetails": {
+      "description": "This is the object for storing the detail information about the Resource Policy that will be set as default ones for the Disks that is using the DiskSettings. It contains: - one target Resource Policy referenced by its Fully-Qualified URL, - [output only] Disk Types that will be excluded from using this Resource Policy, - Other filtering support (e.g. Label filtering) for Default Resource Policy can be added here as well",
+      "id": "DiskSettingsResourcePolicyDetails",
+      "properties": {
+        "excludedDiskTypes": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] A list of Disk Types that will be excluded from applying the Resource Policy referenced here. If absent, Disks created in any DiskType can use the referenced default Resource Policy.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "resourcePolicy": {
+          "description": "The target Resource Policies identified by their Fully-Qualified URL.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "DiskType": {
       "description": "Represents a Disk Type resource. Google Compute Engine has two Disk Type resources: * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionDiskTypes) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/diskTypes) You can choose from a variety of disk types based on your needs. For more information, read Storage options. The diskTypes resource represents disk types for a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks. The regionDiskTypes resource represents disk types for a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional persistent disks.",
       "id": "DiskType",
@@ -47722,6 +48299,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -47751,6 +48329,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -47842,6 +48421,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -47871,6 +48451,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -47944,6 +48525,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -47973,6 +48555,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -48083,6 +48666,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -48112,6 +48696,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -48169,16 +48754,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "DisksStopAsyncReplicationRequest": {
-      "id": "DisksStopAsyncReplicationRequest",
-      "properties": {
-        "asyncSecondaryDisk": {
-          "description": "[Deprecated] The secondary disk to stop asynchronous replication to. This field will not be included in the beta or v1 APIs and will be removed from the alpha API in the near future.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "DisksStopGroupAsyncReplicationResource": {
       "description": "A transient resource used in compute.disks.stopGroupAsyncReplication and compute.regionDisks.stopGroupAsyncReplication. It is only used to process requests and is not persisted.",
       "id": "DisksStopGroupAsyncReplicationResource",
@@ -48365,6 +48940,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -48394,6 +48970,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -48603,6 +49180,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -48632,6 +49210,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -48907,6 +49486,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -48936,6 +49516,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -49185,6 +49766,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -49214,6 +49796,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -49796,6 +50379,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -49825,6 +50409,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -49916,6 +50501,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -49945,6 +50531,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -50046,6 +50633,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -50075,6 +50663,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -50454,6 +51043,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -50483,6 +51073,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -50583,6 +51174,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -50612,6 +51204,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -50685,6 +51278,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -50714,6 +51308,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -51391,6 +51986,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -51420,6 +52016,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -51632,6 +52229,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -51661,6 +52259,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -51761,6 +52360,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -51790,6 +52390,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -51863,6 +52464,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -51892,6 +52494,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -51990,6 +52593,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -52019,6 +52623,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -52092,6 +52697,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -52121,6 +52727,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -52612,6 +53219,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -52641,6 +53249,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -53040,6 +53649,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -53069,6 +53679,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -53401,6 +54012,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -53430,6 +54042,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -53659,6 +54272,13 @@
           "$ref": "InstanceParams",
           "description": "Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload."
         },
+        "partnerMetadata": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "$ref": "StructuredEntries"
+          },
+          "description": "Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
         "postKeyRevocationActionType": {
           "description": "PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.",
           "enum": [
@@ -53868,6 +54488,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -53897,6 +54518,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -54111,6 +54733,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -54140,6 +54763,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -54231,6 +54855,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -54260,6 +54885,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -54470,12 +55096,14 @@
         "targetSizeUnit": {
           "description": "The unit of measure for the target size.",
           "enum": [
+            "INSTANCE",
             "VCPU",
             "VM"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "[Default] TargetSize is the target number of instances.",
             "TargetSize is the target count of vCPUs of VMs.",
-            "[Default] TargetSize is the target number of VMs."
+            "TargetSize is the target number of VMs. Deprecated in favor of 'INSTANCE'."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -54639,6 +55267,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -54668,6 +55297,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -54886,6 +55516,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -54915,6 +55546,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -55146,6 +55778,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -55175,6 +55808,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -55607,6 +56241,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -55636,6 +56271,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -55764,6 +56400,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -55793,6 +56430,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -55997,6 +56635,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -56026,6 +56665,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -56130,6 +56770,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -56159,6 +56800,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -56268,6 +56910,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -56297,6 +56940,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -56388,6 +57032,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -56417,6 +57062,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -56662,6 +57308,13 @@
           "$ref": "NetworkPerformanceConfig",
           "description": "Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet."
         },
+        "partnerMetadata": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "$ref": "StructuredEntries"
+          },
+          "description": "Partner Metadata assigned to the instance properties. A map from a subdomain (namespace) to entries map.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
         "postKeyRevocationActionType": {
           "description": "PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.",
           "enum": [
@@ -56792,10 +57445,6 @@
           "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance_settings for instance settings.",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "machineType": {
-          "description": "Partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: machineTypes/machine-type. This is either provided by the client or chosen by the system. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type: machineTypes/n2-standard-1",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
         "zone": {
           "description": "[Output Only] URL of the zone where the resource resides You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -56907,6 +57556,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -56936,6 +57586,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -57027,6 +57678,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -57056,6 +57708,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -57129,6 +57782,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -57158,6 +57812,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -57419,6 +58074,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -57448,6 +58104,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -57774,6 +58431,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -57803,6 +58461,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -57930,6 +58589,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -57959,6 +58619,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -58053,6 +58714,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -58082,6 +58744,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -58685,6 +59348,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -58714,6 +59378,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -58846,6 +59511,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -58875,6 +59541,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -58979,6 +59646,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -59008,6 +59676,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -59300,6 +59969,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -59329,6 +59999,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -59560,6 +60231,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -59589,6 +60261,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -60036,6 +60709,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -60065,6 +60739,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -60254,6 +60929,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -60283,6 +60959,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -60374,6 +61051,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -60403,6 +61081,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -60716,6 +61395,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -60745,6 +61425,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -61153,6 +61834,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -61182,6 +61864,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -61386,6 +62069,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -61415,6 +62099,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -61506,6 +62191,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -61535,6 +62221,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -61608,6 +62295,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -61637,6 +62325,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -62420,6 +63109,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -62449,6 +63139,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -62504,6 +63195,10 @@
           "description": "The IPv4 address assigned to the producer instance network interface. This value will be a range in case of Serverless.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "ipv6Address": {
+          "description": "The IPv6 address assigned to the producer instance network interface. This is only assigned when the stack types of both the instance network interface and the consumer subnet are IPv4_IPv6.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "projectIdOrNum": {
           "description": "The project id or number of the interface to which the IP was assigned.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -62584,6 +63279,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -62613,6 +63309,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -62686,6 +63383,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -62715,6 +63413,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -62867,6 +63566,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -62896,6 +63596,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -62969,6 +63670,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -62998,6 +63700,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -63262,6 +63965,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -63291,6 +63995,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -63458,6 +64163,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -63487,6 +64193,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -63692,6 +64399,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -63721,6 +64429,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -63794,6 +64503,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -63823,6 +64533,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -64089,6 +64800,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -64118,6 +64830,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -64592,6 +65305,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -64621,6 +65335,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -64744,6 +65459,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -64773,6 +65489,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -65003,6 +65720,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -65032,6 +65750,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -65122,6 +65841,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -65151,6 +65871,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -65378,6 +66099,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -65407,6 +66129,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -65498,6 +66221,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -65527,6 +66251,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -65615,6 +66340,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -65644,6 +66370,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -65807,6 +66534,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -65836,6 +66564,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -65927,6 +66656,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -65956,6 +66686,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -66029,6 +66760,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -66058,6 +66790,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -66199,6 +66932,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -66228,6 +66962,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -66346,6 +67081,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -66375,6 +67111,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -66448,6 +67185,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -66477,6 +67215,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -66702,6 +67441,7 @@
                   "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                   "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                   "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                  "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                   "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                   "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                   "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -66731,6 +67471,7 @@
                   "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                   "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                   "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                   "A resource depends on a missing type",
                   "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                   "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -66835,6 +67576,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -66864,6 +67606,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -66955,6 +67698,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -66984,6 +67728,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -67057,6 +67802,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -67086,6 +67832,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -67417,6 +68164,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -67446,6 +68194,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -67585,6 +68334,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -67614,6 +68364,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -67756,6 +68507,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -67785,6 +68537,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -67832,6 +68585,25 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "PartnerMetadata": {
+      "description": "Model definition of partner_metadata field. To be used in dedicated Partner Metadata methods and to be inlined in the Instance and InstanceTemplate resources.",
+      "id": "PartnerMetadata",
+      "properties": {
+        "fingerprint": {
+          "description": "Instance-level hash to be used for optimistic locking.",
+          "format": "byte",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "partnerMetadata": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "$ref": "StructuredEntries"
+          },
+          "description": "Partner Metadata assigned to the instance. A map from a subdomain to entries map. Subdomain name must be compliant with RFC1035 definition. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 2MB. Subdomain 'metadata.compute.googleapis.com' is reserverd for instance's metadata.",
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "PathMatcher": {
       "description": "A matcher for the path portion of the URL. The BackendService from the longest-matched rule will serve the URL. If no rule was matched, the default service is used.",
       "id": "PathMatcher",
@@ -68624,6 +69396,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -68653,6 +69426,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -68869,6 +69643,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -68898,6 +69673,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -68988,6 +69764,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -69017,6 +69794,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -69133,6 +69911,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -69162,6 +69941,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -69337,6 +70117,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -69366,6 +70147,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -69541,6 +70323,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -69570,6 +70353,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -69643,6 +70427,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -69672,6 +70457,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -70088,6 +70874,11 @@
           "description": "The map holding related quota dimensions.",
           "type": "object"
         },
+        "futureLimit": {
+          "description": "Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.",
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
         "limit": {
           "description": "Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.",
           "format": "double",
@@ -70100,6 +70891,18 @@
         "metricName": {
           "description": "The Compute Engine quota metric name.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "rolloutStatus": {
+          "description": "Rollout status of the future quota limit.",
+          "enum": [
+            "IN_PROGRESS",
+            "ROLLOUT_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "IN_PROGRESS - A rollout is in process which will change the limit value to future limit.",
+            "ROLLOUT_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED - Rollout status is not specified. The default value."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -70281,6 +71084,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -70310,6 +71114,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -70413,6 +71218,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -70442,6 +71248,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -70536,16 +71343,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "RegionDisksStopAsyncReplicationRequest": {
-      "id": "RegionDisksStopAsyncReplicationRequest",
-      "properties": {
-        "asyncSecondaryDisk": {
-          "description": "[Deprecated] The secondary disk to stop asynchronous replication to. This field will not be included in the beta or v1 APIs and will be removed from the alpha API in the near future.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "RegionInstanceGroupList": {
       "description": "Contains a list of InstanceGroup resources.",
       "id": "RegionInstanceGroupList",
@@ -70590,6 +71387,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -70619,6 +71417,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -70724,6 +71523,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -70753,6 +71553,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -70989,6 +71790,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -71018,6 +71820,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -71253,6 +72056,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -71282,6 +72086,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -71424,6 +72229,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -71453,6 +72259,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -71845,6 +72652,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -71874,6 +72682,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -71964,6 +72773,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -71993,6 +72803,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -72077,6 +72888,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -72106,6 +72918,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -72223,6 +73036,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -72252,6 +73066,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -72441,6 +73256,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -72470,6 +73286,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -72727,6 +73544,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -72756,6 +73574,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -73188,7 +74007,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopHub": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The full resource name of the network connectivity center hub that should handle matching packets.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopIlb": {
@@ -73298,6 +74117,7 @@
                   "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                   "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                   "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                  "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                   "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                   "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                   "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -73327,6 +74147,7 @@
                   "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                   "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                   "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                   "A resource depends on a missing type",
                   "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                   "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -73450,6 +74271,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -73479,6 +74301,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -73686,6 +74509,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -73715,6 +74539,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -73806,6 +74631,10 @@
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
+        "identifierRange": {
+          "description": "Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap with any IPv4 BGP session ranges. Other vendors commonly call this \"router ID\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "keepaliveInterval": {
           "description": "The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer. Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer. BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers. If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.",
           "format": "uint32",
@@ -73886,6 +74715,10 @@
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "enableIpv4": {
+          "description": "Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the peerIpAddress is version 4.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "enableIpv6": {
           "description": "Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. If not specified, it is disabled by default.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -73898,6 +74731,10 @@
           "description": "IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "ipv4NexthopAddress": {
+          "description": "IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "ipv6NexthopAddress": {
           "description": "IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -73942,6 +74779,10 @@
           "description": "IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. Only IPv4 is supported.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": {
+          "description": "IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": {
           "description": "IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -74036,6 +74877,18 @@
           "description": "IP address and range of the interface. The IP range must be in the RFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string, for example: 169.254.0.1/30. NOTE: Do not truncate the address as it represents the IP address of the interface.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "ipVersion": {
+          "description": "IP version of this interface.",
+          "enum": [
+            "IPV4",
+            "IPV6"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "linkedInterconnectAttachment": {
           "description": "URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a virtual machine instance.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -74126,6 +74979,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -74155,6 +75009,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -74783,6 +75638,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -74812,6 +75668,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -75403,6 +76260,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -75432,6 +76290,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -75514,6 +76373,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -75543,6 +76403,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -75941,6 +76802,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -75970,6 +76832,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -76109,12 +76972,14 @@
         "ruleManagedProtectionTier": {
           "description": "[Output Only] The minimum managed protection tier required for this rule. [Deprecated] Use requiredManagedProtectionTiers instead.",
           "enum": [
-            "NONE",
-            "PLUS"
+            "CAMP_PLUS_ANNUAL",
+            "CAMP_PLUS_MONTHLY",
+            "CA_STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Standard protection.",
-            "Plus tier protection."
+            "Plus tier protection annual.",
+            "Plus tier protection monthly.",
+            "Standard protection."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -76976,6 +77841,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -77005,6 +77871,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -77150,6 +78017,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -77179,6 +78047,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -77252,6 +78121,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -77281,6 +78151,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -77784,6 +78655,10 @@
           "description": "The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot ",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": {
+          "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
+          "description": "Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot."
+        },
         "sourceInstantSnapshotId": {
           "description": "[Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -77892,6 +78767,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -77921,6 +78797,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -78232,6 +79109,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -78261,6 +79139,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -78352,6 +79231,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -78381,6 +79261,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -78528,6 +79409,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -78557,6 +79439,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -78658,6 +79541,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -78687,6 +79571,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -78777,6 +79662,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -78806,6 +79692,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -78891,6 +79778,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -78920,6 +79808,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -79076,6 +79965,7 @@
                   "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                   "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                   "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                  "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                   "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                   "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                   "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -79105,6 +79995,7 @@
                   "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                   "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                   "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                   "A resource depends on a missing type",
                   "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                   "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -79313,6 +80204,11 @@
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "provisionedThroughput": {
+          "description": "Provisioned throughput of the storage pool. Only relevant if the storage pool type is hyperdisk-balanced or hyperdisk-throughput.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "resourceStatus": {
           "$ref": "StoragePoolResourceStatus",
           "description": "[Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource."
@@ -79346,6 +80242,14 @@
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "status": {
+          "$ref": "StoragePoolResourceStatus",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Status information for the storage pool resource."
+        },
+        "storagePoolType": {
+          "description": "Type of the storage pool.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "type": {
           "description": "Type of the storage pool",
           "enum": [
@@ -79419,6 +80323,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -79448,6 +80353,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -79495,6 +80401,80 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "StoragePoolDisk": {
+      "id": "StoragePoolDisk",
+      "properties": {
+        "attachedInstances": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Instances this disk is attached to.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "creationTimestamp": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "disk": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The URL of the disk.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The name of the disk.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "provisionedIops": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The number of IOPS provisioned for the disk.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "provisionedThroughput": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The throughput provisioned for the disk.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "resourcePolicies": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Resource policies applied to disk for automatic snapshot creations.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "sizeGb": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The disk size, in GB.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "status": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The disk status.",
+          "enum": [
+            "CREATING",
+            "DELETING",
+            "FAILED",
+            "READY",
+            "RESTORING"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Disk is provisioning",
+            "Disk is deleting.",
+            "Disk creation failed.",
+            "Disk is ready for use.",
+            "Source data is being copied into the disk."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The disk type.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "usedBytes": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Amount of disk space used.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "StoragePoolList": {
       "description": "A list of StoragePool resources.",
       "id": "StoragePoolList",
@@ -79549,6 +80529,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -79578,6 +80559,138 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
+              ],
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "data": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
+              "items": {
+                "properties": {
+                  "key": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  },
+                  "value": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  }
+                },
+                "type": "object"
+              },
+              "type": "array"
+            },
+            "message": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "StoragePoolListDisks": {
+      "id": "StoragePoolListDisks",
+      "properties": {
+        "etag": {
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "items": {
+          "description": "A list of StoragePoolDisk resources.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "StoragePoolDisk"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "kind": {
+          "default": "compute#storagePoolListDisks",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#storagePoolListDisks for lists of disks in a storagePool.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "selfLink": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "unreachables": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "warning": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.",
+          "properties": {
+            "code": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.",
+              "enum": [
+                "CLEANUP_FAILED",
+                "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED",
+                "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED",
+                "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE",
+                "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED",
+                "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING",
+                "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN",
+                "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
+                "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
+                "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
+                "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
+                "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
+                "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK",
+                "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING",
+                "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR",
+                "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE",
+                "PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
+                "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT",
+                "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING",
+                "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED",
+                "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED",
+                "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE",
+                "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES",
+                "UNREACHABLE"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -79692,6 +80805,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -79721,6 +80835,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -79768,6 +80883,19 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "StructuredEntries": {
+      "id": "StructuredEntries",
+      "properties": {
+        "entries": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "any"
+          },
+          "description": "Map of a partner metadata that belong to the same subdomain. It accepts any value including google.protobuf.Struct.",
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Subnetwork": {
       "description": "Represents a Subnetwork resource. A subnetwork (also known as a subnet) is a logical partition of a Virtual Private Cloud network with one primary IP range and zero or more secondary IP ranges. For more information, read Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network.",
       "id": "Subnetwork",
@@ -80058,6 +81186,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -80087,6 +81216,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -80178,6 +81308,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -80207,6 +81338,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -80370,6 +81502,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -80399,6 +81532,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -80646,6 +81780,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -80675,6 +81810,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -80748,6 +81884,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -80777,6 +81914,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -80942,6 +82080,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -80971,6 +82110,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -81062,6 +82202,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -81091,6 +82232,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -81164,6 +82306,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -81193,6 +82336,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -81446,6 +82590,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -81475,6 +82620,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -81566,6 +82712,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -81595,6 +82742,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -81757,6 +82905,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -81786,6 +82935,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -81877,6 +83027,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -81906,6 +83057,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -81979,6 +83131,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -82008,6 +83161,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -82199,6 +83353,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -82228,6 +83383,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -82336,6 +83492,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -82365,6 +83522,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -82490,6 +83648,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -82519,6 +83678,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -82735,6 +83895,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -82764,6 +83925,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -82837,6 +83999,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -82866,6 +84029,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -83050,6 +84214,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -83079,6 +84244,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -83170,6 +84336,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -83199,6 +84366,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -83391,6 +84559,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -83420,6 +84589,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -83511,6 +84681,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -83540,6 +84711,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -83613,6 +84785,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -83642,6 +84815,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -83892,7 +85066,7 @@
       "id": "UpcomingMaintenance",
       "properties": {
         "canReschedule": {
-          "description": "Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. From more detail, see go/sf-ctm-design.",
+          "description": "Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "date": {
@@ -84090,6 +85264,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -84119,6 +85294,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -84316,6 +85492,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -84345,6 +85522,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -84418,6 +85596,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -84447,6 +85626,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -84703,6 +85883,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -84732,6 +85913,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -84937,6 +86119,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -84966,6 +86149,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -85161,6 +86345,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -85190,6 +86375,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -85281,6 +86467,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -85310,6 +86497,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -85505,6 +86693,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -85534,6 +86723,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -85786,6 +86976,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -85815,6 +87006,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -85906,6 +87098,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -85935,6 +87128,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -86008,6 +87202,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -86037,6 +87232,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -86186,6 +87382,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -86215,6 +87412,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -86393,6 +87591,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -86422,6 +87621,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
index 875774f5ddb..f13273bec59 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
@@ -12550,56 +12550,6 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "export": {
-          "description": "Export the changed blocks between two instant snapshots to a customer's bucket in the user specified format.",
-          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}/export",
-          "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instantSnapshots.export",
-          "parameterOrder": [
-            "project",
-            "zone",
-            "instantSnapshot"
-          ],
-          "parameters": {
-            "instantSnapshot": {
-              "description": "Name of the instant snapshot to export.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "project": {
-              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "zone": {
-              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            }
-          },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}/export",
-          "request": {
-            "$ref": "InstantSnapshotsExportRequest"
-          },
-          "response": {
-            "$ref": "Operation"
-          },
-          "scopes": [
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
-          ]
-        },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified InstantSnapshot resource in the specified zone.",
           "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}",
@@ -24743,56 +24693,6 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "export": {
-          "description": "Export the changed blocks between two instant snapshots to a customer's bucket in the user specified format.",
-          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}/export",
-          "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshots.export",
-          "parameterOrder": [
-            "project",
-            "region",
-            "instantSnapshot"
-          ],
-          "parameters": {
-            "instantSnapshot": {
-              "description": "Name of the instant snapshot to export.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "project": {
-              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "region": {
-              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "string"
-            }
-          },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}/export",
-          "request": {
-            "$ref": "RegionInstantSnapshotsExportRequest"
-          },
-          "response": {
-            "$ref": "Operation"
-          },
-          "scopes": [
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
-          ]
-        },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified InstantSnapshot resource in the specified region.",
           "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}",
@@ -26958,6 +26858,12 @@
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "Indicates fields to be cleared as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
             }
           },
           "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
@@ -27010,6 +26916,12 @@
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "Indicates fields to be cleared as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "validateOnly": {
               "description": "If true, the request will not be committed.",
               "location": "query",
@@ -31283,6 +31195,12 @@
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "Indicates fields to be cleared as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
             }
           },
           "path": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
@@ -38179,7 +38097,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230516",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AWSV4Signature": {
@@ -38319,6 +38237,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -38348,6 +38267,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -38439,6 +38359,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -38468,6 +38389,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -38541,6 +38463,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -38570,6 +38493,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -38722,7 +38646,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipVersion": {
-          "description": "The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.",
+          "description": "The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6.",
           "enum": [
             "IPV4",
             "IPV6",
@@ -38910,6 +38834,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -38939,6 +38864,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -39030,6 +38956,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -39059,6 +38986,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -39132,6 +39060,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -39161,6 +39090,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -39625,6 +39555,10 @@
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
           "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
         },
+        "sourceInstantSnapshot": {
+          "description": "The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
           "description": "The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -39861,6 +39795,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -39890,6 +39825,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -39981,6 +39917,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -40010,6 +39947,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -40141,6 +40079,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -40170,6 +40109,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -40741,6 +40681,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -40770,6 +40711,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -41145,6 +41087,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -41174,6 +41117,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -41486,6 +41430,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -41515,6 +41460,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -41693,6 +41639,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -41722,6 +41669,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -42429,6 +42377,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -42458,6 +42407,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -42549,6 +42499,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -42578,6 +42529,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -42651,6 +42603,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -42680,6 +42633,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -42969,7 +42923,7 @@
       "id": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
       "properties": {
         "kmsKeyName": {
-          "description": "The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: \"kmsKeyName\": \"projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key ",
+          "description": "The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: \"kmsKeyName\": \"projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: \"kmsKeyName\": \"projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": {
@@ -43397,6 +43351,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -43426,6 +43381,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -43589,6 +43545,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -43618,6 +43575,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -43840,6 +43798,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -43869,6 +43828,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -43960,6 +43920,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -43989,6 +43950,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -44062,6 +44024,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -44091,6 +44054,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -44201,6 +44165,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -44230,6 +44195,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -44473,6 +44439,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -44502,6 +44469,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -44711,6 +44679,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -44740,6 +44709,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -45011,6 +44981,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -45040,6 +45011,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -45272,6 +45244,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -45301,6 +45274,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -45875,6 +45849,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -45904,6 +45879,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -45995,6 +45971,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -46024,6 +46001,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -46125,6 +46103,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -46154,6 +46133,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -46740,6 +46720,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -46769,6 +46750,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -46978,6 +46960,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -47007,6 +46990,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -47105,6 +47089,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -47134,6 +47119,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -47207,6 +47193,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -47236,6 +47223,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -47723,6 +47711,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -47752,6 +47741,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -48147,6 +48137,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -48176,6 +48167,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -48504,6 +48496,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -48533,6 +48526,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -48944,6 +48938,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -48973,6 +48968,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -49183,6 +49179,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -49212,6 +49209,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -49303,6 +49301,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -49332,6 +49331,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -49667,6 +49667,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -49696,6 +49697,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -49771,6 +49773,18 @@
     "InstanceGroupManagerInstanceLifecyclePolicy": {
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagerInstanceLifecyclePolicy",
       "properties": {
+        "defaultActionOnFailure": {
+          "description": "The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. ",
+          "enum": [
+            "DO_NOTHING",
+            "REPAIR"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.",
+            "(Default) MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "forceUpdateOnRepair": {
           "description": "A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. ",
           "enum": [
@@ -49830,6 +49844,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -49859,6 +49874,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -50022,14 +50038,14 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Do not perform any action.",
-            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
-            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
-            "Every instance will be restarted."
+            "Do not stop the instance.",
+            "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method option.",
+            "Stop the instance and start it again."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": {
-          "description": "Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to allow actions that do not need instance restart, RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.",
+          "description": "Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -50038,9 +50054,9 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Do not perform any action.",
-            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
-            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
-            "Every instance will be restarted."
+            "Do not stop the instance.",
+            "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method option.",
+            "Stop the instance and start it again."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -50118,7 +50134,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "minimalAction": {
-          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
+          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance and limit disruption as much as possible. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -50127,14 +50143,14 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Do not perform any action.",
-            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
-            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
-            "Every instance will be restarted."
+            "Do not stop the instance.",
+            "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method option.",
+            "Stop the instance and start it again."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": {
-          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
+          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance and limit disruption as much as possible. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -50143,9 +50159,9 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Do not perform any action.",
-            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
-            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
-            "Every instance will be restarted."
+            "Do not stop the instance.",
+            "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method option.",
+            "Stop the instance and start it again."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -50261,6 +50277,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -50290,6 +50307,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -50405,6 +50423,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -50434,6 +50453,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -50591,6 +50611,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -50620,6 +50641,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -50724,6 +50746,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -50753,6 +50776,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -50862,6 +50886,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -50891,6 +50916,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -50982,6 +51008,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -51011,6 +51038,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -51455,6 +51483,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -51484,6 +51513,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -51575,6 +51605,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -51604,6 +51635,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -51677,6 +51709,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -51706,6 +51739,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -51954,6 +51988,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -51983,6 +52018,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -52301,6 +52337,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -52330,6 +52367,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -52377,42 +52415,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "InstantSnapshotExportParams": {
-      "id": "InstantSnapshotExportParams",
-      "properties": {
-        "baseInstantSnapshot": {
-          "description": "An optional base instant snapshot that this resource is compared against. If not specified, all blocks of this resource are exported. The base instant snapshot and this resource must be created from the same disk. The base instant snapshot must be created earlier in time than this resource.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "bucketName": {
-          "description": "The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the changed blocks will be stored. The Google Service Account must have read and write access to this bucket. The bucket has to be in the same region as this resource.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "encryptionKey": {
-          "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encryption key used to encrypt the instant snapshot."
-        },
-        "objectName": {
-          "description": "Name of the output Bigstore object storing the changed blocks. Object name must be less than 1024 bytes in length.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "outputType": {
-          "description": "The format of the output file.",
-          "enum": [
-            "INVALID",
-            "METADATA_AND_DATA",
-            "METADATA_ONLY"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
-          ],
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "InstantSnapshotList": {
       "description": "Contains a list of InstantSnapshot resources.",
       "id": "InstantSnapshotList",
@@ -52457,6 +52459,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -52486,6 +52489,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -52544,16 +52548,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "InstantSnapshotsExportRequest": {
-      "id": "InstantSnapshotsExportRequest",
-      "properties": {
-        "exportParams": {
-          "$ref": "InstantSnapshotExportParams",
-          "description": "Parameters to export the changed blocks."
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "InstantSnapshotsScopedList": {
       "id": "InstantSnapshotsScopedList",
       "properties": {
@@ -52580,6 +52574,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -52609,6 +52604,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -53170,6 +53166,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -53199,6 +53196,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -53331,6 +53329,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -53360,6 +53359,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -53464,6 +53464,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -53493,6 +53494,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -53766,6 +53768,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -53795,6 +53798,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -53994,6 +53998,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -54023,6 +54028,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -54396,6 +54402,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -54425,6 +54432,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -54703,6 +54711,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -54732,6 +54741,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -55129,6 +55139,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -55158,6 +55169,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -55344,6 +55356,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -55373,6 +55386,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -55464,6 +55478,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -55493,6 +55508,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -55566,6 +55582,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -55595,6 +55612,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -56205,6 +56223,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -56234,6 +56253,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -56369,6 +56389,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -56398,6 +56419,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -56471,6 +56493,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -56500,6 +56523,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -56652,6 +56676,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -56681,6 +56706,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -56754,6 +56780,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -56783,6 +56810,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -57031,6 +57059,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -57060,6 +57089,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -57227,6 +57257,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -57256,6 +57287,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -57461,6 +57493,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -57490,6 +57523,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -57563,6 +57597,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -57592,6 +57627,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -57810,6 +57846,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -57839,6 +57876,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -58272,6 +58310,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -58301,6 +58340,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -58424,6 +58464,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -58453,6 +58494,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -58675,6 +58717,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -58704,6 +58747,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -58777,6 +58821,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -58806,6 +58851,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -59029,6 +59075,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -59058,6 +59105,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -59149,6 +59197,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -59178,6 +59227,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -59266,6 +59316,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -59295,6 +59346,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -59454,6 +59506,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -59483,6 +59536,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -59574,6 +59628,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -59603,6 +59658,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -59676,6 +59732,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -59705,6 +59762,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -59865,6 +59923,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -59894,6 +59953,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -60109,6 +60169,7 @@
                   "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                   "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                   "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                  "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                   "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                   "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                   "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -60138,6 +60199,7 @@
                   "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                   "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                   "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                   "A resource depends on a missing type",
                   "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                   "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -60242,6 +60304,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -60271,6 +60334,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -60362,6 +60426,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -60391,6 +60456,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -60464,6 +60530,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -60493,6 +60560,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -60810,6 +60878,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -60839,6 +60908,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -60978,6 +61048,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -61007,6 +61078,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -61149,6 +61221,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -61178,6 +61251,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -61689,7 +61763,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "dnsVerificationIp": {
-          "description": "The IPv4 address to be used for reverse DNS verification.",
+          "description": "The address to be used for reverse DNS verification.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
@@ -61703,7 +61777,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipCidrRange": {
-          "description": "The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix.",
+          "description": "The address range, in CIDR format, represented by this public advertised prefix.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
@@ -61804,6 +61878,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -61833,6 +61908,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -62041,6 +62117,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -62070,6 +62147,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -62160,6 +62238,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -62189,6 +62268,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -62305,6 +62385,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -62334,6 +62415,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -62886,6 +62968,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -62915,6 +62998,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -63018,6 +63102,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -63047,6 +63132,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -63185,6 +63271,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -63214,6 +63301,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -63319,6 +63407,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -63348,6 +63437,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -63452,7 +63542,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "minimalAction": {
-          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
+          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance and limit disruption as much as possible. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -63461,14 +63551,14 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Do not perform any action.",
-            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
-            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
-            "Every instance will be restarted."
+            "Do not stop the instance.",
+            "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method option.",
+            "Stop the instance and start it again."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": {
-          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
+          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance and limit disruption as much as possible. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -63477,9 +63567,9 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Do not perform any action.",
-            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
-            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
-            "Every instance will be restarted."
+            "Do not stop the instance.",
+            "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method option.",
+            "Stop the instance and start it again."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -63564,6 +63654,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -63593,6 +63684,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -63768,6 +63860,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -63797,6 +63890,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -63885,16 +63979,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "RegionInstantSnapshotsExportRequest": {
-      "id": "RegionInstantSnapshotsExportRequest",
-      "properties": {
-        "exportParams": {
-          "$ref": "InstantSnapshotExportParams",
-          "description": "Parameters to export the changed blocks."
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "RegionList": {
       "description": "Contains a list of region resources.",
       "id": "RegionList",
@@ -63939,6 +64023,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -63968,6 +64053,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -64326,6 +64412,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -64355,6 +64442,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -64445,6 +64533,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -64474,6 +64563,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -64558,6 +64648,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -64587,6 +64678,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -64704,6 +64796,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -64733,6 +64826,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -64914,6 +65008,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -64943,6 +65038,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -65154,6 +65250,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -65183,6 +65280,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -65500,6 +65598,10 @@
           "description": "The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "nextHopHub": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "nextHopIlb": {
           "description": "The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule ",
           "type": "string"
@@ -65603,6 +65705,7 @@
                   "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                   "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                   "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                  "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                   "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                   "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                   "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -65632,6 +65735,7 @@
                   "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                   "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                   "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                   "A resource depends on a missing type",
                   "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                   "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -65755,6 +65859,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -65784,6 +65889,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -65987,6 +66093,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -66016,6 +66123,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -66388,6 +66496,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -66417,6 +66526,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -67015,6 +67125,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -67044,6 +67155,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -67595,6 +67707,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -67624,6 +67737,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -67706,6 +67820,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -67735,6 +67850,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -68105,6 +68221,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -68134,6 +68251,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -69036,6 +69154,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -69065,6 +69184,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -69210,6 +69330,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -69239,6 +69360,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -69312,6 +69434,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -69341,6 +69464,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -69635,6 +69759,13 @@
           "description": "[Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "guestOsFeatures": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "id": {
           "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.",
           "format": "uint64",
@@ -69727,6 +69858,10 @@
           "description": "The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot ",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "sourceInstantSnapshotEncryptionKey": {
+          "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
+          "description": "Customer provided encryption key when creating Snapshot from Instant Snapshot."
+        },
         "sourceInstantSnapshotId": {
           "description": "[Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -69835,6 +69970,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -69864,6 +70000,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -70171,6 +70308,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -70200,6 +70338,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -70291,6 +70430,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -70320,6 +70460,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -70467,6 +70608,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -70496,6 +70638,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -70597,6 +70740,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -70626,6 +70770,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -70716,6 +70861,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -70745,6 +70891,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -70830,6 +70977,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -70859,6 +71007,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -71007,6 +71156,7 @@
                   "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                   "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                   "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                  "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                   "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                   "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                   "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -71036,6 +71186,7 @@
                   "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                   "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                   "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                   "A resource depends on a missing type",
                   "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                   "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -71393,6 +71544,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -71422,6 +71574,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -71513,6 +71666,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -71542,6 +71696,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -71705,6 +71860,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -71734,6 +71890,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -71981,6 +72138,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -72010,6 +72168,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -72083,6 +72242,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -72112,6 +72272,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -72273,6 +72434,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -72302,6 +72464,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -72393,6 +72556,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -72422,6 +72586,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -72495,6 +72660,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -72524,6 +72690,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -72773,6 +72940,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -72802,6 +72970,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -72893,6 +73062,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -72922,6 +73092,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -73080,6 +73251,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -73109,6 +73281,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -73200,6 +73373,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -73229,6 +73403,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -73302,6 +73477,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -73331,6 +73507,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -73518,6 +73695,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -73547,6 +73725,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -73655,6 +73834,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -73684,6 +73864,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -73809,6 +73990,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -73838,6 +74020,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -74054,6 +74237,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -74083,6 +74267,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -74156,6 +74341,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -74185,6 +74371,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -74369,6 +74556,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -74398,6 +74586,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -74489,6 +74678,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -74518,6 +74708,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -74710,6 +74901,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -74739,6 +74931,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -74830,6 +75023,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -74859,6 +75053,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -74932,6 +75127,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -74961,6 +75157,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -75223,6 +75420,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -75252,6 +75450,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -75440,6 +75639,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -75469,6 +75669,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -75542,6 +75743,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -75571,6 +75773,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -75819,6 +76022,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -75848,6 +76052,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -76053,6 +76258,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -76082,6 +76288,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -76275,6 +76482,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -76304,6 +76512,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -76395,6 +76604,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -76424,6 +76634,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -76619,6 +76830,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -76648,6 +76860,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -76900,6 +77113,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -76929,6 +77143,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -77020,6 +77235,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -77049,6 +77265,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -77122,6 +77339,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -77151,6 +77369,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -77300,6 +77519,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -77329,6 +77549,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
@@ -77507,6 +77728,7 @@
                 "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
                 "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
                 "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED",
                 "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
                 "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
                 "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
@@ -77536,6 +77758,7 @@
                 "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
                 "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
                 "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.",
                 "A resource depends on a missing type",
                 "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
                 "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
index 2d31e17c0a6..afbf621b647 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
@@ -33731,7 +33731,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230606",
   "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -38404,7 +38404,7 @@
       "id": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
       "properties": {
         "kmsKeyName": {
-          "description": "The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: \"kmsKeyName\": \"projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key ",
+          "description": "The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: \"kmsKeyName\": \"projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: \"kmsKeyName\": \"projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kmsKeyServiceAccount": {
@@ -43994,6 +43994,10 @@
           "format": "uint64",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "instanceEncryptionKey": {
+          "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
+          "description": "Encrypts suspended data for an instance with a customer-managed encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field will encrypt the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance during the suspend operation. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key during the suspend operation."
+        },
         "keyRevocationActionType": {
           "description": "KeyRevocationActionType of the instance. Supported options are \"STOP\" and \"NONE\". The default value is \"NONE\" if it is not specified.",
           "enum": [
@@ -60598,6 +60602,18 @@
           "$ref": "RouterBgpPeerBfd",
           "description": "BFD configuration for the BGP peering."
         },
+        "customLearnedIpRanges": {
+          "description": "A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP session.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "RouterBgpPeerCustomLearnedIpRange"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "customLearnedRoutePriority": {
+          "description": "The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
         "enable": {
           "description": "The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.",
           "enum": [
@@ -60712,6 +60728,16 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "RouterBgpPeerCustomLearnedIpRange": {
+      "id": "RouterBgpPeerCustomLearnedIpRange",
+      "properties": {
+        "range": {
+          "description": "The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "RouterInterface": {
       "id": "RouterInterface",
       "properties": {

From 512db7962744c89af661bc12991d36133cb1f00e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 18/53] feat(connectors): update the api

#### connectors:v1

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.ConfigVariable.properties.keyValue.$ref (Total Keys: 1)

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ConfigVariable.properties.encryptionKeyValue.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ConfigVariableTemplate.properties.requiredCondition.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.FieldComparison (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.LogicalExpression (Total Keys: 7)
---
 ...ors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html |  72 ++++++------
 ...cations.providers.connectors.versions.html | 110 ++++++++++++++++--
 .../documents/connectors.v1.json              |  89 +++++++++++++-
 .../documents/connectors.v2.json              |   2 +-
 4 files changed, 220 insertions(+), 53 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html
index 0cc167c0ddf..3b746bcc48c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html
@@ -142,12 +142,12 @@ 
Method Details

     "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs.
       { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
         "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-        "keyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
+        "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
           "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
           "type": "A String", # Type.
         },
+        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
+        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
         "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
           "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
         },
@@ -206,12 +206,12 @@ 
Method Details

   "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the connection with an external system.
     { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
       "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-      "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-      "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-      "keyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
+      "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
         "type": "A String", # Type.
       },
+      "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
+      "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
       "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
         "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
       },
@@ -258,12 +258,12 @@ 
Method Details

     "additionalVariables": [ # Additional SSL related field values
       { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
         "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-        "keyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
+        "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
           "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
           "type": "A String", # Type.
         },
+        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
+        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
         "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
           "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
         },
@@ -387,12 +387,12 @@ 
Method Details

     "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs.
       { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
         "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-        "keyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
+        "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
           "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
           "type": "A String", # Type.
         },
+        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
+        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
         "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
           "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
         },
@@ -451,12 +451,12 @@ 
Method Details

   "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the connection with an external system.
     { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
       "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-      "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-      "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-      "keyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
+      "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
         "type": "A String", # Type.
       },
+      "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
+      "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
       "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
         "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
       },
@@ -503,12 +503,12 @@ 
Method Details

     "additionalVariables": [ # Additional SSL related field values
       { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
         "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-        "keyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
+        "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
           "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
           "type": "A String", # Type.
         },
+        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
+        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
         "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
           "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
         },
@@ -650,12 +650,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs.
           { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
             "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-            "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-            "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-            "keyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
+            "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
               "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
               "type": "A String", # Type.
             },
+            "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
+            "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
             "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
               "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
             },
@@ -714,12 +714,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the connection with an external system.
         { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
           "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-          "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-          "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-          "keyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
+          "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
             "type": "A String", # Type.
           },
+          "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
+          "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
           "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
             "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
           },
@@ -766,12 +766,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "additionalVariables": [ # Additional SSL related field values
           { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
             "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-            "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-            "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-            "keyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
+            "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
               "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
               "type": "A String", # Type.
             },
+            "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
+            "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
             "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
               "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
             },
@@ -841,12 +841,12 @@ 
Method Details

     "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs.
       { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
         "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-        "keyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
+        "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
           "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
           "type": "A String", # Type.
         },
+        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
+        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
         "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
           "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
         },
@@ -905,12 +905,12 @@ 
Method Details

   "configVariables": [ # Optional. Configuration for configuring the connection with an external system.
     { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
       "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-      "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-      "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-      "keyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
+      "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
         "type": "A String", # Type.
       },
+      "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
+      "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
       "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
         "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
       },
@@ -957,12 +957,12 @@ 
Method Details

     "additionalVariables": [ # Additional SSL related field values
       { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig.
         "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool.
-        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
-        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
-        "keyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
+        "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key.
           "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed.
           "type": "A String", # Type.
         },
+        "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer
+        "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
         "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret.
           "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html
index 95eb82d8d0d..ef012166d30 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html
@@ -137,7 +137,22 @@ 
Method Details

           "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings
           "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
           "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection.
-          "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected prinicpal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
+          "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression.
+            "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared.
+              { # Field that needs to be compared.
+                "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value
+                "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value.
+                "intValue": "A String", # Integer value
+                "key": "A String", # Key of the field.
+                "stringValue": "A String", # String value
+              },
+            ],
+            "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared.
+              # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression
+            ],
+            "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions.
+          },
+          "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
             "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.
             "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.
             "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal.
@@ -178,7 +193,22 @@ 
Method Details

       "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings
       "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
       "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection.
-      "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected prinicpal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
+      "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression.
+        "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared.
+          { # Field that needs to be compared.
+            "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value
+            "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value.
+            "intValue": "A String", # Integer value
+            "key": "A String", # Key of the field.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # String value
+          },
+        ],
+        "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared.
+          # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression
+        ],
+        "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions.
+      },
+      "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
         "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.
         "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.
         "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal.
@@ -229,7 +259,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "launchStage": "A String", # Output only. Flag to mark the version indicating the launch stage.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/providers/{provider}/connectors/{connector}/versions/{version} Only global location is supported for Connector resource.
   "releaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. ReleaseVersion of the connector, for example: "1.0.1-alpha".
-  "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected prinicpal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Output only. Role grant configuration for this config variable. It will be DEPRECATED soon.
+  "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Output only. Role grant configuration for this config variable. It will be DEPRECATED soon.
     "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.
     "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.
     "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal.
@@ -241,7 +271,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "roleGrants": [ # Output only. Role grant configurations for this connector version.
-    { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected prinicpal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user.
+    { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user.
       "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.
       "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.
       "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal.
@@ -275,7 +305,22 @@ 
Method Details

         "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings
         "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
         "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection.
-        "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected prinicpal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
+        "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression.
+          "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared.
+            { # Field that needs to be compared.
+              "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value
+              "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value.
+              "intValue": "A String", # Integer value
+              "key": "A String", # Key of the field.
+              "stringValue": "A String", # String value
+            },
+          ],
+          "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared.
+            # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression
+          ],
+          "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions.
+        },
+        "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
           "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.
           "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.
           "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal.
@@ -358,7 +403,22 @@ 
Method Details

               "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings
               "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
               "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection.
-              "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected prinicpal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
+              "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression.
+                "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared.
+                  { # Field that needs to be compared.
+                    "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value
+                    "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value.
+                    "intValue": "A String", # Integer value
+                    "key": "A String", # Key of the field.
+                    "stringValue": "A String", # String value
+                  },
+                ],
+                "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared.
+                  # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression
+                ],
+                "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions.
+              },
+              "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
                 "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.
                 "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.
                 "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal.
@@ -399,7 +459,22 @@ 
Method Details

           "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings
           "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
           "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection.
-          "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected prinicpal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
+          "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression.
+            "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared.
+              { # Field that needs to be compared.
+                "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value
+                "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value.
+                "intValue": "A String", # Integer value
+                "key": "A String", # Key of the field.
+                "stringValue": "A String", # String value
+              },
+            ],
+            "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared.
+              # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression
+            ],
+            "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions.
+          },
+          "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
             "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.
             "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.
             "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal.
@@ -450,7 +525,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "launchStage": "A String", # Output only. Flag to mark the version indicating the launch stage.
       "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/providers/{provider}/connectors/{connector}/versions/{version} Only global location is supported for Connector resource.
       "releaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. ReleaseVersion of the connector, for example: "1.0.1-alpha".
-      "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected prinicpal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Output only. Role grant configuration for this config variable. It will be DEPRECATED soon.
+      "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Output only. Role grant configuration for this config variable. It will be DEPRECATED soon.
         "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.
         "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.
         "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal.
@@ -462,7 +537,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
       },
       "roleGrants": [ # Output only. Role grant configurations for this connector version.
-        { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected prinicpal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user.
+        { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user.
           "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.
           "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.
           "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal.
@@ -496,7 +571,22 @@ 
Method Details

             "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings
             "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable.
             "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection.
-            "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected prinicpal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
+            "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression.
+              "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared.
+                { # Field that needs to be compared.
+                  "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value
+                  "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value.
+                  "intValue": "A String", # Integer value
+                  "key": "A String", # Key of the field.
+                  "stringValue": "A String", # String value
+                },
+              ],
+              "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared.
+                # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression
+              ],
+              "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions.
+            },
+            "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable.
               "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.
               "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.
               "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json
index 4572a34f5b8..48f7783cc66 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json
@@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1666,6 +1666,10 @@
           "description": "Value is a bool.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "encryptionKeyValue": {
+          "$ref": "EncryptionKey",
+          "description": "Value is a Encryption Key."
+        },
         "intValue": {
           "description": "Value is an integer",
           "format": "int64",
@@ -1675,10 +1679,6 @@
           "description": "Key of the config variable.",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "keyValue": {
-          "$ref": "EncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Value is a Encryption Key."
-        },
         "secretValue": {
           "$ref": "Secret",
           "description": "Value is a secret."
@@ -1725,6 +1725,10 @@
           "description": "Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "requiredCondition": {
+          "$ref": "LogicalExpression",
+          "description": "Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression."
+        },
         "roleGrant": {
           "$ref": "RoleGrant",
           "description": "Role grant configuration for the config variable."
@@ -2598,6 +2602,44 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "FieldComparison": {
+      "description": "Field that needs to be compared.",
+      "id": "FieldComparison",
+      "properties": {
+        "boolValue": {
+          "description": "Boolean value",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "comparator": {
+          "description": "Comparator to use for comparing the field value.",
+          "enum": [
+            "COMPARATOR_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "EQUALS",
+            "NOT_EQUALS"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The default value.",
+            "The field value must be equal to the specified value.",
+            "The field value must not be equal to the specified value."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "intValue": {
+          "description": "Integer value",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "key": {
+          "description": "Key of the field.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "stringValue": {
+          "description": "String value",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "InputParameter": {
       "description": "Metadata of an input parameter.",
       "id": "InputParameter",
@@ -3002,6 +3044,41 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "LogicalExpression": {
+      "description": "Struct for representing boolean expressions.",
+      "id": "LogicalExpression",
+      "properties": {
+        "fieldComparisons": {
+          "description": "A list of fields to be compared.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "FieldComparison"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "logicalExpressions": {
+          "description": "A list of nested conditions to be compared.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "LogicalExpression"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "logicalOperator": {
+          "description": "The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions.",
+          "enum": [
+            "OPERATOR_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "AND",
+            "OR"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The default value.",
+            "AND operator; The conditions must all be true.",
+            "OR operator; At least one of the conditions must be true."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ManagedZone": {
       "description": "represents the Connector's Managed Zone resource",
       "id": "ManagedZone",
@@ -3473,7 +3550,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "RoleGrant": {
-      "description": "This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected prinicpal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user.",
+      "description": "This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular GCP resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user.",
       "id": "RoleGrant",
       "properties": {
         "helperTextTemplate": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json
index b8eb01d30cc..c2e4a69769c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Action": {

From 1d9303f665f61269f64d3e262df99841dc6da9e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 19/53] feat(contactcenteraiplatform): update the api

#### contactcenteraiplatform:v1alpha1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.contactCenters.methods.getAuthentication-config (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.contactCenters.methods.updateAuthentication-config (Total Keys: 15)
- schemas.AuthenticationConfig (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.BasicAuthConfig (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudCommonOperationMetadata (Total Keys: 18)
- schemas.SamlConfig (Total Keys: 6)
---
 ...ha1.projects.locations.contactCenters.html |  79 +++++++++
 .../contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json     | 164 +++++++++++++++++-
 2 files changed, 238 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.contactCenters.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.contactCenters.html
index 29226916112..e846f673e8f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.contactCenters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.contactCenters.html
@@ -86,6 +86,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets details of a single ContactCenter.

+

+  getAuthentication_config(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

 

   list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Lists ContactCenters in a given project and location.

@@ -95,6 +98,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates the parameters of a single ContactCenter.

+

+  updateAuthentication_config(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -258,6 +264,34 @@ 
Method Details

 }
+
+ getAuthentication_config(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the AuthenticationConfig resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/contactCenters/{contact_center}/authentication-config (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "basicAuthSetting": {
+    "enabled": True or False,
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of authentication config. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/contactCenters/{contact_center}/authentication-config
+  "samlSetting": {
+    "cert": "A String", # X.509 public certificate for IdP
+    "emailMapping": "A String", # IdP field that maps to the user’s email address
+    "entityId": "A String", # The entity ID for the identity provider. Example: https://[IDP Domain]/saml/metadata
+    "loginUri": "A String", # The sso login url. Example: https://[IDP Domain]/saml/sso/login
+  },
+}
+
+
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Lists ContactCenters in a given project and location.
@@ -405,4 +439,49 @@ 
Method Details

 }
+
+ updateAuthentication_config(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Name of authentication config. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/contactCenters/{contact_center}/authentication-config (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "basicAuthSetting": {
+    "enabled": True or False,
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of authentication config. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/contactCenters/{contact_center}/authentication-config
+  "samlSetting": {
+    "cert": "A String", # X.509 public certificate for IdP
+    "emailMapping": "A String", # IdP field that maps to the user’s email address
+    "entityId": "A String", # The entity ID for the identity provider. Example: https://[IDP Domain]/saml/metadata
+    "loginUri": "A String", # The sso login url. Example: https://[IDP Domain]/saml/sso/login
+  },
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Indicates which fields in the provided authentication config to update. Must be specified and non-empty.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "basicAuthSetting": {
+    "enabled": True or False,
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Name of authentication config. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/contactCenters/{contact_center}/authentication-config
+  "samlSetting": {
+    "cert": "A String", # X.509 public certificate for IdP
+    "emailMapping": "A String", # IdP field that maps to the user’s email address
+    "entityId": "A String", # The entity ID for the identity provider. Example: https://[IDP Domain]/saml/metadata
+    "loginUri": "A String", # The sso login url. Example: https://[IDP Domain]/saml/sso/login
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json index c612d8ec9bf..563688bcaa2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json @@ -297,6 +297,31 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "getAuthentication-config": { + "description": "", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/contactCenters/{contactCentersId}/authentication-config", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "contactcenteraiplatform.projects.locations.contactCenters.getAuthentication-config", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the AuthenticationConfig resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/contactCenters/{contact_center}/authentication-config", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/contactCenters/[^/]+/authentication-config$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "AuthenticationConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "list": { "description": "Lists ContactCenters in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/contactCenters", @@ -381,6 +406,40 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] + }, + "updateAuthentication-config": { + "description": "", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/contactCenters/{contactCentersId}/authentication-config", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "contactcenteraiplatform.projects.locations.contactCenters.updateAuthentication-config", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Name of authentication config. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/contactCenters/{contact_center}/authentication-config", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/contactCenters/[^/]+/authentication-config$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "Required. Indicates which fields in the provided authentication config to update. Must be specified and non-empty.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "AuthenticationConfig" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "AuthenticationConfig" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] } } }, @@ -512,7 +571,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230503", + "revision": "20230615", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenteraiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminUser": { @@ -530,6 +589,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "AuthenticationConfig": { + "id": "AuthenticationConfig", + "properties": { + "basicAuthSetting": { + "$ref": "BasicAuthConfig" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Name of authentication config. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/contactCenters/{contact_center}/authentication-config", + "type": "string" + }, + "samlSetting": { + "$ref": "SamlConfig" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BasicAuthConfig": { + "id": "BasicAuthConfig", + "properties": { + "enabled": { + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "CancelOperationRequest": { "description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", "id": "CancelOperationRequest", @@ -652,6 +736,50 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudCommonOperationMetadata": { + "description": "Represents the metadata of the long-running operation.", + "id": "GoogleCloudCommonOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "apiVersion": { + "description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "cancelRequested": { + "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "boolean" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "endTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "statusDetail": { + "description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "target": { + "description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "verb": { + "description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "InstanceConfig": { "description": "Message storing the instance configuration.", "id": "InstanceConfig", @@ -665,7 +793,8 @@ "STANDARD_LARGE", "STANDARD_XLARGE", "STANDARD_2XLARGE", - "STANDARD_3XLARGE" + "STANDARD_3XLARGE", + "DEV_XSMALL" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The default value. This value is used if the state is omitted.", @@ -674,7 +803,8 @@ "Instance Size STANDARD_LARGE.", "Instance Size STANDARD_XLARGE.", "Instance Size STANDARD_2XLARGE.", - "Instance Size STANDARD_3XLARGE." + "Instance Size STANDARD_3XLARGE.", + "Instance Size DEV_EXTRA_SMALL." ], "type": "string" } @@ -882,7 +1012,8 @@ "STANDARD_LARGE", "STANDARD_XLARGE", "STANDARD_2XLARGE", - "STANDARD_3XLARGE" + "STANDARD_3XLARGE", + "DEV_XSMALL" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The default value. This value is used if the state is omitted.", @@ -891,7 +1022,8 @@ "Instance Size STANDARD_LARGE.", "Instance Size STANDARD_XLARGE.", "Instance Size STANDARD_2XLARGE.", - "Instance Size STANDARD_3XLARGE." + "Instance Size STANDARD_3XLARGE.", + "Instance Size DEV_EXTRA_SMALL." ], "type": "string" } @@ -921,6 +1053,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SamlConfig": { + "id": "SamlConfig", + "properties": { + "cert": { + "description": "X.509 public certificate for IdP", + "type": "string" + }, + "emailMapping": { + "description": "IdP field that maps to the user\u2019s email address", + "type": "string" + }, + "entityId": { + "description": "The entity ID for the identity provider. Example: https://[IDP Domain]/saml/metadata", + "type": "string" + }, + "loginUri": { + "description": "The sso login url. Example: https://[IDP Domain]/saml/sso/login", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Status": { "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", "id": "Status", From bee478b28233f32ed3d034a4bb04892136ac8643 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 20/53] feat(container): update the api #### container:v1 The following keys were added: - resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.getServerConfig.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.getServerConfig.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.delete.parameters.clusterId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.delete.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.delete.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.get.parameters.clusterId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.get.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.get.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.list.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.list.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.delete.parameters.clusterId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.delete.parameters.nodePoolId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.delete.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.delete.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.get.parameters.clusterId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.get.parameters.nodePoolId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.get.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.get.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.list.parameters.clusterId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.list.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.list.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.operations.methods.get.parameters.operationId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.operations.methods.get.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.operations.methods.get.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.operations.methods.list.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.operations.methods.list.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AcceleratorConfig.properties.gpuDriverInstallationConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.Autopilot.properties.workloadPolicyConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.Cluster.properties.securityPostureConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ClusterUpdate.properties.desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ClusterUpdate.properties.desiredSecurityPostureConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GPUDriverInstallationConfig (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.SecurityPostureConfig (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.WorkloadPolicyConfig (Total Keys: 3) #### container:v1beta1 The following keys were added: - resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.getServerConfig.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.getServerConfig.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.delete.parameters.clusterId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.delete.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.delete.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.get.parameters.clusterId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.get.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.get.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.list.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.list.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.delete.parameters.clusterId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.delete.parameters.nodePoolId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.delete.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.delete.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.get.parameters.clusterId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.get.parameters.nodePoolId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.get.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.get.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.list.parameters.clusterId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.list.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.resources.nodePools.methods.list.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.operations.methods.get.parameters.operationId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.operations.methods.get.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.operations.methods.get.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.operations.methods.list.parameters.projectId.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.operations.methods.list.parameters.zone.deprecated (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AcceleratorConfig.properties.gpuDriverInstallationConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.Autopilot.properties.workloadPolicyConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.Cluster.properties.securityPostureConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ClusterUpdate.properties.desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ClusterUpdate.properties.desiredSecurityPostureConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GPUDriverInstallationConfig (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.SecurityPostureConfig (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.WorkloadPolicyConfig (Total Keys: 3) --- ...tainer_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 46 +++++++ ...projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html | 9 ++ .../container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html | 46 +++++++ ..._v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html | 9 ++ ...r_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 46 +++++++ ...projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html | 9 ++ ...ainer_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html | 46 +++++++ ...ta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html | 9 ++ .../documents/container.v1.json | 117 +++++++++++++++++- .../documents/container.v1beta1.json | 117 +++++++++++++++++- 10 files changed, 452 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 338e1fbf248..1acccdd6799 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -308,6 +308,9 @@

Method Details

}, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot + "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, }, "autoscaling": { # ClusterAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Cluster Autoscaler to automatically adjust the size of the cluster and create/delete node pools based on the current needs. # Cluster-level autoscaling configuration. "autoprovisioningLocations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the NodePool's nodes can be created by NAP. @@ -552,6 +555,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -709,6 +715,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -925,6 +934,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "servicesIpv4Cidr": "A String", # [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in this cluster, in [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `1.2.3.4/29`). Service addresses are typically put in the last `/16` from the container CIDR. "shieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Shielded Nodes configuration. @@ -1135,6 +1148,9 @@

Method Details

}, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot + "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, }, "autoscaling": { # ClusterAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Cluster Autoscaler to automatically adjust the size of the cluster and create/delete node pools based on the current needs. # Cluster-level autoscaling configuration. "autoprovisioningLocations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the NodePool's nodes can be created by NAP. @@ -1379,6 +1395,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -1536,6 +1555,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -1752,6 +1774,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "servicesIpv4Cidr": "A String", # [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in this cluster, in [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `1.2.3.4/29`). Service addresses are typically put in the last `/16` from the container CIDR. "shieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Shielded Nodes configuration. @@ -1865,6 +1891,9 @@

Method Details

}, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot + "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, }, "autoscaling": { # ClusterAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Cluster Autoscaler to automatically adjust the size of the cluster and create/delete node pools based on the current needs. # Cluster-level autoscaling configuration. "autoprovisioningLocations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the NodePool's nodes can be created by NAP. @@ -2109,6 +2138,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -2266,6 +2298,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -2482,6 +2517,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "servicesIpv4Cidr": "A String", # [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in this cluster, in [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `1.2.3.4/29`). Service addresses are typically put in the last `/16` from the container CIDR. "shieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Shielded Nodes configuration. @@ -3419,6 +3458,9 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # Whether this cluster should return group membership lookups during authentication using a group of security groups. "securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, + "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # The desired workload policy configuration for the autopilot cluster. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, "desiredBinaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # The desired configuration options for the Binary Authorization feature. "enabled": True or False, # This field is deprecated. Leave this unset and instead configure BinaryAuthorization using evaluation_mode. If evaluation_mode is set to anything other than EVALUATION_MODE_UNSPECIFIED, this field is ignored. "evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. @@ -3610,6 +3652,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "desiredSecurityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "desiredServiceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies the config for the use of Services with ExternalIPs field. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index 62b9bb2787b..65f710fc88a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -174,6 +174,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -532,6 +535,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -756,6 +762,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html index 00e7772c19d..1dd41b8ce4b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -381,6 +381,9 @@

Method Details

}, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot + "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, }, "autoscaling": { # ClusterAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Cluster Autoscaler to automatically adjust the size of the cluster and create/delete node pools based on the current needs. # Cluster-level autoscaling configuration. "autoprovisioningLocations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the NodePool's nodes can be created by NAP. @@ -625,6 +628,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -782,6 +788,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -998,6 +1007,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "servicesIpv4Cidr": "A String", # [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in this cluster, in [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `1.2.3.4/29`). Service addresses are typically put in the last `/16` from the container CIDR. "shieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Shielded Nodes configuration. @@ -1208,6 +1221,9 @@

Method Details

}, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot + "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, }, "autoscaling": { # ClusterAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Cluster Autoscaler to automatically adjust the size of the cluster and create/delete node pools based on the current needs. # Cluster-level autoscaling configuration. "autoprovisioningLocations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the NodePool's nodes can be created by NAP. @@ -1452,6 +1468,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -1609,6 +1628,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -1825,6 +1847,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "servicesIpv4Cidr": "A String", # [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in this cluster, in [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `1.2.3.4/29`). Service addresses are typically put in the last `/16` from the container CIDR. "shieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Shielded Nodes configuration. @@ -1982,6 +2008,9 @@

Method Details

}, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot + "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, }, "autoscaling": { # ClusterAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Cluster Autoscaler to automatically adjust the size of the cluster and create/delete node pools based on the current needs. # Cluster-level autoscaling configuration. "autoprovisioningLocations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the NodePool's nodes can be created by NAP. @@ -2226,6 +2255,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -2383,6 +2415,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -2599,6 +2634,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "servicesIpv4Cidr": "A String", # [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in this cluster, in [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `1.2.3.4/29`). Service addresses are typically put in the last `/16` from the container CIDR. "shieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Shielded Nodes configuration. @@ -3446,6 +3485,9 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # Whether this cluster should return group membership lookups during authentication using a group of security groups. "securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, + "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # The desired workload policy configuration for the autopilot cluster. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, "desiredBinaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # The desired configuration options for the Binary Authorization feature. "enabled": True or False, # This field is deprecated. Leave this unset and instead configure BinaryAuthorization using evaluation_mode. If evaluation_mode is set to anything other than EVALUATION_MODE_UNSPECIFIED, this field is ignored. "evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. @@ -3637,6 +3679,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "desiredSecurityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "desiredServiceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies the config for the use of Services with ExternalIPs field. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index 8078201a8f2..322214d2692 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -239,6 +239,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -597,6 +600,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -821,6 +827,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 09c2dd65ce2..6686c8729d6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -318,6 +318,9 @@

Method Details

}, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot + "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, }, "autoscaling": { # ClusterAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Cluster Autoscaler to automatically adjust the size of the cluster and create/delete node pools based on the current needs. # Cluster-level autoscaling configuration. "autoprovisioningLocations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the NodePool's nodes can be created by NAP. @@ -569,6 +572,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -732,6 +738,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -965,6 +974,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "servicesIpv4Cidr": "A String", # [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in this cluster, in [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `1.2.3.4/29`). Service addresses are typically put in the last `/16` from the container CIDR. "shieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Shielded Nodes configuration. @@ -1198,6 +1211,9 @@

Method Details

}, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot + "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, }, "autoscaling": { # ClusterAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Cluster Autoscaler to automatically adjust the size of the cluster and create/delete node pools based on the current needs. # Cluster-level autoscaling configuration. "autoprovisioningLocations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the NodePool's nodes can be created by NAP. @@ -1449,6 +1465,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -1612,6 +1631,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -1845,6 +1867,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "servicesIpv4Cidr": "A String", # [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in this cluster, in [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `1.2.3.4/29`). Service addresses are typically put in the last `/16` from the container CIDR. "shieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Shielded Nodes configuration. @@ -1981,6 +2007,9 @@

Method Details

}, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot + "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, }, "autoscaling": { # ClusterAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Cluster Autoscaler to automatically adjust the size of the cluster and create/delete node pools based on the current needs. # Cluster-level autoscaling configuration. "autoprovisioningLocations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the NodePool's nodes can be created by NAP. @@ -2232,6 +2261,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -2395,6 +2427,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -2628,6 +2663,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "servicesIpv4Cidr": "A String", # [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in this cluster, in [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `1.2.3.4/29`). Service addresses are typically put in the last `/16` from the container CIDR. "shieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Shielded Nodes configuration. @@ -3598,6 +3637,9 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # Whether this cluster should return group membership lookups during authentication using a group of security groups. "securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, + "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # The desired workload policy configuration for the autopilot cluster. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, "desiredBinaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # The desired configuration options for the Binary Authorization feature. "enabled": True or False, # This field is deprecated. Leave this unset and instead configure BinaryAuthorization using evaluation_mode. If evaluation_mode is set to anything other than EVALUATION_MODE_UNSPECIFIED, this field is ignored. "evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. @@ -3803,6 +3845,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "desiredSecurityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "desiredServiceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies the config for the use of Services with ExternalIPs field. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index f8f0527b59c..11f41fe35b2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -174,6 +174,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -539,6 +542,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -770,6 +776,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html index 202d9d3297f..5b91f818d79 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -401,6 +401,9 @@

Method Details

}, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot + "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, }, "autoscaling": { # ClusterAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Cluster Autoscaler to automatically adjust the size of the cluster and create/delete node pools based on the current needs. # Cluster-level autoscaling configuration. "autoprovisioningLocations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the NodePool's nodes can be created by NAP. @@ -652,6 +655,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -815,6 +821,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -1048,6 +1057,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "servicesIpv4Cidr": "A String", # [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in this cluster, in [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `1.2.3.4/29`). Service addresses are typically put in the last `/16` from the container CIDR. "shieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Shielded Nodes configuration. @@ -1281,6 +1294,9 @@

Method Details

}, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot + "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, }, "autoscaling": { # ClusterAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Cluster Autoscaler to automatically adjust the size of the cluster and create/delete node pools based on the current needs. # Cluster-level autoscaling configuration. "autoprovisioningLocations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the NodePool's nodes can be created by NAP. @@ -1532,6 +1548,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -1695,6 +1714,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -1928,6 +1950,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "servicesIpv4Cidr": "A String", # [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in this cluster, in [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `1.2.3.4/29`). Service addresses are typically put in the last `/16` from the container CIDR. "shieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Shielded Nodes configuration. @@ -2108,6 +2134,9 @@

Method Details

}, "autopilot": { # Autopilot is the configuration for Autopilot settings on the cluster. # Autopilot configuration for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Enable Autopilot + "workloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # Workload policy configuration for Autopilot. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, }, "autoscaling": { # ClusterAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Cluster Autoscaler to automatically adjust the size of the cluster and create/delete node pools based on the current needs. # Cluster-level autoscaling configuration. "autoprovisioningLocations": [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the NodePool's nodes can be created by NAP. @@ -2359,6 +2388,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -2522,6 +2554,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -2755,6 +2790,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "servicesIpv4Cidr": "A String", # [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in this cluster, in [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `1.2.3.4/29`). Service addresses are typically put in the last `/16` from the container CIDR. "shieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Shielded Nodes configuration. @@ -3625,6 +3664,9 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # Whether this cluster should return group membership lookups during authentication using a group of security groups. "securityGroup": "A String", # The name of the security group-of-groups to be used. Only relevant if enabled = true. }, + "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { # WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters. # The desired workload policy configuration for the autopilot cluster. + "allowNetAdmin": True or False, # If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability. + }, "desiredBinaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # The desired configuration options for the Binary Authorization feature. "enabled": True or False, # This field is deprecated. Leave this unset and instead configure BinaryAuthorization using evaluation_mode. If evaluation_mode is set to anything other than EVALUATION_MODE_UNSPECIFIED, this field is ignored. "evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. @@ -3830,6 +3872,10 @@

Method Details

}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "desiredSecurityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. + "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. + }, "desiredServiceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies the config for the use of Services with ExternalIPs field. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index 58b2166fa2a..8cfea2bbd19 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -239,6 +239,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -604,6 +607,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. @@ -835,6 +841,9 @@

Method Details

{ # AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request. "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { # GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed. # The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver. + "gpuDriverVersion": "A String", # Mode for how the GPU driver is installed. + }, "gpuPartitionSize": "A String", # Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning). "gpuSharingConfig": { # GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators. # The configuration for GPU sharing options. "gpuSharingStrategy": "A String", # The type of GPU sharing strategy to enable on the GPU node. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json index d080b0467f2..677f3508910 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json @@ -175,11 +175,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) to return operations for. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -288,6 +290,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "clusterId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the cluster to delete. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -300,11 +303,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -328,6 +333,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "clusterId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the cluster to retrieve. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -340,11 +346,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -397,11 +405,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides, or \"-\" for all zones. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -822,6 +832,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "clusterId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the cluster. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -834,16 +845,19 @@ "type": "string" }, "nodePoolId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the node pool to delete. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -867,6 +881,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "clusterId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the cluster. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -879,16 +894,19 @@ "type": "string" }, "nodePoolId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the node pool. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -912,6 +930,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "clusterId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the cluster. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -924,11 +943,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -1159,16 +1180,19 @@ "type": "string" }, "operationId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The server-assigned `name` of the operation. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -1199,11 +1223,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) to return operations for, or `-` for all zones. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -2514,7 +2540,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230519", + "revision": "20230524", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -2530,6 +2556,10 @@ "description": "The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus)", "type": "string" }, + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { + "$ref": "GPUDriverInstallationConfig", + "description": "The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver." + }, "gpuPartitionSize": { "description": "Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning).", "type": "string" @@ -2651,6 +2681,10 @@ "enabled": { "description": "Enable Autopilot", "type": "boolean" + }, + "workloadPolicyConfig": { + "$ref": "WorkloadPolicyConfig", + "description": "Workload policy configuration for Autopilot." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3209,6 +3243,10 @@ "$ref": "ResourceUsageExportConfig", "description": "Configuration for exporting resource usages. Resource usage export is disabled when this config is unspecified." }, + "securityPostureConfig": { + "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", + "description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." + }, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -3329,6 +3367,10 @@ "$ref": "AuthenticatorGroupsConfig", "description": "The desired authenticator groups config for the cluster." }, + "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { + "$ref": "WorkloadPolicyConfig", + "description": "The desired workload policy configuration for the autopilot cluster." + }, "desiredBinaryAuthorization": { "$ref": "BinaryAuthorization", "description": "The desired configuration options for the Binary Authorization feature." @@ -3494,6 +3536,10 @@ "$ref": "ResourceUsageExportConfig", "description": "The desired configuration for exporting resource usage." }, + "desiredSecurityPostureConfig": { + "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", + "description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." + }, "desiredServiceExternalIpsConfig": { "$ref": "ServiceExternalIPsConfig", "description": "ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies the config for the use of Services with ExternalIPs field." @@ -3837,6 +3883,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GPUDriverInstallationConfig": { + "description": "GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed.", + "id": "GPUDriverInstallationConfig", + "properties": { + "gpuDriverVersion": { + "description": "Mode for how the GPU driver is installed.", + "enum": [ + "GPU_DRIVER_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", + "INSTALLATION_DISABLED", + "DEFAULT", + "LATEST" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value is to not install any GPU driver.", + "Disable GPU driver auto installation and needs manual installation", + "\"Default\" GPU driver in COS and Ubuntu.", + "\"Latest\" GPU driver in COS." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GPUSharingConfig": { "description": "GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators.", "id": "GPUSharingConfig", @@ -5882,6 +5951,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SecurityPostureConfig": { + "description": "SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API.", + "id": "SecurityPostureConfig", + "properties": { + "mode": { + "description": "Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features.", + "enum": [ + "MODE_UNSPECIFIED", + "DISABLED", + "BASIC" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value not specified.", + "Disables Security Posture features on the cluster.", + "Applies Security Posture features on the cluster." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "vulnerabilityMode": { + "description": "Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning.", + "enum": [ + "VULNERABILITY_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", + "VULNERABILITY_DISABLED", + "VULNERABILITY_BASIC" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value not specified.", + "Disables vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", + "Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ServerConfig": { "description": "Kubernetes Engine service configuration.", "id": "ServerConfig", @@ -6929,6 +7033,17 @@ } }, "type": "object" + }, + "WorkloadPolicyConfig": { + "description": "WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters.", + "id": "WorkloadPolicyConfig", + "properties": { + "allowNetAdmin": { + "description": "If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json index ca4ae23ff32..8e600cb4137 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json @@ -175,11 +175,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) to return operations for. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -313,6 +315,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "clusterId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the cluster to delete. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -325,11 +328,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -353,6 +358,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "clusterId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the cluster to retrieve. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -365,11 +371,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -422,11 +430,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides, or \"-\" for all zones. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -847,6 +857,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "clusterId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the cluster. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -859,16 +870,19 @@ "type": "string" }, "nodePoolId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the node pool to delete. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -892,6 +906,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "clusterId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the cluster. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -904,16 +919,19 @@ "type": "string" }, "nodePoolId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the node pool. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -937,6 +955,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "clusterId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the cluster. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -949,11 +968,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -1184,16 +1205,19 @@ "type": "string" }, "operationId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The server-assigned `name` of the operation. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster resides. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -1224,11 +1248,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "projectId": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "zone": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the Google Compute Engine [zone](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) to return operations for, or `-` for all zones. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the parent field.", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -2539,7 +2565,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230519", + "revision": "20230524", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -2555,6 +2581,10 @@ "description": "The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators [here](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus)", "type": "string" }, + "gpuDriverInstallationConfig": { + "$ref": "GPUDriverInstallationConfig", + "description": "The configuration for auto installation of GPU driver." + }, "gpuPartitionSize": { "description": "Size of partitions to create on the GPU. Valid values are described in the NVIDIA [mig user guide](https://docs.nvidia.com/datacenter/tesla/mig-user-guide/#partitioning).", "type": "string" @@ -2693,6 +2723,10 @@ "enabled": { "description": "Enable Autopilot", "type": "boolean" + }, + "workloadPolicyConfig": { + "$ref": "WorkloadPolicyConfig", + "description": "Workload policy configuration for Autopilot." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3290,6 +3324,10 @@ "$ref": "ResourceUsageExportConfig", "description": "Configuration for exporting resource usages. Resource usage export is disabled when this config unspecified." }, + "securityPostureConfig": { + "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", + "description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." + }, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -3445,6 +3483,10 @@ "$ref": "AuthenticatorGroupsConfig", "description": "AuthenticatorGroupsConfig specifies the config for the cluster security groups settings." }, + "desiredAutopilotWorkloadPolicyConfig": { + "$ref": "WorkloadPolicyConfig", + "description": "The desired workload policy configuration for the autopilot cluster." + }, "desiredBinaryAuthorization": { "$ref": "BinaryAuthorization", "description": "The desired configuration options for the Binary Authorization feature." @@ -3626,6 +3668,10 @@ "$ref": "ResourceUsageExportConfig", "description": "The desired configuration for exporting resource usage." }, + "desiredSecurityPostureConfig": { + "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", + "description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." + }, "desiredServiceExternalIpsConfig": { "$ref": "ServiceExternalIPsConfig", "description": "ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies the config for the use of Services with ExternalIPs field." @@ -4015,6 +4061,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GPUDriverInstallationConfig": { + "description": "GPUDriverInstallationConfig specifies the version of GPU driver to be auto installed.", + "id": "GPUDriverInstallationConfig", + "properties": { + "gpuDriverVersion": { + "description": "Mode for how the GPU driver is installed.", + "enum": [ + "GPU_DRIVER_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", + "INSTALLATION_DISABLED", + "DEFAULT", + "LATEST" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value is to not install any GPU driver.", + "Disable GPU driver auto installation and needs manual installation", + "\"Default\" GPU driver in COS and Ubuntu.", + "\"Latest\" GPU driver in COS." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GPUSharingConfig": { "description": "GPUSharingConfig represents the GPU sharing configuration for Hardware Accelerators.", "id": "GPUSharingConfig", @@ -6226,6 +6295,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SecurityPostureConfig": { + "description": "SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API.", + "id": "SecurityPostureConfig", + "properties": { + "mode": { + "description": "Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features.", + "enum": [ + "MODE_UNSPECIFIED", + "DISABLED", + "BASIC" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value not specified.", + "Disables Security Posture features on the cluster.", + "Applies Security Posture features on the cluster." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "vulnerabilityMode": { + "description": "Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning.", + "enum": [ + "VULNERABILITY_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", + "VULNERABILITY_DISABLED", + "VULNERABILITY_BASIC" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value not specified.", + "Disables vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", + "Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ServerConfig": { "description": "Kubernetes Engine service configuration.", "id": "ServerConfig", @@ -7407,6 +7511,17 @@ } }, "type": "object" + }, + "WorkloadPolicyConfig": { + "description": "WorkloadPolicyConfig is the configuration of workload policy for autopilot clusters.", + "id": "WorkloadPolicyConfig", + "properties": { + "allowNetAdmin": { + "description": "If true, workloads can use NET_ADMIN capability.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", From 737a188232208c49f8e47d6d81d71a2c9bb63c4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 21/53] feat(content): update the api #### content:v2.1 The following keys were deleted: - resources.customers.methods.create (Total Keys: 12) - schemas.Customer (Total Keys: 7) The following keys were added: - resources.promotions.methods.list (Total Keys: 20) - schemas.ListPromotionResponse (Total Keys: 5) --- docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html | 5 - docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html | 16 +- docs/dyn/content_v2_1.promotions.html | 150 ++++++++++++++++++ .../documents/content.v2.1.json | 128 ++++++++------- 4 files changed, 226 insertions(+), 73 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html index db3bff9c33e..fab69f5921f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html @@ -114,11 +114,6 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the csses Resource.

-

- customers() -

-

Returns the customers Resource.

-

datafeeds()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html index 5e6c83efe55..e80d957bfda 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "description": "A String", # Description of the item. - "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date]( https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. + "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. "displayAdsId": "A String", # An identifier for an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsLink": "A String", # URL directly to your item's landing page for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsSimilarIds": [ # Advertiser-specified recommendations. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@

Method Details

"customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "description": "A String", # Description of the item. - "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date]( https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. + "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. "displayAdsId": "A String", # An identifier for an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsLink": "A String", # URL directly to your item's landing page for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsSimilarIds": [ # Advertiser-specified recommendations. @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@

Method Details

"customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "description": "A String", # Description of the item. - "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date]( https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. + "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. "displayAdsId": "A String", # An identifier for an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsLink": "A String", # URL directly to your item's landing page for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsSimilarIds": [ # Advertiser-specified recommendations. @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@

Method Details

"customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "description": "A String", # Description of the item. - "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date]( https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. + "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. "displayAdsId": "A String", # An identifier for an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsLink": "A String", # URL directly to your item's landing page for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsSimilarIds": [ # Advertiser-specified recommendations. @@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@

Method Details

"customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "description": "A String", # Description of the item. - "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date]( https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. + "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. "displayAdsId": "A String", # An identifier for an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsLink": "A String", # URL directly to your item's landing page for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsSimilarIds": [ # Advertiser-specified recommendations. @@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@

Method Details

"customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "description": "A String", # Description of the item. - "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date]( https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. + "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. "displayAdsId": "A String", # An identifier for an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsLink": "A String", # URL directly to your item's landing page for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsSimilarIds": [ # Advertiser-specified recommendations. @@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@

Method Details

"customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "description": "A String", # Description of the item. - "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date]( https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. + "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. "displayAdsId": "A String", # An identifier for an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsLink": "A String", # URL directly to your item's landing page for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsSimilarIds": [ # Advertiser-specified recommendations. @@ -1947,7 +1947,7 @@

Method Details

"customLabel3": "A String", # Custom label 3 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "customLabel4": "A String", # Custom label 4 for custom grouping of items in a Shopping campaign. "description": "A String", # Description of the item. - "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date]( https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. + "disclosureDate": "A String", # The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google’s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information. "displayAdsId": "A String", # An identifier for an item for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsLink": "A String", # URL directly to your item's landing page for dynamic remarketing campaigns. "displayAdsSimilarIds": [ # Advertiser-specified recommendations. diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.promotions.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.promotions.html index 9dde6ae233b..5325a1eedfe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.promotions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.promotions.html @@ -83,6 +83,12 @@

Instance Methods

get(merchantId, id, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a promotion from your Merchant Center account.

+

+ list(merchantId, countryCode=None, languageCode=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List all promotions from your Merchant Center account.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

close() @@ -441,4 +447,148 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ list(merchantId, countryCode=None, languageCode=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
List all promotions from your Merchant Center account.
+
+Args:
+  merchantId: string, Required. The ID of the account that contains the collection. (required)
+  countryCode: string, [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) (for example, "US"), used as a filter on promotions target country.
+  languageCode: string, The two-letter ISO 639-1 language code associated with the promotions, used as a filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of promotions to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 labels will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListPromotion` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListPromotion` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for Promotions.List method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "promotions": [ # List of all available promotions for the merchant.
+    { # Represents a promotion. See the following articles for more details. * [Promotions feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/2906014) * [Local promotions feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10146130) * [Promotions on Buy on Google product data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9173673)
+      "brand": [ # Product filter by brand for the promotion.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "brandExclusion": [ # Product filter by brand exclusion for the promotion.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "contentLanguage": "A String", # Required. The content language used as part of the unique identifier. `en` content language is available for all target countries. `fr` content language is available for `CA` and `FR` target countries. `de` content language is available for `DE` target country. `nl` content language is available for `NL` target country. `it` content language is available for `IT` target country. `pt` content language is available for `BR` target country. `ja` content language is available for `JP` target country. `ko` content language is available for `KR` target country.
+      "couponValueType": "A String", # Required. Coupon value type for the promotion.
+      "freeGiftDescription": "A String", # Free gift description for the promotion.
+      "freeGiftItemId": "A String", # Free gift item ID for the promotion.
+      "freeGiftValue": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Free gift value for the promotion.
+        "currency": "A String", # The currency of the price.
+        "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
+      },
+      "genericRedemptionCode": "A String", # Generic redemption code for the promotion. To be used with the `offerType` field.
+      "getThisQuantityDiscounted": 42, # The number of items discounted in the promotion.
+      "id": "A String", # Required. Output only. The REST promotion ID to uniquely identify the promotion. Content API methods that operate on promotions take this as their `promotionId` parameter. The REST ID for a promotion is of the form channel:contentLanguage:targetCountry:promotionId The `channel` field has a value of `"online"`, `"in_store"`, or `"online_in_store"`.
+      "itemGroupId": [ # Product filter by item group ID for the promotion.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "itemGroupIdExclusion": [ # Product filter by item group ID exclusion for the promotion.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "itemId": [ # Product filter by item ID for the promotion.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "itemIdExclusion": [ # Product filter by item ID exclusion for the promotion.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "limitQuantity": 42, # Maximum purchase quantity for the promotion.
+      "limitValue": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Maximum purchase value for the promotion.
+        "currency": "A String", # The currency of the price.
+        "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
+      },
+      "longTitle": "A String", # Required. Long title for the promotion.
+      "minimumPurchaseAmount": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Minimum purchase amount for the promotion.
+        "currency": "A String", # The currency of the price.
+        "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
+      },
+      "minimumPurchaseQuantity": 42, # Minimum purchase quantity for the promotion.
+      "moneyBudget": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Cost cap for the promotion.
+        "currency": "A String", # The currency of the price.
+        "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
+      },
+      "moneyOffAmount": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # The money off amount offered in the promotion.
+        "currency": "A String", # The currency of the price.
+        "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
+      },
+      "offerType": "A String", # Required. Type of the promotion.
+      "orderLimit": 42, # Order limit for the promotion.
+      "percentOff": 42, # The percentage discount offered in the promotion.
+      "productApplicability": "A String", # Required. Applicability of the promotion to either all products or only specific products.
+      "productType": [ # Product filter by product type for the promotion.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "productTypeExclusion": [ # Product filter by product type exclusion for the promotion.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "promotionDestinationIds": [ # Destination ID for the promotion.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "promotionDisplayDates": "A String", # String representation of the promotion display dates. Deprecated. Use `promotion_display_time_period` instead.
+      "promotionDisplayTimePeriod": { # A message that represents a time period. # `TimePeriod` representation of the promotion's display dates.
+        "endTime": "A String", # The ending timestamp.
+        "startTime": "A String", # The starting timestamp.
+      },
+      "promotionEffectiveDates": "A String", # String representation of the promotion effective dates. Deprecated. Use `promotion_effective_time_period` instead.
+      "promotionEffectiveTimePeriod": { # A message that represents a time period. # Required. `TimePeriod` representation of the promotion's effective dates.
+        "endTime": "A String", # The ending timestamp.
+        "startTime": "A String", # The starting timestamp.
+      },
+      "promotionId": "A String", # Required. The user provided promotion ID to uniquely identify the promotion.
+      "promotionStatus": { # The status of the promotion. # Output only. The current status of the promotion.
+        "creationDate": "A String", # Date on which the promotion has been created in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format: Date, time, and offset, for example "2020-01-02T09:00:00+01:00" or "2020-01-02T09:00:00Z"
+        "destinationStatuses": [ # The intended destinations for the promotion.
+          { # The destination status of the promotion.
+            "destination": "A String", # The name of the destination.
+            "status": "A String", # The status for the specified destination.
+          },
+        ],
+        "lastUpdateDate": "A String", # Date on which the promotion status has been last updated in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format: Date, time, and offset, for example "2020-01-02T09:00:00+01:00" or "2020-01-02T09:00:00Z"
+        "promotionIssue": [ # A list of issues associated with the promotion.
+          { # The issue associated with the promotion.
+            "code": "A String", # Code of the issue.
+            "detail": "A String", # Explanation of the issue.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "promotionUrl": "A String", # URL to the page on the merchant's site where the promotion shows. Local Inventory ads promotions throw an error if no promo url is included. URL is used to confirm that the promotion is valid and can be redeemed.
+      "redemptionChannel": [ # Required. Redemption channel for the promotion. At least one channel is required.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "shippingServiceNames": [ # Shipping service names for the promotion.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "storeApplicability": "A String", # Whether the promotion applies to all stores, or only specified stores. Local Inventory ads promotions throw an error if no store applicability is included. An INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown if store_applicability is set to ALL_STORES and store_code or score_code_exclusion is set to a value.
+      "storeCode": [ # Store codes to include for the promotion.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "storeCodeExclusion": [ # Store codes to exclude for the promotion.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "targetCountry": "A String", # Required. The target country used as part of the unique identifier. Can be `AU`, `CA`, `DE`, `FR`, `GB`, `IN`, `US`, `BR`, `ES`, `NL`, `JP`, `IT` or `KR`.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json index 45b2b51177d..91b1dde460a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json @@ -1822,38 +1822,6 @@ } } }, - "customers": { - "methods": { - "create": { - "description": "Allows uploading one customer information entry. Adding a customer with loyalty data enables the customer to see personalized loyalty annotations on search. Uploading a previously existing customer will overwrite the old entry.", - "flatPath": "{merchantId}/customers", - "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "content.customers.create", - "parameterOrder": [ - "merchantId" - ], - "parameters": { - "merchantId": { - "description": "Required. The ID of the account that owns the customer information.", - "format": "int64", - "location": "path", - "required": true, - "type": "string" - } - }, - "path": "{merchantId}/customers", - "request": { - "$ref": "Customer" - }, - "response": { - "$ref": "Customer" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" - ] - } - } - }, "datafeeds": { "methods": { "custombatch": { @@ -4757,6 +4725,52 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "List all promotions from your Merchant Center account.", + "flatPath": "{merchantId}/promotions", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "content.promotions.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "merchantId" + ], + "parameters": { + "countryCode": { + "description": "[CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) (for example, \"US\"), used as a filter on promotions target country.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "languageCode": { + "description": "The two-letter ISO 639-1 language code associated with the promotions, used as a filter.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "merchantId": { + "description": "Required. The ID of the account that contains the collection.", + "format": "int64", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of promotions to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 labels will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListPromotion` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListPromotion` must match the call that provided the page token.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "{merchantId}/promotions", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListPromotionResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" + ] } } }, @@ -6257,7 +6271,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230517", + "revision": "20230613", "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -8210,32 +8224,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "Customer": { - "description": "The object representing a customer to update data for. Includes a customer identifier (such as email address) and any associated metadata to add. LoyaltyData triggers adding customer data for the purpose of loyalty personalization.", - "id": "Customer", - "properties": { - "emailAddress": { - "description": "The customer's email address. No extra string processing needed.", - "type": "string" - }, - "loyaltyData": { - "$ref": "CustomerLoyaltyData", - "description": "Loyalty data associated with the customer." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "CustomerLoyaltyData": { - "description": "The loyalty data of the customer.", - "id": "CustomerLoyaltyData", - "properties": { - "loyaltyTier": { - "description": "The tier information for the given user. Can be an empty string.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, "CustomerReturnReason": { "id": "CustomerReturnReason", "properties": { @@ -9894,6 +9882,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ListPromotionResponse": { + "description": "Response message for Promotions.List method.", + "id": "ListPromotionResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + }, + "promotions": { + "description": "List of all available promotions for the merchant.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Promotion" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListRegionsResponse": { "description": "Response message for the `ListRegions` method.", "id": "ListRegionsResponse", @@ -13449,7 +13455,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "disclosureDate": { - "description": "The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google\u2019s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date]( https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information.", + "description": "The date time when an offer becomes visible in search results across Google\u2019s YouTube surfaces, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. See [Disclosure date](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13034208) for more information.", "type": "string" }, "displayAdsId": { @@ -15545,10 +15551,12 @@ "description": "Required. Type of the interaction that is reported, for example INTERACTION_CLICK.", "enum": [ "INTERACTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "INTERACTION_DISMISS", "INTERACTION_CLICK" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. If provided, the service will throw ApiError with description \"Required parameter: interactionType\".", + "When a recommendation is dismissed.", "When a recommendation is clicked." ], "type": "string" From f9dd30226320be618d9d05d3662dd99b8f9c3ae1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 22/53] feat(contentwarehouse): update the api #### contentwarehouse:v1 The following keys were deleted: - schemas.AssistantApiAccessControlOutput (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.AssistantApiLoggingOnlyData.properties.accountIndex (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.AssistantApiOutputRestrictions.properties.accessControlOutput.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AssistantApiProactiveOutput.properties.supportsProactiveOutput.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AssistantApiSettingsDeviceSettings.properties.trustedVoiceEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AssistantGroundingRankerProviderGroundingProviderFeatures.properties.isInAppProvider.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.PornFlagData.properties.coclickBrainScores.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.RepositoryWebrefSimplifiedCompositeDoc.properties.webrefOutlinks.$ref (Total Keys: 1) The following keys were added: - resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.getStatus (Total Keys: 11) - schemas.AppsPeopleOzExternalMergedpeopleapiContactPromptSettingsInfo (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.AppsPeopleOzExternalMergedpeopleapiPerson.properties.contactPromptSettingsInfo (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.AssistantApiCoreTypesGovernedSurfaceIdentity (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.AssistantApiCoreTypesGovernedSurfaceVersion (Total Keys: 6) - schemas.AssistantContextProviderSelectionPolicy (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.AssistantContextProviderSelectionResult (Total Keys: 8) - schemas.AssistantDevicesPlatformProtoExecutionWaitCapability (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.AssistantDevicesPlatformProtoSupportedDeviceOps.properties.executionWait.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AssistantGroundingProviderProviderSignalResult (Total Keys: 10) - schemas.AssistantGroundingRankerDeviceGroundingProviderFeatures.properties.surfaceIdentity.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AssistantGroundingRankerPodcastGroundingProviderFeatures.properties.podcastListenersCount (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.AssistantGroundingRankerPodcastGroundingProviderFeatures.properties.popularityScore (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.AssistantGroundingRankerProviderGroundingProviderFeatures.properties.providerSignalResult.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AssistantLogsDeviceInfoLog.properties.homeStructureId.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AssistantPrefulfillmentRankerPrefulfillmentSignals.properties.bindingSetInvalidReason.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AssistantPrefulfillmentRankerPrefulfillmentSignals.properties.bindingSetValidity.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AssistantPrefulfillmentRankerPrefulfillmentSignals.properties.isSageIntent.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AssistantPrefulfillmentRankerPrefulfillmentSignals.properties.isValidSmarthomeIntent.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AssistantVerticalsHomeautomationProtoHomeAutomation_MetaData.properties.matterUniqueId.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.AssistantVerticalsHomeautomationProtoMatterUniqueId (Total Keys: 7) - schemas.GeostoreCityJsonProto (Total Keys: 50) - schemas.GeostoreCurvatureProto (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.GeostoreFeatureProto.properties.geometry3d.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GeostoreFeatureProto.properties.visualizationArea.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GeostoreFlowLineProto.properties.curvature.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GeostoreGeometryStoreReferenceProto (Total Keys: 6) - schemas.GeostorePointCurvatureProto (Total Keys: 7) - schemas.GeostoreRestrictionProto.properties.restrictionToken.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudContentwarehouseV1InitializeProjectRequest.properties.enableCalUserEmailLogging.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudContentwarehouseV1ProjectStatus (Total Keys: 8) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.adsAdsaiMagicApfelApfelRegionFinderAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.adsAdsaiMagicMagicPageTypeAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.adsShoppingWebpxRawShoppingAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.amphtmlSignedExchangeErrorDetails.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.amphtmlSignedExchangeValidationPayload.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.analyticsSiteidAnalyticsPropertyAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.analyticsSiteidAnalyticsRenderedOutput.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.authenticSiteRankData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.babelEncoderBabelEncodings.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.boilerplateAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.boilerplateVisibleBytesEstimates.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.commerceDataqualityOrganicCrawledSellerData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.commerceDataqualityOrganicShoppingAnnotationSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.commerceDataqualityOrganicShoppingSiteQuality.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.commonsenseQueriosityGoldmineQnaAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.commonsenseScoredCompoundReferenceAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.commonsenseStoneSoupProtoRaffiaInstructionsSeq.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.contraContentReviewAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.contraCuratedContent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.countryCountryAttachment.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.crawzallSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.datacommonsDatacommonsTriplesSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.dateAnnotationTags.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.dateAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.dateRangeAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.dateTimeAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.dotsGaramondSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.dotsNewsstandSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.emailAddressAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.extractedBookInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.fatcatCompactDocClassification.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.fatcatSiteVerticalsAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.firstseen.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.fontsAnalysisAnnotatorFontsAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.forumRankingForumPostsSafeSearchAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.foundationSplinterSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.freshboxFreshboxArticleAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.geoPointAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.geoPointResolution.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.geostoreAddressProto.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.i2eV2ImageEntitiesInfos.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageContentAnnotationLabels.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageContentColorSearchColorDetectionResults.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageDataList.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageExtraImageExtraTerms.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageMonetizationFeaturedDocumentProperties.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageMustangFaviconInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageMustangWebsearchImageSnippetResponse.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageQualityLabelmakerDocMediaLabels.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageQualityLandingPageProtoLandingPageSalientTextSet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageQualityLayoutDocument.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageQualityRichdataProtoImageAnchor.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageQualityRichdataProtoRichdata.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageQualitySalientTermsImageQuerySmearingList.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageQualitySalientTermsImageSalientTermSetMap.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageQualitySensitiveFaceSkinToneSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageQualitySensitiveMediaOrPeopleEntities.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageRepositoryGeolocation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageRepositoryPicasaGeoData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageSearchRejectedImageInfoList.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.imageStockStockImageAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsAnnotationMeta.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsAppMarketAppMarketAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsAppsCacheColonAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsAppsDocRestrictionsDocPreviewRestrictionsAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsAutomobileVinAnnotatorAutomobileVinAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsCleanTextProto.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsCollectionsDocCollections.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsCommentBlockGroups.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsDatasetModelAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsDatesDateTimes.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsDocImportance.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsDocRestrictionsInDocRestrictionsAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsEntityPage.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsFeedbackSet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsIBertEmbeddingAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsImageRepositoryImageLicenseInfoAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsPcuAmpError.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsPcuSignedExchangeInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsPersonPersonAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsSduPageTypeAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsSocialLinksSocialLinksAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsSubscribewithgoogleSwgAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsTwitterEmbeddedTweetsAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsTypedNumberTypedNumberAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsWaPassagesQueryToPassageAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAnnotationsWaPassagesTrimmedQueryToPassageAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAppsAffiliatedInstantAppInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingAppsMergedAppInfoAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingBadpagesBadPageParseResult.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingBadpagesCollapserInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingBadpagesIndexSelectionRemoval.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingBadpagesLoginPageResult.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingBadpagesUnifiedModelFeatures.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingBeringPublisherOnPageAdsAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingCenterpieceCenterPieceAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingCenterpieceCenterpieceChecksums.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingCenterpieceComponentLearningSource.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingConverterContentGenerationInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingConverterContentParserResults.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingConverterFileMetaInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingConverterLinkRelOutlinks.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingConverterMetaDetectorsResultsProto.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingConverterPdfFileMetaInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingConverterPdfPageAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingCustomCorpusCdmAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingDeepwebStoreListAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingDocjoinerServingTimeClusterIds.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingDocjoinerWikiInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingDocskeletonRepeatedPatternRepeatedPatternAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingDupsLocalizedLocalizedCluster.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingFreshSchedulerFreshSchedulerDoubleInstantExtension.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingFreshSchedulerOutlinkDiscoveryHistoricalHubsSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingImagesRelatedImageSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingInstantActiveClusterScorerSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingInstantBaseReindexWhitelistData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingInstantClusterScorerArticle.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingInstantClusterScorerSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingInstantHistoricalContentSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingInstantNewsHighlyCitedDocumentSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingInstantNewsImagesInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingLatticeLatticeAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMlDomNodeSegments.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMlEntityInfoboxes.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMlPageStructure.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMlSemanticArticle.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMlShoppingUniverseAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMlVerticalVerticalClassificationResult.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMlVerticalVerticalClassificationV2.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMobileClientDependentInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMobileInterstitialsProtoDesktopInterstitials.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMobileObelixInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMobileSmartphoneContentAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMobileSmartphonePatternClassification.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingMobileSpeedPageSpeedFieldData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingPlusonePlusOneSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingPlusoneSocialScoreSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingRaffiaDataRecoveryInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingRaffiaIndexingIntermediate.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingRaffiaMediaProcessingMetadata.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingRaffiaOverlayCDocAttachment.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSelectionAcquisitionMetadataAttachment.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSelectionDoubleIndexingExtension.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSelectionFastServingPush.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSelectionFreshdocsPassthroughExtension.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSelectionImageImageSelectionAttachment.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSelectionLanguageExtension.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSelectionPriorScorerParameterSet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSelectionProcessingPriorityExtension.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSelectionProtoBasePromotionInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSelectionTensorFlowExtension.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSignalsAccumulatedOnlineSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSignalsImpressionsPerDayContainer.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSocialCountsSocialWidgetsIndicator.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSpeechGoldminePodcastAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingSpeechSpeechPagePropertiesProto.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingThirdpartyThirdPartyInputs.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingUgcPageParamInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingUnionKeyData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingVideosVideoAnchorSourceInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingVideosVideoPlaylistAnchorSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.indexingWebChannelsWebChannelAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.infoextractionPinpointPinpointAnnotationSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.infoextractionPinpointPinpointSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.instantChromeViews.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeGraphAcquisitionFeedsQuotesQuotesAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsDocumentSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsFactEvaluationSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsHtmlTableSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsKatsSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsLocalizedFact.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsObjectAnnotationsSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsProductCompositionSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsServingData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsShoppingSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsStructuredSnippetsSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsUdrExtraFactData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsUdrExtraFactMentionData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsUniversalFactMetadata.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsUniversalFactScores.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsUniversalTableSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningFactsWebKvSiteGroupSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningShoppingBrowseonomyData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMiningShoppingTwdModelVersions.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMumStoryTeaserAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMumStorytimeStampEngagementAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeMumStorytimeStampQualityAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeTablesTableInternalData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeTablesUniversalTableAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeTasksUniversalTaskAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.knowledgeTpfHowtodoHowtoVideoAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.langIdLangReasonerDocumentLanguages.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.lensVsaiDatasets.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.localsearchAuthoritySiteAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.mapsSyntheticsGeoDocFetchKey.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.measurementAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.metawebExtractionDocumentEvidence.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.navBoostDocument.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsAnnotationsContentAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsCorpusHubPageAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsCorpusLeafPageAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsCorpusNewsAggregateSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsCorpusNewsCorpusAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsCorpusNewsCorpusRootAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsCorpusNewsCorpusStatusAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsCorpusNewsinessAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsCorpusPositionRankAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsCrawlFilterNewsLinkCrawlSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsExtractionNewsPbeAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsNarIndexingMetadata.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsNarRow (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsNearDupsInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsNewromanIndexingNewRomanSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsNewsArticleChecksum.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsNewsClassifications.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsNewsContentSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsNewsForEducationReadingStatistics.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsVideosNewsAnchorSourceInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.newsVideosNewsVideoAnnotationSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.nlpAtcClaraAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.nlpSaftDocument.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.nlpSaftNlxDocAnnotatorMigration.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.nlpSaftRodinClassification.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.nlpSentimentSentimentAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.nlxDocAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.noindexedImageDataList.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.numberAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanLibrarianBookMetadata.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanLibrarianPopulatorData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanLibrarianPopulatorPageData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataAllItemSpecificBibdatas.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataAvailabilityInfoComponent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataAvailabilitySnapshot (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataBibkeyComponent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataClusterHorizontalReference.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataClusterRecord.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataClusterVolumes.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataClusteringSeriesSeriesInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataClusteringTomeHorizontalLinkDescriptor.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataContributorLinks.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataItemSpecificBibdataComponent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataKgTopicLinks.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataLanguageInfoComponent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataMaterialInfoComponent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataParsedAccessTerms.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataParsedSuDoc.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataPatentPublicationDetails.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataPhysicalMeasurementsComponent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataPublicDomainInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataPublicationDetailsComponent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataRightsComponent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataSeriesInfoComponent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataTomeDetailsComponent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataTomeMembersComponent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanMetadataTomePriceInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanReviewsForWork.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.oceanRightsOptOutRequest.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.officialPagesQuerySet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.perDocLangidData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.personalizationGameWebeventsConsolidatedEvents.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.personalizationGameWebeventsEvent (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.photosGeoAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.predictedAuthenticity.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.priceAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityAnchorsOutdegreeOutdegreeInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityAnimaLivewebLivewebAttachment.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityAnimaRoutinesRoutinesPropertiesProto.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityAuthorityTopicEmbeddings.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityAuthorshipAuthorAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityBreadcrumbsBreadcrumbAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityCalypsoAppsLink.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityChardDocument.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityChardPredictedQueryFringeScore.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityChardPredictedXlq.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityContraSelectedAttributions.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityCopiaFireflySiteInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityDiscoverUgcScatScatEmbeddingAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityDniNewsstandPcu.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityDniPcuAuxiliaryData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityDniPcuMetaAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityDniPcuParsedData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityDniPcuRawData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityExploreQueryableFeedEcsAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityExploreQueryableFeedHashtagAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityExploreQueryableFeedHashtagListAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityExploreQueryableFeedTopicFeedScoringSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityFreshnessAbacusInstantNegativeClicksInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityFringeFringeQueryPrior.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityGeoBrainlocGoldmineBrainlocAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityGeoLoglocGoldmineDocumentLocationAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityHistoricalContentAge.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityHorizonProtoHorizonEmbeddings.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityHorizonRecordInfoAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityImprovDocToQueries.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityImprovImprovAnchors.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityLisztomaniaDocument.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityNavboostCrapsCrapsData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityNavboostCrapsCrapsPatternSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityNegativeClicksNegativeClicksInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityNlqStructuredSearchAnnotationAnalysisAutomaticExtractionAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityNlqStructuredSearchListingPagesListingPageAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityNsrDokiAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityNsrNsrData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityNsrNsrSitechunksAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityNsrPairwiseqPairwiseQData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityNsrPqData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityNsrSiteAuthority.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityNsrUvSitechunksAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityOrbitAsteroidBeltIntermediateDocumentIntentScores.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityPagemasterPagemasterAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityPanopticIndexingDiscoverCorpusAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityPanopticIndexingDiscoverDocumentSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityPanopticIndexingPanopticAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityPanopticStorytimeAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityPanopticStorytimeScoringSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityPanopticVoiceUgcAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityPeoplesearchNamedetectorNameOccurrenceAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityPopfeedsChromeBackgroundAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityPopfeedsHubDataAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityPricedetectorKefirPriceAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityPricedetectorProductBlockAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityProseJsonLdAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityProseThumbnailSelection.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityQ2QualityBoost.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityQ2SiteQualityFeatures.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityRealtimeBoostRealtimeBoostEvent.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityRealtimeBoostRealtimeBoostResponse.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityRealtimeBoostSeismographEventAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityRealtimeRealtimeResultInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityRealtimeRtFactAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityResultFilteringIndexingClusterAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityRichsnippetsAppsProtosApplicationInformationAttachment.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityRodinRodinSiteSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySalientCountriesSalientCountrySet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySalientStructuresSalientStructureSet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySalientStuffSalientStuffSet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySalientTermsQuerySmearingModel.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySalientTermsSalientTermSet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySearchoversiteAnnotatorStructuredResultsAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySherlockKnexAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityShoppingProductReview (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityShoppingShoppingProductReviewAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySimilarpagesRelatedInfoSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySitemapDocument.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySitemapThirdPartyCarouselsItemLists.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySnippetsHiddenTextHiddenSpanAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySnippetsListSnippetsAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySnippetsSnippetSpansInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySosGoldmineSosAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualitySummarySummary.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityTangramInformationTypes.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityTimebasedTimeSensitivityTimeSensitivityAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityTwiddlerDomainClassification.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityViewsAnswersAnswerAnnotationInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityVisualwebVisualWebAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityVisualwebVisualWebModelsAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityWebanswersTranscriptAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityWebfeederDocEmbedding.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.qualityWebshineDocResources.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.rankBoostDocAttachment.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.relativeDateAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsAddressAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsAmenitiesAmenitiesAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsCrawzallAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsDiscussionThreadDiscussionViewProto.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsLicensedResources.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsListFilterAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsListSummaryAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsMicrodataMicrodataAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsMicroformatsHproduct.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsMicroformatsMicroformatAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsPhoneTypePhoneTypeAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsRdfaRdfaAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsRodinArticleAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsSectionHeadingAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsSnippetSegmentSnippetSegmentAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsSporeAuthoritySignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsSporeDeeplinkAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsSporeExtractorTopicAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsSporeExtractorTripleAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsSporeSporeEtlAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsSporeSporeEtlInputAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsStorehoursStoreHoursAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsVerseAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryAnnotationsWebanswersContextItemAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryProtiumEncyclojoinsEncycloJoin.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryProtiumGoldmineTriplificationResult.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryProtiumGoldmineTypeAssertionOutput.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryProtiumWebkvWebKv.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryProtiumWikiaWikiaInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryUpdaterIndexSelectionAttachment.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefEntityJoin.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefExperimentalWebrefEntitiesAttachment.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefGraphMention.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefJuggernautIndices.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefPageClassificationAnchorSignalsSet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefPageClassificationSignalsSet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefPiannoDocumentIntents.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefPiannoTvSeasonEpisode.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefPreprocessingReferencePageCandidateList.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefReconcileResponse.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefRefconJugglerReferencePageMappings.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefReferencePagesClassifierScoredPage.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefSalientEntitySet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefUndermergedEntities.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefUniversalEmbeddingRetrievalDebug.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefWebitIntermediaryMids.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefWebitScopeFprint.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefWebitScopeSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefWebitTripleSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefWebrefEntities.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebrefWebrefStatus.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebtablesDataTableAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebtablesDataTableMidAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWebtablesTranslationMessage.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWikipediaAliasList.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWikipediaAnnotatorWikipediaPageComponentAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWikipediaSentenceCompressionAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWikipediaWikiJoin.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWikipediaWikiMapperTripleSet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWikipediaWikibaseEntity.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWikipediaWikidataOrgTripleSet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.repositoryWikipediaWikitrustWikiTrustInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.researchCoauthorOpinionAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.researchStructuredDataInadvertentAnchorScoreAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.researchStructuredDataKnowledgeExplorationAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.researchStructuredDataNewsEmbeddingAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.richsnippetsDataObject.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.richsnippetsFeedPageMap.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.richsnippetsPageMap (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.richsnippetsSchemaThing.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.rosettaLanguage.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.safesearchPageClassifierOutput.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.safesearchSafeSearchInternalPageSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.scienceIndexSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.searchEngagementHighlightSharedHighlightSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.searcharSearchArPipelineSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.shoppingQualityShoppingSiteClassifier (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.shoppingWebentityShoppingAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.sitemapsSitemapsSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.smearingSmearedTerms.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.socialPersonalizationKnexAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamBrainSpamBrainData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamBrainSpamBrainPageClassifierAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamContentAnchorDist.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamContentAuthenticAuthenticTextAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamContentImageMapPb.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamContentSiteAgeStats.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamCookbookCookbookAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamCookbookCookbookSitechunkAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamFatpingIndexFeed.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamGodclusterAffIdAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamGodclusterServerHeaderAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamGooglebombsGooglebombsAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamHackedSitesDocSpamInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamHackedSitesGpgbGpgbNgramStats.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamHackedSitesWordFrequencies.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamJsJsInfo.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamScamScamness.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamScamUnauthoritativeSite.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.spamTokensSpamTokensAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.tableTalkStrideOfferPagePriceAnnotation.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.tasksTabaTabaDocSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.timeAnnotationTags.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.timeAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.timeRangeAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.travelAssistantTravelDocClassification.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.udrConverterDocumentShoppingData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.udrConverterOffer.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.udrConverterProductBlockData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.udrProtoDetailedEntityScores.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.udrProtoOverlay.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.udrProtoWebrefMention.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.unwantedImageDataList.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.uriAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.utilStatusProto.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.verticalsDiscussionDiscussionAnnotationTag.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.videoCrawlAutomatedAudioExtractionSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.videoCrawlAutomatedExtractionSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.videoCrawlDomainVideoClickData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.videoCrawlVideoClickData.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.videoCrawlVideoSalientTermSet.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.videoCrawlVideoScoringSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.videoCrawlWatchPagePatternClassification.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.videoCrawlYoutubeEmbedSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.videoWebGallery.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.videoYoutubeLiveCardioCardioStats.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.watchpageLanguageWatchPageLanguageResult.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.websitetoolsFeedsAnnotationsFeedContentAnnotations.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.websitetoolsFeedsLinkedFeedLinkedFeed.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.websitetoolsFeedsPodcastPodcastSignals.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.websitetoolsFeedsSporeFeedsSporeTriples.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.whatshappStrideExtractions.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.youtubeAlexandriaYoutubeBody.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion.properties.youtubeAlexandriaYoutubeSignal.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.RepositoryWebrefSimplifiedCompositeDoc.properties.webrefOutlinkInfos.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.RepositoryWebrefSimplifiedCompositeDoc.properties.webrefOutlinksLegacy.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ScienceCitation.properties.AbstractTypeFromSource.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ScienceCitation.properties.CitationSourceCrawlTimestamp (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.ScienceCitationAlternateAbstract.properties.AbstractTypeFromSource.type (Total Keys: 1) --- ...house_v1.projects.locations.documents.html | 350 +- ...jects.locations.documents.referenceId.html | 150 +- ...ontentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.html | 28 + .../documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json | 3462 ++++++++++++++--- 4 files changed, 3249 insertions(+), 741 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.html b/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.html index d5ca4602c98..7c730861850 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.html @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@

Method Details

], "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document. { # A page in a Document. "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block. @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page. @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@

Method Details

"nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation. @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@

Method Details

"valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox` @@ -457,17 +457,17 @@

Method Details

"image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned. "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image. "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels. - "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image. "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels. }, - "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores. + "imageQualityScores": { # Image quality scores for the page image. # Image quality scores. "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects. { # Image Quality Defects - "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists. + "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence that the defect exists. "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare` }, ], - "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality. + "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality. }, "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page. "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout. @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line. @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph. @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol. @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table. @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token. @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of provenance operation. }, "styleInfo": { # Font and other text style attributes. # Text style attributes. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@

Method Details

"strikeout": True or False, # Whether the text is strikethrough. "subscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a subscript. "superscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a superscript. - "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. + "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement. @@ -960,13 +960,13 @@

Method Details

], "textStyles": [ # Styles for the Document.text. { # Annotation for common text style attributes. This adheres to CSS conventions as much as possible. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -975,9 +975,9 @@

Method Details

"fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size. "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text. - "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.). + "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (such as `in`, `px`, and `pt`). }, - "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp + "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`. "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text. "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields. "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text. @@ -987,8 +987,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp - "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp + "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. + "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`. }, ], "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris). @@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@

Method Details

], "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document. { # A page in a Document. "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation. @@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block. @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page. @@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@

Method Details

"nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation. @@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@

Method Details

"valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox` @@ -1460,17 +1460,17 @@

Method Details

"image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned. "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image. "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels. - "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image. "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels. }, - "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores. + "imageQualityScores": { # Image quality scores for the page image. # Image quality scores. "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects. { # Image Quality Defects - "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists. + "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence that the defect exists. "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare` }, ], - "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality. + "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality. }, "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page. "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout. @@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line. @@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph. @@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol. @@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table. @@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -1790,7 +1790,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token. @@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of provenance operation. }, "styleInfo": { # Font and other text style attributes. # Text style attributes. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@

Method Details

"strikeout": True or False, # Whether the text is strikethrough. "subscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a subscript. "superscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a superscript. - "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. + "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1874,7 +1874,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement. @@ -1963,13 +1963,13 @@

Method Details

], "textStyles": [ # Styles for the Document.text. { # Annotation for common text style attributes. This adheres to CSS conventions as much as possible. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1978,9 +1978,9 @@

Method Details

"fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size. "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text. - "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.). + "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (such as `in`, `px`, and `pt`). }, - "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp + "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`. "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text. "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields. "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text. @@ -1990,8 +1990,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp - "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp + "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. + "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`. }, ], "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris). @@ -2699,7 +2699,7 @@

Method Details

], "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document. { # A page in a Document. "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation. @@ -2707,7 +2707,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block. @@ -2790,7 +2790,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page. @@ -2859,7 +2859,7 @@

Method Details

"nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation. @@ -2877,7 +2877,7 @@

Method Details

"valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox` @@ -2886,17 +2886,17 @@

Method Details

"image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned. "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image. "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels. - "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image. "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels. }, - "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores. + "imageQualityScores": { # Image quality scores for the page image. # Image quality scores. "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects. { # Image Quality Defects - "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists. + "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence that the defect exists. "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare` }, ], - "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality. + "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality. }, "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page. "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout. @@ -2930,7 +2930,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line. @@ -2980,7 +2980,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph. @@ -3041,7 +3041,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol. @@ -3083,7 +3083,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -3121,7 +3121,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table. @@ -3132,7 +3132,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -3216,7 +3216,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token. @@ -3259,7 +3259,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of provenance operation. }, "styleInfo": { # Font and other text style attributes. # Text style attributes. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -3277,7 +3277,7 @@

Method Details

"strikeout": True or False, # Whether the text is strikethrough. "subscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a subscript. "superscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a superscript. - "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. + "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -3300,7 +3300,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement. @@ -3389,13 +3389,13 @@

Method Details

], "textStyles": [ # Styles for the Document.text. { # Annotation for common text style attributes. This adheres to CSS conventions as much as possible. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -3404,9 +3404,9 @@

Method Details

"fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size. "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text. - "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.). + "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (such as `in`, `px`, and `pt`). }, - "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp + "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`. "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text. "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields. "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text. @@ -3416,8 +3416,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp - "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp + "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. + "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`. }, ], "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris). @@ -3817,7 +3817,7 @@

Method Details

], "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document. { # A page in a Document. "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation. @@ -3825,7 +3825,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block. @@ -3908,7 +3908,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page. @@ -3977,7 +3977,7 @@

Method Details

"nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation. @@ -3995,7 +3995,7 @@

Method Details

"valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox` @@ -4004,17 +4004,17 @@

Method Details

"image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned. "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image. "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels. - "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image. "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels. }, - "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores. + "imageQualityScores": { # Image quality scores for the page image. # Image quality scores. "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects. { # Image Quality Defects - "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists. + "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence that the defect exists. "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare` }, ], - "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality. + "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality. }, "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page. "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout. @@ -4048,7 +4048,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line. @@ -4098,7 +4098,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph. @@ -4159,7 +4159,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol. @@ -4201,7 +4201,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -4239,7 +4239,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table. @@ -4250,7 +4250,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -4334,7 +4334,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token. @@ -4377,7 +4377,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of provenance operation. }, "styleInfo": { # Font and other text style attributes. # Text style attributes. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -4395,7 +4395,7 @@

Method Details

"strikeout": True or False, # Whether the text is strikethrough. "subscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a subscript. "superscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a superscript. - "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. + "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -4418,7 +4418,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement. @@ -4507,13 +4507,13 @@

Method Details

], "textStyles": [ # Styles for the Document.text. { # Annotation for common text style attributes. This adheres to CSS conventions as much as possible. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -4522,9 +4522,9 @@

Method Details

"fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size. "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text. - "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.). + "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (such as `in`, `px`, and `pt`). }, - "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp + "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`. "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text. "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields. "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text. @@ -4534,8 +4534,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp - "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp + "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. + "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`. }, ], "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris). @@ -4788,7 +4788,7 @@

Method Details

], "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document. { # A page in a Document. "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation. @@ -4796,7 +4796,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block. @@ -4879,7 +4879,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page. @@ -4948,7 +4948,7 @@

Method Details

"nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation. @@ -4966,7 +4966,7 @@

Method Details

"valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox` @@ -4975,17 +4975,17 @@

Method Details

"image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned. "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image. "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels. - "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image. "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels. }, - "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores. + "imageQualityScores": { # Image quality scores for the page image. # Image quality scores. "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects. { # Image Quality Defects - "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists. + "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence that the defect exists. "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare` }, ], - "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality. + "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality. }, "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page. "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout. @@ -5019,7 +5019,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line. @@ -5069,7 +5069,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph. @@ -5130,7 +5130,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol. @@ -5172,7 +5172,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -5210,7 +5210,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table. @@ -5221,7 +5221,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -5305,7 +5305,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token. @@ -5348,7 +5348,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of provenance operation. }, "styleInfo": { # Font and other text style attributes. # Text style attributes. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -5366,7 +5366,7 @@

Method Details

"strikeout": True or False, # Whether the text is strikethrough. "subscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a subscript. "superscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a superscript. - "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. + "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -5389,7 +5389,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement. @@ -5478,13 +5478,13 @@

Method Details

], "textStyles": [ # Styles for the Document.text. { # Annotation for common text style attributes. This adheres to CSS conventions as much as possible. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -5493,9 +5493,9 @@

Method Details

"fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size. "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text. - "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.). + "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (such as `in`, `px`, and `pt`). }, - "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp + "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`. "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text. "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields. "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text. @@ -5505,8 +5505,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp - "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp + "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. + "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`. }, ], "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris). @@ -5768,7 +5768,7 @@

Method Details

], "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document. { # A page in a Document. "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation. @@ -5776,7 +5776,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block. @@ -5859,7 +5859,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page. @@ -5928,7 +5928,7 @@

Method Details

"nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation. @@ -5946,7 +5946,7 @@

Method Details

"valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox` @@ -5955,17 +5955,17 @@

Method Details

"image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned. "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image. "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels. - "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image. "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels. }, - "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores. + "imageQualityScores": { # Image quality scores for the page image. # Image quality scores. "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects. { # Image Quality Defects - "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists. + "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence that the defect exists. "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare` }, ], - "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality. + "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality. }, "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page. "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout. @@ -5999,7 +5999,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line. @@ -6049,7 +6049,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph. @@ -6110,7 +6110,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol. @@ -6152,7 +6152,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -6190,7 +6190,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table. @@ -6201,7 +6201,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -6285,7 +6285,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token. @@ -6328,7 +6328,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of provenance operation. }, "styleInfo": { # Font and other text style attributes. # Text style attributes. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -6346,7 +6346,7 @@

Method Details

"strikeout": True or False, # Whether the text is strikethrough. "subscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a subscript. "superscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a superscript. - "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. + "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -6369,7 +6369,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement. @@ -6458,13 +6458,13 @@

Method Details

], "textStyles": [ # Styles for the Document.text. { # Annotation for common text style attributes. This adheres to CSS conventions as much as possible. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -6473,9 +6473,9 @@

Method Details

"fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size. "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text. - "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.). + "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (such as `in`, `px`, and `pt`). }, - "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp + "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`. "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text. "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields. "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text. @@ -6485,8 +6485,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp - "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp + "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. + "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`. }, ], "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris). @@ -7153,7 +7153,7 @@

Method Details

], "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document. { # A page in a Document. "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation. @@ -7161,7 +7161,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block. @@ -7244,7 +7244,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page. @@ -7313,7 +7313,7 @@

Method Details

"nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation. @@ -7331,7 +7331,7 @@

Method Details

"valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox` @@ -7340,17 +7340,17 @@

Method Details

"image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned. "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image. "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels. - "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image. "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels. }, - "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores. + "imageQualityScores": { # Image quality scores for the page image. # Image quality scores. "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects. { # Image Quality Defects - "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists. + "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence that the defect exists. "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare` }, ], - "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality. + "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality. }, "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page. "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout. @@ -7384,7 +7384,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line. @@ -7434,7 +7434,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph. @@ -7495,7 +7495,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol. @@ -7537,7 +7537,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -7575,7 +7575,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table. @@ -7586,7 +7586,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -7670,7 +7670,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token. @@ -7713,7 +7713,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of provenance operation. }, "styleInfo": { # Font and other text style attributes. # Text style attributes. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -7731,7 +7731,7 @@

Method Details

"strikeout": True or False, # Whether the text is strikethrough. "subscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a subscript. "superscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a superscript. - "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. + "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -7754,7 +7754,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement. @@ -7843,13 +7843,13 @@

Method Details

], "textStyles": [ # Styles for the Document.text. { # Annotation for common text style attributes. This adheres to CSS conventions as much as possible. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -7858,9 +7858,9 @@

Method Details

"fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size. "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text. - "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.). + "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (such as `in`, `px`, and `pt`). }, - "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp + "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`. "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text. "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields. "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text. @@ -7870,8 +7870,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp - "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp + "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. + "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`. }, ], "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris). diff --git a/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.referenceId.html b/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.referenceId.html index b47b8fc604d..6a671dec686 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.referenceId.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.referenceId.html @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

], "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document. { # A page in a Document. "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation. @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block. @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page. @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@

Method Details

"nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation. @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@

Method Details

"valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox` @@ -463,17 +463,17 @@

Method Details

"image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned. "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image. "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels. - "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image. "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels. }, - "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores. + "imageQualityScores": { # Image quality scores for the page image. # Image quality scores. "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects. { # Image Quality Defects - "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists. + "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence that the defect exists. "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare` }, ], - "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality. + "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality. }, "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page. "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line. @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph. @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol. @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table. @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token. @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of provenance operation. }, "styleInfo": { # Font and other text style attributes. # Text style attributes. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@

Method Details

"strikeout": True or False, # Whether the text is strikethrough. "subscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a subscript. "superscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a superscript. - "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. + "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement. @@ -966,13 +966,13 @@

Method Details

], "textStyles": [ # Styles for the Document.text. { # Annotation for common text style attributes. This adheres to CSS conventions as much as possible. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -981,9 +981,9 @@

Method Details

"fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size. "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text. - "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.). + "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (such as `in`, `px`, and `pt`). }, - "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp + "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`. "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text. "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields. "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text. @@ -993,8 +993,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp - "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp + "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. + "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`. }, ], "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris). @@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@

Method Details

], "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document. { # A page in a Document. "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation. @@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block. @@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page. @@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@

Method Details

"nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation. @@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@

Method Details

"valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox` @@ -1434,17 +1434,17 @@

Method Details

"image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned. "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image. "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels. - "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image. "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels. }, - "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores. + "imageQualityScores": { # Image quality scores for the page image. # Image quality scores. "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects. { # Image Quality Defects - "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists. + "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence that the defect exists. "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare` }, ], - "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality. + "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality. }, "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page. "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout. @@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line. @@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph. @@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol. @@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table. @@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token. @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of provenance operation. }, "styleInfo": { # Font and other text style attributes. # Text style attributes. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@

Method Details

"strikeout": True or False, # Whether the text is strikethrough. "subscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a subscript. "superscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a superscript. - "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. + "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement. @@ -1937,13 +1937,13 @@

Method Details

], "textStyles": [ # Styles for the Document.text. { # Annotation for common text style attributes. This adheres to CSS conventions as much as possible. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1952,9 +1952,9 @@

Method Details

"fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size. "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text. - "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.). + "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (such as `in`, `px`, and `pt`). }, - "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp + "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`. "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text. "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields. "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text. @@ -1964,8 +1964,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp - "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp + "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. + "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`. }, ], "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris). @@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@

Method Details

], "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document. { # A page in a Document. "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation. @@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block. @@ -2318,7 +2318,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page. @@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@

Method Details

"nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation. @@ -2405,7 +2405,7 @@

Method Details

"valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox` @@ -2414,17 +2414,17 @@

Method Details

"image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned. "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image. "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels. - "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image. "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels. }, - "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores. + "imageQualityScores": { # Image quality scores for the page image. # Image quality scores. "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects. { # Image Quality Defects - "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists. + "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence that the defect exists. "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare` }, ], - "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality. + "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality. }, "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page. "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout. @@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line. @@ -2508,7 +2508,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph. @@ -2569,7 +2569,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol. @@ -2611,7 +2611,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table. @@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell. @@ -2744,7 +2744,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token. @@ -2787,7 +2787,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of provenance operation. }, "styleInfo": { # Font and other text style attributes. # Text style attributes. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2805,7 +2805,7 @@

Method Details

"strikeout": True or False, # Whether the text is strikethrough. "subscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a subscript. "superscript": True or False, # Whether the text is a superscript. - "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. + "textColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Color of the text. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2828,7 +2828,7 @@

Method Details

"detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence. { # Detected language for a structural component. "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`. - "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. }, ], "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement. @@ -2917,13 +2917,13 @@

Method Details

], "textStyles": [ # Styles for the Document.text. { # Annotation for common text style attributes. This adheres to CSS conventions as much as possible. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text background color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Text color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2932,9 +2932,9 @@

Method Details

"fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size. "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text. - "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.). + "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (such as `in`, `px`, and `pt`). }, - "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp + "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`. "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text. "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields. "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text. @@ -2944,8 +2944,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp - "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp + "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. + "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`. }, ], "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris). diff --git a/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.html index 782abc9cccd..886443b4f06 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -102,6 +102,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getStatus(location, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the project status.

initialize(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Provisions resources for given tenant project. Returns a long running operation.

@@ -111,6 +114,30 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ getStatus(location, x__xgafv=None) + 
Get the project status.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. The location to be queried Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Status of a project, including the project state, dbType, aclMode and etc.
+  "accessControlMode": "A String", # Access control mode.
+  "databaseType": "A String", # Database type.
+  "documentCreatorDefaultRole": "A String", # The default role for the person who create a document.
+  "location": "A String", # The location of the queried project.
+  "qaEnabled": True or False, # If the qa is enabled on this project.
+  "state": "A String", # State of the project.
+}
+
+
initialize(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Provisions resources for given tenant project. Returns a long running operation.
@@ -124,6 +151,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "accessControlMode": "A String", # Required. The access control mode for accessing the customer data
   "databaseType": "A String", # Required. The type of database used to store customer data
   "documentCreatorDefaultRole": "A String", # Optional. The default role for the person who create a document.
+  "enableCalUserEmailLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable CAL user email logging.
   "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The KMS key used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key is left empty, no encryption will be enforced.
 }
 
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json
index 627b1f07c67..f9605ebee73 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json
@@ -167,6 +167,31 @@
       "resources": {
         "locations": {
           "methods": {
+            "getStatus": {
+              "description": "Get the project status.",
+              "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:getStatus",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "contentwarehouse.projects.locations.getStatus",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "location"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "location": {
+                  "description": "Required. The location to be queried Format: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}.",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v1/{+location}:getStatus",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudContentwarehouseV1ProjectStatus"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+              ]
+            },
             "initialize": {
               "description": "Provisions resources for given tenant project. Returns a long running operation.",
               "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:initialize",
@@ -1103,7 +1128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://contentwarehouse.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbuseiamAbuseType": {
@@ -3629,7 +3654,9 @@
             "PMW_TI_AFFINITY",
             "DRIVE_SEARCH_FILTER_PERSON_ONLY",
             "ACCESSIBILITY_TRACKER_AFFINITY",
-            "PLX_DATASOURCE_AFFINITY"
+            "PLX_DATASOURCE_AFFINITY",
+            "DUCKIEWEB_AFFINITY",
+            "MEET_CALLING_AFFINITY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
@@ -3883,6 +3910,8 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "",
+            "",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -4445,6 +4474,19 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AppsPeopleOzExternalMergedpeopleapiContactPromptSettingsInfo": {
+      "description": "Contact level People Prompt settings. This message is a pure wrapper of the shared ContactPromptSettings message so that it can be a top-level person field. No other fields should be added to the message.",
+      "id": "AppsPeopleOzExternalMergedpeopleapiContactPromptSettingsInfo",
+      "properties": {
+        "contactPromptSettings": {
+          "$ref": "SocialGraphApiProtoContactPromptSettings"
+        },
+        "metadata": {
+          "$ref": "AppsPeopleOzExternalMergedpeopleapiPersonFieldMetadata"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AppsPeopleOzExternalMergedpeopleapiContactStateInfo": {
       "description": "Contact state and related metadata. See go/fbs-contacts-trash. This message is a pure wrapper of the shared ContactState message so that it can be a top-level person field. No other fields should be added to the message.",
       "id": "AppsPeopleOzExternalMergedpeopleapiContactStateInfo",
@@ -6534,6 +6576,12 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "contactPromptSettingsInfo": {
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "AppsPeopleOzExternalMergedpeopleapiContactPromptSettingsInfo"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "contactStateInfo": {
           "description": "Contact state and related metadata. See go/fbs-contacts-trash. If this field was requested but is not set on the Person then the contact is in the DEFAULT contact state. This field is read-only, and should not be set on a mutate (e.g. UpdatePerson) call. Clients must call the explicit APIs (e.g. UntrashPerson) to change contact state.",
           "items": {
@@ -8948,30 +8996,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "AssistantApiAccessControlOutput": {
-      "description": "Access settings for providers.",
-      "id": "AssistantApiAccessControlOutput",
-      "properties": {
-        "allowNonUnicornUserAccessYoutubeKids": {
-          "description": "If true, the user consented to use YouTube Kids as a video provider for non-unicorn users(voice recognized adults or guest). Unicorn accounts shouldn\u2019t use this setting.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        },
-        "guestAccessOnYoutube": {
-          "enum": [
-            "UNKNOWN_GUEST_ACCESS",
-            "USE_DEFAULT_ACCOUNT_FOR_GUEST",
-            "DISABLED_FOR_GUEST"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "Guests can access content using linked users' account.",
-            "No access for guests."
-          ],
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "AssistantApiActionV2SupportedFeatures": {
       "description": "The features supported by the ActionV2 protocol. Note that after we move on to ConversationProto for all surfaces we can remove this message.",
       "id": "AssistantApiActionV2SupportedFeatures",
@@ -9359,7 +9383,6 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "supportsDuoEmailEndpoint": {
-          "description": "Whether the surface supports Duo calling email endpoints.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
@@ -9584,6 +9607,7 @@
               "AUTO_ROTATE",
               "AUTO_ROTATE_FACE_DETECTION",
               "BACKUP",
+              "BATTERY_HEALTH",
               "BATTERY_LEVEL",
               "BATTERY_LOW",
               "BATTERY_PERCENTAGE",
@@ -9810,6 +9834,15 @@
               "TIPS_AND_SUPPORT",
               "SCREEN_ATTENTION",
               "BLUETOOTH_TETHERING",
+              "ALL_APPS",
+              "EXTEND_UNLOCK",
+              "CLEAR_CALLING",
+              "GOOGLE_SETTINGS",
+              "APP_LANGUAGES",
+              "SIM_STATUS",
+              "MICROPHONE_PERMISSIONS",
+              "GOOGLE_PLAY_UPDATE",
+              "ADD_GOOGLE_ACCOUNT",
               "ABOUT_PHONE",
               "ACCOUNTS",
               "APPLICATION",
@@ -9898,6 +9931,7 @@
               "",
               "",
               "",
+              "Denotes if the battery health is normal / reduced / unknown.",
               "",
               "",
               "",
@@ -10124,6 +10158,15 @@
               "Settings > Tips & support",
               "Display > Screen timeout > Screen attention",
               "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "Permission Manager > Microphone",
+              "",
+              "",
               "Begin of NGA proto consistence",
               "",
               "",
@@ -11334,6 +11377,158 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AssistantApiCoreTypesGovernedSurfaceIdentity": {
+      "description": "The set of information that helps the server identify the surface. This replaces the User-Agent string within the Assistant Server. Note: The SurfaceIdentity proto should only be used to derive the capabilities of a surface. It should not be accessed outside of the CapabilityBuilder or CapabilityChecker. NEXT ID: 5 LINT.IfChange",
+      "id": "AssistantApiCoreTypesGovernedSurfaceIdentity",
+      "properties": {
+        "deviceId": {
+          "$ref": "AssistantApiCoreTypesDeviceId",
+          "description": "The identifier of the device."
+        },
+        "surfaceType": {
+          "description": "The device's surface type. The types are defined at google3/assistant/api/core_types/surfaces.gcl.",
+          "enum": [
+            "UNKNOWN_TYPE",
+            "ACCL",
+            "AGSA",
+            "ANDROID",
+            "ANDROID_AUTO",
+            "ANDROID_LITE",
+            "ANDROID_PHONE",
+            "ANDROID_SCREENLESS",
+            "ANDROID_SMART_DISPLAY",
+            "ANDROID_TABLET",
+            "ANDROID_THINGS",
+            "ANDROID_THINGS_CUBE",
+            "ANDROID_THINGS_JASPER",
+            "ANDROID_TV",
+            "ANDROID_WEAR",
+            "ASSISTANT_KIT",
+            "ASSISTANT_SDK",
+            "AUTO",
+            "CAST_OS",
+            "CHROME_OS",
+            "CHROMECAST_MANHATTAN",
+            "CLOUD_DEVICE",
+            "CROS",
+            "FITBIT_OS_WATCH",
+            "FITBIT_OS_WATCH_ANDROID",
+            "FITBIT_OS_WATCH_IOS",
+            "GOOGLE_HOME",
+            "HEADPHONE",
+            "HEADPHONE_ANDROID",
+            "HEADPHONE_IOS",
+            "IOPA",
+            "IOS",
+            "IOS_SCREENLESS",
+            "IPAD",
+            "IPHONE",
+            "KAI_OS",
+            "KAI_OS_AMA",
+            "LIBASSISTANT",
+            "PHONE",
+            "PIXEL",
+            "PIXEL5",
+            "PIXEL6",
+            "PIXEL7",
+            "PIXEL_BUDS",
+            "PIXEL_TABLET",
+            "PIXEL_TABLET_HUB_MODE",
+            "PIXEL_TABLET_PERSONAL_MODE",
+            "PIXEL_WATCH",
+            "SCREENLESS",
+            "SMART_DISPLAY",
+            "SPEAKER",
+            "TABLET",
+            "TELEPHONE",
+            "THING",
+            "WATCH",
+            "WEAR_OS",
+            "WEAR_OS_WATCH"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unknown surface type.",
+            "Android conversation client library (go/accl) is an Android library which implements the Conversation Protocol that allows a surface to have conversations with the Assistant server. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Android Google Search App (go/agsa). OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Android. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Assistant on Android Auto (go/ast-auto). OWNERS: opa-android-leads@",
+            "Assistant on Android Go (not part of AGSA). OWNERS: assistantgo-eng@",
+            "Assistant on Android phones accessed through the Google App (velvet). This surface is formerly known as OPA_AGSA. OWNERS: opa-android-leads@",
+            "Assistant on Nexus with screen off/locked. Use go/bisto device to trigger. OWNERS: opa-android-leads@",
+            "Assistant on Titan hub mode (go/titan-hubmode-surface). This is OPA Android first party Smart Display devices. The UI experience is built on Opal (Gallium and Flutter) and native Android. OWNERS: opa-android-leads@",
+            "Assistant on Android tablet. OWNERS: opa-android-leads@",
+            "Android Things (go/things). OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Lenovo Smart Clock v1, a stationary smart display device with a 4-inch screen, targeted for bedroom/bedside use cases like alarm, sleep tracking. Based on Android Things. See go/cube-home. OWNERS: cube-eng@",
+            "Former codename for 3P 8-inch and 10-inch Smart Displays from Lenovo, JBL and LG, targeted for use in the kitchen. Based on Android Things. See go/jasper-home. OWNERS: jasper-eng@",
+            "The Android platform that powers smart televisions, set-top-boxes, and over-the-top devices. See go/atv-eng and go/opa-tv. OWNERS: opa-tv-eng@",
+            "Legacy Wear OS Assistant. OWNERS: wear-assistant-eng@",
+            "AssistantKit (go/assistantkit) is a collection of iOS libraries allowing first party apps to integrate Google Assistant features. OWNERS: assistantkit-eng@",
+            "Standalone gRPC based client. See go/easi. OWNERS: assistant-sdk-service-eng@",
+            "Automobile. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Cast OS (go/opal-castos-docs#what-is-castos). OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Chrome OS (go/chromsos) OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "For chromecast with assistant + screen, e.g. Newman. OWNERS: cast-eng-platform@",
+            "Virtual device for event-based triggering, e.g. executing time scheduled routines: go/scheduled-routines. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Assistant on native Chrome OS (go/croissant). OWNERS: croissant@",
+            "Assistant on Fitbit OS Watch. OWNERS: assistant-wearable-team@",
+            "Assistant on Fitbit Watch paired with AGSA. OWNERS: assistant-wearable-team@",
+            "Assistant on Fitbit Watch paired with iOPA. OWNERS: assistant-wearable-team@",
+            "Google home speaker, i.e., Chirp devices. See go/assistant-speakers. OWNERS: assistant-speaker-leads@",
+            "Headphone. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Assistant on headphones paired with AGSA. OWNERS: assistant-wearable-team@",
+            "Assistant on headphones paired with iOPA. OWNERS: assistant-wearable-team@",
+            "Assistant on iOS devices (go/opa-ios). OWNERS: opa-ios-eng@",
+            "iOS. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Assistant on iOS with screen off/locked. Use go/bisto device to trigger. OWNERS: bisto-team@",
+            "iPad devices. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "iPhone devices. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Kai OS (go/kaios). OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Assistant on KaiOS (go/kaiosama). OWNERS: assistant-kaios-eng@",
+            "LibAssistant (go/libassistant) C++ SDK that powers Assistant experience on both 1P devices like Google Home and 3P devices like Sonos. OWNERS: libassistant-core@",
+            "A phone. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Pixel devices. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Pixel 5. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Pixel 6. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Pixel 7. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Assistant on Pixel Buds. OWNERS: assistant-wearable-team@",
+            "Assistant on Pixel Tablet/Tangor (a.k.a, TK). OWNERS: assistant-display-eng@",
+            "Assistant on Tangor running in Hub mode. OWNERS: assistant-display-eng@",
+            "Assistant on Tangor running in Personal mode. OWNERS: assistant-display-eng@",
+            "Assistant on Pixel Watch (a.k.a., Rohan). OWNERS: assistant-wearable-team@",
+            "Devices with screen off or locked (go/bisto). OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Smart surface, such as Titan. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "A speaker. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "A tablet. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Assistant on a phone call (go/telephone). OWNERS: telephone-assistant-eng@",
+            "IoT device. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Watch. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Wear OS. OWNERS: surfaces-infra-core@",
+            "Assistant on Wear OS Watch (a.k.a., Edoras). OWNERS: assistant-wearable-team@"
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "surfaceVersion": {
+          "$ref": "AssistantApiCoreTypesGovernedSurfaceVersion",
+          "description": "The version of the surface/client. This is different from the Conversation protocol version."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "AssistantApiCoreTypesGovernedSurfaceVersion": {
+      "description": "The version of the surface/client. New surfaces are encouraged to only use the \u201cmajor\u201d field to keep track of version number. The \u201cminor\u201d field may be used for surfaces that rely on both the \u201cmajor\u201d and \u201cminor\u201d fields to define their version.",
+      "id": "AssistantApiCoreTypesGovernedSurfaceVersion",
+      "properties": {
+        "major": {
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "minor": {
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AssistantApiCoreTypesHomeAppInfo": {
       "description": "The Home app information of the provider. Next ID: 3",
       "id": "AssistantApiCoreTypesHomeAppInfo",
@@ -11528,7 +11723,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AssistantApiCoreTypesMessageNotification": {
-      "description": "This proto captures the contents of a messaging app notification that is typically part of a conversation thread. Next Id: 20",
+      "description": "LINT.IfChange(ungoverned_message_notification) This proto captures the contents of a messaging app notification that is typically part of a conversation thread. Next Id: 20",
       "id": "AssistantApiCoreTypesMessageNotification",
       "properties": {
         "appName": {
@@ -12338,7 +12533,7 @@
         },
         "systemNotificationRestrictions": {
           "$ref": "AssistantApiSystemNotificationRestrictions",
-          "description": "Restrictions related to system-level notifications. This field is superficially similar to ProactiveNotificationOutput, but unlike that field which tracks a per-user preference on the OPA side, this field captures system level notifications restrictions. This field is not stored and is merged to capablities from conversation params. It exists mostly for logging purposes of android channel state and global app-level notification opt out."
+          "description": "Restrictions related to system-level notifications. This field is superficially similar to ProactiveNotificationOutput, but unlike that field which tracks a per-user preference on the OPA side, this field captures system level notifications restrictions. This field is not stored and is merged to capabilities from conversation params. It exists mostly for logging purposes of android channel state and global app-level notification opt out."
         },
         "thirdPartyCapabilities": {
           "$ref": "AssistantApiThirdPartyCapabilities",
@@ -12563,7 +12758,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AssistantApiGuestAccessOutput": {
-      "description": "DEPRECATED: Use AccessControlOutput instead. Access settings for guests.",
+      "description": "Access settings for guests.",
       "id": "AssistantApiGuestAccessOutput",
       "properties": {
         "guestAccessOnYoutube": {
@@ -12823,7 +13018,7 @@
           "description": "Contains detailed provider information such as android app package name."
         },
         "providerKey": {
-          "description": "An provider enum string for OTT providers. The available key can be found in go/ump-provider-enum For Tuner provider, the provider key would be an ID the tuner app uploaded from TIF. See https://source.android.com/devices/tv",
+          "description": "A provider enum string for OTT providers. The available key can be found in go/ump-provider-enum For Tuner provider, the provider key would be an ID the tuner app uploaded from TIF. See https://source.android.com/devices/tv",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "providerType": {
@@ -12855,11 +13050,6 @@
       "description": "Data which is produced for logging and debugging. Servers MUST NOT use this for any other purposes, such as branching on it. Next ID: 16",
       "id": "AssistantApiLoggingOnlyData",
       "properties": {
-        "accountIndex": {
-          "description": "The index of the account on the device. Useful when there are multiple accounts on a device. There is no guarantee that this is a stable number but is relatively stable in practice.",
-          "format": "int32",
-          "type": "integer"
-        },
         "acpVersion": {
           "description": "A user-readable string describing the ACP version (go/acp-version) of the client app used by the user to originate the conversation.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -13308,10 +13498,6 @@
       "description": "These are user configurable permissions representing what the device is allowed to output. Next ID: 11",
       "id": "AssistantApiOutputRestrictions",
       "properties": {
-        "accessControlOutput": {
-          "$ref": "AssistantApiAccessControlOutput",
-          "description": "Access settings for all providers."
-        },
         "googlePhotoContent": {
           "description": "The type of Google Photo content which the device can output.",
           "enum": [
@@ -13319,14 +13505,14 @@
             "NO_RESTRICTED_PHOTO_CONTENT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "All content can be output, including contents from restriced categories (e.g. violent, racy).",
+            "All content can be output, including contents from restricted categories (e.g. violent, racy).",
             "Only content from non-restricted categories can be output."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "guestAccessOutput": {
           "$ref": "AssistantApiGuestAccessOutput",
-          "description": "DEPRECATED: Use access_control_output instead. Access settings for guests."
+          "description": "Access settings for guests."
         },
         "personalData": {
           "description": "The level of personal data which the device can output. See go/personal-readout for detail.",
@@ -13471,10 +13657,6 @@
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "supportsProactiveOutput": {
-          "description": "Whether a device supports proactive output. Note that this is assumed to be true for all Smart Display devices, but surfaces that newly start supporting proactive_output should set this bit.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        },
         "userMatchProactive": {
           "description": "Settings for displaying personal data on proactive surfaces with face match capability.",
           "enum": [
@@ -13675,7 +13857,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "visionHelpEnabled": {
-          "description": "Whether the device enabled vision help features in accessiblity settings. The settings is config in Assistant App and on-device settings, and stored in footprints. When enabled, font, color and TTS will be adjusted.",
+          "description": "Whether the device enabled vision help features in accessibility settings. The settings is config in Assistant App and on-device settings, and stored in footprints. When enabled, font, color and TTS will be adjusted.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
@@ -13789,7 +13971,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AssistantApiSettingsAppCapabilities": {
-      "description": "These capabilties are associated with Assistant Settings on devices.",
+      "description": "These capabilities are associated with Assistant Settings on devices.",
       "id": "AssistantApiSettingsAppCapabilities",
       "properties": {
         "carSettingsCapabilities": {
@@ -14264,10 +14446,6 @@
           "description": "Local network ID of the device (truncated to obfuscate devices and households globally). This is a temporary signal to determine proximity of Assistant devices in a house (HGS place).",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "trustedVoiceEnabled": {
-          "description": "DEPRECATED: Use speech_settings instead. Indicates whether the user has enabled trusted voice for this device. See go/hotword-settings-on-cloud for more info on this project.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        },
         "type": {
           "description": "The type of the device. Note: this should only be used for grouping devices for UI presentation purpose. Use |capabilities| to decide what the device can do.",
           "enum": [
@@ -15649,7 +15827,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AssistantApiSpeechCapabilities": {
-      "description": "DEPRECATED These capabilties are associated with speech detection on devices.",
+      "description": "DEPRECATED These capabilities are associated with speech detection on devices.",
       "id": "AssistantApiSpeechCapabilities",
       "properties": {
         "dspAvailable": {
@@ -16642,6 +16820,76 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AssistantContextProviderSelectionPolicy": {
+      "description": "Identifies a business policy used for selecting a given content provider in the form of a name and a resulting scoring action.",
+      "id": "AssistantContextProviderSelectionPolicy",
+      "properties": {
+        "policyAction": {
+          "description": "Result of applying the policy.",
+          "enum": [
+            "UNSET_ACTION",
+            "BOOST_TO_WIN_ACTION",
+            "SUPPRESS_TO_INVALIDATE_ACTION"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "policyName": {
+          "description": "Name of the policy.",
+          "enum": [
+            "UNSET_POLICY",
+            "QUERY_RESTRICTED_SPOTIFY_POLICY",
+            "QUERY_RESTRICTED_PANDORA_POLICY",
+            "QUERY_RESTRICTED_NETFLIX_POLICY"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "Candidate should win if the provider_id is Spotify, and the query specified to play the content on Spotify. See go/sp-policy-spotify.",
+            "Candidate should win if the provider_id is Pandora, and the query specified to play the content on Pandora. See go/sp-policy-pandora.",
+            "Candidate should win if the provider_id is Netflix, and the query specified to play the content on Netflix. See go/sp-policy-netflix."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "AssistantContextProviderSelectionResult": {
+      "description": "Message that gets returned from the Provider Selection Library (PSL). It encodes the scores, applied policies, and pruning decisions for a given provider candidate.",
+      "id": "AssistantContextProviderSelectionResult",
+      "properties": {
+        "bucketedFinalScore": {
+          "description": "Alternative bucketed score for use by downstream ranking providers. A raw numeric score is subject to semantic-drift, while a bucket is not.",
+          "enum": [
+            "DEFAULT_BUCKET"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "finalScore": {
+          "description": "Final score in the range [0,1] that can be used for ranking providers. Incorporates both policy rules and quality considerations.",
+          "format": "float",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "policyApplied": {
+          "description": "List of business policies applied to the candidate.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "AssistantContextProviderSelectionPolicy"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "shouldPrune": {
+          "description": "Indicates whether the candidate should be pruned.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AssistantContextProviderVariant": {
       "description": "Note: As of May 2021, multiple providers use the same mids (e.g. YouTube Main, YouTube Go, and YouTube Music all have the same mids). However, quite often we end up using surface specific identifiers (e.g. Android package names, iOS bundle identifiers, etc.) to differentiate amongst them. This field allows us to move away from surface specific identifiers towards a surface-agnostic enum representing the same information.",
       "id": "AssistantContextProviderVariant",
@@ -16723,7 +16971,8 @@
             "MISSING_LOCAL_DEVICE_SETTING",
             "NO_DEVICE_HAS_REQUIRED_APP",
             "HYBRID_DEVICE_NOT_QUALIFIED",
-            "NO_NEARBY_DEVICES"
+            "NO_NEARBY_DEVICES",
+            "NO_MATCHING_LAST_USED_DEVICE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
@@ -16753,7 +17002,8 @@
             "AvailableDevice device setting of local device is missing.",
             "Required app is not installed",
             "All remote hybrid devices fail the propertries requirement specific (lock/unlock, etc) for hybrid devices (such as Tangor).",
-            "No nearby hearing devices"
+            "No nearby hearing devices",
+            "No matching device for the LastUsedDevice requirement found."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -16774,7 +17024,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "supportsGenericMutations": {
-          "description": "Whether the client supports mutation of any alarm attribute such as time_pattern, recurrence_pattern, etc through the MUTATE action. If this is false, MUTATE may only be used for changing the alarm's status (to e.g. disable or dismiss the alarm).",
+          "description": "Whether the client supports mutation of any alarm attribute such as time_pattern, recurrence_pattern, etc through the MUTATE action. If this is false, MUTATE may only be used to disable or dismiss an alarm. This field is true by default for backwards-compatibility; clients which don't support mutation outside of Disable/DismissAlarm should explicitly set this to false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "supportsStopAction": {
@@ -17007,6 +17257,11 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AssistantDevicesPlatformProtoExecutionWaitCapability": {
+      "id": "AssistantDevicesPlatformProtoExecutionWaitCapability",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AssistantDevicesPlatformProtoInlinedActionCapability": {
       "id": "AssistantDevicesPlatformProtoInlinedActionCapability",
       "properties": {
@@ -17291,7 +17546,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AssistantDevicesPlatformProtoSupportedDeviceOps": {
-      "description": "This message will specify supports for fields in |assistant.embedded.v1.DeviceOp|, for a device model package. See go/easi-client-op2 for more info. Next ID: 16",
+      "description": "This message will specify supports for fields in |assistant.embedded.v1.DeviceOp|, for a device model package. See go/easi-client-op2 for more info. Next ID: 17",
       "id": "AssistantDevicesPlatformProtoSupportedDeviceOps",
       "properties": {
         "callCall": {
@@ -17314,6 +17569,10 @@
           "$ref": "AssistantDevicesPlatformProtoDeviceTakePhotoCapability",
           "description": "[device_take_photo] specifies the support for the device.TAKE_PHOTO clientop, and the corresponding device_take_photo field in assistant.embedded.v1.DeviceOp."
         },
+        "executionWait": {
+          "$ref": "AssistantDevicesPlatformProtoExecutionWaitCapability",
+          "description": "|execution_wait| specifies the support for execution.WAIT client_op, and the corresponding execution_wait field in assistant.embedded.v1.DeviceOp."
+        },
         "mediaNext": {
           "$ref": "AssistantDevicesPlatformProtoMediaNextCapability"
         },
@@ -17417,6 +17676,55 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AssistantGroundingProviderProviderSignalResult": {
+      "description": "Message containing the processed provider signals. This message is consumed by systems outside of the Provider GP, such as the HGR. For use of provider signals within the Provider GP, please refer to the CTF-governed PackedProviderSignals defined in: cs/google3/assistant/context/proto/packed_provider_signals.proto;rcl=486224300;l=68",
+      "id": "AssistantGroundingProviderProviderSignalResult",
+      "properties": {
+        "isDefaultProvider": {
+          "description": "Whether the provider is the default provider for the BII and entity type. Also known as the 'preferred_provider'.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "isForegroundProvider": {
+          "description": "Whether the provider is currently open in the foreground on the device.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "isInAppProvider": {
+          "description": "Indicates that fulfillment on this provider will happen within the provider app",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "isInstalled": {
+          "description": "Whether the provider is installed, or otherwise reachable, from the device.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "isLastUsedProvider": {
+          "description": "Whether the provider was the last-used provider for this intent on the device. Also known as the 'sticky_provider'.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "isQueryRestrictedProvider": {
+          "description": "Whether the provider was specified by the query.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "providerSelectionResult": {
+          "$ref": "AssistantContextProviderSelectionResult",
+          "description": "The result of running provider-selection on the provider candidate. This is populated by the Signal Extractor after the PSL has been run."
+        },
+        "providerTypeSignal": {
+          "description": "Contains the \"fulfillment type\" of provider eg whether it's 0p or System API provider.",
+          "enum": [
+            "UNKNOWN_TYPE",
+            "ZEROTH_PARTY_TYPE",
+            "ANDROID_SYSTEM_API_TYPE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "Provider fulfillment is through 0-party assistant app (AGSA) on mobile or 0-party libassistant on other surfaces. See go/0p-and-system-api-in-pc.",
+            "Provider fulfillment is through Android System API. See go/0p-and-system-api-in-pc."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AssistantGroundingRankerAssistantInteractionFeatures": {
       "id": "AssistantGroundingRankerAssistantInteractionFeatures",
       "properties": {
@@ -17497,7 +17805,8 @@
             "SHARED_CONTACT",
             "FAMILY_MEMBER",
             "SHARED_DEVICE_USER",
-            "ON_DEVICE_CONTACT_LOOKUP"
+            "ON_DEVICE_CONTACT_LOOKUP",
+            "APP_SEARCH_CONTACT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Contacts from Focus",
@@ -17510,7 +17819,8 @@
             "Contacts shared from other users. See go/multi-user-shared-contact.",
             "People in the user's family group in http://families.google.com who are not contacts.",
             "People who share a device with the user who are not contacts.",
-            "Contacts from on device lookup during contact fulfillment."
+            "Contacts from on device lookup during contact fulfillment.",
+            "Contacts from AppSearch."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -17651,6 +17961,10 @@
         "deviceTargetingLabels": {
           "$ref": "AssistantGroundingRankerDeviceTargetingLabels",
           "description": "Labels tagged by Device Targeting library (Lumos)."
+        },
+        "surfaceIdentity": {
+          "$ref": "AssistantApiCoreTypesGovernedSurfaceIdentity",
+          "description": "The set of information that helps identify the surface."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -18058,13 +18372,23 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AssistantGroundingRankerPodcastGroundingProviderFeatures": {
-      "description": "Features to be extracted from Podcast GP for ranking in HGR. Next ID: 4",
+      "description": "Features to be extracted from Podcast GP for ranking in HGR. Next ID: 6",
       "id": "AssistantGroundingRankerPodcastGroundingProviderFeatures",
       "properties": {
         "isExclusive": {
           "description": "Whether the podcast is exclusive to a provider a not.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "podcastListenersCount": {
+          "description": "The count of the unique users that listened to the podcast in the last 28 days.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "popularityScore": {
+          "description": "Provider popularity score. More details are here go/ps-to-kg.",
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
         "scubedNg3ModelScore": {
           "description": "The relevance score from Scubed.",
           "format": "float",
@@ -18079,13 +18403,9 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AssistantGroundingRankerProviderGroundingProviderFeatures": {
-      "description": "Features to be extracted from Provider GP for ranking in HGR. Next ID: 6",
+      "description": "Features to be extracted from Provider GP for ranking in HGR. Next ID: 7",
       "id": "AssistantGroundingRankerProviderGroundingProviderFeatures",
       "properties": {
-        "isInAppProvider": {
-          "description": "Indicates that fulfillment on this provider will happen within the provider app.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        },
         "providerClusterIds": {
           "description": "Cluster IDs for the provider. This field is repeated because some providers can be associated with multiple clusters. PRR specific feature.",
           "items": {
@@ -18098,6 +18418,10 @@
           "$ref": "AssistantContextProviderId",
           "description": "ProviderId for the provider in the binding set. PRR specific feature."
         },
+        "providerSignalResult": {
+          "$ref": "AssistantGroundingProviderProviderSignalResult",
+          "description": "Provider signals extracted from Provider GP."
+        },
         "pslScore": {
           "description": "Provider quality score in the range [0,1] that can be used for ranking providers. Incorporates both policy rules and quality considerations.",
           "format": "float",
@@ -18481,7 +18805,8 @@
             "SHARED_CONTACT",
             "FAMILY_MEMBER",
             "SHARED_DEVICE_USER",
-            "ON_DEVICE_CONTACT_LOOKUP"
+            "ON_DEVICE_CONTACT_LOOKUP",
+            "APP_SEARCH_CONTACT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
@@ -18495,7 +18820,8 @@
             "Contacts shared from other users. See go/multi-user-shared-contact.",
             "People in the user's family group in http://families.google.com who are not contacts.",
             "People who share a device with the user who are not contacts.",
-            "Contacts from on device lookup during contact fulfillment."
+            "Contacts from on device lookup during contact fulfillment.",
+            "Contacts from AppSearch."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -18608,7 +18934,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AssistantLogsDeviceInfoLog": {
-      "description": "The information related to the device.",
+      "description": "The information related to the device. Next ID: 18",
       "id": "AssistantLogsDeviceInfoLog",
       "properties": {
         "arbitrationDeviceId": {
@@ -18678,6 +19004,7 @@
             "HYBRID_DEVICE_PROPERTIES_FILTER",
             "NEARBY_DEVICE_FILTER",
             "DEVICE_ATTRIBUTES_FILTER",
+            "LAST_USED_DEVICE_FILTER",
             "DEFAULT_MEDIA_OUTPUT_PROMOTER",
             "DEVICE_GROUP_PROMOTER",
             "LOCAL_DEVICE_PROMOTER",
@@ -18706,6 +19033,7 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "",
             "promoters",
             "",
             "",
@@ -18721,6 +19049,10 @@
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "homeStructureId": {
+          "description": "The home structure id of the device.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "isRemote": {
           "type": "boolean"
         },
@@ -19187,7 +19519,8 @@
             "MISSING_LOCAL_DEVICE_SETTING",
             "NO_DEVICE_HAS_REQUIRED_APP",
             "HYBRID_DEVICE_NOT_QUALIFIED",
-            "NO_NEARBY_DEVICES"
+            "NO_NEARBY_DEVICES",
+            "NO_MATCHING_LAST_USED_DEVICE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
@@ -19217,7 +19550,8 @@
             "AvailableDevice device setting of local device is missing.",
             "Required app is not installed",
             "All remote hybrid devices fail the propertries requirement specific (lock/unlock, etc) for hybrid devices (such as Tangor).",
-            "No nearby hearing devices"
+            "No nearby hearing devices",
+            "No matching device for the LastUsedDevice requirement found."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -19400,6 +19734,7 @@
             "HYBRID_DEVICE_PROPERTIES_FILTER",
             "NEARBY_DEVICE_FILTER",
             "DEVICE_ATTRIBUTES_FILTER",
+            "LAST_USED_DEVICE_FILTER",
             "DEFAULT_MEDIA_OUTPUT_PROMOTER",
             "DEVICE_GROUP_PROMOTER",
             "LOCAL_DEVICE_PROMOTER",
@@ -19428,6 +19763,7 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "",
             "promoters",
             "",
             "",
@@ -19920,7 +20256,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AssistantPrefulfillmentRankerPrefulfillmentSignals": {
-      "description": "Signals to be used by the Prefulfillment Ranker. Derived from the ParsingSignals and GroundingSignals carried by the FunctionCall. LINT.IfChange Next ID: 53",
+      "description": "Signals to be used by the Prefulfillment Ranker. Derived from the ParsingSignals and GroundingSignals carried by the FunctionCall. LINT.IfChange Next ID: 57",
       "id": "AssistantPrefulfillmentRankerPrefulfillmentSignals",
       "properties": {
         "bindingSetAuis": {
@@ -19928,11 +20264,39 @@
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
+        "bindingSetInvalidReason": {
+          "description": "BindingSet level invalid reason. This is only useful when the bindingset is invalid after running the horizontal check in HGR. More details: go/gb-infeasible.",
+          "enum": [
+            "BINDING_SET_INVALID_REASON_UNKNOWN",
+            "BINDING_SET_INVALID_REASON_PROVIDER_INFEASIBLE_FOR_INTENT"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "Currently, the only example of this is FulfillmentOptionLibrary outputs which tell us whether a provider is feasible given the entire interpretation. (Note: this is a bset-level check because it looks at the entire interpretation, which the Provider GP cannot do)."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "bindingSetPauis": {
           "description": "Pauis score for the binding set",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
+        "bindingSetValidity": {
+          "description": "BindingSet level validity. When one of the GPs returns invalid resolution, or the combined bindingset is invalid, this enum will indidate the validity. More details: go/gb-infeasible.",
+          "enum": [
+            "BINDING_SET_VALIDITY_UNKNOWN",
+            "BINDING_SET_VALIDITY_VALID",
+            "BINDING_SET_VALIDITY_INVALID_RESOLUTIONS",
+            "BINDING_SET_VALIDITY_INFEASIBLE_JOINT_GROUNDING"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "",
+            "Means that one or more resolutions returned INVALID. See individual resolutions for more info.",
+            "Means that the combination of resolutions is infeasible for some reason. See invalid_reason for more info."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "calibratedParsingScore": {
           "description": "A parsing score that is independently calibrated by each parser/IG.",
           "format": "double",
@@ -20016,10 +20380,18 @@
           "description": "Whether the intent is a podcast intent.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "isSageIntent": {
+          "description": "Whether this intent was generated by Sage.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "isTvmIntent": {
           "description": "Whether the intent is a media object tvm intent.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "isValidSmarthomeIntent": {
+          "description": "Whether the intent is a Smarthome-domain intent with valid device arguments.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "isVideoIntent": {
           "description": "Whether the intent is a media object video intent.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -20205,13 +20577,15 @@
             "SUB_INTENT_TYPE_TV_FALLBACK_SEARCH_INTENT",
             "SUB_INTENT_TYPE_PODCAST",
             "SUB_INTENT_TYPE_MUSIC_INITIATION_INTENT",
-            "SUB_INTENT_TYPE_PLAY_RADIO_INTENT"
+            "SUB_INTENT_TYPE_PLAY_RADIO_INTENT",
+            "SUB_INTENT_TYPE_PLAY_TVM_INTENT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
             "Find_media",
             "Play_media, Play_media, Play_media, Listen_to_media, Media_entity_bare, Play_and_shuffle_media",
             "Play_media",
+            "Play_media",
             "Play_media"
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -20746,7 +21120,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AssistantVerticalsHomeautomationProtoHomeAutomation_MetaData": {
-      "description": "Next ID: 43",
+      "description": "Next ID: 44",
       "id": "AssistantVerticalsHomeautomationProtoHomeAutomation_MetaData",
       "properties": {
         "actionProjectConfigs": {
@@ -20807,6 +21181,10 @@
           "description": "Whether local home platform should discover new devices via LAN for the structure.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "matterUniqueId": {
+          "$ref": "AssistantVerticalsHomeautomationProtoMatterUniqueId",
+          "description": "Matter Unique ID. Contains VID/PID information"
+        },
         "modelName": {
           "description": "Model name from HomeGraph, populated from model_manifest.model_name. See b/200087451.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -21023,6 +21401,24 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AssistantVerticalsHomeautomationProtoMatterUniqueId": {
+      "description": "Matter unique Id. These values are provided by the device.",
+      "id": "AssistantVerticalsHomeautomationProtoMatterUniqueId",
+      "properties": {
+        "productId": {
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "uniqueId": {
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "vendorId": {
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AssistantVerticalsHomeautomationProtoPhysicalLocation": {
       "id": "AssistantVerticalsHomeautomationProtoPhysicalLocation",
       "properties": {
@@ -21590,7 +21986,8 @@
             "DIALOGFLOW_DELEGATION",
             "AD_LEAD_VERIFICATION",
             "GET_HUMAN",
-            "CHECK_INSURANCE_ACCEPTANCE"
+            "CHECK_INSURANCE_ACCEPTANCE",
+            "FREE_TEXT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "// Data extraction:",
@@ -21639,7 +22036,8 @@
             "Duplex for Business - Dialogflow delegation module for CCAI integration.",
             "Duplex for Business - ad lead verification module for GLS integration.",
             "Get Human bot.",
-            "Check health insurance acceptance."
+            "Check health insurance acceptance.",
+            "Wrapper use case for creating an errand from conversational free-text. The true use case for the errand will be provided by a call to the LBT backend's task routing logic, such that this use case should NOT actually ever reach the caller."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -29344,6 +29742,179 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GeostoreCityJsonProto": {
+      "description": "CityJsonProto is a custom proto representation of the portion of the CityJSON spec (https://www.cityjson.org/) relevant to internal projects. See go/cityjsonproto-design for more information about the modeling and design decisions implemented here.",
+      "id": "GeostoreCityJsonProto",
+      "properties": {
+        "cityObjects": {
+          "description": "City objects associated with this CityJsonProto.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObject"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "transform": {
+          "$ref": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoTransform",
+          "description": "Spec for converting vertices from a local coordinate system in arbitrary units to ECEF coordinates in meters (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Earth-centered,_Earth-fixed_coordinate_system)."
+        },
+        "vertexXyz": {
+          "description": "Vertices as local coordinates represented as a flattened list: [x1,y1,z1,x2,y2,z2,x3,y3,z3]. Vertices are relative to a local coordinate system and rounded to their nearest integer value. See `transform` for how vertices can be transformed from a local coordinate system into an Earth-centered, Earth-fixed coordinate system. Vertices are flattened for space efficiency, memory locality, and processing performance. To access the x,y,z coordinates of vertex N, read the values at indices 3N, 3N+1, and 3N+2.",
+          "items": {
+            "format": "int32",
+            "type": "integer"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObject": {
+      "description": "Representation of an object with geometry.",
+      "id": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObject",
+      "properties": {
+        "geometries": {
+          "description": "Geometries associated with this object.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometry"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "The ID of this CityObject, which must be unique within this CityJsonProto. The ID does not have a meaning outside this CityJsonProto.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "Type of object represented, e.g. building.",
+          "enum": [
+            "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "BUILDING",
+            "OTHER_CONSTRUCTION"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Should never be set in prod. If set locally and converted to CityJSON, the CityJSON will be invalid.",
+            "Building.",
+            "Unspecified other structure, e.g. storefront."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometry": {
+      "description": "Representation of geometry. Geometries vary both in type and in level-of-detail, enabling representation of any shape at any level of granularity.",
+      "id": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometry",
+      "properties": {
+        "lod": {
+          "description": "Level-of-detail (LoD) indicates how intricate the geometric representation is. May be a single digit per CityGML standards or X.Y per TU Delft (visual depiction at https://3d.bk.tudelft.nl/lod/). `CityObject`s may have multiple geometries with the same LoD.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "multipoint": {
+          "$ref": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometryMultiPoint",
+          "description": "For geometries consisting of a single point, line, or loop."
+        },
+        "multisurface": {
+          "$ref": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometryMultiSurface",
+          "description": "For geometries consisting of a collection of surfaces."
+        },
+        "solid": {
+          "$ref": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometrySolid",
+          "description": "For geometries consisting of a watertight 3D shape."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometryMultiPoint": {
+      "description": "A single line, loop, or set of points.",
+      "id": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometryMultiPoint",
+      "properties": {
+        "xIndices": {
+          "description": "A collection of references to vertices in `CityJsonProto.vertex_xyz`. `CityJsonProto.vertex_xyz` is a flattened list of vertex coordinates. A value in `x_indices` should be the index of the x-coordinate of the desired vertex V; the full coordinates of vertex V can then be found at indices [V,V+1,V+2]. For example, an `x_indices` containing 3, 0, and 12 references three vertices, whose complete x,y,z coordinates can respectively be found at `CityJsonProto.vertex_xyz` indices [3,4,5], [0,1,2], and [12,13,14].",
+          "items": {
+            "format": "int32",
+            "type": "integer"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometryMultiSurface": {
+      "description": "A collection of arbitrary surfaces that have no prescribed topological relationship.",
+      "id": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometryMultiSurface",
+      "properties": {
+        "surfaces": {
+          "description": "All surfaces are standalone entities with no relationship to each other.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometrySurface"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometrySolid": {
+      "description": "A 3D shape, composed of a watertight exterior shell with optional interior watertight shells.",
+      "id": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometrySolid",
+      "properties": {
+        "shells": {
+          "description": "The first shell is exterior; any additional are interior.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometryMultiSurface"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometrySurface": {
+      "description": "A polygonal surface, composed of a closed exterior loop with optional closed interior loops.",
+      "id": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometrySurface",
+      "properties": {
+        "loops": {
+          "description": "The first loop is exterior; any additional are interior.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoCityObjectGeometryMultiPoint"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GeostoreCityJsonProtoTransform": {
+      "description": "Information for transforming a point from an \"old\" to \"new\" coordinate frame. Applied as follows: vertex_new = scale * vertex_old + translate",
+      "id": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoTransform",
+      "properties": {
+        "scale": {
+          "description": "Relative scale of the vertices in the new coordinate system relative to the old coordinate system. Applies to all three x,y,z coordinates.",
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "translate": {
+          "$ref": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoTransformXyzVector",
+          "description": "Offset of each vertex in the new coordinate system relative to the old coordinate system."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GeostoreCityJsonProtoTransformXyzVector": {
+      "description": "Vector of length three whose values respectively correspond to the x, y, and z axes.",
+      "id": "GeostoreCityJsonProtoTransformXyzVector",
+      "properties": {
+        "x": {
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "y": {
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "z": {
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GeostoreComposableItemProto": {
       "description": "Generic item proto. This is intended to have only certain aspects filled (e.g. photo only, name + price). Valid combinations of properties are enforced by linters.",
       "id": "GeostoreComposableItemProto",
@@ -29498,6 +30069,19 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GeostoreCurvatureProto": {
+      "id": "GeostoreCurvatureProto",
+      "properties": {
+        "pointCurvature": {
+          "description": "Curvature values at points along the flowline. A linear interpolation between two successive points will yield the curvature value at intermediate points.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GeostorePointCurvatureProto"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GeostoreCurveConnectionProto": {
       "description": "Protocol buffer describing a curve that connects two externally specified endpoints.",
       "id": "GeostoreCurveConnectionProto",
@@ -32202,7 +32786,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GeostoreFeatureFieldMetadataProto": {
-      "description": "Provenance information for sub-fields of this feature.",
+      "description": "Provenance information for sub-fields of this feature - go/subfield-provenance.",
       "id": "GeostoreFeatureFieldMetadataProto",
       "properties": {
         "fieldProvenance": {
@@ -32424,6 +33008,7 @@
             "FUTURE_GEOMETRY",
             "FUTURE_GEOMETRY_FOR",
             "GCONCEPT",
+            "GEOMETRY_3D",
             "GEOMETRY_PRECISION_METERS",
             "GEOPOLITICAL_GEOMETRY_REST_OF_WORLD_POLYGON",
             "GEOPOLITICAL_GEOMETRY_SELF_POLYGON",
@@ -32538,6 +33123,7 @@
             "TRANSIT_LINE_VEHICLE_TYPE",
             "TRANSIT_STATION_AGENCY_ASSOCIATION",
             "VERTICAL_ORDERING_LEVEL",
+            "VISUALIZATION_AREA",
             "WATER_REMOVED_POLYGON",
             "DEPRECATED_DO_NOT_USE_EMAIL_ADDRESS",
             "DEPRECATED_DO_NOT_USE_RANK_GEOMETRY",
@@ -32792,6 +33378,8 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "",
+            "",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -32916,6 +33504,10 @@
           "$ref": "GeostoreFeatureIdProto",
           "description": "Specifies the feature that this feature's geometry will replace. If this field is populated, the referenced feature must have a future_geometry reference back to this feature. This field is only allowed (and required) for TYPE_FUTURE_GEOMETRY features."
         },
+        "geometry3d": {
+          "$ref": "GeostoreGeometryStoreReferenceProto",
+          "description": "Geometry Store ID and materialized geometry representing the feature's physical shape in the world."
+        },
         "geometryPrecisionMeters": {
           "description": "If set, the feature's actual location can be assumed to be somewhere within a circle of this radius, centered on the feature's location. More information on this field at go/gpm-definition-update. NOTE: Only applicable to features with 'point' geometry. Please contact geo-schema-team@ if you have non-point use cases for which this field would be useful.",
           "format": "double",
@@ -33938,6 +34530,10 @@
           "$ref": "GeostoreVerticalOrderingProto",
           "description": "Represents vertical ordering for this feature relative to other geometrically-overlaping features. See go/aboutgrades for more information about distinction among different levels."
         },
+        "visualizationArea": {
+          "$ref": "GeostoreGeometryStoreReferenceProto",
+          "description": "Geometry Store ID and materialized geometry representing a tight bounding box of the feature's geometry (or the building/grounds a POI occupies), e.g. for generating flyover experiences."
+        },
         "waterRemovedPolygon": {
           "$ref": "GeostorePolygonProto",
           "description": "A version of the geometry which has water removed but is not simplified (thus having equal or more vertices than polygon_for_display)."
@@ -34020,6 +34616,10 @@
       "description": "Wrapper to hold data related to a lane\u2019s track, extendable for future data.",
       "id": "GeostoreFlowLineProto",
       "properties": {
+        "curvature": {
+          "$ref": "GeostoreCurvatureProto",
+          "description": "RESERVED"
+        },
         "track": {
           "$ref": "GeostoreTrackProto"
         }
@@ -34324,6 +34924,26 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GeostoreGeometryStoreReferenceProto": {
+      "description": "A Geometry Store ID and, in some contexts, geometry materialized from the record associated with that ID.",
+      "id": "GeostoreGeometryStoreReferenceProto",
+      "properties": {
+        "footprint": {
+          "description": "Geometry (in STGeography format) materialized from the footprint field of the Geometry Store record associated with the geometry_id referenced above.",
+          "format": "byte",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "geometry": {
+          "$ref": "GeostoreCityJsonProto",
+          "description": "Geometry materialized from the full_fidelity_proto field of the Geometry Store record associated with the geometry_id referenced above."
+        },
+        "geometryId": {
+          "description": "The ID of a record in the Geometry Store.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GeostoreGeopoliticalGeometryProto": {
       "description": "Geopolitical (unsimplified) polygons for a feature for different geopolitical use cases. See go/unsimplified-poly.",
       "id": "GeostoreGeopoliticalGeometryProto",
@@ -38531,6 +39151,33 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GeostorePointCurvatureProto": {
+      "id": "GeostorePointCurvatureProto",
+      "properties": {
+        "curvatureStatus": {
+          "enum": [
+            "CURVATURE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "CURVATURE_UNKNOWN"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "A curvature value can be explicitly set as UNKNOWN when we do not have enough information to make a determination."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "radiansPerMeter": {
+          "description": "Curvature in radians per meter. Negative is a curve to the left and positive is a curve to the right.",
+          "format": "float",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "startPointFraction": {
+          "description": "How far along the line this curvature value starts to apply, in the format of decimal between 0 and 1.",
+          "format": "float",
+          "type": "number"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GeostorePointProto": {
       "id": "GeostorePointProto",
       "properties": {
@@ -41102,12 +41749,16 @@
           "$ref": "GeostoreFeatureIdProto",
           "description": "Restriction group this restriction belongs to."
         },
+        "restrictionToken": {
+          "description": "A token that can be used to identify the version of the data about this restriction.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "schedule": {
           "$ref": "GeostoreTimeScheduleProto",
           "description": "When specified, restriction applies only at particular times (operating hours or times of the year: reversing lanes, seasonal roads, no left turns from 3-5pm Mon-Fri except holidays). Otherwise, restriction is in effect at all times."
         },
         "scope": {
-          "description": "The scope that the restriction applies to. - SCOPE_DIRECTION means the segment/sibling pair is restricted in the direction of the segment that contains this RestrictionProto. For segment/sibling pairs with pedestrian facilities (and thus side-of-road routing) the RestrictionProto restricts both facilities in the direction of the segment (assuming that the restriction applies to travel mode TRAVEL_PEDESTRIAN). - SCOPE_SIDE means the RestrictionProto applies only to the side of road that the containing segment represents. That sibling's pedestrian facility is restricted in both directions. Schema constraints: - SCOPE_SIDE must be set if and only if travel_mode == [TRAVEL_PEDESTRIAN] and the segment containing the restriction has PEDESTRIAN_FACILITY_PRESENT. Such restrictions must have no subpath. - All other restrictions must have this field set to SCOPE_DIRECTION (whether explicitly or implicitly). This distinction is necessary for cases such as pedestrian facility on one-way segment/sibling roads.",
+          "description": "The scope that the restriction applies to. - SCOPE_DIRECTION means the segment/sibling pair is restricted in the direction of the segment that contains this RestrictionProto. For segment/sibling pairs with pedestrian facilities (and thus side-of-road routing) the RestrictionProto restricts both facilities in the direction of the segment (assuming that the restriction applies to travel mode TRAVEL_PEDESTRIAN). - SCOPE_SIDE means the RestrictionProto applies only to the side of road that the containing segment represents. That sibling's pedestrian facility is restricted in both directions. Schema constraints: - SCOPE_SIDE must be set if and only if travel_mode == [TRAVEL_PEDESTRIAN] and the segment containing the restriction has the pedestrian_facility field set and is not set to PEDESTRIAN_FACILITY_UNKNOWN. Such restrictions must have no subpath. - All other restrictions must have this field set to SCOPE_DIRECTION (whether explicitly or implicitly). This distinction is necessary for cases such as pedestrian facility on one-way segment/sibling roads.",
           "enum": [
             "SCOPE_DIRECTION",
             "SCOPE_SIDE"
@@ -45199,11 +45850,13 @@
           "description": "Indicates if an error occurred while fetching alarm state. If this value is missing, it can be assumed that the state fetch was successful.",
           "enum": [
             "STATE_FETCH_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED",
-            "STATE_FETCH_ERROR_TIMEOUT"
+            "STATE_FETCH_ERROR_TIMEOUT",
+            "STATE_FETCH_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Equivalent to no errors from fetching state (i.e. success).",
-            "The time taken to fetch state exceeded the allowed maximum time."
+            "The time taken to fetch state exceeded the allowed maximum time.",
+            "State fetch is not supported in Stateless Timer/Alarm Integration. This is expected for Stateless Integration."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45533,11 +46186,13 @@
           "description": "Indicates if an error occurred while fetching timer state. If this value is missing, it can be assumed that the state fetch was successful.",
           "enum": [
             "STATE_FETCH_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED",
-            "STATE_FETCH_ERROR_TIMEOUT"
+            "STATE_FETCH_ERROR_TIMEOUT",
+            "STATE_FETCH_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Equivalent to no errors from fetching state (i.e. success).",
-            "The time taken to fetch state exceeded the allowed maximum time."
+            "The time taken to fetch state exceeded the allowed maximum time.",
+            "State fetch is not supported in Stateless Timer/Alarm Integration. This is expected for Stateless Integration."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -46445,6 +47100,10 @@
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "enableCalUserEmailLogging": {
+          "description": "Optional. Whether to enable CAL user email logging.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "kmsKey": {
           "description": "Optional. The KMS key used for CMEK encryption. It is required that the kms key is in the same region as the endpoint. The same key will be used for all provisioned resources, if encryption is available. If the kms_key is left empty, no encryption will be enforced.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -46707,6 +47366,79 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudContentwarehouseV1ProjectStatus": {
+      "description": "Status of a project, including the project state, dbType, aclMode and etc.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudContentwarehouseV1ProjectStatus",
+      "properties": {
+        "accessControlMode": {
+          "description": "Access control mode.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ACL_MODE_UNKNOWN",
+            "ACL_MODE_UNIVERSAL_ACCESS",
+            "ACL_MODE_DOCUMENT_LEVEL_ACCESS_CONTROL_BYOID",
+            "ACL_MODE_DOCUMENT_LEVEL_ACCESS_CONTROL_GCI"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "This value is required by protobuf best practices",
+            "Universal Access: No document level access control.",
+            "Document level access control with customer own Identity Service.",
+            "Document level access control using Google Cloud Identity."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "databaseType": {
+          "description": "Database type.",
+          "enum": [
+            "DB_UNKNOWN",
+            "DB_INFRA_SPANNER",
+            "DB_CLOUD_SQL_POSTGRES"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "This value is required by protobuf best practices",
+            "Internal Spanner",
+            "Cloud Sql with a Postgres Sql instance"
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "documentCreatorDefaultRole": {
+          "description": "The default role for the person who create a document.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "location": {
+          "description": "The location of the queried project.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "qaEnabled": {
+          "description": "If the qa is enabled on this project.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "State of the project.",
+          "enum": [
+            "PROJECT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PROJECT_STATE_PENDING",
+            "PROJECT_STATE_COMPLETED",
+            "PROJECT_STATE_FAILED",
+            "PROJECT_STATE_DELETING",
+            "PROJECT_STATE_DELETING_FAILED",
+            "PROJECT_STATE_DELETED",
+            "PROJECT_STATE_NOT_FOUND"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default status, required by protobuf best practices.",
+            "The project is in the middle of a provision process.",
+            "All dependencies have been provisioned.",
+            "A provision process was previously initiated, but failed.",
+            "The project is in the middle of a deletion process.",
+            "A deleting process was initiated, but failed.",
+            "The project is deleted.",
+            "The project is not found."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudContentwarehouseV1Property": {
       "description": "Property of a document.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudContentwarehouseV1Property",
@@ -47022,12 +47754,16 @@
           "enum": [
             "UNKNOWN",
             "ON_CREATE",
-            "ON_UPDATE"
+            "ON_UPDATE",
+            "ON_CREATE_LINK",
+            "ON_DELETE_LINK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Trigger for unknown action.",
             "Trigger for create document action.",
-            "Trigger for update document action."
+            "Trigger for update document action.",
+            "Trigger for create link action.",
+            "Trigger for delete link action."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -47791,7 +48527,7 @@
           "description": "Any error that occurred while processing this document."
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
+          "description": "An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pages": {
@@ -47994,7 +48730,7 @@
         },
         "imageQualityScores": {
           "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DocumentPageImageQualityScores",
-          "description": "Image Quality Scores."
+          "description": "Image quality scores."
         },
         "layout": {
           "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DocumentPageLayout",
@@ -48171,7 +48907,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "languageCode": {
-          "description": "The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.",
+          "description": "The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -48258,7 +48994,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "Encoding mime type for the image.",
+          "description": "Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "width": {
@@ -48270,7 +49006,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DocumentPageImageQualityScores": {
-      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image",
+      "description": "Image quality scores for the page image.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DocumentPageImageQualityScores",
       "properties": {
         "detectedDefects": {
@@ -48281,7 +49017,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "qualityScore": {
-          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.",
+          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -48293,7 +49029,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DocumentPageImageQualityScoresDetectedDefect",
       "properties": {
         "confidence": {
-          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
+          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence that the defect exists.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -48826,7 +49562,7 @@
           "description": "Font size."
         },
         "fontWeight": {
-          "description": "Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp",
+          "description": "[Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textAnchor": {
@@ -48834,11 +49570,11 @@
           "description": "Text anchor indexing into the Document.text."
         },
         "textDecoration": {
-          "description": "Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp",
+          "description": "[Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textStyle": {
-          "description": "Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp",
+          "description": "[Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -48854,7 +49590,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "unit": {
-          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).",
+          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (such as `in`, `px`, and `pt`).",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -49642,7 +50378,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleTypeColor": {
-      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
+      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
       "id": "GoogleTypeColor",
       "properties": {
         "alpha": {
@@ -54202,7 +54938,8 @@
             "GENUS_CONTRIB_SERVICE_GEO_UGC",
             "GENUS_SEARCH_SPORTS",
             "GENUS_BUSINESSMESSAGING",
-            "GENUS_AERIAL_VIEW"
+            "GENUS_AERIAL_VIEW",
+            "GENUS_DOCS_VIDEO"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
@@ -54251,7 +54988,8 @@
             "Genus for GEO UGC videos processed by ContribService. go/venom-lite-for-geo-photo-videos",
             "Genus for Search Sports vertical videos",
             "Genus for Business Messaging videos",
-            "Genus for Geo Aerial View"
+            "Genus for Geo Aerial View",
+            "Genus for Docs Video (Flix)"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -55093,7 +55831,8 @@
             "GENUS_CONTRIB_SERVICE_GEO_UGC",
             "GENUS_SEARCH_SPORTS",
             "GENUS_BUSINESSMESSAGING",
-            "GENUS_AERIAL_VIEW"
+            "GENUS_AERIAL_VIEW",
+            "GENUS_DOCS_VIDEO"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
@@ -55142,7 +55881,8 @@
             "Genus for GEO UGC videos processed by ContribService. go/venom-lite-for-geo-photo-videos",
             "Genus for Search Sports vertical videos",
             "Genus for Business Messaging videos",
-            "Genus for Geo Aerial View"
+            "Genus for Geo Aerial View",
+            "Genus for Docs Video (Flix)"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -57199,52 +57939,1600 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion": {
-      "description": "DataVersion tracks the version of data in CompositeDoc. The notion of \"data\" here is loose and people can define the name of their own. For example, a signal generated by Index Signals or an annotation generated by Goldmine (and other components) can all be considered as data here. Each field in this proto represents the human readable version string and the timestamp of one particular data. We choose to explicitly list out all of the data here for better understanding about which data are tracked. NOTE that human_readable_version is not intended for comparison, use timestamp_micros. In addition, we have an annotation about the field paths of each data. With proto reflection (using google3/net/proto2/util/public/field_path.h), downstream systems can take advantage of this annotation to automatically handle newly introduced data without modifying their code. Please also see the comment of FieldProjector above. There are also some fields in DataInfo that annotate who generates the data, the Index Signals or Goldmine annotator name.",
+      "description": "DataVersion tracks the version of data in CompositeDoc. The notion of \"data\" here is loose and people can define the name of their own. For example, a signal generated by Index Signals or an annotation generated by Goldmine (and other components) can all be considered as data here. Each field in this proto represents the human readable version string and the timestamp of one particular data. We choose to explicitly list out all of the data here for better understanding about which data are tracked. NOTE that human_readable_version is not intended for comparison, use timestamp_micros. In addition, we have an annotation about the field paths of each data. With proto reflection (using google3/net/proto2/util/public/field_path.h), downstream systems can take advantage of this annotation to automatically handle newly introduced data without modifying their code. Please also see the comment of FieldProjector above. There are also some fields in DataInfo that annotate who generates the data, the Index Signals or Goldmine annotator name. Next ID: 536",
       "id": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersion",
       "properties": {
         "acceleratedShoppingSignal": {
           "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
+        "adsAdsaiMagicApfelApfelRegionFinderAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "adsAdsaiMagicMagicPageTypeAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "adsShoppingWebpxRawShoppingAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "amphtmlSignedExchangeErrorDetails": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "amphtmlSignedExchangeValidationPayload": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "analyticsSiteidAnalyticsPropertyAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "analyticsSiteidAnalyticsRenderedOutput": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "authenticSiteRankData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "babelEncoderBabelEncodings": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "badurlsBadurlsForceSelectionSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "boilerplateAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "boilerplateVisibleBytesEstimates": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
         "chromeCounts": {
           "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
-        "creator": {
+        "commerceDataqualityOrganicCrawledSellerData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "commerceDataqualityOrganicShoppingAnnotationSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "commerceDataqualityOrganicShoppingSiteQuality": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "commonsenseQueriosityGoldmineQnaAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "commonsenseScoredCompoundReferenceAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "commonsenseStoneSoupProtoRaffiaInstructionsSeq": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "contraContentReviewAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "contraCuratedContent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "countryCountryAttachment": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "crawzallSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "creator": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "datacommonsDatacommonsTriplesSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "dateAnnotationTags": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "dateAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "dateRangeAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "dateTimeAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "discoverSource": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "discussion": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "documentIntent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "dotsGaramondSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "dotsNewsstandSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "emailAddressAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "extractedBookInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "fatcatCompactDocClassification": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "fatcatSiteVerticalsAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "firstseen": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "fontsAnalysisAnnotatorFontsAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "forumRankingForumPostsSafeSearchAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "foundationSplinterSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "freshboxFreshboxArticleAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "geoPointAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "geoPointResolution": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "geostoreAddressProto": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "i2eV2ImageEntitiesInfos": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageContentAnnotationLabels": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageContentColorSearchColorDetectionResults": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageDataList": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageExtraImageExtraTerms": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageMonetizationFeaturedDocumentProperties": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageMustangFaviconInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageMustangWebsearchImageSnippetResponse": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageQualityLabelmakerDocMediaLabels": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageQualityLandingPageProtoLandingPageSalientTextSet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageQualityLayoutDocument": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageQualityRichdataProtoImageAnchor": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageQualityRichdataProtoRichdata": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageQualitySalientTermsImageQuerySmearingList": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageQualitySalientTermsImageSalientTermSetMap": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageQualitySensitiveFaceSkinToneSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageQualitySensitiveMediaOrPeopleEntities": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageRepositoryGeolocation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageRepositoryPicasaGeoData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageSearchRejectedImageInfoList": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "imageStockStockImageAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsAnnotationMeta": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsAppMarketAppMarketAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsAppsCacheColonAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsAppsDocRestrictionsDocPreviewRestrictionsAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsAutomobileVinAnnotatorAutomobileVinAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsCanonicalUrl": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsCleanTextProto": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsCollectionsDocCollections": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsCommentBlockGroups": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsDatasetModelAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsDatesDateTimes": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsDocImportance": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsDocRestrictionsInDocRestrictionsAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsEntityPage": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsFeedbackSet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsIBertEmbeddingAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsImageRepositoryImageLicenseInfoAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsPcuAmpError": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsPcuSignedExchangeInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsPersonPersonAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsSduPageTypeAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsSocialLinksSocialLinksAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsSubscribewithgoogleSwgAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsTwitterEmbeddedTweetsAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsTypedNumberTypedNumberAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsWaPassagesQueryToPassageAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAnnotationsWaPassagesTrimmedQueryToPassageAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAppsAffiliatedInstantAppInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingAppsMergedAppInfoAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingBadpagesBadPageParseResult": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingBadpagesCollapserInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingBadpagesIndexSelectionRemoval": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingBadpagesLoginPageResult": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingBadpagesUnifiedModelFeatures": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingBeringPublisherOnPageAdsAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingCenterpieceCenterPieceAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingCenterpieceCenterpieceChecksums": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingCenterpieceComponentLearningSource": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingCenterpieceSectionTitleAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingConverterContentGenerationInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingConverterContentParserResults": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingConverterFileMetaInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingConverterLinkRelOutlinks": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingConverterMetaDetectorsResultsProto": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingConverterPdfFileMetaInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingConverterPdfPageAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingCustomCorpusCdmAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingDeepwebStoreListAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingDocjoinerServingTimeClusterIds": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingDocjoinerWikiInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingDocskeletonRepeatedPatternRepeatedPatternAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingDupsLocalizedLocalizedCluster": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingFreshSchedulerFreshSchedulerDoubleInstantExtension": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingFreshSchedulerOutlinkDiscoveryHistoricalHubsSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingImagesRelatedImageSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingInstantActiveClusterScorerSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingInstantBaseReindexWhitelistData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingInstantClusterScorerArticle": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingInstantClusterScorerSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingInstantHistoricalContentSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingInstantNewsHighlyCitedDocumentSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingInstantNewsImagesInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingInstantSignalSourceTagsExtension": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingLatticeLatticeAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMetricsUrlIndexingProps": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMlDomNodeSegments": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMlEntityInfoboxes": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMlPageStructure": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMlSemanticArticle": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMlShoppingUniverseAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMlVerticalVerticalClassificationResult": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMlVerticalVerticalClassificationV2": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMobileClientDependentInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMobileInterstitialsProtoDesktopInterstitials": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMobileObelixInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMobileSmartphoneContentAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMobileSmartphonePatternClassification": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingMobileSpeedPageSpeedFieldData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingPlusonePlusOneSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingPlusoneSocialScoreSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingRaffiaDataRecoveryInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingRaffiaIndexingIntermediate": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingRaffiaMediaProcessingMetadata": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingRaffiaOverlayCDocAttachment": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSelectionAcquisitionMetadataAttachment": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSelectionDoubleIndexingExtension": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSelectionFastServingPush": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSelectionFreshdocsPassthroughExtension": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSelectionImageImageSelectionAttachment": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSelectionLanguageExtension": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSelectionPriorScorerParameterSet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSelectionProcessingPriorityExtension": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSelectionProtoBasePromotionInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSelectionTensorFlowExtension": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSignalAggregatorUrlPatternSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSignalsAccumulatedOnlineSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSignalsImpressionsPerDayContainer": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSocialCountsSocialWidgetsIndicator": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSpeechGoldminePodcastAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingSpeechSpeechPagePropertiesProto": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingThirdpartyThirdPartyInputs": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingUgcPageParamInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingUnionKeyData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingUrlPatternUrlTreeUrlPatternAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingVideosVideoAnchorSourceInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingVideosVideoPlaylistAnchorSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "indexingWebChannelsWebChannelAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "infoextractionPinpointPinpointAnnotationSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "infoextractionPinpointPinpointSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "instantChromeViews": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "instantNavboost": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeGraphAcquisitionFeedsQuotesQuotesAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsDocumentSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsFactEvaluationSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsHtmlTableSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsKatsSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsLocalizedFact": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsObjectAnnotationsSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsProductCompositionSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsServingData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsShoppingSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsStructuredSnippetsSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsUdrExtraFactData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsUdrExtraFactMentionData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsUniversalFactMetadata": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsUniversalFactScores": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsUniversalTableSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningFactsWebKvSiteGroupSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningShoppingBrowseonomyData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMiningShoppingTwdModelVersions": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMumStoryTeaserAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMumStorytimeStampEngagementAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeMumStorytimeStampQualityAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeTablesTableInternalData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeTablesUniversalTableAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeTasksUniversalTaskAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "knowledgeTpfHowtodoHowtoVideoAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "langIdLangReasonerDocumentLanguages": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "lensVsaiDatasets": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "localsearchAuthoritySiteAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "localyp": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "mapsSyntheticsGeoDocFetchKey": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "measurementAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "metawebExtractionDocumentEvidence": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "modernFormatContent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "navBoostDocument": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "navboost": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo",
+          "description": "BEGIN DATA FIELDS"
+        },
+        "newsAnnotationsContentAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsCorpusHubPageAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsCorpusLeafPageAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsCorpusNewsAggregateSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsCorpusNewsCorpusAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsCorpusNewsCorpusRootAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo",
+          "description": "END DATA FIELDS"
+        },
+        "newsCorpusNewsCorpusStatusAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsCorpusNewsinessAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsCorpusPositionRankAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsCrawlFilterNewsLinkCrawlSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsExtractionNewsPbeAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsNarIndexingMetadata": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsNarRow": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsNarRowContainer": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsNearDupsInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsNewromanIndexingNewRomanSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsNewsArticleChecksum": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsNewsClassifications": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsNewsContentSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsNewsForEducationReadingStatistics": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsVideosNewsAnchorSourceInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "newsVideosNewsVideoAnnotationSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "nlpAtcClaraAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "nlpSaftDocument": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "nlpSaftNlxDocAnnotatorMigration": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "nlpSaftRodinClassification": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "nlpSentimentSentimentAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "nlxDocAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "noindexedImageDataList": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "numberAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanLibrarianBookMetadata": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanLibrarianPopulatorData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanLibrarianPopulatorPageData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataAllItemSpecificBibdatas": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataAvailabilityInfoComponent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataAvailabilitySnapshot": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataAvailabilitySnapshotHolder": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataBibkeyComponent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataClusterHorizontalReference": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataClusterRecord": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataClusterVolumes": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataClusteringSeriesSeriesInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataClusteringTomeHorizontalLinkDescriptor": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataContributorLinks": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataItemSpecificBibdataComponent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataKgTopicLinks": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataLanguageInfoComponent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataMaterialInfoComponent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataParsedAccessTerms": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataParsedSuDoc": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataPatentPublicationDetails": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataPhysicalMeasurementsComponent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataPublicDomainInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataPublicationDetailsComponent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataRightsComponent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataSeriesInfoComponent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "oceanMetadataTomeDetailsComponent": {
           "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
-        "discoverSource": {
-          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo",
-          "description": "LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/indexing/ames/spanner/schema/web-version.proto)"
+        "oceanMetadataTomeMembersComponent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
-        "discussion": {
+        "oceanMetadataTomePriceInfo": {
           "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
-        "documentIntent": {
+        "oceanReviewsForWork": {
           "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
-        "instantNavboost": {
+        "oceanRightsOptOutRequest": {
           "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
-        "localyp": {
+        "officialPagesQuerySet": {
           "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
-        "modernFormatContent": {
+        "perDocLangidData": {
           "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
-        "navboost": {
-          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo",
-          "description": "LINT.IfChange"
+        "personalizationGameWebeventsConsolidatedEvents": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "personalizationGameWebeventsEvent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "personalizationGameWebeventsEvents": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "photosGeoAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "predictedAuthenticity": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "priceAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityAnchorsOutdegreeOutdegreeInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityAnimaLivewebLivewebAttachment": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityAnimaRoutinesRoutinesPropertiesProto": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityAuthorityTopicEmbeddings": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityAuthorshipAuthorAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityBreadcrumbsBreadcrumbAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityCalypsoAppsLink": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityChardDocument": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityChardPredictedQueryFringeScore": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityChardPredictedXlq": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityContraSelectedAttributions": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityCopiaFireflySiteInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityDiscoverUgcScatScatEmbeddingAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityDniNewsstandPcu": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityDniPcuAuxiliaryData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityDniPcuMetaAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityDniPcuParsedData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityDniPcuRawData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityExploreQueryableFeedEcsAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityExploreQueryableFeedHashtagAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityExploreQueryableFeedHashtagListAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityExploreQueryableFeedTopicFeedScoringSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityFreshnessAbacusInstantNegativeClicksInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityFringeFringeQueryPrior": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityGeoBrainlocGoldmineBrainlocAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityGeoLoglocGoldmineDocumentLocationAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityHistoricalContentAge": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityHorizonProtoHorizonEmbeddings": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityHorizonRecordInfoAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityImprovDocToQueries": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityImprovImprovAnchors": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityLisztomaniaDocument": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityNavboostCrapsCrapsData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityNavboostCrapsCrapsPatternSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityNegativeClicksNegativeClicksInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityNlqStructuredSearchAnnotationAnalysisAutomaticExtractionAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityNlqStructuredSearchListingPagesListingPageAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityNsrDokiAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityNsrNsrData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityNsrNsrSitechunksAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityNsrPairwiseqPairwiseQData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityNsrPqData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityNsrSiteAuthority": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityNsrUvSitechunksAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityOrbitAsteroidBeltIntermediateDocumentIntentScores": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPagemasterPagemasterAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPanopticIndexingDiscoverCorpusAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPanopticIndexingDiscoverDocumentSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPanopticIndexingPanopticAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPanopticStorytimeAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPanopticStorytimeScoringSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPanopticVoiceUgcAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPeoplesearchNamedetectorNameOccurrenceAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPopfeedsChromeBackgroundAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPopfeedsHubDataAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPopfeedsUrlPredictionAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPopfeedsUrlSourceAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPricedetectorKefirPriceAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityPricedetectorProductBlockAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityProseJsonLdAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityProseThumbnailSelection": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityQ2QualityBoost": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityQ2SiteQualityFeatures": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityRealtimeBoostRealtimeBoostEvent": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityRealtimeBoostRealtimeBoostResponse": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityRealtimeBoostSeismographEventAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityRealtimeRealtimeResultInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityRealtimeRtFactAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityResultFilteringIndexingClusterAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityRichsnippetsAppsProtosApplicationInformationAttachment": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityRodinRodinSiteSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySalientCountriesSalientCountrySet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySalientStructuresSalientStructureSet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySalientStuffSalientStuffSet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySalientTermsQuerySmearingModel": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySalientTermsSalientTermSet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySearchoversiteAnnotatorStructuredResultsAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySherlockKnexAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityShoppingProductReview": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityShoppingProductReviewPage": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityShoppingShoppingProductReviewAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySimilarpagesRelatedInfoSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySitemapDocument": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySitemapThirdPartyCarouselsItemLists": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySixfaceSixfaceUrlData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySnippetsHiddenTextHiddenSpanAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySnippetsListSnippetsAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySnippetsMetadescriptionDuplicateMetaSiteSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySnippetsSnippetSpansInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySosGoldmineSosAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualitySummarySummary": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityTangramInformationTypes": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityTimebasedTimeSensitivityTimeSensitivityAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityTitlesAlternativeTitlesInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityTitlesSitelinksTargetTitleInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityTwiddlerDomainClassification": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityViewsAnswersAnswerAnnotationInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityVisualwebVisualWebAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityVisualwebVisualWebModelsAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityWebanswersAltTitleSaftDoc": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityWebanswersTranscriptAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityWebfeederDocEmbedding": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "qualityWebshineDocResources": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "rankBoostDocAttachment": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
         "rankembed": {
           "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
+        "relativeDateAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsAddressAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsAmenitiesAmenitiesAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsCrawzallAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsDiscussionThreadDiscussionViewProto": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsLicensedResources": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsListFilterAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsListSummaryAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsMicrodataMicrodataAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsMicroformatsHproduct": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsMicroformatsMicroformatAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsPhoneTypePhoneTypeAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsRdfaRdfaAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsRodinArticleAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsSectionHeadingAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsSnippetSegmentSnippetSegmentAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsSporeAuthoritySignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsSporeDeeplinkAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsSporeExtractorTopicAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsSporeExtractorTripleAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsSporeSporeEtlAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsSporeSporeEtlInputAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsStorehoursStoreHoursAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsVerseAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryAnnotationsWebanswersContextItemAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryProtiumEncyclojoinsEncycloJoin": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryProtiumGoldmineTriplificationResult": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryProtiumGoldmineTypeAssertionOutput": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryProtiumWebkvWebKv": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryProtiumWikiaWikiaInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryUpdaterIndexSelectionAttachment": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefEntityJoin": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefExperimentalWebrefEntitiesAttachment": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefGraphMention": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefJuggernautIndices": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefPageClassificationAnchorSignalsSet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefPageClassificationSignalsSet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefPiannoDocumentIntents": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefPiannoTvSeasonEpisode": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefPreprocessingReferencePageCandidateList": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefReconcileResponse": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefRefconJugglerReferencePageMappings": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefReferencePagesClassifierScoredPage": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefSalientEntitySet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefUndermergedEntities": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefUniversalEmbeddingRetrievalDebug": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefWebitIntermediaryMids": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefWebitScopeFprint": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefWebitScopeSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefWebitTripleSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefWebrefEntities": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebrefWebrefStatus": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebtablesDataTableAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebtablesDataTableMidAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWebtablesTranslationMessage": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWikipediaAliasList": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWikipediaAnnotatorWikipediaPageComponentAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWikipediaSentenceCompressionAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWikipediaWikiJoin": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWikipediaWikiMapperTripleSet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWikipediaWikibaseEntity": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWikipediaWikidataOrgTripleSet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "repositoryWikipediaWikitrustWikiTrustInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "researchCoauthorOpinionAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "researchStructuredDataInadvertentAnchorScoreAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "researchStructuredDataKnowledgeExplorationAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "researchStructuredDataNewsEmbeddingAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "richsnippetsDataObject": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "richsnippetsFeedPageMap": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "richsnippetsPageMap": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "richsnippetsPageMapAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "richsnippetsSchemaThing": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "rosettaLanguage": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "safesearchPageClassifierOutput": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "safesearchSafeSearchInternalPageSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "scienceIndexSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "searchEngagementHighlightSharedHighlightSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "searcharSearchArPipelineSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "shoppingQualityShoppingSiteClassifier": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "shoppingQualityShoppingSiteClassifierShopfab": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "shoppingWebentityShoppingAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "sitemapsSitemapsSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "smearingSmearedTerms": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "socialPersonalizationKnexAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamBrainSpamBrainData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamBrainSpamBrainPageClassifierAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamContentAnchorDist": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamContentAuthenticAuthenticTextAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamContentImageMapPb": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamContentSiteAgeStats": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamCookbookCookbookAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamCookbookCookbookSitechunkAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamFatpingIndexFeed": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamGodclusterAffIdAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamGodclusterServerHeaderAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamGooglebombsGooglebombsAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamHackedSitesDocSpamInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamHackedSitesGpgbGpgbNgramStats": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamHackedSitesWordFrequencies": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamJsJsInfo": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamScamScamness": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamScamUnauthoritativeSite": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "spamTokensSpamTokensAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "tableTalkStrideOfferPagePriceAnnotation": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "tasksTabaTabaDocSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "telephoneNumberAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "timeAnnotationTags": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "timeAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "timeRangeAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "travelAssistantTravelDocClassification": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "udrConverterDocumentShoppingData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "udrConverterOffer": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "udrConverterProductBlockData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "udrProtoDetailedEntityScores": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "udrProtoOverlay": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "udrProtoWebrefMention": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
         "universalFacts": {
           "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
+        "unwantedImageDataList": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "uriAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "utilStatusProto": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "verticalsDiscussionDiscussionAnnotationTag": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "videoCrawlAutomatedAudioExtractionSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "videoCrawlAutomatedExtractionSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "videoCrawlDomainVideoClickData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "videoCrawlVideoClickData": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "videoCrawlVideoSalientTermSet": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "videoCrawlVideoScoringSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "videoCrawlWatchPagePatternClassification": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "videoCrawlYoutubeEmbedSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
         "videoScoringSignal": {
           "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         },
+        "videoWebGallery": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "videoYoutubeLiveCardioCardioStats": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
         "volt": {
           "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "watchpageLanguageWatchPageLanguageResult": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "websitetoolsFeedsAnnotationsFeedContentAnnotations": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "websitetoolsFeedsLinkedFeedLinkedFeed": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "websitetoolsFeedsPodcastPodcastSignals": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "websitetoolsFeedsSporeFeedsSporeTriples": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "whatshappStrideExtractions": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "youtubeAlexandriaYoutubeBody": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
+        },
+        "youtubeAlexandriaYoutubeSignal": {
+          "$ref": "IndexingDocjoinerDataVersionVersionInfo"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -76443,14 +78731,12 @@
           "enum": [
             "NO_EQUIVALENT",
             "EQUIVALENT",
-            "MUNIN_SYNONYM",
-            "SYNONYM"
+            "MUNIN_SYNONYM"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Not equivalent.",
             "Equivalent to the other entity.",
-            "The related entity is a synonym added to Munin interpretation.",
-            "The related entity is a synonym."
+            "The related entity is a synonym added to Munin interpretation."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -78903,6 +81189,7 @@
             "GSOX_MOCHI",
             "PMW_TI",
             "ACCESSIBILITY_TRACKER",
+            "DUCKIEWEB",
             "DEPRECATED_QUICKSTART_FLUME",
             "DUO_CLIENT",
             "ALBERT",
@@ -79546,6 +81833,7 @@
             "Gsox Mochi Team contact: fintechops-eng@google.com",
             "Pmw Ti Team contact: pmw-ti",
             "Accessibility Tracker Team contact: a11y-tracker-eng@google.com",
+            "Duckieweb Team contact: workflow-horizontals-core@google.com",
             "",
             "Duo Client Team contact: duo-eng@google.com",
             "Project albert (go/albert-frontend) Team contact: albert-eng@google.com",
@@ -79813,7 +82101,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "PerDocData": {
-      "description": "=========================================================================== # Make sure you read the comments in the bottom before you add any new field. NB: As noted in the comments, this protocol buffer is used in both indexing and serving. In mustang serving implementations we only decode perdocdata during the search phase, and so this protocol should only contain data used during search. See mustang/repos_www/attachments.proto:{MustangBasicInfo,MustangContentInfo} for protocols used during search and/or docinfo. Next available tag deprecated, use this (and look for commented out fields): blaze-bin/net/proto_compiler/protocol-compiler --freetags \\ indexer/perdocdata/perdocdata.proto Next tag: 222",
+      "description": "=========================================================================== # Make sure you read the comments in the bottom before you add any new field. NB: As noted in the comments, this protocol buffer is used in both indexing and serving. In mustang serving implementations we only decode perdocdata during the search phase, and so this protocol should only contain data used during search. See mustang/repos_www/attachments.proto:{MustangBasicInfo,MustangContentInfo} for protocols used during search and/or docinfo. Next available tag deprecated, use this (and look for commented out fields): blaze-bin/net/proto_compiler/protocol-compiler --freetags \\ indexer/perdocdata/perdocdata.proto Next tag: 223",
       "id": "PerDocData",
       "properties": {
         "BlogData": {
@@ -83024,10 +85312,6 @@
       "description": "A protocol buffer to store the url, referer and porn flag for a url. and an optional image score. Next available tag id: 51.",
       "id": "PornFlagData",
       "properties": {
-        "coclickBrainScores": {
-          "$ref": "ImageSafesearchContentBrainPornAnnotation",
-          "description": "Aggregated brain_porn_scores for navboost co-clicked images. Historical: this signal is deprecated and no longer populated as of 2020-12-01. Refer to b/172897542 for more information."
-        },
         "csaiScore": {
           "description": "Score predicting how likely an image is offensive or suggestive about CSAI (child sexual abuse imagery).",
           "format": "float",
@@ -83534,7 +85818,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "PtokenPToken": {
-      "description": "PToken expresses policy-relevant properties of the data objects being processed and stored in Google's production systems. See go/ptoken to learn more. PTokens are intentionally opaque: go/ptokens-are-opaque. The following should be considered implementation details. Next ID: 8 INTERNAL: If both the Scalar and the Compound extensions are populated, we use the Compound and discard the Scalar. In principle, this should never happen.",
+      "description": "PToken expresses policy-relevant properties of the data objects being processed and stored in Google's production systems. See go/ptoken to learn more. PTokens are intentionally opaque: go/ptokens-are-opaque. The following should be considered implementation details. Next ID: 9 INTERNAL: If both the Scalar and the Compound extensions are populated, we use the Compound and discard the Scalar. In principle, this should never happen.",
       "id": "PtokenPToken",
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
@@ -84287,6 +86571,10 @@
             "HEADPHONE_PERSONAL_RESULTS_OPTIN",
             "DISCOVERY_SPARKS",
             "SPOKEN_NOTIFICATIONS_OOBE_OPTIN",
+            "SPOKEN_NOTIFICATIONS_BNS_MIGRATION_OOBE",
+            "TRAIN_STATUS",
+            "TRAIN_DELAY",
+            "TRAIN_PLATFORM",
             "UNIT_TESTING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -84703,6 +86991,10 @@
             "Notification for Headphone Personal Response (HPR) opt-in: go/migrate-pr-notifs-tng-ma-prd",
             "go/habits-sparks-design",
             "Notification for Spoken Notifications OOBE opt-in. go/mapa-notifications-prd",
+            "Notification for Spoken Notifications BNS Migration OOBE. go/bns-mapa-migration-notifications-prd",
+            "Notifications for Train Journeys go/proactive-assistant-india-mvp",
+            "",
+            "",
             "NOTE: This should always stay at the bottom of the list."
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -87669,344 +89961,7 @@
               "GOOGLE_SCREENSHOT",
               "MUGSHOT",
               "CRIME",
-              "SHOPPING_TOPN",
-              "AUTHENTICITY",
-              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_OTHER",
-              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_NEWS_PUBLISHER",
-              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_ENCYCLOPEDIA",
-              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_MERCHANT",
-              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_GOVERNMENT",
-              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_UGC",
-              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_RESEARCH_INSTITUTE",
-              "QNA",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_135",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_136",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_137",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_138",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_139",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_140",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_141",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_142",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_143",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_144",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_145",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_146",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_147",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_148",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_149",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_150",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_151",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_152",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_153",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_154",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_155",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_99",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_100",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_101",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_102",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_103",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_104",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_105",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_106",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_107",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_108",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_109",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_110",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_111",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_112",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_113",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_114",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_115",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_116",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_117",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_118",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_119",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_120",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_121",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_122",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_123",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_124",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_125",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_126",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_127",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_2",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_5",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_8",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_10",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_17",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_18",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_21",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_23",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_24",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_28",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_29",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_31",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_34",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_36",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_38",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_39",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_40",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_46",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_50",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_52",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_54",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_56",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_57",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_59",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_60",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_63",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_67",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_71",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_75",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_78",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_81"
-            ],
-            "enumDescriptions": [
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "This is specifically for the buying guides carousel (go/oshop-buying-guides). Consider using PRODUCT_BUYING_GUIDE instead.",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "This is basically an \"or\" of PRODUCT_REVIEW, PRODUCT_COMPARISON, and PRODUCT_BUYING_GUIDE. Use those three intents instead.",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "This is the unmodified http://go/shopaholic score \"forwarded\" through Orbit. Note that scores less than 0.4 are not written to cdoc and will show up as 0.0.",
-              "This is an image intent",
-              "Image intent representing whether there is a mugshot in the image (or if the image is itself a mugshot).",
-              "Document intent representing whether a page is crime-related (go/crime-demotion-in-image-search-dd)",
-              "Document intent representing whether a page is recommending best shopping products fulfilling certain application (e.g. \"best laptops for students\"). See go/shopping_topn_orbit.",
-              "AuthenticityScore for document. see go/astar-dd.",
-              "Document intents for various information sources. They are used in Tangram Diversity. see tangram_diversity_annotation.proto.",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "Question and Answer format discussion page. check go/orbit-doc-intents for detailed intent description.",
-              "========== Enums for new intents ========== Instructions: When adding a new intent, use the reserved enum number from the start of this list, and add a new reserved enum number to the end for the next person. There is a unit test that checks there are at least 20 reserved enums. See go/new-intentkeyenum for details.",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "========== Enums for new large intents ========== Please ask orbit@ before using these.",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "========== Enums for deleted intents ==========",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              ""
-            ],
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "belowThresholdScores": {
-          "items": {
-            "format": "int32",
-            "type": "integer"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "imageIntentScores": {
-          "additionalProperties": {
-            "$ref": "QualityOrbitAsteroidBeltImageIntentScores"
-          },
-          "description": "Map of imageid key to ImageIntentScores, for images on cdoc.doc_images",
-          "type": "object"
-        },
-        "intents": {
-          "description": "The 'intents' and 'scores' fields are stored as parallel lists for compactness. The 'scores' field should not be accessed directly, but instead through the functions in document_intent_scores_utils.",
-          "items": {
-            "enum": [
-              "NONE",
-              "TUTORIAL",
-              "MAP",
-              "TRANSLATE",
-              "LISTEN",
-              "PROMOTION",
-              "GIF",
-              "REGISTER",
-              "EVENT_LISTING",
-              "RANKING",
-              "DISCOGRAPHY",
-              "DIRECTIONS",
-              "NEWS",
-              "SOCIAL_MEDIA",
-              "FAN_FICTION",
-              "RECIPES",
-              "HOURS_OF_OPERATION",
-              "DEFINITION",
-              "REAL_ESTATE_LISTING",
-              "PREVIEW",
-              "PURCHASE",
-              "MENU",
-              "UNBOXING",
-              "NUTRITION_FACTS",
-              "TRAVEL_GUIDE",
-              "SPECS",
-              "CALCULATOR",
-              "DOWNLOAD",
-              "SCORES",
-              "QUOTES",
-              "SHOWTIMES",
-              "CATALOG",
-              "CALENDAR",
-              "LOCATION_FINDER",
-              "RENT",
-              "STUDY_GUIDE",
-              "REVIEW",
-              "SHEET_MUSIC",
-              "LOGIN",
-              "TRIVIA",
-              "CONTACT_PAGE",
-              "RESERVATION",
-              "CUSTOMER_SUPPORT",
-              "INTERVIEW",
-              "COUPON",
-              "FLIGHT_TRACKER",
-              "COMPANY_FINANCIALS",
-              "FORUM",
-              "THESAURUS",
-              "MANUAL",
-              "JOB_POSTING",
-              "LYRICS",
-              "SYMPTOMS",
-              "REPAIR",
-              "BUYING_GUIDE",
-              "PRODUCT_EDITORIAL_REVIEW",
-              "SHOPPING_MERCHANT_PRODUCT",
-              "SHOPPING_REVIEW_OR_BUYING_GUIDE",
-              "PRODUCT_REVIEW",
-              "PRODUCT_COMPARISON",
-              "PRODUCT_BUYING_GUIDE",
-              "SHOPAHOLIC",
-              "GOOGLE_SCREENSHOT",
-              "MUGSHOT",
-              "CRIME",
-              "SHOPPING_TOPN",
+              "PRODUCT_TOPN",
               "AUTHENTICITY",
               "INFORMATION_SOURCE_OTHER",
               "INFORMATION_SOURCE_NEWS_PUBLISHER",
@@ -88016,6 +89971,7 @@
               "INFORMATION_SOURCE_UGC",
               "INFORMATION_SOURCE_RESEARCH_INSTITUTE",
               "QNA",
+              "UGC_DISCUSSION",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_135",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_136",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_137",
@@ -88037,7 +89993,6 @@
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_153",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_154",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_155",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_99",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_100",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_101",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_102",
@@ -88164,7 +90119,7 @@
               "This is an image intent",
               "Image intent representing whether there is a mugshot in the image (or if the image is itself a mugshot).",
               "Document intent representing whether a page is crime-related (go/crime-demotion-in-image-search-dd)",
-              "Document intent representing whether a page is recommending best shopping products fulfilling certain application (e.g. \"best laptops for students\"). See go/shopping_topn_orbit.",
+              "Document intents that provide analysis, opinions of a list of top-recommended products, and focus on multiple specific products individually. See go/sdu-shopping-page-intro#heading=h.r7a5gewp8do.",
               "AuthenticityScore for document. see go/astar-dd.",
               "Document intents for various information sources. They are used in Tangram Diversity. see tangram_diversity_annotation.proto.",
               "",
@@ -88174,6 +90129,7 @@
               "",
               "",
               "Question and Answer format discussion page. check go/orbit-doc-intents for detailed intent description.",
+              "Document intent for whether a page is a ugc discussion. For the definition, please see the furball template go/ugc-discussion-template. Note that this is semantically the union of QNA and FORUM doc level intents. For the reason why we want it to be a single intent, see https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Ka3qcMWLvNHCZMomekHXXTumr_9g_tcgJ0BD6ev1HI4/edit?resourcekey=0-8r1KcmFaOH11GBK_yfipHA",
               "========== Enums for new intents ========== Instructions: When adding a new intent, use the reserved enum number from the start of this list, and add a new reserved enum number to the end for the next person. There is a unit test that checks there are at least 20 reserved enums. See go/new-intentkeyenum for details.",
               "",
               "",
@@ -88223,6 +90179,342 @@
               "",
               "",
               "",
+              "========== Enums for deleted intents ==========",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              ""
+            ],
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "belowThresholdScores": {
+          "items": {
+            "format": "int32",
+            "type": "integer"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "imageIntentScores": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "$ref": "QualityOrbitAsteroidBeltImageIntentScores"
+          },
+          "description": "Map of imageid key to ImageIntentScores, for images on cdoc.doc_images",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "intents": {
+          "description": "The 'intents' and 'scores' fields are stored as parallel lists for compactness. The 'scores' field should not be accessed directly, but instead through the functions in document_intent_scores_utils.",
+          "items": {
+            "enum": [
+              "NONE",
+              "TUTORIAL",
+              "MAP",
+              "TRANSLATE",
+              "LISTEN",
+              "PROMOTION",
+              "GIF",
+              "REGISTER",
+              "EVENT_LISTING",
+              "RANKING",
+              "DISCOGRAPHY",
+              "DIRECTIONS",
+              "NEWS",
+              "SOCIAL_MEDIA",
+              "FAN_FICTION",
+              "RECIPES",
+              "HOURS_OF_OPERATION",
+              "DEFINITION",
+              "REAL_ESTATE_LISTING",
+              "PREVIEW",
+              "PURCHASE",
+              "MENU",
+              "UNBOXING",
+              "NUTRITION_FACTS",
+              "TRAVEL_GUIDE",
+              "SPECS",
+              "CALCULATOR",
+              "DOWNLOAD",
+              "SCORES",
+              "QUOTES",
+              "SHOWTIMES",
+              "CATALOG",
+              "CALENDAR",
+              "LOCATION_FINDER",
+              "RENT",
+              "STUDY_GUIDE",
+              "REVIEW",
+              "SHEET_MUSIC",
+              "LOGIN",
+              "TRIVIA",
+              "CONTACT_PAGE",
+              "RESERVATION",
+              "CUSTOMER_SUPPORT",
+              "INTERVIEW",
+              "COUPON",
+              "FLIGHT_TRACKER",
+              "COMPANY_FINANCIALS",
+              "FORUM",
+              "THESAURUS",
+              "MANUAL",
+              "JOB_POSTING",
+              "LYRICS",
+              "SYMPTOMS",
+              "REPAIR",
+              "BUYING_GUIDE",
+              "PRODUCT_EDITORIAL_REVIEW",
+              "SHOPPING_MERCHANT_PRODUCT",
+              "SHOPPING_REVIEW_OR_BUYING_GUIDE",
+              "PRODUCT_REVIEW",
+              "PRODUCT_COMPARISON",
+              "PRODUCT_BUYING_GUIDE",
+              "SHOPAHOLIC",
+              "GOOGLE_SCREENSHOT",
+              "MUGSHOT",
+              "CRIME",
+              "PRODUCT_TOPN",
+              "AUTHENTICITY",
+              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_OTHER",
+              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_NEWS_PUBLISHER",
+              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_ENCYCLOPEDIA",
+              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_MERCHANT",
+              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_GOVERNMENT",
+              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_UGC",
+              "INFORMATION_SOURCE_RESEARCH_INSTITUTE",
+              "QNA",
+              "UGC_DISCUSSION",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_135",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_136",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_137",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_138",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_139",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_140",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_141",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_142",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_143",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_144",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_145",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_146",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_147",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_148",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_149",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_150",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_151",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_152",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_153",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_154",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_155",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_100",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_101",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_102",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_103",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_104",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_105",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_106",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_107",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_108",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_109",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_110",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_111",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_112",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_113",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_114",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_115",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_116",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_117",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_118",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_119",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_120",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_121",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_122",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_123",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_124",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_125",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_126",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_127",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_2",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_5",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_8",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_10",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_17",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_18",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_21",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_23",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_24",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_28",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_29",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_31",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_34",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_36",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_38",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_39",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_40",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_46",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_50",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_52",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_54",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_56",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_57",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_59",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_60",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_63",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_67",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_71",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_75",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_78",
+              "RESERVED_FOR_DELETED_ENUM_DO_NOT_REUSE_81"
+            ],
+            "enumDescriptions": [
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "This is specifically for the buying guides carousel (go/oshop-buying-guides). Consider using PRODUCT_BUYING_GUIDE instead.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "This is basically an \"or\" of PRODUCT_REVIEW, PRODUCT_COMPARISON, and PRODUCT_BUYING_GUIDE. Use those three intents instead.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "This is the unmodified http://go/shopaholic score \"forwarded\" through Orbit. Note that scores less than 0.4 are not written to cdoc and will show up as 0.0.",
+              "This is an image intent",
+              "Image intent representing whether there is a mugshot in the image (or if the image is itself a mugshot).",
+              "Document intent representing whether a page is crime-related (go/crime-demotion-in-image-search-dd)",
+              "Document intents that provide analysis, opinions of a list of top-recommended products, and focus on multiple specific products individually. See go/sdu-shopping-page-intro#heading=h.r7a5gewp8do.",
+              "AuthenticityScore for document. see go/astar-dd.",
+              "Document intents for various information sources. They are used in Tangram Diversity. see tangram_diversity_annotation.proto.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "Question and Answer format discussion page. check go/orbit-doc-intents for detailed intent description.",
+              "Document intent for whether a page is a ugc discussion. For the definition, please see the furball template go/ugc-discussion-template. Note that this is semantically the union of QNA and FORUM doc level intents. For the reason why we want it to be a single intent, see https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Ka3qcMWLvNHCZMomekHXXTumr_9g_tcgJ0BD6ev1HI4/edit?resourcekey=0-8r1KcmFaOH11GBK_yfipHA",
+              "========== Enums for new intents ========== Instructions: When adding a new intent, use the reserved enum number from the start of this list, and add a new reserved enum number to the end for the next person. There is a unit test that checks there are at least 20 reserved enums. See go/new-intentkeyenum for details.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "========== Enums for new large intents ========== Please ask orbit@ before using these.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
               "",
               "========== Enums for deleted intents ==========",
               "",
@@ -88348,7 +90640,7 @@
               "GOOGLE_SCREENSHOT",
               "MUGSHOT",
               "CRIME",
-              "SHOPPING_TOPN",
+              "PRODUCT_TOPN",
               "AUTHENTICITY",
               "INFORMATION_SOURCE_OTHER",
               "INFORMATION_SOURCE_NEWS_PUBLISHER",
@@ -88358,6 +90650,7 @@
               "INFORMATION_SOURCE_UGC",
               "INFORMATION_SOURCE_RESEARCH_INSTITUTE",
               "QNA",
+              "UGC_DISCUSSION",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_135",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_136",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_137",
@@ -88379,7 +90672,6 @@
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_153",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_154",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_155",
-              "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_99",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_100",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_101",
               "RESERVED_FOR_NEW_ENUM_LARGE_PLEASE_ASK_ORBIT_102",
@@ -88506,7 +90798,7 @@
               "This is an image intent",
               "Image intent representing whether there is a mugshot in the image (or if the image is itself a mugshot).",
               "Document intent representing whether a page is crime-related (go/crime-demotion-in-image-search-dd)",
-              "Document intent representing whether a page is recommending best shopping products fulfilling certain application (e.g. \"best laptops for students\"). See go/shopping_topn_orbit.",
+              "Document intents that provide analysis, opinions of a list of top-recommended products, and focus on multiple specific products individually. See go/sdu-shopping-page-intro#heading=h.r7a5gewp8do.",
               "AuthenticityScore for document. see go/astar-dd.",
               "Document intents for various information sources. They are used in Tangram Diversity. see tangram_diversity_annotation.proto.",
               "",
@@ -88516,6 +90808,7 @@
               "",
               "",
               "Question and Answer format discussion page. check go/orbit-doc-intents for detailed intent description.",
+              "Document intent for whether a page is a ugc discussion. For the definition, please see the furball template go/ugc-discussion-template. Note that this is semantically the union of QNA and FORUM doc level intents. For the reason why we want it to be a single intent, see https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Ka3qcMWLvNHCZMomekHXXTumr_9g_tcgJ0BD6ev1HI4/edit?resourcekey=0-8r1KcmFaOH11GBK_yfipHA",
               "========== Enums for new intents ========== Instructions: When adding a new intent, use the reserved enum number from the start of this list, and add a new reserved enum number to the end for the next person. There is a unit test that checks there are at least 20 reserved enums. See go/new-intentkeyenum for details.",
               "",
               "",
@@ -88565,7 +90858,6 @@
               "",
               "",
               "",
-              "",
               "========== Enums for deleted intents ==========",
               "",
               "",
@@ -88634,9 +90926,9 @@
             "SEQUENCE",
             "SEQUENCE_V2",
             "FULL",
-            "FULL_V2",
             "META",
             "LEADING_TEXT",
+            "FULL_V2",
             "SAFT_SENTENCE",
             "RADISH_SENTENCE",
             "RADISH_LIST",
@@ -88649,9 +90941,9 @@
             "A sequence snippet is generated from query term matches (from meta and body sections) and typically consists of multiple tidbits. Currently we only keep one single best combination of the retrieved tidbits.",
             "",
             "A full snippet is also generated from query term matches. Unlike the sequence snippet, this only consists of one expanded tidbit that are scored as the best single tidbit among the retrieved tidbits.",
-            "",
             "This is a leading text of meta description.",
             "This is a leading text of main body text (skipping headers), and its starting position is typically identified in the indexing phase.",
+            "Similar to FULL snippet, but this allows multiple candidates.",
             "saft sentences.",
             "Candidates created from radish attachment.",
             "",
@@ -90077,7 +92369,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "source": {
-          "description": "LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/assistant/verticals/communication/\\ fulfillment/proto/contact_logging_enums.proto, //depot/google3/assistant/api/dialog_state/values/person.proto) Data source of the contact data.",
+          "description": "LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/assistant/verticals/communication/\\ fulfillment/proto/contact_logging_enums.proto, //depot/google3/assistant/api/dialog_state/values/person.proto, //depot/google3/assistant/context/proto/person.proto) Data source of the contact data.",
           "enum": [
             "FOCUS_CONTACT",
             "DEVICE_CONTACT",
@@ -90089,7 +92381,8 @@
             "SHARED_CONTACT",
             "FAMILY_MEMBER",
             "SHARED_DEVICE_USER",
-            "ON_DEVICE_CONTACT_LOOKUP"
+            "ON_DEVICE_CONTACT_LOOKUP",
+            "APP_SEARCH_CONTACT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Contacts from Focus",
@@ -90102,7 +92395,8 @@
             "Contacts shared from other users. See go/multi-user-shared-contact.",
             "People in the user's family group in http://families.google.com who are not contacts.",
             "People who share a device with the user who are not contacts.",
-            "Contacts from on device lookup during contact fulfillment."
+            "Contacts from on device lookup during contact fulfillment.",
+            "Contacts from AppSearch."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -90164,7 +92458,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "versionAndImprovInfo": {
-          "description": "First 7 bits encode the version, then each chunck of 5 bits encode the index of a potential improv query (lsb to msb) -------|-----|-----|-----|-----|----- version| id1 | id2 | id3 | id4 | id5 where id1 is the index of the first improv query in the improv debug table. As of cl/270008220, this field only contains the version info. For backward compatibility, version still only uses the first 7 bits, and is still prepended by 5 1 bits.",
+          "description": "First 7 bits encode the version, then each chunk of 5 bits encode the index of a potential improv query (lsb to msb) -------|-----|-----|-----|-----|----- version| id1 | id2 | id3 | id4 | id5 where id1 is the index of the first improv query in the improv debug table. As of cl/270008220, this field only contains the version info. For backward compatibility, version still only uses the first 7 bits, and is still prepended by 5 1 bits.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         }
@@ -93456,6 +95750,7 @@
             "VIDEO_OCR",
             "IMAGE_OCR",
             "LENS",
+            "VIDEO_DESCRIPTION",
             "ONLY_LOOKUP_METADATA",
             "EMBEDDED_CONTENT"
           ],
@@ -93501,6 +95796,7 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "",
             "Entries which are created in order to instruct the fprint-loader to load metadata for the contained ngrams.",
             "The embedded content in the document (e.g., within json scripts)."
           ],
@@ -93969,7 +96265,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "RepositoryWebrefDetailedEntityScores": {
-      "description": "Detailed scores about the topicality of an entity. Next available tag: 16",
+      "description": "Detailed scores about the topicality of an entity. Next available tag: 17",
       "id": "RepositoryWebrefDetailedEntityScores",
       "properties": {
         "connectedness": {
@@ -94009,6 +96305,10 @@
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
+        "profileUrl": {
+          "description": "Contains the link to the author's profile url on the platform.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "referencePageScores": {
           "$ref": "RepositoryWebrefReferencePageScores",
           "description": "Signals used for mining new reference pages, set by the reference-page-scorer processor (that is turned off by default). This field is not populated, except for special reference page extraction runs."
@@ -95398,6 +97698,7 @@
             "VIDEO_OCR",
             "IMAGE_OCR",
             "LENS",
+            "VIDEO_DESCRIPTION",
             "ONLY_LOOKUP_METADATA",
             "EMBEDDED_CONTENT"
           ],
@@ -95443,6 +97744,7 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "",
             "Entries which are created in order to instruct the fprint-loader to load metadata for the contained ngrams.",
             "The embedded content in the document (e.g., within json scripts)."
           ],
@@ -95952,6 +98254,7 @@
             "UNKNOWN",
             "DEFINITE",
             "INDEFINITE",
+            "FEMININE_DETERMINER",
             "ABLATIVE",
             "ADESSIVE",
             "ALLATIVE",
@@ -96052,6 +98355,7 @@
             "",
             "Articles or markers that express the definitess of a noun (see go/wordgraph/definiteness).",
             "Articles or markers that express the indefiniteness of a noun (see go/wordgraph/definiteness).",
+            "Determiners that mark *unambiguously* the feminine gender of the expression (e.g.: \"*une* artiste\")",
             "Linguistic markers that express the movement from a place (like the English preposition *from* in a sentence like \"I came *from* my place\").",
             "Linguistic markers that express the location *near* a place (like in the English preposition *near* in a sentence like \"I am near the house\").",
             "Linguistic markers that express the movement towards a place (like the English preposition *to* in a sentence like \"I go *to* my house\").",
@@ -97908,7 +100212,8 @@
               "VIDEO_TRANSCRIPT",
               "VIDEO_OCR",
               "IMAGE_OCR",
-              "LENS"
+              "LENS",
+              "VIDEO_DESCRIPTION"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
               "The document content (excluding the title) or the text of the query.",
@@ -97927,7 +100232,8 @@
               "The transcript of a video.",
               "The ocr text of a video.",
               "The ocr text of an image.",
-              "Fake segment that contains all Lens entity mids in a given image."
+              "Fake segment that contains all Lens entity mids in a given image.",
+              "The video description coming from VideoScoringSignal"
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -98111,7 +100417,8 @@
             "VIDEO_TRANSCRIPT",
             "VIDEO_OCR",
             "IMAGE_OCR",
-            "LENS"
+            "LENS",
+            "VIDEO_DESCRIPTION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "The document content (excluding the title) or the text of the query.",
@@ -98130,7 +100437,8 @@
             "The transcript of a video.",
             "The ocr text of a video.",
             "The ocr text of an image.",
-            "Fake segment that contains all Lens entity mids in a given image."
+            "Fake segment that contains all Lens entity mids in a given image.",
+            "The video description coming from VideoScoringSignal"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -98166,7 +100474,8 @@
             "VIDEO_TRANSCRIPT",
             "VIDEO_OCR",
             "IMAGE_OCR",
-            "LENS"
+            "LENS",
+            "VIDEO_DESCRIPTION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "The document content (excluding the title) or the text of the query.",
@@ -98185,7 +100494,8 @@
             "The transcript of a video.",
             "The ocr text of a video.",
             "The ocr text of an image.",
-            "Fake segment that contains all Lens entity mids in a given image."
+            "Fake segment that contains all Lens entity mids in a given image.",
+            "The video description coming from VideoScoringSignal"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -98324,7 +100634,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "RepositoryWebrefSimplifiedCompositeDoc": {
-      "description": "Represents an information which is very close to composite doc, but compresses how the anchors are represented to save space. Next available tag: 15.",
+      "description": "Represents an information which is very close to composite doc, but compresses how the anchors are represented to save space. Next available tag: 16.",
       "id": "RepositoryWebrefSimplifiedCompositeDoc",
       "properties": {
         "anchors": {
@@ -98388,7 +100698,10 @@
           "description": "The URL, populated independently of whether we have a CompositeDoc proto. If the cdoc exists, the url is the same as CompositeDoc.doc.url.",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "webrefOutlinks": {
+        "webrefOutlinkInfos": {
+          "$ref": "RepositoryWebrefWebrefOutlinkInfos"
+        },
+        "webrefOutlinksLegacy": {
           "$ref": "Proto2BridgeMessageSet"
         }
       },
@@ -100218,7 +102531,7 @@
         },
         "gfv": {
           "$ref": "ResearchScamGenericFeatureVector",
-          "description": "The field isn't tpopulated by default, but when enabled (eg, in the ground-truth pipeline), this field provides the original database GFV corresponding to this result."
+          "description": "The field isn't populated by default, but when enabled (eg, in the ground-truth pipeline), this field provides the original database GFV corresponding to this result."
         },
         "metadata": {
           "description": "Metadata about the neighbor. This is returned under some configurations as a serialized proto. The specific proto depends on which metadata is configured to be returned.",
@@ -102124,7 +104437,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SafesearchVideoClassifierOutput": {
-      "description": "Flexible multi-vertical classification output. The output for each vertical should be defined as a proto extension to this proto. When defining an extension for a new vertical please follow the format: message NewVertical { extend safesearch.VideoClassifierOutput { optional NewVertical classifier_output_extension = ; } optional safesearch.VideoVerticalOutput vertical_output = 1; } SafeSearch verticals only: Please also update this message with a new extension declaration. For more details on extension declaration please refer to http://go/proto-proposals/extension-declarations. Please refer to http://go/proto2-extensions for details on message extensions. LINT.IfChange next extension id: 5",
+      "description": "Flexible multi-vertical classification output. The output for each vertical should be defined as a proto extension to this proto. When defining an extension for a new vertical please follow the format: message NewVertical { extend safesearch.VideoClassifierOutput { optional NewVertical classifier_output_extension = ; } optional safesearch.VideoVerticalOutput vertical_output = 1; } SafeSearch verticals only: Please also update this message with a new extension declaration. For more details on extension declaration please refer to http://go/proto-proposals/extension-declarations. Please refer to http://go/proto2-extensions for details on message extensions. LINT.IfChange next extension id: 6",
       "id": "SafesearchVideoClassifierOutput",
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
@@ -102226,6 +104539,10 @@
         "AbstractText": {
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "AbstractTypeFromSource": {
+          "description": "The original (unnormalized) type of an abstract. AbstractDisplay holds a normalized type deduced from things like tagnames, tag-attributes, keywords in documents or the placement of the abstract in the document. This field is meant for the type of the abstract identified explicitly by the source document. E.g., the value of the 'abstract-type' attribute from a tag in XML ('primary abstract', 'summary', 'highlights' etc.).",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "AlternateVersionID": {
           "description": "Fingerprint of the URL after applying crawl and aggregate rewrites. Different citations with the same AlternateVersionID must have the same VersionID, but not necessarily vice versa. Omitted when identical to the VersionID.",
           "format": "uint64",
@@ -102277,6 +104594,11 @@
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
+        "CitationSourceCrawlTimestamp": {
+          "description": "Seconds since the epoch, should be consistent with CitationSourceUrl.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "CitationSourceUrl": {
           "description": "url where record came from",
           "type": "string"
@@ -102766,6 +105088,10 @@
         },
         "AbstractText": {
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "AbstractTypeFromSource": {
+          "description": "The original (unnormalized) type of an abstract. AbstractDisplay holds a normalized type deduced from things like tagnames, tag-attributes, keywords in documents or the placement of the abstract in the document. This field is meant for the type of the abstract identified explicitly by the source document. E.g., the value of the 'abstract-type' attribute from a tag in XML ('primary abstract', 'summary', 'highlights' etc.).",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -105072,9 +107398,9 @@
             "SEQUENCE",
             "SEQUENCE_V2",
             "FULL",
-            "FULL_V2",
             "META",
             "LEADING_TEXT",
+            "FULL_V2",
             "SAFT_SENTENCE",
             "RADISH_SENTENCE",
             "RADISH_LIST",
@@ -105087,9 +107413,9 @@
             "A sequence snippet is generated from query term matches (from meta and body sections) and typically consists of multiple tidbits. Currently we only keep one single best combination of the retrieved tidbits.",
             "",
             "A full snippet is also generated from query term matches. Unlike the sequence snippet, this only consists of one expanded tidbit that are scored as the best single tidbit among the retrieved tidbits.",
-            "",
             "This is a leading text of meta description.",
             "This is a leading text of main body text (skipping headers), and its starting position is typically identified in the indexing phase.",
+            "Similar to FULL snippet, but this allows multiple candidates.",
             "saft sentences.",
             "Candidates created from radish attachment.",
             "",
@@ -108014,7 +110340,7 @@
             "This is an access restriction to avoid any usage of media data from a special LiveTV data provider Youview without knowing the context. YOU MUST CONTACT go/ump before reading or writing this data.",
             "This is an access restriction to avoid any leakage of data for the testing and dogfooding of Youtube ALC data. YOU MUST CONTACT go/ump before reading or writing this data.",
             "DEPRECATED! Not set anymore. Deprecated in favor of ISOLATION_S3_CREATOR_PRESENCE.",
-            "Youtube Podcasts metadata. YOU MUST CONTACT who/kvk and g/ytm-podcasts-understanding before reading or writing this data.",
+            "Youtube Podcasts metadata. YOU MUST CONTACT who/kvk, who/mbonanni and g/ytm-podcasts-understanding before reading or writing this data.",
             "Access controls for data being injected by the Media Actions team without being reconciled against existing entities. This is an access restriction we use to insert triples into KG that improves Media Actions triggering on the Assistant, but that would otherwise cause quality issues on Search (due to the lack of proper reconciliation). While triples tagged with this access restriction will typically only be used on the Assistant, this access restriction should not be used for contractually sensitive data. In order to handle such data, see: go/ma-access-controls-prd See go/ma-launch-small-providers and go/ma-acl for context. YOU MUST CONTACT ke-media-actions@ before reading or writing this data.",
             "WARNING! Sensitive data under strict contractual usage agreements. DO NOT use without permission and understanding of usage constraints. Audible's data is subject to simba/deal.do?cmd=view&id=417794. YOU MUST CONTACT kg-legal@ before reading or writing this data.",
             "WARNING! Sensitive data under strict contractual usage agreements. DO NOT use without permission and understanding of usage constraints. Netflix for search data is subject to simba//#documents/list/dealId=500038. YOU MUST CONTACT knowledge-legal@ before reading or writing this data.",
@@ -111176,12 +113502,12 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "MAIN_GSR is the generic search response specified in AddKnowledgePackerPreprocessors. This will normally be universal::kResponseWeb but can also be universal::kResponseQuimbyTextWeb or potentially another response depending on the search mode.",
+            "DEPRECATED",
+            "",
             "",
             "",
             "",
-            "The following source is used by ContextBoostVoteAwareVoter to provide support for the selected interpretation. Note that this should not be used for any other purpose like navboost signals smearing.",
-            "This is added for temporary legacy compatibility until all interpretations that use voting have migrated to KScorer. A KScorer-eligible interpretation may not receive any direct support from a particular result, but will require a ResultSupport rank in order to participate in legacy voting.",
-            "The following source is used by the PersonalizationTwiddler"
+            ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -111541,6 +113867,7 @@
               "USER_P13N_SETTING_OFF_AT_EVENT_LEVEL",
               "BOOKS_USER_P13N_SETTING_OFF_AT_EVENT_LEVEL",
               "BATTLESTAR_GAME_IN_MDP_EVENT_LEVEL",
+              "BATTLESTAR_PSEUDO_CREDIT_OFFER_IN_DP_EVENT_LEVEL",
               "REVIEW_HIGHLIGHTS_TRIGGERING_EVENT_LEVEL",
               "TRUSTED_VERTICAL_VPN_INTENT_EVENT_LEVEL",
               "TRUSTED_VERTICAL_LOAN_INTENT_EVENT_LEVEL",
@@ -111548,6 +113875,10 @@
               "LOWQ_APPS_DEMOTION_EVENT_LEVEL",
               "QUERY_TYPE_MDP_EVENT_LEVEL",
               "QUERY_TYPE_NON_MDP_EVENT_LEVEL",
+              "NAV_CARD_EVENT_LEVEL",
+              "MDP_WITH_LIVE_OPS_EVER_INSTALLED_USERS_EVENT_LEVEL",
+              "MDP_WITH_LIVE_OPS_NEVER_INSTALLED_USERS_EVENT_LEVEL",
+              "BROAD_RELATED_QUERIES_CLUSTER_EVENT",
               "EVENT_LEVEL_TEST_CODE_LIMIT",
               "ENTERTAINMENT_CLUSTER_TRIGGERING_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "BEST_SELLER_CART_TAG_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
@@ -111713,6 +114044,9 @@
               "IN_APP_OFFER_APP_4_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_GAMELOFT_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_EVONY_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_ASPHALT_9_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_MAGIC_RAMPAGE_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_SUMMONERS_WAR_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_APP_1_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_APP_2_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
@@ -111720,6 +114054,9 @@
               "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_APP_4_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_GAMELOFT_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_EVONY_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_ASPHALT_9_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_MAGIC_RAMPAGE_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_SUMMONERS_WAR_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_SAVED_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_SAVED_APP_1_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_SAVED_APP_2_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
@@ -112008,6 +114345,48 @@
               "SHOULD_SEE_TOP_NOW_CONTENT_MERCH_NEW_RELEASE_GH",
               "SHOULD_SEE_TOP_NOW_CONTENT_MERCH_PRE_REGISTRATION_GH",
               "SHOULD_SEE_TOP_NOW_CONTENT_MERCH_LIVE_OPS_GH",
+              "SHOULD_NOT_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_NH",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_NH_K1",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_NH_K2",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_NH_K3_4",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_NH_GTE_K5",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_NEW_RELEASE_NH_K1",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_NEW_RELEASE_NH_K2",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_NEW_RELEASE_NH_K3_4",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_NEW_RELEASE_NH_GTE_K5",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_EDITORIAL_NH_K1",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_EDITORIAL_NH_K2",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_EDITORIAL_NH_K3_4",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_EDITORIAL_NH_GTE_K5",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_LIVE_OPS_NH_K1",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_LIVE_OPS_NH_K2",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_LIVE_OPS_NH_K3_4",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_LIVE_OPS_NH_GTE_K5",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_PRE_REGISTRATION_NH_K1",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_PRE_REGISTRATION_NH_K2",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_PRE_REGISTRATION_NH_K3_4",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CONTENT_PRE_REGISTRATION_NH_GTE_K5",
+              "SHOULD_NOT_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_NH",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_NH_K1",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_NH_K2",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_NH_K3_4",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_NH_GTE_K5",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_NEW_RELEASE_NH_K1",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_NEW_RELEASE_NH_K2",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_NEW_RELEASE_NH_K3_4",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_NEW_RELEASE_NH_GTE_K5",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_EDITORIAL_NH_K1",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_EDITORIAL_NH_K2",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_EDITORIAL_NH_K3_4",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_EDITORIAL_NH_GTE_K5",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_LIVE_OPS_NH_K1",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_LIVE_OPS_NH_K2",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_LIVE_OPS_NH_K3_4",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_LIVE_OPS_NH_GTE_K5",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_PRE_REGISTRATION_NH_K1",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_PRE_REGISTRATION_NH_K2",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_PRE_REGISTRATION_NH_K3_4",
+              "SHOULD_SEE_NOW_CLUSTER_CONTENT_PRE_REGISTRATION_NH_GTE_K5",
               "WALLET_WELLBEING_ALERT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "BROAD_INTENT_REWEIGHTING_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "DYNASTY_DEVICE_HANDOFF_SESSION_LEVEL",
@@ -112126,6 +114505,7 @@
               "USER_P13N_SETTING_OFF_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "BOOKS_USER_P13N_SETTING_OFF_AT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "BATTLESTAR_GAME_IN_MDP_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "BATTLESTAR_PSEUDO_CREDIT_OFFER_IN_DP_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "REVIEW_HIGHLIGHTS_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "BOOKS_NOTIFICATION_RECEIVED_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "LANGUAGE_SWITCHER_ELIGIBLE_SESSION_LEVEL",
@@ -112140,6 +114520,15 @@
               "AMPLIFY_FORM_OF_PAYMENT_ELIGIBLE_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "QUERY_TYPE_MDP_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "QUERY_TYPE_NON_MDP_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "NAV_CARD_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "CART_WITH_BROKEN_FOP_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "IS_ELIGIBLE_FOR_DYNAMIC_AUTH_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "CLICKED_INSTALL_IN_DEEP_LINK_DETAILS",
+              "ONE_TIME_PRODUCT_VARIANT_OFFER_DARK_LAUNCH_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "ONE_TIME_PRODUCT_VARIANT_OFFER_LAUNCH_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "AMPLIFY_FORM_OF_PAYMENT_ABANDONMENT_ELIGIBLE_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "SUBSCRIPTION_FREE_TRIAL_OFFER_HIGHLIGHT_SESSION_LEVEL",
+              "SUBSCRIPTION_INTRO_PRICE_OFFER_HIGHLIGHT_SESSION_LEVEL",
               "SESSION_LEVEL_TEST_CODE_LIMIT",
               "CART_ABANDONMENT_USER_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_PRODUCTS_IN_DETAILS_PAGE_USER_LEVEL",
@@ -112204,6 +114593,9 @@
               "IN_APP_OFFER_APP_4_AT_USER_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_GAMELOFT_AT_USER_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_EVONY_AT_USER_LEVEL",
+              "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_ASPHALT_9_AT_USER_LEVEL",
+              "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_MAGIC_RAMPAGE_AT_USER_LEVEL",
+              "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_APP_SUMMONERS_WAR_AT_USER_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_AT_USER_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_APP_1_AT_USER_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_APP_2_AT_USER_LEVEL",
@@ -112211,6 +114603,9 @@
               "IN_APP_OFFER_ELIGIBLE_APP_4_AT_USER_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_GAMELOFT_AT_USER_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_EVONY_AT_USER_LEVEL",
+              "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_ASPHALT_9_AT_USER_LEVEL",
+              "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_MAGIC_RAMPAGE_AT_USER_LEVEL",
+              "IN_APP_OFFER_BATTLESTAR_ELIGIBLE_APP_SUMMONERS_WAR_AT_USER_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_SAVED_AT_USER_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_SAVED_APP_1_AT_USER_LEVEL",
               "IN_APP_OFFER_SAVED_APP_2_AT_USER_LEVEL",
@@ -112296,6 +114691,7 @@
               "GROWTH_CORPUS_WIDE_STAMP_CARD_GAMES_HOME_SERVER_USER_LEVEL",
               "LOYALTY_PURCHASE_QUEST_GAMES_HOME_SERVER_USER_LEVEL",
               "LOYALTY_CORPUS_WIDE_STAMP_CARD_GAMES_HOME_SERVER_USER_LEVEL",
+              "LOYALTY_CORPUS_WIDE_STAMP_CARD_DETAILS_PAGE_SERVER_USER_LEVEL",
               "SUBS_HIGH_CHURN_FOP_OPTIONS_AVAILABLE_USER_LEVEL",
               "SUBS_HIGH_CHURN_FOP_OPTIONS_AVAILABLE_USER_LEVEL_V2",
               "SUBS_HIGH_CHURN_FOP_OPTIONS_AVAILABLE_WITH_EXISTING_FOP_USER_LEVEL",
@@ -112414,6 +114810,8 @@
               "SUBS_OFFER_ON_BUYFLOW_ELIGIBLE_AT_USER_LEVEL",
               "FOP_PARTNER_PROMOTION_USER_LEVEL",
               "BOOKS_LOYALTY_PROMO_BANNER_WEEKLY_PRIZE_USER_LEVEL",
+              "IS_ELIGIBLE_FOR_DYNAMIC_AUTH_USER_LEVEL",
+              "GE_LIVEOPS_PSPEND_USER_LEVEL",
               "USER_LEVEL_TEST_CODE_LIMIT"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -112666,6 +115064,7 @@
               "Event-level test code corresponding to com.google.play.consent.proto.Setting.SETTING_OFF.",
               "",
               "Event-level test code corresponding to an MDP showing for a game also available on Battlestar.",
+              "Event-level test code corresponding to the details page ribbon showing a pseudo credit offer promotion for Battlestar games.",
               "Event-level test code to track triggering of review highlights.",
               "Event-level test code to track triggering of VPN Intent trusted vertical message.",
               "Event-level test code to track triggering of LOAN Intent trusted vertical message.",
@@ -112673,6 +115072,10 @@
               "Event-level test code to track triggering of lowQ apps demotion.",
               "Test code for MDP query event level.",
               "Test code for non-MDP query event level.",
+              "Test code for nav card at event level.",
+              "Event-level test code for logging MDP LiveOps shown to ever-installed users on SERP",
+              "Event-level test code for logging MDP LiveOps shown to never-installed users on SERP",
+              "Broad Related Queries TestCode",
               "",
               "",
               "",
@@ -112852,6 +115255,12 @@
               "",
               "",
               "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
               "see go/reordering-subnav-tabs",
               "see go/reordering-subnav-tabs",
               "",
@@ -113133,6 +115542,48 @@
               "Merch featuring Now! content on Top of Games Home.",
               "",
               "",
+              "Session level test codes for Now! Home content coverage metrics. Any Now! content on NOW! Home.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "New release Now! content on NOW! Home.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "Editorial Now! content on NOW! Home.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "Live Ops Now! content on NOW! Home.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "Pre-registration Now! content on NOW! Home.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "Session level test codes for Now! Cluster content coverage metrics on Now! Home Any Now! cluster content on Now! Home",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "New release Now! content on NOW! Home.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "Editorial Now! content on NOW! Home.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "Live Ops Now! content on NOW! Home.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "Pre-registration Now! content on NOW! Home.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
               "TestCode for slicing the users cohorts that should have received a budget Warning alert",
               "TestCode for Broad Intent Reweighting Session Level.",
               "TestCode for Dynasty Device Handoff Session Level.",
@@ -113251,6 +115702,7 @@
               "Session-level test code corresponding to com.google.play.consent.proto.Setting.SETTING_OFF.",
               "",
               "Session-level test code corresponding to an MDP showing for a game also available on Battlestar.",
+              "Session-level test code corresponding to the details page ribbon showing a pseudo credit offer promotion for Battlestar games.",
               "Session-level test code for review highlights",
               "Session level test code for users who receive a Books notification.",
               "Session level test code indicating that the user is eligible for language switcher on cart screen.",
@@ -113265,6 +115717,15 @@
               "Session-level test code indicating that there is some Fop eligible for amplification. Amplification may or may not be visible to the user if some experiment flags are disabled.",
               "Test code for MDP query session level.",
               "Test code for non MDP query session level.",
+              "Test code for nav card at session level.",
+              "Session level test code indicating that user starts the purchase with a cart that has broken existing form of payment.",
+              "Session level test code for users who are eligible for dynamic auth.",
+              "Session level test code for users who click install in the details page for the post-install redirection experiment.",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "Session level test code that indicates the user is eligible for an abandonment screen for a form of payment to be amplified.",
+              "Session level test code for subscription with free trial offer highlight buyflow.",
+              "Session level test code for subscription with intro price offer highlight buyflow.",
               "",
               "Cart abandonment flow for purchase flow.",
               "User saw/would have seen the in app products section in App",
@@ -113343,6 +115804,12 @@
               "",
               "",
               "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
+              "",
               "User saw/would have seen the subscription one time pass offer",
               "",
               "",
@@ -113421,6 +115888,7 @@
               "User level test code for Corpus Wide Growth Stamp Card, for tracking users who are eligible for the GSC in Games Home. This test code is logged on server side.",
               "User level test code for Loyalty Purchase Quest, for tracking users who are eligible for the LPQ in Games Home. This test code is logged on server side.",
               "User level test code for Corpus Wide Loyalty Stamp Card, for tracking users who are eligible for the LSC in Games Home. This test code is logged on server side.",
+              "User level test code for Corpus Wide Loyalty Stamp Card, for tracking users who are eligible for the LSC in Apps Details Page. This test code is logged on server side.",
               "User level test code that indicates that at least one high churn fop options is available for user when visiting add fop page for subscription purchase. Deprecated, use 20361 instead.",
               "",
               "",
@@ -113539,6 +116007,8 @@
               "User level test code for traking the users who are eligible to subs offer on buyflow. This is a P3 server level test code.",
               "User level test code for FOP Partner Promo.",
               "User level test code for users who have seen a Loyalty weekly prize banner.",
+              "User level test code for users who are eligible for dynamic auth.",
+              "User level test code for LiveOps pSpend uplift experiment. If GE campaign decision changed after enabling pSpend model, log test code.",
               ""
             ],
             "type": "string"
@@ -113961,7 +116431,8 @@
             "NS_CONTRIB_SERVICE_GEO_UGC",
             "NS_SEARCH_SPORTS",
             "NS_BUSINESSMESSAGING",
-            "NS_AERIAL_VIEW"
+            "NS_AERIAL_VIEW",
+            "NS_DOCS_VIDEO"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Default (invalid) namespace if the field is not set.",
@@ -114004,7 +116475,8 @@
             "Namespace for GEO UGC videos processed by ContribService.",
             "Namespace for Search Sports vertical videos.",
             "Namespace for Business Messaging videos.",
-            "Namespace for Geo Aerial View Please receive approval via go/vp-newclients before adding a new namespace."
+            "Namespace for Geo Aerial View",
+            "Namespace for Docs Video (Flix) Please receive approval via go/vp-newclients before adding a new namespace."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -115170,6 +117642,10 @@
             "ADSBURST_DISCOVERY_UNCOMFORTABLE_V1",
             "ADSBURST_DISCOVERY_NERV_SUBS_V1",
             "ADSBURST_BASIC_TEXT_TOWER_V0",
+            "ADSBURST_V2",
+            "ADSBURST_V2_128D",
+            "ADSBURST_V2_64D",
+            "ADSBURST_V2_32D",
             "SHOPPING_IMAGE_TRANSFORMATION_UNCROP",
             "SHOPPING_IMAGE_TRANSFORMATION_V2",
             "SCREENAI_V1",
@@ -115275,6 +117751,10 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "",
+            "",
+            "",
+            "",
             "Shopping image transformation versions.",
             "",
             "ScreenAI versions. IconNet.",

From 634d267d5f8aa8d3a37c691bee1df8e31731521d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 23/53] feat(dataplex): update the api

#### dataplex:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataScanEventDataProfileAppliedConfigs.properties.columnFilterApplied.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html | 10 +++++-----
 .../dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html |  4 ++--
 .../discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json         |  8 ++++++--
 3 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
index c2e22534a03..971efefa3b0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "average": 3.14, # Average of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
               "max": "A String", # Maximum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
               "min": "A String", # Minimum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
-              "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
+              "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of approximate quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Standard deviation of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "average": 3.14, # Average of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
               "max": "A String", # Maximum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
               "min": "A String", # Minimum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
-              "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
+              "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of approximate quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Standard deviation of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "average": 3.14, # Average of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
                   "max": "A String", # Maximum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
                   "min": "A String", # Minimum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
-                  "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
+                  "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of approximate quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Standard deviation of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "average": 3.14, # Average of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
               "max": "A String", # Maximum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
               "min": "A String", # Minimum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
-              "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
+              "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of approximate quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Standard deviation of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "average": 3.14, # Average of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
                 "max": "A String", # Maximum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
                 "min": "A String", # Minimum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
-                "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
+                "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of approximate quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Standard deviation of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html
index 4c8df61409c..a060e1b8019 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "average": 3.14, # Average of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
               "max": "A String", # Maximum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
               "min": "A String", # Minimum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
-              "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
+              "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of approximate quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Standard deviation of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "average": 3.14, # Average of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
                   "max": "A String", # Maximum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
                   "min": "A String", # Minimum of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
-                  "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
+                  "quartiles": [ # A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of approximate quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "standardDeviation": 3.14, # Standard deviation of non-null values in the scanned data. NaN, if the field has a NaN.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json
index a450547d61f..1f492deee97 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json
@@ -4269,7 +4269,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
@@ -5264,7 +5264,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "quartiles": {
-          "description": "A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.",
+          "description": "A quartile divides the number of data points into four parts, or quarters, of more-or-less equal size. Three main quartiles used are: The first quartile (Q1) splits off the lowest 25% of data from the highest 75%. It is also known as the lower or 25th empirical quartile, as 25% of the data is below this point. The second quartile (Q2) is the median of a data set. So, 50% of the data lies below this point. The third quartile (Q3) splits off the highest 25% of data from the lowest 75%. It is known as the upper or 75th empirical quartile, as 75% of the data lies below this point. Here, the quartiles is provided as an ordered list of approximate quartile values for the scanned data, occurring in order Q1, median, Q3.",
           "items": {
             "format": "int64",
             "type": "string"
@@ -5861,6 +5861,10 @@
       "description": "Applied configs for data profile type data scan job.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataScanEventDataProfileAppliedConfigs",
       "properties": {
+        "columnFilterApplied": {
+          "description": "Boolean indicating whether a column filter was applied in the DataScan job.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "rowFilterApplied": {
           "description": "Boolean indicating whether a row filter was applied in the DataScan job.",
           "type": "boolean"

From 83c2c4dbb8cb5dfda333bde20d05cc2fbe0a1e17 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 24/53] feat(datastream): update the api

#### datastream:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.BackfillJob.properties.state.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Validation.properties.state.readOnly (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...tastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html | 10 +++++-----
 .../discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json       |  8 +++++---
 .../discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json |  2 +-
 3 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html
index 2b73c91531d..31eeb26122f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "lastEndTime": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job's end time.
     "lastStartTime": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job's start time.
-    "state": "A String", # Backfill job state.
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job state.
     "trigger": "A String", # Backfill job's triggering reason.
   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time of the object.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "lastEndTime": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job's end time.
         "lastStartTime": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job's start time.
-        "state": "A String", # Backfill job state.
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job state.
         "trigger": "A String", # Backfill job's triggering reason.
       },
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time of the object.
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "lastEndTime": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job's end time.
     "lastStartTime": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job's start time.
-    "state": "A String", # Backfill job state.
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job state.
     "trigger": "A String", # Backfill job's triggering reason.
   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time of the object.
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "lastEndTime": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job's end time.
       "lastStartTime": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job's start time.
-      "state": "A String", # Backfill job state.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job state.
       "trigger": "A String", # Backfill job's triggering reason.
     },
     "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time of the object.
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "lastEndTime": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job's end time.
       "lastStartTime": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job's start time.
-      "state": "A String", # Backfill job state.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Backfill job state.
       "trigger": "A String", # Backfill job's triggering reason.
     },
     "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time of the object.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json
index afdaf729013..46eaa086bd3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json
@@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230522",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AvroFileFormat": {
@@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "Backfill job state.",
+          "description": "Output only. Backfill job state.",
           "enum": [
             "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "NOT_STARTED",
@@ -1307,6 +1307,7 @@
             "Backfill completed successfully.",
             "Backfill job failed since the table structure is currently unsupported for backfill."
           ],
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
         "trigger": {
@@ -2918,7 +2919,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "Validation execution status.",
+          "description": "Output only. Validation execution status.",
           "enum": [
             "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "NOT_EXECUTED",
@@ -2931,6 +2932,7 @@
             "Validation failed.",
             "Validation passed."
           ],
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json
index b9cd2ef1ea1..6ffcf83c056 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json
@@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230522",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AvroFileFormat": {

From d64535fc24417ebfdbf6007af34ba4c6e628a8bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:04 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 25/53] feat(dialogflow): update the api

#### dialogflow:v2

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestionResult.properties.suggestEntityExtractionResponse.$ref (Total Keys: 1)

#### dialogflow:v2beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestionResult.properties.suggestEntityExtractionResponse.$ref (Total Keys: 1)

#### dialogflow:v3

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestionResult.properties.suggestEntityExtractionResponse.$ref (Total Keys: 1)

#### dialogflow:v3beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestionResult.properties.suggestEntityExtractionResponse.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...ojects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents.html |    8 +-
 ..._v2.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html |   10 +-
 ...ts.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html |   10 +-
 ...beta1.projects.conversations.messages.html |    2 +-
 ...1.projects.conversations.participants.html | 1480 ++++++++++++++++-
 ...ta1.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html |    2 +-
 ...ects.locations.conversations.messages.html |    2 +-
 ....locations.conversations.participants.html | 1480 ++++++++++++++++-
 ...ts.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html |    2 +-
 ...ocations.agents.environments.sessions.html |    8 +-
 ...alogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html |   12 +-
 ...v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html |    8 +-
 ...ocations.agents.environments.sessions.html |    8 +-
 ...low_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html |   12 +-
 ...a1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html |    8 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v2.json              |   10 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json         |   12 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v3.json              |   10 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json         |   10 +-
 19 files changed, 2919 insertions(+), 175 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents.html
index aa5c424758a..6162899e0ea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A knowledge document to be used by a KnowledgeBase. For more information, see the [knowledge base guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/how/knowledge-bases). Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
   "contentUri": "A String", # The URI where the file content is located. For documents stored in Google Cloud Storage, these URIs must have the form `gs:///`. NOTE: External URLs must correspond to public webpages, i.e., they must be indexed by Google Search. In particular, URLs for showing documents in Google Cloud Storage (i.e. the URL in your browser) are not supported. Instead use the `gs://` format URI described above.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the document. The name must be 1024 bytes or less; otherwise, the creation request fails.
-  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
+  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
   "knowledgeTypes": [ # Required. The knowledge type of document content.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A knowledge document to be used by a KnowledgeBase. For more information, see the [knowledge base guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/how/knowledge-bases). Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
   "contentUri": "A String", # The URI where the file content is located. For documents stored in Google Cloud Storage, these URIs must have the form `gs:///`. NOTE: External URLs must correspond to public webpages, i.e., they must be indexed by Google Search. In particular, URLs for showing documents in Google Cloud Storage (i.e. the URL in your browser) are not supported. Instead use the `gs://` format URI described above.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the document. The name must be 1024 bytes or less; otherwise, the creation request fails.
-  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
+  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
   "knowledgeTypes": [ # Required. The knowledge type of document content.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A knowledge document to be used by a KnowledgeBase. For more information, see the [knowledge base guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/how/knowledge-bases). Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
       "contentUri": "A String", # The URI where the file content is located. For documents stored in Google Cloud Storage, these URIs must have the form `gs:///`. NOTE: External URLs must correspond to public webpages, i.e., they must be indexed by Google Search. In particular, URLs for showing documents in Google Cloud Storage (i.e. the URL in your browser) are not supported. Instead use the `gs://` format URI described above.
       "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the document. The name must be 1024 bytes or less; otherwise, the creation request fails.
-      "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
+      "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
       "knowledgeTypes": [ # Required. The knowledge type of document content.
         "A String",
       ],
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A knowledge document to be used by a KnowledgeBase. For more information, see the [knowledge base guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/how/knowledge-bases). Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
   "contentUri": "A String", # The URI where the file content is located. For documents stored in Google Cloud Storage, these URIs must have the form `gs:///`. NOTE: External URLs must correspond to public webpages, i.e., they must be indexed by Google Search. In particular, URLs for showing documents in Google Cloud Storage (i.e. the URL in your browser) are not supported. Instead use the `gs://` format URI described above.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the document. The name must be 1024 bytes or less; otherwise, the creation request fails.
-  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
+  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
   "knowledgeTypes": [ # Required. The knowledge type of document content.
     "A String",
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html
index 8357837c127..aca7c607798 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A knowledge document to be used by a KnowledgeBase. For more information, see the [knowledge base guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/how/knowledge-bases). Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
   "contentUri": "A String", # The URI where the file content is located. For documents stored in Google Cloud Storage, these URIs must have the form `gs:///`. NOTE: External URLs must correspond to public webpages, i.e., they must be indexed by Google Search. In particular, URLs for showing documents in Google Cloud Storage (i.e. the URL in your browser) are not supported. Instead use the `gs://` format URI described above.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the document. The name must be 1024 bytes or less; otherwise, the creation request fails.
-  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
+  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
   "knowledgeTypes": [ # Required. The knowledge type of document content.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A knowledge document to be used by a KnowledgeBase. For more information, see the [knowledge base guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/how/knowledge-bases). Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
   "contentUri": "A String", # The URI where the file content is located. For documents stored in Google Cloud Storage, these URIs must have the form `gs:///`. NOTE: External URLs must correspond to public webpages, i.e., they must be indexed by Google Search. In particular, URLs for showing documents in Google Cloud Storage (i.e. the URL in your browser) are not supported. Instead use the `gs://` format URI described above.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the document. The name must be 1024 bytes or less; otherwise, the creation request fails.
-  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
+  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
   "knowledgeTypes": [ # Required. The knowledge type of document content.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The MIME type of the document.
   },
-  "gcsSource": { # Google Cloud Storage location for the inputs. # The Google Cloud Storage location for the documents. The path can include a wildcard. These URIs may have the forms `gs:///`. `gs:////*.`.
+  "gcsSource": { # Google Cloud Storage location for the inputs. # Optional. The Google Cloud Storage location for the documents. The path can include a wildcard. These URIs may have the forms `gs:///`. `gs:////*.`.
     "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URIs for the inputs. A URI is of the form: gs://bucket/object-prefix-or-name Whether a prefix or name is used depends on the use case.
       "A String",
     ],
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A knowledge document to be used by a KnowledgeBase. For more information, see the [knowledge base guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/how/knowledge-bases). Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
       "contentUri": "A String", # The URI where the file content is located. For documents stored in Google Cloud Storage, these URIs must have the form `gs:///`. NOTE: External URLs must correspond to public webpages, i.e., they must be indexed by Google Search. In particular, URLs for showing documents in Google Cloud Storage (i.e. the URL in your browser) are not supported. Instead use the `gs://` format URI described above.
       "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the document. The name must be 1024 bytes or less; otherwise, the creation request fails.
-      "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
+      "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
       "knowledgeTypes": [ # Required. The knowledge type of document content.
         "A String",
       ],
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A knowledge document to be used by a KnowledgeBase. For more information, see the [knowledge base guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/how/knowledge-bases). Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
   "contentUri": "A String", # The URI where the file content is located. For documents stored in Google Cloud Storage, these URIs must have the form `gs:///`. NOTE: External URLs must correspond to public webpages, i.e., they must be indexed by Google Search. In particular, URLs for showing documents in Google Cloud Storage (i.e. the URL in your browser) are not supported. Instead use the `gs://` format URI described above.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the document. The name must be 1024 bytes or less; otherwise, the creation request fails.
-  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
+  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
   "knowledgeTypes": [ # Required. The knowledge type of document content.
     "A String",
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html
index 089c0bd579a..091cfc4b7fe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A knowledge document to be used by a KnowledgeBase. For more information, see the [knowledge base guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/how/knowledge-bases). Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
   "contentUri": "A String", # The URI where the file content is located. For documents stored in Google Cloud Storage, these URIs must have the form `gs:///`. NOTE: External URLs must correspond to public webpages, i.e., they must be indexed by Google Search. In particular, URLs for showing documents in Google Cloud Storage (i.e. the URL in your browser) are not supported. Instead use the `gs://` format URI described above.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the document. The name must be 1024 bytes or less; otherwise, the creation request fails.
-  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
+  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
   "knowledgeTypes": [ # Required. The knowledge type of document content.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A knowledge document to be used by a KnowledgeBase. For more information, see the [knowledge base guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/how/knowledge-bases). Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
   "contentUri": "A String", # The URI where the file content is located. For documents stored in Google Cloud Storage, these URIs must have the form `gs:///`. NOTE: External URLs must correspond to public webpages, i.e., they must be indexed by Google Search. In particular, URLs for showing documents in Google Cloud Storage (i.e. the URL in your browser) are not supported. Instead use the `gs://` format URI described above.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the document. The name must be 1024 bytes or less; otherwise, the creation request fails.
-  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
+  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
   "knowledgeTypes": [ # Required. The knowledge type of document content.
     "A String",
   ],
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The MIME type of the document.
   },
-  "gcsSource": { # Google Cloud Storage location for the inputs. # The Google Cloud Storage location for the documents. The path can include a wildcard. These URIs may have the forms `gs:///`. `gs:////*.`.
+  "gcsSource": { # Google Cloud Storage location for the inputs. # Optional. The Google Cloud Storage location for the documents. The path can include a wildcard. These URIs may have the forms `gs:///`. `gs:////*.`.
     "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URIs for the inputs. A URI is of the form: gs://bucket/object-prefix-or-name Whether a prefix or name is used depends on the use case.
       "A String",
     ],
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A knowledge document to be used by a KnowledgeBase. For more information, see the [knowledge base guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/how/knowledge-bases). Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
       "contentUri": "A String", # The URI where the file content is located. For documents stored in Google Cloud Storage, these URIs must have the form `gs:///`. NOTE: External URLs must correspond to public webpages, i.e., they must be indexed by Google Search. In particular, URLs for showing documents in Google Cloud Storage (i.e. the URL in your browser) are not supported. Instead use the `gs://` format URI described above.
       "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the document. The name must be 1024 bytes or less; otherwise, the creation request fails.
-      "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
+      "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
       "knowledgeTypes": [ # Required. The knowledge type of document content.
         "A String",
       ],
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A knowledge document to be used by a KnowledgeBase. For more information, see the [knowledge base guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/how/knowledge-bases). Note: The `projects.agent.knowledgeBases.documents` resource is deprecated; only use `projects.knowledgeBases.documents`.
   "contentUri": "A String", # The URI where the file content is located. For documents stored in Google Cloud Storage, these URIs must have the form `gs:///`. NOTE: External URLs must correspond to public webpages, i.e., they must be indexed by Google Search. In particular, URLs for showing documents in Google Cloud Storage (i.e. the URL in your browser) are not supported. Instead use the `gs://` format URI described above.
   "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the document. The name must be 1024 bytes or less; otherwise, the creation request fails.
-  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
+  "enableAutoReload": True or False, # Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.
   "knowledgeTypes": [ # Required. The knowledge type of document content.
     "A String",
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.messages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.messages.html
index 9f4ac35b97e..c91af537164 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.messages.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The request message for Conversations.BatchCreateMessagesRequest.
-  "requests": [ # Required. A maximum of 1000 Messages can be created in a batch. CreateMessageRequest.message.send_time is required. All created messages will have identical Message.create_time.
+  "requests": [ # Required. A maximum of 300 messages can be created in a batch. CreateMessageRequest.message.send_time is required. All created messages will have identical Message.create_time.
     { # The request message to create one Message. Currently it is only used in BatchCreateMessagesRequest.
       "message": { # Represents a message posted into a conversation. # Required. The message to create. Message.participant is required.
         "content": "A String", # Required. The message content.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html
index 91d1fb291bb..2b6db523d66 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html
@@ -2378,64 +2378,1428 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to suggest answer. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`.
       },
-      "suggestFaqAnswersResponse": { # The request message for Participants.SuggestFaqAnswers. # SuggestFaqAnswersResponse if request is for FAQ_ANSWER.
-        "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestFaqAnswersRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation.
-        "faqAnswers": [ # Output only. Answers extracted from FAQ documents.
-          { # Represents answer from "frequently asked questions".
-            "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
+      "suggestEntityExtractionResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestDialogflowAssists. # SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for ENTITY_EXTRACTION.
+        "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestDialogflowAssistsRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation.
+        "dialogflowAssistAnswers": [ # Output only. Multiple reply options provided by Dialogflow assist service. The order is based on the rank of the model prediction.
+          { # Represents a Dialogflow assist answer.
             "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
-            "confidence": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this Knowledge answer is a good match for this conversational query, range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-            "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the answer and the document from which it originates.
-              "a_key": "A String",
+            "intentSuggestion": { # Represents an intent suggestion. # An intent suggestion generated from conversation.
+              "description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+              "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the intent.
+              "intentV2": "A String", # The unique identifier of this intent. Format: `projects//locations//agent/intents/`.
             },
-            "question": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question.
-            "source": "A String", # Indicates which Knowledge Document this answer was extracted from. Format: `projects//locations//agent/knowledgeBases//documents/`.
-          },
-        ],
-        "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to compile suggestion for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`.
-      },
-      "suggestSmartRepliesResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestSmartReplies. # SuggestSmartRepliesResponse if request is for SMART_REPLY.
-        "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestSmartRepliesRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation.
-        "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to compile suggestion for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`.
-        "smartReplyAnswers": [ # Output only. Multiple reply options provided by smart reply service. The order is based on the rank of the model prediction. The maximum number of the returned replies is set in SmartReplyConfig.
-          { # Represents a smart reply answer.
-            "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
-            "confidence": 3.14, # Smart reply confidence. The system's confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, as a value from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
-            "reply": "A String", # The content of the reply.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "humanAgentSuggestionResults": [ # The suggestions for most recent human agent. The order is the same as HumanAgentAssistantConfig.SuggestionConfig.feature_configs of HumanAgentAssistantConfig.human_agent_suggestion_config. Note that any failure of Agent Assist features will not lead to the overall failure of an AnalyzeContent API call. Instead, the features will fail silently with the error field set in the corresponding SuggestionResult.
-    { # One response of different type of suggestion response which is used in the response of Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.AnalyzeContent, as well as HumanAgentAssistantEvent.
-      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Error status if the request failed.
-        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-          {
-            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-          },
-        ],
-        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-      },
-      "suggestArticlesResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestArticles. # SuggestArticlesResponse if request is for ARTICLE_SUGGESTION.
-        "articleAnswers": [ # Output only. Articles ordered by score in descending order.
-          { # Represents article answer.
-            "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
-            "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the answer and the document from which it originates.
-              "a_key": "A String",
+            "queryResult": { # Represents the result of conversational query or event processing. # Result from v2 agent.
+              "action": "A String", # The action name from the matched intent.
+              "allRequiredParamsPresent": True or False, # This field is set to: - `false` if the matched intent has required parameters and not all of the required parameter values have been collected. - `true` if all required parameter values have been collected, or if the matched intent doesn't contain any required parameters.
+              "cancelsSlotFilling": True or False, # Indicates whether the conversational query triggers a cancellation for slot filling. For more information, see the [cancel slot filling documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/intents-actions-parameters#cancel).
+              "diagnosticInfo": { # Free-form diagnostic information for the associated detect intent request. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. The data may contain: - webhook call latency - webhook errors
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "fulfillmentMessages": [ # The collection of rich messages to present to the user.
+                { # Corresponds to the `Response` field in the Dialogflow console.
+                  "basicCard": { # The basic card message. Useful for displaying information. # Displays a basic card for Actions on Google.
+                    "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons.
+                      { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card.
+                        "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button.
+                          "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "formattedText": "A String", # Required, unless image is present. The body text of the card.
+                    "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image for the card.
+                      "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                    },
+                    "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card.
+                  },
+                  "browseCarouselCard": { # Browse Carousel Card for Actions on Google. https://developers.google.com/actions/assistant/responses#browsing_carousel # Browse carousel card for Actions on Google.
+                    "imageDisplayOptions": "A String", # Optional. Settings for displaying the image. Applies to every image in items.
+                    "items": [ # Required. List of items in the Browse Carousel Card. Minimum of two items, maximum of ten.
+                      { # Browsing carousel tile
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the carousel item. Maximum of four lines of text.
+                        "footer": "A String", # Optional. Text that appears at the bottom of the Browse Carousel Card. Maximum of one line of text.
+                        "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Hero image for the carousel item.
+                          "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                        },
+                        "openUriAction": { # Actions on Google action to open a given url. # Required. Action to present to the user.
+                          "url": "A String", # Required. URL
+                          "urlTypeHint": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of viewer that is used when opening the URL. Defaults to opening via web browser.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item. Maximum of two lines of text.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "card": { # The card response message. # Displays a card.
+                    "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons.
+                      { # Optional. Contains information about a button.
+                        "postback": "A String", # Optional. The text to send back to the Dialogflow API or a URI to open.
+                        "text": "A String", # Optional. The text to show on the button.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file for the card.
+                    "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card.
+                  },
+                  "carouselSelect": { # The card for presenting a carousel of options to select from. # Displays a carousel card for Actions on Google.
+                    "items": [ # Required. Carousel items.
+                      { # An item in the carousel.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. The body text of the card.
+                        "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display.
+                          "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                        },
+                        "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional info about the option item.
+                          "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given.
+                          "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "image": { # The image response message. # Displays an image.
+                    "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                    "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                  },
+                  "linkOutSuggestion": { # The suggestion chip message that allows the user to jump out to the app or website associated with this agent. # Displays a link out suggestion chip for Actions on Google.
+                    "destinationName": "A String", # Required. The name of the app or site this chip is linking to.
+                    "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the app or site to open when the user taps the suggestion chip.
+                  },
+                  "listSelect": { # The card for presenting a list of options to select from. # Displays a list card for Actions on Google.
+                    "items": [ # Required. List items.
+                      { # An item in the list.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. The main text describing the item.
+                        "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display.
+                          "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                        },
+                        "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional information about this option.
+                          "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given.
+                          "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the list item.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle of the list.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. The overall title of the list.
+                  },
+                  "mediaContent": { # The media content card for Actions on Google. # The media content card for Actions on Google.
+                    "mediaObjects": [ # Required. List of media objects.
+                      { # Response media object for media content card.
+                        "contentUrl": "A String", # Required. Url where the media is stored.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of media card.
+                        "icon": { # The image response message. # Optional. Icon to display above media content.
+                          "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                        },
+                        "largeImage": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image to display above media content.
+                          "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                        },
+                        "name": "A String", # Required. Name of media card.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "mediaType": "A String", # Optional. What type of media is the content (ie "audio").
+                  },
+                  "payload": { # A custom platform-specific response.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "platform": "A String", # Optional. The platform that this message is intended for.
+                  "quickReplies": { # The quick replies response message. # Displays quick replies.
+                    "quickReplies": [ # Optional. The collection of quick replies.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the collection of quick replies.
+                  },
+                  "rbmCarouselRichCard": { # Carousel Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. If you want to show a single card with more control over the layout, please use RbmStandaloneCard instead. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) carousel rich card response.
+                    "cardContents": [ # Required. The cards in the carousel. A carousel must have at least 2 cards and at most 10.
+                      { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                        "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card.
+                          "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL.
+                          "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored.
+                          "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button.
+                        },
+                        "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card.
+                          { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri).
+                            "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose
+                              "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number
+                                "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888.
+                              },
+                              "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device
+                                "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device
+                              },
+                              "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                              "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location
+                              },
+                              "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action.
+                            },
+                            "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing
+                              "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                              "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "cardWidth": "A String", # Required. The width of the cards in the carousel.
+                  },
+                  "rbmStandaloneRichCard": { # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. You can group multiple rich cards into one using RbmCarouselCard but carousel cards will give you less control over the card layout. # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card response.
+                    "cardContent": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content # Required. Card content.
+                      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                      "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card.
+                        "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL.
+                        "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored.
+                        "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button.
+                      },
+                      "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card.
+                        { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri).
+                          "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose
+                            "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number
+                              "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888.
+                            },
+                            "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device
+                              "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device
+                            },
+                            "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                            "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location
+                            },
+                            "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action.
+                          },
+                          "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing
+                            "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                            "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                    },
+                    "cardOrientation": "A String", # Required. Orientation of the card.
+                    "thumbnailImageAlignment": "A String", # Required if orientation is horizontal. Image preview alignment for standalone cards with horizontal layout.
+                  },
+                  "rbmText": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response with suggestions. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response. RBM allows businesses to send enriched and branded versions of SMS. See https://jibe.google.com/business-messaging.
+                    "rbmSuggestion": [ # Optional. One or more suggestions to show to the user.
+                      { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri).
+                        "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose
+                          "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number
+                            "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888.
+                          },
+                          "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device
+                            "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device
+                          },
+                          "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                          "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location
+                          },
+                          "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action.
+                        },
+                        "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing
+                          "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                          "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "text": "A String", # Required. Text sent and displayed to the user.
+                  },
+                  "simpleResponses": { # The collection of simple response candidates. This message in `QueryResult.fulfillment_messages` and `WebhookResponse.fulfillment_messages` should contain only one `SimpleResponse`. # Returns a voice or text-only response for Actions on Google.
+                    "simpleResponses": [ # Required. The list of simple responses.
+                      { # The simple response message containing speech or text.
+                        "displayText": "A String", # Optional. The text to display.
+                        "ssml": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. Structured spoken response to the user in the SSML format. Mutually exclusive with text_to_speech.
+                        "textToSpeech": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. The plain text of the speech output. Mutually exclusive with ssml.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "suggestions": { # The collection of suggestions. # Displays suggestion chips for Actions on Google.
+                    "suggestions": [ # Required. The list of suggested replies.
+                      { # The suggestion chip message that the user can tap to quickly post a reply to the conversation.
+                        "title": "A String", # Required. The text shown the in the suggestion chip.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "tableCard": { # Table card for Actions on Google. # Table card for Actions on Google.
+                    "buttons": [ # Optional. List of buttons for the card.
+                      { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card.
+                        "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button.
+                          "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "columnProperties": [ # Optional. Display properties for the columns in this table.
+                      { # Column properties for TableCard.
+                        "header": "A String", # Required. Column heading.
+                        "horizontalAlignment": "A String", # Optional. Defines text alignment for all cells in this column.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image which should be displayed on the card.
+                      "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                    },
+                    "rows": [ # Optional. Rows in this table of data.
+                      { # Row of TableCard.
+                        "cells": [ # Optional. List of cells that make up this row.
+                          { # Cell of TableCardRow.
+                            "text": "A String", # Required. Text in this cell.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "dividerAfter": True or False, # Optional. Whether to add a visual divider after this row.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle to the title.
+                    "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the card.
+                  },
+                  "telephonyPlayAudio": { # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway. # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway.
+                    "audioUri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Google Cloud Storage object containing the audio to play, e.g., "gs://bucket/object". The object must contain a single channel (mono) of linear PCM audio (2 bytes / sample) at 8kHz. This object must be readable by the `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` service account where is the number of the Telephony Gateway project (usually the same as the Dialogflow agent project). If the Google Cloud Storage bucket is in the Telephony Gateway project, this permission is added by default when enabling the Dialogflow V2 API. For audio from other sources, consider using the `TelephonySynthesizeSpeech` message with SSML.
+                  },
+                  "telephonySynthesizeSpeech": { # Synthesizes speech and plays back the synthesized audio to the caller in Telephony Gateway. Telephony Gateway takes the synthesizer settings from `DetectIntentResponse.output_audio_config` which can either be set at request-level or can come from the agent-level synthesizer config. # Synthesizes speech in Telephony Gateway.
+                    "ssml": "A String", # The SSML to be synthesized. For more information, see [SSML](https://developers.google.com/actions/reference/ssml).
+                    "text": "A String", # The raw text to be synthesized.
+                  },
+                  "telephonyTransferCall": { # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway. # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway.
+                    "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to transfer the call to in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). We currently only allow transferring to US numbers (+1xxxyyyzzzz).
+                  },
+                  "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response.
+                    "text": [ # Optional. The collection of the agent's responses.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "fulfillmentText": "A String", # The text to be pronounced to the user or shown on the screen. Note: This is a legacy field, `fulfillment_messages` should be preferred.
+              "intent": { # An intent categorizes an end-user's intention for one conversation turn. For each agent, you define many intents, where your combined intents can handle a complete conversation. When an end-user writes or says something, referred to as an end-user expression or end-user input, Dialogflow matches the end-user input to the best intent in your agent. Matching an intent is also known as intent classification. For more information, see the [intent guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/intents-overview). # The intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name`, `display_name`, `end_interaction` and `is_fallback`.
+                "action": "A String", # Optional. The name of the action associated with the intent. Note: The action name must not contain whitespaces.
+                "defaultResponsePlatforms": [ # Optional. The list of platforms for which the first responses will be copied from the messages in PLATFORM_UNSPECIFIED (i.e. default platform).
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of this intent.
+                "endInteraction": True or False, # Optional. Indicates that this intent ends an interaction. Some integrations (e.g., Actions on Google or Dialogflow phone gateway) use this information to close interaction with an end user. Default is false.
+                "events": [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "followupIntentInfo": [ # Output only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+                  { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
+                    "followupIntentName": "A String", # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+                    "parentFollowupIntentName": "A String", # The unique identifier of the followup intent's parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "inputContextNames": [ # Optional. The list of context names required for this intent to be triggered. Formats: - `projects//agent/sessions/-/contexts/` - `projects//locations//agent/sessions/-/contexts/`
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "isFallback": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether this is a fallback intent.
+                "liveAgentHandoff": True or False, # Optional. Indicates that a live agent should be brought in to handle the interaction with the user. In most cases, when you set this flag to true, you would also want to set end_interaction to true as well. Default is false.
+                "messages": [ # Optional. The collection of rich messages corresponding to the `Response` field in the Dialogflow console.
+                  { # Corresponds to the `Response` field in the Dialogflow console.
+                    "basicCard": { # The basic card message. Useful for displaying information. # Displays a basic card for Actions on Google.
+                      "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons.
+                        { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card.
+                          "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button.
+                            "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI.
+                          },
+                          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "formattedText": "A String", # Required, unless image is present. The body text of the card.
+                      "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image for the card.
+                        "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                        "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                      },
+                      "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card.
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card.
+                    },
+                    "browseCarouselCard": { # Browse Carousel Card for Actions on Google. https://developers.google.com/actions/assistant/responses#browsing_carousel # Browse carousel card for Actions on Google.
+                      "imageDisplayOptions": "A String", # Optional. Settings for displaying the image. Applies to every image in items.
+                      "items": [ # Required. List of items in the Browse Carousel Card. Minimum of two items, maximum of ten.
+                        { # Browsing carousel tile
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the carousel item. Maximum of four lines of text.
+                          "footer": "A String", # Optional. Text that appears at the bottom of the Browse Carousel Card. Maximum of one line of text.
+                          "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Hero image for the carousel item.
+                            "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                            "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                          },
+                          "openUriAction": { # Actions on Google action to open a given url. # Required. Action to present to the user.
+                            "url": "A String", # Required. URL
+                            "urlTypeHint": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of viewer that is used when opening the URL. Defaults to opening via web browser.
+                          },
+                          "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item. Maximum of two lines of text.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "card": { # The card response message. # Displays a card.
+                      "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons.
+                        { # Optional. Contains information about a button.
+                          "postback": "A String", # Optional. The text to send back to the Dialogflow API or a URI to open.
+                          "text": "A String", # Optional. The text to show on the button.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file for the card.
+                      "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card.
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card.
+                    },
+                    "carouselSelect": { # The card for presenting a carousel of options to select from. # Displays a carousel card for Actions on Google.
+                      "items": [ # Required. Carousel items.
+                        { # An item in the carousel.
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. The body text of the card.
+                          "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display.
+                            "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                            "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                          },
+                          "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional info about the option item.
+                            "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given.
+                            "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                          },
+                          "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "image": { # The image response message. # Displays an image.
+                      "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                    },
+                    "linkOutSuggestion": { # The suggestion chip message that allows the user to jump out to the app or website associated with this agent. # Displays a link out suggestion chip for Actions on Google.
+                      "destinationName": "A String", # Required. The name of the app or site this chip is linking to.
+                      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the app or site to open when the user taps the suggestion chip.
+                    },
+                    "listSelect": { # The card for presenting a list of options to select from. # Displays a list card for Actions on Google.
+                      "items": [ # Required. List items.
+                        { # An item in the list.
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. The main text describing the item.
+                          "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display.
+                            "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                            "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                          },
+                          "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional information about this option.
+                            "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given.
+                            "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                          },
+                          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the list item.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle of the list.
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. The overall title of the list.
+                    },
+                    "mediaContent": { # The media content card for Actions on Google. # The media content card for Actions on Google.
+                      "mediaObjects": [ # Required. List of media objects.
+                        { # Response media object for media content card.
+                          "contentUrl": "A String", # Required. Url where the media is stored.
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of media card.
+                          "icon": { # The image response message. # Optional. Icon to display above media content.
+                            "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                            "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                          },
+                          "largeImage": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image to display above media content.
+                            "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                            "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                          },
+                          "name": "A String", # Required. Name of media card.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "mediaType": "A String", # Optional. What type of media is the content (ie "audio").
+                    },
+                    "payload": { # A custom platform-specific response.
+                      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                    },
+                    "platform": "A String", # Optional. The platform that this message is intended for.
+                    "quickReplies": { # The quick replies response message. # Displays quick replies.
+                      "quickReplies": [ # Optional. The collection of quick replies.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the collection of quick replies.
+                    },
+                    "rbmCarouselRichCard": { # Carousel Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. If you want to show a single card with more control over the layout, please use RbmStandaloneCard instead. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) carousel rich card response.
+                      "cardContents": [ # Required. The cards in the carousel. A carousel must have at least 2 cards and at most 10.
+                        { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                          "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card.
+                            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL.
+                            "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored.
+                            "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button.
+                          },
+                          "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card.
+                            { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri).
+                              "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose
+                                "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number
+                                  "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888.
+                                },
+                                "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device
+                                  "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device
+                                },
+                                "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                                "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location
+                                },
+                                "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action.
+                              },
+                              "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing
+                                "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                                "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "cardWidth": "A String", # Required. The width of the cards in the carousel.
+                    },
+                    "rbmStandaloneRichCard": { # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. You can group multiple rich cards into one using RbmCarouselCard but carousel cards will give you less control over the card layout. # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card response.
+                      "cardContent": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content # Required. Card content.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                        "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card.
+                          "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL.
+                          "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored.
+                          "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button.
+                        },
+                        "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card.
+                          { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri).
+                            "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose
+                              "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number
+                                "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888.
+                              },
+                              "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device
+                                "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device
+                              },
+                              "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                              "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location
+                              },
+                              "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action.
+                            },
+                            "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing
+                              "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                              "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                      },
+                      "cardOrientation": "A String", # Required. Orientation of the card.
+                      "thumbnailImageAlignment": "A String", # Required if orientation is horizontal. Image preview alignment for standalone cards with horizontal layout.
+                    },
+                    "rbmText": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response with suggestions. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response. RBM allows businesses to send enriched and branded versions of SMS. See https://jibe.google.com/business-messaging.
+                      "rbmSuggestion": [ # Optional. One or more suggestions to show to the user.
+                        { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri).
+                          "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose
+                            "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number
+                              "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888.
+                            },
+                            "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device
+                              "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device
+                            },
+                            "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                            "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location
+                            },
+                            "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action.
+                          },
+                          "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing
+                            "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                            "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "text": "A String", # Required. Text sent and displayed to the user.
+                    },
+                    "simpleResponses": { # The collection of simple response candidates. This message in `QueryResult.fulfillment_messages` and `WebhookResponse.fulfillment_messages` should contain only one `SimpleResponse`. # Returns a voice or text-only response for Actions on Google.
+                      "simpleResponses": [ # Required. The list of simple responses.
+                        { # The simple response message containing speech or text.
+                          "displayText": "A String", # Optional. The text to display.
+                          "ssml": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. Structured spoken response to the user in the SSML format. Mutually exclusive with text_to_speech.
+                          "textToSpeech": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. The plain text of the speech output. Mutually exclusive with ssml.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "suggestions": { # The collection of suggestions. # Displays suggestion chips for Actions on Google.
+                      "suggestions": [ # Required. The list of suggested replies.
+                        { # The suggestion chip message that the user can tap to quickly post a reply to the conversation.
+                          "title": "A String", # Required. The text shown the in the suggestion chip.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "tableCard": { # Table card for Actions on Google. # Table card for Actions on Google.
+                      "buttons": [ # Optional. List of buttons for the card.
+                        { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card.
+                          "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button.
+                            "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI.
+                          },
+                          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "columnProperties": [ # Optional. Display properties for the columns in this table.
+                        { # Column properties for TableCard.
+                          "header": "A String", # Required. Column heading.
+                          "horizontalAlignment": "A String", # Optional. Defines text alignment for all cells in this column.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image which should be displayed on the card.
+                        "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                        "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                      },
+                      "rows": [ # Optional. Rows in this table of data.
+                        { # Row of TableCard.
+                          "cells": [ # Optional. List of cells that make up this row.
+                            { # Cell of TableCardRow.
+                              "text": "A String", # Required. Text in this cell.
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "dividerAfter": True or False, # Optional. Whether to add a visual divider after this row.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle to the title.
+                      "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the card.
+                    },
+                    "telephonyPlayAudio": { # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway. # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway.
+                      "audioUri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Google Cloud Storage object containing the audio to play, e.g., "gs://bucket/object". The object must contain a single channel (mono) of linear PCM audio (2 bytes / sample) at 8kHz. This object must be readable by the `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` service account where is the number of the Telephony Gateway project (usually the same as the Dialogflow agent project). If the Google Cloud Storage bucket is in the Telephony Gateway project, this permission is added by default when enabling the Dialogflow V2 API. For audio from other sources, consider using the `TelephonySynthesizeSpeech` message with SSML.
+                    },
+                    "telephonySynthesizeSpeech": { # Synthesizes speech and plays back the synthesized audio to the caller in Telephony Gateway. Telephony Gateway takes the synthesizer settings from `DetectIntentResponse.output_audio_config` which can either be set at request-level or can come from the agent-level synthesizer config. # Synthesizes speech in Telephony Gateway.
+                      "ssml": "A String", # The SSML to be synthesized. For more information, see [SSML](https://developers.google.com/actions/reference/ssml).
+                      "text": "A String", # The raw text to be synthesized.
+                    },
+                    "telephonyTransferCall": { # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway. # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway.
+                      "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to transfer the call to in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). We currently only allow transferring to US numbers (+1xxxyyyzzzz).
+                    },
+                    "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response.
+                      "text": [ # Optional. The collection of the agent's responses.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+                "mlDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether Machine Learning is disabled for the intent. Note: If `ml_disabled` setting is set to true, then this intent is not taken into account during inference in `ML ONLY` match mode. Also, auto-markup in the UI is turned off.
+                "mlEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether Machine Learning is enabled for the intent. Note: If `ml_enabled` setting is set to false, then this intent is not taken into account during inference in `ML ONLY` match mode. Also, auto-markup in the UI is turned off. DEPRECATED! Please use `ml_disabled` field instead. NOTE: If both `ml_enabled` and `ml_disabled` are either not set or false, then the default value is determined as follows: - Before April 15th, 2018 the default is: ml_enabled = false / ml_disabled = true. - After April 15th, 2018 the default is: ml_enabled = true / ml_disabled = false.
+                "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this intent. Required for Intents.UpdateIntent and Intents.BatchUpdateIntents methods. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/intents/` - `projects//locations//agent/intents/`
+                "outputContexts": [ # Optional. The collection of contexts that are activated when the intent is matched. Context messages in this collection should not set the parameters field. Setting the `lifespan_count` to 0 will reset the context when the intent is matched. Format: `projects//agent/sessions/-/contexts/`.
+                  { # Dialogflow contexts are similar to natural language context. If a person says to you "they are orange", you need context in order to understand what "they" is referring to. Similarly, for Dialogflow to handle an end-user expression like that, it needs to be provided with context in order to correctly match an intent. Using contexts, you can control the flow of a conversation. You can configure contexts for an intent by setting input and output contexts, which are identified by string names. When an intent is matched, any configured output contexts for that intent become active. While any contexts are active, Dialogflow is more likely to match intents that are configured with input contexts that correspond to the currently active contexts. For more information about context, see the [Contexts guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/contexts-overview).
+                    "lifespanCount": 42, # Optional. The number of conversational query requests after which the context expires. The default is `0`. If set to `0`, the context expires immediately. Contexts expire automatically after 20 minutes if there are no matching queries.
+                    "name": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the context. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, The `Context ID` is always converted to lowercase, may only contain characters in a-zA-Z0-9_-% and may be at most 250 bytes long. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. If `User ID` is not specified, we assume default '-' user. The following context names are reserved for internal use by Dialogflow. You should not use these contexts or create contexts with these names: * `__system_counters__` * `*_id_dialog_context` * `*_dialog_params_size`
+                    "parameters": { # Optional. The collection of parameters associated with this context. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: - MapKey type: string - MapKey value: parameter name - MapValue type: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map - Else: depending on parameter value type, could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map - MapValue value: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map from composite entity property names to property values - Else: parameter value
+                      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+                "parameters": [ # Optional. The collection of parameters associated with the intent.
+                  { # Represents intent parameters.
+                    "defaultValue": "A String", # Optional. The default value to use when the `value` yields an empty result. Default values can be extracted from contexts by using the following syntax: `#context_name.parameter_name`.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the parameter.
+                    "entityTypeDisplayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the entity type, prefixed with `@`, that describes values of the parameter. If the parameter is required, this must be provided.
+                    "isList": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the parameter represents a list of values.
+                    "mandatory": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the parameter is required. That is, whether the intent cannot be completed without collecting the parameter value.
+                    "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of this parameter.
+                    "prompts": [ # Optional. The collection of prompts that the agent can present to the user in order to collect a value for the parameter.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "value": "A String", # Optional. The definition of the parameter value. It can be: - a constant string, - a parameter value defined as `$parameter_name`, - an original parameter value defined as `$parameter_name.original`, - a parameter value from some context defined as `#context_name.parameter_name`.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "parentFollowupIntentName": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+                "priority": 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
+                "resetContexts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
+                "rootFollowupIntentName": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+                "trainingPhrases": [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
+                  { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
+                    "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
+                    "parts": [ # Required. The ordered list of training phrase parts. The parts are concatenated in order to form the training phrase. Note: The API does not automatically annotate training phrases like the Dialogflow Console does. Note: Do not forget to include whitespace at part boundaries, so the training phrase is well formatted when the parts are concatenated. If the training phrase does not need to be annotated with parameters, you just need a single part with only the Part.text field set. If you want to annotate the training phrase, you must create multiple parts, where the fields of each part are populated in one of two ways: - `Part.text` is set to a part of the phrase that has no parameters. - `Part.text` is set to a part of the phrase that you want to annotate, and the `entity_type`, `alias`, and `user_defined` fields are all set.
+                      { # Represents a part of a training phrase.
+                        "alias": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name for the value extracted from the annotated part of the example. This field is required for annotated parts of the training phrase.
+                        "entityType": "A String", # Optional. The entity type name prefixed with `@`. This field is required for annotated parts of the training phrase.
+                        "text": "A String", # Required. The text for this part.
+                        "userDefined": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the text was manually annotated. This field is set to true when the Dialogflow Console is used to manually annotate the part. When creating an annotated part with the API, you must set this to true.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "timesAddedCount": 42, # Optional. Indicates how many times this example was added to the intent. Each time a developer adds an existing sample by editing an intent or training, this counter is increased.
+                    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the training phrase.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "webhookState": "A String", # Optional. Indicates whether webhooks are enabled for the intent.
+              },
+              "intentDetectionConfidence": 3.14, # The intent detection confidence. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. If there are `multiple knowledge_answers` messages, this value is set to the greatest `knowledgeAnswers.match_confidence` value in the list.
+              "knowledgeAnswers": { # Represents the result of querying a Knowledge base. # The result from Knowledge Connector (if any), ordered by decreasing `KnowledgeAnswers.match_confidence`.
+                "answers": [ # A list of answers from Knowledge Connector.
+                  { # An answer from Knowledge Connector.
+                    "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document that answers this conversational query.
+                    "faqQuestion": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question if the answer was extracted from a FAQ Document, empty otherwise.
+                    "matchConfidence": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this Knowledge answer is a good match for this conversational query. The range is from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). Note: The confidence score is likely to vary somewhat (possibly even for identical requests), as the underlying model is under constant improvement. It may be deprecated in the future. We recommend using `match_confidence_level` which should be generally more stable.
+                    "matchConfidenceLevel": "A String", # The system's confidence level that this knowledge answer is a good match for this conversational query. NOTE: The confidence level for a given `` pair may change without notice, as it depends on models that are constantly being improved. However, it will change less frequently than the confidence score below, and should be preferred for referencing the quality of an answer.
+                    "source": "A String", # Indicates which Knowledge Document this answer was extracted from. Format: `projects//knowledgeBases//documents/`.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The language that was triggered during intent detection. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes.
+              "outputContexts": [ # The collection of output contexts. If applicable, `output_contexts.parameters` contains entries with name `.original` containing the original parameter values before the query.
+                { # Dialogflow contexts are similar to natural language context. If a person says to you "they are orange", you need context in order to understand what "they" is referring to. Similarly, for Dialogflow to handle an end-user expression like that, it needs to be provided with context in order to correctly match an intent. Using contexts, you can control the flow of a conversation. You can configure contexts for an intent by setting input and output contexts, which are identified by string names. When an intent is matched, any configured output contexts for that intent become active. While any contexts are active, Dialogflow is more likely to match intents that are configured with input contexts that correspond to the currently active contexts. For more information about context, see the [Contexts guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/contexts-overview).
+                  "lifespanCount": 42, # Optional. The number of conversational query requests after which the context expires. The default is `0`. If set to `0`, the context expires immediately. Contexts expire automatically after 20 minutes if there are no matching queries.
+                  "name": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the context. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, The `Context ID` is always converted to lowercase, may only contain characters in a-zA-Z0-9_-% and may be at most 250 bytes long. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. If `User ID` is not specified, we assume default '-' user. The following context names are reserved for internal use by Dialogflow. You should not use these contexts or create contexts with these names: * `__system_counters__` * `*_id_dialog_context` * `*_dialog_params_size`
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. The collection of parameters associated with this context. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: - MapKey type: string - MapKey value: parameter name - MapValue type: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map - Else: depending on parameter value type, could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map - MapValue value: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map from composite entity property names to property values - Else: parameter value
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "parameters": { # The collection of extracted parameters. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: - MapKey type: string - MapKey value: parameter name - MapValue type: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map - Else: depending on parameter value type, could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map - MapValue value: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map from composite entity property names to property values - Else: parameter value
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
+              "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+                "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
+                  "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
+                  "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
+                },
+              },
+              "speechRecognitionConfidence": 3.14, # The Speech recognition confidence between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are correct. The default of 0.0 is a sentinel value indicating that confidence was not set. This field is not guaranteed to be accurate or set. In particular this field isn't set for StreamingDetectIntent since the streaming endpoint has separate confidence estimates per portion of the audio in StreamingRecognitionResult.
+              "webhookPayload": { # If the query was fulfilled by a webhook call, this field is set to the value of the `payload` field returned in the webhook response.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "webhookSource": "A String", # If the query was fulfilled by a webhook call, this field is set to the value of the `source` field returned in the webhook response.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to suggest answer. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`.
+      },
+      "suggestFaqAnswersResponse": { # The request message for Participants.SuggestFaqAnswers. # SuggestFaqAnswersResponse if request is for FAQ_ANSWER.
+        "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestFaqAnswersRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation.
+        "faqAnswers": [ # Output only. Answers extracted from FAQ documents.
+          { # Represents answer from "frequently asked questions".
+            "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
+            "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
+            "confidence": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this Knowledge answer is a good match for this conversational query, range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+            "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the answer and the document from which it originates.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "question": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question.
+            "source": "A String", # Indicates which Knowledge Document this answer was extracted from. Format: `projects//locations//agent/knowledgeBases//documents/`.
+          },
+        ],
+        "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to compile suggestion for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`.
+      },
+      "suggestSmartRepliesResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestSmartReplies. # SuggestSmartRepliesResponse if request is for SMART_REPLY.
+        "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestSmartRepliesRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation.
+        "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to compile suggestion for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`.
+        "smartReplyAnswers": [ # Output only. Multiple reply options provided by smart reply service. The order is based on the rank of the model prediction. The maximum number of the returned replies is set in SmartReplyConfig.
+          { # Represents a smart reply answer.
+            "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
+            "confidence": 3.14, # Smart reply confidence. The system's confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, as a value from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+            "reply": "A String", # The content of the reply.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "humanAgentSuggestionResults": [ # The suggestions for most recent human agent. The order is the same as HumanAgentAssistantConfig.SuggestionConfig.feature_configs of HumanAgentAssistantConfig.human_agent_suggestion_config. Note that any failure of Agent Assist features will not lead to the overall failure of an AnalyzeContent API call. Instead, the features will fail silently with the error field set in the corresponding SuggestionResult.
+    { # One response of different type of suggestion response which is used in the response of Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.AnalyzeContent, as well as HumanAgentAssistantEvent.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Error status if the request failed.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "suggestArticlesResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestArticles. # SuggestArticlesResponse if request is for ARTICLE_SUGGESTION.
+        "articleAnswers": [ # Output only. Articles ordered by score in descending order.
+          { # Represents article answer.
+            "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
+            "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the answer and the document from which it originates.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "snippets": [ # Output only. Article snippets.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # The article title.
+            "uri": "A String", # The article URI.
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestArticlesResponse.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation.
+        "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to compile suggestion for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`.
+      },
+      "suggestDialogflowAssistsResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestDialogflowAssists. # SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST.
+        "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestDialogflowAssistsRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation.
+        "dialogflowAssistAnswers": [ # Output only. Multiple reply options provided by Dialogflow assist service. The order is based on the rank of the model prediction.
+          { # Represents a Dialogflow assist answer.
+            "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
+            "intentSuggestion": { # Represents an intent suggestion. # An intent suggestion generated from conversation.
+              "description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+              "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the intent.
+              "intentV2": "A String", # The unique identifier of this intent. Format: `projects//locations//agent/intents/`.
+            },
+            "queryResult": { # Represents the result of conversational query or event processing. # Result from v2 agent.
+              "action": "A String", # The action name from the matched intent.
+              "allRequiredParamsPresent": True or False, # This field is set to: - `false` if the matched intent has required parameters and not all of the required parameter values have been collected. - `true` if all required parameter values have been collected, or if the matched intent doesn't contain any required parameters.
+              "cancelsSlotFilling": True or False, # Indicates whether the conversational query triggers a cancellation for slot filling. For more information, see the [cancel slot filling documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/intents-actions-parameters#cancel).
+              "diagnosticInfo": { # Free-form diagnostic information for the associated detect intent request. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. The data may contain: - webhook call latency - webhook errors
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "fulfillmentMessages": [ # The collection of rich messages to present to the user.
+                { # Corresponds to the `Response` field in the Dialogflow console.
+                  "basicCard": { # The basic card message. Useful for displaying information. # Displays a basic card for Actions on Google.
+                    "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons.
+                      { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card.
+                        "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button.
+                          "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "formattedText": "A String", # Required, unless image is present. The body text of the card.
+                    "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image for the card.
+                      "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                    },
+                    "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card.
+                  },
+                  "browseCarouselCard": { # Browse Carousel Card for Actions on Google. https://developers.google.com/actions/assistant/responses#browsing_carousel # Browse carousel card for Actions on Google.
+                    "imageDisplayOptions": "A String", # Optional. Settings for displaying the image. Applies to every image in items.
+                    "items": [ # Required. List of items in the Browse Carousel Card. Minimum of two items, maximum of ten.
+                      { # Browsing carousel tile
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the carousel item. Maximum of four lines of text.
+                        "footer": "A String", # Optional. Text that appears at the bottom of the Browse Carousel Card. Maximum of one line of text.
+                        "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Hero image for the carousel item.
+                          "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                        },
+                        "openUriAction": { # Actions on Google action to open a given url. # Required. Action to present to the user.
+                          "url": "A String", # Required. URL
+                          "urlTypeHint": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of viewer that is used when opening the URL. Defaults to opening via web browser.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item. Maximum of two lines of text.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "card": { # The card response message. # Displays a card.
+                    "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons.
+                      { # Optional. Contains information about a button.
+                        "postback": "A String", # Optional. The text to send back to the Dialogflow API or a URI to open.
+                        "text": "A String", # Optional. The text to show on the button.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file for the card.
+                    "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card.
+                  },
+                  "carouselSelect": { # The card for presenting a carousel of options to select from. # Displays a carousel card for Actions on Google.
+                    "items": [ # Required. Carousel items.
+                      { # An item in the carousel.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. The body text of the card.
+                        "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display.
+                          "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                        },
+                        "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional info about the option item.
+                          "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given.
+                          "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "image": { # The image response message. # Displays an image.
+                    "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                    "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                  },
+                  "linkOutSuggestion": { # The suggestion chip message that allows the user to jump out to the app or website associated with this agent. # Displays a link out suggestion chip for Actions on Google.
+                    "destinationName": "A String", # Required. The name of the app or site this chip is linking to.
+                    "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the app or site to open when the user taps the suggestion chip.
+                  },
+                  "listSelect": { # The card for presenting a list of options to select from. # Displays a list card for Actions on Google.
+                    "items": [ # Required. List items.
+                      { # An item in the list.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. The main text describing the item.
+                        "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display.
+                          "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                        },
+                        "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional information about this option.
+                          "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given.
+                          "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog.
+                            "A String",
+                          ],
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the list item.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle of the list.
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. The overall title of the list.
+                  },
+                  "mediaContent": { # The media content card for Actions on Google. # The media content card for Actions on Google.
+                    "mediaObjects": [ # Required. List of media objects.
+                      { # Response media object for media content card.
+                        "contentUrl": "A String", # Required. Url where the media is stored.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of media card.
+                        "icon": { # The image response message. # Optional. Icon to display above media content.
+                          "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                        },
+                        "largeImage": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image to display above media content.
+                          "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                        },
+                        "name": "A String", # Required. Name of media card.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "mediaType": "A String", # Optional. What type of media is the content (ie "audio").
+                  },
+                  "payload": { # A custom platform-specific response.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "platform": "A String", # Optional. The platform that this message is intended for.
+                  "quickReplies": { # The quick replies response message. # Displays quick replies.
+                    "quickReplies": [ # Optional. The collection of quick replies.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the collection of quick replies.
+                  },
+                  "rbmCarouselRichCard": { # Carousel Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. If you want to show a single card with more control over the layout, please use RbmStandaloneCard instead. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) carousel rich card response.
+                    "cardContents": [ # Required. The cards in the carousel. A carousel must have at least 2 cards and at most 10.
+                      { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                        "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card.
+                          "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL.
+                          "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored.
+                          "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button.
+                        },
+                        "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card.
+                          { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri).
+                            "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose
+                              "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number
+                                "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888.
+                              },
+                              "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device
+                                "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device
+                              },
+                              "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                              "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location
+                              },
+                              "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action.
+                            },
+                            "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing
+                              "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                              "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "cardWidth": "A String", # Required. The width of the cards in the carousel.
+                  },
+                  "rbmStandaloneRichCard": { # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. You can group multiple rich cards into one using RbmCarouselCard but carousel cards will give you less control over the card layout. # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card response.
+                    "cardContent": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content # Required. Card content.
+                      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                      "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card.
+                        "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL.
+                        "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored.
+                        "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button.
+                      },
+                      "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card.
+                        { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri).
+                          "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose
+                            "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number
+                              "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888.
+                            },
+                            "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device
+                              "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device
+                            },
+                            "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                            "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location
+                            },
+                            "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action.
+                          },
+                          "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing
+                            "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                            "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                    },
+                    "cardOrientation": "A String", # Required. Orientation of the card.
+                    "thumbnailImageAlignment": "A String", # Required if orientation is horizontal. Image preview alignment for standalone cards with horizontal layout.
+                  },
+                  "rbmText": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response with suggestions. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response. RBM allows businesses to send enriched and branded versions of SMS. See https://jibe.google.com/business-messaging.
+                    "rbmSuggestion": [ # Optional. One or more suggestions to show to the user.
+                      { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri).
+                        "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose
+                          "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number
+                            "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888.
+                          },
+                          "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device
+                            "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device
+                          },
+                          "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                          "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location
+                          },
+                          "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action.
+                        },
+                        "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing
+                          "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                          "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "text": "A String", # Required. Text sent and displayed to the user.
+                  },
+                  "simpleResponses": { # The collection of simple response candidates. This message in `QueryResult.fulfillment_messages` and `WebhookResponse.fulfillment_messages` should contain only one `SimpleResponse`. # Returns a voice or text-only response for Actions on Google.
+                    "simpleResponses": [ # Required. The list of simple responses.
+                      { # The simple response message containing speech or text.
+                        "displayText": "A String", # Optional. The text to display.
+                        "ssml": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. Structured spoken response to the user in the SSML format. Mutually exclusive with text_to_speech.
+                        "textToSpeech": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. The plain text of the speech output. Mutually exclusive with ssml.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "suggestions": { # The collection of suggestions. # Displays suggestion chips for Actions on Google.
+                    "suggestions": [ # Required. The list of suggested replies.
+                      { # The suggestion chip message that the user can tap to quickly post a reply to the conversation.
+                        "title": "A String", # Required. The text shown the in the suggestion chip.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "tableCard": { # Table card for Actions on Google. # Table card for Actions on Google.
+                    "buttons": [ # Optional. List of buttons for the card.
+                      { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card.
+                        "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button.
+                          "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "columnProperties": [ # Optional. Display properties for the columns in this table.
+                      { # Column properties for TableCard.
+                        "header": "A String", # Required. Column heading.
+                        "horizontalAlignment": "A String", # Optional. Defines text alignment for all cells in this column.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image which should be displayed on the card.
+                      "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                    },
+                    "rows": [ # Optional. Rows in this table of data.
+                      { # Row of TableCard.
+                        "cells": [ # Optional. List of cells that make up this row.
+                          { # Cell of TableCardRow.
+                            "text": "A String", # Required. Text in this cell.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "dividerAfter": True or False, # Optional. Whether to add a visual divider after this row.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle to the title.
+                    "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the card.
+                  },
+                  "telephonyPlayAudio": { # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway. # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway.
+                    "audioUri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Google Cloud Storage object containing the audio to play, e.g., "gs://bucket/object". The object must contain a single channel (mono) of linear PCM audio (2 bytes / sample) at 8kHz. This object must be readable by the `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` service account where is the number of the Telephony Gateway project (usually the same as the Dialogflow agent project). If the Google Cloud Storage bucket is in the Telephony Gateway project, this permission is added by default when enabling the Dialogflow V2 API. For audio from other sources, consider using the `TelephonySynthesizeSpeech` message with SSML.
+                  },
+                  "telephonySynthesizeSpeech": { # Synthesizes speech and plays back the synthesized audio to the caller in Telephony Gateway. Telephony Gateway takes the synthesizer settings from `DetectIntentResponse.output_audio_config` which can either be set at request-level or can come from the agent-level synthesizer config. # Synthesizes speech in Telephony Gateway.
+                    "ssml": "A String", # The SSML to be synthesized. For more information, see [SSML](https://developers.google.com/actions/reference/ssml).
+                    "text": "A String", # The raw text to be synthesized.
+                  },
+                  "telephonyTransferCall": { # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway. # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway.
+                    "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to transfer the call to in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). We currently only allow transferring to US numbers (+1xxxyyyzzzz).
+                  },
+                  "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response.
+                    "text": [ # Optional. The collection of the agent's responses.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "fulfillmentText": "A String", # The text to be pronounced to the user or shown on the screen. Note: This is a legacy field, `fulfillment_messages` should be preferred.
+              "intent": { # An intent categorizes an end-user's intention for one conversation turn. For each agent, you define many intents, where your combined intents can handle a complete conversation. When an end-user writes or says something, referred to as an end-user expression or end-user input, Dialogflow matches the end-user input to the best intent in your agent. Matching an intent is also known as intent classification. For more information, see the [intent guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/intents-overview). # The intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name`, `display_name`, `end_interaction` and `is_fallback`.
+                "action": "A String", # Optional. The name of the action associated with the intent. Note: The action name must not contain whitespaces.
+                "defaultResponsePlatforms": [ # Optional. The list of platforms for which the first responses will be copied from the messages in PLATFORM_UNSPECIFIED (i.e. default platform).
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of this intent.
+                "endInteraction": True or False, # Optional. Indicates that this intent ends an interaction. Some integrations (e.g., Actions on Google or Dialogflow phone gateway) use this information to close interaction with an end user. Default is false.
+                "events": [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "followupIntentInfo": [ # Output only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+                  { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
+                    "followupIntentName": "A String", # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+                    "parentFollowupIntentName": "A String", # The unique identifier of the followup intent's parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "inputContextNames": [ # Optional. The list of context names required for this intent to be triggered. Formats: - `projects//agent/sessions/-/contexts/` - `projects//locations//agent/sessions/-/contexts/`
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "isFallback": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether this is a fallback intent.
+                "liveAgentHandoff": True or False, # Optional. Indicates that a live agent should be brought in to handle the interaction with the user. In most cases, when you set this flag to true, you would also want to set end_interaction to true as well. Default is false.
+                "messages": [ # Optional. The collection of rich messages corresponding to the `Response` field in the Dialogflow console.
+                  { # Corresponds to the `Response` field in the Dialogflow console.
+                    "basicCard": { # The basic card message. Useful for displaying information. # Displays a basic card for Actions on Google.
+                      "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons.
+                        { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card.
+                          "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button.
+                            "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI.
+                          },
+                          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "formattedText": "A String", # Required, unless image is present. The body text of the card.
+                      "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image for the card.
+                        "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                        "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                      },
+                      "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card.
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card.
+                    },
+                    "browseCarouselCard": { # Browse Carousel Card for Actions on Google. https://developers.google.com/actions/assistant/responses#browsing_carousel # Browse carousel card for Actions on Google.
+                      "imageDisplayOptions": "A String", # Optional. Settings for displaying the image. Applies to every image in items.
+                      "items": [ # Required. List of items in the Browse Carousel Card. Minimum of two items, maximum of ten.
+                        { # Browsing carousel tile
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the carousel item. Maximum of four lines of text.
+                          "footer": "A String", # Optional. Text that appears at the bottom of the Browse Carousel Card. Maximum of one line of text.
+                          "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Hero image for the carousel item.
+                            "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                            "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                          },
+                          "openUriAction": { # Actions on Google action to open a given url. # Required. Action to present to the user.
+                            "url": "A String", # Required. URL
+                            "urlTypeHint": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of viewer that is used when opening the URL. Defaults to opening via web browser.
+                          },
+                          "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item. Maximum of two lines of text.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "card": { # The card response message. # Displays a card.
+                      "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons.
+                        { # Optional. Contains information about a button.
+                          "postback": "A String", # Optional. The text to send back to the Dialogflow API or a URI to open.
+                          "text": "A String", # Optional. The text to show on the button.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file for the card.
+                      "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card.
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card.
+                    },
+                    "carouselSelect": { # The card for presenting a carousel of options to select from. # Displays a carousel card for Actions on Google.
+                      "items": [ # Required. Carousel items.
+                        { # An item in the carousel.
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. The body text of the card.
+                          "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display.
+                            "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                            "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                          },
+                          "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional info about the option item.
+                            "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given.
+                            "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                          },
+                          "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "image": { # The image response message. # Displays an image.
+                      "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                    },
+                    "linkOutSuggestion": { # The suggestion chip message that allows the user to jump out to the app or website associated with this agent. # Displays a link out suggestion chip for Actions on Google.
+                      "destinationName": "A String", # Required. The name of the app or site this chip is linking to.
+                      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the app or site to open when the user taps the suggestion chip.
+                    },
+                    "listSelect": { # The card for presenting a list of options to select from. # Displays a list card for Actions on Google.
+                      "items": [ # Required. List items.
+                        { # An item in the list.
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. The main text describing the item.
+                          "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display.
+                            "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                            "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                          },
+                          "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional information about this option.
+                            "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given.
+                            "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog.
+                              "A String",
+                            ],
+                          },
+                          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the list item.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle of the list.
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. The overall title of the list.
+                    },
+                    "mediaContent": { # The media content card for Actions on Google. # The media content card for Actions on Google.
+                      "mediaObjects": [ # Required. List of media objects.
+                        { # Response media object for media content card.
+                          "contentUrl": "A String", # Required. Url where the media is stored.
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of media card.
+                          "icon": { # The image response message. # Optional. Icon to display above media content.
+                            "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                            "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                          },
+                          "largeImage": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image to display above media content.
+                            "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                            "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                          },
+                          "name": "A String", # Required. Name of media card.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "mediaType": "A String", # Optional. What type of media is the content (ie "audio").
+                    },
+                    "payload": { # A custom platform-specific response.
+                      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                    },
+                    "platform": "A String", # Optional. The platform that this message is intended for.
+                    "quickReplies": { # The quick replies response message. # Displays quick replies.
+                      "quickReplies": [ # Optional. The collection of quick replies.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                      "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the collection of quick replies.
+                    },
+                    "rbmCarouselRichCard": { # Carousel Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. If you want to show a single card with more control over the layout, please use RbmStandaloneCard instead. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) carousel rich card response.
+                      "cardContents": [ # Required. The cards in the carousel. A carousel must have at least 2 cards and at most 10.
+                        { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content
+                          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                          "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card.
+                            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL.
+                            "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored.
+                            "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button.
+                          },
+                          "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card.
+                            { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri).
+                              "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose
+                                "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number
+                                  "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888.
+                                },
+                                "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device
+                                  "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device
+                                },
+                                "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                                "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location
+                                },
+                                "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action.
+                              },
+                              "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing
+                                "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                                "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text.
+                              },
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "cardWidth": "A String", # Required. The width of the cards in the carousel.
+                    },
+                    "rbmStandaloneRichCard": { # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. You can group multiple rich cards into one using RbmCarouselCard but carousel cards will give you less control over the card layout. # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card response.
+                      "cardContent": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content # Required. Card content.
+                        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                        "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card.
+                          "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL.
+                          "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored.
+                          "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button.
+                        },
+                        "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card.
+                          { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri).
+                            "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose
+                              "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number
+                                "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888.
+                              },
+                              "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device
+                                "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device
+                              },
+                              "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                              "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location
+                              },
+                              "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action.
+                            },
+                            "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing
+                              "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                              "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set.
+                      },
+                      "cardOrientation": "A String", # Required. Orientation of the card.
+                      "thumbnailImageAlignment": "A String", # Required if orientation is horizontal. Image preview alignment for standalone cards with horizontal layout.
+                    },
+                    "rbmText": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response with suggestions. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response. RBM allows businesses to send enriched and branded versions of SMS. See https://jibe.google.com/business-messaging.
+                      "rbmSuggestion": [ # Optional. One or more suggestions to show to the user.
+                        { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri).
+                          "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose
+                            "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number
+                              "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888.
+                            },
+                            "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device
+                              "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device
+                            },
+                            "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                            "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location
+                            },
+                            "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action.
+                          },
+                          "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing
+                            "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic.
+                            "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "text": "A String", # Required. Text sent and displayed to the user.
+                    },
+                    "simpleResponses": { # The collection of simple response candidates. This message in `QueryResult.fulfillment_messages` and `WebhookResponse.fulfillment_messages` should contain only one `SimpleResponse`. # Returns a voice or text-only response for Actions on Google.
+                      "simpleResponses": [ # Required. The list of simple responses.
+                        { # The simple response message containing speech or text.
+                          "displayText": "A String", # Optional. The text to display.
+                          "ssml": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. Structured spoken response to the user in the SSML format. Mutually exclusive with text_to_speech.
+                          "textToSpeech": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. The plain text of the speech output. Mutually exclusive with ssml.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "suggestions": { # The collection of suggestions. # Displays suggestion chips for Actions on Google.
+                      "suggestions": [ # Required. The list of suggested replies.
+                        { # The suggestion chip message that the user can tap to quickly post a reply to the conversation.
+                          "title": "A String", # Required. The text shown the in the suggestion chip.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "tableCard": { # Table card for Actions on Google. # Table card for Actions on Google.
+                      "buttons": [ # Optional. List of buttons for the card.
+                        { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card.
+                          "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button.
+                            "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI.
+                          },
+                          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "columnProperties": [ # Optional. Display properties for the columns in this table.
+                        { # Column properties for TableCard.
+                          "header": "A String", # Required. Column heading.
+                          "horizontalAlignment": "A String", # Optional. Defines text alignment for all cells in this column.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image which should be displayed on the card.
+                        "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect.
+                        "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file.
+                      },
+                      "rows": [ # Optional. Rows in this table of data.
+                        { # Row of TableCard.
+                          "cells": [ # Optional. List of cells that make up this row.
+                            { # Cell of TableCardRow.
+                              "text": "A String", # Required. Text in this cell.
+                            },
+                          ],
+                          "dividerAfter": True or False, # Optional. Whether to add a visual divider after this row.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle to the title.
+                      "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the card.
+                    },
+                    "telephonyPlayAudio": { # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway. # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway.
+                      "audioUri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Google Cloud Storage object containing the audio to play, e.g., "gs://bucket/object". The object must contain a single channel (mono) of linear PCM audio (2 bytes / sample) at 8kHz. This object must be readable by the `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` service account where is the number of the Telephony Gateway project (usually the same as the Dialogflow agent project). If the Google Cloud Storage bucket is in the Telephony Gateway project, this permission is added by default when enabling the Dialogflow V2 API. For audio from other sources, consider using the `TelephonySynthesizeSpeech` message with SSML.
+                    },
+                    "telephonySynthesizeSpeech": { # Synthesizes speech and plays back the synthesized audio to the caller in Telephony Gateway. Telephony Gateway takes the synthesizer settings from `DetectIntentResponse.output_audio_config` which can either be set at request-level or can come from the agent-level synthesizer config. # Synthesizes speech in Telephony Gateway.
+                      "ssml": "A String", # The SSML to be synthesized. For more information, see [SSML](https://developers.google.com/actions/reference/ssml).
+                      "text": "A String", # The raw text to be synthesized.
+                    },
+                    "telephonyTransferCall": { # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway. # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway.
+                      "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to transfer the call to in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). We currently only allow transferring to US numbers (+1xxxyyyzzzz).
+                    },
+                    "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response.
+                      "text": [ # Optional. The collection of the agent's responses.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+                "mlDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether Machine Learning is disabled for the intent. Note: If `ml_disabled` setting is set to true, then this intent is not taken into account during inference in `ML ONLY` match mode. Also, auto-markup in the UI is turned off.
+                "mlEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether Machine Learning is enabled for the intent. Note: If `ml_enabled` setting is set to false, then this intent is not taken into account during inference in `ML ONLY` match mode. Also, auto-markup in the UI is turned off. DEPRECATED! Please use `ml_disabled` field instead. NOTE: If both `ml_enabled` and `ml_disabled` are either not set or false, then the default value is determined as follows: - Before April 15th, 2018 the default is: ml_enabled = false / ml_disabled = true. - After April 15th, 2018 the default is: ml_enabled = true / ml_disabled = false.
+                "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this intent. Required for Intents.UpdateIntent and Intents.BatchUpdateIntents methods. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/intents/` - `projects//locations//agent/intents/`
+                "outputContexts": [ # Optional. The collection of contexts that are activated when the intent is matched. Context messages in this collection should not set the parameters field. Setting the `lifespan_count` to 0 will reset the context when the intent is matched. Format: `projects//agent/sessions/-/contexts/`.
+                  { # Dialogflow contexts are similar to natural language context. If a person says to you "they are orange", you need context in order to understand what "they" is referring to. Similarly, for Dialogflow to handle an end-user expression like that, it needs to be provided with context in order to correctly match an intent. Using contexts, you can control the flow of a conversation. You can configure contexts for an intent by setting input and output contexts, which are identified by string names. When an intent is matched, any configured output contexts for that intent become active. While any contexts are active, Dialogflow is more likely to match intents that are configured with input contexts that correspond to the currently active contexts. For more information about context, see the [Contexts guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/contexts-overview).
+                    "lifespanCount": 42, # Optional. The number of conversational query requests after which the context expires. The default is `0`. If set to `0`, the context expires immediately. Contexts expire automatically after 20 minutes if there are no matching queries.
+                    "name": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the context. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, The `Context ID` is always converted to lowercase, may only contain characters in a-zA-Z0-9_-% and may be at most 250 bytes long. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. If `User ID` is not specified, we assume default '-' user. The following context names are reserved for internal use by Dialogflow. You should not use these contexts or create contexts with these names: * `__system_counters__` * `*_id_dialog_context` * `*_dialog_params_size`
+                    "parameters": { # Optional. The collection of parameters associated with this context. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: - MapKey type: string - MapKey value: parameter name - MapValue type: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map - Else: depending on parameter value type, could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map - MapValue value: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map from composite entity property names to property values - Else: parameter value
+                      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+                "parameters": [ # Optional. The collection of parameters associated with the intent.
+                  { # Represents intent parameters.
+                    "defaultValue": "A String", # Optional. The default value to use when the `value` yields an empty result. Default values can be extracted from contexts by using the following syntax: `#context_name.parameter_name`.
+                    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the parameter.
+                    "entityTypeDisplayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the entity type, prefixed with `@`, that describes values of the parameter. If the parameter is required, this must be provided.
+                    "isList": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the parameter represents a list of values.
+                    "mandatory": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the parameter is required. That is, whether the intent cannot be completed without collecting the parameter value.
+                    "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of this parameter.
+                    "prompts": [ # Optional. The collection of prompts that the agent can present to the user in order to collect a value for the parameter.
+                      "A String",
+                    ],
+                    "value": "A String", # Optional. The definition of the parameter value. It can be: - a constant string, - a parameter value defined as `$parameter_name`, - an original parameter value defined as `$parameter_name.original`, - a parameter value from some context defined as `#context_name.parameter_name`.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "parentFollowupIntentName": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+                "priority": 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
+                "resetContexts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
+                "rootFollowupIntentName": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+                "trainingPhrases": [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
+                  { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
+                    "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
+                    "parts": [ # Required. The ordered list of training phrase parts. The parts are concatenated in order to form the training phrase. Note: The API does not automatically annotate training phrases like the Dialogflow Console does. Note: Do not forget to include whitespace at part boundaries, so the training phrase is well formatted when the parts are concatenated. If the training phrase does not need to be annotated with parameters, you just need a single part with only the Part.text field set. If you want to annotate the training phrase, you must create multiple parts, where the fields of each part are populated in one of two ways: - `Part.text` is set to a part of the phrase that has no parameters. - `Part.text` is set to a part of the phrase that you want to annotate, and the `entity_type`, `alias`, and `user_defined` fields are all set.
+                      { # Represents a part of a training phrase.
+                        "alias": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name for the value extracted from the annotated part of the example. This field is required for annotated parts of the training phrase.
+                        "entityType": "A String", # Optional. The entity type name prefixed with `@`. This field is required for annotated parts of the training phrase.
+                        "text": "A String", # Required. The text for this part.
+                        "userDefined": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the text was manually annotated. This field is set to true when the Dialogflow Console is used to manually annotate the part. When creating an annotated part with the API, you must set this to true.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "timesAddedCount": 42, # Optional. Indicates how many times this example was added to the intent. Each time a developer adds an existing sample by editing an intent or training, this counter is increased.
+                    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the training phrase.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "webhookState": "A String", # Optional. Indicates whether webhooks are enabled for the intent.
+              },
+              "intentDetectionConfidence": 3.14, # The intent detection confidence. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. If there are `multiple knowledge_answers` messages, this value is set to the greatest `knowledgeAnswers.match_confidence` value in the list.
+              "knowledgeAnswers": { # Represents the result of querying a Knowledge base. # The result from Knowledge Connector (if any), ordered by decreasing `KnowledgeAnswers.match_confidence`.
+                "answers": [ # A list of answers from Knowledge Connector.
+                  { # An answer from Knowledge Connector.
+                    "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document that answers this conversational query.
+                    "faqQuestion": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question if the answer was extracted from a FAQ Document, empty otherwise.
+                    "matchConfidence": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this Knowledge answer is a good match for this conversational query. The range is from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). Note: The confidence score is likely to vary somewhat (possibly even for identical requests), as the underlying model is under constant improvement. It may be deprecated in the future. We recommend using `match_confidence_level` which should be generally more stable.
+                    "matchConfidenceLevel": "A String", # The system's confidence level that this knowledge answer is a good match for this conversational query. NOTE: The confidence level for a given `` pair may change without notice, as it depends on models that are constantly being improved. However, it will change less frequently than the confidence score below, and should be preferred for referencing the quality of an answer.
+                    "source": "A String", # Indicates which Knowledge Document this answer was extracted from. Format: `projects//knowledgeBases//documents/`.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The language that was triggered during intent detection. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes.
+              "outputContexts": [ # The collection of output contexts. If applicable, `output_contexts.parameters` contains entries with name `.original` containing the original parameter values before the query.
+                { # Dialogflow contexts are similar to natural language context. If a person says to you "they are orange", you need context in order to understand what "they" is referring to. Similarly, for Dialogflow to handle an end-user expression like that, it needs to be provided with context in order to correctly match an intent. Using contexts, you can control the flow of a conversation. You can configure contexts for an intent by setting input and output contexts, which are identified by string names. When an intent is matched, any configured output contexts for that intent become active. While any contexts are active, Dialogflow is more likely to match intents that are configured with input contexts that correspond to the currently active contexts. For more information about context, see the [Contexts guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/contexts-overview).
+                  "lifespanCount": 42, # Optional. The number of conversational query requests after which the context expires. The default is `0`. If set to `0`, the context expires immediately. Contexts expire automatically after 20 minutes if there are no matching queries.
+                  "name": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the context. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, The `Context ID` is always converted to lowercase, may only contain characters in a-zA-Z0-9_-% and may be at most 250 bytes long. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. If `User ID` is not specified, we assume default '-' user. The following context names are reserved for internal use by Dialogflow. You should not use these contexts or create contexts with these names: * `__system_counters__` * `*_id_dialog_context` * `*_dialog_params_size`
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. The collection of parameters associated with this context. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: - MapKey type: string - MapKey value: parameter name - MapValue type: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map - Else: depending on parameter value type, could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map - MapValue value: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map from composite entity property names to property values - Else: parameter value
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "parameters": { # The collection of extracted parameters. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: - MapKey type: string - MapKey value: parameter name - MapValue type: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map - Else: depending on parameter value type, could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map - MapValue value: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map from composite entity property names to property values - Else: parameter value
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
+              "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+                "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
+                  "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
+                  "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
+                },
+              },
+              "speechRecognitionConfidence": 3.14, # The Speech recognition confidence between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are correct. The default of 0.0 is a sentinel value indicating that confidence was not set. This field is not guaranteed to be accurate or set. In particular this field isn't set for StreamingDetectIntent since the streaming endpoint has separate confidence estimates per portion of the audio in StreamingRecognitionResult.
+              "webhookPayload": { # If the query was fulfilled by a webhook call, this field is set to the value of the `payload` field returned in the webhook response.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "webhookSource": "A String", # If the query was fulfilled by a webhook call, this field is set to the value of the `source` field returned in the webhook response.
             },
-            "snippets": [ # Output only. Article snippets.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "title": "A String", # The article title.
-            "uri": "A String", # The article URI.
           },
         ],
-        "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestArticlesResponse.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation.
-        "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to compile suggestion for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`.
+        "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to suggest answer. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`.
       },
-      "suggestDialogflowAssistsResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestDialogflowAssists. # SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST.
+      "suggestEntityExtractionResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestDialogflowAssists. # SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for ENTITY_EXTRACTION.
         "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestDialogflowAssistsRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation.
         "dialogflowAssistAnswers": [ # Output only. Multiple reply options provided by Dialogflow assist service. The order is based on the rank of the model prediction.
           { # Represents a Dialogflow assist answer.
@@ -3213,7 +4577,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this participant. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`.
-  "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters.
+  "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters.
   "role": "A String", # Immutable. The role this participant plays in the conversation. This field must be set during participant creation and is then immutable.
 }
 
@@ -3230,7 +4594,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this participant. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`.
-  "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters.
+  "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters.
   "role": "A String", # Immutable. The role this participant plays in the conversation. This field must be set during participant creation and is then immutable.
 }
@@ -3254,7 +4618,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this participant. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`. - "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. + "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. "role": "A String", # Immutable. The role this participant plays in the conversation. This field must be set during participant creation and is then immutable. } @@ -3283,7 +4647,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this participant. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`. - "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. + "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. "role": "A String", # Immutable. The role this participant plays in the conversation. This field must be set during participant creation and is then immutable. }, ], @@ -3318,7 +4682,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this participant. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`. - "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. + "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. "role": "A String", # Immutable. The role this participant plays in the conversation. This field must be set during participant creation and is then immutable. } @@ -3336,7 +4700,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this participant. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`. - "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. + "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. "role": "A String", # Immutable. The role this participant plays in the conversation. This field must be set during participant creation and is then immutable. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html index 25aed356733..7c2d8cc8c41 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.knowledgeBases.documents.html @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The MIME type of the document. }, - "gcsSource": { # Google Cloud Storage locations for the inputs. # The Google Cloud Storage location for the documents. The path can include a wildcard. These URIs may have the forms `gs:///`. `gs:////*.`. + "gcsSource": { # Google Cloud Storage locations for the inputs. # Optional. The Google Cloud Storage location for the documents. The path can include a wildcard. These URIs may have the forms `gs:///`. `gs:////*.`. "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URIs for the inputs. A URI is of the form: gs://bucket/object-prefix-or-name Whether a prefix or name is used depends on the use case. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.messages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.messages.html index 55085f3710f..75d6ad4e170 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.messages.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # The request message for Conversations.BatchCreateMessagesRequest. - "requests": [ # Required. A maximum of 1000 Messages can be created in a batch. CreateMessageRequest.message.send_time is required. All created messages will have identical Message.create_time. + "requests": [ # Required. A maximum of 300 messages can be created in a batch. CreateMessageRequest.message.send_time is required. All created messages will have identical Message.create_time. { # The request message to create one Message. Currently it is only used in BatchCreateMessagesRequest. "message": { # Represents a message posted into a conversation. # Required. The message to create. Message.participant is required. "content": "A String", # Required. The message content. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html index f01f58437ee..751877ae45f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html @@ -2378,64 +2378,1428 @@

Method Details

], "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to suggest answer. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. }, - "suggestFaqAnswersResponse": { # The request message for Participants.SuggestFaqAnswers. # SuggestFaqAnswersResponse if request is for FAQ_ANSWER. - "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestFaqAnswersRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation. - "faqAnswers": [ # Output only. Answers extracted from FAQ documents. - { # Represents answer from "frequently asked questions". - "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document. + "suggestEntityExtractionResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestDialogflowAssists. # SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for ENTITY_EXTRACTION. + "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestDialogflowAssistsRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation. + "dialogflowAssistAnswers": [ # Output only. Multiple reply options provided by Dialogflow assist service. The order is based on the rank of the model prediction. + { # Represents a Dialogflow assist answer. "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/" - "confidence": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this Knowledge answer is a good match for this conversational query, range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). - "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the answer and the document from which it originates. - "a_key": "A String", + "intentSuggestion": { # Represents an intent suggestion. # An intent suggestion generated from conversation. + "description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the intent. + "intentV2": "A String", # The unique identifier of this intent. Format: `projects//locations//agent/intents/`. }, - "question": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question. - "source": "A String", # Indicates which Knowledge Document this answer was extracted from. Format: `projects//locations//agent/knowledgeBases//documents/`. - }, - ], - "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to compile suggestion for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. - }, - "suggestSmartRepliesResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestSmartReplies. # SuggestSmartRepliesResponse if request is for SMART_REPLY. - "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestSmartRepliesRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation. - "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to compile suggestion for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. - "smartReplyAnswers": [ # Output only. Multiple reply options provided by smart reply service. The order is based on the rank of the model prediction. The maximum number of the returned replies is set in SmartReplyConfig. - { # Represents a smart reply answer. - "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/" - "confidence": 3.14, # Smart reply confidence. The system's confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, as a value from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). - "reply": "A String", # The content of the reply. - }, - ], - }, - }, - ], - "humanAgentSuggestionResults": [ # The suggestions for most recent human agent. The order is the same as HumanAgentAssistantConfig.SuggestionConfig.feature_configs of HumanAgentAssistantConfig.human_agent_suggestion_config. Note that any failure of Agent Assist features will not lead to the overall failure of an AnalyzeContent API call. Instead, the features will fail silently with the error field set in the corresponding SuggestionResult. - { # One response of different type of suggestion response which is used in the response of Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.AnalyzeContent, as well as HumanAgentAssistantEvent. - "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Error status if the request failed. - "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. - "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. - { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, - ], - "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. - }, - "suggestArticlesResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestArticles. # SuggestArticlesResponse if request is for ARTICLE_SUGGESTION. - "articleAnswers": [ # Output only. Articles ordered by score in descending order. - { # Represents article answer. - "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/" - "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the answer and the document from which it originates. - "a_key": "A String", + "queryResult": { # Represents the result of conversational query or event processing. # Result from v2 agent. + "action": "A String", # The action name from the matched intent. + "allRequiredParamsPresent": True or False, # This field is set to: - `false` if the matched intent has required parameters and not all of the required parameter values have been collected. - `true` if all required parameter values have been collected, or if the matched intent doesn't contain any required parameters. + "cancelsSlotFilling": True or False, # Indicates whether the conversational query triggers a cancellation for slot filling. For more information, see the [cancel slot filling documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/intents-actions-parameters#cancel). + "diagnosticInfo": { # Free-form diagnostic information for the associated detect intent request. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. The data may contain: - webhook call latency - webhook errors + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "fulfillmentMessages": [ # The collection of rich messages to present to the user. + { # Corresponds to the `Response` field in the Dialogflow console. + "basicCard": { # The basic card message. Useful for displaying information. # Displays a basic card for Actions on Google. + "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons. + { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card. + "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI. + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button. + }, + ], + "formattedText": "A String", # Required, unless image is present. The body text of the card. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image for the card. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card. + "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card. + }, + "browseCarouselCard": { # Browse Carousel Card for Actions on Google. https://developers.google.com/actions/assistant/responses#browsing_carousel # Browse carousel card for Actions on Google. + "imageDisplayOptions": "A String", # Optional. Settings for displaying the image. Applies to every image in items. + "items": [ # Required. List of items in the Browse Carousel Card. Minimum of two items, maximum of ten. + { # Browsing carousel tile + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the carousel item. Maximum of four lines of text. + "footer": "A String", # Optional. Text that appears at the bottom of the Browse Carousel Card. Maximum of one line of text. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Hero image for the carousel item. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "openUriAction": { # Actions on Google action to open a given url. # Required. Action to present to the user. + "url": "A String", # Required. URL + "urlTypeHint": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of viewer that is used when opening the URL. Defaults to opening via web browser. + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item. Maximum of two lines of text. + }, + ], + }, + "card": { # The card response message. # Displays a card. + "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons. + { # Optional. Contains information about a button. + "postback": "A String", # Optional. The text to send back to the Dialogflow API or a URI to open. + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text to show on the button. + }, + ], + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file for the card. + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card. + "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card. + }, + "carouselSelect": { # The card for presenting a carousel of options to select from. # Displays a carousel card for Actions on Google. + "items": [ # Required. Carousel items. + { # An item in the carousel. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The body text of the card. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional info about the option item. + "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given. + "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog. + "A String", + ], + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item. + }, + ], + }, + "image": { # The image response message. # Displays an image. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "linkOutSuggestion": { # The suggestion chip message that allows the user to jump out to the app or website associated with this agent. # Displays a link out suggestion chip for Actions on Google. + "destinationName": "A String", # Required. The name of the app or site this chip is linking to. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the app or site to open when the user taps the suggestion chip. + }, + "listSelect": { # The card for presenting a list of options to select from. # Displays a list card for Actions on Google. + "items": [ # Required. List items. + { # An item in the list. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The main text describing the item. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional information about this option. + "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given. + "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog. + "A String", + ], + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the list item. + }, + ], + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle of the list. + "title": "A String", # Optional. The overall title of the list. + }, + "mediaContent": { # The media content card for Actions on Google. # The media content card for Actions on Google. + "mediaObjects": [ # Required. List of media objects. + { # Response media object for media content card. + "contentUrl": "A String", # Required. Url where the media is stored. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of media card. + "icon": { # The image response message. # Optional. Icon to display above media content. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "largeImage": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image to display above media content. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "name": "A String", # Required. Name of media card. + }, + ], + "mediaType": "A String", # Optional. What type of media is the content (ie "audio"). + }, + "payload": { # A custom platform-specific response. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "platform": "A String", # Optional. The platform that this message is intended for. + "quickReplies": { # The quick replies response message. # Displays quick replies. + "quickReplies": [ # Optional. The collection of quick replies. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the collection of quick replies. + }, + "rbmCarouselRichCard": { # Carousel Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. If you want to show a single card with more control over the layout, please use RbmStandaloneCard instead. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) carousel rich card response. + "cardContents": [ # Required. The cards in the carousel. A carousel must have at least 2 cards and at most 10. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL. + "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored. + "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button. + }, + "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri). + "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose + "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888. + }, + "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device + "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device + }, + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location + }, + "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action. + }, + "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text. + }, + }, + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + }, + ], + "cardWidth": "A String", # Required. The width of the cards in the carousel. + }, + "rbmStandaloneRichCard": { # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. You can group multiple rich cards into one using RbmCarouselCard but carousel cards will give you less control over the card layout. # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card response. + "cardContent": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content # Required. Card content. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL. + "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored. + "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button. + }, + "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri). + "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose + "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888. + }, + "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device + "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device + }, + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location + }, + "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action. + }, + "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text. + }, + }, + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + }, + "cardOrientation": "A String", # Required. Orientation of the card. + "thumbnailImageAlignment": "A String", # Required if orientation is horizontal. Image preview alignment for standalone cards with horizontal layout. + }, + "rbmText": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response with suggestions. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response. RBM allows businesses to send enriched and branded versions of SMS. See https://jibe.google.com/business-messaging. + "rbmSuggestion": [ # Optional. One or more suggestions to show to the user. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri). + "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose + "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888. + }, + "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device + "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device + }, + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location + }, + "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action. + }, + "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text. + }, + }, + ], + "text": "A String", # Required. Text sent and displayed to the user. + }, + "simpleResponses": { # The collection of simple response candidates. This message in `QueryResult.fulfillment_messages` and `WebhookResponse.fulfillment_messages` should contain only one `SimpleResponse`. # Returns a voice or text-only response for Actions on Google. + "simpleResponses": [ # Required. The list of simple responses. + { # The simple response message containing speech or text. + "displayText": "A String", # Optional. The text to display. + "ssml": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. Structured spoken response to the user in the SSML format. Mutually exclusive with text_to_speech. + "textToSpeech": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. The plain text of the speech output. Mutually exclusive with ssml. + }, + ], + }, + "suggestions": { # The collection of suggestions. # Displays suggestion chips for Actions on Google. + "suggestions": [ # Required. The list of suggested replies. + { # The suggestion chip message that the user can tap to quickly post a reply to the conversation. + "title": "A String", # Required. The text shown the in the suggestion chip. + }, + ], + }, + "tableCard": { # Table card for Actions on Google. # Table card for Actions on Google. + "buttons": [ # Optional. List of buttons for the card. + { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card. + "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI. + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button. + }, + ], + "columnProperties": [ # Optional. Display properties for the columns in this table. + { # Column properties for TableCard. + "header": "A String", # Required. Column heading. + "horizontalAlignment": "A String", # Optional. Defines text alignment for all cells in this column. + }, + ], + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image which should be displayed on the card. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "rows": [ # Optional. Rows in this table of data. + { # Row of TableCard. + "cells": [ # Optional. List of cells that make up this row. + { # Cell of TableCardRow. + "text": "A String", # Required. Text in this cell. + }, + ], + "dividerAfter": True or False, # Optional. Whether to add a visual divider after this row. + }, + ], + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle to the title. + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the card. + }, + "telephonyPlayAudio": { # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway. # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway. + "audioUri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Google Cloud Storage object containing the audio to play, e.g., "gs://bucket/object". The object must contain a single channel (mono) of linear PCM audio (2 bytes / sample) at 8kHz. This object must be readable by the `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` service account where is the number of the Telephony Gateway project (usually the same as the Dialogflow agent project). If the Google Cloud Storage bucket is in the Telephony Gateway project, this permission is added by default when enabling the Dialogflow V2 API. For audio from other sources, consider using the `TelephonySynthesizeSpeech` message with SSML. + }, + "telephonySynthesizeSpeech": { # Synthesizes speech and plays back the synthesized audio to the caller in Telephony Gateway. Telephony Gateway takes the synthesizer settings from `DetectIntentResponse.output_audio_config` which can either be set at request-level or can come from the agent-level synthesizer config. # Synthesizes speech in Telephony Gateway. + "ssml": "A String", # The SSML to be synthesized. For more information, see [SSML](https://developers.google.com/actions/reference/ssml). + "text": "A String", # The raw text to be synthesized. + }, + "telephonyTransferCall": { # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway. # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway. + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to transfer the call to in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). We currently only allow transferring to US numbers (+1xxxyyyzzzz). + }, + "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. + "text": [ # Optional. The collection of the agent's responses. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + ], + "fulfillmentText": "A String", # The text to be pronounced to the user or shown on the screen. Note: This is a legacy field, `fulfillment_messages` should be preferred. + "intent": { # An intent categorizes an end-user's intention for one conversation turn. For each agent, you define many intents, where your combined intents can handle a complete conversation. When an end-user writes or says something, referred to as an end-user expression or end-user input, Dialogflow matches the end-user input to the best intent in your agent. Matching an intent is also known as intent classification. For more information, see the [intent guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/intents-overview). # The intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name`, `display_name`, `end_interaction` and `is_fallback`. + "action": "A String", # Optional. The name of the action associated with the intent. Note: The action name must not contain whitespaces. + "defaultResponsePlatforms": [ # Optional. The list of platforms for which the first responses will be copied from the messages in PLATFORM_UNSPECIFIED (i.e. default platform). + "A String", + ], + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of this intent. + "endInteraction": True or False, # Optional. Indicates that this intent ends an interaction. Some integrations (e.g., Actions on Google or Dialogflow phone gateway) use this information to close interaction with an end user. Default is false. + "events": [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters. + "A String", + ], + "followupIntentInfo": [ # Output only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output. + { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain. + "followupIntentName": "A String", # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`. + "parentFollowupIntentName": "A String", # The unique identifier of the followup intent's parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`. + }, + ], + "inputContextNames": [ # Optional. The list of context names required for this intent to be triggered. Formats: - `projects//agent/sessions/-/contexts/` - `projects//locations//agent/sessions/-/contexts/` + "A String", + ], + "isFallback": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. + "liveAgentHandoff": True or False, # Optional. Indicates that a live agent should be brought in to handle the interaction with the user. In most cases, when you set this flag to true, you would also want to set end_interaction to true as well. Default is false. + "messages": [ # Optional. The collection of rich messages corresponding to the `Response` field in the Dialogflow console. + { # Corresponds to the `Response` field in the Dialogflow console. + "basicCard": { # The basic card message. Useful for displaying information. # Displays a basic card for Actions on Google. + "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons. + { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card. + "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI. + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button. + }, + ], + "formattedText": "A String", # Required, unless image is present. The body text of the card. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image for the card. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card. + "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card. + }, + "browseCarouselCard": { # Browse Carousel Card for Actions on Google. https://developers.google.com/actions/assistant/responses#browsing_carousel # Browse carousel card for Actions on Google. + "imageDisplayOptions": "A String", # Optional. Settings for displaying the image. Applies to every image in items. + "items": [ # Required. List of items in the Browse Carousel Card. Minimum of two items, maximum of ten. + { # Browsing carousel tile + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the carousel item. Maximum of four lines of text. + "footer": "A String", # Optional. Text that appears at the bottom of the Browse Carousel Card. Maximum of one line of text. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Hero image for the carousel item. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "openUriAction": { # Actions on Google action to open a given url. # Required. Action to present to the user. + "url": "A String", # Required. URL + "urlTypeHint": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of viewer that is used when opening the URL. Defaults to opening via web browser. + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item. Maximum of two lines of text. + }, + ], + }, + "card": { # The card response message. # Displays a card. + "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons. + { # Optional. Contains information about a button. + "postback": "A String", # Optional. The text to send back to the Dialogflow API or a URI to open. + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text to show on the button. + }, + ], + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file for the card. + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card. + "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card. + }, + "carouselSelect": { # The card for presenting a carousel of options to select from. # Displays a carousel card for Actions on Google. + "items": [ # Required. Carousel items. + { # An item in the carousel. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The body text of the card. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional info about the option item. + "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given. + "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog. + "A String", + ], + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item. + }, + ], + }, + "image": { # The image response message. # Displays an image. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "linkOutSuggestion": { # The suggestion chip message that allows the user to jump out to the app or website associated with this agent. # Displays a link out suggestion chip for Actions on Google. + "destinationName": "A String", # Required. The name of the app or site this chip is linking to. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the app or site to open when the user taps the suggestion chip. + }, + "listSelect": { # The card for presenting a list of options to select from. # Displays a list card for Actions on Google. + "items": [ # Required. List items. + { # An item in the list. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The main text describing the item. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional information about this option. + "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given. + "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog. + "A String", + ], + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the list item. + }, + ], + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle of the list. + "title": "A String", # Optional. The overall title of the list. + }, + "mediaContent": { # The media content card for Actions on Google. # The media content card for Actions on Google. + "mediaObjects": [ # Required. List of media objects. + { # Response media object for media content card. + "contentUrl": "A String", # Required. Url where the media is stored. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of media card. + "icon": { # The image response message. # Optional. Icon to display above media content. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "largeImage": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image to display above media content. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "name": "A String", # Required. Name of media card. + }, + ], + "mediaType": "A String", # Optional. What type of media is the content (ie "audio"). + }, + "payload": { # A custom platform-specific response. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "platform": "A String", # Optional. The platform that this message is intended for. + "quickReplies": { # The quick replies response message. # Displays quick replies. + "quickReplies": [ # Optional. The collection of quick replies. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the collection of quick replies. + }, + "rbmCarouselRichCard": { # Carousel Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. If you want to show a single card with more control over the layout, please use RbmStandaloneCard instead. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) carousel rich card response. + "cardContents": [ # Required. The cards in the carousel. A carousel must have at least 2 cards and at most 10. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL. + "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored. + "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button. + }, + "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri). + "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose + "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888. + }, + "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device + "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device + }, + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location + }, + "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action. + }, + "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text. + }, + }, + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + }, + ], + "cardWidth": "A String", # Required. The width of the cards in the carousel. + }, + "rbmStandaloneRichCard": { # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. You can group multiple rich cards into one using RbmCarouselCard but carousel cards will give you less control over the card layout. # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card response. + "cardContent": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content # Required. Card content. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL. + "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored. + "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button. + }, + "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri). + "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose + "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888. + }, + "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device + "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device + }, + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location + }, + "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action. + }, + "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text. + }, + }, + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + }, + "cardOrientation": "A String", # Required. Orientation of the card. + "thumbnailImageAlignment": "A String", # Required if orientation is horizontal. Image preview alignment for standalone cards with horizontal layout. + }, + "rbmText": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response with suggestions. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response. RBM allows businesses to send enriched and branded versions of SMS. See https://jibe.google.com/business-messaging. + "rbmSuggestion": [ # Optional. One or more suggestions to show to the user. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri). + "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose + "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888. + }, + "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device + "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device + }, + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location + }, + "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action. + }, + "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text. + }, + }, + ], + "text": "A String", # Required. Text sent and displayed to the user. + }, + "simpleResponses": { # The collection of simple response candidates. This message in `QueryResult.fulfillment_messages` and `WebhookResponse.fulfillment_messages` should contain only one `SimpleResponse`. # Returns a voice or text-only response for Actions on Google. + "simpleResponses": [ # Required. The list of simple responses. + { # The simple response message containing speech or text. + "displayText": "A String", # Optional. The text to display. + "ssml": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. Structured spoken response to the user in the SSML format. Mutually exclusive with text_to_speech. + "textToSpeech": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. The plain text of the speech output. Mutually exclusive with ssml. + }, + ], + }, + "suggestions": { # The collection of suggestions. # Displays suggestion chips for Actions on Google. + "suggestions": [ # Required. The list of suggested replies. + { # The suggestion chip message that the user can tap to quickly post a reply to the conversation. + "title": "A String", # Required. The text shown the in the suggestion chip. + }, + ], + }, + "tableCard": { # Table card for Actions on Google. # Table card for Actions on Google. + "buttons": [ # Optional. List of buttons for the card. + { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card. + "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI. + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button. + }, + ], + "columnProperties": [ # Optional. Display properties for the columns in this table. + { # Column properties for TableCard. + "header": "A String", # Required. Column heading. + "horizontalAlignment": "A String", # Optional. Defines text alignment for all cells in this column. + }, + ], + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image which should be displayed on the card. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "rows": [ # Optional. Rows in this table of data. + { # Row of TableCard. + "cells": [ # Optional. List of cells that make up this row. + { # Cell of TableCardRow. + "text": "A String", # Required. Text in this cell. + }, + ], + "dividerAfter": True or False, # Optional. Whether to add a visual divider after this row. + }, + ], + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle to the title. + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the card. + }, + "telephonyPlayAudio": { # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway. # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway. + "audioUri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Google Cloud Storage object containing the audio to play, e.g., "gs://bucket/object". The object must contain a single channel (mono) of linear PCM audio (2 bytes / sample) at 8kHz. This object must be readable by the `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` service account where is the number of the Telephony Gateway project (usually the same as the Dialogflow agent project). If the Google Cloud Storage bucket is in the Telephony Gateway project, this permission is added by default when enabling the Dialogflow V2 API. For audio from other sources, consider using the `TelephonySynthesizeSpeech` message with SSML. + }, + "telephonySynthesizeSpeech": { # Synthesizes speech and plays back the synthesized audio to the caller in Telephony Gateway. Telephony Gateway takes the synthesizer settings from `DetectIntentResponse.output_audio_config` which can either be set at request-level or can come from the agent-level synthesizer config. # Synthesizes speech in Telephony Gateway. + "ssml": "A String", # The SSML to be synthesized. For more information, see [SSML](https://developers.google.com/actions/reference/ssml). + "text": "A String", # The raw text to be synthesized. + }, + "telephonyTransferCall": { # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway. # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway. + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to transfer the call to in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). We currently only allow transferring to US numbers (+1xxxyyyzzzz). + }, + "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. + "text": [ # Optional. The collection of the agent's responses. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + ], + "mlDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether Machine Learning is disabled for the intent. Note: If `ml_disabled` setting is set to true, then this intent is not taken into account during inference in `ML ONLY` match mode. Also, auto-markup in the UI is turned off. + "mlEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether Machine Learning is enabled for the intent. Note: If `ml_enabled` setting is set to false, then this intent is not taken into account during inference in `ML ONLY` match mode. Also, auto-markup in the UI is turned off. DEPRECATED! Please use `ml_disabled` field instead. NOTE: If both `ml_enabled` and `ml_disabled` are either not set or false, then the default value is determined as follows: - Before April 15th, 2018 the default is: ml_enabled = false / ml_disabled = true. - After April 15th, 2018 the default is: ml_enabled = true / ml_disabled = false. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this intent. Required for Intents.UpdateIntent and Intents.BatchUpdateIntents methods. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/intents/` - `projects//locations//agent/intents/` + "outputContexts": [ # Optional. The collection of contexts that are activated when the intent is matched. Context messages in this collection should not set the parameters field. Setting the `lifespan_count` to 0 will reset the context when the intent is matched. Format: `projects//agent/sessions/-/contexts/`. + { # Dialogflow contexts are similar to natural language context. If a person says to you "they are orange", you need context in order to understand what "they" is referring to. Similarly, for Dialogflow to handle an end-user expression like that, it needs to be provided with context in order to correctly match an intent. Using contexts, you can control the flow of a conversation. You can configure contexts for an intent by setting input and output contexts, which are identified by string names. When an intent is matched, any configured output contexts for that intent become active. While any contexts are active, Dialogflow is more likely to match intents that are configured with input contexts that correspond to the currently active contexts. For more information about context, see the [Contexts guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/contexts-overview). + "lifespanCount": 42, # Optional. The number of conversational query requests after which the context expires. The default is `0`. If set to `0`, the context expires immediately. Contexts expire automatically after 20 minutes if there are no matching queries. + "name": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the context. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, The `Context ID` is always converted to lowercase, may only contain characters in a-zA-Z0-9_-% and may be at most 250 bytes long. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. If `User ID` is not specified, we assume default '-' user. The following context names are reserved for internal use by Dialogflow. You should not use these contexts or create contexts with these names: * `__system_counters__` * `*_id_dialog_context` * `*_dialog_params_size` + "parameters": { # Optional. The collection of parameters associated with this context. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: - MapKey type: string - MapKey value: parameter name - MapValue type: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map - Else: depending on parameter value type, could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map - MapValue value: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map from composite entity property names to property values - Else: parameter value + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "parameters": [ # Optional. The collection of parameters associated with the intent. + { # Represents intent parameters. + "defaultValue": "A String", # Optional. The default value to use when the `value` yields an empty result. Default values can be extracted from contexts by using the following syntax: `#context_name.parameter_name`. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the parameter. + "entityTypeDisplayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the entity type, prefixed with `@`, that describes values of the parameter. If the parameter is required, this must be provided. + "isList": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the parameter represents a list of values. + "mandatory": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the parameter is required. That is, whether the intent cannot be completed without collecting the parameter value. + "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of this parameter. + "prompts": [ # Optional. The collection of prompts that the agent can present to the user in order to collect a value for the parameter. + "A String", + ], + "value": "A String", # Optional. The definition of the parameter value. It can be: - a constant string, - a parameter value defined as `$parameter_name`, - an original parameter value defined as `$parameter_name.original`, - a parameter value from some context defined as `#context_name.parameter_name`. + }, + ], + "parentFollowupIntentName": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`. + "priority": 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests. + "resetContexts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched. + "rootFollowupIntentName": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`. + "trainingPhrases": [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on. + { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase. + "parts": [ # Required. The ordered list of training phrase parts. The parts are concatenated in order to form the training phrase. Note: The API does not automatically annotate training phrases like the Dialogflow Console does. Note: Do not forget to include whitespace at part boundaries, so the training phrase is well formatted when the parts are concatenated. If the training phrase does not need to be annotated with parameters, you just need a single part with only the Part.text field set. If you want to annotate the training phrase, you must create multiple parts, where the fields of each part are populated in one of two ways: - `Part.text` is set to a part of the phrase that has no parameters. - `Part.text` is set to a part of the phrase that you want to annotate, and the `entity_type`, `alias`, and `user_defined` fields are all set. + { # Represents a part of a training phrase. + "alias": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name for the value extracted from the annotated part of the example. This field is required for annotated parts of the training phrase. + "entityType": "A String", # Optional. The entity type name prefixed with `@`. This field is required for annotated parts of the training phrase. + "text": "A String", # Required. The text for this part. + "userDefined": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the text was manually annotated. This field is set to true when the Dialogflow Console is used to manually annotate the part. When creating an annotated part with the API, you must set this to true. + }, + ], + "timesAddedCount": 42, # Optional. Indicates how many times this example was added to the intent. Each time a developer adds an existing sample by editing an intent or training, this counter is increased. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the training phrase. + }, + ], + "webhookState": "A String", # Optional. Indicates whether webhooks are enabled for the intent. + }, + "intentDetectionConfidence": 3.14, # The intent detection confidence. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. If there are `multiple knowledge_answers` messages, this value is set to the greatest `knowledgeAnswers.match_confidence` value in the list. + "knowledgeAnswers": { # Represents the result of querying a Knowledge base. # The result from Knowledge Connector (if any), ordered by decreasing `KnowledgeAnswers.match_confidence`. + "answers": [ # A list of answers from Knowledge Connector. + { # An answer from Knowledge Connector. + "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document that answers this conversational query. + "faqQuestion": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question if the answer was extracted from a FAQ Document, empty otherwise. + "matchConfidence": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this Knowledge answer is a good match for this conversational query. The range is from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). Note: The confidence score is likely to vary somewhat (possibly even for identical requests), as the underlying model is under constant improvement. It may be deprecated in the future. We recommend using `match_confidence_level` which should be generally more stable. + "matchConfidenceLevel": "A String", # The system's confidence level that this knowledge answer is a good match for this conversational query. NOTE: The confidence level for a given `` pair may change without notice, as it depends on models that are constantly being improved. However, it will change less frequently than the confidence score below, and should be preferred for referencing the quality of an answer. + "source": "A String", # Indicates which Knowledge Document this answer was extracted from. Format: `projects//knowledgeBases//documents/`. + }, + ], + }, + "languageCode": "A String", # The language that was triggered during intent detection. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. + "outputContexts": [ # The collection of output contexts. If applicable, `output_contexts.parameters` contains entries with name `.original` containing the original parameter values before the query. + { # Dialogflow contexts are similar to natural language context. If a person says to you "they are orange", you need context in order to understand what "they" is referring to. Similarly, for Dialogflow to handle an end-user expression like that, it needs to be provided with context in order to correctly match an intent. Using contexts, you can control the flow of a conversation. You can configure contexts for an intent by setting input and output contexts, which are identified by string names. When an intent is matched, any configured output contexts for that intent become active. While any contexts are active, Dialogflow is more likely to match intents that are configured with input contexts that correspond to the currently active contexts. For more information about context, see the [Contexts guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/contexts-overview). + "lifespanCount": 42, # Optional. The number of conversational query requests after which the context expires. The default is `0`. If set to `0`, the context expires immediately. Contexts expire automatically after 20 minutes if there are no matching queries. + "name": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the context. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, The `Context ID` is always converted to lowercase, may only contain characters in a-zA-Z0-9_-% and may be at most 250 bytes long. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. If `User ID` is not specified, we assume default '-' user. The following context names are reserved for internal use by Dialogflow. You should not use these contexts or create contexts with these names: * `__system_counters__` * `*_id_dialog_context` * `*_dialog_params_size` + "parameters": { # Optional. The collection of parameters associated with this context. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: - MapKey type: string - MapKey value: parameter name - MapValue type: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map - Else: depending on parameter value type, could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map - MapValue value: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map from composite entity property names to property values - Else: parameter value + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "parameters": { # The collection of extracted parameters. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: - MapKey type: string - MapKey value: parameter name - MapValue type: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map - Else: depending on parameter value type, could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map - MapValue value: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map from composite entity property names to property values - Else: parameter value + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input. + "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request. + "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`. + "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative). + "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment). + }, + }, + "speechRecognitionConfidence": 3.14, # The Speech recognition confidence between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are correct. The default of 0.0 is a sentinel value indicating that confidence was not set. This field is not guaranteed to be accurate or set. In particular this field isn't set for StreamingDetectIntent since the streaming endpoint has separate confidence estimates per portion of the audio in StreamingRecognitionResult. + "webhookPayload": { # If the query was fulfilled by a webhook call, this field is set to the value of the `payload` field returned in the webhook response. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "webhookSource": "A String", # If the query was fulfilled by a webhook call, this field is set to the value of the `source` field returned in the webhook response. + }, + }, + ], + "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to suggest answer. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. + }, + "suggestFaqAnswersResponse": { # The request message for Participants.SuggestFaqAnswers. # SuggestFaqAnswersResponse if request is for FAQ_ANSWER. + "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestFaqAnswersRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation. + "faqAnswers": [ # Output only. Answers extracted from FAQ documents. + { # Represents answer from "frequently asked questions". + "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document. + "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/" + "confidence": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this Knowledge answer is a good match for this conversational query, range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). + "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the answer and the document from which it originates. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "question": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question. + "source": "A String", # Indicates which Knowledge Document this answer was extracted from. Format: `projects//locations//agent/knowledgeBases//documents/`. + }, + ], + "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to compile suggestion for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. + }, + "suggestSmartRepliesResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestSmartReplies. # SuggestSmartRepliesResponse if request is for SMART_REPLY. + "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestSmartRepliesRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation. + "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to compile suggestion for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. + "smartReplyAnswers": [ # Output only. Multiple reply options provided by smart reply service. The order is based on the rank of the model prediction. The maximum number of the returned replies is set in SmartReplyConfig. + { # Represents a smart reply answer. + "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/" + "confidence": 3.14, # Smart reply confidence. The system's confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, as a value from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). + "reply": "A String", # The content of the reply. + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "humanAgentSuggestionResults": [ # The suggestions for most recent human agent. The order is the same as HumanAgentAssistantConfig.SuggestionConfig.feature_configs of HumanAgentAssistantConfig.human_agent_suggestion_config. Note that any failure of Agent Assist features will not lead to the overall failure of an AnalyzeContent API call. Instead, the features will fail silently with the error field set in the corresponding SuggestionResult. + { # One response of different type of suggestion response which is used in the response of Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.AnalyzeContent, as well as HumanAgentAssistantEvent. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Error status if the request failed. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "suggestArticlesResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestArticles. # SuggestArticlesResponse if request is for ARTICLE_SUGGESTION. + "articleAnswers": [ # Output only. Articles ordered by score in descending order. + { # Represents article answer. + "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/" + "metadata": { # A map that contains metadata about the answer and the document from which it originates. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "snippets": [ # Output only. Article snippets. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # The article title. + "uri": "A String", # The article URI. + }, + ], + "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestArticlesResponse.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation. + "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to compile suggestion for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. + }, + "suggestDialogflowAssistsResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestDialogflowAssists. # SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST. + "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestDialogflowAssistsRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation. + "dialogflowAssistAnswers": [ # Output only. Multiple reply options provided by Dialogflow assist service. The order is based on the rank of the model prediction. + { # Represents a Dialogflow assist answer. + "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/" + "intentSuggestion": { # Represents an intent suggestion. # An intent suggestion generated from conversation. + "description": "A String", # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the intent. + "intentV2": "A String", # The unique identifier of this intent. Format: `projects//locations//agent/intents/`. + }, + "queryResult": { # Represents the result of conversational query or event processing. # Result from v2 agent. + "action": "A String", # The action name from the matched intent. + "allRequiredParamsPresent": True or False, # This field is set to: - `false` if the matched intent has required parameters and not all of the required parameter values have been collected. - `true` if all required parameter values have been collected, or if the matched intent doesn't contain any required parameters. + "cancelsSlotFilling": True or False, # Indicates whether the conversational query triggers a cancellation for slot filling. For more information, see the [cancel slot filling documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/intents-actions-parameters#cancel). + "diagnosticInfo": { # Free-form diagnostic information for the associated detect intent request. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. The data may contain: - webhook call latency - webhook errors + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "fulfillmentMessages": [ # The collection of rich messages to present to the user. + { # Corresponds to the `Response` field in the Dialogflow console. + "basicCard": { # The basic card message. Useful for displaying information. # Displays a basic card for Actions on Google. + "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons. + { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card. + "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI. + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button. + }, + ], + "formattedText": "A String", # Required, unless image is present. The body text of the card. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image for the card. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card. + "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card. + }, + "browseCarouselCard": { # Browse Carousel Card for Actions on Google. https://developers.google.com/actions/assistant/responses#browsing_carousel # Browse carousel card for Actions on Google. + "imageDisplayOptions": "A String", # Optional. Settings for displaying the image. Applies to every image in items. + "items": [ # Required. List of items in the Browse Carousel Card. Minimum of two items, maximum of ten. + { # Browsing carousel tile + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the carousel item. Maximum of four lines of text. + "footer": "A String", # Optional. Text that appears at the bottom of the Browse Carousel Card. Maximum of one line of text. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Hero image for the carousel item. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "openUriAction": { # Actions on Google action to open a given url. # Required. Action to present to the user. + "url": "A String", # Required. URL + "urlTypeHint": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of viewer that is used when opening the URL. Defaults to opening via web browser. + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item. Maximum of two lines of text. + }, + ], + }, + "card": { # The card response message. # Displays a card. + "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons. + { # Optional. Contains information about a button. + "postback": "A String", # Optional. The text to send back to the Dialogflow API or a URI to open. + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text to show on the button. + }, + ], + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file for the card. + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card. + "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card. + }, + "carouselSelect": { # The card for presenting a carousel of options to select from. # Displays a carousel card for Actions on Google. + "items": [ # Required. Carousel items. + { # An item in the carousel. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The body text of the card. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional info about the option item. + "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given. + "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog. + "A String", + ], + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item. + }, + ], + }, + "image": { # The image response message. # Displays an image. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "linkOutSuggestion": { # The suggestion chip message that allows the user to jump out to the app or website associated with this agent. # Displays a link out suggestion chip for Actions on Google. + "destinationName": "A String", # Required. The name of the app or site this chip is linking to. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the app or site to open when the user taps the suggestion chip. + }, + "listSelect": { # The card for presenting a list of options to select from. # Displays a list card for Actions on Google. + "items": [ # Required. List items. + { # An item in the list. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The main text describing the item. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional information about this option. + "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given. + "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog. + "A String", + ], + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the list item. + }, + ], + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle of the list. + "title": "A String", # Optional. The overall title of the list. + }, + "mediaContent": { # The media content card for Actions on Google. # The media content card for Actions on Google. + "mediaObjects": [ # Required. List of media objects. + { # Response media object for media content card. + "contentUrl": "A String", # Required. Url where the media is stored. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of media card. + "icon": { # The image response message. # Optional. Icon to display above media content. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "largeImage": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image to display above media content. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "name": "A String", # Required. Name of media card. + }, + ], + "mediaType": "A String", # Optional. What type of media is the content (ie "audio"). + }, + "payload": { # A custom platform-specific response. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "platform": "A String", # Optional. The platform that this message is intended for. + "quickReplies": { # The quick replies response message. # Displays quick replies. + "quickReplies": [ # Optional. The collection of quick replies. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the collection of quick replies. + }, + "rbmCarouselRichCard": { # Carousel Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. If you want to show a single card with more control over the layout, please use RbmStandaloneCard instead. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) carousel rich card response. + "cardContents": [ # Required. The cards in the carousel. A carousel must have at least 2 cards and at most 10. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL. + "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored. + "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button. + }, + "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri). + "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose + "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888. + }, + "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device + "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device + }, + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location + }, + "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action. + }, + "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text. + }, + }, + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + }, + ], + "cardWidth": "A String", # Required. The width of the cards in the carousel. + }, + "rbmStandaloneRichCard": { # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. You can group multiple rich cards into one using RbmCarouselCard but carousel cards will give you less control over the card layout. # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card response. + "cardContent": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content # Required. Card content. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL. + "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored. + "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button. + }, + "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri). + "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose + "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888. + }, + "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device + "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device + }, + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location + }, + "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action. + }, + "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text. + }, + }, + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + }, + "cardOrientation": "A String", # Required. Orientation of the card. + "thumbnailImageAlignment": "A String", # Required if orientation is horizontal. Image preview alignment for standalone cards with horizontal layout. + }, + "rbmText": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response with suggestions. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response. RBM allows businesses to send enriched and branded versions of SMS. See https://jibe.google.com/business-messaging. + "rbmSuggestion": [ # Optional. One or more suggestions to show to the user. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri). + "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose + "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888. + }, + "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device + "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device + }, + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location + }, + "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action. + }, + "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text. + }, + }, + ], + "text": "A String", # Required. Text sent and displayed to the user. + }, + "simpleResponses": { # The collection of simple response candidates. This message in `QueryResult.fulfillment_messages` and `WebhookResponse.fulfillment_messages` should contain only one `SimpleResponse`. # Returns a voice or text-only response for Actions on Google. + "simpleResponses": [ # Required. The list of simple responses. + { # The simple response message containing speech or text. + "displayText": "A String", # Optional. The text to display. + "ssml": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. Structured spoken response to the user in the SSML format. Mutually exclusive with text_to_speech. + "textToSpeech": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. The plain text of the speech output. Mutually exclusive with ssml. + }, + ], + }, + "suggestions": { # The collection of suggestions. # Displays suggestion chips for Actions on Google. + "suggestions": [ # Required. The list of suggested replies. + { # The suggestion chip message that the user can tap to quickly post a reply to the conversation. + "title": "A String", # Required. The text shown the in the suggestion chip. + }, + ], + }, + "tableCard": { # Table card for Actions on Google. # Table card for Actions on Google. + "buttons": [ # Optional. List of buttons for the card. + { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card. + "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI. + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button. + }, + ], + "columnProperties": [ # Optional. Display properties for the columns in this table. + { # Column properties for TableCard. + "header": "A String", # Required. Column heading. + "horizontalAlignment": "A String", # Optional. Defines text alignment for all cells in this column. + }, + ], + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image which should be displayed on the card. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "rows": [ # Optional. Rows in this table of data. + { # Row of TableCard. + "cells": [ # Optional. List of cells that make up this row. + { # Cell of TableCardRow. + "text": "A String", # Required. Text in this cell. + }, + ], + "dividerAfter": True or False, # Optional. Whether to add a visual divider after this row. + }, + ], + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle to the title. + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the card. + }, + "telephonyPlayAudio": { # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway. # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway. + "audioUri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Google Cloud Storage object containing the audio to play, e.g., "gs://bucket/object". The object must contain a single channel (mono) of linear PCM audio (2 bytes / sample) at 8kHz. This object must be readable by the `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` service account where is the number of the Telephony Gateway project (usually the same as the Dialogflow agent project). If the Google Cloud Storage bucket is in the Telephony Gateway project, this permission is added by default when enabling the Dialogflow V2 API. For audio from other sources, consider using the `TelephonySynthesizeSpeech` message with SSML. + }, + "telephonySynthesizeSpeech": { # Synthesizes speech and plays back the synthesized audio to the caller in Telephony Gateway. Telephony Gateway takes the synthesizer settings from `DetectIntentResponse.output_audio_config` which can either be set at request-level or can come from the agent-level synthesizer config. # Synthesizes speech in Telephony Gateway. + "ssml": "A String", # The SSML to be synthesized. For more information, see [SSML](https://developers.google.com/actions/reference/ssml). + "text": "A String", # The raw text to be synthesized. + }, + "telephonyTransferCall": { # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway. # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway. + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to transfer the call to in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). We currently only allow transferring to US numbers (+1xxxyyyzzzz). + }, + "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. + "text": [ # Optional. The collection of the agent's responses. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + ], + "fulfillmentText": "A String", # The text to be pronounced to the user or shown on the screen. Note: This is a legacy field, `fulfillment_messages` should be preferred. + "intent": { # An intent categorizes an end-user's intention for one conversation turn. For each agent, you define many intents, where your combined intents can handle a complete conversation. When an end-user writes or says something, referred to as an end-user expression or end-user input, Dialogflow matches the end-user input to the best intent in your agent. Matching an intent is also known as intent classification. For more information, see the [intent guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/intents-overview). # The intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name`, `display_name`, `end_interaction` and `is_fallback`. + "action": "A String", # Optional. The name of the action associated with the intent. Note: The action name must not contain whitespaces. + "defaultResponsePlatforms": [ # Optional. The list of platforms for which the first responses will be copied from the messages in PLATFORM_UNSPECIFIED (i.e. default platform). + "A String", + ], + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of this intent. + "endInteraction": True or False, # Optional. Indicates that this intent ends an interaction. Some integrations (e.g., Actions on Google or Dialogflow phone gateway) use this information to close interaction with an end user. Default is false. + "events": [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters. + "A String", + ], + "followupIntentInfo": [ # Output only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output. + { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain. + "followupIntentName": "A String", # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`. + "parentFollowupIntentName": "A String", # The unique identifier of the followup intent's parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`. + }, + ], + "inputContextNames": [ # Optional. The list of context names required for this intent to be triggered. Formats: - `projects//agent/sessions/-/contexts/` - `projects//locations//agent/sessions/-/contexts/` + "A String", + ], + "isFallback": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. + "liveAgentHandoff": True or False, # Optional. Indicates that a live agent should be brought in to handle the interaction with the user. In most cases, when you set this flag to true, you would also want to set end_interaction to true as well. Default is false. + "messages": [ # Optional. The collection of rich messages corresponding to the `Response` field in the Dialogflow console. + { # Corresponds to the `Response` field in the Dialogflow console. + "basicCard": { # The basic card message. Useful for displaying information. # Displays a basic card for Actions on Google. + "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons. + { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card. + "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI. + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button. + }, + ], + "formattedText": "A String", # Required, unless image is present. The body text of the card. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image for the card. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card. + "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card. + }, + "browseCarouselCard": { # Browse Carousel Card for Actions on Google. https://developers.google.com/actions/assistant/responses#browsing_carousel # Browse carousel card for Actions on Google. + "imageDisplayOptions": "A String", # Optional. Settings for displaying the image. Applies to every image in items. + "items": [ # Required. List of items in the Browse Carousel Card. Minimum of two items, maximum of ten. + { # Browsing carousel tile + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the carousel item. Maximum of four lines of text. + "footer": "A String", # Optional. Text that appears at the bottom of the Browse Carousel Card. Maximum of one line of text. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Hero image for the carousel item. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "openUriAction": { # Actions on Google action to open a given url. # Required. Action to present to the user. + "url": "A String", # Required. URL + "urlTypeHint": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the type of viewer that is used when opening the URL. Defaults to opening via web browser. + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item. Maximum of two lines of text. + }, + ], + }, + "card": { # The card response message. # Displays a card. + "buttons": [ # Optional. The collection of card buttons. + { # Optional. Contains information about a button. + "postback": "A String", # Optional. The text to send back to the Dialogflow API or a URI to open. + "text": "A String", # Optional. The text to show on the button. + }, + ], + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file for the card. + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. The subtitle of the card. + "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the card. + }, + "carouselSelect": { # The card for presenting a carousel of options to select from. # Displays a carousel card for Actions on Google. + "items": [ # Required. Carousel items. + { # An item in the carousel. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The body text of the card. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional info about the option item. + "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given. + "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog. + "A String", + ], + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the carousel item. + }, + ], + }, + "image": { # The image response message. # Displays an image. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "linkOutSuggestion": { # The suggestion chip message that allows the user to jump out to the app or website associated with this agent. # Displays a link out suggestion chip for Actions on Google. + "destinationName": "A String", # Required. The name of the app or site this chip is linking to. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the app or site to open when the user taps the suggestion chip. + }, + "listSelect": { # The card for presenting a list of options to select from. # Displays a list card for Actions on Google. + "items": [ # Required. List items. + { # An item in the list. + "description": "A String", # Optional. The main text describing the item. + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. The image to display. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "info": { # Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a dialog. # Required. Additional information about this option. + "key": "A String", # Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this response is given. + "synonyms": [ # Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this item in dialog. + "A String", + ], + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the list item. + }, + ], + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle of the list. + "title": "A String", # Optional. The overall title of the list. + }, + "mediaContent": { # The media content card for Actions on Google. # The media content card for Actions on Google. + "mediaObjects": [ # Required. List of media objects. + { # Response media object for media content card. + "contentUrl": "A String", # Required. Url where the media is stored. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of media card. + "icon": { # The image response message. # Optional. Icon to display above media content. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "largeImage": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image to display above media content. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "name": "A String", # Required. Name of media card. + }, + ], + "mediaType": "A String", # Optional. What type of media is the content (ie "audio"). + }, + "payload": { # A custom platform-specific response. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "platform": "A String", # Optional. The platform that this message is intended for. + "quickReplies": { # The quick replies response message. # Displays quick replies. + "quickReplies": [ # Optional. The collection of quick replies. + "A String", + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the collection of quick replies. + }, + "rbmCarouselRichCard": { # Carousel Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. If you want to show a single card with more control over the layout, please use RbmStandaloneCard instead. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) carousel rich card response. + "cardContents": [ # Required. The cards in the carousel. A carousel must have at least 2 cards and at most 10. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL. + "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored. + "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button. + }, + "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri). + "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose + "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888. + }, + "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device + "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device + }, + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location + }, + "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action. + }, + "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text. + }, + }, + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + }, + ], + "cardWidth": "A String", # Required. The width of the cards in the carousel. + }, + "rbmStandaloneRichCard": { # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card. Rich cards allow you to respond to users with more vivid content, e.g. with media and suggestions. You can group multiple rich cards into one using RbmCarouselCard but carousel cards will give you less control over the card layout. # Standalone Rich Business Messaging (RBM) rich card response. + "cardContent": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Card content # Required. Card content. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the card (at most 2000 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + "media": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) Media displayed in Cards The following media-types are currently supported: Image Types * image/jpeg * image/jpg' * image/gif * image/png Video Types * video/h263 * video/m4v * video/mp4 * video/mpeg * video/mpeg4 * video/webm # Optional. However at least one of the title, description or media must be set. Media (image, GIF or a video) to include in the card. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. Publicly reachable URI of the file. The RBM platform determines the MIME type of the file from the content-type field in the HTTP headers when the platform fetches the file. The content-type field must be present and accurate in the HTTP response from the URL. + "height": "A String", # Required for cards with vertical orientation. The height of the media within a rich card with a vertical layout. For a standalone card with horizontal layout, height is not customizable, and this field is ignored. + "thumbnailUri": "A String", # Optional. Publicly reachable URI of the thumbnail.If you don't provide a thumbnail URI, the RBM platform displays a blank placeholder thumbnail until the user's device downloads the file. Depending on the user's setting, the file may not download automatically and may require the user to tap a download button. + }, + "suggestions": [ # Optional. List of suggestions to include in the card. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri). + "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose + "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888. + }, + "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device + "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device + }, + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location + }, + "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action. + }, + "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text. + }, + }, + ], + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title of the card (at most 200 bytes). At least one of the title, description or media must be set. + }, + "cardOrientation": "A String", # Required. Orientation of the card. + "thumbnailImageAlignment": "A String", # Required if orientation is horizontal. Image preview alignment for standalone cards with horizontal layout. + }, + "rbmText": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response with suggestions. # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) text response. RBM allows businesses to send enriched and branded versions of SMS. See https://jibe.google.com/business-messaging. + "rbmSuggestion": [ # Optional. One or more suggestions to show to the user. + { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggestion. Suggestions allow user to easily select/click a predefined response or perform an action (like opening a web uri). + "action": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested client-side action that the user can choose from the card. # Predefined client side actions that user can choose + "dial": { # Opens the user's default dialer app with the specified phone number but does not dial automatically. # Suggested client side action: Dial a phone number + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to fill in the default dialer app. This field should be in [E.164](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164) format. An example of a correctly formatted phone number: +15556767888. + }, + "openUrl": { # Opens the user's default web browser app to the specified uri If the user has an app installed that is registered as the default handler for the URL, then this app will be opened instead, and its icon will be used in the suggested action UI. # Suggested client side action: Open a URI on device + "uri": "A String", # Required. The uri to open on the user device + }, + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested action. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "shareLocation": { # Opens the device's location chooser so the user can pick a location to send back to the agent. # Suggested client side action: Share user location + }, + "text": "A String", # Text to display alongside the action. + }, + "reply": { # Rich Business Messaging (RBM) suggested reply that the user can click instead of typing in their own response. # Predefined replies for user to select instead of typing + "postbackData": "A String", # Opaque payload that the Dialogflow receives in a user event when the user taps the suggested reply. This data will be also forwarded to webhook to allow performing custom business logic. + "text": "A String", # Suggested reply text. + }, + }, + ], + "text": "A String", # Required. Text sent and displayed to the user. + }, + "simpleResponses": { # The collection of simple response candidates. This message in `QueryResult.fulfillment_messages` and `WebhookResponse.fulfillment_messages` should contain only one `SimpleResponse`. # Returns a voice or text-only response for Actions on Google. + "simpleResponses": [ # Required. The list of simple responses. + { # The simple response message containing speech or text. + "displayText": "A String", # Optional. The text to display. + "ssml": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. Structured spoken response to the user in the SSML format. Mutually exclusive with text_to_speech. + "textToSpeech": "A String", # One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. The plain text of the speech output. Mutually exclusive with ssml. + }, + ], + }, + "suggestions": { # The collection of suggestions. # Displays suggestion chips for Actions on Google. + "suggestions": [ # Required. The list of suggested replies. + { # The suggestion chip message that the user can tap to quickly post a reply to the conversation. + "title": "A String", # Required. The text shown the in the suggestion chip. + }, + ], + }, + "tableCard": { # Table card for Actions on Google. # Table card for Actions on Google. + "buttons": [ # Optional. List of buttons for the card. + { # The button object that appears at the bottom of a card. + "openUriAction": { # Opens the given URI. # Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI. + }, + "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the button. + }, + ], + "columnProperties": [ # Optional. Display properties for the columns in this table. + { # Column properties for TableCard. + "header": "A String", # Required. Column heading. + "horizontalAlignment": "A String", # Optional. Defines text alignment for all cells in this column. + }, + ], + "image": { # The image response message. # Optional. Image which should be displayed on the card. + "accessibilityText": "A String", # A text description of the image to be used for accessibility, e.g., screen readers. Required if image_uri is set for CarouselSelect. + "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The public URI to an image file. + }, + "rows": [ # Optional. Rows in this table of data. + { # Row of TableCard. + "cells": [ # Optional. List of cells that make up this row. + { # Cell of TableCardRow. + "text": "A String", # Required. Text in this cell. + }, + ], + "dividerAfter": True or False, # Optional. Whether to add a visual divider after this row. + }, + ], + "subtitle": "A String", # Optional. Subtitle to the title. + "title": "A String", # Required. Title of the card. + }, + "telephonyPlayAudio": { # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway. # Plays audio from a file in Telephony Gateway. + "audioUri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Google Cloud Storage object containing the audio to play, e.g., "gs://bucket/object". The object must contain a single channel (mono) of linear PCM audio (2 bytes / sample) at 8kHz. This object must be readable by the `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` service account where is the number of the Telephony Gateway project (usually the same as the Dialogflow agent project). If the Google Cloud Storage bucket is in the Telephony Gateway project, this permission is added by default when enabling the Dialogflow V2 API. For audio from other sources, consider using the `TelephonySynthesizeSpeech` message with SSML. + }, + "telephonySynthesizeSpeech": { # Synthesizes speech and plays back the synthesized audio to the caller in Telephony Gateway. Telephony Gateway takes the synthesizer settings from `DetectIntentResponse.output_audio_config` which can either be set at request-level or can come from the agent-level synthesizer config. # Synthesizes speech in Telephony Gateway. + "ssml": "A String", # The SSML to be synthesized. For more information, see [SSML](https://developers.google.com/actions/reference/ssml). + "text": "A String", # The raw text to be synthesized. + }, + "telephonyTransferCall": { # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway. # Transfers the call in Telephony Gateway. + "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. The phone number to transfer the call to in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164). We currently only allow transferring to US numbers (+1xxxyyyzzzz). + }, + "text": { # The text response message. # Returns a text response. + "text": [ # Optional. The collection of the agent's responses. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + ], + "mlDisabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether Machine Learning is disabled for the intent. Note: If `ml_disabled` setting is set to true, then this intent is not taken into account during inference in `ML ONLY` match mode. Also, auto-markup in the UI is turned off. + "mlEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether Machine Learning is enabled for the intent. Note: If `ml_enabled` setting is set to false, then this intent is not taken into account during inference in `ML ONLY` match mode. Also, auto-markup in the UI is turned off. DEPRECATED! Please use `ml_disabled` field instead. NOTE: If both `ml_enabled` and `ml_disabled` are either not set or false, then the default value is determined as follows: - Before April 15th, 2018 the default is: ml_enabled = false / ml_disabled = true. - After April 15th, 2018 the default is: ml_enabled = true / ml_disabled = false. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this intent. Required for Intents.UpdateIntent and Intents.BatchUpdateIntents methods. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/intents/` - `projects//locations//agent/intents/` + "outputContexts": [ # Optional. The collection of contexts that are activated when the intent is matched. Context messages in this collection should not set the parameters field. Setting the `lifespan_count` to 0 will reset the context when the intent is matched. Format: `projects//agent/sessions/-/contexts/`. + { # Dialogflow contexts are similar to natural language context. If a person says to you "they are orange", you need context in order to understand what "they" is referring to. Similarly, for Dialogflow to handle an end-user expression like that, it needs to be provided with context in order to correctly match an intent. Using contexts, you can control the flow of a conversation. You can configure contexts for an intent by setting input and output contexts, which are identified by string names. When an intent is matched, any configured output contexts for that intent become active. While any contexts are active, Dialogflow is more likely to match intents that are configured with input contexts that correspond to the currently active contexts. For more information about context, see the [Contexts guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/contexts-overview). + "lifespanCount": 42, # Optional. The number of conversational query requests after which the context expires. The default is `0`. If set to `0`, the context expires immediately. Contexts expire automatically after 20 minutes if there are no matching queries. + "name": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the context. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, The `Context ID` is always converted to lowercase, may only contain characters in a-zA-Z0-9_-% and may be at most 250 bytes long. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. If `User ID` is not specified, we assume default '-' user. The following context names are reserved for internal use by Dialogflow. You should not use these contexts or create contexts with these names: * `__system_counters__` * `*_id_dialog_context` * `*_dialog_params_size` + "parameters": { # Optional. The collection of parameters associated with this context. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: - MapKey type: string - MapKey value: parameter name - MapValue type: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map - Else: depending on parameter value type, could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map - MapValue value: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map from composite entity property names to property values - Else: parameter value + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "parameters": [ # Optional. The collection of parameters associated with the intent. + { # Represents intent parameters. + "defaultValue": "A String", # Optional. The default value to use when the `value` yields an empty result. Default values can be extracted from contexts by using the following syntax: `#context_name.parameter_name`. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the parameter. + "entityTypeDisplayName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the entity type, prefixed with `@`, that describes values of the parameter. If the parameter is required, this must be provided. + "isList": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the parameter represents a list of values. + "mandatory": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the parameter is required. That is, whether the intent cannot be completed without collecting the parameter value. + "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of this parameter. + "prompts": [ # Optional. The collection of prompts that the agent can present to the user in order to collect a value for the parameter. + "A String", + ], + "value": "A String", # Optional. The definition of the parameter value. It can be: - a constant string, - a parameter value defined as `$parameter_name`, - an original parameter value defined as `$parameter_name.original`, - a parameter value from some context defined as `#context_name.parameter_name`. + }, + ], + "parentFollowupIntentName": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`. + "priority": 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests. + "resetContexts": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched. + "rootFollowupIntentName": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`. + "trainingPhrases": [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on. + { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase. + "parts": [ # Required. The ordered list of training phrase parts. The parts are concatenated in order to form the training phrase. Note: The API does not automatically annotate training phrases like the Dialogflow Console does. Note: Do not forget to include whitespace at part boundaries, so the training phrase is well formatted when the parts are concatenated. If the training phrase does not need to be annotated with parameters, you just need a single part with only the Part.text field set. If you want to annotate the training phrase, you must create multiple parts, where the fields of each part are populated in one of two ways: - `Part.text` is set to a part of the phrase that has no parameters. - `Part.text` is set to a part of the phrase that you want to annotate, and the `entity_type`, `alias`, and `user_defined` fields are all set. + { # Represents a part of a training phrase. + "alias": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name for the value extracted from the annotated part of the example. This field is required for annotated parts of the training phrase. + "entityType": "A String", # Optional. The entity type name prefixed with `@`. This field is required for annotated parts of the training phrase. + "text": "A String", # Required. The text for this part. + "userDefined": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the text was manually annotated. This field is set to true when the Dialogflow Console is used to manually annotate the part. When creating an annotated part with the API, you must set this to true. + }, + ], + "timesAddedCount": 42, # Optional. Indicates how many times this example was added to the intent. Each time a developer adds an existing sample by editing an intent or training, this counter is increased. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the training phrase. + }, + ], + "webhookState": "A String", # Optional. Indicates whether webhooks are enabled for the intent. + }, + "intentDetectionConfidence": 3.14, # The intent detection confidence. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. If there are `multiple knowledge_answers` messages, this value is set to the greatest `knowledgeAnswers.match_confidence` value in the list. + "knowledgeAnswers": { # Represents the result of querying a Knowledge base. # The result from Knowledge Connector (if any), ordered by decreasing `KnowledgeAnswers.match_confidence`. + "answers": [ # A list of answers from Knowledge Connector. + { # An answer from Knowledge Connector. + "answer": "A String", # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document that answers this conversational query. + "faqQuestion": "A String", # The corresponding FAQ question if the answer was extracted from a FAQ Document, empty otherwise. + "matchConfidence": 3.14, # The system's confidence score that this Knowledge answer is a good match for this conversational query. The range is from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). Note: The confidence score is likely to vary somewhat (possibly even for identical requests), as the underlying model is under constant improvement. It may be deprecated in the future. We recommend using `match_confidence_level` which should be generally more stable. + "matchConfidenceLevel": "A String", # The system's confidence level that this knowledge answer is a good match for this conversational query. NOTE: The confidence level for a given `` pair may change without notice, as it depends on models that are constantly being improved. However, it will change less frequently than the confidence score below, and should be preferred for referencing the quality of an answer. + "source": "A String", # Indicates which Knowledge Document this answer was extracted from. Format: `projects//knowledgeBases//documents/`. + }, + ], + }, + "languageCode": "A String", # The language that was triggered during intent detection. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. + "outputContexts": [ # The collection of output contexts. If applicable, `output_contexts.parameters` contains entries with name `.original` containing the original parameter values before the query. + { # Dialogflow contexts are similar to natural language context. If a person says to you "they are orange", you need context in order to understand what "they" is referring to. Similarly, for Dialogflow to handle an end-user expression like that, it needs to be provided with context in order to correctly match an intent. Using contexts, you can control the flow of a conversation. You can configure contexts for an intent by setting input and output contexts, which are identified by string names. When an intent is matched, any configured output contexts for that intent become active. While any contexts are active, Dialogflow is more likely to match intents that are configured with input contexts that correspond to the currently active contexts. For more information about context, see the [Contexts guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/contexts-overview). + "lifespanCount": 42, # Optional. The number of conversational query requests after which the context expires. The default is `0`. If set to `0`, the context expires immediately. Contexts expire automatically after 20 minutes if there are no matching queries. + "name": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the context. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, - `projects//locations//agent/environments//users//sessions//contexts/`, The `Context ID` is always converted to lowercase, may only contain characters in a-zA-Z0-9_-% and may be at most 250 bytes long. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. If `User ID` is not specified, we assume default '-' user. The following context names are reserved for internal use by Dialogflow. You should not use these contexts or create contexts with these names: * `__system_counters__` * `*_id_dialog_context` * `*_dialog_params_size` + "parameters": { # Optional. The collection of parameters associated with this context. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: - MapKey type: string - MapKey value: parameter name - MapValue type: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map - Else: depending on parameter value type, could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map - MapValue value: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map from composite entity property names to property values - Else: parameter value + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "parameters": { # The collection of extracted parameters. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: - MapKey type: string - MapKey value: parameter name - MapValue type: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map - Else: depending on parameter value type, could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map - MapValue value: - If parameter's entity type is a composite entity: map from composite entity property names to property values - Else: parameter value + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input. + "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request. + "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`. + "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative). + "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment). + }, + }, + "speechRecognitionConfidence": 3.14, # The Speech recognition confidence between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are correct. The default of 0.0 is a sentinel value indicating that confidence was not set. This field is not guaranteed to be accurate or set. In particular this field isn't set for StreamingDetectIntent since the streaming endpoint has separate confidence estimates per portion of the audio in StreamingRecognitionResult. + "webhookPayload": { # If the query was fulfilled by a webhook call, this field is set to the value of the `payload` field returned in the webhook response. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "webhookSource": "A String", # If the query was fulfilled by a webhook call, this field is set to the value of the `source` field returned in the webhook response. }, - "snippets": [ # Output only. Article snippets. - "A String", - ], - "title": "A String", # The article title. - "uri": "A String", # The article URI. }, ], - "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestArticlesResponse.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation. - "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to compile suggestion for. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. + "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used to suggest answer. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. }, - "suggestDialogflowAssistsResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestDialogflowAssists. # SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST. + "suggestEntityExtractionResponse": { # The response message for Participants.SuggestDialogflowAssists. # SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for ENTITY_EXTRACTION. "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestDialogflowAssistsRequest.context_size field in the request if there aren't that many messages in the conversation. "dialogflowAssistAnswers": [ # Output only. Multiple reply options provided by Dialogflow assist service. The order is based on the rank of the model prediction. { # Represents a Dialogflow assist answer. @@ -3213,7 +4577,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this participant. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`. - "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. + "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. "role": "A String", # Immutable. The role this participant plays in the conversation. This field must be set during participant creation and is then immutable. } @@ -3230,7 +4594,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this participant. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`. - "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. + "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. "role": "A String", # Immutable. The role this participant plays in the conversation. This field must be set during participant creation and is then immutable. } @@ -3254,7 +4618,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this participant. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`. - "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. + "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. "role": "A String", # Immutable. The role this participant plays in the conversation. This field must be set during participant creation and is then immutable. } @@ -3283,7 +4647,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this participant. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`. - "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. + "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. "role": "A String", # Immutable. The role this participant plays in the conversation. This field must be set during participant creation and is then immutable. }, ], @@ -3318,7 +4682,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this participant. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`. - "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. + "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. "role": "A String", # Immutable. The role this participant plays in the conversation. This field must be set during participant creation and is then immutable. } @@ -3336,7 +4700,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of this participant. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//participants/`. - "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. + "obfuscatedExternalUserId": "A String", # Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters. "role": "A String", # Immutable. The role this participant plays in the conversation. This field must be set during participant creation and is then immutable. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html index d599400ea72..54bc81eae15 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.knowledgeBases.documents.html @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@

Method Details

}, "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The MIME type of the document. }, - "gcsSource": { # Google Cloud Storage locations for the inputs. # The Google Cloud Storage location for the documents. The path can include a wildcard. These URIs may have the forms `gs:///`. `gs:////*.`. + "gcsSource": { # Google Cloud Storage locations for the inputs. # Optional. The Google Cloud Storage location for the documents. The path can include a wildcard. These URIs may have the forms `gs:///`. `gs:////*.`. "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URIs for the inputs. A URI is of the form: gs://bucket/object-prefix-or-name Whether a prefix or name is used depends on the use case. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index 10cb51dd6a5..7107d912ea7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # The config used by the speech synthesizer to generate the output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], @@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # The config used by the speech synthesizer to generate the output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html index c2e2b875d5c..d801f60d21e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "textToSpeechSettings": { # Settings related to speech synthesizing. # Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. - "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing. + "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified. "a_key": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "textToSpeechSettings": { # Settings related to speech synthesizing. # Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. - "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing. + "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified. "a_key": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "textToSpeechSettings": { # Settings related to speech synthesizing. # Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. - "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing. + "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified. "a_key": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "textToSpeechSettings": { # Settings related to speech synthesizing. # Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. - "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing. + "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified. "a_key": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "textToSpeechSettings": { # Settings related to speech synthesizing. # Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. - "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing. + "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified. "a_key": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "textToSpeechSettings": { # Settings related to speech synthesizing. # Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. - "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing. + "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified. "a_key": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index 0bbd21095ea..c7e3fc0f048 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # The config used by the speech synthesizer to generate the output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], @@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # The config used by the speech synthesizer to generate the output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index 1dd1a734071..89ff29e83a0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # The config used by the speech synthesizer to generate the output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], @@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # The config used by the speech synthesizer to generate the output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html index 04ccddecdd1..6463d7c8127 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.html @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "textToSpeechSettings": { # Settings related to speech synthesizing. # Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. - "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing. + "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified. "a_key": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "textToSpeechSettings": { # Settings related to speech synthesizing. # Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. - "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing. + "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified. "a_key": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "textToSpeechSettings": { # Settings related to speech synthesizing. # Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. - "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing. + "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified. "a_key": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "textToSpeechSettings": { # Settings related to speech synthesizing. # Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. - "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing. + "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified. "a_key": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "textToSpeechSettings": { # Settings related to speech synthesizing. # Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. - "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing. + "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified. "a_key": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "textToSpeechSettings": { # Settings related to speech synthesizing. # Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. - "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing. + "synthesizeSpeechConfigs": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified. "a_key": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index ea866199e58..13077f00106 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # The config used by the speech synthesizer to generate the output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], @@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@

Method Details

"outputAudioConfig": { # Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content. # The config used by the speech synthesizer to generate the output audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content. "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality). - "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. + "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied. "effectsProfileId": [ # Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given. "A String", ], diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json index aaf1733a8ef..4ff7b946b18 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json @@ -8211,7 +8211,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230603", + "revision": "20230618", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { @@ -13375,7 +13375,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "enableAutoReload": { - "description": "Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.", + "description": "Optional. If true, we try to automatically reload the document every day (at a time picked by the system). If false or unspecified, we don't try to automatically reload the document. Currently you can only enable automatic reload for documents sourced from a public url, see `source` field for the source types. Reload status can be tracked in `latest_reload_status`. If a reload fails, we will keep the document unchanged. If a reload fails with internal errors, the system will try to reload the document on the next day. If a reload fails with non-retriable errors (e.g. PERMISSION_DENIED), the system will not try to reload the document anymore. You need to manually reload the document successfully by calling `ReloadDocument` and clear the errors.", "type": "boolean" }, "knowledgeTypes": { @@ -14412,7 +14412,7 @@ }, "gcsSource": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2GcsSources", - "description": "The Google Cloud Storage location for the documents. The path can include a wildcard. These URIs may have the forms `gs:///`. `gs:////*.`." + "description": "Optional. The Google Cloud Storage location for the documents. The path can include a wildcard. These URIs may have the forms `gs:///`. `gs:////*.`." }, "importGcsCustomMetadata": { "description": "Whether to import custom metadata from Google Cloud Storage. Only valid when the document source is Google Cloud Storage URI.", @@ -19245,6 +19245,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse", "description": "SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST." }, + "suggestEntityExtractionResponse": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse", + "description": "SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for ENTITY_EXTRACTION." + }, "suggestFaqAnswersResponse": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestFaqAnswersResponse", "description": "SuggestFaqAnswersResponse if request is for FAQ_ANSWER." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json index b93d16bf105..6d3f918c3b0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json @@ -7579,7 +7579,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230603", + "revision": "20230618", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { @@ -14116,7 +14116,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1BatchCreateMessagesRequest", "properties": { "requests": { - "description": "Required. A maximum of 1000 Messages can be created in a batch. CreateMessageRequest.message.send_time is required. All created messages will have identical Message.create_time.", + "description": "Required. A maximum of 300 messages can be created in a batch. CreateMessageRequest.message.send_time is required. All created messages will have identical Message.create_time.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CreateMessageRequest" }, @@ -15700,7 +15700,7 @@ }, "gcsSource": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1GcsSources", - "description": "The Google Cloud Storage location for the documents. The path can include a wildcard. These URIs may have the forms `gs:///`. `gs:////*.`." + "description": "Optional. The Google Cloud Storage location for the documents. The path can include a wildcard. These URIs may have the forms `gs:///`. `gs:////*.`." }, "importGcsCustomMetadata": { "description": "Whether to import custom metadata from Google Cloud Storage. Only valid when the document source is Google Cloud Storage URI.", @@ -17635,7 +17635,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "obfuscatedExternalUserId": { - "description": "Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for following purposes: 1) Billing and measurement. If user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, dialogflow will know it's the same user. 2) Agent assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters.", + "description": "Optional. Obfuscated user id that should be associated with the created participant. You can specify a user id as follows: 1. If you set this field in CreateParticipantRequest or UpdateParticipantRequest, Dialogflow adds the obfuscated user id with the participant. 2. If you set this field in AnalyzeContent or StreamingAnalyzeContent, Dialogflow will update Participant.obfuscated_external_user_id. Dialogflow uses this user id for billing and measurement. If a user with the same obfuscated_external_user_id is created in a later conversation, Dialogflow will know it's the same user. Dialogflow also uses this user id for Agent Assist suggestion personalization. For example, Dialogflow can use it to provide personalized smart reply suggestions for this user. Note: * Please never pass raw user ids to Dialogflow. Always obfuscate your user id first. * Dialogflow only accepts a UTF-8 encoded string, e.g., a hex digest of a hash function like SHA-512. * The length of the user id must be <= 256 characters.", "type": "string" }, "role": { @@ -18622,6 +18622,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse", "description": "SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST." }, + "suggestEntityExtractionResponse": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse", + "description": "SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for ENTITY_EXTRACTION." + }, "suggestFaqAnswersResponse": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestFaqAnswersResponse", "description": "SuggestFaqAnswersResponse if request is for FAQ_ANSWER." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json index 0aac4d74d7a..7926b38a0f3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json @@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230603", + "revision": "20230618", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -6203,7 +6203,7 @@ }, "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SynthesizeSpeechConfig", - "description": "Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized." + "description": "Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied." } }, "type": "object" @@ -7324,7 +7324,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SynthesizeSpeechConfig" }, - "description": "Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing.", + "description": "Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -14368,6 +14368,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse", "description": "SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST." }, + "suggestEntityExtractionResponse": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse", + "description": "SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for ENTITY_EXTRACTION." + }, "suggestFaqAnswersResponse": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestFaqAnswersResponse", "description": "SuggestFaqAnswersResponse if request is for FAQ_ANSWER." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json index 170ea29fc61..3a6550533dd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json @@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230603", + "revision": "20230618", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { @@ -8129,7 +8129,7 @@ }, "synthesizeSpeechConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1SynthesizeSpeechConfig", - "description": "Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized." + "description": "Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied." } }, "type": "object" @@ -9250,7 +9250,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1SynthesizeSpeechConfig" }, - "description": "Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The synthesize configuration used in [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway). - You no longer need to specify OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config when invoking API calls. Your agent will use the pre-configured options for speech synthesizing.", + "description": "Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -14368,6 +14368,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse", "description": "SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST." }, + "suggestEntityExtractionResponse": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse", + "description": "SuggestDialogflowAssistsResponse if request is for ENTITY_EXTRACTION." + }, "suggestFaqAnswersResponse": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SuggestFaqAnswersResponse", "description": "SuggestFaqAnswersResponse if request is for FAQ_ANSWER." From b52815e9ba7e3f184485ca98fda2cb5ed4521fa4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 26/53] feat(displayvideo): update the api #### displayvideo:v1 The following keys were deleted: - schemas.InventorySource.properties.subSitePropertyId (Total Keys: 2) #### displayvideo:v2 The following keys were deleted: - schemas.InventorySource.properties.subSitePropertyId (Total Keys: 2) --- ...displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html | 8 ++--- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 16 +++++----- docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html | 24 +++++++------- ...yvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html | 10 +++--- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 16 +++++----- ...displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html | 28 ++++++++-------- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 32 +++++++++---------- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 32 +++++++++---------- .../dyn/displayvideo_v1.inventorySources.html | 6 ---- docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html | 16 +++++----- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 32 +++++++++---------- ...displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.html | 8 ++--- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 16 +++++----- docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html | 24 +++++++------- ...yvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html | 10 +++--- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 32 +++++++++---------- ...displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html | 20 ++++++------ ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 32 +++++++++---------- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 32 +++++++++---------- ...yvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html | 8 ++--- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 16 +++++----- .../dyn/displayvideo_v2.inventorySources.html | 6 ---- docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html | 16 +++++----- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 32 +++++++++---------- .../documents/displayvideo.v1.json | 29 +++++++---------- .../documents/displayvideo.v2.json | 29 +++++++---------- 26 files changed, 254 insertions(+), 276 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html index 2eccda400f7..70185463865 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 4578a26cefa..0795ecc7552 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html index f9872b71cd3..fe9713be99d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -900,7 +900,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html index 7489d6c34e8..7b376484a61 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@

Method Details

Args: advertiserId: string, Required. The ID of the advertiser to list insertion orders for. (required) - filter: string, Allows filtering by insertion order fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` (input in the form of `YYYY-MM-DD`) **Deprecated. Not available after June 8, 2023** * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) Examples: * All insertion orders under a campaign: `campaignId="1234"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` insertion orders under an advertiser: `(entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE" OR entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED")` * All insertion orders with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` * All insertion orders with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information. + filter: string, Allows filtering by insertion order fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` (input in the form of `YYYY-MM-DD`) * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) Examples: * All insertion orders under a campaign: `campaignId="1234"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` insertion orders under an advertiser: `(entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE" OR entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED")` * All insertion orders with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` * All insertion orders with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information. orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * "displayName" (default) * "entityStatus" * "updateTime" The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`. pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `100`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified. pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to `ListInsertionOrders` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index f9cc1fb5d2f..19a0f129f4f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html index 84f6b159d1c..5324dde3eb8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1632,8 +1632,8 @@

Method Details

Args: advertiserId: string, Required. The ID of the advertiser to list line items for. (required) - filter: string, Allows filtering by line item fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `flight.dateRange.endDate` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * The `warningMessages` field must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` (input formatted as `YYYY-MM-DD`) **Deprecated. Not available after June 8, 2023** * `flight.triggerId` * `insertionOrderId` * `lineItemId` * `lineItemType` * `targetedChannelId` * `targetedNegativeKeywordListId` * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) * `warningMessages` Examples: * All line items under an insertion order: `insertionOrderId="1234"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` line items under an advertiser: `(entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE" OR entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED") AND lineItemType="LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT"` * All line items whose flight dates end before March 28, 2019: `flight.dateRange.endDate<"2019-03-28"` * All line items that have `NO_VALID_CREATIVE` in `warningMessages`: `warningMessages:"NO_VALID_CREATIVE"` * All line items with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` * All line items with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` * All line items that are using both the specified channel and specified negative keyword list in their targeting: `targetedNegativeKeywordListId=789 AND targetedChannelId=12345` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information. - orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `displayName` (default) * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` **Deprecated. Not available after June 8, 2023** * `updateTime` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`. + filter: string, Allows filtering by line item fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `flight.dateRange.endDate` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * The `warningMessages` field must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` (input formatted as `YYYY-MM-DD`) * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `flight.triggerId` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `insertionOrderId` * `lineItemId` * `lineItemType` * `targetedChannelId` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `targetedNegativeKeywordListId` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) * `warningMessages` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** Examples: * All line items under an insertion order: `insertionOrderId="1234"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` line items under an advertiser: `(entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE" OR entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED") AND lineItemType="LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT"` * All line items with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` * All line items with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information. + orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `displayName` (default) * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `updateTime` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`. pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `200`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified. pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to `ListLineItems` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index a59fc54ea85..b9aabc56bef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -948,7 +948,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index f7f0bb1381b..40c73ab89a5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -916,7 +916,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.inventorySources.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.inventorySources.html index 5dcc6380a06..3b99ed72143 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.inventorySources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.inventorySources.html @@ -172,7 +172,6 @@

Method Details

"sellerPauseReason": "A String", # Output only. The seller-provided reason for pausing this inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers and when seller_status is set to `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. "sellerStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status set by the seller for the inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers. Acceptable values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. }, - "subSitePropertyId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source. "timeRange": { # A time range. # The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The upper bound of a time range, inclusive. "startTime": "A String", # Required. The lower bound of a time range, inclusive. @@ -253,7 +252,6 @@

Method Details

"sellerPauseReason": "A String", # Output only. The seller-provided reason for pausing this inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers and when seller_status is set to `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. "sellerStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status set by the seller for the inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers. Acceptable values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. }, - "subSitePropertyId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source. "timeRange": { # A time range. # The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The upper bound of a time range, inclusive. "startTime": "A String", # Required. The lower bound of a time range, inclusive. @@ -382,7 +380,6 @@

Method Details

"sellerPauseReason": "A String", # Output only. The seller-provided reason for pausing this inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers and when seller_status is set to `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. "sellerStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status set by the seller for the inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers. Acceptable values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. }, - "subSitePropertyId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source. "timeRange": { # A time range. # The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The upper bound of a time range, inclusive. "startTime": "A String", # Required. The lower bound of a time range, inclusive. @@ -475,7 +472,6 @@

Method Details

"sellerPauseReason": "A String", # Output only. The seller-provided reason for pausing this inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers and when seller_status is set to `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. "sellerStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status set by the seller for the inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers. Acceptable values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. }, - "subSitePropertyId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source. "timeRange": { # A time range. # The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The upper bound of a time range, inclusive. "startTime": "A String", # Required. The lower bound of a time range, inclusive. @@ -573,7 +569,6 @@

Method Details

"sellerPauseReason": "A String", # Output only. The seller-provided reason for pausing this inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers and when seller_status is set to `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. "sellerStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status set by the seller for the inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers. Acceptable values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. }, - "subSitePropertyId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source. "timeRange": { # A time range. # The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The upper bound of a time range, inclusive. "startTime": "A String", # Required. The lower bound of a time range, inclusive. @@ -655,7 +650,6 @@

Method Details

"sellerPauseReason": "A String", # Output only. The seller-provided reason for pausing this inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers and when seller_status is set to `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. "sellerStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status set by the seller for the inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers. Acceptable values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. }, - "subSitePropertyId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source. "timeRange": { # A time range. # The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The upper bound of a time range, inclusive. "startTime": "A String", # Required. The lower bound of a time range, inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html index 4560f11296a..964610e2fd5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 968879e9536..a392ec10aab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -916,7 +916,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@

Method Details

}, "assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.html index 69da9eb14a3..9b2520ed75f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.html @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 163cebe7023..7520de21bff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html index c502ef0254a..a8b58571e70 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html index 7768d325562..abedb3f0418 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@

Method Details

Args: advertiserId: string, Required. The ID of the advertiser to list insertion orders for. (required) - filter: string, Allows filtering by insertion order fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` (input in the form of `YYYY-MM-DD`) **Deprecated. Not available after June 8, 2023** * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) Examples: * All insertion orders under a campaign: `campaignId="1234"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` insertion orders under an advertiser: `(entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE" OR entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED")` * All insertion orders with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` * All insertion orders with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information. + filter: string, Allows filtering by insertion order fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` (input in the form of `YYYY-MM-DD`) * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) Examples: * All insertion orders under a campaign: `campaignId="1234"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` insertion orders under an advertiser: `(entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE" OR entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED")` * All insertion orders with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` * All insertion orders with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information. orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * "displayName" (default) * "entityStatus" * "updateTime" The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`. pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `100`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified. pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to `ListInsertionOrders` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned. @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 80074c4f57e..b6243e2f5f3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -926,7 +926,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html index f1c5935abb2..aa74c230347 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1864,8 +1864,8 @@

Method Details

Args: advertiserId: string, Required. The ID of the advertiser to list line items for. (required) - filter: string, Allows filtering by line item fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `flight.dateRange.endDate` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * The `warningMessages` field must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` (input formatted as `YYYY-MM-DD`) **Deprecated. Not available after June 8, 2023** * `flight.triggerId` * `insertionOrderId` * `lineItemId` * `lineItemType` * `targetedChannelId` * `targetedNegativeKeywordListId` * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) * `warningMessages` Examples: * All line items under an insertion order: `insertionOrderId="1234"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` line items under an advertiser: `(entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE" OR entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED") AND lineItemType="LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT"` * All line items whose flight dates end before March 28, 2019: `flight.dateRange.endDate<"2019-03-28"` * All line items that have `NO_VALID_CREATIVE` in `warningMessages`: `warningMessages:"NO_VALID_CREATIVE"` * All line items with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` * All line items with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` * All line items that are using both the specified channel and specified negative keyword list in their targeting: `targetedNegativeKeywordListId=789 AND targetedChannelId=12345` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information. - orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `displayName` (default) * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` **Deprecated. Not available after June 8, 2023** * `updateTime` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`. + filter: string, Allows filtering by line item fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `flight.dateRange.endDate` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * The `warningMessages` field must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` (input formatted as `YYYY-MM-DD`) * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `flight.triggerId` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `insertionOrderId` * `lineItemId` * `lineItemType` * `targetedChannelId` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `targetedNegativeKeywordListId` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) * `warningMessages` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** Examples: * All line items under an insertion order: `insertionOrderId="1234"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` line items under an advertiser: `(entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE" OR entityStatus="ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED") AND lineItemType="LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT"` * All line items with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` * All line items with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>="2020-11-04T18:54:47Z"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information. + orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `displayName` (default) * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `updateTime` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`. pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `200`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified. pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to `ListLineItems` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 0ae030ea301..1a907052b82 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -926,7 +926,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 25cf6a0933b..85ed50359f7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html index 2e8f958a5f4..86d80b4da07 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 86936946427..3dd5e517b0c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.inventorySources.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.inventorySources.html index 9a768f6f40d..353966dacde 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.inventorySources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.inventorySources.html @@ -172,7 +172,6 @@

Method Details

"sellerPauseReason": "A String", # Output only. The seller-provided reason for pausing this inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers and when seller_status is set to `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. "sellerStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status set by the seller for the inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers. Acceptable values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. }, - "subSitePropertyId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source. "timeRange": { # A time range. # The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The upper bound of a time range, inclusive. "startTime": "A String", # Required. The lower bound of a time range, inclusive. @@ -253,7 +252,6 @@

Method Details

"sellerPauseReason": "A String", # Output only. The seller-provided reason for pausing this inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers and when seller_status is set to `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. "sellerStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status set by the seller for the inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers. Acceptable values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. }, - "subSitePropertyId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source. "timeRange": { # A time range. # The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The upper bound of a time range, inclusive. "startTime": "A String", # Required. The lower bound of a time range, inclusive. @@ -382,7 +380,6 @@

Method Details

"sellerPauseReason": "A String", # Output only. The seller-provided reason for pausing this inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers and when seller_status is set to `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. "sellerStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status set by the seller for the inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers. Acceptable values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. }, - "subSitePropertyId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source. "timeRange": { # A time range. # The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The upper bound of a time range, inclusive. "startTime": "A String", # Required. The lower bound of a time range, inclusive. @@ -475,7 +472,6 @@

Method Details

"sellerPauseReason": "A String", # Output only. The seller-provided reason for pausing this inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers and when seller_status is set to `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. "sellerStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status set by the seller for the inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers. Acceptable values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. }, - "subSitePropertyId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source. "timeRange": { # A time range. # The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The upper bound of a time range, inclusive. "startTime": "A String", # Required. The lower bound of a time range, inclusive. @@ -573,7 +569,6 @@

Method Details

"sellerPauseReason": "A String", # Output only. The seller-provided reason for pausing this inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers and when seller_status is set to `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. "sellerStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status set by the seller for the inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers. Acceptable values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. }, - "subSitePropertyId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source. "timeRange": { # A time range. # The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The upper bound of a time range, inclusive. "startTime": "A String", # Required. The lower bound of a time range, inclusive. @@ -655,7 +650,6 @@

Method Details

"sellerPauseReason": "A String", # Output only. The seller-provided reason for pausing this inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers and when seller_status is set to `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. "sellerStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status set by the seller for the inventory source. Only applicable for inventory sources synced directly from the publishers. Acceptable values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED`. }, - "subSitePropertyId": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source. "timeRange": { # A time range. # The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The upper bound of a time range, inclusive. "startTime": "A String", # Required. The lower bound of a time range, inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html index a100f659d97..6d80cc3c33a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index fa7154f1cee..fc3acec49fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@

Method Details

"assignedTargetingOptionId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the assigned targeting option. The ID is only unique within a given resource and targeting type. It may be reused in other contexts. "assignedTargetingOptionIdAlias": "A String", # Output only. An alias for the assigned_targeting_option_id. This value can be used in place of `assignedTargetingOptionId` when retrieving or deleting existing targeting. This field will only be supported for all assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_AGE_RANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_DIGITAL_CONTENT_LABEL_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT` * `TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_GENDER` * `TARGETING_TYPE_HOUSEHOLD_INCOME` * `TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_OMID` * `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS` * `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE` * `TARGETING_TYPE_VIEWABILITY` This field is also supported for line item assigned targeting options of the following targeting types: * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_INSTREAM_POSITION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_CONTENT_OUTSTREAM_POSITION` "audienceGroupDetails": { # Assigned audience group targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. The relation between each group is UNION, except for excluded_first_and_third_party_audience_group and excluded_google_audience_group, of which COMPLEMENT is used as an INTERSECTION with other groups. # Audience targeting details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_AUDIENCE_GROUP`. You can only target one audience group option per resource. - "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Required. First and third party audience id of the first and third party audience targeting setting. This id is first_and_third_party_audience_id. @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information. + "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": [ # The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. { # Details of first and third party audience group. All first and third party audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. "settings": [ # Required. All first and third party audience targeting settings in first and third party audience group. Repeated settings with same id are not allowed. { # Details of first and third party audience targeting setting. @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information. + "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { # Details of Google audience group. All Google audience targeting settings are logically ‘OR’ of each other. # The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. "settings": [ # Required. All Google audience targeting settings in Google audience group. Repeated settings with same id will be ignored. { # Details of Google audience targeting setting. "googleAudienceId": "A String", # Required. Google audience id of the Google audience targeting setting. This id is google_audience_id. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json index 1b8f4001430..b39aa020de4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json @@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "filter": { - "description": "Allows filtering by insertion order fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` (input in the form of `YYYY-MM-DD`) **Deprecated. Not available after June 8, 2023** * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) Examples: * All insertion orders under a campaign: `campaignId=\"1234\"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` insertion orders under an advertiser: `(entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE\" OR entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED\")` * All insertion orders with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` * All insertion orders with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", + "description": "Allows filtering by insertion order fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` (input in the form of `YYYY-MM-DD`) * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) Examples: * All insertion orders under a campaign: `campaignId=\"1234\"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` insertion orders under an advertiser: `(entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE\" OR entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED\")` * All insertion orders with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` * All insertion orders with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2503,12 +2503,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "filter": { - "description": "Allows filtering by line item fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `flight.dateRange.endDate` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * The `warningMessages` field must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` (input formatted as `YYYY-MM-DD`) **Deprecated. Not available after June 8, 2023** * `flight.triggerId` * `insertionOrderId` * `lineItemId` * `lineItemType` * `targetedChannelId` * `targetedNegativeKeywordListId` * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) * `warningMessages` Examples: * All line items under an insertion order: `insertionOrderId=\"1234\"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` line items under an advertiser: `(entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE\" OR entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED\") AND lineItemType=\"LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT\"` * All line items whose flight dates end before March 28, 2019: `flight.dateRange.endDate<\"2019-03-28\"` * All line items that have `NO_VALID_CREATIVE` in `warningMessages`: `warningMessages:\"NO_VALID_CREATIVE\"` * All line items with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` * All line items with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` * All line items that are using both the specified channel and specified negative keyword list in their targeting: `targetedNegativeKeywordListId=789 AND targetedChannelId=12345` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", + "description": "Allows filtering by line item fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `flight.dateRange.endDate` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * The `warningMessages` field must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` (input formatted as `YYYY-MM-DD`) * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `flight.triggerId` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `insertionOrderId` * `lineItemId` * `lineItemType` * `targetedChannelId` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `targetedNegativeKeywordListId` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) * `warningMessages` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** Examples: * All line items under an insertion order: `insertionOrderId=\"1234\"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` line items under an advertiser: `(entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE\" OR entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED\") AND lineItemType=\"LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT\"` * All line items with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` * All line items with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { - "description": "Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `displayName` (default) * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` **Deprecated. Not available after June 8, 2023** * `updateTime` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix \"desc\" should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`.", + "description": "Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `displayName` (default) * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `updateTime` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix \"desc\" should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -8146,7 +8146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230601", + "revision": "20230615", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { @@ -9120,11 +9120,11 @@ "properties": { "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { "$ref": "FirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup", - "description": "The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically \u2018OR\u2019 of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information." + "description": "The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically \u2018OR\u2019 of each other." }, "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { "$ref": "GoogleAudienceGroup", - "description": "The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically \u2018OR\u2019 of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information." + "description": "The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically \u2018OR\u2019 of each other." }, "includedCombinedAudienceGroup": { "$ref": "CombinedAudienceGroup", @@ -9135,7 +9135,7 @@ "description": "The custom list ids of the included custom list group. Contains custom list ids only." }, "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": { - "description": "The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information.", + "description": "The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored.", "items": { "$ref": "FirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup" }, @@ -9143,7 +9143,7 @@ }, "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { "$ref": "GoogleAudienceGroup", - "description": "The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information." + "description": "The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only." } }, "type": "object" @@ -13119,8 +13119,8 @@ "Audience was generated through matching customers to known contact information.", "Audience was generated through matching customers to known Mobile device IDs.", "Audience was generated through matching customers to known User IDs.", - "Audience was created based on campaign activity. **Warning:** This audience type will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information.", - "Audience was created based on excluding the number of impressions they were served. **Warning:** This audience type will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information.", + "Audience was created based on campaign activity.", + "Audience was created based on excluding the number of impressions they were served.", "Audience was created based on custom variables attached to pixel.", "Audience was created based on past interactions with videos, YouTube ads, or YouTube channel.", "Subtype of third party audience type." @@ -13719,8 +13719,8 @@ "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown.", "Affinity type Google audience.", "In-Market type Google audience.", - "Installed-Apps type Google audience. **Warning:** This audience type will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information.", - "New-Mobile-Devices type Google audience. **Warning:** This audience type will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information.", + "Installed-Apps type Google audience.", + "New-Mobile-Devices type Google audience.", "Life-Event type Google audience.", "Extended-Demographic type Google audience." ], @@ -14894,11 +14894,6 @@ "$ref": "InventorySourceStatus", "description": "The status settings of the inventory source." }, - "subSitePropertyId": { - "description": "Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source.", - "format": "int64", - "type": "string" - }, "timeRange": { "$ref": "TimeRange", "description": "The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json index 6ef237f2522..1f26e1460e8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json @@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "filter": { - "description": "Allows filtering by insertion order fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` (input in the form of `YYYY-MM-DD`) **Deprecated. Not available after June 8, 2023** * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) Examples: * All insertion orders under a campaign: `campaignId=\"1234\"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` insertion orders under an advertiser: `(entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE\" OR entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED\")` * All insertion orders with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` * All insertion orders with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", + "description": "Allows filtering by insertion order fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` (input in the form of `YYYY-MM-DD`) * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) Examples: * All insertion orders under a campaign: `campaignId=\"1234\"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` insertion orders under an advertiser: `(entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE\" OR entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED\")` * All insertion orders with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` * All insertion orders with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2884,12 +2884,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "filter": { - "description": "Allows filtering by line item fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `flight.dateRange.endDate` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * The `warningMessages` field must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` (input formatted as `YYYY-MM-DD`) **Deprecated. Not available after June 8, 2023** * `flight.triggerId` * `insertionOrderId` * `lineItemId` * `lineItemType` * `targetedChannelId` * `targetedNegativeKeywordListId` * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) * `warningMessages` Examples: * All line items under an insertion order: `insertionOrderId=\"1234\"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` line items under an advertiser: `(entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE\" OR entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED\") AND lineItemType=\"LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT\"` * All line items whose flight dates end before March 28, 2019: `flight.dateRange.endDate<\"2019-03-28\"` * All line items that have `NO_VALID_CREATIVE` in `warningMessages`: `warningMessages:\"NO_VALID_CREATIVE\"` * All line items with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` * All line items with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` * All line items that are using both the specified channel and specified negative keyword list in their targeting: `targetedNegativeKeywordListId=789 AND targetedChannelId=12345` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", + "description": "Allows filtering by line item fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `flight.dateRange.endDate` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `updateTime` field must use the `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` or `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` operators. * The `warningMessages` field must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `campaignId` * `displayName` * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` (input formatted as `YYYY-MM-DD`) * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `flight.triggerId` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `insertionOrderId` * `lineItemId` * `lineItemType` * `targetedChannelId` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `targetedNegativeKeywordListId` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `updateTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) * `warningMessages` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** Examples: * All line items under an insertion order: `insertionOrderId=\"1234\"` * All `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` or `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` line items under an advertiser: `(entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE\" OR entityStatus=\"ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED\") AND lineItemType=\"LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT\"` * All line items with an update time less than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime<=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` * All line items with an update time greater than or equal to 2020-11-04T18:54:47Z (format of ISO 8601): `updateTime>=\"2020-11-04T18:54:47Z\"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { - "description": "Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `displayName` (default) * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` **Deprecated. Not available after June 8, 2023** * `updateTime` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix \"desc\" should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`.", + "description": "Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `displayName` (default) * `entityStatus` * `flight.dateRange.endDate` * **Deprecated. Not available after June 21, 2023** * `updateTime` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix \"desc\" should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -9172,7 +9172,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230601", + "revision": "20230615", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { @@ -10250,11 +10250,11 @@ "properties": { "excludedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup": { "$ref": "FirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup", - "description": "The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically \u2018OR\u2019 of each other. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information." + "description": "The first and third party audience ids and recencies of the excluded first and third party audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. All items are logically \u2018OR\u2019 of each other." }, "excludedGoogleAudienceGroup": { "$ref": "GoogleAudienceGroup", - "description": "The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically \u2018OR\u2019 of each other. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information." + "description": "The Google audience ids of the excluded Google audience group. Used for negative targeting. The COMPLEMENT of the UNION of this group and other excluded audience groups is used as an INTERSECTION to any positive audience targeting. Only contains Affinity, In-market and Installed-apps type Google audiences. All items are logically \u2018OR\u2019 of each other." }, "includedCombinedAudienceGroup": { "$ref": "CombinedAudienceGroup", @@ -10265,7 +10265,7 @@ "description": "The custom list ids of the included custom list group. Contains custom list ids only." }, "includedFirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroups": { - "description": "The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored. **Warning:** `ACTIVITY_BASED` and `FREQUENCY_CAP` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information.", + "description": "The first and third party audience ids and recencies of included first and third party audience groups. Each first and third party audience group contains first and third party audience ids only. The relation between each first and third party audience group is INTERSECTION, and the result is UNION'ed with other audience groups. Repeated groups with same settings will be ignored.", "items": { "$ref": "FirstAndThirdPartyAudienceGroup" }, @@ -10273,7 +10273,7 @@ }, "includedGoogleAudienceGroup": { "$ref": "GoogleAudienceGroup", - "description": "The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only. **Warning:** `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS` and `GOOGLE_AUDIENCE_TYPE_NEW_MOBILE_DEVICES` audience types will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information." + "description": "The Google audience ids of the included Google audience group. Contains Google audience ids only." } }, "type": "object" @@ -14639,8 +14639,8 @@ "Audience was generated through matching customers to known contact information.", "Audience was generated through matching customers to known Mobile device IDs.", "Audience was generated through matching customers to known User IDs.", - "Audience was created based on campaign activity. **Warning:** This audience type will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information.", - "Audience was created based on excluding the number of impressions they were served. **Warning:** This audience type will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.first_and_third_party_audience_types) for more information.", + "Audience was created based on campaign activity.", + "Audience was created based on excluding the number of impressions they were served.", "Audience was created based on custom variables attached to pixel.", "Audience was created based on past interactions with videos, YouTube ads, or YouTube channel.", "Subtype of third party audience type." @@ -15260,8 +15260,8 @@ "Default value when type is not specified or is unknown.", "Affinity type Google audience.", "In-Market type Google audience.", - "Installed-Apps type Google audience. **Warning:** This audience type will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information.", - "New-Mobile-Devices type Google audience. **Warning:** This audience type will be deprecated on **May 20, 2023**. After this date, these audiences will not be able to be added to resource targeting. Read our [feature deprecation announcement](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.google_audience_types) for more information.", + "Installed-Apps type Google audience.", + "New-Mobile-Devices type Google audience.", "Life-Event type Google audience.", "Extended-Demographic type Google audience." ], @@ -16473,11 +16473,6 @@ "$ref": "InventorySourceStatus", "description": "The status settings of the inventory source." }, - "subSitePropertyId": { - "description": "Immutable. The unique ID of the sub-site property assigned to this inventory source.", - "format": "int64", - "type": "string" - }, "timeRange": { "$ref": "TimeRange", "description": "The time range when this inventory source starts and stops serving." From 0546756939326791dcd9ca4a2a88b8e1acff17a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 27/53] feat(essentialcontacts): update the api #### essentialcontacts:v1 The following keys were deleted: - resources.folders.resources.contacts.methods.compute.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.folders.resources.contacts.methods.create.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.folders.resources.contacts.methods.delete.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.folders.resources.contacts.methods.get.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.folders.resources.contacts.methods.list.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.folders.resources.contacts.methods.patch.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.folders.resources.contacts.methods.sendTestMessage.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.organizations.resources.contacts.methods.compute.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.organizations.resources.contacts.methods.create.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.organizations.resources.contacts.methods.delete.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.organizations.resources.contacts.methods.get.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.organizations.resources.contacts.methods.list.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.organizations.resources.contacts.methods.patch.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.organizations.resources.contacts.methods.sendTestMessage.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.contacts.methods.compute.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.contacts.methods.create.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.contacts.methods.delete.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.contacts.methods.get.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.contacts.methods.list.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.contacts.methods.patch.scopes (Total Keys: 1) - resources.projects.resources.contacts.methods.sendTestMessage.scopes (Total Keys: 1) --- .../documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json | 116 ++++-------------- 1 file changed, 22 insertions(+), 94 deletions(-) diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json index 12ae27fff03..067955a3bfa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json @@ -1,13 +1,4 @@ { - "auth": { - "oauth2": { - "scopes": { - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { - "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." - } - } - } - }, "basePath": "", "baseUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/", "batchPath": "batch", @@ -168,10 +159,7 @@ "path": "v1/{+parent}/contacts:compute", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "create": { "description": "Adds a new contact for a resource.", @@ -196,10 +184,7 @@ }, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1Contact" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes a contact.", @@ -221,10 +206,7 @@ "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "get": { "description": "Gets a single contact.", @@ -246,10 +228,7 @@ "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1Contact" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "list": { "description": "Lists the contacts that have been set on a resource.", @@ -282,10 +261,7 @@ "path": "v1/{+parent}/contacts", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ListContactsResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "patch": { "description": "Updates a contact. Note: A contact's email address cannot be changed.", @@ -316,10 +292,7 @@ }, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1Contact" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "sendTestMessage": { "description": "Allows a contact admin to send a test message to contact to verify that it has been configured correctly.", @@ -344,10 +317,7 @@ }, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } } } } @@ -416,10 +386,7 @@ "path": "v1/{+parent}/contacts:compute", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "create": { "description": "Adds a new contact for a resource.", @@ -444,10 +411,7 @@ }, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1Contact" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes a contact.", @@ -469,10 +433,7 @@ "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "get": { "description": "Gets a single contact.", @@ -494,10 +455,7 @@ "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1Contact" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "list": { "description": "Lists the contacts that have been set on a resource.", @@ -530,10 +488,7 @@ "path": "v1/{+parent}/contacts", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ListContactsResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "patch": { "description": "Updates a contact. Note: A contact's email address cannot be changed.", @@ -564,10 +519,7 @@ }, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1Contact" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "sendTestMessage": { "description": "Allows a contact admin to send a test message to contact to verify that it has been configured correctly.", @@ -592,10 +544,7 @@ }, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } } } } @@ -664,10 +613,7 @@ "path": "v1/{+parent}/contacts:compute", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "create": { "description": "Adds a new contact for a resource.", @@ -692,10 +638,7 @@ }, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1Contact" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "delete": { "description": "Deletes a contact.", @@ -717,10 +660,7 @@ "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "get": { "description": "Gets a single contact.", @@ -742,10 +682,7 @@ "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1Contact" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "list": { "description": "Lists the contacts that have been set on a resource.", @@ -778,10 +715,7 @@ "path": "v1/{+parent}/contacts", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ListContactsResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "patch": { "description": "Updates a contact. Note: A contact's email address cannot be changed.", @@ -812,10 +746,7 @@ }, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1Contact" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } }, "sendTestMessage": { "description": "Allows a contact admin to send a test message to contact to verify that it has been configured correctly.", @@ -840,17 +771,14 @@ }, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + } } } } } } }, - "revision": "20230603", + "revision": "20230618", "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": { From fc418851500124bc3f45c18fd53e43a019307204 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 28/53] feat(eventarc): update the api #### eventarc:v1 The following keys were added: - schemas.Destination.properties.httpEndpoint.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.HttpEndpoint (Total Keys: 4) --- ...entarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html | 16 ++++++++++++++ .../documents/eventarc.v1.json | 21 ++++++++++++++++++- .../documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json | 2 +- 3 files changed, 37 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html index 5fbdf3e2c4d..2bdcaba7511 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html @@ -142,6 +142,10 @@

Method Details

"path": "A String", # Optional. The relative path on the GKE service the events should be sent to. The value must conform to the definition of a URI path segment (section 3.3 of RFC2396). Examples: "/route", "route", "route/subroute". "service": "A String", # Required. Name of the GKE service. }, + "httpEndpoint": { # Represents a HTTP endpoint destination. # An HTTP endpoint destination described by an URI. + "forwardDnsRequests": True or False, # Optional. Forwards DNS requests to the VPC specified by network config to resolve the HTTP endpoint. Default to false. If set to true, Eventarc will create a peering zone to the consumer VPC and forward DNS requests. See: https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/zones/zones-overview#peering_zones Enable this if the URI uses an internal DNS name or a private Cloud DNS zone. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the HTTP enpdoint. The value must be a RFC2396 URI string. Examples: `http://10.10.10.8:80/route`, `http://svc.us-central1.p.local:8080/`. Only HTTP and HTTPS protocols are supported. The host can be either a static IP addressable from the VPC specified by the network config, or an internal DNS hostname of the service resolvable via Cloud DNS. + }, "workflow": "A String", # The resource name of the Workflow whose Executions are triggered by the events. The Workflow resource should be deployed in the same project as the trigger. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}` }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and might be sent only on create requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. @@ -274,6 +278,10 @@

Method Details

"path": "A String", # Optional. The relative path on the GKE service the events should be sent to. The value must conform to the definition of a URI path segment (section 3.3 of RFC2396). Examples: "/route", "route", "route/subroute". "service": "A String", # Required. Name of the GKE service. }, + "httpEndpoint": { # Represents a HTTP endpoint destination. # An HTTP endpoint destination described by an URI. + "forwardDnsRequests": True or False, # Optional. Forwards DNS requests to the VPC specified by network config to resolve the HTTP endpoint. Default to false. If set to true, Eventarc will create a peering zone to the consumer VPC and forward DNS requests. See: https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/zones/zones-overview#peering_zones Enable this if the URI uses an internal DNS name or a private Cloud DNS zone. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the HTTP enpdoint. The value must be a RFC2396 URI string. Examples: `http://10.10.10.8:80/route`, `http://svc.us-central1.p.local:8080/`. Only HTTP and HTTPS protocols are supported. The host can be either a static IP addressable from the VPC specified by the network config, or an internal DNS hostname of the service resolvable via Cloud DNS. + }, "workflow": "A String", # The resource name of the Workflow whose Executions are triggered by the events. The Workflow resource should be deployed in the same project as the trigger. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}` }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and might be sent only on create requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. @@ -393,6 +401,10 @@

Method Details

"path": "A String", # Optional. The relative path on the GKE service the events should be sent to. The value must conform to the definition of a URI path segment (section 3.3 of RFC2396). Examples: "/route", "route", "route/subroute". "service": "A String", # Required. Name of the GKE service. }, + "httpEndpoint": { # Represents a HTTP endpoint destination. # An HTTP endpoint destination described by an URI. + "forwardDnsRequests": True or False, # Optional. Forwards DNS requests to the VPC specified by network config to resolve the HTTP endpoint. Default to false. If set to true, Eventarc will create a peering zone to the consumer VPC and forward DNS requests. See: https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/zones/zones-overview#peering_zones Enable this if the URI uses an internal DNS name or a private Cloud DNS zone. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the HTTP enpdoint. The value must be a RFC2396 URI string. Examples: `http://10.10.10.8:80/route`, `http://svc.us-central1.p.local:8080/`. Only HTTP and HTTPS protocols are supported. The host can be either a static IP addressable from the VPC specified by the network config, or an internal DNS hostname of the service resolvable via Cloud DNS. + }, "workflow": "A String", # The resource name of the Workflow whose Executions are triggered by the events. The Workflow resource should be deployed in the same project as the trigger. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}` }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and might be sent only on create requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. @@ -471,6 +483,10 @@

Method Details

"path": "A String", # Optional. The relative path on the GKE service the events should be sent to. The value must conform to the definition of a URI path segment (section 3.3 of RFC2396). Examples: "/route", "route", "route/subroute". "service": "A String", # Required. Name of the GKE service. }, + "httpEndpoint": { # Represents a HTTP endpoint destination. # An HTTP endpoint destination described by an URI. + "forwardDnsRequests": True or False, # Optional. Forwards DNS requests to the VPC specified by network config to resolve the HTTP endpoint. Default to false. If set to true, Eventarc will create a peering zone to the consumer VPC and forward DNS requests. See: https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/zones/zones-overview#peering_zones Enable this if the URI uses an internal DNS name or a private Cloud DNS zone. + "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the HTTP enpdoint. The value must be a RFC2396 URI string. Examples: `http://10.10.10.8:80/route`, `http://svc.us-central1.p.local:8080/`. Only HTTP and HTTPS protocols are supported. The host can be either a static IP addressable from the VPC specified by the network config, or an internal DNS hostname of the service resolvable via Cloud DNS. + }, "workflow": "A String", # The resource name of the Workflow whose Executions are triggered by the events. The Workflow resource should be deployed in the same project as the trigger. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}` }, "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and might be sent only on create requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json index 1ad0d9a998c..dcb57fa9b9a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230526", + "revision": "20230609", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1404,6 +1404,10 @@ "$ref": "GKE", "description": "A GKE service capable of receiving events. The service should be running in the same project as the trigger." }, + "httpEndpoint": { + "$ref": "HttpEndpoint", + "description": "An HTTP endpoint destination described by an URI." + }, "workflow": { "description": "The resource name of the Workflow whose Executions are triggered by the events. The Workflow resource should be deployed in the same project as the trigger. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}`", "type": "string" @@ -1650,6 +1654,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "HttpEndpoint": { + "description": "Represents a HTTP endpoint destination.", + "id": "HttpEndpoint", + "properties": { + "forwardDnsRequests": { + "description": "Optional. Forwards DNS requests to the VPC specified by network config to resolve the HTTP endpoint. Default to false. If set to true, Eventarc will create a peering zone to the consumer VPC and forward DNS requests. See: https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/zones/zones-overview#peering_zones Enable this if the URI uses an internal DNS name or a private Cloud DNS zone.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "uri": { + "description": "Required. The URI of the HTTP enpdoint. The value must be a RFC2396 URI string. Examples: `http://10.10.10.8:80/route`, `http://svc.us-central1.p.local:8080/`. Only HTTP and HTTPS protocols are supported. The host can be either a static IP addressable from the VPC specified by the network config, or an internal DNS hostname of the service resolvable via Cloud DNS.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListChannelConnectionsResponse": { "description": "The response message for the `ListChannelConnections` method.", "id": "ListChannelConnectionsResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json index 3f3109f5938..259a1de96f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230526", + "revision": "20230609", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { From 2b1cab0dc1558634c1b18b01be665707c2c8b6be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 29/53] feat(firebaseappcheck): update the api #### firebaseappcheck:v1 The following keys were added: - schemas.GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ExchangeAppAttestAssertionRequest.properties.limitedUse.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ExchangeAppAttestAttestationRequest.properties.limitedUse.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ExchangeCustomTokenRequest.properties.limitedUse.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ExchangeDebugTokenRequest.properties.limitedUse.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ExchangeDeviceCheckTokenRequest.properties.limitedUse.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ExchangePlayIntegrityTokenRequest.properties.limitedUse.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ExchangeRecaptchaEnterpriseTokenRequest.properties.limitedUse.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ExchangeRecaptchaV3TokenRequest.properties.limitedUse.type (Total Keys: 1) --- .../firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.apps.html | 8 ++++ ...baseappcheck_v1beta.projects.services.html | 18 ++++----- .../documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json | 38 +++++++++++++++++-- .../documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json | 14 +++---- 4 files changed, 59 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.apps.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.apps.html index e3acdba9f40..fd80f8a7cba 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.apps.html @@ -164,6 +164,7 @@

Method Details

"artifact": "A String", # Required. The artifact returned by a previous call to ExchangeAppAttestAttestation. "assertion": "A String", # Required. The CBOR-encoded assertion returned by the client-side App Attest API. "challenge": "A String", # Required. A one-time challenge returned by an immediately prior call to GenerateAppAttestChallenge. + "limitedUse": True or False, # Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -193,6 +194,7 @@

Method Details

"attestationStatement": "A String", # Required. The App Attest statement returned by the client-side App Attest API. This is a base64url encoded CBOR object in the JSON response. "challenge": "A String", # Required. A one-time challenge returned by an immediately prior call to GenerateAppAttestChallenge. "keyId": "A String", # Required. The key ID generated by App Attest for the client app. + "limitedUse": True or False, # Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -223,6 +225,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for the ExchangeCustomToken method. "customToken": "A String", # Required. A custom token signed using your project's Admin SDK service account credentials. + "limitedUse": True or False, # Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -250,6 +253,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for the ExchangeDebugToken method. "debugToken": "A String", # Required. A debug token secret. This string must match a debug token secret previously created using CreateDebugToken. + "limitedUse": True or False, # Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -277,6 +281,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for the ExchangeDeviceCheckToken method. "deviceToken": "A String", # Required. The `device_token` as returned by Apple's client-side [DeviceCheck API](https://developer.apple.com/documentation/devicecheck/dcdevice). This is the base64 encoded `Data` (Swift) or `NSData` (ObjC) object. + "limitedUse": True or False, # Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -303,6 +308,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for the ExchangePlayIntegrityToken method. + "limitedUse": True or False, # Forces a short-lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false. "playIntegrityToken": "A String", # Required. The [integrity verdict response token from Play Integrity](https://developer.android.com/google/play/integrity/verdict#decrypt-verify) issued to your app. } @@ -330,6 +336,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for the ExchangeRecaptchaEnterpriseToken method. + "limitedUse": True or False, # Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false. "recaptchaEnterpriseToken": "A String", # Required. The reCAPTCHA token as returned by the [reCAPTCHA Enterprise JavaScript API](https://cloud.google.com/recaptcha-enterprise/docs/instrument-web-pages). } @@ -357,6 +364,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for the ExchangeRecaptchaV3Token method. + "limitedUse": True or False, # Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false. "recaptchaV3Token": "A String", # Required. The reCAPTCHA token as returned by the [reCAPTCHA v3 JavaScript API](https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/v3). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.services.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.services.html index 8ecb3ff9798..34b6115d60e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.services.html @@ -105,9 +105,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for the BatchUpdateServices method. "requests": [ # Required. The request messages specifying the Services to update. A maximum of 100 objects can be updated in a batch. { # Request message for the UpdateService method as well as an individual update message for the BatchUpdateServices method. - "service": { # The enforcement configuration for a Firebase service supported by App Check. # Required. The Service to update. The Service's `name` field is used to identify the Service to be updated, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) + "service": { # The enforcement configuration for a Firebase service supported by App Check. # Required. The Service to update. The Service's `name` field is used to identify the Service to be updated, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform) For Firebase Authentication to work with App Check, you must first upgrade to [Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform](https://firebase.google.com/docs/auth#identity-platform). "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this service. - "name": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) + "name": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform) }, "updateMask": "A String", # Required. A comma-separated list of names of fields in the Service to update. Example: `enforcement_mode`. }, @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Method Details

"services": [ # Service objects after the updates have been applied. { # The enforcement configuration for a Firebase service supported by App Check. "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this service. - "name": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) + "name": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform) }, ], } @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Method Details

Gets the Service configuration for the specified service name.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the Service to retrieve, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) (required)
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the Service to retrieve, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # The enforcement configuration for a Firebase service supported by App Check.
   "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this service.
-  "name": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore)
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform)
 }
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

"services": [ # The Services retrieved. { # The enforcement configuration for a Firebase service supported by App Check. "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this service. - "name": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) + "name": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform) }, ], } @@ -204,13 +204,13 @@

Method Details

Updates the specified Service configuration.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) (required)
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The enforcement configuration for a Firebase service supported by App Check.
   "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this service.
-  "name": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore)
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform)
 }
 
   updateMask: string, Required. A comma-separated list of names of fields in the Service to update. Example: `enforcement_mode`.
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # The enforcement configuration for a Firebase service supported by App Check.
   "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this service.
-  "name": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore)
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform)
 }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json index 24955920158..ca23b184fba 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json @@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230529", + "revision": "20230619", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1AppAttestConfig": { @@ -1561,6 +1561,10 @@ "description": "Required. A one-time challenge returned by an immediately prior call to GenerateAppAttestChallenge.", "format": "byte", "type": "string" + }, + "limitedUse": { + "description": "Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false.", + "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1583,6 +1587,10 @@ "description": "Required. The key ID generated by App Attest for the client app.", "format": "byte", "type": "string" + }, + "limitedUse": { + "description": "Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false.", + "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1610,6 +1618,10 @@ "customToken": { "description": "Required. A custom token signed using your project's Admin SDK service account credentials.", "type": "string" + }, + "limitedUse": { + "description": "Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false.", + "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1621,6 +1633,10 @@ "debugToken": { "description": "Required. A debug token secret. This string must match a debug token secret previously created using CreateDebugToken.", "type": "string" + }, + "limitedUse": { + "description": "Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false.", + "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1632,6 +1648,10 @@ "deviceToken": { "description": "Required. The `device_token` as returned by Apple's client-side [DeviceCheck API](https://developer.apple.com/documentation/devicecheck/dcdevice). This is the base64 encoded `Data` (Swift) or `NSData` (ObjC) object.", "type": "string" + }, + "limitedUse": { + "description": "Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false.", + "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1640,6 +1660,10 @@ "description": "Request message for the ExchangePlayIntegrityToken method.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ExchangePlayIntegrityTokenRequest", "properties": { + "limitedUse": { + "description": "Forces a short-lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "playIntegrityToken": { "description": "Required. The [integrity verdict response token from Play Integrity](https://developer.android.com/google/play/integrity/verdict#decrypt-verify) issued to your app.", "type": "string" @@ -1651,6 +1675,10 @@ "description": "Request message for the ExchangeRecaptchaEnterpriseToken method.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ExchangeRecaptchaEnterpriseTokenRequest", "properties": { + "limitedUse": { + "description": "Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "recaptchaEnterpriseToken": { "description": "Required. The reCAPTCHA token as returned by the [reCAPTCHA Enterprise JavaScript API](https://cloud.google.com/recaptcha-enterprise/docs/instrument-web-pages).", "type": "string" @@ -1662,6 +1690,10 @@ "description": "Request message for the ExchangeRecaptchaV3Token method.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ExchangeRecaptchaV3TokenRequest", "properties": { + "limitedUse": { + "description": "Forces a short lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to self impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "recaptchaV3Token": { "description": "Required. The reCAPTCHA token as returned by the [reCAPTCHA v3 JavaScript API](https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/v3).", "type": "string" @@ -1896,8 +1928,8 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured service is in this mode by default.", - "Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement for the service. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced.", - "Firebase App Check is enforced for the service. The service will reject any request that attempts to access your project's resources if it does not have valid App Check token attached, with some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check on a Firebase service. If your users have not updated to an App Check capable version of your app, their apps will no longer be able to use your Firebase services that are enforcing App Check. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your Firebase services. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement immediately, since there are no outdated clients in use." + "Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement for the service. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", + "Firebase App Check is enforced for the service. The service will reject any request that attempts to access your project's resources if it does not have valid App Check token attached, with some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check on a Firebase service. If your users have not updated to an App Check capable version of your app, their apps will no longer be able to use your Firebase services that are enforcing App Check. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your Firebase services. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement immediately, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier or requiring you to enable the service first. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json index 00f276599ba..23d146daceb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json @@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The relative resource name of the Service to retrieve, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore)", + "description": "Required. The relative resource name of the Service to retrieve, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore)", + "description": "Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230529", + "revision": "20230619", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppAttestConfig": { @@ -2255,13 +2255,13 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured service is in this mode by default. Note that resource policies behave slightly differently as an unconfigured resource policy means that the resource will inherit the EnforcementMode configured for the service it belongs to and will not be considered as being in OFF mode by default.", - "Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement for the service. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced.", - "Firebase App Check is enforced for the service. The service will reject any request that attempts to access your project's resources if it does not have valid App Check token attached, with some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check on a Firebase service. If your users have not updated to an App Check capable version of your app, their apps will no longer be able to use your Firebase services that are enforcing App Check. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your Firebase services. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement immediately, since there are no outdated clients in use." + "Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement for the service. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", + "Firebase App Check is enforced for the service. The service will reject any request that attempts to access your project's resources if it does not have valid App Check token attached, with some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check on a Firebase service. If your users have not updated to an App Check capable version of your app, their apps will no longer be able to use your Firebase services that are enforcing App Check. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your Firebase services. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement immediately, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." ], "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore)", + "description": "Required. The relative resource name of the service configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform)", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2273,7 +2273,7 @@ "properties": { "service": { "$ref": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaService", - "description": "Required. The Service to update. The Service's `name` field is used to identify the Service to be updated, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore)" + "description": "Required. The Service to update. The Service's `name` field is used to identify the Service to be updated, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `firebasestorage.googleapis.com` (Cloud Storage for Firebase) * `firebasedatabase.googleapis.com` (Firebase Realtime Database) * `firestore.googleapis.com` (Cloud Firestore) * `identitytoolkit.googleapis.com` (Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform) For Firebase Authentication to work with App Check, you must first upgrade to [Firebase Authentication with Identity Platform](https://firebase.google.com/docs/auth#identity-platform)." }, "updateMask": { "description": "Required. A comma-separated list of names of fields in the Service to update. Example: `enforcement_mode`.", From d53652cce5b857063a5e50f94177a915977afc8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 30/53] feat(gkebackup): update the api #### gkebackup:v1 The following keys were added: - schemas.BackupPlan.properties.state (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.ClusterResourceRestoreScope.properties.allGroupKinds.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ClusterResourceRestoreScope.properties.excludedGroupKinds (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.ClusterResourceRestoreScope.properties.noGroupKinds.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ResourceFilter (Total Keys: 7) - schemas.RestoreConfig.properties.excludedNamespaces.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.RestoreConfig.properties.noNamespaces.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.RestoreConfig.properties.transformationRules (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.RestorePlan.properties.state (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.TransformationRule (Total Keys: 11) --- ...kup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html | 24 ++- ...up_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html | 164 ++++++++++++++++ ...jects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html | 156 +++++++++++++++ .../documents/gkebackup.v1.json | 184 +++++++++++++++++- 4 files changed, 513 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html index 842b3b755eb..87859200dea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html @@ -146,8 +146,8 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "backupSchedule": { # Schedule defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan. # Defines a schedule for automatic Backup creation via this BackupPlan. - "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. + "backupSchedule": { # Defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan. # Defines a schedule for automatic Backup creation via this BackupPlan. + "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. This is mutually exclusive with the rpo_config field since at most one schedule can be defined for a BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. "paused": True or False, # This flag denotes whether automatic Backup creation is paused for this BackupPlan. Default: False }, "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source cluster from which Backups will be created via this BackupPlan. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` @@ -165,6 +165,8 @@

Method Details

"backupRetainDays": 42, # The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0 and <= 365. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Updating this field does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will automatically pick up the new value. NOTE: backup_retain_days must be >= backup_delete_lock_days. If cron_schedule is defined, then this must be <= 360 * the creation interval. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) "locked": True or False, # This flag denotes whether the retention policy of this BackupPlan is locked. If set to True, no further update is allowed on this policy, including the `locked` field itself. Default: False }, + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the BackupPlan. This State field reflects the various stages a BackupPlan can be in during the Create operation. It will be set to "DEACTIVATED" if the BackupPlan is deactivated on an Update + "stateReason": "A String", # Output only. Human-readable description of why BackupPlan is in the current `state` "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this BackupPlan resource was last updated. } @@ -271,8 +273,8 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "backupSchedule": { # Schedule defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan. # Defines a schedule for automatic Backup creation via this BackupPlan. - "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. + "backupSchedule": { # Defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan. # Defines a schedule for automatic Backup creation via this BackupPlan. + "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. This is mutually exclusive with the rpo_config field since at most one schedule can be defined for a BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. "paused": True or False, # This flag denotes whether automatic Backup creation is paused for this BackupPlan. Default: False }, "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source cluster from which Backups will be created via this BackupPlan. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` @@ -290,6 +292,8 @@

Method Details

"backupRetainDays": 42, # The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0 and <= 365. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Updating this field does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will automatically pick up the new value. NOTE: backup_retain_days must be >= backup_delete_lock_days. If cron_schedule is defined, then this must be <= 360 * the creation interval. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) "locked": True or False, # This flag denotes whether the retention policy of this BackupPlan is locked. If set to True, no further update is allowed on this policy, including the `locked` field itself. Default: False }, + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the BackupPlan. This State field reflects the various stages a BackupPlan can be in during the Create operation. It will be set to "DEACTIVATED" if the BackupPlan is deactivated on an Update + "stateReason": "A String", # Output only. Human-readable description of why BackupPlan is in the current `state` "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this BackupPlan resource was last updated. } @@ -385,8 +389,8 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "backupSchedule": { # Schedule defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan. # Defines a schedule for automatic Backup creation via this BackupPlan. - "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. + "backupSchedule": { # Defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan. # Defines a schedule for automatic Backup creation via this BackupPlan. + "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. This is mutually exclusive with the rpo_config field since at most one schedule can be defined for a BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. "paused": True or False, # This flag denotes whether automatic Backup creation is paused for this BackupPlan. Default: False }, "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source cluster from which Backups will be created via this BackupPlan. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` @@ -404,6 +408,8 @@

Method Details

"backupRetainDays": 42, # The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0 and <= 365. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Updating this field does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will automatically pick up the new value. NOTE: backup_retain_days must be >= backup_delete_lock_days. If cron_schedule is defined, then this must be <= 360 * the creation interval. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) "locked": True or False, # This flag denotes whether the retention policy of this BackupPlan is locked. If set to True, no further update is allowed on this policy, including the `locked` field itself. Default: False }, + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the BackupPlan. This State field reflects the various stages a BackupPlan can be in during the Create operation. It will be set to "DEACTIVATED" if the BackupPlan is deactivated on an Update + "stateReason": "A String", # Output only. Human-readable description of why BackupPlan is in the current `state` "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this BackupPlan resource was last updated. }, @@ -460,8 +466,8 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "backupSchedule": { # Schedule defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan. # Defines a schedule for automatic Backup creation via this BackupPlan. - "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. + "backupSchedule": { # Defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan. # Defines a schedule for automatic Backup creation via this BackupPlan. + "cronSchedule": "A String", # A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. This is mutually exclusive with the rpo_config field since at most one schedule can be defined for a BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur. "paused": True or False, # This flag denotes whether automatic Backup creation is paused for this BackupPlan. Default: False }, "cluster": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source cluster from which Backups will be created via this BackupPlan. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` @@ -479,6 +485,8 @@

Method Details

"backupRetainDays": 42, # The default maximum age of a Backup created via this BackupPlan. This field MUST be an integer value >= 0 and <= 365. If specified, a Backup created under this BackupPlan will be automatically deleted after its age reaches (create_time + backup_retain_days). If not specified, Backups created under this BackupPlan will NOT be subject to automatic deletion. Updating this field does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will automatically pick up the new value. NOTE: backup_retain_days must be >= backup_delete_lock_days. If cron_schedule is defined, then this must be <= 360 * the creation interval. Default: 0 (no automatic deletion) "locked": True or False, # This flag denotes whether the retention policy of this BackupPlan is locked. If set to True, no further update is allowed on this policy, including the `locked` field itself. Default: False }, + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the BackupPlan. This State field reflects the various stages a BackupPlan can be in during the Create operation. It will be set to "DEACTIVATED" if the BackupPlan is deactivated on an Update + "stateReason": "A String", # Output only. Human-readable description of why BackupPlan is in the current `state` "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this BackupPlan resource was last updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html index 7b2ae24b7ee..46f1864b6aa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.html @@ -138,6 +138,14 @@

Method Details

"allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. "clusterResourceRestoreScope": { # Defines the scope of cluster-scoped resources to restore. Some group kinds are not reasonable choices for a restore, and will cause an error if selected here. Any scope selection that would restore "all valid" resources automatically excludes these group kinds. - gkebackup.gke.io/BackupJob - gkebackup.gke.io/RestoreJob - metrics.k8s.io/NodeMetrics - migration.k8s.io/StorageState - migration.k8s.io/StorageVersionMigration - Node - snapshot.storage.k8s.io/VolumeSnapshotContent - storage.k8s.io/CSINode Some group kinds are driven by restore configuration elsewhere, and will cause an error if selected here. - Namespace - PersistentVolume # Identifies the cluster-scoped resources to restore from the Backup. Not specifying it means NO cluster resource will be restored. + "allGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + "excludedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to NOT restore from the backup. If specified, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored except for those specified in the list. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "noGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, no cluster-scoped resources will be restored. This has the same restore scope as if the message is not defined. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. "selectedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to restore from the backup. If specified, only the selected resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group @@ -145,7 +153,13 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "excludedNamespaces": { # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces # A list of selected namespaces excluded from restoration. All namespaces except those in this list will be restored. + "namespaces": [ # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces + "A String", + ], + }, "namespacedResourceRestoreMode": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where sets of namespaced resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than NAMESPACED_RESOURCE_RESTORE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "noNamespaces": True or False, # Do not restore any namespaced resources if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is not allowed. "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # A list of selected ProtectedApplications to restore. The listed ProtectedApplications and all the resources to which they refer will be restored. "namespacedNames": [ # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. @@ -175,8 +189,35 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "transformationRules": [ # A list of transformation rules to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. Rules are executed in order defined - this order matters, as changes made by a rule may impact the filtering logic of subsequent rules. An empty list means no transformation will occur. + { # A transformation rule to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. A rule contains both filtering logic (which resources are subject to transform) and transformation logic. + "description": "A String", # The description is a user specified string description of the transformation rule. + "fieldActions": [ # Required. A list of transformation rule actions to take against candidate resources. Actions are executed in order defined - this order matters, as they could potentially interfere with each other and the first operation could affect the outcome of the second operation. + { # TransformationRuleAction defines a TransformationRule action based on the JSON Patch RFC (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6902) + "fromPath": "A String", # A string containing a JSON Pointer value that references the location in the target document to move the value from. + "op": "A String", # Required. op specifies the operation to perform. + "path": "A String", # A string containing a JSON-Pointer value that references a location within the target document where the operation is performed. + "value": "A String", # A string that specifies the desired value in string format to use for transformation. + }, + ], + "resourceFilter": { # ResourceFilter specifies matching criteria to limit the scope of a change to a specific set of kubernetes resources that are selected for restoration from a backup. # This field is used to specify a set of fields that should be used to determine which resources in backup should be acted upon by the supplied transformation rule actions, and this will ensure that only specific resources are affected by transformation rule actions. + "groupKinds": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must belong to one of the listed "types". If this field is not provided, no type filtering will be performed (all resources of all types matching previous filtering parameters will be candidates for transformation). + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "jsonPath": "A String", # This is a [JSONPath] (https://github.com/json-path/JsonPath/blob/master/README.md) expression that matches specific fields of candidate resources and it operates as a filtering parameter (resources that are not matched with this expression will not be candidates for transformation). + "namespaces": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must be contained within one of the listed Kubernetes Namespace in the Backup. If this field is not provided, no namespace filtering will be performed (all resources in all Namespaces, including all cluster-scoped resources, will be candidates for transformation). To mix cluster-scoped and namespaced resources in the same rule, use an empty string ("") as one of the target namespaces. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + ], "volumeDataRestorePolicy": "A String", # Specifies the mechanism to be used to restore volume data. Default: VOLUME_DATA_RESTORE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED (will be treated as NO_VOLUME_DATA_RESTORATION). }, + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the RestorePlan. This State field reflects the various stages a RestorePlan can be in during the Create operation. + "stateReason": "A String", # Output only. Human-readable description of why RestorePlan is in the current `state` "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this RestorePlan resource was last updated. } @@ -276,6 +317,14 @@

Method Details

"allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. "clusterResourceRestoreScope": { # Defines the scope of cluster-scoped resources to restore. Some group kinds are not reasonable choices for a restore, and will cause an error if selected here. Any scope selection that would restore "all valid" resources automatically excludes these group kinds. - gkebackup.gke.io/BackupJob - gkebackup.gke.io/RestoreJob - metrics.k8s.io/NodeMetrics - migration.k8s.io/StorageState - migration.k8s.io/StorageVersionMigration - Node - snapshot.storage.k8s.io/VolumeSnapshotContent - storage.k8s.io/CSINode Some group kinds are driven by restore configuration elsewhere, and will cause an error if selected here. - Namespace - PersistentVolume # Identifies the cluster-scoped resources to restore from the Backup. Not specifying it means NO cluster resource will be restored. + "allGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + "excludedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to NOT restore from the backup. If specified, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored except for those specified in the list. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "noGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, no cluster-scoped resources will be restored. This has the same restore scope as if the message is not defined. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. "selectedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to restore from the backup. If specified, only the selected resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group @@ -283,7 +332,13 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "excludedNamespaces": { # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces # A list of selected namespaces excluded from restoration. All namespaces except those in this list will be restored. + "namespaces": [ # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces + "A String", + ], + }, "namespacedResourceRestoreMode": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where sets of namespaced resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than NAMESPACED_RESOURCE_RESTORE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "noNamespaces": True or False, # Do not restore any namespaced resources if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is not allowed. "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # A list of selected ProtectedApplications to restore. The listed ProtectedApplications and all the resources to which they refer will be restored. "namespacedNames": [ # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. @@ -313,8 +368,35 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "transformationRules": [ # A list of transformation rules to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. Rules are executed in order defined - this order matters, as changes made by a rule may impact the filtering logic of subsequent rules. An empty list means no transformation will occur. + { # A transformation rule to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. A rule contains both filtering logic (which resources are subject to transform) and transformation logic. + "description": "A String", # The description is a user specified string description of the transformation rule. + "fieldActions": [ # Required. A list of transformation rule actions to take against candidate resources. Actions are executed in order defined - this order matters, as they could potentially interfere with each other and the first operation could affect the outcome of the second operation. + { # TransformationRuleAction defines a TransformationRule action based on the JSON Patch RFC (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6902) + "fromPath": "A String", # A string containing a JSON Pointer value that references the location in the target document to move the value from. + "op": "A String", # Required. op specifies the operation to perform. + "path": "A String", # A string containing a JSON-Pointer value that references a location within the target document where the operation is performed. + "value": "A String", # A string that specifies the desired value in string format to use for transformation. + }, + ], + "resourceFilter": { # ResourceFilter specifies matching criteria to limit the scope of a change to a specific set of kubernetes resources that are selected for restoration from a backup. # This field is used to specify a set of fields that should be used to determine which resources in backup should be acted upon by the supplied transformation rule actions, and this will ensure that only specific resources are affected by transformation rule actions. + "groupKinds": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must belong to one of the listed "types". If this field is not provided, no type filtering will be performed (all resources of all types matching previous filtering parameters will be candidates for transformation). + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "jsonPath": "A String", # This is a [JSONPath] (https://github.com/json-path/JsonPath/blob/master/README.md) expression that matches specific fields of candidate resources and it operates as a filtering parameter (resources that are not matched with this expression will not be candidates for transformation). + "namespaces": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must be contained within one of the listed Kubernetes Namespace in the Backup. If this field is not provided, no namespace filtering will be performed (all resources in all Namespaces, including all cluster-scoped resources, will be candidates for transformation). To mix cluster-scoped and namespaced resources in the same rule, use an empty string ("") as one of the target namespaces. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + ], "volumeDataRestorePolicy": "A String", # Specifies the mechanism to be used to restore volume data. Default: VOLUME_DATA_RESTORE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED (will be treated as NO_VOLUME_DATA_RESTORATION). }, + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the RestorePlan. This State field reflects the various stages a RestorePlan can be in during the Create operation. + "stateReason": "A String", # Output only. Human-readable description of why RestorePlan is in the current `state` "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this RestorePlan resource was last updated. } @@ -403,6 +485,14 @@

Method Details

"allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. "clusterResourceRestoreScope": { # Defines the scope of cluster-scoped resources to restore. Some group kinds are not reasonable choices for a restore, and will cause an error if selected here. Any scope selection that would restore "all valid" resources automatically excludes these group kinds. - gkebackup.gke.io/BackupJob - gkebackup.gke.io/RestoreJob - metrics.k8s.io/NodeMetrics - migration.k8s.io/StorageState - migration.k8s.io/StorageVersionMigration - Node - snapshot.storage.k8s.io/VolumeSnapshotContent - storage.k8s.io/CSINode Some group kinds are driven by restore configuration elsewhere, and will cause an error if selected here. - Namespace - PersistentVolume # Identifies the cluster-scoped resources to restore from the Backup. Not specifying it means NO cluster resource will be restored. + "allGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + "excludedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to NOT restore from the backup. If specified, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored except for those specified in the list. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "noGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, no cluster-scoped resources will be restored. This has the same restore scope as if the message is not defined. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. "selectedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to restore from the backup. If specified, only the selected resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group @@ -410,7 +500,13 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "excludedNamespaces": { # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces # A list of selected namespaces excluded from restoration. All namespaces except those in this list will be restored. + "namespaces": [ # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces + "A String", + ], + }, "namespacedResourceRestoreMode": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where sets of namespaced resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than NAMESPACED_RESOURCE_RESTORE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "noNamespaces": True or False, # Do not restore any namespaced resources if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is not allowed. "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # A list of selected ProtectedApplications to restore. The listed ProtectedApplications and all the resources to which they refer will be restored. "namespacedNames": [ # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. @@ -440,8 +536,35 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "transformationRules": [ # A list of transformation rules to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. Rules are executed in order defined - this order matters, as changes made by a rule may impact the filtering logic of subsequent rules. An empty list means no transformation will occur. + { # A transformation rule to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. A rule contains both filtering logic (which resources are subject to transform) and transformation logic. + "description": "A String", # The description is a user specified string description of the transformation rule. + "fieldActions": [ # Required. A list of transformation rule actions to take against candidate resources. Actions are executed in order defined - this order matters, as they could potentially interfere with each other and the first operation could affect the outcome of the second operation. + { # TransformationRuleAction defines a TransformationRule action based on the JSON Patch RFC (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6902) + "fromPath": "A String", # A string containing a JSON Pointer value that references the location in the target document to move the value from. + "op": "A String", # Required. op specifies the operation to perform. + "path": "A String", # A string containing a JSON-Pointer value that references a location within the target document where the operation is performed. + "value": "A String", # A string that specifies the desired value in string format to use for transformation. + }, + ], + "resourceFilter": { # ResourceFilter specifies matching criteria to limit the scope of a change to a specific set of kubernetes resources that are selected for restoration from a backup. # This field is used to specify a set of fields that should be used to determine which resources in backup should be acted upon by the supplied transformation rule actions, and this will ensure that only specific resources are affected by transformation rule actions. + "groupKinds": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must belong to one of the listed "types". If this field is not provided, no type filtering will be performed (all resources of all types matching previous filtering parameters will be candidates for transformation). + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "jsonPath": "A String", # This is a [JSONPath] (https://github.com/json-path/JsonPath/blob/master/README.md) expression that matches specific fields of candidate resources and it operates as a filtering parameter (resources that are not matched with this expression will not be candidates for transformation). + "namespaces": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must be contained within one of the listed Kubernetes Namespace in the Backup. If this field is not provided, no namespace filtering will be performed (all resources in all Namespaces, including all cluster-scoped resources, will be candidates for transformation). To mix cluster-scoped and namespaced resources in the same rule, use an empty string ("") as one of the target namespaces. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + ], "volumeDataRestorePolicy": "A String", # Specifies the mechanism to be used to restore volume data. Default: VOLUME_DATA_RESTORE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED (will be treated as NO_VOLUME_DATA_RESTORATION). }, + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the RestorePlan. This State field reflects the various stages a RestorePlan can be in during the Create operation. + "stateReason": "A String", # Output only. Human-readable description of why RestorePlan is in the current `state` "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this RestorePlan resource was last updated. }, @@ -489,6 +612,14 @@

Method Details

"allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. "clusterResourceRestoreScope": { # Defines the scope of cluster-scoped resources to restore. Some group kinds are not reasonable choices for a restore, and will cause an error if selected here. Any scope selection that would restore "all valid" resources automatically excludes these group kinds. - gkebackup.gke.io/BackupJob - gkebackup.gke.io/RestoreJob - metrics.k8s.io/NodeMetrics - migration.k8s.io/StorageState - migration.k8s.io/StorageVersionMigration - Node - snapshot.storage.k8s.io/VolumeSnapshotContent - storage.k8s.io/CSINode Some group kinds are driven by restore configuration elsewhere, and will cause an error if selected here. - Namespace - PersistentVolume # Identifies the cluster-scoped resources to restore from the Backup. Not specifying it means NO cluster resource will be restored. + "allGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + "excludedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to NOT restore from the backup. If specified, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored except for those specified in the list. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "noGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, no cluster-scoped resources will be restored. This has the same restore scope as if the message is not defined. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. "selectedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to restore from the backup. If specified, only the selected resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group @@ -496,7 +627,13 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "excludedNamespaces": { # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces # A list of selected namespaces excluded from restoration. All namespaces except those in this list will be restored. + "namespaces": [ # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces + "A String", + ], + }, "namespacedResourceRestoreMode": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where sets of namespaced resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than NAMESPACED_RESOURCE_RESTORE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "noNamespaces": True or False, # Do not restore any namespaced resources if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is not allowed. "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # A list of selected ProtectedApplications to restore. The listed ProtectedApplications and all the resources to which they refer will be restored. "namespacedNames": [ # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. @@ -526,8 +663,35 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "transformationRules": [ # A list of transformation rules to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. Rules are executed in order defined - this order matters, as changes made by a rule may impact the filtering logic of subsequent rules. An empty list means no transformation will occur. + { # A transformation rule to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. A rule contains both filtering logic (which resources are subject to transform) and transformation logic. + "description": "A String", # The description is a user specified string description of the transformation rule. + "fieldActions": [ # Required. A list of transformation rule actions to take against candidate resources. Actions are executed in order defined - this order matters, as they could potentially interfere with each other and the first operation could affect the outcome of the second operation. + { # TransformationRuleAction defines a TransformationRule action based on the JSON Patch RFC (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6902) + "fromPath": "A String", # A string containing a JSON Pointer value that references the location in the target document to move the value from. + "op": "A String", # Required. op specifies the operation to perform. + "path": "A String", # A string containing a JSON-Pointer value that references a location within the target document where the operation is performed. + "value": "A String", # A string that specifies the desired value in string format to use for transformation. + }, + ], + "resourceFilter": { # ResourceFilter specifies matching criteria to limit the scope of a change to a specific set of kubernetes resources that are selected for restoration from a backup. # This field is used to specify a set of fields that should be used to determine which resources in backup should be acted upon by the supplied transformation rule actions, and this will ensure that only specific resources are affected by transformation rule actions. + "groupKinds": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must belong to one of the listed "types". If this field is not provided, no type filtering will be performed (all resources of all types matching previous filtering parameters will be candidates for transformation). + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "jsonPath": "A String", # This is a [JSONPath] (https://github.com/json-path/JsonPath/blob/master/README.md) expression that matches specific fields of candidate resources and it operates as a filtering parameter (resources that are not matched with this expression will not be candidates for transformation). + "namespaces": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must be contained within one of the listed Kubernetes Namespace in the Backup. If this field is not provided, no namespace filtering will be performed (all resources in all Namespaces, including all cluster-scoped resources, will be candidates for transformation). To mix cluster-scoped and namespaced resources in the same rule, use an empty string ("") as one of the target namespaces. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + ], "volumeDataRestorePolicy": "A String", # Specifies the mechanism to be used to restore volume data. Default: VOLUME_DATA_RESTORE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED (will be treated as NO_VOLUME_DATA_RESTORATION). }, + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the RestorePlan. This State field reflects the various stages a RestorePlan can be in during the Create operation. + "stateReason": "A String", # Output only. Human-readable description of why RestorePlan is in the current `state` "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this RestorePlan resource was last updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html index 312412b564d..14a2a6b8796 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html @@ -142,6 +142,14 @@

Method Details

"allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. "clusterResourceRestoreScope": { # Defines the scope of cluster-scoped resources to restore. Some group kinds are not reasonable choices for a restore, and will cause an error if selected here. Any scope selection that would restore "all valid" resources automatically excludes these group kinds. - gkebackup.gke.io/BackupJob - gkebackup.gke.io/RestoreJob - metrics.k8s.io/NodeMetrics - migration.k8s.io/StorageState - migration.k8s.io/StorageVersionMigration - Node - snapshot.storage.k8s.io/VolumeSnapshotContent - storage.k8s.io/CSINode Some group kinds are driven by restore configuration elsewhere, and will cause an error if selected here. - Namespace - PersistentVolume # Identifies the cluster-scoped resources to restore from the Backup. Not specifying it means NO cluster resource will be restored. + "allGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + "excludedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to NOT restore from the backup. If specified, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored except for those specified in the list. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "noGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, no cluster-scoped resources will be restored. This has the same restore scope as if the message is not defined. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. "selectedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to restore from the backup. If specified, only the selected resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group @@ -149,7 +157,13 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "excludedNamespaces": { # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces # A list of selected namespaces excluded from restoration. All namespaces except those in this list will be restored. + "namespaces": [ # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces + "A String", + ], + }, "namespacedResourceRestoreMode": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where sets of namespaced resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than NAMESPACED_RESOURCE_RESTORE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "noNamespaces": True or False, # Do not restore any namespaced resources if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is not allowed. "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # A list of selected ProtectedApplications to restore. The listed ProtectedApplications and all the resources to which they refer will be restored. "namespacedNames": [ # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. @@ -179,6 +193,31 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "transformationRules": [ # A list of transformation rules to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. Rules are executed in order defined - this order matters, as changes made by a rule may impact the filtering logic of subsequent rules. An empty list means no transformation will occur. + { # A transformation rule to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. A rule contains both filtering logic (which resources are subject to transform) and transformation logic. + "description": "A String", # The description is a user specified string description of the transformation rule. + "fieldActions": [ # Required. A list of transformation rule actions to take against candidate resources. Actions are executed in order defined - this order matters, as they could potentially interfere with each other and the first operation could affect the outcome of the second operation. + { # TransformationRuleAction defines a TransformationRule action based on the JSON Patch RFC (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6902) + "fromPath": "A String", # A string containing a JSON Pointer value that references the location in the target document to move the value from. + "op": "A String", # Required. op specifies the operation to perform. + "path": "A String", # A string containing a JSON-Pointer value that references a location within the target document where the operation is performed. + "value": "A String", # A string that specifies the desired value in string format to use for transformation. + }, + ], + "resourceFilter": { # ResourceFilter specifies matching criteria to limit the scope of a change to a specific set of kubernetes resources that are selected for restoration from a backup. # This field is used to specify a set of fields that should be used to determine which resources in backup should be acted upon by the supplied transformation rule actions, and this will ensure that only specific resources are affected by transformation rule actions. + "groupKinds": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must belong to one of the listed "types". If this field is not provided, no type filtering will be performed (all resources of all types matching previous filtering parameters will be candidates for transformation). + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "jsonPath": "A String", # This is a [JSONPath] (https://github.com/json-path/JsonPath/blob/master/README.md) expression that matches specific fields of candidate resources and it operates as a filtering parameter (resources that are not matched with this expression will not be candidates for transformation). + "namespaces": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must be contained within one of the listed Kubernetes Namespace in the Backup. If this field is not provided, no namespace filtering will be performed (all resources in all Namespaces, including all cluster-scoped resources, will be candidates for transformation). To mix cluster-scoped and namespaced resources in the same rule, use an empty string ("") as one of the target namespaces. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + ], "volumeDataRestorePolicy": "A String", # Specifies the mechanism to be used to restore volume data. Default: VOLUME_DATA_RESTORE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED (will be treated as NO_VOLUME_DATA_RESTORATION). }, "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Restore. @@ -287,6 +326,14 @@

Method Details

"allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. "clusterResourceRestoreScope": { # Defines the scope of cluster-scoped resources to restore. Some group kinds are not reasonable choices for a restore, and will cause an error if selected here. Any scope selection that would restore "all valid" resources automatically excludes these group kinds. - gkebackup.gke.io/BackupJob - gkebackup.gke.io/RestoreJob - metrics.k8s.io/NodeMetrics - migration.k8s.io/StorageState - migration.k8s.io/StorageVersionMigration - Node - snapshot.storage.k8s.io/VolumeSnapshotContent - storage.k8s.io/CSINode Some group kinds are driven by restore configuration elsewhere, and will cause an error if selected here. - Namespace - PersistentVolume # Identifies the cluster-scoped resources to restore from the Backup. Not specifying it means NO cluster resource will be restored. + "allGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + "excludedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to NOT restore from the backup. If specified, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored except for those specified in the list. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "noGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, no cluster-scoped resources will be restored. This has the same restore scope as if the message is not defined. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. "selectedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to restore from the backup. If specified, only the selected resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group @@ -294,7 +341,13 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "excludedNamespaces": { # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces # A list of selected namespaces excluded from restoration. All namespaces except those in this list will be restored. + "namespaces": [ # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces + "A String", + ], + }, "namespacedResourceRestoreMode": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where sets of namespaced resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than NAMESPACED_RESOURCE_RESTORE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "noNamespaces": True or False, # Do not restore any namespaced resources if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is not allowed. "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # A list of selected ProtectedApplications to restore. The listed ProtectedApplications and all the resources to which they refer will be restored. "namespacedNames": [ # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. @@ -324,6 +377,31 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "transformationRules": [ # A list of transformation rules to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. Rules are executed in order defined - this order matters, as changes made by a rule may impact the filtering logic of subsequent rules. An empty list means no transformation will occur. + { # A transformation rule to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. A rule contains both filtering logic (which resources are subject to transform) and transformation logic. + "description": "A String", # The description is a user specified string description of the transformation rule. + "fieldActions": [ # Required. A list of transformation rule actions to take against candidate resources. Actions are executed in order defined - this order matters, as they could potentially interfere with each other and the first operation could affect the outcome of the second operation. + { # TransformationRuleAction defines a TransformationRule action based on the JSON Patch RFC (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6902) + "fromPath": "A String", # A string containing a JSON Pointer value that references the location in the target document to move the value from. + "op": "A String", # Required. op specifies the operation to perform. + "path": "A String", # A string containing a JSON-Pointer value that references a location within the target document where the operation is performed. + "value": "A String", # A string that specifies the desired value in string format to use for transformation. + }, + ], + "resourceFilter": { # ResourceFilter specifies matching criteria to limit the scope of a change to a specific set of kubernetes resources that are selected for restoration from a backup. # This field is used to specify a set of fields that should be used to determine which resources in backup should be acted upon by the supplied transformation rule actions, and this will ensure that only specific resources are affected by transformation rule actions. + "groupKinds": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must belong to one of the listed "types". If this field is not provided, no type filtering will be performed (all resources of all types matching previous filtering parameters will be candidates for transformation). + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "jsonPath": "A String", # This is a [JSONPath] (https://github.com/json-path/JsonPath/blob/master/README.md) expression that matches specific fields of candidate resources and it operates as a filtering parameter (resources that are not matched with this expression will not be candidates for transformation). + "namespaces": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must be contained within one of the listed Kubernetes Namespace in the Backup. If this field is not provided, no namespace filtering will be performed (all resources in all Namespaces, including all cluster-scoped resources, will be candidates for transformation). To mix cluster-scoped and namespaced resources in the same rule, use an empty string ("") as one of the target namespaces. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + ], "volumeDataRestorePolicy": "A String", # Specifies the mechanism to be used to restore volume data. Default: VOLUME_DATA_RESTORE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED (will be treated as NO_VOLUME_DATA_RESTORATION). }, "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Restore. @@ -421,6 +499,14 @@

Method Details

"allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. "clusterResourceRestoreScope": { # Defines the scope of cluster-scoped resources to restore. Some group kinds are not reasonable choices for a restore, and will cause an error if selected here. Any scope selection that would restore "all valid" resources automatically excludes these group kinds. - gkebackup.gke.io/BackupJob - gkebackup.gke.io/RestoreJob - metrics.k8s.io/NodeMetrics - migration.k8s.io/StorageState - migration.k8s.io/StorageVersionMigration - Node - snapshot.storage.k8s.io/VolumeSnapshotContent - storage.k8s.io/CSINode Some group kinds are driven by restore configuration elsewhere, and will cause an error if selected here. - Namespace - PersistentVolume # Identifies the cluster-scoped resources to restore from the Backup. Not specifying it means NO cluster resource will be restored. + "allGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + "excludedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to NOT restore from the backup. If specified, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored except for those specified in the list. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "noGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, no cluster-scoped resources will be restored. This has the same restore scope as if the message is not defined. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. "selectedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to restore from the backup. If specified, only the selected resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group @@ -428,7 +514,13 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "excludedNamespaces": { # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces # A list of selected namespaces excluded from restoration. All namespaces except those in this list will be restored. + "namespaces": [ # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces + "A String", + ], + }, "namespacedResourceRestoreMode": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where sets of namespaced resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than NAMESPACED_RESOURCE_RESTORE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "noNamespaces": True or False, # Do not restore any namespaced resources if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is not allowed. "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # A list of selected ProtectedApplications to restore. The listed ProtectedApplications and all the resources to which they refer will be restored. "namespacedNames": [ # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. @@ -458,6 +550,31 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "transformationRules": [ # A list of transformation rules to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. Rules are executed in order defined - this order matters, as changes made by a rule may impact the filtering logic of subsequent rules. An empty list means no transformation will occur. + { # A transformation rule to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. A rule contains both filtering logic (which resources are subject to transform) and transformation logic. + "description": "A String", # The description is a user specified string description of the transformation rule. + "fieldActions": [ # Required. A list of transformation rule actions to take against candidate resources. Actions are executed in order defined - this order matters, as they could potentially interfere with each other and the first operation could affect the outcome of the second operation. + { # TransformationRuleAction defines a TransformationRule action based on the JSON Patch RFC (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6902) + "fromPath": "A String", # A string containing a JSON Pointer value that references the location in the target document to move the value from. + "op": "A String", # Required. op specifies the operation to perform. + "path": "A String", # A string containing a JSON-Pointer value that references a location within the target document where the operation is performed. + "value": "A String", # A string that specifies the desired value in string format to use for transformation. + }, + ], + "resourceFilter": { # ResourceFilter specifies matching criteria to limit the scope of a change to a specific set of kubernetes resources that are selected for restoration from a backup. # This field is used to specify a set of fields that should be used to determine which resources in backup should be acted upon by the supplied transformation rule actions, and this will ensure that only specific resources are affected by transformation rule actions. + "groupKinds": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must belong to one of the listed "types". If this field is not provided, no type filtering will be performed (all resources of all types matching previous filtering parameters will be candidates for transformation). + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "jsonPath": "A String", # This is a [JSONPath] (https://github.com/json-path/JsonPath/blob/master/README.md) expression that matches specific fields of candidate resources and it operates as a filtering parameter (resources that are not matched with this expression will not be candidates for transformation). + "namespaces": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must be contained within one of the listed Kubernetes Namespace in the Backup. If this field is not provided, no namespace filtering will be performed (all resources in all Namespaces, including all cluster-scoped resources, will be candidates for transformation). To mix cluster-scoped and namespaced resources in the same rule, use an empty string ("") as one of the target namespaces. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + ], "volumeDataRestorePolicy": "A String", # Specifies the mechanism to be used to restore volume data. Default: VOLUME_DATA_RESTORE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED (will be treated as NO_VOLUME_DATA_RESTORATION). }, "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Restore. @@ -514,6 +631,14 @@

Method Details

"allNamespaces": True or False, # Restore all namespaced resources in the Backup if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is an error. "clusterResourceConflictPolicy": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where cluster-scoped resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than CLUSTER_RESOURCE_CONFLICT_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED if cluster_resource_restore_scope is not empty. "clusterResourceRestoreScope": { # Defines the scope of cluster-scoped resources to restore. Some group kinds are not reasonable choices for a restore, and will cause an error if selected here. Any scope selection that would restore "all valid" resources automatically excludes these group kinds. - gkebackup.gke.io/BackupJob - gkebackup.gke.io/RestoreJob - metrics.k8s.io/NodeMetrics - migration.k8s.io/StorageState - migration.k8s.io/StorageVersionMigration - Node - snapshot.storage.k8s.io/VolumeSnapshotContent - storage.k8s.io/CSINode Some group kinds are driven by restore configuration elsewhere, and will cause an error if selected here. - Namespace - PersistentVolume # Identifies the cluster-scoped resources to restore from the Backup. Not specifying it means NO cluster resource will be restored. + "allGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + "excludedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to NOT restore from the backup. If specified, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored except for those specified in the list. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "noGroupKinds": True or False, # If True, no cluster-scoped resources will be restored. This has the same restore scope as if the message is not defined. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. "selectedGroupKinds": [ # A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to restore from the backup. If specified, only the selected resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message. { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group @@ -521,7 +646,13 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "excludedNamespaces": { # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces # A list of selected namespaces excluded from restoration. All namespaces except those in this list will be restored. + "namespaces": [ # A list of Kubernetes Namespaces + "A String", + ], + }, "namespacedResourceRestoreMode": "A String", # Defines the behavior for handling the situation where sets of namespaced resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than NAMESPACED_RESOURCE_RESTORE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "noNamespaces": True or False, # Do not restore any namespaced resources if set to "True". Specifying this field to "False" is not allowed. "selectedApplications": { # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. # A list of selected ProtectedApplications to restore. The listed ProtectedApplications and all the resources to which they refer will be restored. "namespacedNames": [ # A list of namespaced Kubernetes resources. { # A reference to a namespaced resource in Kubernetes. @@ -551,6 +682,31 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "transformationRules": [ # A list of transformation rules to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. Rules are executed in order defined - this order matters, as changes made by a rule may impact the filtering logic of subsequent rules. An empty list means no transformation will occur. + { # A transformation rule to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. A rule contains both filtering logic (which resources are subject to transform) and transformation logic. + "description": "A String", # The description is a user specified string description of the transformation rule. + "fieldActions": [ # Required. A list of transformation rule actions to take against candidate resources. Actions are executed in order defined - this order matters, as they could potentially interfere with each other and the first operation could affect the outcome of the second operation. + { # TransformationRuleAction defines a TransformationRule action based on the JSON Patch RFC (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6902) + "fromPath": "A String", # A string containing a JSON Pointer value that references the location in the target document to move the value from. + "op": "A String", # Required. op specifies the operation to perform. + "path": "A String", # A string containing a JSON-Pointer value that references a location within the target document where the operation is performed. + "value": "A String", # A string that specifies the desired value in string format to use for transformation. + }, + ], + "resourceFilter": { # ResourceFilter specifies matching criteria to limit the scope of a change to a specific set of kubernetes resources that are selected for restoration from a backup. # This field is used to specify a set of fields that should be used to determine which resources in backup should be acted upon by the supplied transformation rule actions, and this will ensure that only specific resources are affected by transformation rule actions. + "groupKinds": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must belong to one of the listed "types". If this field is not provided, no type filtering will be performed (all resources of all types matching previous filtering parameters will be candidates for transformation). + { # This is a direct map to the Kubernetes GroupKind type [GroupKind](https://godoc.org/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/runtime/schema#GroupKind) and is used for identifying specific "types" of resources to restore. + "resourceGroup": "A String", # API group string of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "apiextensions.k8s.io", "storage.k8s.io", etc. Note: use empty string for core API group + "resourceKind": "A String", # Kind of a Kubernetes resource, e.g. "CustomResourceDefinition", "StorageClass", etc. + }, + ], + "jsonPath": "A String", # This is a [JSONPath] (https://github.com/json-path/JsonPath/blob/master/README.md) expression that matches specific fields of candidate resources and it operates as a filtering parameter (resources that are not matched with this expression will not be candidates for transformation). + "namespaces": [ # (Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must be contained within one of the listed Kubernetes Namespace in the Backup. If this field is not provided, no namespace filtering will be performed (all resources in all Namespaces, including all cluster-scoped resources, will be candidates for transformation). To mix cluster-scoped and namespaced resources in the same rule, use an empty string ("") as one of the target namespaces. + "A String", + ], + }, + }, + ], "volumeDataRestorePolicy": "A String", # Specifies the mechanism to be used to restore volume data. Default: VOLUME_DATA_RESTORE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED (will be treated as NO_VOLUME_DATA_RESTORATION). }, "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Restore. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json index d3728109136..e2f87219b6a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json @@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230531", + "revision": "20230609", "rootUrl": "https://gkebackup.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1996,6 +1996,34 @@ "$ref": "RetentionPolicy", "description": "RetentionPolicy governs lifecycle of Backups created under this plan." }, + "state": { + "description": "Output only. State of the BackupPlan. This State field reflects the various stages a BackupPlan can be in during the Create operation. It will be set to \"DEACTIVATED\" if the BackupPlan is deactivated on an Update", + "enum": [ + "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "CLUSTER_PENDING", + "PROVISIONING", + "READY", + "FAILED", + "DEACTIVATED", + "DELETING" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default first value for Enums.", + "Waiting for cluster state to be RUNNING.", + "The BackupPlan is in the process of being created.", + "The BackupPlan has successfully been created and is ready for Backups.", + "BackupPlan creation has failed.", + "The BackupPlan has been deactivated.", + "The BackupPlan is in the process of being deleted." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "stateReason": { + "description": "Output only. Human-readable description of why BackupPlan is in the current `state`", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, "uid": { "description": "Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format.", "readOnly": true, @@ -2066,6 +2094,21 @@ "description": "Defines the scope of cluster-scoped resources to restore. Some group kinds are not reasonable choices for a restore, and will cause an error if selected here. Any scope selection that would restore \"all valid\" resources automatically excludes these group kinds. - gkebackup.gke.io/BackupJob - gkebackup.gke.io/RestoreJob - metrics.k8s.io/NodeMetrics - migration.k8s.io/StorageState - migration.k8s.io/StorageVersionMigration - Node - snapshot.storage.k8s.io/VolumeSnapshotContent - storage.k8s.io/CSINode Some group kinds are driven by restore configuration elsewhere, and will cause an error if selected here. - Namespace - PersistentVolume", "id": "ClusterResourceRestoreScope", "properties": { + "allGroupKinds": { + "description": "If True, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "excludedGroupKinds": { + "description": "A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to NOT restore from the backup. If specified, all valid cluster-scoped resources will be restored except for those specified in the list. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GroupKind" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "noGroupKinds": { + "description": "If True, no cluster-scoped resources will be restored. This has the same restore scope as if the message is not defined. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "selectedGroupKinds": { "description": "A list of cluster-scoped resource group kinds to restore from the backup. If specified, only the selected resources will be restored. Mutually exclusive to any other field in the message.", "items": { @@ -2516,6 +2559,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ResourceFilter": { + "description": "ResourceFilter specifies matching criteria to limit the scope of a change to a specific set of kubernetes resources that are selected for restoration from a backup.", + "id": "ResourceFilter", + "properties": { + "groupKinds": { + "description": "(Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must belong to one of the listed \"types\". If this field is not provided, no type filtering will be performed (all resources of all types matching previous filtering parameters will be candidates for transformation).", + "items": { + "$ref": "GroupKind" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "jsonPath": { + "description": "This is a [JSONPath] (https://github.com/json-path/JsonPath/blob/master/README.md) expression that matches specific fields of candidate resources and it operates as a filtering parameter (resources that are not matched with this expression will not be candidates for transformation).", + "type": "string" + }, + "namespaces": { + "description": "(Filtering parameter) Any resource subject to transformation must be contained within one of the listed Kubernetes Namespace in the Backup. If this field is not provided, no namespace filtering will be performed (all resources in all Namespaces, including all cluster-scoped resources, will be candidates for transformation). To mix cluster-scoped and namespaced resources in the same rule, use an empty string (\"\") as one of the target namespaces.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Restore": { "description": "Represents both a request to Restore some portion of a Backup into a target GKE cluster and a record of the restore operation itself. Next id: 18", "id": "Restore", @@ -2649,7 +2717,7 @@ "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified. Only allowed if no cluster-scoped resources will be restored.", "Do not attempt to restore the conflicting resource.", - "Delete the existing version before re-creating it from the Backup. Note that this is a dangerous option which could cause unintentional data loss if used inappropriately - for example, deleting a CRD will cause Kubernetes to delete all CRs of that type." + "Delete the existing version before re-creating it from the Backup. This is a dangerous option which could cause unintentional data loss if used inappropriately. For example, deleting a CRD will cause Kubernetes to delete all CRs of that type." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -2657,6 +2725,10 @@ "$ref": "ClusterResourceRestoreScope", "description": "Identifies the cluster-scoped resources to restore from the Backup. Not specifying it means NO cluster resource will be restored." }, + "excludedNamespaces": { + "$ref": "Namespaces", + "description": "A list of selected namespaces excluded from restoration. All namespaces except those in this list will be restored." + }, "namespacedResourceRestoreMode": { "description": "Defines the behavior for handling the situation where sets of namespaced resources being restored already exist in the target cluster. This MUST be set to a value other than NAMESPACED_RESOURCE_RESTORE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED.", "enum": [ @@ -2671,6 +2743,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, + "noNamespaces": { + "description": "Do not restore any namespaced resources if set to \"True\". Specifying this field to \"False\" is not allowed.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "selectedApplications": { "$ref": "NamespacedNames", "description": "A list of selected ProtectedApplications to restore. The listed ProtectedApplications and all the resources to which they refer will be restored." @@ -2686,6 +2762,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "transformationRules": { + "description": "A list of transformation rules to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. Rules are executed in order defined - this order matters, as changes made by a rule may impact the filtering logic of subsequent rules. An empty list means no transformation will occur.", + "items": { + "$ref": "TransformationRule" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "volumeDataRestorePolicy": { "description": "Specifies the mechanism to be used to restore volume data. Default: VOLUME_DATA_RESTORE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED (will be treated as NO_VOLUME_DATA_RESTORATION).", "enum": [ @@ -2696,9 +2779,9 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified (illegal).", - "For each PVC to be restored, will create a new underlying volume (and PV) from the corresponding VolumeBackup contained within the Backup.", - "For each PVC to be restored, attempt to reuse the original PV contained in the Backup (with its original underlying volume). Note that option is likely only usable when restoring a workload to its original cluster.", - "For each PVC to be restored, PVCs will be created without any particular action to restore data. In this case, the normal Kubernetes provisioning logic would kick in, and this would likely result in either dynamically provisioning blank PVs or binding to statically provisioned PVs." + "For each PVC to be restored, create a new underlying volume and PV from the corresponding VolumeBackup contained within the Backup.", + "For each PVC to be restored, attempt to reuse the original PV contained in the Backup (with its original underlying volume). This option is likely only usable when restoring a workload to its original cluster.", + "For each PVC to be restored, create PVC without any particular action to restore data. In this case, the normal Kubernetes provisioning logic would kick in, and this would likely result in either dynamically provisioning blank PVs or binding to statically provisioned PVs." ], "type": "string" } @@ -2748,6 +2831,30 @@ "$ref": "RestoreConfig", "description": "Required. Configuration of Restores created via this RestorePlan." }, + "state": { + "description": "Output only. State of the RestorePlan. This State field reflects the various stages a RestorePlan can be in during the Create operation.", + "enum": [ + "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "CLUSTER_PENDING", + "READY", + "FAILED", + "DELETING" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default first value for Enums.", + "Waiting for cluster state to be RUNNING.", + "The RestorePlan has successfully been created and is ready for Restores.", + "RestorePlan creation has failed.", + "The RestorePlan is in the process of being deleted." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "stateReason": { + "description": "Output only. Human-readable description of why RestorePlan is in the current `state`", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, "uid": { "description": "Output only. Server generated global unique identifier of [UUID](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier) format.", "readOnly": true, @@ -2784,11 +2891,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "Schedule": { - "description": "Schedule defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan.", + "description": "Defines scheduling parameters for automatically creating Backups via this BackupPlan.", "id": "Schedule", "properties": { "cronSchedule": { - "description": "A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur.", + "description": "A standard [cron](https://wikipedia.com/wiki/cron) string that defines a repeating schedule for creating Backups via this BackupPlan. This is mutually exclusive with the rpo_config field since at most one schedule can be defined for a BackupPlan. If this is defined, then backup_retain_days must also be defined. Default (empty): no automatic backup creation will occur.", "type": "string" }, "paused": { @@ -2875,6 +2982,69 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "TransformationRule": { + "description": "A transformation rule to be applied against Kubernetes resources as they are selected for restoration from a Backup. A rule contains both filtering logic (which resources are subject to transform) and transformation logic.", + "id": "TransformationRule", + "properties": { + "description": { + "description": "The description is a user specified string description of the transformation rule.", + "type": "string" + }, + "fieldActions": { + "description": "Required. A list of transformation rule actions to take against candidate resources. Actions are executed in order defined - this order matters, as they could potentially interfere with each other and the first operation could affect the outcome of the second operation.", + "items": { + "$ref": "TransformationRuleAction" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "resourceFilter": { + "$ref": "ResourceFilter", + "description": "This field is used to specify a set of fields that should be used to determine which resources in backup should be acted upon by the supplied transformation rule actions, and this will ensure that only specific resources are affected by transformation rule actions." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "TransformationRuleAction": { + "description": "TransformationRuleAction defines a TransformationRule action based on the JSON Patch RFC (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6902)", + "id": "TransformationRuleAction", + "properties": { + "fromPath": { + "description": "A string containing a JSON Pointer value that references the location in the target document to move the value from.", + "type": "string" + }, + "op": { + "description": "Required. op specifies the operation to perform.", + "enum": [ + "OP_UNSPECIFIED", + "REMOVE", + "MOVE", + "COPY", + "ADD", + "TEST", + "REPLACE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified operation", + "The \"remove\" operation removes the value at the target location.", + "The \"move\" operation removes the value at a specified location and adds it to the target location.", + "The \"copy\" operation copies the value at a specified location to the target location.", + "The \"add\" operation performs one of the following functions, depending upon what the target location references: 1. If the target location specifies an array index, a new value is inserted into the array at the specified index. 2. If the target location specifies an object member that does not already exist, a new member is added to the object. 3. If the target location specifies an object member that does exist, that member's value is replaced.", + "The \"test\" operation tests that a value at the target location is equal to a specified value.", + "The \"replace\" operation replaces the value at the target location with a new value. The operation object MUST contain a \"value\" member whose content specifies the replacement value." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "path": { + "description": "A string containing a JSON-Pointer value that references a location within the target document where the operation is performed.", + "type": "string" + }, + "value": { + "description": "A string that specifies the desired value in string format to use for transformation.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "VolumeBackup": { "description": "Represents the backup of a specific persistent volume as a component of a Backup - both the record of the operation and a pointer to the underlying storage-specific artifacts. Next id: 14", "id": "VolumeBackup", From 855c61ba36797dbf8007eba703d67517bdf583e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 31/53] feat(gkehub): update the api #### gkehub:v1 The following keys were added: - resources.organizations.resources.locations.resources.fleets.methods.list (Total Keys: 16) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.fleets.methods.create (Total Keys: 12) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.fleets.methods.delete (Total Keys: 11) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.fleets.methods.get (Total Keys: 11) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.fleets.methods.list (Total Keys: 16) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.fleets.methods.patch (Total Keys: 15) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.scopes.methods.patch (Total Keys: 15) - schemas.ConfigManagementConfigSync.properties.metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ConfigManagementConfigSyncError (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.ConfigManagementConfigSyncState.properties.errors (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.ConfigManagementManaged.properties.stopSyncing.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ConfigManagementMembershipSpec.properties.cluster.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ConfigManagementPolicyController.properties.updateTime (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.ConfigManagementPolicyControllerMigration.properties.copyTime (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.Fleet (Total Keys: 22) - schemas.ListFleetsResponse (Total Keys: 5) #### gkehub:v1alpha The following keys were added: - schemas.ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgrade (Total Keys: 21) - schemas.ClusterUpgradeIgnoredMembership (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.ClusterUpgradeMembershipGKEUpgradeState (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.ClusterUpgradeMembershipState (Total Keys: 7) - schemas.ClusterUpgradePostConditions (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.ClusterUpgradeScopeGKEUpgradeState (Total Keys: 7) - schemas.ClusterUpgradeScopeSpec (Total Keys: 7) - schemas.ClusterUpgradeScopeState (Total Keys: 7) - schemas.ClusterUpgradeUpgradeStatus (Total Keys: 6) - schemas.ConfigManagementConfigSync.properties.metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ConfigManagementConfigSyncError (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.ConfigManagementConfigSyncState.properties.errors (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.ConfigManagementManaged.properties.stopSyncing.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ConfigManagementMembershipSpec.properties.cluster.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ConfigManagementPolicyController.properties.updateTime (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.ConfigManagementPolicyControllerMigration.properties.copyTime (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.MembershipFeatureState.properties.clusterupgrade.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.PolicyControllerPolicyContentState.properties.referentialSyncConfigState.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ScopeFeatureSpec.properties.clusterupgrade.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ScopeFeatureState.properties.clusterupgrade.$ref (Total Keys: 1) #### gkehub:v1beta The following keys were added: - schemas.ConfigManagementConfigSync.properties.metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ConfigManagementConfigSyncError (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.ConfigManagementConfigSyncState.properties.errors (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.ConfigManagementManaged.properties.stopSyncing.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ConfigManagementMembershipSpec.properties.cluster.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.ConfigManagementPolicyController.properties.updateTime (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.ConfigManagementPolicyControllerMigration.properties.copyTime (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.PolicyControllerPolicyContentState.properties.referentialSyncConfigState.$ref (Total Keys: 1) --- docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.html | 5 + docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.html | 91 ++++ ...hub_v1.organizations.locations.fleets.html | 140 ++++++ .../gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.html | 91 ++++ ...gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html | 104 ++++- .../gkehub_v1.projects.locations.fleets.html | 315 +++++++++++++ docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html | 5 + .../gkehub_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html | 54 +++ ...b_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html | 432 +++++++++++++++++- ...ub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html | 120 ++++- .../discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json | 373 ++++++++++++++- .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json | 332 +++++++++++++- .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json | 2 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1beta.json | 55 ++- .../documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json | 2 +- 16 files changed, 2030 insertions(+), 93 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.fleets.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.fleets.html diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.html index 819427bedd8..6582e41d26c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

GKE Hub API

Instance Methods

+

+ organizations() +

+

Returns the organizations Resource.

+

projects()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b3cd04d02fb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

GKE Hub API . organizations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.fleets.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.fleets.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cfd7abda95b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.fleets.html @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ + + + +

GKE Hub API . organizations . locations . fleets

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns all fleets within an organization or a project that the caller has access to.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Returns all fleets within an organization or a project that the caller has access to.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The organization or project to list for Fleets under, in the format `organizations/*/locations/*` or `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of fleets to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 200 fleets will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListFleets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListFleets` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for the `GkeHub.ListFleetsResponse` method.
+  "fleets": [ # The list of matching fleets.
+    { # Fleet contains the Fleet-wide metadata and configuration.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was created.
+      "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was deleted.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet`
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each Google Cloud project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default".
+      "state": { # FleetLifecycleState describes the state of a Fleet resource. # Output only. State of the namespace resource.
+        "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Fleet resource.
+      },
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. The token is only valid for 1h.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f9df78eb387 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

GKE Hub API . organizations . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ fleets() +

+

Returns the fleets Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html index 2c51ca7eb7b..10ad3d36282 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html @@ -128,11 +128,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature. - "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. + "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name. "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec. + "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster. "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated. - "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field. + "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true). "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster. "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. @@ -144,8 +145,10 @@

Method Details

"syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. - "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. + "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid. + "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync. }, + "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled. "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image. @@ -176,6 +179,7 @@

Method Details

"mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster. "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated. }, "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed. }, @@ -231,7 +235,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state. - "clusterName": "A String", # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation. + "clusterName": "A String", # This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name. "configSyncState": { # State information for ConfigSync # Current sync status "deploymentState": { # The state of ConfigSync's deployment on a cluster # Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Deployment state of admission-webhook @@ -242,6 +246,11 @@

Method Details

"rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, + "errors": [ # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync. + { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync + "errorMessage": "A String", # A string representing the user facing error message + }, + ], "syncState": { # State indicating an ACM's progress syncing configurations to a cluster # The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster "code": "A String", # Sync status code "errors": [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist. @@ -289,9 +298,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "membershipSpec": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state + "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster. "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated. - "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field. + "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true). "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster. "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. @@ -303,8 +313,10 @@

Method Details

"syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. - "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. + "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid. + "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync. }, + "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled. "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image. @@ -335,6 +347,7 @@

Method Details

"mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster. "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated. }, "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed. }, @@ -354,6 +367,7 @@

Method Details

"gatekeeperMutation": "A String", # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook. }, "migration": { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -> PoCo Hub migration for this feature. + "copyTime": "A String", # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature. "stage": "A String", # Stage of the migration. }, "version": { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed. @@ -564,11 +578,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature. - "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. + "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name. "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec. + "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster. "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated. - "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field. + "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true). "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster. "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. @@ -580,8 +595,10 @@

Method Details

"syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. - "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. + "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid. + "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync. }, + "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled. "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image. @@ -612,6 +629,7 @@

Method Details

"mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster. "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated. }, "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed. }, @@ -667,7 +685,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state. - "clusterName": "A String", # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation. + "clusterName": "A String", # This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name. "configSyncState": { # State information for ConfigSync # Current sync status "deploymentState": { # The state of ConfigSync's deployment on a cluster # Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Deployment state of admission-webhook @@ -678,6 +696,11 @@

Method Details

"rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, + "errors": [ # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync. + { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync + "errorMessage": "A String", # A string representing the user facing error message + }, + ], "syncState": { # State indicating an ACM's progress syncing configurations to a cluster # The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster "code": "A String", # Sync status code "errors": [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist. @@ -725,9 +748,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "membershipSpec": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state + "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster. "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated. - "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field. + "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true). "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster. "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. @@ -739,8 +763,10 @@

Method Details

"syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. - "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. + "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid. + "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync. }, + "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled. "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image. @@ -771,6 +797,7 @@

Method Details

"mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster. "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated. }, "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed. }, @@ -790,6 +817,7 @@

Method Details

"gatekeeperMutation": "A String", # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook. }, "migration": { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -> PoCo Hub migration for this feature. + "copyTime": "A String", # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature. "stage": "A String", # Stage of the migration. }, "version": { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed. @@ -988,11 +1016,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature. - "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. + "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name. "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec. + "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster. "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated. - "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field. + "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true). "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster. "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. @@ -1004,8 +1033,10 @@

Method Details

"syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. - "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. + "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid. + "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync. }, + "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled. "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image. @@ -1036,6 +1067,7 @@

Method Details

"mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster. "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated. }, "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed. }, @@ -1091,7 +1123,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state. - "clusterName": "A String", # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation. + "clusterName": "A String", # This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name. "configSyncState": { # State information for ConfigSync # Current sync status "deploymentState": { # The state of ConfigSync's deployment on a cluster # Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Deployment state of admission-webhook @@ -1102,6 +1134,11 @@

Method Details

"rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, + "errors": [ # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync. + { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync + "errorMessage": "A String", # A string representing the user facing error message + }, + ], "syncState": { # State indicating an ACM's progress syncing configurations to a cluster # The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster "code": "A String", # Sync status code "errors": [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist. @@ -1149,9 +1186,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "membershipSpec": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state + "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster. "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated. - "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field. + "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true). "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster. "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. @@ -1163,8 +1201,10 @@

Method Details

"syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. - "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. + "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid. + "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync. }, + "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled. "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image. @@ -1195,6 +1235,7 @@

Method Details

"mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster. "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated. }, "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed. }, @@ -1214,6 +1255,7 @@

Method Details

"gatekeeperMutation": "A String", # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook. }, "migration": { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -> PoCo Hub migration for this feature. + "copyTime": "A String", # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature. "stage": "A String", # Stage of the migration. }, "version": { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed. @@ -1368,11 +1410,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature. - "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. + "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name. "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec. + "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster. "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated. - "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field. + "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true). "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster. "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. @@ -1384,8 +1427,10 @@

Method Details

"syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. - "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. + "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid. + "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync. }, + "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled. "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image. @@ -1416,6 +1461,7 @@

Method Details

"mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster. "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated. }, "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed. }, @@ -1471,7 +1517,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state. - "clusterName": "A String", # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation. + "clusterName": "A String", # This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name. "configSyncState": { # State information for ConfigSync # Current sync status "deploymentState": { # The state of ConfigSync's deployment on a cluster # Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Deployment state of admission-webhook @@ -1482,6 +1528,11 @@

Method Details

"rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod }, + "errors": [ # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync. + { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync + "errorMessage": "A String", # A string representing the user facing error message + }, + ], "syncState": { # State indicating an ACM's progress syncing configurations to a cluster # The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster "code": "A String", # Sync status code "errors": [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist. @@ -1529,9 +1580,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "membershipSpec": { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Membership configuration in the cluster. This represents the actual state in the cluster, while the MembershipSpec in the FeatureSpec represents the intended state + "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster. "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated. - "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field. + "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true). "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster. "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. @@ -1543,8 +1595,10 @@

Method Details

"syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. - "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. + "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid. + "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync. }, + "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled. "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image. @@ -1575,6 +1629,7 @@

Method Details

"mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster. "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated. "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated. }, "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed. }, @@ -1594,6 +1649,7 @@

Method Details

"gatekeeperMutation": "A String", # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook. }, "migration": { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -> PoCo Hub migration for this feature. + "copyTime": "A String", # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature. "stage": "A String", # Stage of the migration. }, "version": { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.fleets.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.fleets.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..81260eeb896 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.fleets.html @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ + + + +

GKE Hub API . projects . locations . fleets

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a fleet.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Removes a Fleet. There must be no memberships remaining in the Fleet.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the details of a fleet.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns all fleets within an organization or a project that the caller has access to.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a fleet.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Creates a fleet.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the Fleet will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Fleet contains the Fleet-wide metadata and configuration.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was deleted.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet`
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each Google Cloud project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default".
+  "state": { # FleetLifecycleState describes the state of a Fleet resource. # Output only. State of the namespace resource.
+    "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Fleet resource.
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was last updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Removes a Fleet. There must be no memberships remaining in the Fleet.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The Fleet resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/fleets/*`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Returns the details of a fleet.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The Fleet resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/fleets/*`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Fleet contains the Fleet-wide metadata and configuration.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was deleted.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet`
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each Google Cloud project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default".
+  "state": { # FleetLifecycleState describes the state of a Fleet resource. # Output only. State of the namespace resource.
+    "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Fleet resource.
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Returns all fleets within an organization or a project that the caller has access to.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The organization or project to list for Fleets under, in the format `organizations/*/locations/*` or `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of fleets to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 200 fleets will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListFleets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListFleets` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for the `GkeHub.ListFleetsResponse` method.
+  "fleets": [ # The list of matching fleets.
+    { # Fleet contains the Fleet-wide metadata and configuration.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was created.
+      "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was deleted.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet`
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each Google Cloud project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default".
+      "state": { # FleetLifecycleState describes the state of a Fleet resource. # Output only. State of the namespace resource.
+        "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Fleet resource.
+      },
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. The token is only valid for 1h.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Updates a fleet.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each Google Cloud project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default". (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Fleet contains the Fleet-wide metadata and configuration.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was deleted.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet`
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each Google Cloud project can have at most one fleet resource, named "default".
+  "state": { # FleetLifecycleState describes the state of a Fleet resource. # Output only. State of the namespace resource.
+    "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the Fleet resource.
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Fleet was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The fields to be updated;
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html index f50cf98ac04..482ea2dbc5e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the features Resource.

+

+ fleets() +

+

Returns the fleets Resource.

+

memberships()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html index c3e6fefb151..fe3dd72f512 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html @@ -95,6 +95,9 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a scopes.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

@@ -316,6 +319,57 @@

Method Details

+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Updates a scopes.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource name for the scope `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Scope represents a Scope in a Fleet.
+  "allMemberships": True or False, # If true, all Memberships in the Fleet bind to this Scope.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the scope was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the scope was deleted.
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name for the scope `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope}`
+  "state": { # ScopeLifecycleState describes the state of a Scope resource. # Output only. State of the scope resource.
+    "code": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the scope resource.
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all scope resources. If a scope resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the scope was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
index 96fd2c4e7fd..d3ddcb246f0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
-    "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
+    "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name.
       "anthosobservability": { # **Anthosobservability**: Per-Membership Feature spec. # Anthos Observability-specific spec
         "doNotOptimizeMetrics": True or False, # Use full of metrics rather than optimized metrics. See https://cloud.google.com/anthos/clusters/docs/on-prem/1.8/concepts/logging-and-monitoring#optimized_metrics_default_metrics
         "enableStackdriverOnApplications": True or False, # Enable collecting and reporting metrics and logs from user apps.
@@ -176,9 +176,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
           "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
         },
+        "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
         "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
           "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-          "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
           "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
             "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
             "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -190,8 +191,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
           },
           "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-            "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+            "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
           },
+          "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
           "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
             "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
             "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -222,6 +225,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
           "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
           "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
         },
         "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
       },
@@ -341,6 +345,28 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed.
         },
       },
+      "clusterupgrade": { # Per-membership state for this feature. # ClusterUpgrade state.
+        "ignored": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. # Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel.
+          "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
+          "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored.
+        },
+        "scopes": [ # Fully qualified scope names that this clusters is bound to which also have rollout sequencing enabled.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "upgrades": [ # Actual upgrade state against desired.
+          { # ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state per-membership.
+            "status": { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
+              "code": "A String", # Status code of the upgrade.
+              "reason": "A String", # Reason for this status.
+              "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the status was updated.
+            },
+            "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
+              "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+              "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
         "binauthzState": { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
           "version": { # The version of binauthz. # The version of binauthz that is installed.
@@ -348,7 +374,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "webhook": "A String", # The state of the binauthz webhook.
         },
-        "clusterName": "A String", # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.
+        "clusterName": "A String", # This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name.
         "configSyncState": { # State information for ConfigSync # Current sync status
           "deploymentState": { # The state of ConfigSync's deployment on a cluster # Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed
             "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Deployment state of admission-webhook
@@ -359,6 +385,11 @@ 
Method Details

             "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler
             "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod
           },
+          "errors": [ # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.
+            { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync
+              "errorMessage": "A String", # A string representing the user facing error message
+            },
+          ],
           "syncState": { # State indicating an ACM's progress syncing configurations to a cluster # The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster
             "code": "A String", # Sync status code
             "errors": [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist.
@@ -409,9 +440,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
             "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
           },
+          "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
           "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
             "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-            "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
             "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
               "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
               "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -423,8 +455,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
             },
             "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-              "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+              "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
             },
+            "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
             "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
               "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
               "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -455,6 +489,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
             "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
             "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+            "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
           },
           "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
         },
@@ -474,6 +509,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "gatekeeperMutation": "A String", # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook.
           },
           "migration": { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -> PoCo Hub migration for this feature.
+            "copyTime": "A String", # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.
             "stage": "A String", # Stage of the migration.
           },
           "version": { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed.
@@ -546,6 +582,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
             },
           },
+          "referentialSyncConfigState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user.
+            "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
+            "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
+          },
           "templateLibraryState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library
             "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
             "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
@@ -606,10 +646,66 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "scopeSpecs": { # Optional. Scope-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Scope configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Scope is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
     "a_key": { # ScopeFeatureSpec contains feature specs for a fleet scope.
+      "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the scope-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # Spec for the ClusterUpgrade feature at the scope level
+        "gkeUpgradeOverrides": [ # Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade.
+          { # Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0.
+            "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required.
+              "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
+            },
+            "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Required. Which upgrade to override. Required.
+              "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+              "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required.
+          "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
+        },
+        "upstreamScopes": [ # This scope consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream scopes. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The scope name should be in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream scope.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   "scopeStates": { # Output only. Scope-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Scope status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project.
     "a_key": { # ScopeFeatureState contains Scope-wide Feature status information.
+      "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the scope-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # State for the ClusterUpgrade feature at the scope level
+        "downstreamScopes": [ # This scopes whose upstream_scopes contain the current scope. The scope name should be in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/gloobal/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "gkeState": { # GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope. # Feature state for GKE clusters.
+          "conditions": [ # Current conditions of the feature.
+            { # GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time.
+              "reason": "A String", # Reason why the feature is in this status.
+              "status": "A String", # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+              "type": "A String", # Type of the condition, for example, "ready".
+              "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the condition was updated.
+            },
+          ],
+          "state": [ # Scope-level upgrade state.
+            { # ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope level.
+              "stats": { # Number of GKE clusters in each status code.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "status": { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
+                "code": "A String", # Status code of the upgrade.
+                "reason": "A String", # Reason for this status.
+                "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the status was updated.
+              },
+              "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
+                "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+                "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "ignored": { # A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`.
+          "a_key": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default.
+            "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
+            "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored.
+          },
+        },
+      },
       "state": { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature's state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # Output only. The "running state" of the Feature in this Scope.
         "code": "A String", # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
         "description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current status.
@@ -817,7 +913,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
-    "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
+    "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name.
       "anthosobservability": { # **Anthosobservability**: Per-Membership Feature spec. # Anthos Observability-specific spec
         "doNotOptimizeMetrics": True or False, # Use full of metrics rather than optimized metrics. See https://cloud.google.com/anthos/clusters/docs/on-prem/1.8/concepts/logging-and-monitoring#optimized_metrics_default_metrics
         "enableStackdriverOnApplications": True or False, # Enable collecting and reporting metrics and logs from user apps.
@@ -831,9 +927,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
           "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
         },
+        "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
         "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
           "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-          "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
           "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
             "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
             "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -845,8 +942,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
           },
           "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-            "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+            "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
           },
+          "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
           "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
             "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
             "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -877,6 +976,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
           "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
           "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
         },
         "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
       },
@@ -996,6 +1096,28 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed.
         },
       },
+      "clusterupgrade": { # Per-membership state for this feature. # ClusterUpgrade state.
+        "ignored": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. # Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel.
+          "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
+          "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored.
+        },
+        "scopes": [ # Fully qualified scope names that this clusters is bound to which also have rollout sequencing enabled.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "upgrades": [ # Actual upgrade state against desired.
+          { # ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state per-membership.
+            "status": { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
+              "code": "A String", # Status code of the upgrade.
+              "reason": "A String", # Reason for this status.
+              "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the status was updated.
+            },
+            "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
+              "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+              "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
         "binauthzState": { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
           "version": { # The version of binauthz. # The version of binauthz that is installed.
@@ -1003,7 +1125,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "webhook": "A String", # The state of the binauthz webhook.
         },
-        "clusterName": "A String", # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.
+        "clusterName": "A String", # This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name.
         "configSyncState": { # State information for ConfigSync # Current sync status
           "deploymentState": { # The state of ConfigSync's deployment on a cluster # Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed
             "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Deployment state of admission-webhook
@@ -1014,6 +1136,11 @@ 
Method Details

             "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler
             "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod
           },
+          "errors": [ # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.
+            { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync
+              "errorMessage": "A String", # A string representing the user facing error message
+            },
+          ],
           "syncState": { # State indicating an ACM's progress syncing configurations to a cluster # The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster
             "code": "A String", # Sync status code
             "errors": [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist.
@@ -1064,9 +1191,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
             "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
           },
+          "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
           "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
             "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-            "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
             "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
               "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
               "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -1078,8 +1206,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
             },
             "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-              "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+              "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
             },
+            "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
             "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
               "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
               "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -1110,6 +1240,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
             "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
             "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+            "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
           },
           "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
         },
@@ -1129,6 +1260,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "gatekeeperMutation": "A String", # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook.
           },
           "migration": { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -> PoCo Hub migration for this feature.
+            "copyTime": "A String", # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.
             "stage": "A String", # Stage of the migration.
           },
           "version": { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed.
@@ -1201,6 +1333,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
             },
           },
+          "referentialSyncConfigState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user.
+            "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
+            "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
+          },
           "templateLibraryState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library
             "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
             "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
@@ -1261,10 +1397,66 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "scopeSpecs": { # Optional. Scope-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Scope configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Scope is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
     "a_key": { # ScopeFeatureSpec contains feature specs for a fleet scope.
+      "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the scope-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # Spec for the ClusterUpgrade feature at the scope level
+        "gkeUpgradeOverrides": [ # Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade.
+          { # Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0.
+            "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required.
+              "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
+            },
+            "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Required. Which upgrade to override. Required.
+              "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+              "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required.
+          "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
+        },
+        "upstreamScopes": [ # This scope consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream scopes. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The scope name should be in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream scope.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   "scopeStates": { # Output only. Scope-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Scope status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project.
     "a_key": { # ScopeFeatureState contains Scope-wide Feature status information.
+      "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the scope-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # State for the ClusterUpgrade feature at the scope level
+        "downstreamScopes": [ # This scopes whose upstream_scopes contain the current scope. The scope name should be in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/gloobal/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "gkeState": { # GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope. # Feature state for GKE clusters.
+          "conditions": [ # Current conditions of the feature.
+            { # GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time.
+              "reason": "A String", # Reason why the feature is in this status.
+              "status": "A String", # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+              "type": "A String", # Type of the condition, for example, "ready".
+              "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the condition was updated.
+            },
+          ],
+          "state": [ # Scope-level upgrade state.
+            { # ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope level.
+              "stats": { # Number of GKE clusters in each status code.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "status": { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
+                "code": "A String", # Status code of the upgrade.
+                "reason": "A String", # Reason for this status.
+                "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the status was updated.
+              },
+              "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
+                "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+                "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "ignored": { # A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`.
+          "a_key": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default.
+            "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
+            "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored.
+          },
+        },
+      },
       "state": { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature's state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # Output only. The "running state" of the Feature in this Scope.
         "code": "A String", # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
         "description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current status.
@@ -1460,7 +1652,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
-        "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
+        "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name.
           "anthosobservability": { # **Anthosobservability**: Per-Membership Feature spec. # Anthos Observability-specific spec
             "doNotOptimizeMetrics": True or False, # Use full of metrics rather than optimized metrics. See https://cloud.google.com/anthos/clusters/docs/on-prem/1.8/concepts/logging-and-monitoring#optimized_metrics_default_metrics
             "enableStackdriverOnApplications": True or False, # Enable collecting and reporting metrics and logs from user apps.
@@ -1474,9 +1666,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
               "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
             },
+            "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
             "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
               "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-              "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
               "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
                 "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
                 "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -1488,8 +1681,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
               },
               "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-                "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+                "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+                "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
               },
+              "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
               "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
                 "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
                 "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -1520,6 +1715,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
               "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
               "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+              "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
             },
             "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
           },
@@ -1639,6 +1835,28 @@ 
Method Details

               "description": "A String", # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed.
             },
           },
+          "clusterupgrade": { # Per-membership state for this feature. # ClusterUpgrade state.
+            "ignored": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. # Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel.
+              "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
+              "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored.
+            },
+            "scopes": [ # Fully qualified scope names that this clusters is bound to which also have rollout sequencing enabled.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "upgrades": [ # Actual upgrade state against desired.
+              { # ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state per-membership.
+                "status": { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
+                  "code": "A String", # Status code of the upgrade.
+                  "reason": "A String", # Reason for this status.
+                  "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the status was updated.
+                },
+                "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
+                  "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+                  "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+          },
           "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
             "binauthzState": { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
               "version": { # The version of binauthz. # The version of binauthz that is installed.
@@ -1646,7 +1864,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "webhook": "A String", # The state of the binauthz webhook.
             },
-            "clusterName": "A String", # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.
+            "clusterName": "A String", # This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name.
             "configSyncState": { # State information for ConfigSync # Current sync status
               "deploymentState": { # The state of ConfigSync's deployment on a cluster # Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed
                 "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Deployment state of admission-webhook
@@ -1657,6 +1875,11 @@ 
Method Details

                 "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler
                 "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod
               },
+              "errors": [ # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.
+                { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync
+                  "errorMessage": "A String", # A string representing the user facing error message
+                },
+              ],
               "syncState": { # State indicating an ACM's progress syncing configurations to a cluster # The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster
                 "code": "A String", # Sync status code
                 "errors": [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist.
@@ -1707,9 +1930,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
                 "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
               },
+              "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
               "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
                 "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-                "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+                "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
                 "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
                   "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
                   "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -1721,8 +1945,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
                 },
                 "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-                  "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+                  "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+                  "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
                 },
+                "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
                 "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
                   "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
                   "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -1753,6 +1979,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
                 "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
                 "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+                "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
               },
               "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
             },
@@ -1772,6 +1999,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "gatekeeperMutation": "A String", # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook.
               },
               "migration": { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -> PoCo Hub migration for this feature.
+                "copyTime": "A String", # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.
                 "stage": "A String", # Stage of the migration.
               },
               "version": { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed.
@@ -1844,6 +2072,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
                 },
               },
+              "referentialSyncConfigState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user.
+                "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
+                "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
+              },
               "templateLibraryState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library
                 "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
                 "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
@@ -1904,10 +2136,66 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "scopeSpecs": { # Optional. Scope-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Scope configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Scope is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
         "a_key": { # ScopeFeatureSpec contains feature specs for a fleet scope.
+          "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the scope-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # Spec for the ClusterUpgrade feature at the scope level
+            "gkeUpgradeOverrides": [ # Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade.
+              { # Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0.
+                "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required.
+                  "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
+                },
+                "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Required. Which upgrade to override. Required.
+                  "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+                  "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required.
+              "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
+            },
+            "upstreamScopes": [ # This scope consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream scopes. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The scope name should be in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream scope.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
         },
       },
       "scopeStates": { # Output only. Scope-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Scope status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project.
         "a_key": { # ScopeFeatureState contains Scope-wide Feature status information.
+          "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the scope-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # State for the ClusterUpgrade feature at the scope level
+            "downstreamScopes": [ # This scopes whose upstream_scopes contain the current scope. The scope name should be in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/gloobal/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "gkeState": { # GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope. # Feature state for GKE clusters.
+              "conditions": [ # Current conditions of the feature.
+                { # GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time.
+                  "reason": "A String", # Reason why the feature is in this status.
+                  "status": "A String", # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                  "type": "A String", # Type of the condition, for example, "ready".
+                  "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the condition was updated.
+                },
+              ],
+              "state": [ # Scope-level upgrade state.
+                { # ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope level.
+                  "stats": { # Number of GKE clusters in each status code.
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "status": { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
+                    "code": "A String", # Status code of the upgrade.
+                    "reason": "A String", # Reason for this status.
+                    "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the status was updated.
+                  },
+                  "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
+                    "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+                    "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "ignored": { # A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`.
+              "a_key": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default.
+                "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
+                "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored.
+              },
+            },
+          },
           "state": { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature's state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # Output only. The "running state" of the Feature in this Scope.
             "code": "A String", # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
             "description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current status.
@@ -2059,7 +2347,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
-    "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
+    "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name.
       "anthosobservability": { # **Anthosobservability**: Per-Membership Feature spec. # Anthos Observability-specific spec
         "doNotOptimizeMetrics": True or False, # Use full of metrics rather than optimized metrics. See https://cloud.google.com/anthos/clusters/docs/on-prem/1.8/concepts/logging-and-monitoring#optimized_metrics_default_metrics
         "enableStackdriverOnApplications": True or False, # Enable collecting and reporting metrics and logs from user apps.
@@ -2073,9 +2361,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
           "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
         },
+        "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
         "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
           "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-          "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
           "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
             "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
             "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -2087,8 +2376,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
           },
           "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-            "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+            "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
           },
+          "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
           "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
             "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
             "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -2119,6 +2410,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
           "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
           "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
         },
         "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
       },
@@ -2238,6 +2530,28 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed.
         },
       },
+      "clusterupgrade": { # Per-membership state for this feature. # ClusterUpgrade state.
+        "ignored": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. # Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel.
+          "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
+          "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored.
+        },
+        "scopes": [ # Fully qualified scope names that this clusters is bound to which also have rollout sequencing enabled.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "upgrades": [ # Actual upgrade state against desired.
+          { # ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state per-membership.
+            "status": { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
+              "code": "A String", # Status code of the upgrade.
+              "reason": "A String", # Reason for this status.
+              "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the status was updated.
+            },
+            "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
+              "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+              "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       "configmanagement": { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
         "binauthzState": { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
           "version": { # The version of binauthz. # The version of binauthz that is installed.
@@ -2245,7 +2559,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "webhook": "A String", # The state of the binauthz webhook.
         },
-        "clusterName": "A String", # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.
+        "clusterName": "A String", # This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name.
         "configSyncState": { # State information for ConfigSync # Current sync status
           "deploymentState": { # The state of ConfigSync's deployment on a cluster # Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed
             "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Deployment state of admission-webhook
@@ -2256,6 +2570,11 @@ 
Method Details

             "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler
             "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod
           },
+          "errors": [ # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.
+            { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync
+              "errorMessage": "A String", # A string representing the user facing error message
+            },
+          ],
           "syncState": { # State indicating an ACM's progress syncing configurations to a cluster # The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster
             "code": "A String", # Sync status code
             "errors": [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist.
@@ -2306,9 +2625,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
             "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
           },
+          "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
           "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
             "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-            "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
             "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
               "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
               "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -2320,8 +2640,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
             },
             "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-              "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+              "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
             },
+            "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
             "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
               "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
               "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -2352,6 +2674,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
             "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
             "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+            "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
           },
           "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
         },
@@ -2371,6 +2694,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "gatekeeperMutation": "A String", # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook.
           },
           "migration": { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -> PoCo Hub migration for this feature.
+            "copyTime": "A String", # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.
             "stage": "A String", # Stage of the migration.
           },
           "version": { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed.
@@ -2443,6 +2767,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
             },
           },
+          "referentialSyncConfigState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user.
+            "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
+            "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
+          },
           "templateLibraryState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library
             "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
             "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
@@ -2503,10 +2831,66 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "scopeSpecs": { # Optional. Scope-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Scope configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Scope is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
     "a_key": { # ScopeFeatureSpec contains feature specs for a fleet scope.
+      "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the scope-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # Spec for the ClusterUpgrade feature at the scope level
+        "gkeUpgradeOverrides": [ # Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade.
+          { # Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0.
+            "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required.
+              "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
+            },
+            "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Required. Which upgrade to override. Required.
+              "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+              "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required.
+          "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.
+        },
+        "upstreamScopes": [ # This scope consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream scopes. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The scope name should be in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream scope.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   "scopeStates": { # Output only. Scope-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Scope status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Scope the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project.
     "a_key": { # ScopeFeatureState contains Scope-wide Feature status information.
+      "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the scope-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # State for the ClusterUpgrade feature at the scope level
+        "downstreamScopes": [ # This scopes whose upstream_scopes contain the current scope. The scope name should be in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/gloobal/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "gkeState": { # GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope. # Feature state for GKE clusters.
+          "conditions": [ # Current conditions of the feature.
+            { # GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time.
+              "reason": "A String", # Reason why the feature is in this status.
+              "status": "A String", # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+              "type": "A String", # Type of the condition, for example, "ready".
+              "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the condition was updated.
+            },
+          ],
+          "state": [ # Scope-level upgrade state.
+            { # ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope level.
+              "stats": { # Number of GKE clusters in each status code.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "status": { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade.
+                "code": "A String", # Status code of the upgrade.
+                "reason": "A String", # Reason for this status.
+                "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the status was updated.
+              },
+              "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state.
+                "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+                "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "ignored": { # A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`.
+          "a_key": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default.
+            "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored.
+            "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored.
+          },
+        },
+      },
       "state": { # FeatureState describes the high-level state of a Feature. It may be used to describe a Feature's state at the environ-level, or per-membershop, depending on the context. # Output only. The "running state" of the Feature in this Scope.
         "code": "A String", # The high-level, machine-readable status of this Feature.
         "description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current status.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
index aa03434a90f..7e578288725 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
-    "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
+    "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name.
       "anthosobservability": { # **Anthosobservability**: Per-Membership Feature spec. # Anthos Observability-specific spec
         "doNotOptimizeMetrics": True or False, # Use full of metrics rather than optimized metrics. See https://cloud.google.com/anthos/clusters/docs/on-prem/1.8/concepts/logging-and-monitoring#optimized_metrics_default_metrics
         "enableStackdriverOnApplications": True or False, # Enable collecting and reporting metrics and logs from user apps.
@@ -176,9 +176,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
           "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
         },
+        "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
         "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
           "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-          "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
           "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
             "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
             "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -190,8 +191,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
           },
           "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-            "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+            "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
           },
+          "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
           "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
             "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
             "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -222,6 +225,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
           "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
           "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
         },
         "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
       },
@@ -344,7 +348,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "webhook": "A String", # The state of the binauthz webhook.
         },
-        "clusterName": "A String", # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.
+        "clusterName": "A String", # This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name.
         "configSyncState": { # State information for ConfigSync # Current sync status
           "deploymentState": { # The state of ConfigSync's deployment on a cluster # Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed
             "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Deployment state of admission-webhook
@@ -355,6 +359,11 @@ 
Method Details

             "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler
             "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod
           },
+          "errors": [ # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.
+            { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync
+              "errorMessage": "A String", # A string representing the user facing error message
+            },
+          ],
           "syncState": { # State indicating an ACM's progress syncing configurations to a cluster # The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster
             "code": "A String", # Sync status code
             "errors": [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist.
@@ -405,9 +414,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
             "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
           },
+          "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
           "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
             "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-            "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
             "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
               "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
               "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -419,8 +429,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
             },
             "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-              "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+              "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
             },
+            "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
             "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
               "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
               "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -451,6 +463,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
             "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
             "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+            "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
           },
           "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
         },
@@ -470,6 +483,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "gatekeeperMutation": "A String", # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook.
           },
           "migration": { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -> PoCo Hub migration for this feature.
+            "copyTime": "A String", # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.
             "stage": "A String", # Stage of the migration.
           },
           "version": { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed.
@@ -542,6 +556,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
             },
           },
+          "referentialSyncConfigState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user.
+            "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
+            "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
+          },
           "templateLibraryState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library
             "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
             "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
@@ -761,7 +779,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
-    "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
+    "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name.
       "anthosobservability": { # **Anthosobservability**: Per-Membership Feature spec. # Anthos Observability-specific spec
         "doNotOptimizeMetrics": True or False, # Use full of metrics rather than optimized metrics. See https://cloud.google.com/anthos/clusters/docs/on-prem/1.8/concepts/logging-and-monitoring#optimized_metrics_default_metrics
         "enableStackdriverOnApplications": True or False, # Enable collecting and reporting metrics and logs from user apps.
@@ -775,9 +793,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
           "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
         },
+        "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
         "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
           "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-          "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
           "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
             "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
             "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -789,8 +808,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
           },
           "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-            "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+            "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
           },
+          "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
           "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
             "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
             "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -821,6 +842,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
           "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
           "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
         },
         "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
       },
@@ -943,7 +965,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "webhook": "A String", # The state of the binauthz webhook.
         },
-        "clusterName": "A String", # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.
+        "clusterName": "A String", # This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name.
         "configSyncState": { # State information for ConfigSync # Current sync status
           "deploymentState": { # The state of ConfigSync's deployment on a cluster # Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed
             "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Deployment state of admission-webhook
@@ -954,6 +976,11 @@ 
Method Details

             "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler
             "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod
           },
+          "errors": [ # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.
+            { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync
+              "errorMessage": "A String", # A string representing the user facing error message
+            },
+          ],
           "syncState": { # State indicating an ACM's progress syncing configurations to a cluster # The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster
             "code": "A String", # Sync status code
             "errors": [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist.
@@ -1004,9 +1031,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
             "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
           },
+          "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
           "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
             "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-            "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
             "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
               "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
               "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -1018,8 +1046,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
             },
             "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-              "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+              "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
             },
+            "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
             "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
               "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
               "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -1050,6 +1080,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
             "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
             "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+            "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
           },
           "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
         },
@@ -1069,6 +1100,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "gatekeeperMutation": "A String", # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook.
           },
           "migration": { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -> PoCo Hub migration for this feature.
+            "copyTime": "A String", # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.
             "stage": "A String", # Stage of the migration.
           },
           "version": { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed.
@@ -1141,6 +1173,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
             },
           },
+          "referentialSyncConfigState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user.
+            "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
+            "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
+          },
           "templateLibraryState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library
             "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
             "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
@@ -1348,7 +1384,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
-        "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
+        "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name.
           "anthosobservability": { # **Anthosobservability**: Per-Membership Feature spec. # Anthos Observability-specific spec
             "doNotOptimizeMetrics": True or False, # Use full of metrics rather than optimized metrics. See https://cloud.google.com/anthos/clusters/docs/on-prem/1.8/concepts/logging-and-monitoring#optimized_metrics_default_metrics
             "enableStackdriverOnApplications": True or False, # Enable collecting and reporting metrics and logs from user apps.
@@ -1362,9 +1398,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
               "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
             },
+            "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
             "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
               "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-              "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
               "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
                 "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
                 "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -1376,8 +1413,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
               },
               "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-                "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+                "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+                "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
               },
+              "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
               "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
                 "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
                 "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -1408,6 +1447,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
               "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
               "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+              "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
             },
             "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
           },
@@ -1530,7 +1570,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "webhook": "A String", # The state of the binauthz webhook.
             },
-            "clusterName": "A String", # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.
+            "clusterName": "A String", # This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name.
             "configSyncState": { # State information for ConfigSync # Current sync status
               "deploymentState": { # The state of ConfigSync's deployment on a cluster # Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed
                 "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Deployment state of admission-webhook
@@ -1541,6 +1581,11 @@ 
Method Details

                 "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler
                 "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod
               },
+              "errors": [ # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.
+                { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync
+                  "errorMessage": "A String", # A string representing the user facing error message
+                },
+              ],
               "syncState": { # State indicating an ACM's progress syncing configurations to a cluster # The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster
                 "code": "A String", # Sync status code
                 "errors": [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist.
@@ -1591,9 +1636,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
                 "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
               },
+              "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
               "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
                 "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-                "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+                "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
                 "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
                   "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
                   "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -1605,8 +1651,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
                 },
                 "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-                  "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+                  "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+                  "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
                 },
+                "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
                 "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
                   "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
                   "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -1637,6 +1685,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
                 "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
                 "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+                "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
               },
               "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
             },
@@ -1656,6 +1705,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "gatekeeperMutation": "A String", # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook.
               },
               "migration": { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -> PoCo Hub migration for this feature.
+                "copyTime": "A String", # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.
                 "stage": "A String", # Stage of the migration.
               },
               "version": { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed.
@@ -1728,6 +1778,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
                 },
               },
+              "referentialSyncConfigState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user.
+                "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
+                "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
+              },
               "templateLibraryState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library
                 "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
                 "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
@@ -1891,7 +1945,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "membershipSpecs": { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
-    "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
+    "a_key": { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name.
       "anthosobservability": { # **Anthosobservability**: Per-Membership Feature spec. # Anthos Observability-specific spec
         "doNotOptimizeMetrics": True or False, # Use full of metrics rather than optimized metrics. See https://cloud.google.com/anthos/clusters/docs/on-prem/1.8/concepts/logging-and-monitoring#optimized_metrics_default_metrics
         "enableStackdriverOnApplications": True or False, # Enable collecting and reporting metrics and logs from user apps.
@@ -1905,9 +1959,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
           "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
         },
+        "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
         "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
           "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-          "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
           "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
             "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
             "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -1919,8 +1974,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
           },
           "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-            "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+            "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
           },
+          "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
           "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
             "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
             "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -1951,6 +2008,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
           "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
           "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
         },
         "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
       },
@@ -2073,7 +2131,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "webhook": "A String", # The state of the binauthz webhook.
         },
-        "clusterName": "A String", # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.
+        "clusterName": "A String", # This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name.
         "configSyncState": { # State information for ConfigSync # Current sync status
           "deploymentState": { # The state of ConfigSync's deployment on a cluster # Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed
             "admissionWebhook": "A String", # Deployment state of admission-webhook
@@ -2084,6 +2142,11 @@ 
Method Details

             "rootReconciler": "A String", # Deployment state of root-reconciler
             "syncer": "A String", # Deployment state of the syncer pod
           },
+          "errors": [ # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.
+            { # Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync
+              "errorMessage": "A String", # A string representing the user facing error message
+            },
+          ],
           "syncState": { # State indicating an ACM's progress syncing configurations to a cluster # The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster
             "code": "A String", # Sync status code
             "errors": [ # A list of errors resulting from problematic configs. This list will be truncated after 100 errors, although it is unlikely for that many errors to simultaneously exist.
@@ -2134,9 +2197,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "binauthz": { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
             "enabled": True or False, # Whether binauthz is enabled in this cluster.
           },
+          "cluster": "A String", # The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.
           "configSync": { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
             "allowVerticalScale": True or False, # Set to true to allow the vertical scaling. Defaults to false which disallows vertical scaling. This field is deprecated.
-            "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).
             "git": { # Git repo configuration for a single cluster. # Git repo configuration for the cluster.
               "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
               "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo.
@@ -2148,8 +2212,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15.
             },
             "managed": { # Configuration for Managed Config Sync. # Configuration for Managed Config Sync.
-              "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.
+              "stopSyncing": True or False, # Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.
             },
+            "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.
             "oci": { # OCI repo configuration for a single cluster # OCI repo configuration for the cluster
               "gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount.
               "policyDir": "A String", # The absolute path of the directory that contains the local resources. Default: the root directory of the image.
@@ -2180,6 +2246,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "mutationEnabled": True or False, # Enable or disable mutation in policy controller. If true, mutation CRDs, webhook and controller deployment will be deployed to the cluster.
             "referentialRulesEnabled": True or False, # Enables the ability to use Constraint Templates that reference to objects other than the object currently being evaluated.
             "templateLibraryInstalled": True or False, # Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.
+            "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.
           },
           "version": "A String", # Version of ACM installed.
         },
@@ -2199,6 +2266,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "gatekeeperMutation": "A String", # Status of the pod serving the mutation webhook.
           },
           "migration": { # State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub. # Record state of ACM -> PoCo Hub migration for this feature.
+            "copyTime": "A String", # Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.
             "stage": "A String", # Stage of the migration.
           },
           "version": { # The build version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller is using. # The version of Gatekeeper Policy Controller deployed.
@@ -2271,6 +2339,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
             },
           },
+          "referentialSyncConfigState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user.
+            "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
+            "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
+          },
           "templateLibraryState": { # OnClusterState represents the state of a sub-component of Policy Controller. # The state of the template library
             "details": "A String", # Surface potential errors or information logs.
             "state": "A String", # The lifecycle state of this component.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
index 961b2f2f4e9..98f07c77a14 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
@@ -105,6 +105,54 @@
   },
   "protocol": "rest",
   "resources": {
+    "organizations": {
+      "resources": {
+        "locations": {
+          "resources": {
+            "fleets": {
+              "methods": {
+                "list": {
+                  "description": "Returns all fleets within an organization or a project that the caller has access to.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/fleets",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "gkehub.organizations.locations.fleets.list",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "pageSize": {
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum number of fleets to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 200 fleets will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "pageToken": {
+                      "description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListFleets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListFleets` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The organization or project to list for Fleets under, in the format `organizations/*/locations/*` or `projects/*/locations/*`.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/fleets",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "ListFleetsResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    },
     "projects": {
       "resources": {
         "locations": {
@@ -451,6 +499,158 @@
                 }
               }
             },
+            "fleets": {
+              "methods": {
+                "create": {
+                  "description": "Creates a fleet.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/fleets",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.fleets.create",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) where the Fleet will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/fleets",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "Fleet"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "delete": {
+                  "description": "Removes a Fleet. There must be no memberships remaining in the Fleet.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/fleets/{fleetsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                  "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.fleets.delete",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The Fleet resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/fleets/*`.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/fleets/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "get": {
+                  "description": "Returns the details of a fleet.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/fleets/{fleetsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.fleets.get",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The Fleet resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/fleets/*`.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/fleets/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Fleet"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "list": {
+                  "description": "Returns all fleets within an organization or a project that the caller has access to.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/fleets",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.fleets.list",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "pageSize": {
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum number of fleets to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 200 fleets will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "pageToken": {
+                      "description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListFleets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListFleets` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The organization or project to list for Fleets under, in the format `organizations/*/locations/*` or `projects/*/locations/*`.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/fleets",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "ListFleetsResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "patch": {
+                  "description": "Updates a fleet.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/fleets/{fleetsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+                  "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.fleets.patch",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each Google Cloud project can have at most one fleet resource, named \"default\".",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/fleets/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "updateMask": {
+                      "description": "Required. The fields to be updated;",
+                      "format": "google-fieldmask",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "Fleet"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                }
+              }
+            },
             "memberships": {
               "methods": {
                 "create": {
@@ -1221,6 +1421,40 @@
                     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                   ]
                 },
+                "patch": {
+                  "description": "Updates a scopes.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/scopes/{scopesId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+                  "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.scopes.patch",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "The resource name for the scope `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/scopes/{scope}`",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/scopes/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "updateMask": {
+                      "description": "Required. The fields to be updated.",
+                      "format": "google-fieldmask",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "Scope"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
                 "setIamPolicy": {
                   "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/scopes/{scopesId}:setIamPolicy",
@@ -1284,7 +1518,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": {
@@ -1471,7 +1705,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "enabled": {
-          "description": "Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.",
+          "description": "Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "git": {
@@ -1482,6 +1716,10 @@
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementManaged",
           "description": "Configuration for Managed Config Sync."
         },
+        "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": {
+          "description": "The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "oci": {
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementOciConfig",
           "description": "OCI repo configuration for the cluster"
@@ -1616,6 +1854,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ConfigManagementConfigSyncError": {
+      "description": "Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync",
+      "id": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncError",
+      "properties": {
+        "errorMessage": {
+          "description": "A string representing the user facing error message",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ConfigManagementConfigSyncState": {
       "description": "State information for ConfigSync",
       "id": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncState",
@@ -1624,6 +1873,13 @@
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncDeploymentState",
           "description": "Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed"
         },
+        "errors": {
+          "description": "Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncError"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "syncState": {
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementSyncState",
           "description": "The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster"
@@ -1911,7 +2167,11 @@
       "id": "ConfigManagementManaged",
       "properties": {
         "enabled": {
-          "description": "Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.",
+          "description": "Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "stopSyncing": {
+          "description": "Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
@@ -1921,6 +2181,10 @@
       "description": "**Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR.",
       "id": "ConfigManagementMembershipSpec",
       "properties": {
+        "cluster": {
+          "description": "The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "configSync": {
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementConfigSync",
           "description": "Config Sync configuration for the cluster."
@@ -1945,7 +2209,7 @@
       "id": "ConfigManagementMembershipState",
       "properties": {
         "clusterName": {
-          "description": "The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.",
+          "description": "This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "configSyncState": {
@@ -2072,6 +2336,12 @@
         "templateLibraryInstalled": {
           "description": "Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.",
           "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2080,6 +2350,11 @@
       "description": "State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub.",
       "id": "ConfigManagementPolicyControllerMigration",
       "properties": {
+        "copyTime": {
+          "description": "Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "stage": {
           "description": "Stage of the migration.",
           "enum": [
@@ -2431,6 +2706,76 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Fleet": {
+      "description": "Fleet contains the Fleet-wide metadata and configuration.",
+      "id": "Fleet",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. When the Fleet was created.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "deleteTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. When the Fleet was deleted.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "Optional. A user-assigned display name of the Fleet. When present, it must be between 4 to 30 characters. Allowed characters are: lowercase and uppercase letters, numbers, hyphen, single-quote, double-quote, space, and exclamation point. Example: `Production Fleet`",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Output only. The full, unique resource name of this fleet in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/fleets/{fleet}`. Each Google Cloud project can have at most one fleet resource, named \"default\".",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "$ref": "FleetLifecycleState",
+          "description": "Output only. State of the namespace resource.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "uid": {
+          "description": "Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Fleet resources. If a Fleet resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. When the Fleet was last updated.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "FleetLifecycleState": {
+      "description": "FleetLifecycleState describes the state of a Fleet resource.",
+      "id": "FleetLifecycleState",
+      "properties": {
+        "code": {
+          "description": "Output only. The current state of the Fleet resource.",
+          "enum": [
+            "CODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "CREATING",
+            "READY",
+            "DELETING",
+            "UPDATING"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The code is not set.",
+            "The fleet is being created.",
+            "The fleet active.",
+            "The fleet is being deleted.",
+            "The fleet is being updated."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "FleetObservabilityFeatureSpec": {
       "description": "**Fleet Observability**: The Hub-wide input for the FleetObservability feature.",
       "id": "FleetObservabilityFeatureSpec",
@@ -2781,6 +3126,24 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ListFleetsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response message for the `GkeHub.ListFleetsResponse` method.",
+      "id": "ListFleetsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "fleets": {
+          "description": "The list of matching fleets.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Fleet"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. The token is only valid for 1h.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ListLocationsResponse": {
       "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.",
       "id": "ListLocationsResponse",
@@ -3101,7 +3464,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "MembershipFeatureSpec": {
-      "description": "MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.",
+      "description": "MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name.",
       "id": "MembershipFeatureSpec",
       "properties": {
         "configmanagement": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
index a8612dcb244..06d37d09e88 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
@@ -1908,7 +1908,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": {
@@ -2110,6 +2110,260 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgrade": {
+      "description": "GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade.",
+      "id": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgrade",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Name of the upgrade, e.g., \"k8s_control_plane\". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "version": {
+          "description": "Version of the upgrade, e.g., \"1.22.1-gke.100\". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgradeFeatureCondition": {
+      "description": "GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time.",
+      "id": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgradeFeatureCondition",
+      "properties": {
+        "reason": {
+          "description": "Reason why the feature is in this status.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "status": {
+          "description": "Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "Type of the condition, for example, \"ready\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Last timestamp the condition was updated.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgradeFeatureState": {
+      "description": "GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope.",
+      "id": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgradeFeatureState",
+      "properties": {
+        "conditions": {
+          "description": "Current conditions of the feature.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgradeFeatureCondition"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "Scope-level upgrade state.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeScopeGKEUpgradeState"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgradeOverride": {
+      "description": "Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0.",
+      "id": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgradeOverride",
+      "properties": {
+        "postConditions": {
+          "$ref": "ClusterUpgradePostConditions",
+          "description": "Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required."
+        },
+        "upgrade": {
+          "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgrade",
+          "description": "Required. Which upgrade to override. Required."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ClusterUpgradeIgnoredMembership": {
+      "description": "IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default.",
+      "id": "ClusterUpgradeIgnoredMembership",
+      "properties": {
+        "ignoredTime": {
+          "description": "Time when the membership was first set to ignored.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "reason": {
+          "description": "Reason why the membership is ignored.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ClusterUpgradeMembershipGKEUpgradeState": {
+      "description": "ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state per-membership.",
+      "id": "ClusterUpgradeMembershipGKEUpgradeState",
+      "properties": {
+        "status": {
+          "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeUpgradeStatus",
+          "description": "Status of the upgrade."
+        },
+        "upgrade": {
+          "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgrade",
+          "description": "Which upgrade to track the state."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ClusterUpgradeMembershipState": {
+      "description": "Per-membership state for this feature.",
+      "id": "ClusterUpgradeMembershipState",
+      "properties": {
+        "ignored": {
+          "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeIgnoredMembership",
+          "description": "Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel."
+        },
+        "scopes": {
+          "description": "Fully qualified scope names that this clusters is bound to which also have rollout sequencing enabled.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "upgrades": {
+          "description": "Actual upgrade state against desired.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeMembershipGKEUpgradeState"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ClusterUpgradePostConditions": {
+      "description": "Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters.",
+      "id": "ClusterUpgradePostConditions",
+      "properties": {
+        "soaking": {
+          "description": "Required. Amount of time to \"soak\" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required.",
+          "format": "google-duration",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ClusterUpgradeScopeGKEUpgradeState": {
+      "description": "ScopeGKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope level.",
+      "id": "ClusterUpgradeScopeGKEUpgradeState",
+      "properties": {
+        "stats": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "format": "int64",
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Number of GKE clusters in each status code.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "status": {
+          "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeUpgradeStatus",
+          "description": "Status of the upgrade."
+        },
+        "upgrade": {
+          "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgrade",
+          "description": "Which upgrade to track the state."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ClusterUpgradeScopeSpec": {
+      "description": "**ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the scope-level ClusterUpgrade feature.",
+      "id": "ClusterUpgradeScopeSpec",
+      "properties": {
+        "gkeUpgradeOverrides": {
+          "description": "Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgradeOverride"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "postConditions": {
+          "$ref": "ClusterUpgradePostConditions",
+          "description": "Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required."
+        },
+        "upstreamScopes": {
+          "description": "This scope consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream scopes. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The scope name should be in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/global/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream scope.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ClusterUpgradeScopeState": {
+      "description": "**ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the scope-level ClusterUpgrade feature.",
+      "id": "ClusterUpgradeScopeState",
+      "properties": {
+        "downstreamScopes": {
+          "description": "This scopes whose upstream_scopes contain the current scope. The scope name should be in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/gloobal/scopes/{s}` Where {p} is the project, {s} is a valid Scope in this project. {p} WILL match the Feature's project.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "gkeState": {
+          "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgradeFeatureState",
+          "description": "Feature state for GKE clusters."
+        },
+        "ignored": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeIgnoredMembership"
+          },
+          "description": "A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`.",
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ClusterUpgradeUpgradeStatus": {
+      "description": "UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade.",
+      "id": "ClusterUpgradeUpgradeStatus",
+      "properties": {
+        "code": {
+          "description": "Status code of the upgrade.",
+          "enum": [
+            "CODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "INELIGIBLE",
+            "PENDING",
+            "IN_PROGRESS",
+            "SOAKING",
+            "FORCED_SOAKING",
+            "COMPLETE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Required by https://linter.aip.dev/126/unspecified.",
+            "The upgrade is ineligible. At the scope level, this means the upgrade is ineligible for all the clusters in the scope.",
+            "The upgrade is pending. At the scope level, this means the upgrade is pending for all the clusters in the scope.",
+            "The upgrade is in progress. At the scope level, this means the upgrade is in progress for at least one cluster in the scope.",
+            "The upgrade has finished and is soaking until the soaking time is up. At the scope level, this means at least one cluster is in soaking while the rest are either soaking or complete.",
+            "A cluster will be forced to enter soaking if an upgrade doesn't finish within a certain limit, despite it's actual status.",
+            "The upgrade has passed all post conditions (soaking). At the scope level, this means all eligible clusters are in COMPLETE status."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "reason": {
+          "description": "Reason for this status.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Last timestamp the status was updated.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "CommonFeatureSpec": {
       "description": "CommonFeatureSpec contains Hub-wide configuration information",
       "id": "CommonFeatureSpec",
@@ -2234,7 +2488,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "enabled": {
-          "description": "Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.",
+          "description": "Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "git": {
@@ -2245,6 +2499,10 @@
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementManaged",
           "description": "Configuration for Managed Config Sync."
         },
+        "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": {
+          "description": "The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "oci": {
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementOciConfig",
           "description": "OCI repo configuration for the cluster"
@@ -2379,6 +2637,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ConfigManagementConfigSyncError": {
+      "description": "Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync",
+      "id": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncError",
+      "properties": {
+        "errorMessage": {
+          "description": "A string representing the user facing error message",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ConfigManagementConfigSyncState": {
       "description": "State information for ConfigSync",
       "id": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncState",
@@ -2387,6 +2656,13 @@
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncDeploymentState",
           "description": "Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed"
         },
+        "errors": {
+          "description": "Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncError"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "syncState": {
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementSyncState",
           "description": "The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster"
@@ -2674,7 +2950,11 @@
       "id": "ConfigManagementManaged",
       "properties": {
         "enabled": {
-          "description": "Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.",
+          "description": "Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "stopSyncing": {
+          "description": "Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
@@ -2688,6 +2968,10 @@
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementBinauthzConfig",
           "description": "Binauthz conifguration for the cluster."
         },
+        "cluster": {
+          "description": "The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "configSync": {
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementConfigSync",
           "description": "Config Sync configuration for the cluster."
@@ -2716,7 +3000,7 @@
           "description": "Binauthz status"
         },
         "clusterName": {
-          "description": "The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.",
+          "description": "This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "configSyncState": {
@@ -2843,6 +3127,12 @@
         "templateLibraryInstalled": {
           "description": "Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.",
           "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2851,6 +3141,11 @@
       "description": "State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub.",
       "id": "ConfigManagementPolicyControllerMigration",
       "properties": {
+        "copyTime": {
+          "description": "Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "stage": {
           "description": "Stage of the migration.",
           "enum": [
@@ -3183,12 +3478,16 @@
           "enum": [
             "GOOGLE_CA_PROVISIONING_UNSPECIFIED",
             "DISABLED",
-            "ENABLED"
+            "ENABLED",
+            "ENABLED_WITH_MANAGED_CA",
+            "ENABLED_WITH_DEFAULT_CA"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Disable default Google managed CA.",
             "Disable default Google managed CA.",
-            "Use default Google managed CA."
+            "Use default Google managed CA.",
+            "Workload certificate feature is enabled, and the entire certificate provisioning process is managed by Google with managed CAS which is more secure than the default CA.",
+            "Workload certificate feature is enabled, and the entire certificate provisioning process is using the default CA which is free."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -4087,7 +4386,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "MembershipFeatureSpec": {
-      "description": "MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.",
+      "description": "MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name.",
       "id": "MembershipFeatureSpec",
       "properties": {
         "anthosobservability": {
@@ -4137,6 +4436,10 @@
           "$ref": "AppDevExperienceFeatureState",
           "description": "Appdevexperience specific state."
         },
+        "clusterupgrade": {
+          "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeMembershipState",
+          "description": "ClusterUpgrade state."
+        },
         "configmanagement": {
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementMembershipState",
           "description": "Config Management-specific state."
@@ -4772,6 +5075,10 @@
           "description": "The state of the any bundles included in the chosen version of the manifest",
           "type": "object"
         },
+        "referentialSyncConfigState": {
+          "$ref": "PolicyControllerOnClusterState",
+          "description": "The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user."
+        },
         "templateLibraryState": {
           "$ref": "PolicyControllerOnClusterState",
           "description": "The state of the template library"
@@ -5064,13 +5371,22 @@
     "ScopeFeatureSpec": {
       "description": "ScopeFeatureSpec contains feature specs for a fleet scope.",
       "id": "ScopeFeatureSpec",
-      "properties": {},
+      "properties": {
+        "clusterupgrade": {
+          "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeScopeSpec",
+          "description": "Spec for the ClusterUpgrade feature at the scope level"
+        }
+      },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ScopeFeatureState": {
       "description": "ScopeFeatureState contains Scope-wide Feature status information.",
       "id": "ScopeFeatureState",
       "properties": {
+        "clusterupgrade": {
+          "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeScopeState",
+          "description": "State for the ClusterUpgrade feature at the scope level"
+        },
         "state": {
           "$ref": "FeatureState",
           "description": "Output only. The \"running state\" of the Feature in this Scope.",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
index 99c20af55f7..4af23e7ea2b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApplianceCluster": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
index 10b85a872c3..3a04e766093 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
@@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": {
@@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "enabled": {
-          "description": "Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed depends on the presence of git field.",
+          "description": "Enables the installation of ConfigSync. If set to true, ConfigSync resources will be created and the other ConfigSync fields will be applied if exist. If set to false and Managed Config Sync is disabled, all other ConfigSync fields will be ignored, ConfigSync resources will be deleted. Setting this field to false while enabling Managed Config Sync is invalid. If omitted, ConfigSync resources will be managed if: * the git or oci field is present; or * Managed Config Sync is enabled (i.e., managed.enabled is true).",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "git": {
@@ -1843,6 +1843,10 @@
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementManaged",
           "description": "Configuration for Managed Config Sync."
         },
+        "metricsGcpServiceAccountEmail": {
+          "description": "The Email of the GCP Service Account (GSA) used for exporting Config Sync metrics to Cloud Monitoring and Cloud Monarch when Workload Identity is enabled. The GSA should have the Monitoring Metric Writer (roles/monitoring.metricWriter) IAM role. The Kubernetes ServiceAccount `default` in the namespace `config-management-monitoring` should be binded to the GSA. This field is required when Managed Config Sync is enabled.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "oci": {
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementOciConfig",
           "description": "OCI repo configuration for the cluster"
@@ -1977,6 +1981,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ConfigManagementConfigSyncError": {
+      "description": "Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync",
+      "id": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncError",
+      "properties": {
+        "errorMessage": {
+          "description": "A string representing the user facing error message",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ConfigManagementConfigSyncState": {
       "description": "State information for ConfigSync",
       "id": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncState",
@@ -1985,6 +2000,13 @@
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncDeploymentState",
           "description": "Information about the deployment of ConfigSync, including the version of the various Pods deployed"
         },
+        "errors": {
+          "description": "Errors pertaining to the installation of Config Sync.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ConfigManagementConfigSyncError"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "syncState": {
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementSyncState",
           "description": "The state of ConfigSync's process to sync configs to a cluster"
@@ -2272,7 +2294,11 @@
       "id": "ConfigManagementManaged",
       "properties": {
         "enabled": {
-          "description": "Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync.",
+          "description": "Set to true to enable Managed Config Sync. Defaults to false which disables Managed Config Sync. Setting this field to true when configSync.enabled is false is invalid.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "stopSyncing": {
+          "description": "Set to true to stop syncing configs for a single cluster. Default to false. If set to true, Managed Config Sync will not upgrade Config Sync.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
@@ -2286,6 +2312,10 @@
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementBinauthzConfig",
           "description": "Binauthz conifguration for the cluster."
         },
+        "cluster": {
+          "description": "The user-specified cluster name used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector, for applying configs to only a subset of clusters. Omit this field if the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector. Set this field if a name different from the cluster's fleet membership name is used by Config Sync cluster-name-selector annotation or ClusterSelector.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "configSync": {
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementConfigSync",
           "description": "Config Sync configuration for the cluster."
@@ -2314,7 +2344,7 @@
           "description": "Binauthz status"
         },
         "clusterName": {
-          "description": "The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership's membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.",
+          "description": "This field is set to the `cluster_name` field of the Membership Spec if it is not empty. Otherwise, it is set to the cluster's fleet membership name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "configSyncState": {
@@ -2441,6 +2471,12 @@
         "templateLibraryInstalled": {
           "description": "Installs the default template library along with Policy Controller.",
           "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. Last time this membership spec was updated.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2449,6 +2485,11 @@
       "description": "State for the migration of PolicyController from ACM -> PoCo Hub.",
       "id": "ConfigManagementPolicyControllerMigration",
       "properties": {
+        "copyTime": {
+          "description": "Last time this membership spec was copied to PoCo feature.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "stage": {
           "description": "Stage of the migration.",
           "enum": [
@@ -3367,7 +3408,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "MembershipFeatureSpec": {
-      "description": "MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.",
+      "description": "MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership. NOTE: Please use snake case in your feature name.",
       "id": "MembershipFeatureSpec",
       "properties": {
         "anthosobservability": {
@@ -3943,6 +3984,10 @@
           "description": "The state of the any bundles included in the chosen version of the manifest",
           "type": "object"
         },
+        "referentialSyncConfigState": {
+          "$ref": "PolicyControllerOnClusterState",
+          "description": "The state of the referential data sync configuration. This could represent the state of either the syncSet object(s) or the config object, depending on the version of PoCo configured by the user."
+        },
         "templateLibraryState": {
           "$ref": "PolicyControllerOnClusterState",
           "description": "The state of the template library"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
index b3af4f31440..c1d92f46620 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApplianceCluster": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json
index 8c6094085e6..7f0641b340e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {

From 20aea1f1a9463b595d3f5a547c7e8b7f2a5a4592 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 32/53] feat(gkeonprem): update the api

#### gkeonprem:v1

The following keys were deleted:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.bareMetalStandaloneClusters.resources.bareMetalStandaloneNodePools.methods.enroll (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.EnrollBareMetalStandaloneNodePoolRequest (Total Keys: 4)

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.bareMetalAdminClusters.methods.unenroll.parameters.ignoreErrors (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.BareMetalNodePool.properties.upgradePolicy.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.BareMetalNodePoolUpgradePolicy (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.BareMetalParallelUpgradeConfig (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.BareMetalVersionInfo.properties.dependencies (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.UpgradeDependency (Total Keys: 6)
---
 ...ects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.html |  13 +-
 ....bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.html |  24 ++++
 ....projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.html |   8 ++
 docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.html |   5 -
 .../documents/gkeonprem.v1.json               | 120 ++++++++++--------
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.html
index 0a5d00b4e9a..acb17ac86d6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.html
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

 

-  unenroll(name, allowMissing=None, etag=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  unenroll(name, allowMissing=None, etag=None, ignoreErrors=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Unenrolls an existing bare metal admin cluster from the Anthos On-Prem API within a given project and location. Unenrollment removes the Cloud reference to the cluster without modifying the underlying OnPrem Resources. Clusters will continue to run; however, they will no longer be accessible through the Anthos On-Prem API or its clients.

 
Method Details

 

@@ -1021,6 +1021,14 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response message for querying bare metal admin cluster version config.
   "versions": [ # List of available versions to install or to upgrade to.
     { # Contains information about a specific Anthos on bare metal version.
+      "dependencies": [ # The list of upgrade dependencies for this version.
+        { # UpgradeDependency represents a dependency when upgrading a resource.
+          "currentVersion": "A String", # Current version of the dependency e.g. 1.15.0.
+          "localName": "A String", # Local name of the dependency.
+          "resourceName": "A String", # Resource name of the dependency.
+          "targetVersion": "A String", # Target version of the dependency e.g. 1.16.1. This is the version the dependency needs to be upgraded to before a resource can be upgraded.
+        },
+      ],
       "hasDependencies": True or False, # If set, the cluster dependencies (e.g. the admin cluster, other user clusters managed by the same admin cluster, version skew policy, etc) must be upgraded before this version can be installed or upgraded to.
       "version": "A String", # Version number e.g. 1.13.1.
     },
@@ -1117,13 +1125,14 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    unenroll(name, allowMissing=None, etag=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    unenroll(name, allowMissing=None, etag=None, ignoreErrors=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Unenrolls an existing bare metal admin cluster from the Anthos On-Prem API within a given project and location. Unenrollment removes the Cloud reference to the cluster without modifying the underlying OnPrem Resources. Clusters will continue to run; however, they will no longer be accessible through the Anthos On-Prem API or its clients.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Name of the bare metal admin cluster to be unenrolled. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/bareMetalAdminClusters/{cluster}" (required)
   allowMissing: boolean, If set to true, and the bare metal admin cluster is not found, the request will succeed but no action will be taken on the server and return a completed LRO.
   etag: string, The current etag of the bare metal admin cluster. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the cluster, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.
+  ignoreErrors: boolean, If set to true, the unenrollment of a bare metal admin cluster resource will succeed even if errors occur during unenrollment. This parameter can be used when you want to unenroll admin cluster resource and the on-prem admin cluster is disconnected / unreachable. WARNING: Using this parameter when your admin cluster still exists may result in a deleted GCP admin cluster but existing resourcelink in on-prem admin cluster and membership.
   validateOnly: boolean, Validate the request without actually doing any updates.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.html
index 4e040011c89..63bfd007140 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.html
@@ -181,6 +181,12 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the bare metal node pool.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which this bare metal node pool was last updated.
+  "upgradePolicy": { # BareMetalNodePoolUpgradePolicy defines the node pool upgrade policy. # The worker node pool upgrade policy.
+    "parallelUpgradeConfig": { # BareMetalParallelUpgradeConfig defines the parallel upgrade settings for worker node pools. # The parallel upgrade settings for worker node pools.
+      "concurrentNodes": 42, # Required. The maximum number of nodes that can be upgraded at once. Defaults to 1.
+      "minimumAvailableNodes": 42, # The minimum number of nodes that should be healthy and available during an upgrade. If set to the default value of 0, it is possible that none of the nodes will be available during an upgrade.
+    },
+  },
 }
 
   bareMetalNodePoolId: string, The ID to use for the node pool, which will become the final component of the node pool's resource name. This value must be up to 63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/. The value must not be permitted to be a UUID (or UUID-like: anything matching /^[0-9a-f]{8}(-[0-9a-f]{4}){3}-[0-9a-f]{12}$/i).
@@ -366,6 +372,12 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the bare metal node pool.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which this bare metal node pool was last updated.
+  "upgradePolicy": { # BareMetalNodePoolUpgradePolicy defines the node pool upgrade policy. # The worker node pool upgrade policy.
+    "parallelUpgradeConfig": { # BareMetalParallelUpgradeConfig defines the parallel upgrade settings for worker node pools. # The parallel upgrade settings for worker node pools.
+      "concurrentNodes": 42, # Required. The maximum number of nodes that can be upgraded at once. Defaults to 1.
+      "minimumAvailableNodes": 42, # The minimum number of nodes that should be healthy and available during an upgrade. If set to the default value of 0, it is possible that none of the nodes will be available during an upgrade.
+    },
+  },
 }

 

 
@@ -478,6 +490,12 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the bare metal node pool.
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which this bare metal node pool was last updated.
+      "upgradePolicy": { # BareMetalNodePoolUpgradePolicy defines the node pool upgrade policy. # The worker node pool upgrade policy.
+        "parallelUpgradeConfig": { # BareMetalParallelUpgradeConfig defines the parallel upgrade settings for worker node pools. # The parallel upgrade settings for worker node pools.
+          "concurrentNodes": 42, # Required. The maximum number of nodes that can be upgraded at once. Defaults to 1.
+          "minimumAvailableNodes": 42, # The minimum number of nodes that should be healthy and available during an upgrade. If set to the default value of 0, it is possible that none of the nodes will be available during an upgrade.
+        },
+      },
     },
   ],
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
@@ -561,6 +579,12 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the bare metal node pool.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which this bare metal node pool was last updated.
+  "upgradePolicy": { # BareMetalNodePoolUpgradePolicy defines the node pool upgrade policy. # The worker node pool upgrade policy.
+    "parallelUpgradeConfig": { # BareMetalParallelUpgradeConfig defines the parallel upgrade settings for worker node pools. # The parallel upgrade settings for worker node pools.
+      "concurrentNodes": 42, # Required. The maximum number of nodes that can be upgraded at once. Defaults to 1.
+      "minimumAvailableNodes": 42, # The minimum number of nodes that should be healthy and available during an upgrade. If set to the default value of 0, it is possible that none of the nodes will be available during an upgrade.
+    },
+  },
 }
 
   allowMissing: boolean, If set to true, and the bare metal node pool is not found, the request will create a new bare metal node pool with the provided configuration. The user must have both create and update permission to call Update with allow_missing set to true.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.html
index 87b01c7af86..1cf6e77f613 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.html
@@ -1478,6 +1478,14 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response message for querying bare metal admin cluster version config.
   "versions": [ # List of available versions to install or to upgrade to.
     { # Contains information about a specific Anthos on bare metal version.
+      "dependencies": [ # The list of upgrade dependencies for this version.
+        { # UpgradeDependency represents a dependency when upgrading a resource.
+          "currentVersion": "A String", # Current version of the dependency e.g. 1.15.0.
+          "localName": "A String", # Local name of the dependency.
+          "resourceName": "A String", # Resource name of the dependency.
+          "targetVersion": "A String", # Target version of the dependency e.g. 1.16.1. This is the version the dependency needs to be upgraded to before a resource can be upgraded.
+        },
+      ],
       "hasDependencies": True or False, # If set, the cluster dependencies (e.g. the admin cluster, other user clusters managed by the same admin cluster, version skew policy, etc) must be upgraded before this version can be installed or upgraded to.
       "version": "A String", # Version number e.g. 1.13.1.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.html
index d02731030cf..ed83f9e080e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -84,11 +84,6 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the bareMetalClusters Resource.

 
-

-  bareMetalStandaloneClusters()
-

-
Returns the bareMetalStandaloneClusters Resource.

-
 

   operations()
 

diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json
index c994766d52a..cd8beb972ce 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json
@@ -511,6 +511,11 @@
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
                     },
+                    "ignoreErrors": {
+                      "description": "If set to true, the unenrollment of a bare metal admin cluster resource will succeed even if errors occur during unenrollment. This parameter can be used when you want to unenroll admin cluster resource and the on-prem admin cluster is disconnected / unreachable. WARNING: Using this parameter when your admin cluster still exists may result in a deleted GCP admin cluster but existing resourcelink in on-prem admin cluster and membership.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "boolean"
+                    },
                     "name": {
                       "description": "Required. Name of the bare metal admin cluster to be unenrolled. Format: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/bareMetalAdminClusters/{cluster}\"",
                       "location": "path",
@@ -1559,42 +1564,6 @@
                 }
               }
             },
-            "bareMetalStandaloneClusters": {
-              "resources": {
-                "bareMetalStandaloneNodePools": {
-                  "methods": {
-                    "enroll": {
-                      "description": "Enrolls an existing bare metal standalone node pool to the Anthos On-Prem API within a given project and location. Through enrollment, an existing standalone node pool will become Anthos On-Prem API managed. The corresponding GCP resources will be created.",
-                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/bareMetalStandaloneClusters/{bareMetalStandaloneClustersId}/bareMetalStandaloneNodePools:enroll",
-                      "httpMethod": "POST",
-                      "id": "gkeonprem.projects.locations.bareMetalStandaloneClusters.bareMetalStandaloneNodePools.enroll",
-                      "parameterOrder": [
-                        "parent"
-                      ],
-                      "parameters": {
-                        "parent": {
-                          "description": "Required. The parent resource where this node pool will be created. projects/{project}/locations/{location}/bareMetalStandaloneClusters/{cluster}",
-                          "location": "path",
-                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/bareMetalStandaloneClusters/[^/]+$",
-                          "required": true,
-                          "type": "string"
-                        }
-                      },
-                      "path": "v1/{+parent}/bareMetalStandaloneNodePools:enroll",
-                      "request": {
-                        "$ref": "EnrollBareMetalStandaloneNodePoolRequest"
-                      },
-                      "response": {
-                        "$ref": "Operation"
-                      },
-                      "scopes": [
-                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-                      ]
-                    }
-                  }
-                }
-              }
-            },
             "operations": {
               "methods": {
                 "cancel": {
@@ -3027,7 +2996,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkeonprem.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Authorization": {
@@ -4147,6 +4116,10 @@
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "upgradePolicy": {
+          "$ref": "BareMetalNodePoolUpgradePolicy",
+          "description": "The worker node pool upgrade policy."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -4195,6 +4168,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "BareMetalNodePoolUpgradePolicy": {
+      "description": "BareMetalNodePoolUpgradePolicy defines the node pool upgrade policy.",
+      "id": "BareMetalNodePoolUpgradePolicy",
+      "properties": {
+        "parallelUpgradeConfig": {
+          "$ref": "BareMetalParallelUpgradeConfig",
+          "description": "The parallel upgrade settings for worker node pools."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "BareMetalOsEnvironmentConfig": {
       "description": "Specifies operating system settings for cluster provisioning.",
       "id": "BareMetalOsEnvironmentConfig",
@@ -4206,6 +4190,23 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "BareMetalParallelUpgradeConfig": {
+      "description": "BareMetalParallelUpgradeConfig defines the parallel upgrade settings for worker node pools.",
+      "id": "BareMetalParallelUpgradeConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "concurrentNodes": {
+          "description": "Required. The maximum number of nodes that can be upgraded at once. Defaults to 1.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "minimumAvailableNodes": {
+          "description": "The minimum number of nodes that should be healthy and available during an upgrade. If set to the default value of 0, it is possible that none of the nodes will be available during an upgrade.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "BareMetalPortConfig": {
       "description": "Specifies load balancer ports for the bare metal user cluster.",
       "id": "BareMetalPortConfig",
@@ -4277,6 +4278,13 @@
       "description": "Contains information about a specific Anthos on bare metal version.",
       "id": "BareMetalVersionInfo",
       "properties": {
+        "dependencies": {
+          "description": "The list of upgrade dependencies for this version.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "UpgradeDependency"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "hasDependencies": {
           "description": "If set, the cluster dependencies (e.g. the admin cluster, other user clusters managed by the same admin cluster, version skew policy, etc) must be upgraded before this version can be installed or upgraded to.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -4421,21 +4429,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "EnrollBareMetalStandaloneNodePoolRequest": {
-      "description": "Message for enrolling an existing bare metal standalone node pool to the GKE on-prem API.",
-      "id": "EnrollBareMetalStandaloneNodePoolRequest",
-      "properties": {
-        "bareMetalStandaloneNodePoolId": {
-          "description": "User provided OnePlatform identifier that is used as part of the resource name. This value must be up to 40 characters and follow RFC-1123 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123) format.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "validateOnly": {
-          "description": "If set, only validate the request, but do not actually enroll the node pool.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "EnrollVmwareAdminClusterRequest": {
       "description": "Message for enrolling an existing VMware admin cluster to the GKE on-prem API.",
       "id": "EnrollVmwareAdminClusterRequest",
@@ -5064,6 +5057,29 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "UpgradeDependency": {
+      "description": "UpgradeDependency represents a dependency when upgrading a resource.",
+      "id": "UpgradeDependency",
+      "properties": {
+        "currentVersion": {
+          "description": "Current version of the dependency e.g. 1.15.0.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "localName": {
+          "description": "Local name of the dependency.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "resourceName": {
+          "description": "Resource name of the dependency.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "targetVersion": {
+          "description": "Target version of the dependency e.g. 1.16.1. This is the version the dependency needs to be upgraded to before a resource can be upgraded.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ValidationCheck": {
       "description": "ValidationCheck represents the result of preflight check.",
       "id": "ValidationCheck",

From b29ea99bb04d950b64819d8fcd31ccc5b138942c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 33/53] feat(gmail): update the api

#### gmail:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.WatchRequest.properties.labelFilterBehavior.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.html                       |  1 +
 .../discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json        | 14 +++++++++++++-
 2 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.html
index 91907509881..ce0844bc242 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.html
@@ -168,6 +168,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Set up or update a new push notification watch on this user's mailbox.
   "labelFilterAction": "A String", # Filtering behavior of labelIds list specified.
+  "labelFilterBehavior": "A String", # Filtering behavior of labelIds list specified. This field replaces label_filter_action; if set, label_filter_action is ignored.
   "labelIds": [ # List of label_ids to restrict notifications about. By default, if unspecified, all changes are pushed out. If specified then dictates which labels are required for a push notification to be generated.
     "A String",
   ],
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json
index 005ae937a2d..e633895b74b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json
@@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230522",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmail.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AutoForwarding": {
@@ -4359,6 +4359,18 @@
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "labelFilterBehavior": {
+          "description": "Filtering behavior of labelIds list specified. This field replaces label_filter_action; if set, label_filter_action is ignored.",
+          "enum": [
+            "include",
+            "exclude"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Only get push notifications for message changes relating to labelIds specified.",
+            "Get push notifications for all message changes except those relating to labelIds specified."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "labelIds": {
           "description": "List of label_ids to restrict notifications about. By default, if unspecified, all changes are pushed out. If specified then dictates which labels are required for a push notification to be generated.",
           "items": {

From fa5313f0675b678f86e3d4c7a1debfe518483db5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:07 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 34/53] feat(identitytoolkit): update the api

#### identitytoolkit:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.accounts.methods.batchGet.parameters.delegatedProjectNumber.deprecated (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.projects.resources.tenants.resources.accounts.methods.batchGet.parameters.delegatedProjectNumber.deprecated (Total Keys: 1)

#### identitytoolkit:v2

The following keys were deleted:
- resources.accounts.resources.passkeyEnrollment.methods.finalize (Total Keys: 8)
- resources.accounts.resources.passkeyEnrollment.methods.start (Total Keys: 8)
- resources.accounts.resources.passkeySignIn.methods.finalize (Total Keys: 8)
- resources.accounts.resources.passkeySignIn.methods.start (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorAssertionResponse (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorAttestationResponse (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorAuthenticationResponse (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorRegistrationResponse (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorSelectionCriteria (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeyEnrollmentRequest (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeyEnrollmentResponse (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeySignInRequest (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeySignInResponse (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialCreationOptions (Total Keys: 11)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialDescriptor (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialParameters (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialRequestOptions (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2RpEntity (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeyEnrollmentRequest (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeyEnrollmentResponse (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeySignInRequest (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeySignInResponse (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2UserEntity (Total Keys: 4)
---
 docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html     |   2 +-
 .../identitytoolkit_v1.projects.accounts.html |   2 +-
 ...ytoolkit_v1.projects.tenants.accounts.html |   4 +-
 docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.accounts.html     |  12 +-
 docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.v2.html           |   2 +-
 .../documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json         |  10 +-
 .../documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json         | 438 +-----------------
 7 files changed, 15 insertions(+), 455 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html
index cabe0f1c569..81e0a0edd87 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.accounts.html
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "idToken": "A String", # A valid Identity Platform ID token. If passed, the user's account at the IdP will be linked to the account represented by this ID token.
   "pendingIdToken": "A String",
   "pendingToken": "A String", # An opaque string from a previous SignInWithIdp response. If set, it can be used to repeat the sign-in operation from the previous SignInWithIdp operation. This may be present if the user needs to confirm their account information as part of a previous federated login attempt, or perform account linking.
-  "postBody": "A String", # If the user is signing in with an authorization response obtained via a previous CreateAuthUri authorization request, this is the body of the HTTP POST callback from the IdP, if present. Otherwise, if the user is signing in with a manually provided IdP credential, this should be a URL-encoded form that contains the credential (e.g. an ID token or access token for OAuth 2.0 IdPs) and the provider ID of the IdP that issued the credential. For example, if the user is signing in to the Google provider using a Google ID token, this should be set to `id_token=[GOOGLE_ID_TOKEN]&providerId=google.com`, where `[GOOGLE_ID_TOKEN]` should be replaced with the Google ID token. If the user is signing in to the Facebook provider using a Facebook authentication token, this should be set to `id_token=[FACEBOOK_AUTHENTICATION_TOKEN]&providerId=facebook.com&nonce= [NONCE]`, where `[FACEBOOK_AUTHENTICATION_TOKEN]` should be replaced with the Facebook authentication token. Nonce is required for validating the token. The request will fail if no nonce is provided. If the user is signing in to the Facebook provider using a Facebook access token, this should be set to `access_token=[FACEBOOK_ACCESS_TOKEN]&providerId=facebook.com`, where `[FACEBOOK_ACCESS_TOKEN]` should be replaced with the Facebook access token. If the user is signing in to the Twitter provider using a Twitter OAuth 1.0 credential, this should be set to `access_token=[TWITTER_ACCESS_TOKEN]&oauth_token_secret=[TWITTER_TOKEN_SECRET]&providerId=twitter.com`, where `[TWITTER_ACCESS_TOKEN]` and `[TWITTER_TOKEN_SECRET]` should be replaced with the Twitter OAuth access token and Twitter OAuth token secret respectively.
+  "postBody": "A String", # If the user is signing in with an authorization response obtained via a previous CreateAuthUri authorization request, this is the body of the HTTP POST callback from the IdP, if present. Otherwise, if the user is signing in with a manually provided IdP credential, this should be a URL-encoded form that contains the credential (e.g. an ID token or access token for OAuth 2.0 IdPs) and the provider ID of the IdP that issued the credential. For example, if the user is signing in to the Google provider using a Google ID token, this should be set to id_token`=[GOOGLE_ID_TOKEN]&providerId=google.com`, where `[GOOGLE_ID_TOKEN]` should be replaced with the Google ID token. If the user is signing in to the Facebook provider using a Facebook authentication token, this should be set to id_token`=[FACEBOOK_AUTHENTICATION_TOKEN]&providerId=facebook. com&nonce= [NONCE]`, where `[FACEBOOK_AUTHENTICATION_TOKEN]` should be replaced with the Facebook authentication token. Nonce is required for validating the token. The request will fail if no nonce is provided. If the user is signing in to the Facebook provider using a Facebook access token, this should be set to access_token`=[FACEBOOK_ACCESS_TOKEN]&providerId=facebook. com`, where `[FACEBOOK_ACCESS_TOKEN]` should be replaced with the Facebook access token. If the user is signing in to the Twitter provider using a Twitter OAuth 1.0 credential, this should be set to access_token`=[TWITTER_ACCESS_TOKEN]&oauth_token_secret= [TWITTER_TOKEN_SECRET]&providerId=twitter.com`, where `[TWITTER_ACCESS_TOKEN]` and `[TWITTER_TOKEN_SECRET]` should be replaced with the Twitter OAuth access token and Twitter OAuth token secret respectively.
   "requestUri": "A String", # Required. The URL to which the IdP redirects the user back. This can be set to `http://localhost` if the user is signing in with a manually provided IdP credential.
   "returnIdpCredential": True or False, # Whether or not to return OAuth credentials from the IdP on the following errors: `FEDERATED_USER_ID_ALREADY_LINKED` and `EMAIL_EXISTS`.
   "returnRefreshToken": True or False, # Whether or not to return the OAuth refresh token from the IdP, if available.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.projects.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.projects.accounts.html
index 78457bf37d8..4b390a3434a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.projects.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.projects.accounts.html
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "localIds": [ # Required. List of user IDs to be deleted.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "tenantId": "A String", # If the accounts belong to an Identity Platform tenant, the ID of the tenant. If the accounts belong to an default Identity Platform project, the field is not needed.
+  "tenantId": "A String", # If the accounts belong to an Identity Platform tenant, the ID of the tenant. If the accounts belong to a default Identity Platform project, the field is not needed.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.projects.tenants.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.projects.tenants.accounts.html
index a236636b4ad..2443137ed7b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.projects.tenants.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v1.projects.tenants.accounts.html
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   targetProjectId: string, If `tenant_id` is specified, the ID of the Google Cloud project that the Identity Platform tenant belongs to. Otherwise, the ID of the Google Cloud project that accounts belong to. (required)
-  tenantId: string, If the accounts belong to an Identity Platform tenant, the ID of the tenant. If the accounts belong to an default Identity Platform project, the field is not needed. (required)
+  tenantId: string, If the accounts belong to an Identity Platform tenant, the ID of the tenant. If the accounts belong to a default Identity Platform project, the field is not needed. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "localIds": [ # Required. List of user IDs to be deleted.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "tenantId": "A String", # If the accounts belong to an Identity Platform tenant, the ID of the tenant. If the accounts belong to an default Identity Platform project, the field is not needed.
+  "tenantId": "A String", # If the accounts belong to an Identity Platform tenant, the ID of the tenant. If the accounts belong to a default Identity Platform project, the field is not needed.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.accounts.html
index 59c8a83fa58..d17668f40f5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.accounts.html
@@ -84,16 +84,6 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the mfaSignIn Resource.

 
-

-  passkeyEnrollment()
-

-
Returns the passkeyEnrollment Resource.

-
-

-  passkeySignIn()
-

-
Returns the passkeySignIn Resource.

-
 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -117,7 +107,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # Request message for RevokeToken.
   "idToken": "A String", # Required. A valid Identity Platform ID token to link the account. If there was a successful token revocation request on the account and no tokens are generated after the revocation, the duplicate requests will be ignored and returned immediately.
   "providerId": "A String", # Required. The idp provider for the token. Currently only supports Apple Idp. The format should be "apple.com".
-  "redirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URI provided in the initial authorization request made by the client to the IDP. The URI must use the HTTPS protocol, include a domain name, and can’t contain an IP address or localhost. Required if token_type is CODE.
+  "redirectUri": "A String", # The redirect URI provided in the initial authorization request made by the client to the IDP. The URI must use the HTTPS protocol, include a domain name, and can't contain an IP address or localhost. Required if token_type is CODE.
   "tenantId": "A String", # The ID of the Identity Platform tenant the user is signing in to. If not set, the user will sign in to the default Identity Platform project.
   "token": "A String", # Required. The token to be revoked. If an authorization_code is passed in, the API will first exchange the code for access token and then revoke the token exchanged.
   "tokenType": "A String", # Required. The type of the token to be revoked.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.v2.html b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.v2.html
index bad5c33de3b..1d82ceb844a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.v2.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/identitytoolkit_v2.v2.html
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "provider": "A String", # The provider that has reCAPTCHA protection.
     },
   ],
-  "recaptchaKey": "A String", # The reCAPTCHA Enterprise key resource name, e.g. "projects/{project}/keys/{key}".
+  "recaptchaKey": "A String", # The reCAPTCHA Enterprise key resource name, e.g. "projects/{project}/keys/{key}". This will only be returned when the reCAPTCHA enforcement state is AUDIT or ENFORCE on at least one of the reCAPTCHA providers.
 }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json index 022831ff60a..1f4246cb8e6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json @@ -559,6 +559,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "delegatedProjectNumber": { + "deprecated": true, "format": "int64", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -872,7 +873,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "tenantId": { - "description": "If the accounts belong to an Identity Platform tenant, the ID of the tenant. If the accounts belong to an default Identity Platform project, the field is not needed.", + "description": "If the accounts belong to an Identity Platform tenant, the ID of the tenant. If the accounts belong to a default Identity Platform project, the field is not needed.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -902,6 +903,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "delegatedProjectNumber": { + "deprecated": true, "format": "int64", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -1237,7 +1239,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230516", + "revision": "20230610", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV1Argon2Parameters": { @@ -1329,7 +1331,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "tenantId": { - "description": "If the accounts belong to an Identity Platform tenant, the ID of the tenant. If the accounts belong to an default Identity Platform project, the field is not needed.", + "description": "If the accounts belong to an Identity Platform tenant, the ID of the tenant. If the accounts belong to a default Identity Platform project, the field is not needed.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2888,7 +2890,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "postBody": { - "description": "If the user is signing in with an authorization response obtained via a previous CreateAuthUri authorization request, this is the body of the HTTP POST callback from the IdP, if present. Otherwise, if the user is signing in with a manually provided IdP credential, this should be a URL-encoded form that contains the credential (e.g. an ID token or access token for OAuth 2.0 IdPs) and the provider ID of the IdP that issued the credential. For example, if the user is signing in to the Google provider using a Google ID token, this should be set to `id_token=[GOOGLE_ID_TOKEN]&providerId=google.com`, where `[GOOGLE_ID_TOKEN]` should be replaced with the Google ID token. If the user is signing in to the Facebook provider using a Facebook authentication token, this should be set to `id_token=[FACEBOOK_AUTHENTICATION_TOKEN]&providerId=facebook.com&nonce= [NONCE]`, where `[FACEBOOK_AUTHENTICATION_TOKEN]` should be replaced with the Facebook authentication token. Nonce is required for validating the token. The request will fail if no nonce is provided. If the user is signing in to the Facebook provider using a Facebook access token, this should be set to `access_token=[FACEBOOK_ACCESS_TOKEN]&providerId=facebook.com`, where `[FACEBOOK_ACCESS_TOKEN]` should be replaced with the Facebook access token. If the user is signing in to the Twitter provider using a Twitter OAuth 1.0 credential, this should be set to `access_token=[TWITTER_ACCESS_TOKEN]&oauth_token_secret=[TWITTER_TOKEN_SECRET]&providerId=twitter.com`, where `[TWITTER_ACCESS_TOKEN]` and `[TWITTER_TOKEN_SECRET]` should be replaced with the Twitter OAuth access token and Twitter OAuth token secret respectively.", + "description": "If the user is signing in with an authorization response obtained via a previous CreateAuthUri authorization request, this is the body of the HTTP POST callback from the IdP, if present. Otherwise, if the user is signing in with a manually provided IdP credential, this should be a URL-encoded form that contains the credential (e.g. an ID token or access token for OAuth 2.0 IdPs) and the provider ID of the IdP that issued the credential. For example, if the user is signing in to the Google provider using a Google ID token, this should be set to id_token`=[GOOGLE_ID_TOKEN]&providerId=google.com`, where `[GOOGLE_ID_TOKEN]` should be replaced with the Google ID token. If the user is signing in to the Facebook provider using a Facebook authentication token, this should be set to id_token`=[FACEBOOK_AUTHENTICATION_TOKEN]&providerId=facebook. com&nonce= [NONCE]`, where `[FACEBOOK_AUTHENTICATION_TOKEN]` should be replaced with the Facebook authentication token. Nonce is required for validating the token. The request will fail if no nonce is provided. If the user is signing in to the Facebook provider using a Facebook access token, this should be set to access_token`=[FACEBOOK_ACCESS_TOKEN]&providerId=facebook. com`, where `[FACEBOOK_ACCESS_TOKEN]` should be replaced with the Facebook access token. If the user is signing in to the Twitter provider using a Twitter OAuth 1.0 credential, this should be set to access_token`=[TWITTER_ACCESS_TOKEN]&oauth_token_secret= [TWITTER_TOKEN_SECRET]&providerId=twitter.com`, where `[TWITTER_ACCESS_TOKEN]` and `[TWITTER_TOKEN_SECRET]` should be replaced with the Twitter OAuth access token and Twitter OAuth token secret respectively.", "type": "string" }, "requestUri": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json index 82d7d51c508..eb3c2fc670b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json @@ -227,86 +227,6 @@ ] } } - }, - "passkeyEnrollment": { - "methods": { - "finalize": { - "description": "Finishes enrolling a passkey credential for the user.", - "flatPath": "v2/accounts/passkeyEnrollment:finalize", - "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "identitytoolkit.accounts.passkeyEnrollment.finalize", - "parameterOrder": [], - "parameters": {}, - "path": "v2/accounts/passkeyEnrollment:finalize", - "request": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeyEnrollmentRequest" - }, - "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeyEnrollmentResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] - }, - "start": { - "description": "Step one of the passkey enrollment process. Returns a challenge and parameters for creation of the passkey credential.", - "flatPath": "v2/accounts/passkeyEnrollment:start", - "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "identitytoolkit.accounts.passkeyEnrollment.start", - "parameterOrder": [], - "parameters": {}, - "path": "v2/accounts/passkeyEnrollment:start", - "request": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeyEnrollmentRequest" - }, - "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeyEnrollmentResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] - } - } - }, - "passkeySignIn": { - "methods": { - "finalize": { - "description": "Verifies the passkey assertion and signs the user in.", - "flatPath": "v2/accounts/passkeySignIn:finalize", - "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "identitytoolkit.accounts.passkeySignIn.finalize", - "parameterOrder": [], - "parameters": {}, - "path": "v2/accounts/passkeySignIn:finalize", - "request": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeySignInRequest" - }, - "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeySignInResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] - }, - "start": { - "description": "Creates and returns the passkey challenge", - "flatPath": "v2/accounts/passkeySignIn:start", - "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "identitytoolkit.accounts.passkeySignIn.start", - "parameterOrder": [], - "parameters": {}, - "path": "v2/accounts/passkeySignIn:start", - "request": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeySignInRequest" - }, - "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeySignInResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] - } - } } } }, @@ -1735,7 +1655,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230516", + "revision": "20230610", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2AllowByDefault": { @@ -3128,116 +3048,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorAssertionResponse": { - "description": "Authentication response from a FIDO authenticator.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorAssertionResponse", - "properties": { - "authenticatorData": { - "description": "The AuthenticatorData from the authenticator.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - }, - "clientDataJson": { - "description": "The CollectedClientData object from the authenticator.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - }, - "signature": { - "description": "The signature from the authenticator.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - }, - "userHandle": { - "description": "The user handle.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorAttestationResponse": { - "description": "Attestation response from a FIDO authenticator.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorAttestationResponse", - "properties": { - "attestationObject": { - "description": "The attestation object from the authenticator.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - }, - "clientDataJson": { - "description": "The CollectedClientData object from the authenticator.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - }, - "transports": { - "description": "Authenticator transports that are supported by the authenticator.", - "items": { - "type": "string" - }, - "type": "array" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorAuthenticationResponse": { - "description": "Authenticator response to authenticate the user with an existing FIDO key.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorAuthenticationResponse", - "properties": { - "authenticatorAssertionResponse": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorAssertionResponse", - "description": "Authentication assertion from the authenticator." - }, - "credentialId": { - "description": "Identifier for the authentication credential.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - }, - "credentialType": { - "description": "The type of public key.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorRegistrationResponse": { - "description": "Authenticator response to register a new FIDO key.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorRegistrationResponse", - "properties": { - "authenticatorAttestationResponse": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorAttestationResponse", - "description": "The attestation response object as described in the spec." - }, - "credentialId": { - "description": "Identifier for the registered credential.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - }, - "credentialType": { - "description": "The type of credential.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorSelectionCriteria": { - "description": "Criteria for the authenticator to create a registered FIDO key.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorSelectionCriteria", - "properties": { - "authenticatorAttachment": { - "description": "The preferred authenticator attachment modality.", - "type": "string" - }, - "requireResidentKey": { - "description": "Whether resident key is required.", - "type": "boolean" - }, - "userVerification": { - "description": "The Relying Party's user verification requirements.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AutoRetrievalInfo": { "description": "The information required to auto-retrieve an SMS.", "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AutoRetrievalInfo", @@ -3442,75 +3252,6 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeyEnrollmentRequest": { - "description": "FinalizePasskeyEnrollment request. Registers passkey as a first factor for the user.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeyEnrollmentRequest", - "properties": { - "authenticatorRegistrationResponse": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorRegistrationResponse", - "description": "Optional. The registration object from the authenticator." - }, - "idToken": { - "description": "Required. The GCIP ID token of the signed-in user", - "type": "string" - }, - "tenantId": { - "description": "Optional. The ID of the Identity Platform tenant the user is signing in to. If not set, the user will sign in to the default Identity Platform project.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeyEnrollmentResponse": { - "description": "FinalizePasskeyEnrollment response.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeyEnrollmentResponse", - "properties": { - "idToken": { - "description": "ID token for the authenticated user.", - "type": "string" - }, - "refreshToken": { - "description": "Refresh token for the authenticated user.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeySignInRequest": { - "description": "Request to finalize a passkey sign-in.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeySignInRequest", - "properties": { - "authenticatorAuthenticationResponse": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorAuthenticationResponse", - "description": "Required. The authentication response object from the authenticator." - }, - "sessionId": { - "description": "Optional. The session ID that was passed into StartPasskeySignIn, if any.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - }, - "tenantId": { - "description": "Optional. The ID of the Identity Platform tenant the user is signing in to. If not set, the user will sign in to the default Identity Platform project.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeySignInResponse": { - "description": "Response for FinalizePasskeySignIn.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2FinalizePasskeySignInResponse", - "properties": { - "idToken": { - "description": "ID token for the authenticated user.", - "type": "string" - }, - "refreshToken": { - "description": "Refresh token for the authenticated user.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2MfaTotpSignInRequestInfo": { "description": "TOTP verification info for FinalizeMfaSignInRequest.", "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2MfaTotpSignInRequestInfo", @@ -3547,103 +3288,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialCreationOptions": { - "description": "Parameters for creating a FIDO key.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialCreationOptions", - "properties": { - "authenticatorSelection": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2AuthenticatorSelectionCriteria", - "description": "Criteria for the authenticator to create a credential." - }, - "challenge": { - "description": "The FIDO challenge.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - }, - "excludeCredentials": { - "description": "Credentials already mapped to this user.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialDescriptor" - }, - "type": "array" - }, - "pubKeyCredParams": { - "description": "Lists the supported key types and signature algorithms.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialParameters" - }, - "type": "array" - }, - "rp": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2RpEntity", - "description": "The relying party attributes for creating a new credential." - }, - "user": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2UserEntity", - "description": "The user attributes for creating a new credential." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialDescriptor": { - "description": "Descriptor for a public key credential.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialDescriptor", - "properties": { - "credentialId": { - "description": "The identifier for the credential.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - }, - "credentialType": { - "description": "The type of public key.", - "type": "string" - }, - "transports": { - "description": "Authenticator transports that are supported by the authenticator.", - "items": { - "type": "string" - }, - "type": "array" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialParameters": { - "description": "Parameters to create a public credential.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialParameters", - "properties": { - "alg": { - "description": "The COSE registry number of the cryptographic signature algorithm.", - "format": "int64", - "type": "string" - }, - "credentialType": { - "description": "The type of public key to be created.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialRequestOptions": { - "description": "Parameters for signing a challenge with a FIDO key.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialRequestOptions", - "properties": { - "challenge": { - "description": "The FIDO challenge.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - }, - "rpId": { - "description": "The relying party identifier.", - "type": "string" - }, - "userVerification": { - "description": "The requirements regarding user verification.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2RecaptchaConfig": { "description": "Configuration for reCAPTCHA", "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2RecaptchaConfig", @@ -3656,7 +3300,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "recaptchaKey": { - "description": "The reCAPTCHA Enterprise key resource name, e.g. \"projects/{project}/keys/{key}\".", + "description": "The reCAPTCHA Enterprise key resource name, e.g. \"projects/{project}/keys/{key}\". This will only be returned when the reCAPTCHA enforcement state is AUDIT or ENFORCE on at least one of the reCAPTCHA providers.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -3710,7 +3354,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "redirectUri": { - "description": "The redirect URI provided in the initial authorization request made by the client to the IDP. The URI must use the HTTPS protocol, include a domain name, and can\u2019t contain an IP address or localhost. Required if token_type is CODE.", + "description": "The redirect URI provided in the initial authorization request made by the client to the IDP. The URI must use the HTTPS protocol, include a domain name, and can't contain an IP address or localhost. Required if token_type is CODE.", "type": "string" }, "tenantId": { @@ -3746,17 +3390,6 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2RpEntity": { - "description": "The entity object for the Relying Party.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2RpEntity", - "properties": { - "id": { - "description": "The RP ID of the FIDO Relying Party.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartMfaEnrollmentRequest": { "description": "Sends MFA enrollment verification SMS for a user.", "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartMfaEnrollmentRequest", @@ -3915,71 +3548,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeyEnrollmentRequest": { - "description": "Starts passkey enrollment for passkey as a first factor by returning the FIDO challenge.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeyEnrollmentRequest", - "properties": { - "idToken": { - "description": "Required. The GCIP ID token of the signed-in user", - "type": "string" - }, - "tenantId": { - "description": "Optional. The ID of the Identity Platform tenant the user is signing in to. If not set, the user will sign in to the default Identity Platform project.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeyEnrollmentResponse": { - "description": "StartPasskeyEnrollment response.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeyEnrollmentResponse", - "properties": { - "credentialCreationOptions": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialCreationOptions", - "description": "Parameters specified for the authenticator to create a public key." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeySignInRequest": { - "description": "Starts passkey sign-in by returning the FIDO challenge.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeySignInRequest", - "properties": { - "sessionId": { - "description": "Optional. The developer can bind their own concept of a user session to this flow.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - }, - "tenantId": { - "description": "Optional. The ID of the Identity Platform tenant the user is signing in to. If not set, the user will sign in to the default Identity Platform project.", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeySignInResponse": { - "description": "Response for StartPasskeySignIn.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2StartPasskeySignInResponse", - "properties": { - "credentialRequestOptions": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2PublicKeyCredentialRequestOptions", - "description": "Parameters specified for the authenticator to sign a challenge." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, - "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2UserEntity": { - "description": "The entity object for the user.", - "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2UserEntity", - "properties": { - "id": { - "description": "The user ID.", - "format": "byte", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2WithdrawMfaRequest": { "description": "Withdraws MFA.", "id": "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV2WithdrawMfaRequest", From c78ca464e965ca25b52da54ae61275fe2ba3d5df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 35/53] feat(integrations): update the api #### integrations:v1alpha The following keys were added: - schemas.EnterpriseCrmFrontendsEventbusProtoTriggerConfig.properties.triggerName.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaTriggerConfig.properties.trigger.type (Total Keys: 1) --- ...jects.locations.integrations.versions.html | 32 ++++++++++++++----- ...ations.products.integrations.versions.html | 32 ++++++++++++++----- ...roducts.integrationtemplates.versions.html | 12 ++++--- .../documents/integrations.v1alpha.json | 12 +++++-- 4 files changed, 66 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.integrations.versions.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.integrations.versions.html index 889d76d0947..60cb3d431f9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.integrations.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.integrations.versions.html @@ -876,13 +876,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -1028,6 +1029,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -1797,13 +1799,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -1949,6 +1952,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -2765,13 +2769,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -2917,6 +2922,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -3698,13 +3704,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -3850,6 +3857,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -4637,13 +4645,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -4789,6 +4798,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -5557,13 +5567,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -5709,6 +5720,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -6514,13 +6526,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -6666,6 +6679,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -7474,13 +7488,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -7626,6 +7641,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.products.integrations.versions.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.products.integrations.versions.html index 77790b67e26..b73ca56fdc9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.products.integrations.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.products.integrations.versions.html @@ -876,13 +876,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -1028,6 +1029,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -1797,13 +1799,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -1949,6 +1952,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -2765,13 +2769,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -2917,6 +2922,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -3698,13 +3704,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -3850,6 +3857,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -4637,13 +4645,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -4789,6 +4798,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -5557,13 +5567,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -5709,6 +5720,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -6514,13 +6526,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -6666,6 +6679,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -7474,13 +7488,14 @@

Method Details

"taskId": "A String", # Task number of the next task. }, ], + "trigger": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: "API Trigger", "Cloud Pub Sub Trigger" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose. "triggerId": "A String", # Optional. The backend trigger ID. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the integration on UI. "triggerType": "A String", # Optional. Type of trigger }, ], "triggerConfigsInternal": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -7626,6 +7641,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.products.integrationtemplates.versions.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.products.integrationtemplates.versions.html index 9ed5cb4cd8f..3996e3ddee7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.products.integrationtemplates.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.products.integrationtemplates.versions.html @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "triggerConfigs": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -843,6 +843,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -1452,7 +1453,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "triggerConfigs": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -1598,6 +1599,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -2214,7 +2216,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "triggerConfigs": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -2360,6 +2362,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, @@ -2981,7 +2984,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "triggerConfigs": [ # Optional. Trigger configurations. - { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19 + { # Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20 "alertConfig": [ # An alert threshold configuration for the [trigger + client + workflow] tuple. If these values are not specified in the trigger config, default values will be populated by the system. Note that there must be exactly one alert threshold configured per [client + trigger + workflow] when published. { # Message to be used to configure custom alerting in the {@code EventConfig} protos for an event. "aggregationPeriod": "A String", # For an EXPECTED_MIN threshold, this aggregation_period must be lesser than 24 hours. @@ -3127,6 +3130,7 @@

Method Details

"triggerCriteriaTaskImplementationClassName": "A String", # Optional. Implementation class name. The class should implement the “TypedTask” interface. }, "triggerId": "A String", # The backend trigger ID. + "triggerName": "A String", # Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring. "triggerNumber": "A String", # Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI. "triggerType": "A String", }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json index e357012a3d0..ae795415a85 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json @@ -3257,7 +3257,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230530", + "revision": "20230611", "rootUrl": "https://integrations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CrmlogErrorCode": { @@ -7379,7 +7379,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "EnterpriseCrmFrontendsEventbusProtoTriggerConfig": { - "description": "Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 19", + "description": "Configuration detail of a trigger. Next available id: 20", "id": "EnterpriseCrmFrontendsEventbusProtoTriggerConfig", "properties": { "alertConfig": { @@ -7455,6 +7455,10 @@ "description": "The backend trigger ID.", "type": "string" }, + "triggerName": { + "description": "Optional. Name of the trigger This is added to identify the type of trigger. This is avoid the logic on triggerId to identify the trigger_type and push the same to monitoring.", + "type": "string" + }, "triggerNumber": { "description": "Required. A number to uniquely identify each trigger config within the workflow on UI.", "type": "string" @@ -11006,6 +11010,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "trigger": { + "description": "Optional. Name of the trigger. Example: \"API Trigger\", \"Cloud Pub Sub Trigger\" When set will be sent out to monitoring dashabord for tracking purpose.", + "type": "string" + }, "triggerId": { "description": "Optional. The backend trigger ID.", "type": "string" From 414f7e15267326aae0ea366364aa24846b636e2c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 36/53] feat(logging): update the api #### logging:v2 The following keys were added: - resources.billingAccounts.resources.sinks.methods.create.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.billingAccounts.resources.sinks.methods.patch.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.billingAccounts.resources.sinks.methods.update.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.folders.resources.sinks.methods.create.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.folders.resources.sinks.methods.patch.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.folders.resources.sinks.methods.update.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.organizations.resources.sinks.methods.create.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.organizations.resources.sinks.methods.patch.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.organizations.resources.sinks.methods.update.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.projects.resources.sinks.methods.create.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.projects.resources.sinks.methods.patch.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.projects.resources.sinks.methods.update.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.sinks.methods.create.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) - resources.sinks.methods.update.parameters.customWriterIdentity (Total Keys: 2) --- .../dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html | 31 ++++---- docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html | 31 ++++---- docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html | 31 ++++---- docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html | 31 ++++---- docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html | 22 +++--- .../discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json | 76 ++++++++++++++++++- 7 files changed, 154 insertions(+), 70 deletions(-) diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html index 9acdbfb6353..d66b3178f29 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink's writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.

delete(sinkName, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -93,10 +93,10 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.

- update(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ update(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.

Method Details

@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink's writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.
 
 Args:
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink's parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Cloud Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink's destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -216,7 +217,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -263,7 +264,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
       "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-      "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+      "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
       "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
       "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
         { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ 
Method Details
- patch(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
@@ -316,7 +317,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -336,6 +337,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
   updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -353,7 +355,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -375,7 +377,7 @@ 
Method Details
- update(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + update(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
@@ -390,7 +392,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -410,6 +412,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
   updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -427,7 +430,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
index c7c60f946eb..b50e91cbd2e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The parameters to ListLogEntries.
-  "filter": "A String", # Optional. Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters.
+  "filter": "A String", # Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return. For more information, see Logging query language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language).Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters.
   "orderBy": "A String", # Optional. How the results should be sorted. Presently, the only permitted values are "timestamp asc" (default) and "timestamp desc". The first option returns entries in order of increasing values of LogEntry.timestamp (oldest first), and the second option returns entries in order of decreasing timestamps (newest first). Entries with equal timestamps are returned in order of their insert_id values.
   "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Default is 50. If the value is negative or exceeds 1000, the request is rejected. The presence of next_page_token in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. page_token must be the value of next_page_token from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html
index 52f22d60fcb..d1d82d2b4a6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

-  create(parent, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  create(parent, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink's writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.

 

   delete(sinkName, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ 
Instance Methods

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

-  patch(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  patch(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.

 

-  update(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  update(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.

 
Method Details

 

@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    create(parent, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    create(parent, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink's writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.
 
 Args:
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink's parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Cloud Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink's destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -216,7 +217,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -263,7 +264,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
       "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-      "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+      "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
       "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
       "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
         { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    patch(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    patch(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
@@ -316,7 +317,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -336,6 +337,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
   updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -353,7 +355,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -375,7 +377,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    update(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    update(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
@@ -390,7 +392,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -410,6 +412,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
   updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -427,7 +430,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html
index b5f8d1daa0f..193c088ce5b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

-  create(parent, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  create(parent, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink's writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.

 

   delete(sinkName, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ 
Instance Methods

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

-  patch(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  patch(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.

 

-  update(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  update(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.

 
Method Details

 

@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    create(parent, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    create(parent, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink's writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.
 
 Args:
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink's parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Cloud Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink's destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -216,7 +217,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -263,7 +264,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
       "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-      "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+      "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
       "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
       "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
         { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    patch(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    patch(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
@@ -316,7 +317,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -336,6 +337,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
   updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -353,7 +355,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -375,7 +377,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    update(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    update(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
@@ -390,7 +392,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -410,6 +412,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
   updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -427,7 +430,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html
index b7adf226ea5..7b5def198ee 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

-  create(parent, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  create(parent, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink's writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.

 

   delete(sinkName, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ 
Instance Methods

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

-  patch(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  patch(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.

 

-  update(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  update(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.

 
Method Details

 

@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    create(parent, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    create(parent, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink's writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.
 
 Args:
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink's parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Cloud Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink's destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -216,7 +217,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -263,7 +264,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
       "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-      "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+      "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
       "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
       "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
         { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    patch(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    patch(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
@@ -316,7 +317,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -336,6 +337,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
   updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -353,7 +355,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -375,7 +377,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    update(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    update(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
@@ -390,7 +392,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -410,6 +412,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
   updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -427,7 +430,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html
index 1c7515dec3a..98abd172a4c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

-  create(parent, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  create(parent, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink's writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.

 

   delete(sinkName, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

-  update(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  update(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.

 
Method Details

 

@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    create(parent, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    create(parent, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink's writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.
 
 Args:
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -137,6 +137,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink's parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Cloud Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink's destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -153,7 +154,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -213,7 +214,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -260,7 +261,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
       "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-      "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+      "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
       "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
       "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
         { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -298,7 +299,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    update(sinkName, body=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    update(sinkName, body=None, customWriterIdentity=None, uniqueWriterIdentity=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
@@ -313,7 +314,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
@@ -333,6 +334,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required.
 }
 
+  customWriterIdentity: string, Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
   updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -350,7 +352,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
-  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
+  "destination": "A String", # Required. The export destination: "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]" "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]" "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]" "logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
   "exclusions": [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
     { # Specifies a set of log entries that are filtered out by a sink. If your Google Cloud resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Note that exclusions on organization-level and folder-level sinks don't apply to child resources. Note also that you cannot modify the _Required sink or exclude logs from it.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json
index 73f32228e81..bf8055eb1c4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json
@@ -1221,6 +1221,11 @@
                 "parent"
               ],
               "parameters": {
+                "customWriterIdentity": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
                 "parent": {
                   "description": "Required. The resource in which to create the sink: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]\" For examples:\"projects/my-project\" \"organizations/123456789\"",
                   "location": "path",
@@ -1348,6 +1353,11 @@
                 "sinkName"
               ],
               "parameters": {
+                "customWriterIdentity": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
                 "sinkName": {
                   "description": "Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" For example:\"projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink\"",
                   "location": "path",
@@ -1388,6 +1398,11 @@
                 "sinkName"
               ],
               "parameters": {
+                "customWriterIdentity": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
                 "sinkName": {
                   "description": "Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" For example:\"projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink\"",
                   "location": "path",
@@ -2808,6 +2823,11 @@
                 "parent"
               ],
               "parameters": {
+                "customWriterIdentity": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
                 "parent": {
                   "description": "Required. The resource in which to create the sink: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]\" For examples:\"projects/my-project\" \"organizations/123456789\"",
                   "location": "path",
@@ -2935,6 +2955,11 @@
                 "sinkName"
               ],
               "parameters": {
+                "customWriterIdentity": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
                 "sinkName": {
                   "description": "Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" For example:\"projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink\"",
                   "location": "path",
@@ -2975,6 +3000,11 @@
                 "sinkName"
               ],
               "parameters": {
+                "customWriterIdentity": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
                 "sinkName": {
                   "description": "Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" For example:\"projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink\"",
                   "location": "path",
@@ -5039,6 +5069,11 @@
                 "parent"
               ],
               "parameters": {
+                "customWriterIdentity": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
                 "parent": {
                   "description": "Required. The resource in which to create the sink: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]\" For examples:\"projects/my-project\" \"organizations/123456789\"",
                   "location": "path",
@@ -5166,6 +5201,11 @@
                 "sinkName"
               ],
               "parameters": {
+                "customWriterIdentity": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
                 "sinkName": {
                   "description": "Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" For example:\"projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink\"",
                   "location": "path",
@@ -5206,6 +5246,11 @@
                 "sinkName"
               ],
               "parameters": {
+                "customWriterIdentity": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
                 "sinkName": {
                   "description": "Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" For example:\"projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink\"",
                   "location": "path",
@@ -6503,6 +6548,11 @@
                 "parent"
               ],
               "parameters": {
+                "customWriterIdentity": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
                 "parent": {
                   "description": "Required. The resource in which to create the sink: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]\" For examples:\"projects/my-project\" \"organizations/123456789\"",
                   "location": "path",
@@ -6630,6 +6680,11 @@
                 "sinkName"
               ],
               "parameters": {
+                "customWriterIdentity": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
                 "sinkName": {
                   "description": "Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" For example:\"projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink\"",
                   "location": "path",
@@ -6670,6 +6725,11 @@
                 "sinkName"
               ],
               "parameters": {
+                "customWriterIdentity": {
+                  "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
                 "sinkName": {
                   "description": "Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" For example:\"projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink\"",
                   "location": "path",
@@ -6716,6 +6776,11 @@
             "parent"
           ],
           "parameters": {
+            "customWriterIdentity": {
+              "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "parent": {
               "description": "Required. The resource in which to create the sink: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]\" For examples:\"projects/my-project\" \"organizations/123456789\"",
               "location": "path",
@@ -6843,6 +6908,11 @@
             "sinkName"
           ],
           "parameters": {
+            "customWriterIdentity": {
+              "description": "Optional. A service account provided by the caller that will be used to write the log entries. Must be of format serviceAccount:some@email. This can only be specified if writing to a destination outside the sink's project. If not specified, a p4 service account will automatically be generated.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "sinkName": {
               "description": "Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]\" For example:\"projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink\"",
               "location": "path",
@@ -7007,7 +7077,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230531",
   "rootUrl": "https://logging.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BigQueryDataset": {
@@ -7638,7 +7708,7 @@
       "id": "ListLogEntriesRequest",
       "properties": {
         "filter": {
-          "description": "Optional. Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters.",
+          "description": "Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return. For more information, see Logging query language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language).Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "orderBy": {
@@ -8251,7 +8321,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "destination": {
-          "description": "Required. The export destination: \"storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]\" \"bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]\" \"pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]\" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).",
+          "description": "Required. The export destination: \"storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]\" \"bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]\" \"pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]\" \"logging.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]\" The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "disabled": {

From 07d44b4770aae135e1cb5ac27aaec932ec9a6fff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 37/53] feat(migrationcenter): update the api

#### migrationcenter:v1alpha1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ReportSummaryGroupPreferenceSetFinding.properties.soleTenantFinding.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ReportSummaryGroupPreferenceSetFinding.properties.vmwareEngineFinding.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ReportSummarySoleTenantFinding (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.ReportSummarySoleTenantNodeAllocation (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.ReportSummaryVMWareEngineFinding (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.ReportSummaryVMWareNode (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.SoleTenancyPreferences (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.SoleTenantNodeType (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.VirtualMachinePreferences.properties.soleTenancyPreferences.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.VirtualMachinePreferences.properties.targetProduct.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.VirtualMachinePreferences.properties.vmwareEnginePreferences.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.VmwareEnginePreferences (Total Keys: 9)
---
 ...er_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html |  16 +-
 ...ha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html |  68 +++++
 ...jects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html | 141 ++++++++++
 ...rojects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html |   8 +-
 .../documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json   | 251 +++++++++++++++++-
 5 files changed, 467 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html
index 18509b1cf20..1b179647b30 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.assets.html
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the asset.
         "performanceData": { # Performance data for an asset. # Output only. Performance data for the asset.
-          "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": [ # Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days.
+          "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": [ # Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days. Aggregations are sorted from oldest to most recent.
             { # Usage data aggregation for a single day.
               "cpu": { # Statistical aggregation of CPU usage. # CPU usage.
                 "utilizationPercentage": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # CPU utilization percentage.
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the asset.
       "performanceData": { # Performance data for an asset. # Output only. Performance data for the asset.
-        "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": [ # Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days.
+        "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": [ # Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days. Aggregations are sorted from oldest to most recent.
           { # Usage data aggregation for a single day.
             "cpu": { # Statistical aggregation of CPU usage. # CPU usage.
               "utilizationPercentage": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # CPU utilization percentage.
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the asset.
   "performanceData": { # Performance data for an asset. # Output only. Performance data for the asset.
-    "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": [ # Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days.
+    "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": [ # Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days. Aggregations are sorted from oldest to most recent.
       { # Usage data aggregation for a single day.
         "cpu": { # Statistical aggregation of CPU usage. # CPU usage.
           "utilizationPercentage": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # CPU utilization percentage.
@@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the asset.
       "performanceData": { # Performance data for an asset. # Output only. Performance data for the asset.
-        "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": [ # Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days.
+        "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": [ # Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days. Aggregations are sorted from oldest to most recent.
           { # Usage data aggregation for a single day.
             "cpu": { # Statistical aggregation of CPU usage. # CPU usage.
               "utilizationPercentage": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # CPU utilization percentage.
@@ -1708,7 +1708,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the asset.
   "performanceData": { # Performance data for an asset. # Output only. Performance data for the asset.
-    "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": [ # Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days.
+    "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": [ # Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days. Aggregations are sorted from oldest to most recent.
       { # Usage data aggregation for a single day.
         "cpu": { # Statistical aggregation of CPU usage. # CPU usage.
           "utilizationPercentage": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # CPU utilization percentage.
@@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The full name of the asset.
   "performanceData": { # Performance data for an asset. # Output only. Performance data for the asset.
-    "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": [ # Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days.
+    "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": [ # Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days. Aggregations are sorted from oldest to most recent.
       { # Usage data aggregation for a single day.
         "cpu": { # Statistical aggregation of CPU usage. # CPU usage.
           "utilizationPercentage": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # CPU utilization percentage.
@@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
-      "performanceSamples": [ # Asset performance data samples.
+      "performanceSamples": [ # Asset performance data samples. Samples that are older than 40 days are ignored.
         { # Performance data sample.
           "cpu": { # CPU usage sample. # CPU usage sample.
             "utilizedPercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of total CPU capacity utilized. Must be in the interval [0, 100]. On most systems can be calculated using 100 - idle percentage.
@@ -2384,7 +2384,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "averageEgressBps": 3.14, # Average network egress in B/s sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
             "averageIngressBps": 3.14, # Average network ingress in B/s sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
           },
-          "sampleTime": "A String", # Time the sample was collected.
+          "sampleTime": "A String", # Required. Time the sample was collected.
         },
       ],
       "reportTime": "A String", # The time the data was reported.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html
index 2b5c50f5044..c4d4defcc44 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.preferenceSets.html
@@ -135,6 +135,23 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
     "sizingOptimizationStrategy": "A String", # Sizing optimization strategy specifies the preferred strategy used when extrapolating usage data to calculate insights and recommendations for a virtual machine. If you are unsure which value to set, a moderate sizing optimization strategy is often a good value to start with.
+    "soleTenancyPreferences": { # Preferences concerning Sole Tenancy nodes and VMs. # Preferences concerning Sole Tenant nodes and virtual machines.
+      "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+      "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 2.0 inclusive.
+      "hostMaintenancePolicy": "A String", # Sole Tenancy nodes maintenance policy.
+      "nodeTypes": [ # A list of sole tenant node types. An empty list means that all possible node types will be considered.
+        { # A Sole Tenant node type.
+          "nodeName": "A String", # Name of the Sole Tenant node. Consult https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/nodes/sole-tenant-nodes
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "targetProduct": "A String", # Target product for assets using this preference set. Specify either target product or business goal, but not both.
+    "vmwareEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Google Cloud VMware Engine target platform. # Preferences concerning insights and recommendations for Google Cloud VMware Engine.
+      "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+      "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 8.0, with 0.1 increment.
+      "memoryOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # Memory overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are 1.0, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75 and 2.0.
+      "storageDeduplicationCompressionRatio": 3.14, # The Deduplication and Compression ratio is based on the logical (Used Before) space required to store data before applying deduplication and compression, in relation to the physical (Used After) space required after applying deduplication and compression. Specifically, the ratio is the Used Before space divided by the Used After space. For example, if the Used Before space is 3 GB, but the physical Used After space is 1 GB, the deduplication and compression ratio is 3x. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 4.0.
+    },
   },
 }
 
@@ -244,6 +261,23 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
     "sizingOptimizationStrategy": "A String", # Sizing optimization strategy specifies the preferred strategy used when extrapolating usage data to calculate insights and recommendations for a virtual machine. If you are unsure which value to set, a moderate sizing optimization strategy is often a good value to start with.
+    "soleTenancyPreferences": { # Preferences concerning Sole Tenancy nodes and VMs. # Preferences concerning Sole Tenant nodes and virtual machines.
+      "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+      "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 2.0 inclusive.
+      "hostMaintenancePolicy": "A String", # Sole Tenancy nodes maintenance policy.
+      "nodeTypes": [ # A list of sole tenant node types. An empty list means that all possible node types will be considered.
+        { # A Sole Tenant node type.
+          "nodeName": "A String", # Name of the Sole Tenant node. Consult https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/nodes/sole-tenant-nodes
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "targetProduct": "A String", # Target product for assets using this preference set. Specify either target product or business goal, but not both.
+    "vmwareEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Google Cloud VMware Engine target platform. # Preferences concerning insights and recommendations for Google Cloud VMware Engine.
+      "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+      "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 8.0, with 0.1 increment.
+      "memoryOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # Memory overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are 1.0, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75 and 2.0.
+      "storageDeduplicationCompressionRatio": 3.14, # The Deduplication and Compression ratio is based on the logical (Used Before) space required to store data before applying deduplication and compression, in relation to the physical (Used After) space required after applying deduplication and compression. Specifically, the ratio is the Used Before space divided by the Used After space. For example, if the Used Before space is 3 GB, but the physical Used After space is 1 GB, the deduplication and compression ratio is 3x. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 4.0.
+    },
   },
 }

 

@@ -293,6 +327,23 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "sizingOptimizationStrategy": "A String", # Sizing optimization strategy specifies the preferred strategy used when extrapolating usage data to calculate insights and recommendations for a virtual machine. If you are unsure which value to set, a moderate sizing optimization strategy is often a good value to start with.
+        "soleTenancyPreferences": { # Preferences concerning Sole Tenancy nodes and VMs. # Preferences concerning Sole Tenant nodes and virtual machines.
+          "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+          "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 2.0 inclusive.
+          "hostMaintenancePolicy": "A String", # Sole Tenancy nodes maintenance policy.
+          "nodeTypes": [ # A list of sole tenant node types. An empty list means that all possible node types will be considered.
+            { # A Sole Tenant node type.
+              "nodeName": "A String", # Name of the Sole Tenant node. Consult https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/nodes/sole-tenant-nodes
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "targetProduct": "A String", # Target product for assets using this preference set. Specify either target product or business goal, but not both.
+        "vmwareEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Google Cloud VMware Engine target platform. # Preferences concerning insights and recommendations for Google Cloud VMware Engine.
+          "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+          "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 8.0, with 0.1 increment.
+          "memoryOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # Memory overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are 1.0, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75 and 2.0.
+          "storageDeduplicationCompressionRatio": 3.14, # The Deduplication and Compression ratio is based on the logical (Used Before) space required to store data before applying deduplication and compression, in relation to the physical (Used After) space required after applying deduplication and compression. Specifically, the ratio is the Used Before space divided by the Used After space. For example, if the Used Before space is 3 GB, but the physical Used After space is 1 GB, the deduplication and compression ratio is 3x. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 4.0.
+        },
       },
     },
   ],
@@ -350,6 +401,23 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
     "sizingOptimizationStrategy": "A String", # Sizing optimization strategy specifies the preferred strategy used when extrapolating usage data to calculate insights and recommendations for a virtual machine. If you are unsure which value to set, a moderate sizing optimization strategy is often a good value to start with.
+    "soleTenancyPreferences": { # Preferences concerning Sole Tenancy nodes and VMs. # Preferences concerning Sole Tenant nodes and virtual machines.
+      "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+      "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 2.0 inclusive.
+      "hostMaintenancePolicy": "A String", # Sole Tenancy nodes maintenance policy.
+      "nodeTypes": [ # A list of sole tenant node types. An empty list means that all possible node types will be considered.
+        { # A Sole Tenant node type.
+          "nodeName": "A String", # Name of the Sole Tenant node. Consult https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/nodes/sole-tenant-nodes
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "targetProduct": "A String", # Target product for assets using this preference set. Specify either target product or business goal, but not both.
+    "vmwareEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Google Cloud VMware Engine target platform. # Preferences concerning insights and recommendations for Google Cloud VMware Engine.
+      "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+      "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 8.0, with 0.1 increment.
+      "memoryOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # Memory overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are 1.0, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75 and 2.0.
+      "storageDeduplicationCompressionRatio": 3.14, # The Deduplication and Compression ratio is based on the logical (Used Before) space required to store data before applying deduplication and compression, in relation to the physical (Used After) space required after applying deduplication and compression. Specifically, the ratio is the Used Before space divided by the Used After space. For example, if the Used Before space is 3 GB, but the physical Used After space is 1 GB, the deduplication and compression ratio is 3x. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 4.0.
+    },
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html
index 9b14d873297..d7de5c854d2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.reportConfigs.reports.html
@@ -305,6 +305,23 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
               "sizingOptimizationStrategy": "A String", # Sizing optimization strategy specifies the preferred strategy used when extrapolating usage data to calculate insights and recommendations for a virtual machine. If you are unsure which value to set, a moderate sizing optimization strategy is often a good value to start with.
+              "soleTenancyPreferences": { # Preferences concerning Sole Tenancy nodes and VMs. # Preferences concerning Sole Tenant nodes and virtual machines.
+                "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+                "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 2.0 inclusive.
+                "hostMaintenancePolicy": "A String", # Sole Tenancy nodes maintenance policy.
+                "nodeTypes": [ # A list of sole tenant node types. An empty list means that all possible node types will be considered.
+                  { # A Sole Tenant node type.
+                    "nodeName": "A String", # Name of the Sole Tenant node. Consult https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/nodes/sole-tenant-nodes
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "targetProduct": "A String", # Target product for assets using this preference set. Specify either target product or business goal, but not both.
+              "vmwareEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Google Cloud VMware Engine target platform. # Preferences concerning insights and recommendations for Google Cloud VMware Engine.
+                "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+                "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 8.0, with 0.1 increment.
+                "memoryOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # Memory overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are 1.0, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75 and 2.0.
+                "storageDeduplicationCompressionRatio": 3.14, # The Deduplication and Compression ratio is based on the logical (Used Before) space required to store data before applying deduplication and compression, in relation to the physical (Used After) space required after applying deduplication and compression. Specifically, the ratio is the Used Before space divided by the Used After space. For example, if the Used Before space is 3 GB, but the physical Used After space is 1 GB, the deduplication and compression ratio is 3x. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 4.0.
+              },
             },
             "monthlyCostCompute": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Compute monthly cost for this preference set.
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
@@ -338,7 +355,37 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "preferredRegion": "A String", # Target region for this Preference Set
             "pricingTrack": "A String", # Text describing the pricing track specified for this Preference Set
+            "soleTenantFinding": { # A set of findings that applies to assets destined for Sole-Tenant nodes. # A set of findings that applies to Stole-Tenant machines in the input.
+              "allocatedAssetCount": "A String", # Count of assets which are allocated
+              "allocatedRegions": [ # Set of regions in which the assets are allocated
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "nodeAllocations": [ # Set of per-nodetype allocation records
+                { # Represents the assets allocated to a specific Sole-Tenant node type.
+                  "allocatedAssetCount": "A String", # Count of assets allocated to these nodes
+                  "node": { # A Sole Tenant node type. # Sole Tenant node type, e.g. "m3-node-128-3904"
+                    "nodeName": "A String", # Name of the Sole Tenant node. Consult https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/nodes/sole-tenant-nodes
+                  },
+                  "nodeCount": "A String", # Count of this node type to be provisioned
+                },
+              ],
+            },
             "topPriority": "A String", # Text describing the business priority specified for this Preference Set
+            "vmwareEngineFinding": { # A set of findings that applies to assets destined for VMWare Engine. # A set of findings that applies to VMWare machines in the input.
+              "allocatedAssetCount": "A String", # Count of assets which are allocated
+              "allocatedRegions": [ # Set of regions in which the assets were allocated
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "nodeAllocations": [ # Set of per-nodetype allocation records
+                { # Represents assets allocated to a specific VMWare Node type.
+                  "allocatedAssetCount": "A String", # Count of assets allocated to these nodes
+                  "nodeCount": "A String", # Count of this node type to be provisioned
+                  "vmwareNode": { # A VMWare Engine Node # VMWare node type, e.g. "ve1-standard-72"
+                    "code": "A String", # Code to identify VMware Engine node series, e.g. "ve1-standard-72". Based on the displayName of cloud.google.com/vmware-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.nodeTypes
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
           },
         ],
       },
@@ -633,6 +680,23 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
               "sizingOptimizationStrategy": "A String", # Sizing optimization strategy specifies the preferred strategy used when extrapolating usage data to calculate insights and recommendations for a virtual machine. If you are unsure which value to set, a moderate sizing optimization strategy is often a good value to start with.
+              "soleTenancyPreferences": { # Preferences concerning Sole Tenancy nodes and VMs. # Preferences concerning Sole Tenant nodes and virtual machines.
+                "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+                "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 2.0 inclusive.
+                "hostMaintenancePolicy": "A String", # Sole Tenancy nodes maintenance policy.
+                "nodeTypes": [ # A list of sole tenant node types. An empty list means that all possible node types will be considered.
+                  { # A Sole Tenant node type.
+                    "nodeName": "A String", # Name of the Sole Tenant node. Consult https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/nodes/sole-tenant-nodes
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "targetProduct": "A String", # Target product for assets using this preference set. Specify either target product or business goal, but not both.
+              "vmwareEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Google Cloud VMware Engine target platform. # Preferences concerning insights and recommendations for Google Cloud VMware Engine.
+                "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+                "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 8.0, with 0.1 increment.
+                "memoryOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # Memory overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are 1.0, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75 and 2.0.
+                "storageDeduplicationCompressionRatio": 3.14, # The Deduplication and Compression ratio is based on the logical (Used Before) space required to store data before applying deduplication and compression, in relation to the physical (Used After) space required after applying deduplication and compression. Specifically, the ratio is the Used Before space divided by the Used After space. For example, if the Used Before space is 3 GB, but the physical Used After space is 1 GB, the deduplication and compression ratio is 3x. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 4.0.
+              },
             },
             "monthlyCostCompute": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Compute monthly cost for this preference set.
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
@@ -666,7 +730,37 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "preferredRegion": "A String", # Target region for this Preference Set
             "pricingTrack": "A String", # Text describing the pricing track specified for this Preference Set
+            "soleTenantFinding": { # A set of findings that applies to assets destined for Sole-Tenant nodes. # A set of findings that applies to Stole-Tenant machines in the input.
+              "allocatedAssetCount": "A String", # Count of assets which are allocated
+              "allocatedRegions": [ # Set of regions in which the assets are allocated
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "nodeAllocations": [ # Set of per-nodetype allocation records
+                { # Represents the assets allocated to a specific Sole-Tenant node type.
+                  "allocatedAssetCount": "A String", # Count of assets allocated to these nodes
+                  "node": { # A Sole Tenant node type. # Sole Tenant node type, e.g. "m3-node-128-3904"
+                    "nodeName": "A String", # Name of the Sole Tenant node. Consult https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/nodes/sole-tenant-nodes
+                  },
+                  "nodeCount": "A String", # Count of this node type to be provisioned
+                },
+              ],
+            },
             "topPriority": "A String", # Text describing the business priority specified for this Preference Set
+            "vmwareEngineFinding": { # A set of findings that applies to assets destined for VMWare Engine. # A set of findings that applies to VMWare machines in the input.
+              "allocatedAssetCount": "A String", # Count of assets which are allocated
+              "allocatedRegions": [ # Set of regions in which the assets were allocated
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "nodeAllocations": [ # Set of per-nodetype allocation records
+                { # Represents assets allocated to a specific VMWare Node type.
+                  "allocatedAssetCount": "A String", # Count of assets allocated to these nodes
+                  "nodeCount": "A String", # Count of this node type to be provisioned
+                  "vmwareNode": { # A VMWare Engine Node # VMWare node type, e.g. "ve1-standard-72"
+                    "code": "A String", # Code to identify VMware Engine node series, e.g. "ve1-standard-72". Based on the displayName of cloud.google.com/vmware-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.nodeTypes
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
           },
         ],
       },
@@ -902,6 +996,23 @@ 
Method Details

                     ],
                   },
                   "sizingOptimizationStrategy": "A String", # Sizing optimization strategy specifies the preferred strategy used when extrapolating usage data to calculate insights and recommendations for a virtual machine. If you are unsure which value to set, a moderate sizing optimization strategy is often a good value to start with.
+                  "soleTenancyPreferences": { # Preferences concerning Sole Tenancy nodes and VMs. # Preferences concerning Sole Tenant nodes and virtual machines.
+                    "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+                    "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 2.0 inclusive.
+                    "hostMaintenancePolicy": "A String", # Sole Tenancy nodes maintenance policy.
+                    "nodeTypes": [ # A list of sole tenant node types. An empty list means that all possible node types will be considered.
+                      { # A Sole Tenant node type.
+                        "nodeName": "A String", # Name of the Sole Tenant node. Consult https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/nodes/sole-tenant-nodes
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "targetProduct": "A String", # Target product for assets using this preference set. Specify either target product or business goal, but not both.
+                  "vmwareEnginePreferences": { # The user preferences relating to Google Cloud VMware Engine target platform. # Preferences concerning insights and recommendations for Google Cloud VMware Engine.
+                    "commitmentPlan": "A String", # Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.
+                    "cpuOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 8.0, with 0.1 increment.
+                    "memoryOvercommitRatio": 3.14, # Memory overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are 1.0, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75 and 2.0.
+                    "storageDeduplicationCompressionRatio": 3.14, # The Deduplication and Compression ratio is based on the logical (Used Before) space required to store data before applying deduplication and compression, in relation to the physical (Used After) space required after applying deduplication and compression. Specifically, the ratio is the Used Before space divided by the Used After space. For example, if the Used Before space is 3 GB, but the physical Used After space is 1 GB, the deduplication and compression ratio is 3x. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 4.0.
+                  },
                 },
                 "monthlyCostCompute": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Compute monthly cost for this preference set.
                   "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
@@ -935,7 +1046,37 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "preferredRegion": "A String", # Target region for this Preference Set
                 "pricingTrack": "A String", # Text describing the pricing track specified for this Preference Set
+                "soleTenantFinding": { # A set of findings that applies to assets destined for Sole-Tenant nodes. # A set of findings that applies to Stole-Tenant machines in the input.
+                  "allocatedAssetCount": "A String", # Count of assets which are allocated
+                  "allocatedRegions": [ # Set of regions in which the assets are allocated
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "nodeAllocations": [ # Set of per-nodetype allocation records
+                    { # Represents the assets allocated to a specific Sole-Tenant node type.
+                      "allocatedAssetCount": "A String", # Count of assets allocated to these nodes
+                      "node": { # A Sole Tenant node type. # Sole Tenant node type, e.g. "m3-node-128-3904"
+                        "nodeName": "A String", # Name of the Sole Tenant node. Consult https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/nodes/sole-tenant-nodes
+                      },
+                      "nodeCount": "A String", # Count of this node type to be provisioned
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
                 "topPriority": "A String", # Text describing the business priority specified for this Preference Set
+                "vmwareEngineFinding": { # A set of findings that applies to assets destined for VMWare Engine. # A set of findings that applies to VMWare machines in the input.
+                  "allocatedAssetCount": "A String", # Count of assets which are allocated
+                  "allocatedRegions": [ # Set of regions in which the assets were allocated
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "nodeAllocations": [ # Set of per-nodetype allocation records
+                    { # Represents assets allocated to a specific VMWare Node type.
+                      "allocatedAssetCount": "A String", # Count of assets allocated to these nodes
+                      "nodeCount": "A String", # Count of this node type to be provisioned
+                      "vmwareNode": { # A VMWare Engine Node # VMWare node type, e.g. "ve1-standard-72"
+                        "code": "A String", # Code to identify VMware Engine node series, e.g. "ve1-standard-72". Based on the displayName of cloud.google.com/vmware-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.nodeTypes
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
               },
             ],
           },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html
index d1d174d631a..7e93fcd535e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
-    "performanceSamples": [ # Asset performance data samples.
+    "performanceSamples": [ # Asset performance data samples. Samples that are older than 40 days are ignored.
       { # Performance data sample.
         "cpu": { # CPU usage sample. # CPU usage sample.
           "utilizedPercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of total CPU capacity utilized. Must be in the interval [0, 100]. On most systems can be calculated using 100 - idle percentage.
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "averageEgressBps": 3.14, # Average network egress in B/s sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
           "averageIngressBps": 3.14, # Average network ingress in B/s sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
         },
-        "sampleTime": "A String", # Time the sample was collected.
+        "sampleTime": "A String", # Required. Time the sample was collected.
       },
     ],
     "reportTime": "A String", # The time the data was reported.
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
-        "performanceSamples": [ # Asset performance data samples.
+        "performanceSamples": [ # Asset performance data samples. Samples that are older than 40 days are ignored.
           { # Performance data sample.
             "cpu": { # CPU usage sample. # CPU usage sample.
               "utilizedPercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of total CPU capacity utilized. Must be in the interval [0, 100]. On most systems can be calculated using 100 - idle percentage.
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "averageEgressBps": 3.14, # Average network egress in B/s sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
               "averageIngressBps": 3.14, # Average network ingress in B/s sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
             },
-            "sampleTime": "A String", # Time the sample was collected.
+            "sampleTime": "A String", # Required. Time the sample was collected.
           },
         ],
         "reportTime": "A String", # The time the data was reported.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json
index c34c8893478..dc972013b30 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
   "baseUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/",
   "batchPath": "batch",
   "canonicalName": "Migration Center API",
-  "description": "",
+  "description": "A unified platform that helps you accelerate your end-to-end cloud journey from your current on-premises or cloud environments to Google Cloud.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/migration-center",
   "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
@@ -2102,7 +2102,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": {
@@ -2398,7 +2398,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "performanceSamples": {
-          "description": "Asset performance data samples.",
+          "description": "Asset performance data samples. Samples that are older than 40 days are ignored.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "PerformanceSample"
           },
@@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@
       "id": "AssetPerformanceData",
       "properties": {
         "dailyResourceUsageAggregations": {
-          "description": "Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days.",
+          "description": "Daily resource usage aggregations. Contains all of the data available for an asset, up to the last 420 days. Aggregations are sorted from oldest to most recent.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "DailyResourceUsageAggregation"
           },
@@ -4383,7 +4383,7 @@
           "description": "Network usage sample."
         },
         "sampleTime": {
-          "description": "Time the sample was collected.",
+          "description": "Required. Time the sample was collected.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -4816,9 +4816,17 @@
           "description": "Text describing the pricing track specified for this Preference Set",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "soleTenantFinding": {
+          "$ref": "ReportSummarySoleTenantFinding",
+          "description": "A set of findings that applies to Stole-Tenant machines in the input."
+        },
         "topPriority": {
           "description": "Text describing the business priority specified for this Preference Set",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "vmwareEngineFinding": {
+          "$ref": "ReportSummaryVMWareEngineFinding",
+          "description": "A set of findings that applies to VMWare machines in the input."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -4920,6 +4928,53 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ReportSummarySoleTenantFinding": {
+      "description": "A set of findings that applies to assets destined for Sole-Tenant nodes.",
+      "id": "ReportSummarySoleTenantFinding",
+      "properties": {
+        "allocatedAssetCount": {
+          "description": "Count of assets which are allocated",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "allocatedRegions": {
+          "description": "Set of regions in which the assets are allocated",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nodeAllocations": {
+          "description": "Set of per-nodetype allocation records",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ReportSummarySoleTenantNodeAllocation"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ReportSummarySoleTenantNodeAllocation": {
+      "description": "Represents the assets allocated to a specific Sole-Tenant node type.",
+      "id": "ReportSummarySoleTenantNodeAllocation",
+      "properties": {
+        "allocatedAssetCount": {
+          "description": "Count of assets allocated to these nodes",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "node": {
+          "$ref": "SoleTenantNodeType",
+          "description": "Sole Tenant node type, e.g. \"m3-node-128-3904\""
+        },
+        "nodeCount": {
+          "description": "Count of this node type to be provisioned",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ReportSummaryUtilizationChartData": {
       "description": "Utilization Chart is a specific type of visualization which displays a metric classified into \"Used\" and \"Free\" buckets.",
       "id": "ReportSummaryUtilizationChartData",
@@ -4937,6 +4992,64 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ReportSummaryVMWareEngineFinding": {
+      "description": "A set of findings that applies to assets destined for VMWare Engine.",
+      "id": "ReportSummaryVMWareEngineFinding",
+      "properties": {
+        "allocatedAssetCount": {
+          "description": "Count of assets which are allocated",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "allocatedRegions": {
+          "description": "Set of regions in which the assets were allocated",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nodeAllocations": {
+          "description": "Set of per-nodetype allocation records",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ReportSummaryVMWareNodeAllocation"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ReportSummaryVMWareNode": {
+      "description": "A VMWare Engine Node",
+      "id": "ReportSummaryVMWareNode",
+      "properties": {
+        "code": {
+          "description": "Code to identify VMware Engine node series, e.g. \"ve1-standard-72\". Based on the displayName of cloud.google.com/vmware-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.nodeTypes",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ReportSummaryVMWareNodeAllocation": {
+      "description": "Represents assets allocated to a specific VMWare Node type.",
+      "id": "ReportSummaryVMWareNodeAllocation",
+      "properties": {
+        "allocatedAssetCount": {
+          "description": "Count of assets allocated to these nodes",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "nodeCount": {
+          "description": "Count of this node type to be provisioned",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "vmwareNode": {
+          "$ref": "ReportSummaryVMWareNode",
+          "description": "VMWare node type, e.g. \"ve1-standard-72\""
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "RunImportJobRequest": {
       "description": "A request to run an import job.",
       "id": "RunImportJobRequest",
@@ -5093,6 +5206,68 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "SoleTenancyPreferences": {
+      "description": "Preferences concerning Sole Tenancy nodes and VMs.",
+      "id": "SoleTenancyPreferences",
+      "properties": {
+        "commitmentPlan": {
+          "description": "Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.",
+          "enum": [
+            "COMMITMENT_PLAN_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "ON_DEMAND",
+            "COMMITMENT_1_YEAR",
+            "COMMITMENT_3_YEAR"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified commitment plan.",
+            "No commitment plan (on-demand usage).",
+            "1 year commitment.",
+            "3 years commitment."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "cpuOvercommitRatio": {
+          "description": "CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 2.0 inclusive.",
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "hostMaintenancePolicy": {
+          "description": "Sole Tenancy nodes maintenance policy.",
+          "enum": [
+            "HOST_MAINTENANCE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "HOST_MAINTENANCE_POLICY_DEFAULT",
+            "HOST_MAINTENANCE_POLICY_RESTART_IN_PLACE",
+            "HOST_MAINTENANCE_POLICY_MIGRATE_WITHIN_NODE_GROUP"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified host maintenance policy.",
+            "Default host maintenance policy.",
+            "Restart in place host maintenance policy.",
+            "Migrate within node group host maintenance policy."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "nodeTypes": {
+          "description": "A list of sole tenant node types. An empty list means that all possible node types will be considered.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "SoleTenantNodeType"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "SoleTenantNodeType": {
+      "description": "A Sole Tenant node type.",
+      "id": "SoleTenantNodeType",
+      "properties": {
+        "nodeName": {
+          "description": "Name of the Sole Tenant node. Consult https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/nodes/sole-tenant-nodes",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Source": {
       "description": "Source represents an object from which asset information is streamed to Migration Center.",
       "id": "Source",
@@ -5541,6 +5716,30 @@
             "Virtual machine sizing will match the reported usage, with little slack. Using this option can help reduce costs."
           ],
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "soleTenancyPreferences": {
+          "$ref": "SoleTenancyPreferences",
+          "description": "Preferences concerning Sole Tenant nodes and virtual machines."
+        },
+        "targetProduct": {
+          "description": "Target product for assets using this preference set. Specify either target product or business goal, but not both.",
+          "enum": [
+            "COMPUTE_MIGRATION_TARGET_PRODUCT_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "COMPUTE_MIGRATION_TARGET_PRODUCT_COMPUTE_ENGINE",
+            "COMPUTE_MIGRATION_TARGET_PRODUCT_VMWARE_ENGINE",
+            "COMPUTE_MIGRATION_TARGET_PRODUCT_SOLE_TENANCY"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified (default value).",
+            "Prefer to migrate to Google Cloud Compute Engine.",
+            "Prefer to migrate to Google Cloud VMware Engine.",
+            "Prefer to migrate to Google Cloud Sole Tenant Nodes."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "vmwareEnginePreferences": {
+          "$ref": "VmwareEnginePreferences",
+          "description": "Preferences concerning insights and recommendations for Google Cloud VMware Engine."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -5596,6 +5795,48 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "VmwareEnginePreferences": {
+      "description": "The user preferences relating to Google Cloud VMware Engine target platform.",
+      "id": "VmwareEnginePreferences",
+      "properties": {
+        "commitmentPlan": {
+          "description": "Commitment plan to consider when calculating costs for virtual machine insights and recommendations. If you are unsure which value to set, a 3 year commitment plan is often a good value to start with.",
+          "enum": [
+            "COMMITMENT_PLAN_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "ON_DEMAND",
+            "COMMITMENT_1_YEAR_MONTHLY_PAYMENTS",
+            "COMMITMENT_3_YEAR_MONTHLY_PAYMENTS",
+            "COMMITMENT_1_YEAR_UPFRONT_PAYMENT",
+            "COMMITMENT_3_YEAR_UPFRONT_PAYMENT"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified commitment plan.",
+            "No commitment plan (on-demand usage).",
+            "1 year commitment (monthly payments).",
+            "3 year commitment (monthly payments).",
+            "1 year commitment (upfront payment).",
+            "3 years commitment (upfront payment)."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "cpuOvercommitRatio": {
+          "description": "CPU overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 8.0, with 0.1 increment.",
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "memoryOvercommitRatio": {
+          "description": "Memory overcommit ratio. Acceptable values are 1.0, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75 and 2.0.",
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "storageDeduplicationCompressionRatio": {
+          "description": "The Deduplication and Compression ratio is based on the logical (Used Before) space required to store data before applying deduplication and compression, in relation to the physical (Used After) space required after applying deduplication and compression. Specifically, the ratio is the Used Before space divided by the Used After space. For example, if the Used Before space is 3 GB, but the physical Used After space is 1 GB, the deduplication and compression ratio is 3x. Acceptable values are between 1.0 and 4.0.",
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "VmwarePlatformDetails": {
       "description": "VMware specific details.",
       "id": "VmwarePlatformDetails",

From 5dd7a1a9532052a809c406e97870c4a65fa0b826 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 38/53] feat(networkmanagement): update the api

#### networkmanagement:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleServiceInfo (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.Step.properties.googleService.$ref (Total Keys: 1)

#### networkmanagement:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleServiceInfo (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.Step.properties.googleService.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...s.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html | 16 ++++++
 ...s.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html | 16 ++++++
 .../documents/networkmanagement.v1.json       | 49 +++++++++++++++++--
 .../documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json  | 47 ++++++++++++++++--
 4 files changed, 118 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
index 39fafe3149c..a2564f0d123 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
@@ -261,6 +261,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster master.
               "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster master.
             },
+            "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service
+              "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+            },
             "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance.
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
               "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface.
@@ -595,6 +599,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster master.
               "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster master.
             },
+            "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service
+              "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+            },
             "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance.
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
               "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface.
@@ -920,6 +928,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster master.
                   "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster master.
                 },
+                "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service
+                  "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service.
+                  "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+                },
                 "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance.
                   "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
                   "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface.
@@ -1204,6 +1216,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster master.
               "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster master.
             },
+            "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service
+              "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+            },
             "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance.
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
               "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
index 85c38bed46f..4c9b827c51a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
@@ -305,6 +305,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster master.
               "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster master.
             },
+            "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service
+              "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+            },
             "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance.
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
               "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface.
@@ -687,6 +691,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster master.
               "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster master.
             },
+            "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service
+              "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+            },
             "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance.
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
               "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface.
@@ -1060,6 +1068,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster master.
                   "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster master.
                 },
+                "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service
+                  "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service.
+                  "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+                },
                 "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance.
                   "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
                   "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface.
@@ -1392,6 +1404,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster master.
               "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster master.
             },
+            "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service
+              "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+            },
             "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance.
               "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
               "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json
index 0672355a679..d3ec5d87a2e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbortInfo": {
@@ -618,7 +618,8 @@
             "MISMATCHED_DESTINATION_NETWORK",
             "UNSUPPORTED",
             "MISMATCHED_IP_VERSION",
-            "GKE_KONNECTIVITY_PROXY_UNSUPPORTED"
+            "GKE_KONNECTIVITY_PROXY_UNSUPPORTED",
+            "RESOURCE_CONFIG_NOT_FOUND"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Cause is unspecified.",
@@ -638,7 +639,8 @@
             "Aborted because the destination network does not match the destination endpoint.",
             "Aborted because the test scenario is not supported.",
             "Aborted because the source and destination resources have no common IP version.",
-            "Aborted because the connection between the control plane and the node of the source cluster is initiated by the node and managed by the Konnectivity proxy."
+            "Aborted because the connection between the control plane and the node of the source cluster is initiated by the node and managed by the Konnectivity proxy.",
+            "Aborted because expected resource configuration was missing."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -997,6 +999,7 @@
             "DROPPED_INSIDE_GKE_SERVICE",
             "DROPPED_INSIDE_CLOUD_SQL_SERVICE",
             "GOOGLE_MANAGED_SERVICE_NO_PEERING",
+            "GOOGLE_MANAGED_SERVICE_NO_PSC_ENDPOINT",
             "GKE_PSC_ENDPOINT_MISSING",
             "CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE_NO_IP_ADDRESS",
             "GKE_CONTROL_PLANE_REGION_MISMATCH",
@@ -1010,7 +1013,8 @@
             "VPC_CONNECTOR_NOT_RUNNING",
             "PSC_CONNECTION_NOT_ACCEPTED",
             "CLOUD_RUN_REVISION_NOT_READY",
-            "DROPPED_INSIDE_PSC_SERVICE_PRODUCER"
+            "DROPPED_INSIDE_PSC_SERVICE_PRODUCER",
+            "LOAD_BALANCER_HAS_NO_PROXY_SUBNET"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Cause is unspecified.",
@@ -1037,6 +1041,7 @@
             "Packet was dropped inside Google Kubernetes Engine Service.",
             "Packet was dropped inside Cloud SQL Service.",
             "Packet was dropped because there is no peering between the originating network and the Google Managed Services Network.",
+            "Packet was dropped because the Google-managed service uses Private Service Connect (PSC), but the PSC endpoint is not found in the project.",
             "Packet was dropped because the GKE cluster uses Private Service Connect (PSC), but the PSC endpoint is not found in the project.",
             "Packet was dropped because the Cloud SQL instance has neither a private nor a public IP address.",
             "Packet was dropped because a GKE cluster private endpoint is unreachable from a region different from the cluster's region.",
@@ -1050,7 +1055,8 @@
             "Packet could be dropped because the VPC connector is not in a running state.",
             "The Private Service Connect endpoint is in a project that is not approved to connect to the service.",
             "Packet sent from a Cloud Run revision that is not ready.",
-            "Packet was dropped inside Private Service Connect service producer."
+            "Packet was dropped inside Private Service Connect service producer.",
+            "Packet sent to a load balancer, which requires a proxy-only subnet and the subnet is not found."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -1352,6 +1358,33 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleServiceInfo": {
+      "description": "For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths",
+      "id": "GoogleServiceInfo",
+      "properties": {
+        "googleServiceType": {
+          "description": "Recognized type of a Google Service.",
+          "enum": [
+            "GOOGLE_SERVICE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "IAP",
+            "GFE_PROXY_OR_HEALTH_CHECK_PROBER",
+            "CLOUD_DNS"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified Google Service. Includes most of Google APIs and services.",
+            "Identity aware proxy. https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/using-tcp-forwarding",
+            "One of two services sharing IP ranges: * Load Balancer proxy * Centralized Health Check prober https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/firewall-rules",
+            "Connectivity from Cloud DNS to forwarding targets or alternate name servers that use private routing. https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/zones/forwarding-zones#firewall-rules https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/policies#firewall-rules"
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "sourceIp": {
+          "description": "Source IP address.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "InstanceInfo": {
       "description": "For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance.",
       "id": "InstanceInfo",
@@ -1982,6 +2015,10 @@
           "$ref": "GKEMasterInfo",
           "description": "Display information of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master."
         },
+        "googleService": {
+          "$ref": "GoogleServiceInfo",
+          "description": "Display information of a Google service"
+        },
         "instance": {
           "$ref": "InstanceInfo",
           "description": "Display information of a Compute Engine instance."
@@ -2008,6 +2045,7 @@
             "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "START_FROM_INSTANCE",
             "START_FROM_INTERNET",
+            "START_FROM_GOOGLE_SERVICE",
             "START_FROM_PRIVATE_NETWORK",
             "START_FROM_GKE_MASTER",
             "START_FROM_CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE",
@@ -2037,6 +2075,7 @@
             "Unspecified state.",
             "Initial state: packet originating from a Compute Engine instance. An InstanceInfo is populated with starting instance information.",
             "Initial state: packet originating from the internet. The endpoint information is populated.",
+            "Initial state: packet originating from a Google service. Some Google services, such as health check probers or Identity Aware Proxy use special routes, outside VPC routing configuration to reach Compute Engine Instances.",
             "Initial state: packet originating from a VPC or on-premises network with internal source IP. If the source is a VPC network visible to the user, a NetworkInfo is populated with details of the network.",
             "Initial state: packet originating from a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master. A GKEMasterInfo is populated with starting instance information.",
             "Initial state: packet originating from a Cloud SQL instance. A CloudSQLInstanceInfo is populated with starting instance information.",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
index 3b896e11799..4c2f599074c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbortInfo": {
@@ -618,7 +618,8 @@
             "MISMATCHED_DESTINATION_NETWORK",
             "UNSUPPORTED",
             "MISMATCHED_IP_VERSION",
-            "GKE_KONNECTIVITY_PROXY_UNSUPPORTED"
+            "GKE_KONNECTIVITY_PROXY_UNSUPPORTED",
+            "RESOURCE_CONFIG_NOT_FOUND"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Cause is unspecified.",
@@ -638,7 +639,8 @@
             "Aborted because the destination network does not match the destination endpoint.",
             "Aborted because the test scenario is not supported.",
             "Aborted because the source and destination resources have no common IP version.",
-            "Aborted because the connection between the control plane and the node of the source cluster is initiated by the node and managed by the Konnectivity proxy."
+            "Aborted because the connection between the control plane and the node of the source cluster is initiated by the node and managed by the Konnectivity proxy.",
+            "Aborted because expected resource configuration was missing."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -1022,7 +1024,8 @@
             "VPC_CONNECTOR_NOT_RUNNING",
             "PSC_CONNECTION_NOT_ACCEPTED",
             "CLOUD_RUN_REVISION_NOT_READY",
-            "DROPPED_INSIDE_PSC_SERVICE_PRODUCER"
+            "DROPPED_INSIDE_PSC_SERVICE_PRODUCER",
+            "LOAD_BALANCER_HAS_NO_PROXY_SUBNET"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Cause is unspecified.",
@@ -1063,7 +1066,8 @@
             "Packet could be dropped because the VPC connector is not in a running state.",
             "The Private Service Connect endpoint is in a project that is not approved to connect to the service.",
             "Packet sent from a Cloud Run revision that is not ready.",
-            "Packet was dropped inside Private Service Connect service producer."
+            "Packet was dropped inside Private Service Connect service producer.",
+            "Packet sent to a load balancer, which requires a proxy-only subnet and the subnet is not found."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -1439,6 +1443,33 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleServiceInfo": {
+      "description": "For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths",
+      "id": "GoogleServiceInfo",
+      "properties": {
+        "googleServiceType": {
+          "description": "Recognized type of a Google Service.",
+          "enum": [
+            "GOOGLE_SERVICE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "IAP",
+            "GFE_PROXY_OR_HEALTH_CHECK_PROBER",
+            "CLOUD_DNS"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified Google Service. Includes most of Google APIs and services.",
+            "Identity aware proxy. https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/using-tcp-forwarding",
+            "One of two services sharing IP ranges: * Load Balancer proxy * Centralized Health Check prober https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/firewall-rules",
+            "Connectivity from Cloud DNS to forwarding targets or alternate name servers that use private routing. https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/zones/forwarding-zones#firewall-rules https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/policies#firewall-rules"
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "sourceIp": {
+          "description": "Source IP address.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "InstanceInfo": {
       "description": "For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance.",
       "id": "InstanceInfo",
@@ -2170,6 +2201,10 @@
           "$ref": "GKEMasterInfo",
           "description": "Display information of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master."
         },
+        "googleService": {
+          "$ref": "GoogleServiceInfo",
+          "description": "Display information of a Google service"
+        },
         "instance": {
           "$ref": "InstanceInfo",
           "description": "Display information of a Compute Engine instance."
@@ -2196,6 +2231,7 @@
             "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "START_FROM_INSTANCE",
             "START_FROM_INTERNET",
+            "START_FROM_GOOGLE_SERVICE",
             "START_FROM_PRIVATE_NETWORK",
             "START_FROM_GKE_MASTER",
             "START_FROM_CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE",
@@ -2225,6 +2261,7 @@
             "Unspecified state.",
             "Initial state: packet originating from a Compute Engine instance. An InstanceInfo is populated with starting instance information.",
             "Initial state: packet originating from the internet. The endpoint information is populated.",
+            "Initial state: packet originating from a Google service. Some Google services, such as health check probers or Identity Aware Proxy use special routes, outside VPC routing configuration to reach Compute Engine Instances.",
             "Initial state: packet originating from a VPC or on-premises network with internal source IP. If the source is a VPC network visible to the user, a NetworkInfo is populated with details of the network.",
             "Initial state: packet originating from a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master. A GKEMasterInfo is populated with starting instance information.",
             "Initial state: packet originating from a Cloud SQL instance. A CloudSQLInstanceInfo is populated with starting instance information.",

From 644b7698ec1a4cdd8fdbed5384bff63018405ea8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 39/53] feat(prod_tt_sasportal): update the api

#### prod_tt_sasportal:v1alpha1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.SasPortalProvisionDeploymentRequest.properties.organizationId (Total Keys: 2)
---
 docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html         | 1 +
 .../documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json              | 7 ++++++-
 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html
index bf5697c568b..c3aae209bf7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html
@@ -225,6 +225,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # Request for [ProvisionDeployment]. [spectrum.sas.portal.v1alpha1.Provisioning.ProvisionDeployment]. GCP Project, Organization Info, and caller’s GAIA ID should be retrieved from the RPC handler, and used as inputs to create a new SAS organization (if not exists) and a new SAS deployment.
   "newDeploymentDisplayName": "A String", # Optional. If this field is set, and a new SAS Portal Deployment needs to be created, its display name will be set to the value of this field.
   "newOrganizationDisplayName": "A String", # Optional. If this field is set, and a new SAS Portal Organization needs to be created, its display name will be set to the value of this field.
+  "organizationId": "A String", # Optional. If this field is set then a new deployment will be created under the organization specified by this id.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
index c14c6b5891d..aa167dc5139 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
@@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://prod-tt-sasportal.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SasPortalAssignment": {
@@ -3403,6 +3403,11 @@
         "newOrganizationDisplayName": {
           "description": "Optional. If this field is set, and a new SAS Portal Organization needs to be created, its display name will be set to the value of this field.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "organizationId": {
+          "description": "Optional. If this field is set then a new deployment will be created under the organization specified by this id.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"

From 0ce0cadb53b1aa683796e7e49b0a3eef6d769bfa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 40/53] feat(pubsub): update the api

#### pubsub:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.NoWrapper (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.PubsubWrapper (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.PushConfig.properties.noWrapper.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.PushConfig.properties.pubsubWrapper.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 .../dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html | 35 +++++++++++++++++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json  | 27 +++++++++++++-
 .../documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json            |  2 +-
 .../documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json             |  2 +-
 4 files changed, 63 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html
index 2724592a091..ccd589dc022 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html
@@ -206,10 +206,15 @@ 
Method Details

     "attributes": { # Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
+    "noWrapper": { # Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery. # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.
+      "writeMetadata": True or False, # When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.
+    },
     "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). # If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.
       "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.
       "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).
     },
+    "pubsubWrapper": { # The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage). # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).
+    },
     "pushEndpoint": "A String", # A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.
   },
   "retainAckedMessages": True or False, # Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are acknowledged, until they fall out of the `message_retention_duration` window. This must be true if you would like to [`Seek` to a timestamp] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) in the past to replay previously-acknowledged messages.
@@ -272,10 +277,15 @@ 
Method Details

     "attributes": { # Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
+    "noWrapper": { # Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery. # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.
+      "writeMetadata": True or False, # When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.
+    },
     "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). # If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.
       "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.
       "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).
     },
+    "pubsubWrapper": { # The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage). # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).
+    },
     "pushEndpoint": "A String", # A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.
   },
   "retainAckedMessages": True or False, # Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are acknowledged, until they fall out of the `message_retention_duration` window. This must be true if you would like to [`Seek` to a timestamp] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) in the past to replay previously-acknowledged messages.
@@ -381,10 +391,15 @@ 
Method Details

     "attributes": { # Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
+    "noWrapper": { # Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery. # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.
+      "writeMetadata": True or False, # When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.
+    },
     "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). # If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.
       "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.
       "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).
     },
+    "pubsubWrapper": { # The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage). # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).
+    },
     "pushEndpoint": "A String", # A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.
   },
   "retainAckedMessages": True or False, # Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are acknowledged, until they fall out of the `message_retention_duration` window. This must be true if you would like to [`Seek` to a timestamp] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) in the past to replay previously-acknowledged messages.
@@ -494,10 +509,15 @@ 
Method Details

         "attributes": { # Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
+        "noWrapper": { # Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery. # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.
+          "writeMetadata": True or False, # When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.
+        },
         "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). # If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.
           "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.
           "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).
         },
+        "pubsubWrapper": { # The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage). # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).
+        },
         "pushEndpoint": "A String", # A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.
       },
       "retainAckedMessages": True or False, # Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are acknowledged, until they fall out of the `message_retention_duration` window. This must be true if you would like to [`Seek` to a timestamp] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) in the past to replay previously-acknowledged messages.
@@ -569,10 +589,15 @@ 
Method Details

     "attributes": { # Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
+    "noWrapper": { # Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery. # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.
+      "writeMetadata": True or False, # When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.
+    },
     "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). # If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.
       "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.
       "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).
     },
+    "pubsubWrapper": { # The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage). # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).
+    },
     "pushEndpoint": "A String", # A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.
   },
 }
@@ -641,10 +666,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "attributes": { # Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
+      "noWrapper": { # Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery. # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.
+        "writeMetadata": True or False, # When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.
+      },
       "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). # If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.
         "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.
         "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).
       },
+      "pubsubWrapper": { # The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage). # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).
+      },
       "pushEndpoint": "A String", # A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.
     },
     "retainAckedMessages": True or False, # Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are acknowledged, until they fall out of the `message_retention_duration` window. This must be true if you would like to [`Seek` to a timestamp] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) in the past to replay previously-acknowledged messages.
@@ -709,10 +739,15 @@ 
Method Details

     "attributes": { # Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
+    "noWrapper": { # Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery. # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.
+      "writeMetadata": True or False, # When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.
+    },
     "oidcToken": { # Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect). # If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.
       "audience": "A String", # Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.
       "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).
     },
+    "pubsubWrapper": { # The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage). # When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).
+    },
     "pushEndpoint": "A String", # A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.
   },
   "retainAckedMessages": True or False, # Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are acknowledged, until they fall out of the `message_retention_duration` window. This must be true if you would like to [`Seek` to a timestamp] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) in the past to replay previously-acknowledged messages.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
index fac84f671e0..daa6c5bd4ba 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
@@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230523",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
@@ -1974,6 +1974,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "NoWrapper": {
+      "description": "Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery.",
+      "id": "NoWrapper",
+      "properties": {
+        "writeMetadata": {
+          "description": "When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "OidcToken": {
       "description": "Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect).",
       "id": "OidcToken",
@@ -2073,6 +2084,12 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "PubsubWrapper": {
+      "description": "The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).",
+      "id": "PubsubWrapper",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "PullRequest": {
       "description": "Request for the `Pull` method.",
       "id": "PullRequest",
@@ -2114,10 +2131,18 @@
           "description": "Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { \"x-goog-version\": \"v1\" }`",
           "type": "object"
         },
+        "noWrapper": {
+          "$ref": "NoWrapper",
+          "description": "When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped."
+        },
         "oidcToken": {
           "$ref": "OidcToken",
           "description": "If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message."
         },
+        "pubsubWrapper": {
+          "$ref": "PubsubWrapper",
+          "description": "When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage)."
+        },
         "pushEndpoint": {
           "description": "A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.",
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
index 72d5475de3d..2debc3a2b93 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230523",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
index 86d060241f5..2218740f34d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230523",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {

From 14471e8a301cce8971cc79100343258b21cd8100 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 41/53] feat(recommender): update the api

#### recommender:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- resources.insightTypes.methods.list (Total Keys: 12)
- resources.recommenders.methods.list (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1InsightType (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ListInsightTypesResponse (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ListRecommendersResponse (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1RecommenderType (Total Keys: 3)
---
 docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.html             |  10 ++
 .../dyn/recommender_v1beta1.insightTypes.html | 131 ++++++++++++++++++
 .../dyn/recommender_v1beta1.recommenders.html | 131 ++++++++++++++++++
 .../documents/recommender.v1.json             |   2 +-
 .../documents/recommender.v1beta1.json        | 122 +++++++++++++++-
 5 files changed, 394 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.insightTypes.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.recommenders.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.html
index bda89d1acdc..53f45865b46 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.html
@@ -84,6 +84,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the folders Resource.

 
+

+  insightTypes()
+

+
Returns the insightTypes Resource.

+
 

   organizations()
 

@@ -94,6 +99,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the projects Resource.

 
+

+  recommenders()
+

+
Returns the recommenders Resource.

+
 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.insightTypes.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.insightTypes.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c831b0eef96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.insightTypes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+
+
+
+
Recommender API . insightTypes

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists available InsightTypes. No IAM permissions are required.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists available InsightTypes. No IAM permissions are required.
+
+Args:
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of InsightTypes to return per page. The service may return fewer than this value.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListRecommenders` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the `ListInsightTypes` method. Next ID: 3
+  "insightTypes": [ # The set of recommenders available
+    { # The type of insight. See google3/googledata/devsite/site-cloud/en/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types.md for more info.
+      "name": "A String", # The insight_type’s name in format insightTypes/{insight_type} eg: insightTypes/google.iam.policy.Insight
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.recommenders.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.recommenders.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7ff6aa1c70e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.recommenders.html
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+
+
+
+
Recommender API . recommenders

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists all available Recommenders. No IAM permissions are required.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists all available Recommenders. No IAM permissions are required.
+
+Args:
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of RecommenderTypes to return per page. The service may return fewer than this value.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListRecommenders` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the `ListRecommender` method. Next ID: 3
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "recommenders": [ # The set of recommenders available
+    { # The type of a recommender. See google3/googledata/devsite/site-cloud/en/recommender/docs/recommenders.md for more info.
+      "name": "A String", # The recommender's name in format RecommenderTypes/{recommender_type} eg: recommenderTypes/google.iam.policy.Recommender
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
index 8b54982f4ae..55aa99b4642 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
index adffc09ad65..2957768e659 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
@@ -829,6 +829,37 @@
         }
       }
     },
+    "insightTypes": {
+      "methods": {
+        "list": {
+          "description": "Lists available InsightTypes. No IAM permissions are required.",
+          "flatPath": "v1beta1/insightTypes",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "recommender.insightTypes.list",
+          "parameterOrder": [],
+          "parameters": {
+            "pageSize": {
+              "description": "Optional. The number of InsightTypes to return per page. The service may return fewer than this value.",
+              "format": "int32",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "integer"
+            },
+            "pageToken": {
+              "description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListRecommenders` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "v1beta1/insightTypes",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ListInsightTypesResponse"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+          ]
+        }
+      }
+    },
     "organizations": {
       "resources": {
         "locations": {
@@ -1684,9 +1715,40 @@
           }
         }
       }
+    },
+    "recommenders": {
+      "methods": {
+        "list": {
+          "description": "Lists all available Recommenders. No IAM permissions are required.",
+          "flatPath": "v1beta1/recommenders",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "recommender.recommenders.list",
+          "parameterOrder": [],
+          "parameters": {
+            "pageSize": {
+              "description": "Optional. The number of RecommenderTypes to return per page. The service may return fewer than this value.",
+              "format": "int32",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "integer"
+            },
+            "pageToken": {
+              "description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListRecommenders` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "v1beta1/recommenders",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ListRecommendersResponse"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+          ]
+        }
+      }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1CostProjection": {
@@ -1890,6 +1952,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1InsightType": {
+      "description": "The type of insight. See google3/googledata/devsite/site-cloud/en/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types.md for more info.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1InsightType",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The insight_type\u2019s name in format insightTypes/{insight_type} eg: insightTypes/google.iam.policy.Insight",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1InsightTypeConfig": {
       "description": "Configuration for an InsightType.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1InsightTypeConfig",
@@ -1945,6 +2018,24 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ListInsightTypesResponse": {
+      "description": "Response for the `ListInsightTypes` method. Next ID: 3",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ListInsightTypesResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "insightTypes": {
+          "description": "The set of recommenders available",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1InsightType"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ListInsightsResponse": {
       "description": "Response to the `ListInsights` method.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ListInsightsResponse",
@@ -1981,6 +2072,24 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ListRecommendersResponse": {
+      "description": "Response for the `ListRecommender` method. Next ID: 3",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ListRecommendersResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "recommenders": {
+          "description": "The set of recommenders available",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1RecommenderType"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1MarkInsightAcceptedRequest": {
       "description": "Request for the `MarkInsightAccepted` method.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1MarkInsightAcceptedRequest",
@@ -2329,6 +2438,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1RecommenderType": {
+      "description": "The type of a recommender. See google3/googledata/devsite/site-cloud/en/recommender/docs/recommenders.md for more info.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1RecommenderType",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The recommender's name in format RecommenderTypes/{recommender_type} eg: recommenderTypes/google.iam.policy.Recommender",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ReliabilityProjection": {
       "description": "Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ReliabilityProjection",

From 1da7df74ad97a6a06074cb09dd48eee527a0ecd2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 42/53] feat(reseller): update the api

#### reseller:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.subscriptions.methods.insert.parameters.action (Total Keys: 2)
- resources.subscriptions.methods.insert.parameters.sourceSkuId (Total Keys: 2)
---
 docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html       | 10 +++++++--
 .../documents/reseller.v1.json                | 22 ++++++++++++++++++-
 2 files changed, 29 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html
index facec66fc30..74188c140a1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   get(customerId, subscriptionId, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets a specific subscription. The `subscriptionId` can be found using the [Retrieve all reseller subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_all_subscriptions) method. For more information about retrieving a specific subscription, see the information descrived in [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_subscription).

 

-  insert(customerId, body=None, customerAuthToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  insert(customerId, action=None, body=None, customerAuthToken=None, sourceSkuId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Creates or transfer a subscription. Create a subscription for a customer's account that you ordered using the [Order a new customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/reference/customers/insert.html) method. For more information about creating a subscription for different payment plans, see [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#create_subscription).\ If you did not order the customer's account using the customer insert method, use the customer's `customerAuthToken` when creating a subscription for that customer. If transferring a G Suite subscription with an associated Google Drive or Google Vault subscription, use the [batch operation](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/batch.html) to transfer all of these subscriptions. For more information, see how to [transfer subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#transfer_a_subscription).

 

   list(customerAuthToken=None, customerId=None, customerNamePrefix=None, maxResults=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    insert(customerId, body=None, customerAuthToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    insert(customerId, action=None, body=None, customerAuthToken=None, sourceSkuId=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Creates or transfer a subscription. Create a subscription for a customer's account that you ordered using the [Order a new customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/reference/customers/insert.html) method. For more information about creating a subscription for different payment plans, see [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#create_subscription).\ If you did not order the customer's account using the customer insert method, use the customer's `customerAuthToken` when creating a subscription for that customer. If transferring a G Suite subscription with an associated Google Drive or Google Vault subscription, use the [batch operation](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/batch.html) to transfer all of these subscriptions. For more information, see how to [transfer subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#transfer_a_subscription).
 
 Args:
@@ -528,7 +528,13 @@ 
Method Details

   },
 }
 
+  action: string, The intented insert action. The usage of this field is governed by certain policies which are being developed & tested currently. Hence, these might not work as intended. Once this is fully tested & available to consume, we will share more information about its usage, limitations and policy documentation.
+    Allowed values
+      actionUnspecified - Auto determines whether to create new subscription, upgrade or downagrade existing subscription or transfer the existing subscription
+      buy - Create new subscription
+      switch - Switch existing subscription to another sku (upgrade/downgrade)
   customerAuthToken: string, The `customerAuthToken` query string is required when creating a resold account that transfers a direct customer's subscription or transfers another reseller customer's subscription to your reseller management. This is a hexadecimal authentication token needed to complete the subscription transfer. For more information, see the administrator help center.
+  sourceSkuId: string, The sku_id of the existing subscription to be upgraded or downgraded. This is required when action is SWITCH. The usage of this field is governed by certain policies which are being developed & tested currently. Hence, these might not work as intended. Once this is fully tested & available to consume, we will share more information about its usage, limitations and policy documentation.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
index 93f93a4e993..50cbe59a69e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
@@ -498,6 +498,21 @@
             "customerId"
           ],
           "parameters": {
+            "action": {
+              "description": "The intented insert action. The usage of this field is governed by certain policies which are being developed & tested currently. Hence, these might not work as intended. Once this is fully tested & available to consume, we will share more information about its usage, limitations and policy documentation.",
+              "enum": [
+                "actionUnspecified",
+                "buy",
+                "switch"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Auto determines whether to create new subscription, upgrade or downagrade existing subscription or transfer the existing subscription",
+                "Create new subscription",
+                "Switch existing subscription to another sku (upgrade/downgrade)"
+              ],
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "customerAuthToken": {
               "description": "The `customerAuthToken` query string is required when creating a resold account that transfers a direct customer's subscription or transfers another reseller customer's subscription to your reseller management. This is a hexadecimal authentication token needed to complete the subscription transfer. For more information, see the administrator help center.",
               "location": "query",
@@ -508,6 +523,11 @@
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
+            },
+            "sourceSkuId": {
+              "description": "The sku_id of the existing subscription to be upgraded or downgraded. This is required when action is SWITCH. The usage of this field is governed by certain policies which are being developed & tested currently. Hence, these might not work as intended. Once this is fully tested & available to consume, we will share more information about its usage, limitations and policy documentation.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
             }
           },
           "path": "apps/reseller/v1/customers/{customerId}/subscriptions",
@@ -631,7 +651,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230604",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Address": {

From cbd4beba272c7a467d9157e529b47ffad06a795d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 43/53] feat(retail): update the api

#### retail:v2

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.catalogs.resources.branches.resources.products.methods.purge (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsMetadata (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsRequest (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsResponse (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsMetadata (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsResponse (Total Keys: 6)

#### retail:v2alpha

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsMetadata (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsResponse (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsMetadata (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsResponse (Total Keys: 6)

#### retail:v2beta

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.catalogs.resources.branches.resources.products.methods.purge (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsMetadata (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsResponse (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsMetadata (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsRequest (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsResponse (Total Keys: 6)
---
 ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html |  46 ++++++
 ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html |  46 ++++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json  | 137 +++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/retail.v2alpha.json             |  94 +++++++++++-
 .../documents/retail.v2beta.json              | 137 +++++++++++++++++-
 5 files changed, 457 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index 885f15e45e0..204e8197a9e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -104,6 +104,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates a Product.

+

+  purge(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Permanently deletes all selected Products under a branch. This process is asynchronous. If the request is valid, the removal will be enqueued and processed offline. Depending on the number of Products, this operation could take hours to complete. Before the operation completes, some Products may still be returned by ProductService.GetProduct or ProductService.ListProducts. Depending on the number of Products, this operation could take hours to complete. To get a sample of Products that would be deleted, set PurgeProductsRequest.force to false.

 

   removeFulfillmentPlaces(product, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
We recommend that you use the ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories method instead of the ProductService.RemoveFulfillmentPlaces method. ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories achieves the same results but provides more fine-grained control over ingesting local inventory data. Incrementally removes place IDs from a Product.fulfillment_info.place_ids. This process is asynchronous and does not require the Product to exist before updating fulfillment information. If the request is valid, the update will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, the removed place IDs are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by ProductService.GetProduct or ProductService.ListProducts. The returned Operations will be obsolete after 1 day, and GetOperation API will return NOT_FOUND afterwards. If conflicting updates are issued, the Operations associated with the stale updates will not be marked as done until being obsolete.

@@ -1588,6 +1591,49 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    purge(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Permanently deletes all selected Products under a branch. This process is asynchronous. If the request is valid, the removal will be enqueued and processed offline. Depending on the number of Products, this operation could take hours to complete. Before the operation completes, some Products may still be returned by ProductService.GetProduct or ProductService.ListProducts. Depending on the number of Products, this operation could take hours to complete. To get a sample of Products that would be deleted, set PurgeProductsRequest.force to false.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the branch under which the products are created. The format is `projects/${projectId}/locations/global/catalogs/${catalogId}/branches/${branchId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for PurgeProducts method.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the products to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Empty string filter is not allowed. "*" implies delete all items in a branch. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `availability`: Double quoted Product.availability string. * `create_time` : in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. Supported syntax: * Comparators (">", "<", ">=", "<=", "="). Examples: * create_time <= "2015-02-13T17:05:46Z" * availability = "IN_STOCK" * Conjunctions ("AND") Examples: * create_time <= "2015-02-13T17:05:46Z" AND availability = "PREORDER" * Disjunctions ("OR") Examples: * create_time <= "2015-02-13T17:05:46Z" OR availability = "IN_STOCK" * Can support nested queries. Examples: * (create_time <= "2015-02-13T17:05:46Z" AND availability = "PREORDER") OR (create_time >= "2015-02-14T13:03:32Z" AND availability = "IN_STOCK") * Filter Limits: * Filter should not contain more than 6 conditions. * Max nesting depth should not exceed 2 levels. Examples queries: * Delete back order products created before a timestamp. create_time <= "2015-02-13T17:05:46Z" OR availability = "BACKORDER"
+  "force": True or False, # Actually perform the purge. If `force` is set to false, the method will return the expected purge count without deleting any products.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     removeFulfillmentPlaces(product, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
We recommend that you use the ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories method instead of the ProductService.RemoveFulfillmentPlaces method. ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories achieves the same results but provides more fine-grained control over ingesting local inventory data. Incrementally removes place IDs from a Product.fulfillment_info.place_ids. This process is asynchronous and does not require the Product to exist before updating fulfillment information. If the request is valid, the update will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, the removed place IDs are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by ProductService.GetProduct or ProductService.ListProducts. The returned Operations will be obsolete after 1 day, and GetOperation API will return NOT_FOUND afterwards. If conflicting updates are issued, the Operations associated with the stale updates will not be marked as done until being obsolete.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index 2d73b3e1dd9..ed9331c2066 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -104,6 +104,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates a Product.

+

+  purge(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Permanently deletes all selected Products under a branch. This process is asynchronous. If the request is valid, the removal will be enqueued and processed offline. Depending on the number of Products, this operation could take hours to complete. Before the operation completes, some Products may still be returned by ProductService.GetProduct or ProductService.ListProducts. Depending on the number of Products, this operation could take hours to complete. To get a sample of Products that would be deleted, set PurgeProductsRequest.force to false.

 

   removeFulfillmentPlaces(product, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
We recommend that you use the ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories method instead of the ProductService.RemoveFulfillmentPlaces method. ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories achieves the same results but provides more fine-grained control over ingesting local inventory data. Incrementally removes place IDs from a Product.fulfillment_info.place_ids. This process is asynchronous and does not require the Product to exist before updating fulfillment information. If the request is valid, the update will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, the removed place IDs are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by ProductService.GetProduct or ProductService.ListProducts. The returned Operations will be obsolete after 1 day, and GetOperation API will return NOT_FOUND afterwards. If conflicting updates are issued, the Operations associated with the stale updates will not be marked as done until being obsolete.

@@ -1588,6 +1591,49 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    purge(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Permanently deletes all selected Products under a branch. This process is asynchronous. If the request is valid, the removal will be enqueued and processed offline. Depending on the number of Products, this operation could take hours to complete. Before the operation completes, some Products may still be returned by ProductService.GetProduct or ProductService.ListProducts. Depending on the number of Products, this operation could take hours to complete. To get a sample of Products that would be deleted, set PurgeProductsRequest.force to false.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the branch under which the products are created. The format is `projects/${projectId}/locations/global/catalogs/${catalogId}/branches/${branchId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for PurgeProducts method.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the products to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Empty string filter is not allowed. "*" implies delete all items in a branch. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `availability`: Double quoted Product.availability string. * `create_time` : in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. Supported syntax: * Comparators (">", "<", ">=", "<=", "="). Examples: * create_time <= "2015-02-13T17:05:46Z" * availability = "IN_STOCK" * Conjunctions ("AND") Examples: * create_time <= "2015-02-13T17:05:46Z" AND availability = "PREORDER" * Disjunctions ("OR") Examples: * create_time <= "2015-02-13T17:05:46Z" OR availability = "IN_STOCK" * Can support nested queries. Examples: * (create_time <= "2015-02-13T17:05:46Z" AND availability = "PREORDER") OR (create_time >= "2015-02-14T13:03:32Z" AND availability = "IN_STOCK") * Filter Limits: * Filter should not contain more than 6 conditions. * Max nesting depth should not exceed 2 levels. Examples queries: * Delete back order products created before a timestamp. create_time <= "2015-02-13T17:05:46Z" OR availability = "BACKORDER"
+  "force": True or False, # Actually perform the purge. If `force` is set to false, the method will return the expected purge count without deleting any products.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     removeFulfillmentPlaces(product, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
We recommend that you use the ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories method instead of the ProductService.RemoveFulfillmentPlaces method. ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories achieves the same results but provides more fine-grained control over ingesting local inventory data. Incrementally removes place IDs from a Product.fulfillment_info.place_ids. This process is asynchronous and does not require the Product to exist before updating fulfillment information. If the request is valid, the update will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, the removed place IDs are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by ProductService.GetProduct or ProductService.ListProducts. The returned Operations will be obsolete after 1 day, and GetOperation API will return NOT_FOUND afterwards. If conflicting updates are issued, the Operations associated with the stale updates will not be marked as done until being obsolete.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
index 46d6c94b859..21489e4780b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
@@ -790,6 +790,34 @@
                             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                           ]
                         },
+                        "purge": {
+                          "description": "Permanently deletes all selected Products under a branch. This process is asynchronous. If the request is valid, the removal will be enqueued and processed offline. Depending on the number of Products, this operation could take hours to complete. Before the operation completes, some Products may still be returned by ProductService.GetProduct or ProductService.ListProducts. Depending on the number of Products, this operation could take hours to complete. To get a sample of Products that would be deleted, set PurgeProductsRequest.force to false.",
+                          "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}/branches/{branchesId}/products:purge",
+                          "httpMethod": "POST",
+                          "id": "retail.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.purge",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "parent"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "parent": {
+                              "description": "Required. The resource name of the branch under which the products are created. The format is `projects/${projectId}/locations/global/catalogs/${catalogId}/branches/${branchId}`",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/catalogs/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v2/{+parent}/products:purge",
+                          "request": {
+                            "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsRequest"
+                          },
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        },
                         "removeFulfillmentPlaces": {
                           "description": "We recommend that you use the ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories method instead of the ProductService.RemoveFulfillmentPlaces method. ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories achieves the same results but provides more fine-grained control over ingesting local inventory data. Incrementally removes place IDs from a Product.fulfillment_info.place_ids. This process is asynchronous and does not require the Product to exist before updating fulfillment information. If the request is valid, the update will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, the removed place IDs are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by ProductService.GetProduct or ProductService.ListProducts. The returned Operations will be obsolete after 1 day, and GetOperation API will return NOT_FOUND afterwards. If conflicting updates are issued, the Operations associated with the stale updates will not be marked as done until being obsolete.",
                           "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}/branches/{branchesId}/products/{productsId}:removeFulfillmentPlaces",
@@ -2031,7 +2059,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -3896,6 +3924,67 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsMetadata": {
+      "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeProducts operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsMetadata",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "Operation create time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "failureCount": {
+          "description": "Count of entries that encountered errors while processing.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "successCount": {
+          "description": "Count of entries that were deleted successfully.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsRequest": {
+      "description": "Request message for PurgeProducts method.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "filter": {
+          "description": "Required. The filter string to specify the products to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Empty string filter is not allowed. \"*\" implies delete all items in a branch. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `availability`: Double quoted Product.availability string. * `create_time` : in ISO 8601 \"zulu\" format. Supported syntax: * Comparators (\">\", \"<\", \">=\", \"<=\", \"=\"). Examples: * create_time <= \"2015-02-13T17:05:46Z\" * availability = \"IN_STOCK\" * Conjunctions (\"AND\") Examples: * create_time <= \"2015-02-13T17:05:46Z\" AND availability = \"PREORDER\" * Disjunctions (\"OR\") Examples: * create_time <= \"2015-02-13T17:05:46Z\" OR availability = \"IN_STOCK\" * Can support nested queries. Examples: * (create_time <= \"2015-02-13T17:05:46Z\" AND availability = \"PREORDER\") OR (create_time >= \"2015-02-14T13:03:32Z\" AND availability = \"IN_STOCK\") * Filter Limits: * Filter should not contain more than 6 conditions. * Max nesting depth should not exceed 2 levels. Examples queries: * Delete back order products created before a timestamp. create_time <= \"2015-02-13T17:05:46Z\" OR availability = \"BACKORDER\"",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "force": {
+          "description": "Actually perform the purge. If `force` is set to false, the method will return the expected purge count without deleting any products.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response of the PurgeProductsRequest. If the long running operation is successfully done, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "purgeCount": {
+          "description": "The total count of products purged as a result of the operation.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "purgeSample": {
+          "description": "A sample of the product names that will be deleted. Only populated if `force` is set to false. A max of 100 names will be returned and the names are chosen at random.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeUserEventsRequest": {
       "description": "Request message for PurgeUserEvents method.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeUserEventsRequest",
@@ -6498,6 +6587,52 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsMetadata": {
+      "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeProducts operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsMetadata",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "Operation create time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "failureCount": {
+          "description": "Count of entries that encountered errors while processing.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "successCount": {
+          "description": "Count of entries that were deleted successfully.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response of the PurgeProductsRequest. If the long running operation is successfully done, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "purgeCount": {
+          "description": "The total count of products purged as a result of the operation.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "purgeSample": {
+          "description": "A sample of the product names that will be deleted. Only populated if `force` is set to false. A max of 100 names will be returned and the names are chosen at random.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeUserEventsResponse": {
       "description": "Response of the PurgeUserEventsRequest. If the long running operation is successfully done, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeUserEventsResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
index cc2dc94a49b..19802fb1ee1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
@@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -2691,6 +2691,52 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsMetadata": {
+      "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeProducts operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsMetadata",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "Operation create time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "failureCount": {
+          "description": "Count of entries that encountered errors while processing.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "successCount": {
+          "description": "Count of entries that were deleted successfully.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response of the PurgeProductsRequest. If the long running operation is successfully done, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "purgeCount": {
+          "description": "The total count of products purged as a result of the operation.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "purgeSample": {
+          "description": "A sample of the product names that will be deleted. Only populated if `force` is set to false. A max of 100 names will be returned and the names are chosen at random.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeUserEventsResponse": {
       "description": "Response of the PurgeUserEventsRequest. If the long running operation is successfully done, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeUserEventsResponse",
@@ -6898,6 +6944,52 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsMetadata": {
+      "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeProducts operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsMetadata",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "Operation create time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "failureCount": {
+          "description": "Count of entries that encountered errors while processing.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "successCount": {
+          "description": "Count of entries that were deleted successfully.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response of the PurgeProductsRequest. If the long running operation is successfully done, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "purgeCount": {
+          "description": "The total count of products purged as a result of the operation.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "purgeSample": {
+          "description": "A sample of the product names that will be deleted. Only populated if `force` is set to false. A max of 100 names will be returned and the names are chosen at random.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeUserEventsResponse": {
       "description": "Response of the PurgeUserEventsRequest. If the long running operation is successfully done, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeUserEventsResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
index 76a19f103b2..a9e935ac617 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
@@ -818,6 +818,34 @@
                             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                           ]
                         },
+                        "purge": {
+                          "description": "Permanently deletes all selected Products under a branch. This process is asynchronous. If the request is valid, the removal will be enqueued and processed offline. Depending on the number of Products, this operation could take hours to complete. Before the operation completes, some Products may still be returned by ProductService.GetProduct or ProductService.ListProducts. Depending on the number of Products, this operation could take hours to complete. To get a sample of Products that would be deleted, set PurgeProductsRequest.force to false.",
+                          "flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}/branches/{branchesId}/products:purge",
+                          "httpMethod": "POST",
+                          "id": "retail.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.purge",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "parent"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "parent": {
+                              "description": "Required. The resource name of the branch under which the products are created. The format is `projects/${projectId}/locations/global/catalogs/${catalogId}/branches/${branchId}`",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/catalogs/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v2beta/{+parent}/products:purge",
+                          "request": {
+                            "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsRequest"
+                          },
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        },
                         "removeFulfillmentPlaces": {
                           "description": "We recommend that you use the ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories method instead of the ProductService.RemoveFulfillmentPlaces method. ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories achieves the same results but provides more fine-grained control over ingesting local inventory data. Incrementally removes place IDs from a Product.fulfillment_info.place_ids. This process is asynchronous and does not require the Product to exist before updating fulfillment information. If the request is valid, the update will be enqueued and processed downstream. As a consequence, when a response is returned, the removed place IDs are not immediately manifested in the Product queried by ProductService.GetProduct or ProductService.ListProducts. The returned Operations will be obsolete after 1 day, and GetOperation API will return NOT_FOUND afterwards. If conflicting updates are issued, the Operations associated with the stale updates will not be marked as done until being obsolete.",
                           "flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}/branches/{branchesId}/products/{productsId}:removeFulfillmentPlaces",
@@ -2059,7 +2087,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -2533,6 +2561,52 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsMetadata": {
+      "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeProducts operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsMetadata",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "Operation create time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "failureCount": {
+          "description": "Count of entries that encountered errors while processing.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "successCount": {
+          "description": "Count of entries that were deleted successfully.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response of the PurgeProductsRequest. If the long running operation is successfully done, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeProductsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "purgeCount": {
+          "description": "The total count of products purged as a result of the operation.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "purgeSample": {
+          "description": "A sample of the product names that will be deleted. Only populated if `force` is set to false. A max of 100 names will be returned and the names are chosen at random.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeUserEventsResponse": {
       "description": "Response of the PurgeUserEventsRequest. If the long running operation is successfully done, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PurgeUserEventsResponse",
@@ -5469,6 +5543,67 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsMetadata": {
+      "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeProducts operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsMetadata",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "Operation create time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "failureCount": {
+          "description": "Count of entries that encountered errors while processing.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "successCount": {
+          "description": "Count of entries that were deleted successfully.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsRequest": {
+      "description": "Request message for PurgeProducts method.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "filter": {
+          "description": "Required. The filter string to specify the products to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Empty string filter is not allowed. \"*\" implies delete all items in a branch. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `availability`: Double quoted Product.availability string. * `create_time` : in ISO 8601 \"zulu\" format. Supported syntax: * Comparators (\">\", \"<\", \">=\", \"<=\", \"=\"). Examples: * create_time <= \"2015-02-13T17:05:46Z\" * availability = \"IN_STOCK\" * Conjunctions (\"AND\") Examples: * create_time <= \"2015-02-13T17:05:46Z\" AND availability = \"PREORDER\" * Disjunctions (\"OR\") Examples: * create_time <= \"2015-02-13T17:05:46Z\" OR availability = \"IN_STOCK\" * Can support nested queries. Examples: * (create_time <= \"2015-02-13T17:05:46Z\" AND availability = \"PREORDER\") OR (create_time >= \"2015-02-14T13:03:32Z\" AND availability = \"IN_STOCK\") * Filter Limits: * Filter should not contain more than 6 conditions. * Max nesting depth should not exceed 2 levels. Examples queries: * Delete back order products created before a timestamp. create_time <= \"2015-02-13T17:05:46Z\" OR availability = \"BACKORDER\"",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "force": {
+          "description": "Actually perform the purge. If `force` is set to false, the method will return the expected purge count without deleting any products.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response of the PurgeProductsRequest. If the long running operation is successfully done, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeProductsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "purgeCount": {
+          "description": "The total count of products purged as a result of the operation.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "purgeSample": {
+          "description": "A sample of the product names that will be deleted. Only populated if `force` is set to false. A max of 100 names will be returned and the names are chosen at random.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeUserEventsRequest": {
       "description": "Request message for PurgeUserEvents method.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPurgeUserEventsRequest",

From bd8263913f2e2baf8278deebd270d15afd16bac4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 44/53] feat(run): update the api

#### run:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ContainerOverride.properties.clearArgs.type (Total Keys: 1)

#### run:v2

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudRunV2Service.properties.customAudiences (Total Keys: 2)
---
 .../dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html |  28 ++---
 docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.executions.html    |  42 +++----
 docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.jobs.html          | 103 +++++++++---------
 docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html     |  28 ++---
 docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html      |  84 +++++++-------
 docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.tasks.html         |  28 ++---
 ..._v1.projects.locations.configurations.html |  28 ++---
 .../run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html  |  28 ++---
 .../run_v1.projects.locations.services.html   |  84 +++++++-------
 ...v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html |   8 +-
 ...jects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html |   8 +-
 docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html  |  16 +--
 .../run_v2.projects.locations.services.html   |  28 +++--
 ...projects.locations.services.revisions.html |   8 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json     |  16 ++-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json     |  13 ++-
 16 files changed, 287 insertions(+), 263 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
index 1524607c3f8..310f5ab7e12 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
@@ -250,8 +250,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -290,8 +290,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -588,8 +588,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -628,8 +628,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -671,8 +671,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
                   "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
                 },
                 "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
                 "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.executions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.executions.html
index 280cc715d14..5ca0ec01137 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.executions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.executions.html
@@ -226,8 +226,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -266,8 +266,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -309,8 +309,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -573,8 +573,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -613,8 +613,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -656,8 +656,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -881,8 +881,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -921,8 +921,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -964,8 +964,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
                   "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
                 },
                 "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
                 "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.jobs.html
index f9b95044102..448c8b94d1b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.jobs.html
@@ -260,8 +260,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -300,8 +300,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -343,8 +343,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
                   "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
                 },
                 "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
                 "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -585,8 +585,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -625,8 +625,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -668,8 +668,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
                   "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
                 },
                 "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
                 "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -961,8 +961,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1001,8 +1001,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1044,8 +1044,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
                   "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
                 },
                 "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
                 "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -1303,8 +1303,8 @@ 
Method Details

                         "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                         "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                       },
-                      "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                      "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                       "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                       "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                         "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1343,8 +1343,8 @@ 
Method Details

                         "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                         "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                       },
-                      "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                      "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                       "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                       "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                         "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1386,8 +1386,8 @@ 
Method Details

                         "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                         "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                       },
-                      "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                      "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                      "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                       "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                       "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                         "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     },
                     "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
                       "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-                      "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+                      "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
                     },
                     "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
                     "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -1641,8 +1641,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1681,8 +1681,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1724,8 +1724,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
                   "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
                 },
                 "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
                 "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -1966,8 +1966,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -2006,8 +2006,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -2049,8 +2049,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -2090,7 +2090,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
                   "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
                 },
                 "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
                 "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -2144,12 +2144,13 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for creating a new execution of a job.
-  "overrides": { # RunJob Overrides that contains Execution fields to be overridden on the go. # Optional. Overrides specification for a given execution of a job. If provided, overrides will be applied to update the execution or task spec.
+  "overrides": { # RunJob Overrides that contains Execution fields to be overridden on the go. # Optional. Private preview feature. Currently only available by invitation. Overrides specification for a given execution of a job. If provided, overrides will be applied to update the execution or task spec.
     "containerOverrides": [ # Per container override specification.
       { # Per container override specification.
-        "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. Will replace existing args for override.
+        "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. Will replace existing args for override if present. Must be empty if `clear_args` is set to true.
           "A String",
         ],
+        "clearArgs": True or False, # Optional. True if the intention is to clear out existing args list.
         "env": [ # List of environment variables to set in the container. Will be merged with existing env for override.
           { # EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.
             "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the environment variable. Must be a C_IDENTIFIER.
@@ -2306,8 +2307,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -2346,8 +2347,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -2389,8 +2390,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -2430,7 +2431,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
index 0dd31598050..02c62d26c38 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
@@ -264,8 +264,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
             "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
           },
-          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
           "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
           "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
             "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -304,8 +304,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
             "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
           },
-          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
           "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
           "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
             "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -347,8 +347,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
             "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
           },
-          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
           "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
           "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
             "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
           "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
         },
         "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
         "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -567,8 +567,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -607,8 +607,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -650,8 +650,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
index 0f92fd35321..2002b7319e4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
@@ -254,8 +254,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -294,8 +294,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -337,8 +337,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -600,8 +600,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -640,8 +640,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -683,8 +683,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -997,8 +997,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1037,8 +1037,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1080,8 +1080,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -1359,8 +1359,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1399,8 +1399,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1442,8 +1442,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
                   "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
                 },
                 "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
                 "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -1717,8 +1717,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1757,8 +1757,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1800,8 +1800,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -2063,8 +2063,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -2103,8 +2103,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -2146,8 +2146,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.tasks.html
index 3bbc85411c2..2a7abcd046d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.tasks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.tasks.html
@@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
             "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
           },
-          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
           "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
           "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
             "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
             "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
           },
-          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
           "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
           "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
             "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -298,8 +298,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
             "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
           },
-          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
           "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
           "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
             "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
           "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
         },
         "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
         "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -526,8 +526,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -566,8 +566,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -609,8 +609,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
index fa6ad51220e..21b999ab951 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
@@ -250,8 +250,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -290,8 +290,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -588,8 +588,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -628,8 +628,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -671,8 +671,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
                   "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
                 },
                 "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
                 "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
index c52b672935d..30164bb514b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
@@ -264,8 +264,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
             "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
           },
-          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
           "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
           "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
             "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -304,8 +304,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
             "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
           },
-          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
           "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
           "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
             "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -347,8 +347,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
             "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
           },
-          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+          "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+          "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
           "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
           "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
             "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
           "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
         },
         "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
         "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -567,8 +567,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -607,8 +607,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -650,8 +650,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
index 40f3815f8a3..73ead2e8def 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -263,8 +263,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -303,8 +303,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -346,8 +346,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -609,8 +609,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -649,8 +649,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -692,8 +692,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -1006,8 +1006,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1046,8 +1046,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1089,8 +1089,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -1416,8 +1416,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1456,8 +1456,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1499,8 +1499,8 @@ 
Method Details

                     "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                     "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
                   },
-                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+                  "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+                  "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
                   "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
                   "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                     "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
                   "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+                  "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
                 },
                 "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
                 "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -1774,8 +1774,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1814,8 +1814,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1857,8 +1857,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
@@ -2120,8 +2120,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -2160,8 +2160,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -2203,8 +2203,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "port": 42, # Port number to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
                 "scheme": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
               },
-              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .
-              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .
+              "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.
+              "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.
               "successThreshold": 42, # Minimum consecutive successes for the probe to be considered successful after having failed. Must be 1 if set.
               "tcpSocket": { # TCPSocketAction describes an action based on opening a socket # TCPSocket specifies an action involving a TCP port.
                 "host": "A String", # Not supported by Cloud Run.
@@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. The default is "" which means to use the node's default medium. Must be an empty string (default) or Memory. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes#emptydir +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.
             "secret": { # A volume representing a secret stored in Google Secret Manager. The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names. # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secretName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html
index 966a9e4087b..2b631a13a2b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
           "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
         },
         "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
         "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # VPC Access configuration to use for this Task. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
       "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-      "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+      "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
     },
   },
   "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server assigned unique identifier for the Execution. The value is a UUID4 string and guaranteed to remain unchanged until the resource is deleted.
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
             "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # VPC Access configuration to use for this Task. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
           "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-          "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+          "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
         },
       },
       "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server assigned unique identifier for the Execution. The value is a UUID4 string and guaranteed to remain unchanged until the resource is deleted.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html
index c1825899631..fb9dfcf7fc3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
         "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-        "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+        "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
       },
       "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
       "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # Output only. VPC Access configuration to use for this Task. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
     "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-    "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+    "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
   },
 }

 

@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
             "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-            "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+            "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
           },
           "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
           "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # Output only. VPC Access configuration to use for this Task. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
         "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-        "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+        "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
       },
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html
index b73baece160..52d034f9898 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
             "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-            "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+            "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
           },
           "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
           "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # VPC Access configuration to use for this Task. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
         "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-        "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+        "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
       },
     },
   },
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
             "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-            "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+            "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
           },
           "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
           "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # VPC Access configuration to use for this Task. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
         "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-        "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+        "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
       },
     },
   },
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
                 "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-                "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+                "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
               },
               "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
               "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # VPC Access configuration to use for this Task. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
             "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-            "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+            "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
           },
         },
       },
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
             "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-            "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+            "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
           },
           "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
           "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # VPC Access configuration to use for this Task. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
         "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-        "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+        "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
       },
     },
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html
index 02c4488a4b3..89b3960d9f4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -148,6 +148,9 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time.
   "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the authenticated creator.
+  "customAudiences": [ # Custom audiences that can be used in the audience field of ID token for authenticated requests.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The deletion time.
   "description": "A String", # User-provided description of the Service. This field currently has a 512-character limit.
   "etag": "A String", # Output only. A system-generated fingerprint for this version of the resource. May be used to detect modification conflict during updates.
@@ -285,7 +288,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
           "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
         },
         "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
         "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -303,7 +306,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # VPC Access configuration to use for this Revision. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
       "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-      "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+      "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
     },
   },
   "terminalCondition": { # Defines a status condition for a resource. # Output only. The Condition of this Service, containing its readiness status, and detailed error information in case it did not reach a serving state. See comments in `reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run.
@@ -444,6 +447,9 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time.
   "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the authenticated creator.
+  "customAudiences": [ # Custom audiences that can be used in the audience field of ID token for authenticated requests.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The deletion time.
   "description": "A String", # User-provided description of the Service. This field currently has a 512-character limit.
   "etag": "A String", # Output only. A system-generated fingerprint for this version of the resource. May be used to detect modification conflict during updates.
@@ -581,7 +587,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
           "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
         },
         "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
         "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -599,7 +605,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # VPC Access configuration to use for this Revision. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
       "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-      "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+      "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
     },
   },
   "terminalCondition": { # Defines a status condition for a resource. # Output only. The Condition of this Service, containing its readiness status, and detailed error information in case it did not reach a serving state. See comments in `reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run.
@@ -727,6 +733,9 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time.
       "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the authenticated creator.
+      "customAudiences": [ # Custom audiences that can be used in the audience field of ID token for authenticated requests.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The deletion time.
       "description": "A String", # User-provided description of the Service. This field currently has a 512-character limit.
       "etag": "A String", # Output only. A system-generated fingerprint for this version of the resource. May be used to detect modification conflict during updates.
@@ -864,7 +873,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
               "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+              "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
             },
             "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
             "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -882,7 +891,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # VPC Access configuration to use for this Revision. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
           "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-          "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+          "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
         },
       },
       "terminalCondition": { # Defines a status condition for a resource. # Output only. The Condition of this Service, containing its readiness status, and detailed error information in case it did not reach a serving state. See comments in `reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run.
@@ -967,6 +976,9 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time.
   "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the authenticated creator.
+  "customAudiences": [ # Custom audiences that can be used in the audience field of ID token for authenticated requests.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The deletion time.
   "description": "A String", # User-provided description of the Service. This field currently has a 512-character limit.
   "etag": "A String", # Output only. A system-generated fingerprint for this version of the resource. May be used to detect modification conflict during updates.
@@ -1104,7 +1116,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
           "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+          "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
         },
         "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
         "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -1122,7 +1134,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # VPC Access configuration to use for this Revision. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
       "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-      "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+      "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
     },
   },
   "terminalCondition": { # Defines a status condition for a resource. # Output only. The Condition of this Service, containing its readiness status, and detailed error information in case it did not reach a serving state. See comments in `reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html
index 34104d14b37..36d5b43bdea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
         "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-        "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+        "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
       },
       "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
       "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # VPC Access configuration for this Revision. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
     "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-    "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+    "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
   },
 }

 

@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "emptyDir": { # Ephemeral storage which can be backed by real disks (HD, SSD), network storage or memory (i.e. tmpfs). For now only in memory (tmpfs) is supported. It is ephemeral in the sense that when the sandbox is taken down, the data is destroyed with it (it does not persist across sandbox runs). # Ephemeral storage used as a shared volume.
             "medium": "A String", # The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional
-            "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional
+            "sizeLimit": "A String", # Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir
           },
           "name": "A String", # Required. Volume's name.
           "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "vpcAccess": { # VPC Access settings. For more information on creating a VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-serverless-vpc-access For information on how to configure Cloud Run with an existing VPC Connector, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc # VPC Access configuration for this Revision. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/connecting-vpc.
         "connector": "A String", # VPC Access connector name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connectors/{connector}, where {project} can be project id or number.
-        "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings.
+        "egress": "A String", # Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.
       },
     },
   ],
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
index e14a8fd6194..ba4eb5476e9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
@@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Addressable": {
@@ -2625,12 +2625,16 @@
       "id": "ContainerOverride",
       "properties": {
         "args": {
-          "description": "Arguments to the entrypoint. Will replace existing args for override.",
+          "description": "Arguments to the entrypoint. Will replace existing args for override if present. Must be empty if `clear_args` is set to true.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "clearArgs": {
+          "description": "Optional. True if the intention is to clear out existing args list.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "env": {
           "description": "List of environment variables to set in the container. Will be merged with existing env for override.",
           "items": {
@@ -2764,7 +2768,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sizeLimit": {
-          "description": "Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional",
+          "description": "Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -3766,12 +3770,12 @@
           "description": "HTTPGet specifies the http request to perform."
         },
         "initialDelaySeconds": {
-          "description": "Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. .",
+          "description": "Number of seconds after the container has started before the probe is initiated. Defaults to 0 seconds. Minimum value is 0. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "periodSeconds": {
-          "description": "How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds. .",
+          "description": "How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Maximum value for liveness probe is 3600. Maximum value for startup probe is 240. Must be greater or equal than timeout_seconds.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -4043,7 +4047,7 @@
       "properties": {
         "overrides": {
           "$ref": "Overrides",
-          "description": "Optional. Overrides specification for a given execution of a job. If provided, overrides will be applied to update the execution or task spec."
+          "description": "Optional. Private preview feature. Currently only available by invitation. Overrides specification for a given execution of a job. If provided, overrides will be applied to update the execution or task spec."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json
index b04b72e7bac..bc1fef0b253 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json
@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": {
@@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sizeLimit": {
-          "description": "Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: http://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/volumes#emptydir +optional",
+          "description": "Limit on the storage usable by this EmptyDir volume. The size limit is also applicable for memory medium. The maximum usage on memory medium EmptyDir would be the minimum value between the SizeLimit specified here and the sum of memory limits of all containers in a pod. This field's values are of the 'Quantity' k8s type: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/kubernetes-api/common-definitions/quantity/. The default is nil which means that the limit is undefined. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes/#emptydir",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2404,6 +2404,13 @@
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "customAudiences": {
+          "description": "Custom audiences that can be used in the audience field of ID token for authenticated requests.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "deleteTime": {
           "description": "Output only. The deletion time.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
@@ -2970,7 +2977,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "egress": {
-          "description": "Traffic VPC egress settings.",
+          "description": "Traffic VPC egress settings. If not provided, it defaults to PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.",
           "enum": [
             "VPC_EGRESS_UNSPECIFIED",
             "ALL_TRAFFIC",

From 4f5f0eff9eeca79e2190f7a8d97fe2e5aa1f6151 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 45/53] feat(sasportal): update the api

#### sasportal:v1alpha1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.SasPortalProvisionDeploymentRequest.properties.organizationId (Total Keys: 2)
---
 docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html                 | 1 +
 .../discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json      | 7 ++++++-
 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html
index cc794090d8f..cce01f5cb03 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html
@@ -225,6 +225,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # Request for [ProvisionDeployment]. [spectrum.sas.portal.v1alpha1.Provisioning.ProvisionDeployment]. GCP Project, Organization Info, and caller’s GAIA ID should be retrieved from the RPC handler, and used as inputs to create a new SAS organization (if not exists) and a new SAS deployment.
   "newDeploymentDisplayName": "A String", # Optional. If this field is set, and a new SAS Portal Deployment needs to be created, its display name will be set to the value of this field.
   "newOrganizationDisplayName": "A String", # Optional. If this field is set, and a new SAS Portal Organization needs to be created, its display name will be set to the value of this field.
+  "organizationId": "A String", # Optional. If this field is set then a new deployment will be created under the organization specified by this id.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json
index 813ede09929..be3811cde1a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json
@@ -2582,7 +2582,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://sasportal.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SasPortalAssignment": {
@@ -3402,6 +3402,11 @@
         "newOrganizationDisplayName": {
           "description": "Optional. If this field is set, and a new SAS Portal Organization needs to be created, its display name will be set to the value of this field.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "organizationId": {
+          "description": "Optional. If this field is set then a new deployment will be created under the organization specified by this id.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"

From 4c80b00c791afa461cc66ac15f383fae9bce95c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 46/53] feat(serviceusage): update the api

#### serviceusage:v1

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.AddEnableRulesResponse.properties.values (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GroupValue (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.ServiceValue (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.TermsOfService (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.ValueInfo (Total Keys: 6)

The following keys were added:
- schemas.AddEnableRulesResponse.properties.addedValues (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.RemoveEnableRulesResponse.properties.removedValues (Total Keys: 2)

#### serviceusage:v1beta1

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.AddEnableRulesResponse.properties.values (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GroupValue (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.ServiceValue (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.TermsOfService (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.ValueInfo (Total Keys: 6)

The following keys were added:
- schemas.AddEnableRulesResponse.properties.addedValues (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.RemoveEnableRulesResponse.properties.removedValues (Total Keys: 2)
---
 docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html        |  33 +++++-
 docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html   |  22 +++-
 .../documents/serviceusage.v1.json            | 109 ++++--------------
 .../documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json       | 109 ++++--------------
 4 files changed, 94 insertions(+), 179 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
index cfcf79c5719..7dee90f1cb9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
+        "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
           "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
           "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
           "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -258,6 +258,15 @@ 
Method Details

               "selector": "A String", # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. "foo.*" is ok, but not "foo.b*" or "foo.*.bar". A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern "*" is used.
             },
           ],
+          "sectionOverrides": [ # Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries
+            { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
+              "content": "A String", # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
+              "name": "A String", # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
+              "subpages": [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
+                # Object with schema name: Page
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
           "serviceRootUrl": "A String", # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
           "summary": "A String", # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
         },
@@ -536,7 +545,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       ],
     },
-    "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
+    "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
       "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
       "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
       "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -556,6 +565,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "selector": "A String", # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. "foo.*" is ok, but not "foo.b*" or "foo.*.bar". A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern "*" is used.
         },
       ],
+      "sectionOverrides": [ # Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries
+        { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
+          "content": "A String", # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
+          "name": "A String", # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
+          "subpages": [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
+            # Object with schema name: Page
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
       "serviceRootUrl": "A String", # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
       "summary": "A String", # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
     },
@@ -749,7 +767,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
+        "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
           "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
           "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
           "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -769,6 +787,15 @@ 
Method Details

               "selector": "A String", # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. "foo.*" is ok, but not "foo.b*" or "foo.*.bar". A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern "*" is used.
             },
           ],
+          "sectionOverrides": [ # Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries
+            { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
+              "content": "A String", # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
+              "name": "A String", # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
+              "subpages": [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
+                # Object with schema name: Page
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
           "serviceRootUrl": "A String", # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
           "summary": "A String", # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
index 579b43d1b46..3793b31dacd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       ],
     },
-    "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
+    "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
       "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
       "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
       "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -382,6 +382,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "selector": "A String", # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. "foo.*" is ok, but not "foo.b*" or "foo.*.bar". A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern "*" is used.
         },
       ],
+      "sectionOverrides": [ # Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries
+        { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
+          "content": "A String", # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
+          "name": "A String", # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
+          "subpages": [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
+            # Object with schema name: Page
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
       "serviceRootUrl": "A String", # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
       "summary": "A String", # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
     },
@@ -575,7 +584,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
+        "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. Contains only the summary and the documentation URL.
           "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
           "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
           "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -595,6 +604,15 @@ 
Method Details

               "selector": "A String", # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. "foo.*" is ok, but not "foo.b*" or "foo.*.bar". A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern "*" is used.
             },
           ],
+          "sectionOverrides": [ # Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries
+            { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
+              "content": "A String", # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
+              "name": "A String", # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
+              "subpages": [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
+                # Object with schema name: Page
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
           "serviceRootUrl": "A String", # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
           "summary": "A String", # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
index 4e1c2672be7..7faae471af7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddEnableRulesMetadata": {
@@ -439,16 +439,16 @@
       "description": "The response message of \"AddEnableRules\" method.",
       "id": "AddEnableRulesResponse",
       "properties": {
-        "parent": {
-          "description": "The parent consumer policy. It can be `projects/12345/consumerPolicies/default`, or `folders/12345/consumerPolicies/default`, or `organizations/12345/consumerPolicies/default`.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "values": {
+        "addedValues": {
           "description": "The values added to the parent consumer policy.",
           "items": {
-            "$ref": "ValueInfo"
+            "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
+        },
+        "parent": {
+          "description": "The parent consumer policy. It can be `projects/12345/consumerPolicies/default`, or `folders/12345/consumerPolicies/default`, or `organizations/12345/consumerPolicies/default`.",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Documentation": {
-      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
+      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
       "id": "Documentation",
       "properties": {
         "documentationRootUrl": {
@@ -1163,6 +1163,13 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "sectionOverrides": {
+          "description": "Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Page"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "serviceRootUrl": {
           "description": "Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -1852,17 +1859,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "GroupValue": {
-      "description": "Unimplemented. Do not use. GroupValue contains information of a service group.",
-      "id": "GroupValue",
-      "properties": {
-        "name": {
-          "description": "The name of the value. Example: `groups/googleSerivice`.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "Http": {
       "description": "Defines the HTTP configuration for an API service. It contains a list of HttpRule, each specifying the mapping of an RPC method to one or more HTTP REST API methods.",
       "id": "Http",
@@ -2864,6 +2860,13 @@
         "parent": {
           "description": "The parent consumer policy. It can be `projects/12345/consumerPolicies/default`, or `folders/12345/consumerPolicies/default`, or `organizations/12345/consumerPolicies/default`.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "removedValues": {
+          "description": "The values removed from the parent consumer policy.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2894,32 +2897,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "ServiceValue": {
-      "description": "ServiceValue contains information of a service.",
-      "id": "ServiceValue",
-      "properties": {
-        "dnsAddress": {
-          "description": "The DNS address at which this service is available.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "name": {
-          "description": "The name of the value. Example: `services/storage.googleapis.com`.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "pricingLink": {
-          "description": "A link to pricing information for the service, such as https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/pricing.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "tos": {
-          "description": "Terms of Service",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "TermsOfService"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "SourceContext": {
       "description": "`SourceContext` represents information about the source of a protobuf element, like the file in which it is defined.",
       "id": "SourceContext",
@@ -3027,21 +3004,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "TermsOfService": {
-      "description": "TermsOfService captures the metadata about a given terms of service",
-      "id": "TermsOfService",
-      "properties": {
-        "title": {
-          "description": "Title of the terms of service.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "uri": {
-          "description": "URL/URI of the terms of service.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "Type": {
       "description": "A protocol buffer message type.",
       "id": "Type",
@@ -3151,33 +3113,6 @@
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
-    },
-    "ValueInfo": {
-      "description": "Information about the value field. Only support value type as service now.",
-      "id": "ValueInfo",
-      "properties": {
-        "groupValue": {
-          "$ref": "GroupValue",
-          "description": "The information related to the value if it is a service group."
-        },
-        "learnmoreLink": {
-          "description": "For public services, it must point to the product landing page. For private services, it should point to the internal site. For service group, it is TBD.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "serviceValue": {
-          "$ref": "ServiceValue",
-          "description": "The information related to the value if it is a service."
-        },
-        "summary": {
-          "description": "The product summary for this value.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "title": {
-          "description": "The product title for this value.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
index 1e0a73b54ab..38638b48eb1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddEnableRulesMetadata": {
@@ -977,16 +977,16 @@
       "description": "The response message of \"AddEnableRules\" method.",
       "id": "AddEnableRulesResponse",
       "properties": {
-        "parent": {
-          "description": "The parent consumer policy. It can be `projects/12345/consumerPolicies/default`, or `folders/12345/consumerPolicies/default`, or `organizations/12345/consumerPolicies/default`.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "values": {
+        "addedValues": {
           "description": "The values added to the parent consumer policy.",
           "items": {
-            "$ref": "ValueInfo"
+            "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
+        },
+        "parent": {
+          "description": "The parent consumer policy. It can be `projects/12345/consumerPolicies/default`, or `folders/12345/consumerPolicies/default`, or `organizations/12345/consumerPolicies/default`.",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Documentation": {
-      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
+      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
       "id": "Documentation",
       "properties": {
         "documentationRootUrl": {
@@ -1740,6 +1740,13 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "sectionOverrides": {
+          "description": "Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Page"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "serviceRootUrl": {
           "description": "Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -2429,17 +2436,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "GroupValue": {
-      "description": "Unimplemented. Do not use. GroupValue contains information of a service group.",
-      "id": "GroupValue",
-      "properties": {
-        "name": {
-          "description": "The name of the value. Example: `groups/googleSerivice`.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "Http": {
       "description": "Defines the HTTP configuration for an API service. It contains a list of HttpRule, each specifying the mapping of an RPC method to one or more HTTP REST API methods.",
       "id": "Http",
@@ -3609,6 +3605,13 @@
         "parent": {
           "description": "The parent consumer policy. It can be `projects/12345/consumerPolicies/default`, or `folders/12345/consumerPolicies/default`, or `organizations/12345/consumerPolicies/default`.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "removedValues": {
+          "description": "The values removed from the parent consumer policy.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -3728,32 +3731,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "ServiceValue": {
-      "description": "ServiceValue contains information of a service.",
-      "id": "ServiceValue",
-      "properties": {
-        "dnsAddress": {
-          "description": "The DNS address at which this service is available.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "name": {
-          "description": "The name of the value. Example: `services/storage.googleapis.com`.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "pricingLink": {
-          "description": "A link to pricing information for the service, such as https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/pricing.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "tos": {
-          "description": "Terms of Service",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "TermsOfService"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "SourceContext": {
       "description": "`SourceContext` represents information about the source of a protobuf element, like the file in which it is defined.",
       "id": "SourceContext",
@@ -3861,21 +3838,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "TermsOfService": {
-      "description": "TermsOfService captures the metadata about a given terms of service",
-      "id": "TermsOfService",
-      "properties": {
-        "title": {
-          "description": "Title of the terms of service.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "uri": {
-          "description": "URL/URI of the terms of service.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "Type": {
       "description": "A protocol buffer message type.",
       "id": "Type",
@@ -3985,33 +3947,6 @@
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
-    },
-    "ValueInfo": {
-      "description": "Information about the value field. Only support value type as service now.",
-      "id": "ValueInfo",
-      "properties": {
-        "groupValue": {
-          "$ref": "GroupValue",
-          "description": "The information related to the value if it is a service group."
-        },
-        "learnmoreLink": {
-          "description": "For public services, it must point to the product landing page. For private services, it should point to the internal site. For service group, it is TBD.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "serviceValue": {
-          "$ref": "ServiceValue",
-          "description": "The information related to the value if it is a service."
-        },
-        "summary": {
-          "description": "The product summary for this value.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "title": {
-          "description": "The product title for this value.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",

From 0b109da3151a6f8cf4aa5e40c5fb78909b2ecc09 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 47/53] feat(spanner): update the api

#### spanner:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.DdlStatementActionInfo (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata.properties.actions (Total Keys: 2)
---
 .../discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json | 33 +++++++++++++++++--
 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json
index 18a548acdcc..381ae8f8706 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json
@@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://spanner.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
@@ -3216,6 +3216,28 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "DdlStatementActionInfo": {
+      "description": "Action information extracted from a DDL statement. This proto is used to display the brief info of the DDL statement for the operation UpdateDatabaseDdl.",
+      "id": "DdlStatementActionInfo",
+      "properties": {
+        "action": {
+          "description": "The action for the DDL statement, e.g. CREATE, ALTER, DROP, GRANT, etc. This field is a non-empty string.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "entityNames": {
+          "description": "The entity name(s) being operated on the DDL statement. E.g. 1. For statement \"CREATE TABLE t1(...)\", `entity_names` = [\"t1\"]. 2. For statement \"GRANT ROLE r1, r2 ...\", `entity_names` = [\"r1\", \"r2\"]. 3. For statement \"ANALYZE\", `entity_names` = [].",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "entityType": {
+          "description": "The entity type for the DDL statement, e.g. TABLE, INDEX, VIEW, etc. This field can be empty string for some DDL statement, e.g. for statement \"ANALYZE\", `entity_type` = \"\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Delete": {
       "description": "Arguments to delete operations.",
       "id": "Delete",
@@ -5370,6 +5392,13 @@
       "description": "Metadata type for the operation returned by UpdateDatabaseDdl.",
       "id": "UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata",
       "properties": {
+        "actions": {
+          "description": "The brief action info for the DDL statements. `actions[i]` is the brief info for `statements[i]`.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "DdlStatementActionInfo"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "commitTimestamps": {
           "description": "Reports the commit timestamps of all statements that have succeeded so far, where `commit_timestamps[i]` is the commit timestamp for the statement `statements[i]`.",
           "items": {
@@ -5383,7 +5412,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "progress": {
-          "description": "The progress of the UpdateDatabaseDdl operations. Currently, only index creation statements will have a continuously updating progress. For non-index creation statements, `progress[i]` will have start time and end time populated with commit timestamp of operation, as well as a progress of 100% once the operation has completed. `progress[i]` is the operation progress for `statements[i]`.",
+          "description": "The progress of the UpdateDatabaseDdl operations. All DDL statements will have continuously updating progress, and `progress[i]` is the operation progress for `statements[i]`. Also, `progress[i]` will have start time and end time populated with commit timestamp of operation, as well as a progress of 100% once the operation has completed.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "OperationProgress"
           },

From 3b3753b4a4b21dd854260c3bdab1d82baadb1f2c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 48/53] feat(sqladmin): update the api

#### sqladmin:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.instances.methods.reencrypt (Total Keys: 14)
- schemas.BackupReencryptionConfig (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.ConnectSettings.properties.dnsName.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.InstancesReencryptRequest (Total Keys: 3)

#### sqladmin:v1beta4

The following keys were added:
- resources.instances.methods.reencrypt (Total Keys: 14)
- schemas.BackupReencryptionConfig (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.ConnectSettings.properties.dnsName.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.InstancesReencryptRequest (Total Keys: 3)
---
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html          |   8 +-
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html             |   1 +
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html           |  16 +-
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html           | 194 ++++++++++++++----
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html          |   8 +-
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html  |  16 +-
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html            |   8 +-
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html               |  12 +-
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html     |   8 +-
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html        |   1 +
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html      |  16 +-
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html      | 194 ++++++++++++++----
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html     |   8 +-
 .../sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html  |  16 +-
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html       |   8 +-
 docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html          |  12 +-
 .../documents/sqladmin.v1.json                | 128 ++++++++++--
 .../documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json           | 128 ++++++++++--
 18 files changed, 612 insertions(+), 170 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html
index 14a3a619642..1e787b1aa89 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html
@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -318,8 +318,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html
index 1a6754a3719..46b551a90f9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html
@@ -148,6 +148,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Connect settings retrieval response.
   "backendType": "A String", # `SECOND_GEN`: Cloud SQL database instance. `EXTERNAL`: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the `tier` property in the `settings` object to determine the database type.
   "databaseVersion": "A String", # The database engine type and version. The `databaseVersion` field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: `MYSQL_8_0`, `MYSQL_5_7` (default), or `MYSQL_5_6`. PostgreSQL instances: `POSTGRES_9_6`, `POSTGRES_10`, `POSTGRES_11`, `POSTGRES_12` (default), `POSTGRES_13`, or `POSTGRES_14`. SQL Server instances: `SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD` (default), `SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE`, `SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS`, `SQLSERVER_2017_WEB`, `SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD`, `SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE`, `SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS`, or `SQLSERVER_2019_WEB`.
+  "dnsName": "A String", # The dns name of the instance.
   "ipAddresses": [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html
index 5688c8b2fc0..2740cad9e0f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -291,8 +291,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -451,8 +451,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -575,8 +575,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
index 7bc3d45cb19..cddc77734e6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
@@ -119,6 +119,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   promoteReplica(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

 
Promotes the read replica instance to be a stand-alone Cloud SQL instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.

+

+  reencrypt(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Reencrypt CMEK instance with latest key version.

 

   resetSslConfig(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes all client certificates and generates a new server SSL certificate for the instance.

@@ -178,8 +181,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -304,8 +307,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -414,8 +417,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -542,8 +545,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -627,8 +630,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # Contains details about the export operation.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -685,8 +688,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -800,8 +803,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -1169,8 +1172,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -1490,8 +1493,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2105,8 +2108,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2210,8 +2213,123 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
+      "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
+      "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
+    },
+    "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as CSV. `MySQL` and `PostgreSQL` instances only.
+      "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
+      "fieldsTerminatedBy": "A String", # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
+      "linesTerminatedBy": "A String", # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
+      "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
+      "selectQuery": "A String", # The select query used to extract the data.
+    },
+    "databases": [ # Databases to be exported. `MySQL instances:` If `fileType` is `SQL` and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the `mysql` system database. If `fileType` is `CSV`, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the `csvExportOptions.selectQuery` property, which takes precedence over this property. `PostgreSQL instances:` You must specify one database to be exported. If `fileType` is `CSV`, this database must match the one specified in the `csvExportOptions.selectQuery` property. `SQL Server instances:` You must specify one database to be exported, and the `fileType` must be `BAK`.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri.
+    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`.
+    "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload.
+    "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
+      "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
+        "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+      },
+      "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas.
+      "tables": [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uri": "A String", # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If `fileType` is `SQL` and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+  },
+  "importContext": { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
+    "bakImportOptions": { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
+      "bakType": "A String", # Type of the bak content, FULL or DIFF
+      "encryptionOptions": {
+        "certPath": "A String", # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        "pvkPassword": "A String", # Password that encrypts the private key
+        "pvkPath": "A String", # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+      },
+      "noRecovery": True or False, # Whether or not the backup importing will restore database with NORECOVERY option Applies only to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
+      "recoveryOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the backup importing request will just bring database online without downloading Bak content only one of "no_recovery" and "recovery_only" can be true otherwise error will return. Applies only to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
+      "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the backup set being restored is striped. Applies only to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
+    },
+    "csvImportOptions": { # Options for importing data as CSV.
+      "columns": [ # The columns to which CSV data is imported. If not specified, all columns of the database table are loaded with CSV data.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
+      "fieldsTerminatedBy": "A String", # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
+      "linesTerminatedBy": "A String", # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
+      "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
+      "table": "A String", # The table to which CSV data is imported.
+    },
+    "database": "A String", # The target database for the import. If `fileType` is `SQL`, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If `fileType` is `CSV`, one database must be specified.
+    "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri.\`SQL`: The file contains SQL statements. \`CSV`: The file contains CSV data.
+    "importUser": "A String", # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
+    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#importContext`.
+    "uri": "A String", # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when `fileType` is `SQL`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+  },
+  "insertTime": "A String", # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
+  "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#operation`.
+  "name": "A String", # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
+  "operationType": "A String", # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * `CREATE` * `DELETE` * `UPDATE` * `RESTART` * `IMPORT` * `EXPORT` * `BACKUP_VOLUME` * `RESTORE_VOLUME` * `CREATE_USER` * `DELETE_USER` * `CREATE_DATABASE` * `DELETE_DATABASE`
+  "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
+  "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
+  "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
+  "targetLink": "A String",
+  "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
+  "user": "A String", # The email address of the user who initiated this operation.
+}

+

+
+

+    reencrypt(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Reencrypt CMEK instance with latest key version.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
+  instance: string, Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Database Instance reencrypt request.
+  "backupReencryptionConfig": { # Backup Reencryption Config # Configuration specific to backup re-encryption
+    "backupLimit": 42, # Backup re-encryption limit
+    "backupType": "A String", # Type of backups users want to re-encrypt.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
+  "backupContext": { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
+    "backupId": "A String", # The identifier of the backup.
+    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#backupContext`.
+  },
+  "endTime": "A String", # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
+  "error": { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      { # Database instance operation error.
+        "code": "A String", # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
+        "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#operationError`.
+        "message": "A String", # Additional information about the error encountered.
+      },
+    ],
+    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#operationErrors`.
+  },
+  "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
+    "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
+      "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2315,8 +2433,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2420,8 +2538,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2537,8 +2655,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2652,8 +2770,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2757,8 +2875,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2862,8 +2980,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2977,8 +3095,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -3299,8 +3417,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html
index 03d870d1c56..695f50d5dcc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html
@@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -257,8 +257,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
         "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
           "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-          "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-          "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+          "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+          "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
           "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
           "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
index 6173bdd5533..b181792b3ec 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
@@ -164,8 +164,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -279,8 +279,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -390,8 +390,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -512,8 +512,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html
index 2dc785c0c90..3df69d34f4a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -326,8 +326,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
       "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
         "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-        "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-        "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+        "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+        "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
         "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
         "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
index da954e6357b..04dfbf4ad4e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -504,8 +504,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html
index 2320e6b6ecd..30efbcde117 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html
@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -318,8 +318,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html
index 4f44244f2ce..5121343cb6c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html
@@ -148,6 +148,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Connect settings retrieval response.
   "backendType": "A String", # `SECOND_GEN`: Cloud SQL database instance. `EXTERNAL`: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the `tier` property in the `settings` object to determine the database type.
   "databaseVersion": "A String", # The database engine type and version. The `databaseVersion` field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: `MYSQL_8_0`, `MYSQL_5_7` (default), or `MYSQL_5_6`. PostgreSQL instances: `POSTGRES_9_6`, `POSTGRES_10`, `POSTGRES_11` or `POSTGRES_12` (default), `POSTGRES_13`, or `POSTGRES_14`. SQL Server instances: `SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD` (default), `SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE`, `SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS`, `SQLSERVER_2017_WEB`, `SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD`, `SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE`, `SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS`, or `SQLSERVER_2019_WEB`.
+  "dnsName": "A String", # The dns name of the instance.
   "ipAddresses": [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html
index 8471c38670d..e4676d8ab91 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -291,8 +291,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -451,8 +451,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -575,8 +575,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
index af43f3b9a2a..e5d8f904639 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
@@ -119,6 +119,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   promoteReplica(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

 
Promotes the read replica instance to be a stand-alone Cloud SQL instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.

+

+  reencrypt(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Reencrypt CMEK instance with latest key version.

 

   resetSslConfig(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes all client certificates and generates a new server SSL certificate for the instance.

@@ -178,8 +181,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -304,8 +307,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -414,8 +417,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -542,8 +545,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -627,8 +630,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # Contains details about the export operation.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -685,8 +688,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -800,8 +803,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -1169,8 +1172,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -1490,8 +1493,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2105,8 +2108,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2210,8 +2213,123 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
+      "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
+      "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
+    },
+    "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as CSV. `MySQL` and `PostgreSQL` instances only.
+      "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
+      "fieldsTerminatedBy": "A String", # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
+      "linesTerminatedBy": "A String", # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
+      "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
+      "selectQuery": "A String", # The select query used to extract the data.
+    },
+    "databases": [ # Databases to be exported. `MySQL instances:` If `fileType` is `SQL` and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the `mysql` system database. If `fileType` is `CSV`, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the `csvExportOptions.selectQuery` property, which takes precedence over this property. `PostgreSQL instances:` You must specify one database to be exported. If `fileType` is `CSV`, this database must match the one specified in the `csvExportOptions.selectQuery` property. `SQL Server instances:` You must specify one database to be exported, and the `fileType` must be `BAK`.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri.
+    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`.
+    "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload.
+    "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
+      "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
+        "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
+      },
+      "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas.
+      "tables": [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "uri": "A String", # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If `fileType` is `SQL` and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
+  },
+  "importContext": { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
+    "bakImportOptions": { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
+      "bakType": "A String", # Type of the bak content, FULL or DIFF.
+      "encryptionOptions": {
+        "certPath": "A String", # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        "pvkPassword": "A String", # Password that encrypts the private key
+        "pvkPath": "A String", # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+      },
+      "noRecovery": True or False, # Whether or not the backup importing will restore database with NORECOVERY option Applies only to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
+      "recoveryOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the backup importing request will just bring database online without downloading Bak content only one of "no_recovery" and "recovery_only" can be true otherwise error will return. Applies only to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
+      "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the backup set being restored is striped. Applies only to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
+    },
+    "csvImportOptions": { # Options for importing data as CSV.
+      "columns": [ # The columns to which CSV data is imported. If not specified, all columns of the database table are loaded with CSV data.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
+      "fieldsTerminatedBy": "A String", # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
+      "linesTerminatedBy": "A String", # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
+      "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
+      "table": "A String", # The table to which CSV data is imported.
+    },
+    "database": "A String", # The target database for the import. If `fileType` is `SQL`, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. If `fileType` is `CSV`, one database must be specified.
+    "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. * `SQL`: The file contains SQL statements. * `CSV`: The file contains CSV data. * `BAK`: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
+    "importUser": "A String", # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
+    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#importContext`.
+    "uri": "A String", # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when `fileType` is `SQL`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+  },
+  "insertTime": "A String", # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
+  "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#operation`.
+  "name": "A String", # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
+  "operationType": "A String", # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * `CREATE` * `DELETE` * `UPDATE` * `RESTART` * `IMPORT` * `EXPORT` * `BACKUP_VOLUME` * `RESTORE_VOLUME` * `CREATE_USER` * `DELETE_USER` * `CREATE_DATABASE` * `DELETE_DATABASE`
+  "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
+  "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
+  "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # Name of the database instance related to this operation.
+  "targetLink": "A String",
+  "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
+  "user": "A String", # The email address of the user who initiated this operation.
+}

+

+
+

+    reencrypt(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Reencrypt CMEK instance with latest key version.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
+  instance: string, Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Database Instance reencrypt request.
+  "backupReencryptionConfig": { # Backup Reencryption Config # Configuration specific to backup re-encryption
+    "backupLimit": 42, # Backup re-encryption limit
+    "backupType": "A String", # Type of backups users want to re-encrypt.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
+  "backupContext": { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
+    "backupId": "A String", # The identifier of the backup.
+    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#backupContext`.
+  },
+  "endTime": "A String", # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
+  "error": { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      { # Database instance operation error.
+        "code": "A String", # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
+        "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#operationError`.
+        "message": "A String", # Additional information about the error encountered.
+      },
+    ],
+    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#operationErrors`.
+  },
+  "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
+    "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
+      "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2315,8 +2433,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2420,8 +2538,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2537,8 +2655,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2652,8 +2770,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2757,8 +2875,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2862,8 +2980,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -2977,8 +3095,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -3299,8 +3417,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html
index 1764bb3acea..55135307cda 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html
@@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -257,8 +257,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
         "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
           "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-          "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-          "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+          "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+          "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
           "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
           "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
index f2de204da75..19ac36cd1e9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
@@ -164,8 +164,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -279,8 +279,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -390,8 +390,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -512,8 +512,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html
index 6120901ecbd..d57ecc3d5fa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -326,8 +326,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
       "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
         "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-        "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-        "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+        "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+        "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
         "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
         "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html
index 4415258f075..f666f0945e2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html
@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
@@ -504,8 +504,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
     "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
       "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base
+      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
+      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
       "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
       "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
     },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json
index b0f60237752..05c2ea68bd8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json
@@ -1045,6 +1045,41 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin"
           ]
         },
+        "reencrypt": {
+          "description": "Reencrypt CMEK instance with latest key version.",
+          "flatPath": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/reencrypt",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "sql.instances.reencrypt",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "instance"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "instance": {
+              "description": "Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "ID of the project that contains the instance.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/reencrypt",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "InstancesReencryptRequest"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin"
+          ]
+        },
         "resetSslConfig": {
           "description": "Deletes all client certificates and generates a new server SSL certificate for the instance.",
           "flatPath": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/resetSslConfig",
@@ -2055,7 +2090,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AclEntry": {
@@ -2183,6 +2218,32 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "BackupReencryptionConfig": {
+      "description": "Backup Reencryption Config",
+      "id": "BackupReencryptionConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "backupLimit": {
+          "description": "Backup re-encryption limit",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "backupType": {
+          "description": "Type of backups users want to re-encrypt.",
+          "enum": [
+            "BACKUP_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "AUTOMATED",
+            "ON_DEMAND"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unknown backup type, will be defaulted to AUTOMATIC backup type",
+            "Reencrypt automatic backups",
+            "Reencrypt on-demand backups"
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "BackupRetentionSettings": {
       "description": "We currently only support backup retention by specifying the number of backups we will retain.",
       "id": "BackupRetentionSettings",
@@ -2468,7 +2529,11 @@
             "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD",
             "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE",
             "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS",
-            "SQLSERVER_2019_WEB"
+            "SQLSERVER_2019_WEB",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_WEB"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "This is an unknown database version.",
@@ -2503,10 +2568,18 @@
             "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.",
             "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.",
             "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.",
-            "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Web."
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Web.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "dnsName": {
+          "description": "The dns name of the instance.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "ipAddresses": {
           "description": "The assigned IP addresses for the instance.",
           "items": {
@@ -2669,7 +2742,11 @@
             "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD",
             "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE",
             "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS",
-            "SQLSERVER_2019_WEB"
+            "SQLSERVER_2019_WEB",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_WEB"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "This is an unknown database version.",
@@ -2704,7 +2781,11 @@
             "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.",
             "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.",
             "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.",
-            "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Web."
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Web.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -3054,18 +3135,18 @@
                 "DIFF"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "default type to meet enum requirement, will be set to FULL if not set",
+                "default type.",
                 "Full backup.",
                 "Differential backup."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "copyOnly": {
-              "description": "Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead",
+              "description": "Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead",
               "type": "boolean"
             },
             "differentialBase": {
-              "description": "Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base",
+              "description": "Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base",
               "type": "boolean"
             },
             "stripeCount": {
@@ -3243,7 +3324,11 @@
               "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD",
               "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE",
               "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS",
-              "SQLSERVER_2019_WEB"
+              "SQLSERVER_2019_WEB",
+              "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD",
+              "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE",
+              "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS",
+              "SQLSERVER_2022_WEB"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
               "This is an unknown database version.",
@@ -3278,7 +3363,11 @@
               "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.",
               "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.",
               "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.",
-              "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Web."
+              "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Web.",
+              "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.",
+              "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.",
+              "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.",
+              "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -3406,7 +3495,7 @@
                 "DIFF"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "default type to meet enum requirement, will be set to FULL if not set",
+                "default type.",
                 "Full backup.",
                 "Differential backup."
               ],
@@ -3665,6 +3754,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "InstancesReencryptRequest": {
+      "description": "Database Instance reencrypt request.",
+      "id": "InstancesReencryptRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "backupReencryptionConfig": {
+          "$ref": "BackupReencryptionConfig",
+          "description": "Configuration specific to backup re-encryption"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "InstancesRestoreBackupRequest": {
       "description": "Database instance restore backup request.",
       "id": "InstancesRestoreBackupRequest",
@@ -4012,7 +4112,8 @@
             "START_EXTERNAL_SYNC",
             "LOG_CLEANUP",
             "AUTO_RESTART",
-            "REENCRYPT"
+            "REENCRYPT",
+            "SWITCHOVER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unknown operation type.",
@@ -4052,7 +4153,8 @@
             "Starts external sync of a Cloud SQL EM replica to an external primary instance.",
             "Recovers logs from an instance's old data disk.",
             "Performs auto-restart of an HA-enabled Cloud SQL database for auto recovery.",
-            "Re-encrypts CMEK instances with latest key version."
+            "Re-encrypts CMEK instances with latest key version.",
+            "Switches over to replica instance from primary."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json
index 59e56682e89..2b0cd6721ca 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json
@@ -1045,6 +1045,41 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin"
           ]
         },
+        "reencrypt": {
+          "description": "Reencrypt CMEK instance with latest key version.",
+          "flatPath": "sql/v1beta4/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/reencrypt",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "sql.instances.reencrypt",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "instance"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "instance": {
+              "description": "Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "ID of the project that contains the instance.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "sql/v1beta4/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/reencrypt",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "InstancesReencryptRequest"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin"
+          ]
+        },
         "resetSslConfig": {
           "description": "Deletes all client certificates and generates a new server SSL certificate for the instance.",
           "flatPath": "sql/v1beta4/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/resetSslConfig",
@@ -2055,7 +2090,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AclEntry": {
@@ -2183,6 +2218,32 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "BackupReencryptionConfig": {
+      "description": "Backup Reencryption Config",
+      "id": "BackupReencryptionConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "backupLimit": {
+          "description": "Backup re-encryption limit",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "backupType": {
+          "description": "Type of backups users want to re-encrypt.",
+          "enum": [
+            "BACKUP_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "AUTOMATED",
+            "ON_DEMAND"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unknown backup type, will be defaulted to AUTOMATIC backup type",
+            "Reencrypt automatic backups",
+            "Reencrypt on-demand backups"
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "BackupRetentionSettings": {
       "description": "We currently only support backup retention by specifying the number of backups we will retain.",
       "id": "BackupRetentionSettings",
@@ -2468,7 +2529,11 @@
             "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD",
             "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE",
             "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS",
-            "SQLSERVER_2019_WEB"
+            "SQLSERVER_2019_WEB",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_WEB"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "This is an unknown database version.",
@@ -2503,10 +2568,18 @@
             "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.",
             "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.",
             "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.",
-            "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Web."
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Web.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "dnsName": {
+          "description": "The dns name of the instance.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "ipAddresses": {
           "description": "The assigned IP addresses for the instance.",
           "items": {
@@ -2669,7 +2742,11 @@
             "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD",
             "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE",
             "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS",
-            "SQLSERVER_2019_WEB"
+            "SQLSERVER_2019_WEB",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS",
+            "SQLSERVER_2022_WEB"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "This is an unknown database version.",
@@ -2704,7 +2781,11 @@
             "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.",
             "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.",
             "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.",
-            "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Web."
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Web.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.",
+            "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -3054,18 +3135,18 @@
                 "DIFF"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "default type to meet enum requirement, will be set to FULL if not set",
+                "default type.",
                 "Full backup.",
                 "Differential backup."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "copyOnly": {
-              "description": "Whether or not the export will be exeucted with COPY_ONLY, SQL Server only deprecated as the behavior should default to copy_only = true use differential_base instead",
+              "description": "Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead",
               "type": "boolean"
             },
             "differentialBase": {
-              "description": "Whether or not the backup can be use as differential base only non copy only backup can be served as differential base",
+              "description": "Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base",
               "type": "boolean"
             },
             "stripeCount": {
@@ -3243,7 +3324,11 @@
               "SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD",
               "SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE",
               "SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS",
-              "SQLSERVER_2019_WEB"
+              "SQLSERVER_2019_WEB",
+              "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD",
+              "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE",
+              "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS",
+              "SQLSERVER_2022_WEB"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
               "This is an unknown database version.",
@@ -3278,7 +3363,11 @@
               "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Standard.",
               "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Enterprise.",
               "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Express.",
-              "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Web."
+              "The database version is SQL Server 2019 Web.",
+              "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.",
+              "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.",
+              "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.",
+              "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -3406,7 +3495,7 @@
                 "DIFF"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "default type to meet enum requirement, will be set to FULL if not set",
+                "default type.",
                 "Full backup.",
                 "Differential backup."
               ],
@@ -3665,6 +3754,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "InstancesReencryptRequest": {
+      "description": "Database Instance reencrypt request.",
+      "id": "InstancesReencryptRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "backupReencryptionConfig": {
+          "$ref": "BackupReencryptionConfig",
+          "description": "Configuration specific to backup re-encryption"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "InstancesRestoreBackupRequest": {
       "description": "Database instance restore backup request.",
       "id": "InstancesRestoreBackupRequest",
@@ -4012,7 +4112,8 @@
             "START_EXTERNAL_SYNC",
             "LOG_CLEANUP",
             "AUTO_RESTART",
-            "REENCRYPT"
+            "REENCRYPT",
+            "SWITCHOVER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unknown operation type.",
@@ -4052,7 +4153,8 @@
             "Starts external sync of a Cloud SQL EM replica to an external primary instance.",
             "Recovers logs from an instance's old data disk.",
             "Performs auto-restart of an HA-enabled Cloud SQL database for auto recovery.",
-            "Re-encrypts CMEK instances with latest key version."
+            "Re-encrypts CMEK instances with latest key version.",
+            "Switches over to replica instance from primary."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },

From 829ea8ed11b2cfbcabc05f59eafb0a1f1ea20903 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 49/53] feat(tagmanager): update the api

#### tagmanager:v2

The following keys were added:
- resources.accounts.resources.containers.resources.workspaces.resources.transformations.methods.create (Total Keys: 12)
- resources.accounts.resources.containers.resources.workspaces.resources.transformations.methods.delete (Total Keys: 10)
- resources.accounts.resources.containers.resources.workspaces.resources.transformations.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.accounts.resources.containers.resources.workspaces.resources.transformations.methods.list (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.accounts.resources.containers.resources.workspaces.resources.transformations.methods.revert (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.accounts.resources.containers.resources.workspaces.resources.transformations.methods.update (Total Keys: 14)
- schemas.ContainerFeatures.properties.supportTransformations.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ContainerVersion.properties.transformation (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Entity.properties.transformation.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ListTransformationsResponse (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.RevertTransformationResponse (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.Transformation (Total Keys: 16)
---
 .../tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.html    |   9 +
 ...nager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html | 203 +++++++++
 ...ger_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html | 219 +++++++++
 ...containers.workspaces.transformations.html | 414 ++++++++++++++++++
 .../documents/tagmanager.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/tagmanager.v2.json              | 289 +++++++++++-
 6 files changed, 1134 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.html
index 3cdbb46ca41..9b061d1dba7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.html
@@ -173,6 +173,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
     "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
     "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+    "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
     "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
     "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
     "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -221,6 +222,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
     "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
     "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+    "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
     "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
     "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
     "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -267,6 +269,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
     "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
     "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+    "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
     "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
     "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
     "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -333,6 +336,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
     "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
     "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+    "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
     "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
     "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
     "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -389,6 +393,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
         "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
         "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+        "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
         "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
         "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
         "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -459,6 +464,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
     "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
     "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+    "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
     "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
     "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
     "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -518,6 +524,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
     "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
     "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+    "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
     "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
     "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
     "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -585,6 +592,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
     "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
     "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+    "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
     "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
     "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
     "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -632,6 +640,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
     "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
     "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+    "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
     "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
     "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
     "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html
index 1f27dee1065..bd9f5ada376 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html
@@ -187,6 +187,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
       "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
       "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+      "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
       "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
       "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
       "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -371,6 +372,34 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  "transformation": [ # The transformations in the container that this version was taken from.
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+      "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+      "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+      "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+      "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+          "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      ],
+      "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+      "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+      "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+      "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+      "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+    },
+  ],
   "trigger": [ # The triggers in the container that this version was taken from.
     { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger
       "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
@@ -843,6 +872,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
       "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
       "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+      "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
       "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
       "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
       "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -1027,6 +1057,34 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  "transformation": [ # The transformations in the container that this version was taken from.
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+      "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+      "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+      "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+      "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+          "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      ],
+      "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+      "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+      "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+      "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+      "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+    },
+  ],
   "trigger": [ # The triggers in the container that this version was taken from.
     { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger
       "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
@@ -1502,6 +1560,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
         "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
         "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+        "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
         "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
         "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
         "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -1686,6 +1745,34 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+    "transformation": [ # The transformations in the container that this version was taken from.
+      { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+        "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+        "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+        "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+        "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+            "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          },
+        ],
+        "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+        "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+        "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+        "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+        "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+      },
+    ],
     "trigger": [ # The triggers in the container that this version was taken from.
       { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger
         "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
@@ -2159,6 +2246,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
       "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
       "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+      "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
       "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
       "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
       "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -2343,6 +2431,34 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  "transformation": [ # The transformations in the container that this version was taken from.
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+      "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+      "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+      "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+      "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+          "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      ],
+      "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+      "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+      "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+      "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+      "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+    },
+  ],
   "trigger": [ # The triggers in the container that this version was taken from.
     { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger
       "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
@@ -2815,6 +2931,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
       "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
       "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+      "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
       "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
       "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
       "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -2999,6 +3116,34 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  "transformation": [ # The transformations in the container that this version was taken from.
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+      "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+      "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+      "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+      "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+          "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      ],
+      "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+      "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+      "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+      "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+      "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+    },
+  ],
   "trigger": [ # The triggers in the container that this version was taken from.
     { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger
       "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
@@ -3466,6 +3611,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
       "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
       "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+      "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
       "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
       "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
       "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -3650,6 +3796,34 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  "transformation": [ # The transformations in the container that this version was taken from.
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+      "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+      "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+      "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+      "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+          "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      ],
+      "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+      "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+      "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+      "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+      "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+    },
+  ],
   "trigger": [ # The triggers in the container that this version was taken from.
     { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger
       "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
@@ -4116,6 +4290,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
       "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
       "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+      "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
       "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
       "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
       "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -4300,6 +4475,34 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  "transformation": [ # The transformations in the container that this version was taken from.
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+      "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+      "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+      "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+      "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+          "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      ],
+      "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+      "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+      "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+      "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+      "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+    },
+  ],
   "trigger": [ # The triggers in the container that this version was taken from.
     { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger
       "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html
index 94b3224918b..499e6369713 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html
@@ -104,6 +104,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the templates Resource.

 
+

+  transformations()
+

+
Returns the transformations Resource.

+
 

   triggers()
 

@@ -280,6 +285,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
         "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
         "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+        "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
         "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
         "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
         "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -464,6 +470,34 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+    "transformation": [ # The transformations in the container that this version was taken from.
+      { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+        "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+        "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+        "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+        "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+            "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          },
+        ],
+        "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+        "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+        "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+        "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+        "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+      },
+    ],
     "trigger": [ # The triggers in the container that this version was taken from.
       { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger
         "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
@@ -1061,6 +1095,32 @@ 
Method Details

           "type": "A String", # GTM Tag Type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
           "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
         },
+        "transformation": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation. # The transformation being represented by the entity.
+          "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+          "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+          "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+          "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+            { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+              "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            },
+          ],
+          "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+          "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+          "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+          "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+          "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+        },
         "trigger": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger # The trigger being represented by the entity.
           "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
           "autoEventFilter": [ # Used in the case of auto event tracking. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update
@@ -1542,6 +1602,32 @@ 
Method Details

           "type": "A String", # GTM Tag Type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
           "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
         },
+        "transformation": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation. # The transformation being represented by the entity.
+          "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+          "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+          "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+          "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+            { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+              "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            },
+          ],
+          "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+          "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+          "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+          "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+          "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+        },
         "trigger": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger # The trigger being represented by the entity.
           "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
           "autoEventFilter": [ # Used in the case of auto event tracking. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update
@@ -2026,6 +2112,32 @@ 
Method Details

         "type": "A String", # GTM Tag Type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
         "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
       },
+      "transformation": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation. # The transformation being represented by the entity.
+        "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+        "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+        "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+        "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+            "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          },
+        ],
+        "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+        "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+        "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+        "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+        "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+      },
       "trigger": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger # The trigger being represented by the entity.
         "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
         "autoEventFilter": [ # Used in the case of auto event tracking. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update
@@ -2496,6 +2608,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "supportGtagConfigs": True or False, # Whether this Container supports Google tag config.
         "supportTags": True or False, # Whether this Container supports tags.
         "supportTemplates": True or False, # Whether this Container supports templates.
+        "supportTransformations": True or False, # Whether this Container supports transformations.
         "supportTriggers": True or False, # Whether this Container supports triggers.
         "supportUserPermissions": True or False, # Whether this Container supports user permissions managed by GTM.
         "supportVariables": True or False, # Whether this Container supports variables.
@@ -2680,6 +2793,34 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+    "transformation": [ # The transformations in the container that this version was taken from.
+      { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+        "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+        "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+        "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+        "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+            "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          },
+        ],
+        "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+        "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+        "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+        "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+        "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+      },
+    ],
     "trigger": [ # The triggers in the container that this version was taken from.
       { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger
         "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
@@ -3229,6 +3370,32 @@ 
Method Details

     "type": "A String", # GTM Tag Type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
     "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
   },
+  "transformation": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation. # The transformation being represented by the entity.
+    "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+    "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+    "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+    "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+    "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+    "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+        "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          # Object with schema name: Parameter
+        ],
+        "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          # Object with schema name: Parameter
+        ],
+        "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      },
+    ],
+    "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+    "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+    "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+    "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+    "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+    "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+  },
   "trigger": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger # The trigger being represented by the entity.
     "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
     "autoEventFilter": [ # Used in the case of auto event tracking. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update
@@ -3736,6 +3903,32 @@ 
Method Details

           "type": "A String", # GTM Tag Type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
           "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
         },
+        "transformation": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation. # The transformation being represented by the entity.
+          "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+          "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+          "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+          "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+            { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+              "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            },
+          ],
+          "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+          "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+          "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+          "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+          "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+        },
         "trigger": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger # The trigger being represented by the entity.
           "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
           "autoEventFilter": [ # Used in the case of auto event tracking. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update
@@ -4217,6 +4410,32 @@ 
Method Details

           "type": "A String", # GTM Tag Type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
           "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
         },
+        "transformation": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation. # The transformation being represented by the entity.
+          "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+          "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+          "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+          "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+            { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+              "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            },
+          ],
+          "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+          "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+          "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+          "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+          "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+          "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+        },
         "trigger": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger # The trigger being represented by the entity.
           "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
           "autoEventFilter": [ # Used in the case of auto event tracking. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..89d090a4991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+
+
+
+
Tag Manager API . accounts . containers . workspaces . transformations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Creates a GTM Transformation.

+

+  delete(path, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a GTM Transformation.

+

+  get(path, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets a GTM Transformation.

+

+  list(parent, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists all GTM Transformations of a GTM container workspace.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  revert(path, fingerprint=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Reverts changes to a GTM Transformation in a GTM Workspace.

+

+  update(path, body=None, fingerprint=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates a GTM Transformation.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Creates a GTM Transformation.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, GTM Workspace's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+  "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+  "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+  "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+      "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  ],
+  "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+  "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+  "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+  "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+  "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+  "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+  "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+      "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  ],
+  "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+  "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+  "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+  "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+}

+

+
+

+    delete(path, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a GTM Transformation.
+
+Args:
+  path: string, GTM Transformation's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/transformations/{transformation_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+

+

+
+

+    get(path, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets a GTM Transformation.
+
+Args:
+  path: string, GTM Transformation's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/transformations/{transformation_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+  "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+  "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+  "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+      "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  ],
+  "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+  "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+  "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+  "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists all GTM Transformations of a GTM container workspace.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, GTM Workspace's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id} (required)
+  pageToken: string, Continuation token for fetching the next page of results.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Continuation token for fetching the next page of results.
+  "transformation": [ # All GTM Transformations of a GTM Container.
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+      "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+      "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+      "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+      "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+        { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+          "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      ],
+      "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+      "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+      "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+      "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+      "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+

+    revert(path, fingerprint=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Reverts changes to a GTM Transformation in a GTM Workspace.
+
+Args:
+  path: string, GTM Transformation's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/transformations/{transformation_id} (required)
+  fingerprint: string, When provided, this fingerprint must match the fingerprint of the transformation in storage.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The result of reverting a transformation in a workspace.
+  "transformation": { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation. # Transformation as it appears in the latest container version since the last workspace synchronization operation. If no transformation is present, that means the transformation was deleted in the latest container version.
+    "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+    "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+    "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+    "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+    "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+    "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+      { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+        "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          # Object with schema name: Parameter
+        ],
+        "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          # Object with schema name: Parameter
+        ],
+        "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      },
+    ],
+    "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+    "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+    "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+    "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+    "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+    "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    update(path, body=None, fingerprint=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates a GTM Transformation.
+
+Args:
+  path: string, GTM Transformation's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/transformations/{transformation_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+  "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+  "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+  "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+      "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  ],
+  "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+  "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+  "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+  "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+}
+
+  fingerprint: string, When provided, this fingerprint must match the fingerprint of the transformation in storage.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.
+  "accountId": "A String", # GTM Account ID.
+  "containerId": "A String", # GTM Container ID.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.
+  "name": "A String", # Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "notes": "A String", # User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "parameter": [ # The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+      "key": "A String", # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      "list": [ # This list parameter's parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      "map": [ # This map parameter's parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      "type": "A String", # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as 'true' or 'false' - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      "value": "A String", # A parameter's value (may contain variable references such as "{{myVariable}}") as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  ],
+  "parentFolderId": "A String", # Parent folder id.
+  "path": "A String", # GTM transformation's API relative path.
+  "tagManagerUrl": "A String", # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  "transformationId": "A String", # The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.
+  "type": "A String", # Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update
+  "workspaceId": "A String", # GTM Workspace ID.
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
index cfc03f3b888..8146cd8fde5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
@@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
index 05eec7e8c41..946945ce728 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
@@ -3050,6 +3050,180 @@
                     }
                   }
                 },
+                "transformations": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "create": {
+                      "description": "Creates a GTM Transformation.",
+                      "flatPath": "tagmanager/v2/accounts/{accountsId}/containers/{containersId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}/transformations",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "GTM Workspace's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/containers/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "tagmanager/v2/{+parent}/transformations",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "Transformation"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Transformation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.edit.containers"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "delete": {
+                      "description": "Deletes a GTM Transformation.",
+                      "flatPath": "tagmanager/v2/accounts/{accountsId}/containers/{containersId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}/transformations/{transformationsId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                      "id": "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.delete",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "path"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "path": {
+                          "description": "GTM Transformation's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/transformations/{transformation_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/containers/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+/transformations/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "tagmanager/v2/{+path}",
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.edit.containers"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "get": {
+                      "description": "Gets a GTM Transformation.",
+                      "flatPath": "tagmanager/v2/accounts/{accountsId}/containers/{containersId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}/transformations/{transformationsId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.get",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "path"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "path": {
+                          "description": "GTM Transformation's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/transformations/{transformation_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/containers/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+/transformations/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "tagmanager/v2/{+path}",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Transformation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.edit.containers",
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.readonly"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "list": {
+                      "description": "Lists all GTM Transformations of a GTM container workspace.",
+                      "flatPath": "tagmanager/v2/accounts/{accountsId}/containers/{containersId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}/transformations",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.list",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "pageToken": {
+                          "description": "Continuation token for fetching the next page of results.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "GTM Workspace's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/containers/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "tagmanager/v2/{+parent}/transformations",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "ListTransformationsResponse"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.edit.containers",
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.readonly"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "revert": {
+                      "description": "Reverts changes to a GTM Transformation in a GTM Workspace.",
+                      "flatPath": "tagmanager/v2/accounts/{accountsId}/containers/{containersId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}/transformations/{transformationsId}:revert",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.revert",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "path"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "fingerprint": {
+                          "description": "When provided, this fingerprint must match the fingerprint of the transformation in storage.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "path": {
+                          "description": "GTM Transformation's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/transformations/{transformation_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/containers/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+/transformations/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "tagmanager/v2/{+path}:revert",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "RevertTransformationResponse"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.edit.containers"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "update": {
+                      "description": "Updates a GTM Transformation.",
+                      "flatPath": "tagmanager/v2/accounts/{accountsId}/containers/{containersId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}/transformations/{transformationsId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "PUT",
+                      "id": "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "path"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "fingerprint": {
+                          "description": "When provided, this fingerprint must match the fingerprint of the transformation in storage.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "path": {
+                          "description": "GTM Transformation's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/transformations/{transformation_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/containers/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+/transformations/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "tagmanager/v2/{+path}",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "Transformation"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Transformation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.edit.containers"
+                      ]
+                    }
+                  }
+                },
                 "triggers": {
                   "methods": {
                     "create": {
@@ -3716,7 +3890,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
@@ -4351,6 +4525,10 @@
           "description": "Whether this Container supports templates.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "supportTransformations": {
+          "description": "Whether this Container supports transformations.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "supportTriggers": {
           "description": "Whether this Container supports triggers.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -4464,6 +4642,13 @@
           "description": "Auto generated link to the tag manager UI",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "transformation": {
+          "description": "The transformations in the container that this version was taken from.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Transformation"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "trigger": {
           "description": "The triggers in the container that this version was taken from.",
           "items": {
@@ -4730,6 +4915,10 @@
           "$ref": "Tag",
           "description": "The tag being represented by the entity."
         },
+        "transformation": {
+          "$ref": "Transformation",
+          "description": "The transformation being represented by the entity."
+        },
         "trigger": {
           "$ref": "Trigger",
           "description": "The trigger being represented by the entity."
@@ -5210,6 +5399,23 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ListTransformationsResponse": {
+      "id": "ListTransformationsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "Continuation token for fetching the next page of results.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "transformation": {
+          "description": "All GTM Transformations of a GTM Container.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Transformation"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ListTriggersResponse": {
       "description": "List triggers response.",
       "id": "ListTriggersResponse",
@@ -5466,6 +5672,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "RevertTransformationResponse": {
+      "description": "The result of reverting a transformation in a workspace.",
+      "id": "RevertTransformationResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "transformation": {
+          "$ref": "Transformation",
+          "description": "Transformation as it appears in the latest container version since the last workspace synchronization operation. If no transformation is present, that means the transformation was deleted in the latest container version."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "RevertTriggerResponse": {
       "description": "The result of reverting a trigger in a workspace.",
       "id": "RevertTriggerResponse",
@@ -5748,6 +5965,76 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Transformation": {
+      "description": "Represents a Google Tag Manager Transformation.",
+      "id": "Transformation",
+      "properties": {
+        "accountId": {
+          "description": "GTM Account ID.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "containerId": {
+          "description": "GTM Container ID.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "fingerprint": {
+          "description": "The fingerprint of the GTM Transformation as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the transformation is modified.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "annotations": {
+            "required": [
+              "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create",
+              "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update"
+            ]
+          },
+          "description": "Transformation display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "notes": {
+          "description": "User notes on how to apply this transformation in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "parameter": {
+          "description": "The transformation's parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Parameter"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "parentFolderId": {
+          "description": "Parent folder id.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "path": {
+          "description": "GTM transformation's API relative path.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "tagManagerUrl": {
+          "description": "Auto generated link to the tag manager UI",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "transformationId": {
+          "description": "The Transformation ID uniquely identifies the GTM transformation.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "annotations": {
+            "required": [
+              "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create",
+              "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update"
+            ]
+          },
+          "description": "Transformation type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.transformations.update",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "workspaceId": {
+          "description": "GTM Workspace ID.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Trigger": {
       "description": "Represents a Google Tag Manager Trigger",
       "id": "Trigger",

From ab107b66f133cebc45e5483ba5fb1ea5514cca23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 50/53] feat(transcoder): update the api

#### transcoder:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.DashConfig (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.Manifest.properties.dash.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...er_v1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html | 12 +++++++++
 ...transcoder_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html | 12 +++++++++
 .../documents/transcoder.v1.json              | 27 ++++++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 50 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html
index c91c649b814..292865c65a6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html
@@ -272,6 +272,9 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "manifests": [ # List of output manifests.
       { # Manifest configuration.
+        "dash": { # `DASH` manifest configuration. # `DASH` manifest configuration.
+          "segmentReferenceScheme": "A String", # The segment reference scheme for a `DASH` manifest. The default is `SEGMENT_LIST`
+        },
         "fileName": "A String", # The name of the generated file. The default is `manifest` with the extension suffix corresponding to the `Manifest.type`.
         "muxStreams": [ # Required. List of user given `MuxStream.key`s that should appear in this manifest. When `Manifest.type` is `HLS`, a media manifest with name `MuxStream.key` and `.m3u8` extension is generated for each element of the `Manifest.mux_streams`.
           "A String",
@@ -530,6 +533,9 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "manifests": [ # List of output manifests.
       { # Manifest configuration.
+        "dash": { # `DASH` manifest configuration. # `DASH` manifest configuration.
+          "segmentReferenceScheme": "A String", # The segment reference scheme for a `DASH` manifest. The default is `SEGMENT_LIST`
+        },
         "fileName": "A String", # The name of the generated file. The default is `manifest` with the extension suffix corresponding to the `Manifest.type`.
         "muxStreams": [ # Required. List of user given `MuxStream.key`s that should appear in this manifest. When `Manifest.type` is `HLS`, a media manifest with name `MuxStream.key` and `.m3u8` extension is generated for each element of the `Manifest.mux_streams`.
           "A String",
@@ -813,6 +819,9 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "manifests": [ # List of output manifests.
       { # Manifest configuration.
+        "dash": { # `DASH` manifest configuration. # `DASH` manifest configuration.
+          "segmentReferenceScheme": "A String", # The segment reference scheme for a `DASH` manifest. The default is `SEGMENT_LIST`
+        },
         "fileName": "A String", # The name of the generated file. The default is `manifest` with the extension suffix corresponding to the `Manifest.type`.
         "muxStreams": [ # Required. List of user given `MuxStream.key`s that should appear in this manifest. When `Manifest.type` is `HLS`, a media manifest with name `MuxStream.key` and `.m3u8` extension is generated for each element of the `Manifest.mux_streams`.
           "A String",
@@ -1083,6 +1092,9 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "manifests": [ # List of output manifests.
           { # Manifest configuration.
+            "dash": { # `DASH` manifest configuration. # `DASH` manifest configuration.
+              "segmentReferenceScheme": "A String", # The segment reference scheme for a `DASH` manifest. The default is `SEGMENT_LIST`
+            },
             "fileName": "A String", # The name of the generated file. The default is `manifest` with the extension suffix corresponding to the `Manifest.type`.
             "muxStreams": [ # Required. List of user given `MuxStream.key`s that should appear in this manifest. When `Manifest.type` is `HLS`, a media manifest with name `MuxStream.key` and `.m3u8` extension is generated for each element of the `Manifest.mux_streams`.
               "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
index a3e2faae445..a1b4c97385d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
@@ -272,6 +272,9 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "manifests": [ # List of output manifests.
       { # Manifest configuration.
+        "dash": { # `DASH` manifest configuration. # `DASH` manifest configuration.
+          "segmentReferenceScheme": "A String", # The segment reference scheme for a `DASH` manifest. The default is `SEGMENT_LIST`
+        },
         "fileName": "A String", # The name of the generated file. The default is `manifest` with the extension suffix corresponding to the `Manifest.type`.
         "muxStreams": [ # Required. List of user given `MuxStream.key`s that should appear in this manifest. When `Manifest.type` is `HLS`, a media manifest with name `MuxStream.key` and `.m3u8` extension is generated for each element of the `Manifest.mux_streams`.
           "A String",
@@ -547,6 +550,9 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "manifests": [ # List of output manifests.
       { # Manifest configuration.
+        "dash": { # `DASH` manifest configuration. # `DASH` manifest configuration.
+          "segmentReferenceScheme": "A String", # The segment reference scheme for a `DASH` manifest. The default is `SEGMENT_LIST`
+        },
         "fileName": "A String", # The name of the generated file. The default is `manifest` with the extension suffix corresponding to the `Manifest.type`.
         "muxStreams": [ # Required. List of user given `MuxStream.key`s that should appear in this manifest. When `Manifest.type` is `HLS`, a media manifest with name `MuxStream.key` and `.m3u8` extension is generated for each element of the `Manifest.mux_streams`.
           "A String",
@@ -848,6 +854,9 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "manifests": [ # List of output manifests.
       { # Manifest configuration.
+        "dash": { # `DASH` manifest configuration. # `DASH` manifest configuration.
+          "segmentReferenceScheme": "A String", # The segment reference scheme for a `DASH` manifest. The default is `SEGMENT_LIST`
+        },
         "fileName": "A String", # The name of the generated file. The default is `manifest` with the extension suffix corresponding to the `Manifest.type`.
         "muxStreams": [ # Required. List of user given `MuxStream.key`s that should appear in this manifest. When `Manifest.type` is `HLS`, a media manifest with name `MuxStream.key` and `.m3u8` extension is generated for each element of the `Manifest.mux_streams`.
           "A String",
@@ -1136,6 +1145,9 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "manifests": [ # List of output manifests.
           { # Manifest configuration.
+            "dash": { # `DASH` manifest configuration. # `DASH` manifest configuration.
+              "segmentReferenceScheme": "A String", # The segment reference scheme for a `DASH` manifest. The default is `SEGMENT_LIST`
+            },
             "fileName": "A String", # The name of the generated file. The default is `manifest` with the extension suffix corresponding to the `Manifest.type`.
             "muxStreams": [ # Required. List of user given `MuxStream.key`s that should appear in this manifest. When `Manifest.type` is `HLS`, a media manifest with name `MuxStream.key` and `.m3u8` extension is generated for each element of the `Manifest.mux_streams`.
               "A String",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json
index 95babdc4206..6ab878678f4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://transcoder.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdBreak": {
@@ -653,6 +653,27 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "DashConfig": {
+      "description": "`DASH` manifest configuration.",
+      "id": "DashConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "segmentReferenceScheme": {
+          "description": "The segment reference scheme for a `DASH` manifest. The default is `SEGMENT_LIST`",
+          "enum": [
+            "SEGMENT_REFERENCE_SCHEME_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "SEGMENT_LIST",
+            "SEGMENT_TEMPLATE_NUMBER"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The segment reference scheme is not specified.",
+            "Lists the URLs of media files for each segment.",
+            "Lists each segment from a template with $Number$ variable."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Deblock": {
       "description": "Deblock preprocessing configuration. **Note:** This configuration is not supported.",
       "id": "Deblock",
@@ -1230,6 +1251,10 @@
       "description": "Manifest configuration.",
       "id": "Manifest",
       "properties": {
+        "dash": {
+          "$ref": "DashConfig",
+          "description": "`DASH` manifest configuration."
+        },
         "fileName": {
           "description": "The name of the generated file. The default is `manifest` with the extension suffix corresponding to the `Manifest.type`.",
           "type": "string"

From 580d5fbf5169b2bfdc8ddfa8f29c7e69e029db22 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 51/53] feat(workflowexecutions): update the api

#### workflowexecutions:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.TriggerPubsubExecutionRequest.properties.deliveryAttempt (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...workflowexecutions_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html | 1 +
 .../discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json   | 7 ++++++-
 .../documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json               | 2 +-
 3 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/workflowexecutions_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html b/docs/dyn/workflowexecutions_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html
index 96f0fcd9b96..c9d52780585 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workflowexecutions_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workflowexecutions_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html
@@ -102,6 +102,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request for the TriggerPubsubExecution method.
   "GCPCloudEventsMode": "A String", # Required. LINT: LEGACY_NAMES The query parameter value for __GCP_CloudEventsMode, set by the Eventarc service when configuring triggers.
+  "deliveryAttempt": 42, # The number of attempts that have been made to deliver this message. This is set by Pub/Sub for subscriptions that have the "dead letter" feature enabled, and hence provided here for compatibility, but is ignored by Workflows.
   "message": { # A message that is published by publishers and consumed by subscribers. The message must contain either a non-empty data field or at least one attribute. Note that client libraries represent this object differently depending on the language. See the corresponding [client library documentation](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/libraries) for more information. See [quotas and limits] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/quotas) for more information about message limits. # Required. The message of the Pub/Sub push notification.
     "attributes": { # Attributes for this message. If this field is empty, the message must contain non-empty data. This can be used to filter messages on the subscription.
       "a_key": "A String",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
index ab46750f4c2..a9547534c2b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelExecutionRequest": {
@@ -605,6 +605,11 @@
           "description": "Required. LINT: LEGACY_NAMES The query parameter value for __GCP_CloudEventsMode, set by the Eventarc service when configuring triggers.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "deliveryAttempt": {
+          "description": "The number of attempts that have been made to deliver this message. This is set by Pub/Sub for subscriptions that have the \"dead letter\" feature enabled, and hence provided here for compatibility, but is ignored by Workflows.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
         "message": {
           "$ref": "PubsubMessage",
           "description": "Required. The message of the Pub/Sub push notification."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
index 3e9ab744ff8..c01ff21ba20 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelExecutionRequest": {

From 47badf1a0d39201e5a854f8c686dc045d1b27f61 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 52/53] feat(workloadmanager): update the api

#### workloadmanager:v1

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.SqlserverValidationValidationDetail.properties.details (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.SqlserverValidationValidationDetail.properties.instanceId.type (Total Keys: 1)

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.rules.methods.list.parameters.customRulesBucket (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Evaluation.properties.customRulesBucket.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Insight.properties.instanceId.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.SqlserverValidationValidationDetail.properties.fields (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...ger_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.html | 21 +++++----
 ...anager_v1.projects.locations.insights.html |  6 +--
 ...admanager_v1.projects.locations.rules.html |  5 +-
 .../documents/workloadmanager.v1.json         | 47 ++++++++++++++-----
 4 files changed, 52 insertions(+), 27 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.html
index fab4944869e..226bd7ab839 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.evaluations.html
@@ -109,8 +109,9 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Message describing Evaluation object
+{ # LINT.IfChange Message describing Evaluation object
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "customRulesBucket": "A String", # The Cloud Storage bucket name for custom rules.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the Evaluation
   "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs
     "a_key": "A String",
@@ -133,7 +134,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "resourceStatus": { # Message describing resource status # Output only. [Output only] The updated rule ids if exist.
-    "rulesNewerVersions": [ # the new version of rule id if exists
+    "rulesNewerVersions": [ # Historical: Used before 2023-05-22 the new version of rule id if exists
       "A String",
     ],
     "state": "A String", # State of the resource
@@ -144,7 +145,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "ruleVersions": [ # Output only. [Output only] The updated rule ids if exist.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "schedule": "A String", # crontab format schedule for scheduled evaluation, example: 0 */3 * * *
+  "schedule": "A String", # crontab format schedule for scheduled evaluation, currently only support the following schedule: "0 */1 * * *", "0 */6 * * *", "0 */12 * * *", "0 0 */1 * *", "0 0 */7 * *",
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
 }
 
@@ -193,8 +194,9 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Message describing Evaluation object
+    { # LINT.IfChange Message describing Evaluation object
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "customRulesBucket": "A String", # The Cloud Storage bucket name for custom rules.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the Evaluation
   "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs
     "a_key": "A String",
@@ -217,7 +219,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "resourceStatus": { # Message describing resource status # Output only. [Output only] The updated rule ids if exist.
-    "rulesNewerVersions": [ # the new version of rule id if exists
+    "rulesNewerVersions": [ # Historical: Used before 2023-05-22 the new version of rule id if exists
       "A String",
     ],
     "state": "A String", # State of the resource
@@ -228,7 +230,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "ruleVersions": [ # Output only. [Output only] The updated rule ids if exist.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "schedule": "A String", # crontab format schedule for scheduled evaluation, example: 0 */3 * * *
+  "schedule": "A String", # crontab format schedule for scheduled evaluation, currently only support the following schedule: "0 */1 * * *", "0 */6 * * *", "0 */12 * * *", "0 0 */1 * *", "0 0 */7 * *",
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
 }

 

@@ -253,8 +255,9 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Message for response to listing Evaluations
   "evaluations": [ # The list of Evaluation
-    { # Message describing Evaluation object
+    { # LINT.IfChange Message describing Evaluation object
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+      "customRulesBucket": "A String", # The Cloud Storage bucket name for custom rules.
       "description": "A String", # Description of the Evaluation
       "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -277,7 +280,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
       },
       "resourceStatus": { # Message describing resource status # Output only. [Output only] The updated rule ids if exist.
-        "rulesNewerVersions": [ # the new version of rule id if exists
+        "rulesNewerVersions": [ # Historical: Used before 2023-05-22 the new version of rule id if exists
           "A String",
         ],
         "state": "A String", # State of the resource
@@ -288,7 +291,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "ruleVersions": [ # Output only. [Output only] The updated rule ids if exist.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "schedule": "A String", # crontab format schedule for scheduled evaluation, example: 0 */3 * * *
+      "schedule": "A String", # crontab format schedule for scheduled evaluation, currently only support the following schedule: "0 */1 * * *", "0 */6 * * *", "0 */12 * * *", "0 0 */1 * *", "0 0 */7 * *",
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.insights.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.insights.html
index afb14526f1b..b957a445f1e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.insights.html
@@ -97,7 +97,8 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request for sending the data insights.
   "insight": { # A presentation of host resource usage where the workload runs. # Required. The metrics data details.
-    "sapDiscovery": { # The schema of SAP system discovery data. # The insights data for sap system discovery. This is a copy of SAP System proto and should get updated whenever that one changes.
+    "instanceId": "A String", # Required. The instance id where the insight is generated from
+    "sapDiscovery": { # LINT.IfChange The schema of SAP system discovery data. # The insights data for sap system discovery. This is a copy of SAP System proto and should get updated whenever that one changes.
       "applicationLayer": { # Message describing the system component. # An SAP system may run without an application layer.
         "applicationType": "A String", # The component is a SAP application.
         "databaseType": "A String", # The component is a SAP database.
@@ -156,10 +157,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "agentVersion": "A String", # The agent version collected this data point
       "validationDetails": [ # A list of SqlServer validation metrics data.
         { # Message describing the Sqlserver validation metrics.
-          "details": { # The pairs of metrics data: field name & field value.
+          "fields": { #  pairs of metrics data: column name & column value.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
-          "instanceId": "A String", # The instance id where the ValidationDetail is generated from
           "type": "A String", # The Sqlserver system that the validation data is from.
         },
       ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.rules.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.rules.html
index 4eb90de4d5c..2570b02cbcd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.rules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.rules.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

-  list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+  list(parent, customRulesBucket=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Lists rules in a given project.

 

   list_next()

@@ -90,11 +90,12 @@ 
Method Details
- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, customRulesBucket=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Lists rules in a given project.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The [project] on which to execute the request. The format is: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location} Currently, the pre-defined rules are global available to all projects and all regions (required)
+  customRulesBucket: string, The Cloud Storage bucket name for custom rules.
   filter: string, Filter based on primary_category, secondary_category
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
   pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json
index 4ce251f8295..25304508cfa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json
@@ -663,6 +663,11 @@
                     "parent"
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
+                    "customRulesBucket": {
+                      "description": "The Cloud Storage bucket name for custom rules.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
                     "filter": {
                       "description": "Filter based on primary_category, secondary_category",
                       "location": "query",
@@ -702,7 +707,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230503",
+  "revision": "20230605",
   "rootUrl": "https://workloadmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
@@ -718,7 +723,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Evaluation": {
-      "description": "Message describing Evaluation object",
+      "description": "LINT.IfChange Message describing Evaluation object",
       "id": "Evaluation",
       "properties": {
         "createTime": {
@@ -727,6 +732,10 @@
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "customRulesBucket": {
+          "description": "The Cloud Storage bucket name for custom rules.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "description": {
           "description": "Description of the Evaluation",
           "type": "string"
@@ -767,7 +776,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "schedule": {
-          "description": "crontab format schedule for scheduled evaluation, example: 0 */3 * * *",
+          "description": "crontab format schedule for scheduled evaluation, currently only support the following schedule: \"0 */1 * * *\", \"0 */6 * * *\", \"0 */12 * * *\", \"0 0 */1 * *\", \"0 0 */7 * *\",",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "updateTime": {
@@ -900,6 +909,10 @@
       "description": "A presentation of host resource usage where the workload runs.",
       "id": "Insight",
       "properties": {
+        "instanceId": {
+          "description": "Required. The instance id where the insight is generated from",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "sapDiscovery": {
           "$ref": "SapDiscovery",
           "description": "The insights data for sap system discovery. This is a copy of SAP System proto and should get updated whenever that one changes."
@@ -1230,7 +1243,7 @@
       "id": "ResourceStatus",
       "properties": {
         "rulesNewerVersions": {
-          "description": "the new version of rule id if exists",
+          "description": "Historical: Used before 2023-05-22 the new version of rule id if exists",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -1323,7 +1336,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SapDiscovery": {
-      "description": "The schema of SAP system discovery data.",
+      "description": "LINT.IfChange The schema of SAP system discovery data.",
       "id": "SapDiscovery",
       "properties": {
         "applicationLayer": {
@@ -1527,28 +1540,36 @@
       "description": "Message describing the Sqlserver validation metrics.",
       "id": "SqlserverValidationValidationDetail",
       "properties": {
-        "details": {
+        "fields": {
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "The pairs of metrics data: field name & field value.",
+          "description": " pairs of metrics data: column name & column value.",
           "type": "object"
         },
-        "instanceId": {
-          "description": "The instance id where the ValidationDetail is generated from",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
         "type": {
           "description": "The Sqlserver system that the validation data is from.",
           "enum": [
             "SQLSERVER_VALIDATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "OS",
-            "DB"
+            "DB_LOG_DISK_SEPARATION",
+            "DB_MAX_PARALLELISM",
+            "DB_CXPACKET_WAITS",
+            "DB_TRANSACTION_LOG_HANDLING",
+            "DB_VIRTUAL_LOG_FILE_COUNT",
+            "DB_BUFFER_POOL_EXTENSION",
+            "DB_MAX_SERVER_MEMORY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unspecified type.",
             "The Sqlserver system named OS",
-            "The Sqlserver system named DB"
+            "The LOG_DISK_SEPARATION table",
+            "The MAX_PARALLELISM table",
+            "The CXPACKET_WAITS table",
+            "The TRANSACTION_LOG_HANDLING table",
+            "The VIRTUAL_LOG_FILE_COUNT table",
+            "The BUFFER_POOL_EXTENSION table",
+            "The MAX_SERVER_MEMORY table"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }

From dcbd5e1a974bbfcf9e7fdc819974ae646d1ad94e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 14:55:14 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 53/53] chore(docs): Add new discovery artifacts and artifacts
 with minor updates

---
 ...admin_reports_v1.customerUsageReports.html |   2 +-
 .../admin_reports_v1.entityUsageReports.html  |   2 +-
 .../dyn/admin_reports_v1.userUsageReport.html |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html     |   8 +
 docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html |  12 +-
 ...sadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html |  30 +-
 docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accounts.html  |   8 +-
 ...csadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html |  24 +-
 ...oidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html |   8 +-
 ..._v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html |  24 +-
 ...ations.locations.workloads.violations.html |   2 +-
 ...ta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html |  20 +-
 ...ations.locations.workloads.violations.html |   2 +-
 ...on_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html |  12 +-
 ...bleadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html |   1 +
 .../bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html  |   4 +-
 ...sinessprofileperformance_v1.locations.html |   4 +-
 ...oudsupport_v2beta.caseClassifications.html |   8 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html       |  36 +-
 docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html     |  12 +-
 ...dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html |   6 +-
 docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html           | 396 +++++++------
 .../dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html |   2 +-
 ..._v1.projects.locations.processorTypes.html |   4 +-
 ...ntai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html |  94 +--
 ...ocations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html |  46 +-
 ...ocations.processors.processorVersions.html | 114 ++--
 ...documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html |  42 +-
 ..._v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html |  42 +-
 ...documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html |   2 +-
 ...ta3.projects.locations.processorTypes.html |   4 +-
 ...projects.locations.processors.dataset.html |  12 +-
 ...v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html | 146 ++---
 ...ocations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html |  88 +--
 ...ocations.processors.processorVersions.html | 162 +++---
 docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html                |   4 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html                  |  26 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html                |   8 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html               |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html                 |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html                  |  20 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html            |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.replies.html                |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.revisions.html              |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.teamdrives.html             |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2.labels.html           | 170 +++---
 docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2beta.labels.html       | 170 +++---
 docs/dyn/fcm_v1.projects.messages.html        |   4 +-
 ...store_v1.projects.databases.documents.html |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.html |   8 +-
 ..._v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html | 542 ++++++++----------
 docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html       |   4 +-
 ...ooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html |   6 +-
 ...books_v1.projects.locations.instances.html |  30 +-
 ...ebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html |  12 +-
 ...books_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html |  12 +-
 ...servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html |  44 +-
 docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html   |  11 +-
 docs/dyn/storage_v1.objectAccessControls.html |  12 +-
 docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html              |  28 +-
 .../streetviewpublish_v1.photoSequences.html  |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html     |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/vision_v1.files.html                 |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/vision_v1.images.html                |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.files.html        |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.images.html       |   2 +-
 .../vision_v1.projects.locations.files.html   |   2 +-
 .../vision_v1.projects.locations.images.html  |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.files.html          |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.images.html         |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.files.html |   2 +-
 .../dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.images.html |   2 +-
 ...on_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.files.html |   2 +-
 ...n_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.images.html |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.files.html          |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.images.html         |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.files.html |   2 +-
 .../dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.images.html |   2 +-
 ...on_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.files.html |   2 +-
 ...n_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.images.html |   2 +-
 .../acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/accessapproval.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json          |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json      |   2 +-
 .../documents/admin.directory_v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/admin.reports_v1.json           |   8 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/admob.v1beta.json               |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json |  26 +-
 .../documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json     |  16 +-
 .../documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json      |   6 +-
 .../documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/analyticshub.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json       |   2 +-
 .../androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/androidenterprise.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/androidmanagement.v1.json       |   4 +-
 .../documents/apigateway.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/apigateway.v1beta.json          |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/appengine.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/appengine.v1alpha.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/appengine.v1beta.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/artifactregistry.v1.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json        |   8 +-
 .../documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json   |   8 +-
 .../authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json     |   4 +-
 .../documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json           |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../businessprofileperformance.v1.json        |   8 +-
 .../documents/chromemanagement.v1.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/chromepolicy.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/classroom.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudbuild.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudkms.v1.json                |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json    |   2 +-
 .../cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudshell.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json        |   8 +-
 .../documents/cloudtrace.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudtrace.v2.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/composer.v1.json                |   2 +-
 .../documents/composer.v1beta1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/containeranalysis.v1.json       |  30 +-
 .../documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json |  30 +-
 .../documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json  |  30 +-
 .../documents/customsearch.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/dataflow.v1b3.json              |  14 +-
 .../documents/dataform.v1beta1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/datalineage.v1.json             |   2 +-
 .../documents/datamigration.v1.json           |   8 +-
 .../documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json      |   2 +-
 .../documents/datapipelines.v1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/datastore.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/datastore.v1beta1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/datastore.v1beta3.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json     |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json     |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/dns.v1beta2.json                |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/documentai.v1.json              |  76 +--
 .../documents/documentai.v1beta2.json         |  42 +-
 .../documents/documentai.v1beta3.json         |  84 +--
 .../documents/domainsrdap.v1.json             |   2 +-
 .../documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json       |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json   |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json   |  26 +-
 .../documents/driveactivity.v2.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/drivelabels.v2.json             |   4 +-
 .../documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json         |   4 +-
 .../documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json    |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json     |   4 +-
 .../documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json            |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/file.v1beta1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebase.v1beta1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebasehosting.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebaseml.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/firestore.v1.json               |   8 +-
 .../documents/firestore.v1beta1.json          |   4 +-
 .../documents/firestore.v1beta2.json          |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json   |   2 +-
 .../gamesManagement.v1management.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/gameservices.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/gameservices.v1beta.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json         |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json     |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json     |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/iamcredentials.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/iap.v1beta1.json                |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json     |   4 +-
 .../documents/indexing.v3.json                |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/kgsearch.v1.json                |   2 +-
 .../documents/kmsinventory.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/language.v1.json                |   2 +-
 .../documents/language.v1beta2.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/libraryagent.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/licensing.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/localservices.v1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/memcache.v1.json                |   2 +-
 .../documents/memcache.v1beta2.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/metastore.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/metastore.v1alpha.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/metastore.v1beta.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/monitoring.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/monitoring.v3.json              |   2 +-
 .../mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json     |   2 +-
 .../networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/networksecurity.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/networkservices.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/notebooks.v1.json               |  22 +-
 .../documents/notebooks.v2.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/orgpolicy.v2.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v1.json                |   2 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v1beta.json            |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/oslogin.v1beta.json             |   2 +-
 .../documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json         |   2 +-
 .../paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json      |   6 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/playcustomapp.v1.json           |   2 +-
 .../playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json      |   2 +-
 .../playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/playintegrity.v1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/policysimulator.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/privateca.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/privateca.v1beta1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/publicca.v1.json                |   2 +-
 .../documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/publicca.v1beta1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/pubsublite.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/realtimebidding.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json     |   2 +-
 .../recommendationengine.v1beta1.json         |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/redis.v1beta1.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/resourcesettings.v1.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json      |   2 +-
 .../documents/safebrowsing.v4.json            |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/searchconsole.v1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/securitycenter.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json     |   2 +-
 .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json         |  11 +-
 .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json    |  11 +-
 .../documents/servicecontrol.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/servicecontrol.v2.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/servicedirectory.v1.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/servicemanagement.v1.json       |  11 +-
 .../documents/servicenetworking.v1.json       |  11 +-
 .../documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json   |  11 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json  |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json           |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json |  42 +-
 .../documents/storagetransfer.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json       |   6 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json     |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/texttospeech.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json        |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json               |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/versionhistory.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/videointelligence.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json  |   2 +-
 .../videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json          |   2 +-
 .../videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json          |   2 +-
 .../videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json          |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json  |   4 +-
 .../documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/vmmigration.v1.json             |   2 +-
 .../documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/webfonts.v1.json                |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json      |   2 +-
 .../documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/workflows.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/workflows.v1beta.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/workstations.v1beta.json        |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/youtubereporting.v1.json        |   2 +-
 343 files changed, 1862 insertions(+), 1745 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.customerUsageReports.html b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.customerUsageReports.html
index 0a50eb61c00..29fb4eb204a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.customerUsageReports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.customerUsageReports.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Retrieves a report which is a collection of properties and statistics for a specific customer's account. For more information, see the Customers Usage Report guide. For more information about the customer report's parameters, see the Customers Usage parameters reference guides. 
 
 Args:
-  date: string, Represents the date the usage occurred, based on PST time zone. The timestamp is in the [ISO 8601 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601), `yyyy-mm-dd`. (required)
+  date: string, Represents the date the usage occurred, based on UTC-8:00 (Pacific Standard Time). The timestamp is in the [ISO 8601 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601), `yyyy-mm-dd`. (required)
   customerId: string, The unique ID of the customer to retrieve data for.
   pageToken: string, Token to specify next page. A report with multiple pages has a `nextPageToken` property in the response. For your follow-on requests getting all of the report's pages, enter the `nextPageToken` value in the `pageToken` query string.
   parameters: string, The `parameters` query string is a comma-separated list of event parameters that refine a report's results. The parameter is associated with a specific application. The application values for the Customers usage report include `accounts`, `app_maker`, `apps_scripts`, `calendar`, `classroom`, `cros`, `docs`, `gmail`, `gplus`, `device_management`, `meet`, and `sites`. A `parameters` query string is in the CSV form of `app_name1:param_name1, app_name2:param_name2`. *Note:* The API doesn't accept multiple values of a parameter. If a particular parameter is supplied more than once in the API request, the API only accepts the last value of that request parameter. In addition, if an invalid request parameter is supplied in the API request, the API ignores that request parameter and returns the response corresponding to the remaining valid request parameters. An example of an invalid request parameter is one that does not belong to the application. If no parameters are requested, all parameters are returned. 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.entityUsageReports.html b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.entityUsageReports.html
index dbe5003bcd0..feb780d8da2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.entityUsageReports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.entityUsageReports.html
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Method Details

     Allowed values
       gplus_communities - Returns a report on Google+ communities.
   entityKey: string, Represents the key of the object to filter the data with. It is a string which can take the value `all` to get activity events for all users, or any other value for an app-specific entity. For details on how to obtain the `entityKey` for a particular `entityType`, see the Entities Usage parameters reference guides. (required)
-  date: string, Represents the date the usage occurred. The timestamp is in the ISO 8601 format, yyyy-mm-dd. We recommend you use your account's time zone for this. (required)
+  date: string, Represents the date the usage occurred, based on UTC-8:00 (Pacific Standard Time). The timestamp is in the [ISO 8601 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601), `yyyy-mm-dd`. (required)
   customerId: string, The unique ID of the customer to retrieve data for.
   filters: string, The `filters` query string is a comma-separated list of an application's event parameters where the parameter's value is manipulated by a relational operator. The `filters` query string includes the name of the application whose usage is returned in the report. The application values for the Entities usage report include `accounts`, `docs`, and `gmail`. Filters are in the form `[application name]:parameter name[parameter value],...`. In this example, the `<>` 'not equal to' operator is URL-encoded in the request's query string (%3C%3E): GET https://www.googleapis.com/admin/reports/v1/usage/gplus_communities/all/dates/2017-12-01 ?parameters=gplus:community_name,gplus:num_total_members &filters=gplus:num_total_members%3C%3E0 The relational operators include: - `==` - 'equal to'. - `<>` - 'not equal to'. It is URL-encoded (%3C%3E). - `<` - 'less than'. It is URL-encoded (%3C). - `<=` - 'less than or equal to'. It is URL-encoded (%3C=). - `>` - 'greater than'. It is URL-encoded (%3E). - `>=` - 'greater than or equal to'. It is URL-encoded (%3E=). Filters can only be applied to numeric parameters.
   maxResults: integer, Determines how many activity records are shown on each response page. For example, if the request sets `maxResults=1` and the report has two activities, the report has two pages. The response's `nextPageToken` property has the token to the second page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.userUsageReport.html b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.userUsageReport.html
index d96fe143ed7..6905af7e9dd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.userUsageReport.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.userUsageReport.html
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   userKey: string, Represents the profile ID or the user email for which the data should be filtered. Can be `all` for all information, or `userKey` for a user's unique Google Workspace profile ID or their primary email address. Must not be a deleted user. For a deleted user, call `users.list` in Directory API with `showDeleted=true`, then use the returned `ID` as the `userKey`. (required)
-  date: string, Represents the date the usage occurred, based on GMT-7:00 (Pacific Standard Time). The timestamp is in the [ISO 8601 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601), `yyyy-mm-dd`. (required)
+  date: string, Represents the date the usage occurred, based on UTC-8:00 (Pacific Standard Time). The timestamp is in the [ISO 8601 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601), `yyyy-mm-dd`. (required)
   customerId: string, The unique ID of the customer to retrieve data for.
   filters: string, The `filters` query string is a comma-separated list of an application's event parameters where the parameter's value is manipulated by a relational operator. The `filters` query string includes the name of the application whose usage is returned in the report. The application values for the Users Usage Report include `accounts`, `docs`, and `gmail`. Filters are in the form `[application name]:parameter name[parameter value],...`. In this example, the `<>` 'not equal to' operator is URL-encoded in the request's query string (%3C%3E): GET https://www.googleapis.com/admin/reports/v1/usage/users/all/dates/2013-03-03 ?parameters=accounts:last_login_time &filters=accounts:last_login_time%3C%3E2010-10-28T10:26:35.000Z The relational operators include: - `==` - 'equal to'. - `<>` - 'not equal to'. It is URL-encoded (%3C%3E). - `<` - 'less than'. It is URL-encoded (%3C). - `<=` - 'less than or equal to'. It is URL-encoded (%3C=). - `>` - 'greater than'. It is URL-encoded (%3E). - `>=` - 'greater than or equal to'. It is URL-encoded (%3E=). 
   groupIdFilter: string, Comma separated group ids (obfuscated) on which user activities are filtered, i.e. the response will contain activities for only those users that are a part of at least one of the group ids mentioned here. Format: "id:abc123,id:xyz456"
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html
index 65955e88d6b..39f18096c7e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html
@@ -205,6 +205,10 @@ 
Method Details

       ADS_PER_IMPRESSION - Number of ad views per impression.
       TOTAL_EARNINGS - Total earnings are the gross estimated earnings from revenue shared traffic before any parent and child account revenue share is applied.
       WEBSEARCH_RESULT_PAGES - Number of results pages.
+      FUNNEL_REQUESTS - Number of requests for non-ad units (for example a related search unit). For more information, see [Funnel requests](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586959).
+      FUNNEL_IMPRESSIONS - Number of requests for non-ad units ads that returned content that was shown to the user. For more information, see [Funnel impressions](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11585767).
+      FUNNEL_CLICKS - Number of times a user clicked on a non-ad unit, triggering further ad requests. For more information, see [Funnel clicks](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586382).
+      FUNNEL_RPM - Revenue per thousand funnel impressions. This is calculated by dividing estimated revenue by the number of funnel impressions multiplied by 1000. For more information, see [Funnel RPM](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11585979).
   orderBy: string, The name of a dimension or metric to sort the resulting report on, can be prefixed with "+" to sort ascending or "-" to sort descending. If no prefix is specified, the column is sorted ascending. (repeated)
   reportingTimeZone: string, Timezone in which to generate the report. If unspecified, this defaults to the account timezone. For more information, see [changing the time zone of your reports](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9830725).
     Allowed values
@@ -378,6 +382,10 @@ 
Method Details

       ADS_PER_IMPRESSION - Number of ad views per impression.
       TOTAL_EARNINGS - Total earnings are the gross estimated earnings from revenue shared traffic before any parent and child account revenue share is applied.
       WEBSEARCH_RESULT_PAGES - Number of results pages.
+      FUNNEL_REQUESTS - Number of requests for non-ad units (for example a related search unit). For more information, see [Funnel requests](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586959).
+      FUNNEL_IMPRESSIONS - Number of requests for non-ad units ads that returned content that was shown to the user. For more information, see [Funnel impressions](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11585767).
+      FUNNEL_CLICKS - Number of times a user clicked on a non-ad unit, triggering further ad requests. For more information, see [Funnel clicks](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586382).
+      FUNNEL_RPM - Revenue per thousand funnel impressions. This is calculated by dividing estimated revenue by the number of funnel impressions multiplied by 1000. For more information, see [Funnel RPM](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11585979).
   orderBy: string, The name of a dimension or metric to sort the resulting report on, can be prefixed with "+" to sort ascending or "-" to sort descending. If no prefix is specified, the column is sorted ascending. (repeated)
   reportingTimeZone: string, Timezone in which to generate the report. If unspecified, this defaults to the account timezone. For more information, see [changing the time zone of your reports](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9830725).
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
index c809edee89e..61cfc9c6c39 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
@@ -785,9 +785,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource.
               "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
               "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM.
-                "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
+                "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
                 "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
-                "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E"
+                "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E"
               },
             },
             "displayVideo360AdvertiserLink": { # A link between a GA4 property and a Display & Video 360 advertiser. # A snapshot of a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource in change history.
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID
               "validationEmail": "A String", # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display & Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal.
             },
-            "enhancedMeasurementSettings": { # Singleton resource under a WebDataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content. # A snapshot of EnhancedMeasurementSettings resource in change history.
+            "enhancedMeasurementSettings": { # Singleton resource under a web DataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content. # A snapshot of EnhancedMeasurementSettings resource in change history.
               "fileDownloadsEnabled": True or False, # If enabled, capture a file download event each time a link is clicked with a common document, compressed file, application, video, or audio extension.
               "formInteractionsEnabled": True or False, # If enabled, capture a form interaction event each time a visitor interacts with a form on your website. False by default.
               "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Enhanced Measurement Settings. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{data_stream}/enhancedMeasurementSettings Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000/enhancedMeasurementSettings"
@@ -1174,9 +1174,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource.
               "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
               "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM.
-                "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
+                "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
                 "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
-                "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E"
+                "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E"
               },
             },
             "displayVideo360AdvertiserLink": { # A link between a GA4 property and a Display & Video 360 advertiser. # A snapshot of a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource in change history.
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display & Video 360 Advertiser ID
               "validationEmail": "A String", # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display & Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display & Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal.
             },
-            "enhancedMeasurementSettings": { # Singleton resource under a WebDataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content. # A snapshot of EnhancedMeasurementSettings resource in change history.
+            "enhancedMeasurementSettings": { # Singleton resource under a web DataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content. # A snapshot of EnhancedMeasurementSettings resource in change history.
               "fileDownloadsEnabled": True or False, # If enabled, capture a file download event each time a link is clicked with a common document, compressed file, application, video, or audio extension.
               "formInteractionsEnabled": True or False, # If enabled, capture a form interaction event each time a visitor interacts with a form on your website. False by default.
               "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Enhanced Measurement Settings. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{data_stream}/enhancedMeasurementSettings Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000/enhancedMeasurementSettings"
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html
index 3e3dad435d0..a9b8ec11382 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html
@@ -144,9 +144,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
   "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM.
-    "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
+    "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
     "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
-    "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E"
+    "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E"
   },
 }
 
@@ -173,9 +173,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
   "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM.
-    "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
+    "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
     "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
-    "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E"
+    "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E"
   },
 }
@@ -227,9 +227,9 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. - "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" + "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated. - "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E" + "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" }, } @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Singleton resource under a WebDataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content. + { # Singleton resource under a web DataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content. "fileDownloadsEnabled": True or False, # If enabled, capture a file download event each time a link is clicked with a common document, compressed file, application, video, or audio extension. "formInteractionsEnabled": True or False, # If enabled, capture a form interaction event each time a visitor interacts with a form on your website. False by default. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Enhanced Measurement Settings. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{data_stream}/enhancedMeasurementSettings Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000/enhancedMeasurementSettings" @@ -316,9 +316,9 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. - "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" + "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated. - "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E" + "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" }, }, ], @@ -364,9 +364,9 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. - "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" + "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated. - "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E" + "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" }, } @@ -394,9 +394,9 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. - "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" + "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated. - "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E" + "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" }, } @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Singleton resource under a WebDataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content. +{ # Singleton resource under a web DataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content. "fileDownloadsEnabled": True or False, # If enabled, capture a file download event each time a link is clicked with a common document, compressed file, application, video, or audio extension. "formInteractionsEnabled": True or False, # If enabled, capture a form interaction event each time a visitor interacts with a form on your website. False by default. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Enhanced Measurement Settings. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{data_stream}/enhancedMeasurementSettings Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000/enhancedMeasurementSettings" @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Singleton resource under a WebDataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content. + { # Singleton resource under a web DataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content. "fileDownloadsEnabled": True or False, # If enabled, capture a file download event each time a link is clicked with a common document, compressed file, application, video, or audio extension. "formInteractionsEnabled": True or False, # If enabled, capture a form interaction event each time a visitor interacts with a form on your website. False by default. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Enhanced Measurement Settings. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{data_stream}/enhancedMeasurementSettings Example: "properties/1000/dataStreams/2000/enhancedMeasurementSettings" diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accounts.html index ea47f0a7a06..eed43822ad5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.accounts.html @@ -564,9 +564,9 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. - "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" + "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated. - "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E" + "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" }, }, "firebaseLink": { # A link between a GA4 property and a Firebase project. # A snapshot of a FirebaseLink resource in change history. @@ -640,9 +640,9 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. - "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" + "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated. - "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E" + "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" }, }, "firebaseLink": { # A link between a GA4 property and a Firebase project. # A snapshot of a FirebaseLink resource in change history. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html index 15695b9286a..ffa13534241 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1beta.properties.dataStreams.html @@ -130,9 +130,9 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. - "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" + "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated. - "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E" + "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" }, } @@ -159,9 +159,9 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. - "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" + "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated. - "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E" + "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" }, } @@ -213,9 +213,9 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. - "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" + "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated. - "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E" + "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" }, } @@ -253,9 +253,9 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. - "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" + "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated. - "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E" + "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" }, }, ], @@ -301,9 +301,9 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. - "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" + "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated. - "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E" + "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" }, } @@ -331,9 +331,9 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of this DataStream resource. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated. "webStreamData": { # Data specific to web streams. # Data specific to web streams. Must be populated if type is WEB_DATA_STREAM. - "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" + "defaultUri": "A String", # Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com" "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated. - "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E" + "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html index 53ea9173e43..150d6739675 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@

Method Details

}, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. "policyEnforcementRules": [ # Rules that define the behavior when a particular policy can not be applied on device - { # A rule that defines the actions to take if a device or work profile is not compliant with the policy specified in settingName. + { # A rule that defines the actions to take if a device or work profile is not compliant with the policy specified in settingName. In the case of multiple matching or multiple triggered enforcement rules, a merge will occur with the most severe action being taken. However, all triggered rules are still kept track of: this includes initial trigger time and all associated non-compliance details. In the situation where the most severe enforcement rule is satisfied, the next most appropriate action is applied. "blockAction": { # An action to block access to apps and data on a fully managed device or in a work profile. This action also triggers a device or work profile to displays a user-facing notification with information (where possible) on how to correct the compliance issue. Note: wipeAction must also be specified. # An action to block access to apps and data on a company owned device or in a work profile. This action also triggers a user-facing notification with information (where possible) on how to correct the compliance issue. Note: wipeAction must also be specified. "blockAfterDays": 42, # Number of days the policy is non-compliant before the device or work profile is blocked. To block access immediately, set to 0. blockAfterDays must be less than wipeAfterDays. "blockScope": "A String", # Specifies the scope of this BlockAction. Only applicable to devices that are company-owned. @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@

Method Details

}, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. "policyEnforcementRules": [ # Rules that define the behavior when a particular policy can not be applied on device - { # A rule that defines the actions to take if a device or work profile is not compliant with the policy specified in settingName. + { # A rule that defines the actions to take if a device or work profile is not compliant with the policy specified in settingName. In the case of multiple matching or multiple triggered enforcement rules, a merge will occur with the most severe action being taken. However, all triggered rules are still kept track of: this includes initial trigger time and all associated non-compliance details. In the situation where the most severe enforcement rule is satisfied, the next most appropriate action is applied. "blockAction": { # An action to block access to apps and data on a fully managed device or in a work profile. This action also triggers a device or work profile to displays a user-facing notification with information (where possible) on how to correct the compliance issue. Note: wipeAction must also be specified. # An action to block access to apps and data on a company owned device or in a work profile. This action also triggers a user-facing notification with information (where possible) on how to correct the compliance issue. Note: wipeAction must also be specified. "blockAfterDays": 42, # Number of days the policy is non-compliant before the device or work profile is blocked. To block access immediately, set to 0. blockAfterDays must be less than wipeAfterDays. "blockScope": "A String", # Specifies the scope of this BlockAction. Only applicable to devices that are company-owned. @@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@

Method Details

}, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. "policyEnforcementRules": [ # Rules that define the behavior when a particular policy can not be applied on device - { # A rule that defines the actions to take if a device or work profile is not compliant with the policy specified in settingName. + { # A rule that defines the actions to take if a device or work profile is not compliant with the policy specified in settingName. In the case of multiple matching or multiple triggered enforcement rules, a merge will occur with the most severe action being taken. However, all triggered rules are still kept track of: this includes initial trigger time and all associated non-compliance details. In the situation where the most severe enforcement rule is satisfied, the next most appropriate action is applied. "blockAction": { # An action to block access to apps and data on a fully managed device or in a work profile. This action also triggers a device or work profile to displays a user-facing notification with information (where possible) on how to correct the compliance issue. Note: wipeAction must also be specified. # An action to block access to apps and data on a company owned device or in a work profile. This action also triggers a user-facing notification with information (where possible) on how to correct the compliance issue. Note: wipeAction must also be specified. "blockAfterDays": 42, # Number of days the policy is non-compliant before the device or work profile is blocked. To block access immediately, set to 0. blockAfterDays must be less than wipeAfterDays. "blockScope": "A String", # Specifies the scope of this BlockAction. Only applicable to devices that are company-owned. @@ -1529,7 +1529,7 @@

Method Details

}, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. "policyEnforcementRules": [ # Rules that define the behavior when a particular policy can not be applied on device - { # A rule that defines the actions to take if a device or work profile is not compliant with the policy specified in settingName. + { # A rule that defines the actions to take if a device or work profile is not compliant with the policy specified in settingName. In the case of multiple matching or multiple triggered enforcement rules, a merge will occur with the most severe action being taken. However, all triggered rules are still kept track of: this includes initial trigger time and all associated non-compliance details. In the situation where the most severe enforcement rule is satisfied, the next most appropriate action is applied. "blockAction": { # An action to block access to apps and data on a fully managed device or in a work profile. This action also triggers a device or work profile to displays a user-facing notification with information (where possible) on how to correct the compliance issue. Note: wipeAction must also be specified. # An action to block access to apps and data on a company owned device or in a work profile. This action also triggers a user-facing notification with information (where possible) on how to correct the compliance issue. Note: wipeAction must also be specified. "blockAfterDays": 42, # Number of days the policy is non-compliant before the device or work profile is blocked. To block access immediately, set to 0. blockAfterDays must be less than wipeAfterDays. "blockScope": "A String", # Specifies the scope of this BlockAction. Only applicable to devices that are company-owned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html index 29dad431a43..1f0e4c1de10 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html @@ -125,8 +125,8 @@

Method Details

"billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. - "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload. - "activeViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged. + "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment." "A String", @@ -244,8 +244,8 @@

Method Details

"billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. - "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload. - "activeViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged. + "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment." "A String", @@ -321,8 +321,8 @@

Method Details

"billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. - "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload. - "activeViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged. + "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment." "A String", @@ -420,8 +420,8 @@

Method Details

"billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. - "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload. - "activeViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged. + "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment." "A String", @@ -486,8 +486,8 @@

Method Details

"billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. - "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload. - "activeViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged. + "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment." "A String", @@ -551,8 +551,8 @@

Method Details

"billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. The billing account used for the resources which are direct children of workload. This billing account is initially associated with the resources created as part of Workload creation. After the initial creation of these resources, the customer can change the assigned billing account. The resource name has the form `billingAccounts/{billing_account_id}`. For example, `billingAccounts/012345-567890-ABCDEF`. "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. - "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload. - "activeViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged. + "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment." "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html index be8aac71c98..c74915f8ec9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 4 +{ # Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 5 "comment": "A String", # Required. Business justification explaining the need for violation acknowledgement "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field is deprecated and will be removed in future version of the API. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted in this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name} } diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html index 615257de63b..1c98ad23895 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@

Method Details

}, "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. - "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload. - "activeViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged. + "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment." "A String", @@ -284,8 +284,8 @@

Method Details

}, "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. - "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload. - "activeViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged. + "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment." "A String", @@ -393,8 +393,8 @@

Method Details

}, "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. - "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload. - "activeViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged. + "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment." "A String", @@ -507,8 +507,8 @@

Method Details

}, "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. - "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload. - "activeViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged. + "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment." "A String", @@ -604,8 +604,8 @@

Method Details

}, "complianceRegime": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload. "complianceStatus": { # Represents the Compliance Status of this workload # Output only. Count of active Violations in the Workload. - "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload. - "activeViolationCount": 42, # Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged. + "acknowledgedViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged. + "activeViolationCount": 42, # Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged. }, "compliantButDisallowedServices": [ # Output only. Urls for services which are compliant for this Assured Workload, but which are currently disallowed by the ResourceUsageRestriction org policy. Invoke RestrictAllowedResources endpoint to allow your project developers to use these services in their environment." "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html index 0f138332504..0d6630c2892 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.violations.html @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 4 +{ # Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 5 "comment": "A String", # Required. Business justification explaining the need for violation acknowledgement "nonCompliantOrgPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field is deprecated and will be removed in future version of the API. Name of the OrgPolicy which was modified with non-compliant change and resulted in this violation. Format: projects/{project_number}/policies/{constraint_name} folders/{folder_id}/policies/{constraint_name} organizations/{organization_id}/policies/{constraint_name} } diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html index 65cb1fa8725..221418b13dc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

"ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most. "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters. - "slotCapacity": "A String", # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details. + "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation. } @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most. "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters. - "slotCapacity": "A String", # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details. + "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation. } @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

"ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most. "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters. - "slotCapacity": "A String", # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details. + "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation. } @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@

Method Details

"ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most. "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters. - "slotCapacity": "A String", # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details. + "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation. }, ], @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@

Method Details

"ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most. "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters. - "slotCapacity": "A String", # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details. + "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation. } @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@

Method Details

"ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most. "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field. "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters. - "slotCapacity": "A String", # Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details. + "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html index fb33b682c1e..aec010fa5e3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html @@ -644,6 +644,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ModifyColumnFamilies + "ignoreWarnings": True or False, # If true, ignore safety checks when modifying the column families. "modifications": [ # Required. Modifications to be atomically applied to the specified table's families. Entries are applied in order, meaning that earlier modifications can be masked by later ones (in the case of repeated updates to the same family, for example). { # A create, update, or delete of a particular column family. "create": { # A set of columns within a table which share a common configuration. # Create a new column family with the specified schema, or fail if one already exists with the given ID. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html index a70f556fe3f..4487f0c246d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A resource that represents Google Cloud location. + { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location. "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo". "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"} "a_key": "A String", @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response message for Locations.ListLocations. "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request. - { # A resource that represents Google Cloud location. + { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location. "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo". "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"} "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/businessprofileperformance_v1.locations.html b/docs/dyn/businessprofileperformance_v1.locations.html index c09d7a0aead..c5ffe394d0c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/businessprofileperformance_v1.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/businessprofileperformance_v1.locations.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Method Details

BUSINESS_DIRECTION_REQUESTS - The number of times a direction request was requested to the business location. CALL_CLICKS - The number of times the business profile call button was clicked. WEBSITE_CLICKS - The number of times the business profile website was clicked. - BUSINESS_BOOKINGS - The number of bookings received from the business profile. + BUSINESS_BOOKINGS - The number of bookings made from the business profile via Reserve with Google. BUSINESS_FOOD_ORDERS - The number of food orders received from the business profile. BUSINESS_FOOD_MENU_CLICKS - The number of clicks to view or interact with the menu content on the business profile. Multiple clicks by a unique user within a single day are counted as 1. dailyRange_endDate_day: integer, Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

BUSINESS_DIRECTION_REQUESTS - The number of times a direction request was requested to the business location. CALL_CLICKS - The number of times the business profile call button was clicked. WEBSITE_CLICKS - The number of times the business profile website was clicked. - BUSINESS_BOOKINGS - The number of bookings received from the business profile. + BUSINESS_BOOKINGS - The number of bookings made from the business profile via Reserve with Google. BUSINESS_FOOD_ORDERS - The number of food orders received from the business profile. BUSINESS_FOOD_MENU_CLICKS - The number of clicks to view or interact with the menu content on the business profile. Multiple clicks by a unique user within a single day are counted as 1. dailyRange_endDate_day: integer, Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.caseClassifications.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.caseClassifications.html index 8b97341bb19..1f5281e3bfe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.caseClassifications.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.caseClassifications.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

search(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retrieve valid classifications to be used when creating a support case. The classications are hierarchical, with each classification containing all levels of the hierarchy, separated by " > ". For example "Technical Issue > Compute > Compute Engine".

+

Retrieve valid classifications to be used when creating a support case. The classications are hierarchical, with each classification containing all levels of the hierarchy, separated by `" > "`. For example `"Technical Issue > Compute > Compute Engine"`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Method Details

search(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, x__xgafv=None) - 
Retrieve valid classifications to be used when creating a support case. The classications are hierarchical, with each classification containing all levels of the hierarchy, separated by " > ". For example "Technical Issue > Compute > Compute Engine".
+  
Retrieve valid classifications to be used when creating a support case. The classications are hierarchical, with each classification containing all levels of the hierarchy, separated by `" > "`. For example `"Technical Issue > Compute > Compute Engine"`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.
 
 Args:
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of cases fetched with each request.
@@ -108,8 +108,8 @@ 
Method Details

     { # The response message for SearchCaseClassifications endpoint.
   "caseClassifications": [ # The classifications retrieved.
     { # A classification object with a product type and value.
-      "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the classification.
-      "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`.
+      "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the classification. The display name is not static and can change. To uniquely and consistently identify classifications, use the `CaseClassification.id` field.
+      "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.
     },
   ],
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. This should be set in the `page_token` field of subsequent `SearchCaseClassificationsRequest` message that is issued. If unspecified, there are no more results to retrieve.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html
index d7147050307..44c8bdc3141 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html
@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # A support case.
   "classification": { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
-    "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the classification.
-    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`.
+    "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the classification. The display name is not static and can change. To uniquely and consistently identify classifications, use the `CaseClassification.id` field.
+    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.
   },
   "contactEmail": "A String", # A user-supplied email address to send case update notifications for. This should only be used in BYOID flows, where we cannot infer the user's email address directly from their EUCs.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this case was created.
@@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # A support case.
   "classification": { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
-    "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the classification.
-    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`.
+    "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the classification. The display name is not static and can change. To uniquely and consistently identify classifications, use the `CaseClassification.id` field.
+    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.
   },
   "contactEmail": "A String", # A user-supplied email address to send case update notifications for. This should only be used in BYOID flows, where we cannot infer the user's email address directly from their EUCs.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this case was created.
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # A support case.
   "classification": { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
-    "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the classification.
-    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`.
+    "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the classification. The display name is not static and can change. To uniquely and consistently identify classifications, use the `CaseClassification.id` field.
+    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.
   },
   "contactEmail": "A String", # A user-supplied email address to send case update notifications for. This should only be used in BYOID flows, where we cannot infer the user's email address directly from their EUCs.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this case was created.
@@ -261,8 +261,8 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # A support case.
   "classification": { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
-    "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the classification.
-    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`.
+    "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the classification. The display name is not static and can change. To uniquely and consistently identify classifications, use the `CaseClassification.id` field.
+    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.
   },
   "contactEmail": "A String", # A user-supplied email address to send case update notifications for. This should only be used in BYOID flows, where we cannot infer the user's email address directly from their EUCs.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this case was created.
@@ -304,8 +304,8 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # A support case.
   "classification": { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
-    "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the classification.
-    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`.
+    "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the classification. The display name is not static and can change. To uniquely and consistently identify classifications, use the `CaseClassification.id` field.
+    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.
   },
   "contactEmail": "A String", # A user-supplied email address to send case update notifications for. This should only be used in BYOID flows, where we cannot infer the user's email address directly from their EUCs.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this case was created.
@@ -352,8 +352,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "cases": [ # The list of cases associated with the Google Cloud Resource, after any filters have been applied.
     { # A support case.
       "classification": { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
-        "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the classification.
-        "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`.
+        "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the classification. The display name is not static and can change. To uniquely and consistently identify classifications, use the `CaseClassification.id` field.
+        "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.
       },
       "contactEmail": "A String", # A user-supplied email address to send case update notifications for. This should only be used in BYOID flows, where we cannot infer the user's email address directly from their EUCs.
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this case was created.
@@ -407,8 +407,8 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # A support case.
   "classification": { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
-    "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the classification.
-    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`.
+    "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the classification. The display name is not static and can change. To uniquely and consistently identify classifications, use the `CaseClassification.id` field.
+    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.
   },
   "contactEmail": "A String", # A user-supplied email address to send case update notifications for. This should only be used in BYOID flows, where we cannot infer the user's email address directly from their EUCs.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this case was created.
@@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # A support case.
   "classification": { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
-    "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the classification.
-    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`.
+    "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the classification. The display name is not static and can change. To uniquely and consistently identify classifications, use the `CaseClassification.id` field.
+    "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.
   },
   "contactEmail": "A String", # A user-supplied email address to send case update notifications for. This should only be used in BYOID flows, where we cannot infer the user's email address directly from their EUCs.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this case was created.
@@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "cases": [ # The list of cases associated with the Google Cloud Resource, after any filters have been applied.
     { # A support case.
       "classification": { # A classification object with a product type and value. # The issue classification applicable to this case.
-        "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the classification.
-        "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`.
+        "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the classification. The display name is not static and can change. To uniquely and consistently identify classifications, use the `CaseClassification.id` field.
+        "id": "A String", # The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.
       },
       "contactEmail": "A String", # A user-supplied email address to send case update notifications for. This should only be used in BYOID flows, where we cannot infer the user's email address directly from their EUCs.
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time this case was created.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html
index ccac2d99c32..85339f9cbe4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
 

   aggregated(projectId, filter=None, location=None, name=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
List the jobs of a project across all regions.

+
List the jobs of a project across all regions. **Note:** This method doesn't support filtering the list of jobs by name.

 

   aggregated_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Request the job status. To request the status of a job, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.getMetrics` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). Using `projects.jobs.getMetrics` is not recommended, as you can only request the status of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.

 

   list(projectId, filter=None, location=None, name=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, as you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.

+
List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, because you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`. `projects.locations.jobs.list` and `projects.jobs.list` support filtering the list of jobs by name. Filtering by name isn't supported by `projects.jobs.aggregated`.

 

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     aggregated(projectId, filter=None, location=None, name=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
List the jobs of a project across all regions.
+  
List the jobs of a project across all regions. **Note:** This method doesn't support filtering the list of jobs by name.
 
 Args:
   projectId: string, The project which owns the jobs. (required)
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TERMINATED - Filters the jobs that have a terminated state, ordered on the termination timestamp. Example terminated states: `JOB_STATE_STOPPED`, `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`, `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`, etc.
       ACTIVE - Filters the jobs that are running ordered on the creation timestamp.
   location: string, The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job.
-  name: string, Optional. The job name. Optional.
+  name: string, Optional. The job name.
   pageSize: integer, If there are many jobs, limit response to at most this many. The actual number of jobs returned will be the lesser of max_responses and an unspecified server-defined limit.
   pageToken: string, Set this to the 'next_page_token' field of a previous response to request additional results in a long list.
   view: string, Deprecated. ListJobs always returns summaries now. Use GetJob for other JobViews.
@@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     list(projectId, filter=None, location=None, name=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, as you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.
+  
List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, because you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`. `projects.locations.jobs.list` and `projects.jobs.list` support filtering the list of jobs by name. Filtering by name isn't supported by `projects.jobs.aggregated`.
 
 Args:
   projectId: string, The project which owns the jobs. (required)
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ 
Method Details

       TERMINATED - Filters the jobs that have a terminated state, ordered on the termination timestamp. Example terminated states: `JOB_STATE_STOPPED`, `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`, `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`, etc.
       ACTIVE - Filters the jobs that are running ordered on the creation timestamp.
   location: string, The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job.
-  name: string, Optional. The job name. Optional.
+  name: string, Optional. The job name.
   pageSize: integer, If there are many jobs, limit response to at most this many. The actual number of jobs returned will be the lesser of max_responses and an unspecified server-defined limit.
   pageToken: string, Set this to the 'next_page_token' field of a previous response to request additional results in a long list.
   view: string, Deprecated. ListJobs always returns summaries now. Use GetJob for other JobViews.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html
index a52d52c62b6..175a44e5574 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Request the job status. To request the status of a job, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.getMetrics` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). Using `projects.jobs.getMetrics` is not recommended, as you can only request the status of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.

 

   list(projectId, location, filter=None, name=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, as you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.

+
List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, because you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`. `projects.locations.jobs.list` and `projects.jobs.list` support filtering the list of jobs by name. Filtering by name isn't supported by `projects.jobs.aggregated`.

 

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     list(projectId, location, filter=None, name=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, as you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.
+  
List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, because you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`. `projects.locations.jobs.list` and `projects.jobs.list` support filtering the list of jobs by name. Filtering by name isn't supported by `projects.jobs.aggregated`.
 
 Args:
   projectId: string, The project which owns the jobs. (required)
@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ALL - Returns all running jobs first ordered on creation timestamp, then returns all terminated jobs ordered on the termination timestamp.
       TERMINATED - Filters the jobs that have a terminated state, ordered on the termination timestamp. Example terminated states: `JOB_STATE_STOPPED`, `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`, `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`, etc.
       ACTIVE - Filters the jobs that are running ordered on the creation timestamp.
-  name: string, Optional. The job name. Optional.
+  name: string, Optional. The job name.
   pageSize: integer, If there are many jobs, limit response to at most this many. The actual number of jobs returned will be the lesser of max_responses and an unspecified server-defined limit.
   pageToken: string, Set this to the 'next_page_token' field of a previous response to request additional results in a long list.
   view: string, Deprecated. ListJobs always returns summaries now. Use GetJob for other JobViews.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
index 6ccb40fff5f..728201a38b8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
@@ -259,7 +259,41 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+          "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+            "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+            "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+            "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
+                "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
+                  "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       "update": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -278,7 +312,41 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+          "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+            "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+            "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+            "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
+                "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
+                  "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the entity that this mutation is being applied to. If this does not match the current update time on the server, the mutation conflicts.
@@ -298,7 +366,41 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+          "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+            "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+            "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+            "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
+                "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
+                  "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
     },
@@ -543,7 +645,41 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+          "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+            "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+            "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+            "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
+                "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
+                  "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       "updateTime": "A String", # The time at which the entity was last changed. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. If this entity is missing, this field will not be set.
@@ -570,7 +706,41 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-          "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+          "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+            "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+            "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+            "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
+                "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
+                  "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       "updateTime": "A String", # The time at which the entity was last changed. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. If this entity is missing, this field will not be set.
@@ -696,25 +866,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
             "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
             "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
-            "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-              "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
-                "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                  "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
-                  "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                  "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-                },
-                "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                    "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                    "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                    "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
-              },
-            },
+            "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
             "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
             "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
               "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -782,25 +934,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
           "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
-          "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
-              "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
-                "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-              "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -840,25 +974,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
           "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
-          "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
-              "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
-                "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-              "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -930,25 +1046,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
             "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
             "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
-            "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-              "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
-                "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                  "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
-                  "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                  "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-                },
-                "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                    "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                    "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                    "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
-              },
-            },
+            "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
             "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
             "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
               "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -1017,25 +1115,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
             "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
             "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
-            "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-              "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
-                "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                  "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
-                  "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                  "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-                },
-                "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                    "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                    "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                    "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
-              },
-            },
+            "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
             "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
             "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
               "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -1117,25 +1197,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
           "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
-          "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
-              "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
-                "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-              "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -1175,25 +1237,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
           "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
-          "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
-              "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
-                "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-              "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -1256,25 +1300,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
           "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
-          "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
-              "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
-                "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-              "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -1373,7 +1399,41 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
           },
           "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-            "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
+            "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+              "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+                "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
+              "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+              "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
+              "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
+              "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+              "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+              "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+              },
+              "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value.
+              "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+                "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                  "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
+                  "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                  "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+                },
+                "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                    "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                    "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
+                    "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+              "nullValue": "A String", # A null value.
+              "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+              "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+            },
           },
         },
         "updateTime": "A String", # The time at which the entity was last changed. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. If this entity is missing, this field will not be set.
@@ -1414,25 +1474,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value.
           "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value.
-          "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key.
-              "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong.
-                "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                  "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-              "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
index 9c023fa05c9..c3df75af253 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "allowCreation": True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If true, users can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, users need to request access.
       "availableLocations": [ # The locations in which this processor is available.
         { # The location information about where the processor is available.
-          "locationId": "A String", # The location id, currently must be one of [us, eu].
+          "locationId": "A String", # The location id, refer to [regional and multi-regional support](/document-ai/docs/regions) for supported locations.
         },
       ],
       "category": "A String", # The processor category, used by UI to group processor types.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processorTypes.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processorTypes.html
index 3475a14b0b9..db16568844d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processorTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processorTypes.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "allowCreation": True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If true, users can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, users need to request access.
   "availableLocations": [ # The locations in which this processor is available.
     { # The location information about where the processor is available.
-      "locationId": "A String", # The location id, currently must be one of [us, eu].
+      "locationId": "A String", # The location id, refer to [regional and multi-regional support](/document-ai/docs/regions) for supported locations.
     },
   ],
   "category": "A String", # The processor category, used by UI to group processor types.
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "allowCreation": True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If true, users can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, users need to request access.
       "availableLocations": [ # The locations in which this processor is available.
         { # The location information about where the processor is available.
-          "locationId": "A String", # The location id, currently must be one of [us, eu].
+          "locationId": "A String", # The location id, refer to [regional and multi-regional support](/document-ai/docs/regions) for supported locations.
         },
       ],
       "category": "A String", # The processor category, used by UI to group processor types.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
index 8b6908c02e4..4d8da5a8b48 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "gcsUriPrefix": "A String", # The URI prefix.
     },
   },
-  "skipHumanReview": True or False, # Whether Human Review feature should be skipped for this request. Default to false.
+  "skipHumanReview": True or False, # Whether Human Review feature should be skipped for this request. Default to `false`.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created.
   "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version.
   "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor.
-  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key](https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management) used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`
   "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor.
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created.
   "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version.
   "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor.
-  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key](https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management) used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`
   "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor.
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created.
   "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version.
   "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor.
-  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key](https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management) used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`
   "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor.
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created.
       "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version.
       "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key](https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management) used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios.
       "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`
       "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -739,17 +739,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -1257,9 +1257,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -1269,8 +1269,8 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
@@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -1601,17 +1601,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -1645,7 +1645,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1931,7 +1931,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -2119,9 +2119,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -2131,8 +2131,8 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
index 2f9f97f3378..95f0a63eb34 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
         "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
           { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
             "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
       "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
       "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
       "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
     },
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -438,17 +438,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -956,9 +956,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -968,8 +968,8 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index 05e9ebd96f3..c8e6ade01c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "gcsUriPrefix": "A String", # The URI prefix.
     },
   },
-  "skipHumanReview": True or False, # Whether Human Review feature should be skipped for this request. Default to false.
+  "skipHumanReview": True or False, # Whether Human Review feature should be skipped for this request. Default to `false`.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version
+    { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or uptrained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version
   "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor version was created.
   "deprecationInfo": { # Information about the upcoming deprecation of this processor version. # If set, information about the eventual deprecation of this version.
     "deprecationTime": "A String", # The time at which this processor version will be deprecated.
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
         "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
           { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
             "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -360,12 +360,12 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
       "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
       "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
       "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
     },
   },
-  "googleManaged": True or False, # Denotes that this ProcessorVersion is managed by google.
+  "googleManaged": True or False, # Denotes that this `ProcessorVersion` is managed by Google.
   "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key name used for encryption.
   "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # The KMS key version with which data is encrypted.
   "latestEvaluation": { # Gives a short summary of an evaluation, and links to the evaluation itself. # The most recently invoked evaluation for the processor version.
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response message for the ListProcessorVersions method.
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # Points to the next processor, otherwise empty.
   "processorVersions": [ # The list of processors.
-    { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version
+    { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or uptrained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version
       "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor version was created.
       "deprecationInfo": { # Information about the upcoming deprecation of this processor version. # If set, information about the eventual deprecation of this version.
         "deprecationTime": "A String", # The time at which this processor version will be deprecated.
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
-            "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+            "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
             "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
               { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
                 "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -455,12 +455,12 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
           "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-          "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+          "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
           "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
           "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
         },
       },
-      "googleManaged": True or False, # Denotes that this ProcessorVersion is managed by google.
+      "googleManaged": True or False, # Denotes that this `ProcessorVersion` is managed by Google.
       "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key name used for encryption.
       "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # The KMS key version with which data is encrypted.
       "latestEvaluation": { # Gives a short summary of an evaluation, and links to the evaluation itself. # The most recently invoked evaluation for the processor version.
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -835,17 +835,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -1353,9 +1353,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -1365,8 +1365,8 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -1697,17 +1697,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -1894,7 +1894,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -2027,7 +2027,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -2215,9 +2215,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -2227,8 +2227,8 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
@@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
         "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
           { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
             "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -2278,7 +2278,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
       "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
       "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
       "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
     },
@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   },
-  "processorVersion": { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version # Required. The processor version to be created.
+  "processorVersion": { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or uptrained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version # Required. The processor version to be created.
     "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor version was created.
     "deprecationInfo": { # Information about the upcoming deprecation of this processor version. # If set, information about the eventual deprecation of this version.
       "deprecationTime": "A String", # The time at which this processor version will be deprecated.
@@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
           "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
             { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
               "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -2344,12 +2344,12 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
         "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-        "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+        "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
         "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
         "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
       },
     },
-    "googleManaged": True or False, # Denotes that this ProcessorVersion is managed by google.
+    "googleManaged": True or False, # Denotes that this `ProcessorVersion` is managed by Google.
     "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key name used for encryption.
     "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # The KMS key version with which data is encrypted.
     "latestEvaluation": { # Gives a short summary of an evaluation, and links to the evaluation itself. # The most recently invoked evaluation for the processor version.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html
index d192dda388d..085fe5e949b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Name of the label. When the label is generated from AutoML Text Classification model, this field represents the name of the category.
     },
   ],
-  "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+  "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
   "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
     { # A page in a Document.
       "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
         { # Detected language for a structural component.
           "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-          "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+          "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
         },
       ],
       "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -601,17 +601,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
         "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
         "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-        "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+        "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
         "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
       },
-      "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+      "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
         "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
           { # Image Quality Defects
-            "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+            "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
             "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
           },
         ],
-        "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+        "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
       },
       "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
         "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                     { # Detected language for a structural component.
                       "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                      "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                      "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                     },
                   ],
                   "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                     { # Detected language for a structural component.
                       "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                      "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                      "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                     },
                   ],
                   "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -1119,9 +1119,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
       "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
         "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-        "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+        "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
       },
-      "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+      "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
       "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
         "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
         "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -1131,8 +1131,8 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
       },
-      "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-      "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+      "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+      "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
     },
   ],
   "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html
index a4a447ad698..6c88475a1cd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Name of the label. When the label is generated from AutoML Text Classification model, this field represents the name of the category.
     },
   ],
-  "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+  "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
   "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
     { # A page in a Document.
       "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
         { # Detected language for a structural component.
           "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-          "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+          "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
         },
       ],
       "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -601,17 +601,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
         "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
         "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-        "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+        "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
         "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
       },
-      "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+      "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
         "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
           { # Image Quality Defects
-            "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+            "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
             "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
           },
         ],
-        "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+        "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
       },
       "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
         "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                     { # Detected language for a structural component.
                       "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                      "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                      "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                     },
                   ],
                   "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                     { # Detected language for a structural component.
                       "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                      "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                      "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                     },
                   ],
                   "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
             { # Detected language for a structural component.
               "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-              "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+              "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
             },
           ],
           "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -1119,9 +1119,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
       "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
         "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-        "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+        "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
       },
-      "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+      "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
       "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
         "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
         "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -1131,8 +1131,8 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
       },
-      "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-      "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+      "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+      "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
     },
   ],
   "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
index 548e4c1c669..a32a3cbaccf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "allowCreation": True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If true, users can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, users need to request access.
       "availableLocations": [ # The locations in which this processor is available.
         { # The location information about where the processor is available.
-          "locationId": "A String", # The location id, currently must be one of [us, eu].
+          "locationId": "A String", # The location id, refer to [regional and multi-regional support](/document-ai/docs/regions) for supported locations.
         },
       ],
       "category": "A String", # The processor category, used by UI to group processor types.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processorTypes.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processorTypes.html
index 0126467c7ce..ee7ac3b53cb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processorTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processorTypes.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "allowCreation": True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If true, users can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, users need to request access.
   "availableLocations": [ # The locations in which this processor is available.
     { # The location information about where the processor is available.
-      "locationId": "A String", # The location id, currently must be one of [us, eu].
+      "locationId": "A String", # The location id, refer to [regional and multi-regional support](/document-ai/docs/regions) for supported locations.
     },
   ],
   "category": "A String", # The processor category, used by UI to group processor types.
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "allowCreation": True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If true, users can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, users need to request access.
       "availableLocations": [ # The locations in which this processor is available.
         { # The location information about where the processor is available.
-          "locationId": "A String", # The location id, currently must be one of [us, eu].
+          "locationId": "A String", # The location id, refer to [regional and multi-regional support](/document-ai/docs/regions) for supported locations.
         },
       ],
       "category": "A String", # The processor category, used by UI to group processor types.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html
index 18b8e2f6371..a5d56fa9fea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
         "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
           { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
             "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
       "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
       "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
       "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
     },
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
         "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
           { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
             "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
       "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
       "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
       "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
     },
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
         "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
           { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
             "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
       "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
       "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
       "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
index 2095f21dc68..d8a871d346a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "inputConfigs": [ # The input config for each single document in the batch process.
     { # The message for input config in batch process.
       "gcsSource": "A String", # The Cloud Storage location as the source of the document.
-      "mimeType": "A String", # Media type (MIME type) of the input. If the input is a raw document, refer to [supported file types](https://cloud.google.com/document-ai/docs/file-types) for the list of media types. If the input is a Document, the type should be `application/json`.
+      "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) of the input. If the input is a raw document, refer to [supported file types](https://cloud.google.com/document-ai/docs/file-types) for the list of media types. If the input is a Document, the type should be `application/json`.
     },
   ],
   "inputDocuments": { # The common config to specify a set of documents used as input. # The input documents for the BatchProcessDocuments method.
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "gcsDestination": "A String", # The output Cloud Storage directory to put the processed documents.
   },
   "processOptions": { # Options for Process API # Inference-time options for the process API
-    "ocrConfig": { # Config for Document OCR. # Only applicable to "Document OCR Processor". Returns error if set on other processor types.
+    "ocrConfig": { # Config for Document OCR. # Only applicable to `OCR_PROCESSOR`. Returns error if set on other processor types.
       "advancedOcrOptions": [ # A list of advanced OCR options to further fine-tune OCR behavior. Current valid values are: - `legacy_layout`: a heuristics layout detection algorithm, which serves as an alternative to the current ML-based layout detection algorithm. Customers can choose the best suitable layout algorithm based on their situation.
         "A String",
       ],
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   },
-  "skipHumanReview": True or False, # Whether Human Review feature should be skipped for this request. Default to false.
+  "skipHumanReview": True or False, # Whether Human Review feature should be skipped for this request. Default to `false`.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created.
   "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version.
   "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor.
-  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key](https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management) used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`
   "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor.
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created.
   "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version.
   "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor.
-  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key](https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management) used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`
   "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor.
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created.
   "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version.
   "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor.
-  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key](https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management) used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`
   "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor.
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created.
       "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version.
       "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor.
-      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+      "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key](https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management) used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios.
       "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`
       "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor.
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -771,17 +771,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -1289,9 +1289,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -1301,8 +1301,8 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -1618,17 +1618,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -1864,7 +1864,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -2136,9 +2136,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -2148,14 +2148,14 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
   },
   "processOptions": { # Options for Process API # Inference-time options for the process API
-    "ocrConfig": { # Config for Document OCR. # Only applicable to "Document OCR Processor". Returns error if set on other processor types.
+    "ocrConfig": { # Config for Document OCR. # Only applicable to `OCR_PROCESSOR`. Returns error if set on other processor types.
       "advancedOcrOptions": [ # A list of advanced OCR options to further fine-tune OCR behavior. Current valid values are: - `legacy_layout`: a heuristics layout detection algorithm, which serves as an alternative to the current ML-based layout detection algorithm. Customers can choose the best suitable layout algorithm based on their situation.
         "A String",
       ],
@@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -2317,7 +2317,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -2469,7 +2469,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -2496,17 +2496,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -2590,7 +2590,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -2693,7 +2693,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -2731,7 +2731,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -2742,7 +2742,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -2826,7 +2826,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -2910,7 +2910,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -3014,9 +3014,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -3026,8 +3026,8 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
@@ -3092,7 +3092,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A singleton resource under a `Processor` which configs a collection of documents.
+{ # A singleton resource under a Processor which configures a collection of documents.
   "documentWarehouseConfig": { # Config specific to the Document Warehouse-based implementation. # Optional. Document Warehouse-based dataset config.
     "collection": "A String", # Output only. The collection in Document Warehouse associated with the dataset.
     "schema": "A String", # Output only. The schema in Document Warehouse associated with the dataset.
@@ -3103,7 +3103,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   },
   "name": "A String", # Dataset resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/dataset`
-  "spannerIndexingConfig": { # Config specific to spanner based indexing. # Optional. A lightweight indexing source with low latency and high reliablity, but lack advanced features like CMEK and content based search.
+  "spannerIndexingConfig": { # Config specific to spanner based indexing. # Optional. A lightweight indexing source with low latency and high reliability, but lack advanced features like CMEK and content based search.
   },
   "state": "A String", # Required. State of the dataset. Will be ignored when updating dataset.
   "unmanagedDatasetConfig": { # Config specific to unmanaged config # Optional. Unmanaged dataset config. Use this config if the dataset documents are managed by the document service internally (not user managed).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
index c8e3a4bcb3b..8d1fd4c85bc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -406,17 +406,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -924,9 +924,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -936,8 +936,8 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
         "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
           { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
             "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
       "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
       "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
       "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
     },
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -1290,17 +1290,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -1704,7 +1704,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -1808,9 +1808,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -1820,8 +1820,8 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index c8146fea792..25b2233d745 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "inputConfigs": [ # The input config for each single document in the batch process.
     { # The message for input config in batch process.
       "gcsSource": "A String", # The Cloud Storage location as the source of the document.
-      "mimeType": "A String", # Media type (MIME type) of the input. If the input is a raw document, refer to [supported file types](https://cloud.google.com/document-ai/docs/file-types) for the list of media types. If the input is a Document, the type should be `application/json`.
+      "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) of the input. If the input is a raw document, refer to [supported file types](https://cloud.google.com/document-ai/docs/file-types) for the list of media types. If the input is a Document, the type should be `application/json`.
     },
   ],
   "inputDocuments": { # The common config to specify a set of documents used as input. # The input documents for the BatchProcessDocuments method.
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "gcsDestination": "A String", # The output Cloud Storage directory to put the processed documents.
   },
   "processOptions": { # Options for Process API # Inference-time options for the process API
-    "ocrConfig": { # Config for Document OCR. # Only applicable to "Document OCR Processor". Returns error if set on other processor types.
+    "ocrConfig": { # Config for Document OCR. # Only applicable to `OCR_PROCESSOR`. Returns error if set on other processor types.
       "advancedOcrOptions": [ # A list of advanced OCR options to further fine-tune OCR behavior. Current valid values are: - `legacy_layout`: a heuristics layout detection algorithm, which serves as an alternative to the current ML-based layout detection algorithm. Customers can choose the best suitable layout algorithm based on their situation.
         "A String",
       ],
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   },
-  "skipHumanReview": True or False, # Whether Human Review feature should be skipped for this request. Default to false.
+  "skipHumanReview": True or False, # Whether Human Review feature should be skipped for this request. Default to `false`.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version
+    { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or uptrained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version
   "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor version was created.
   "deprecationInfo": { # Information about the upcoming deprecation of this processor version. # If set, information about the eventual deprecation of this version.
     "deprecationTime": "A String", # The time at which this processor version will be deprecated.
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
         "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
           { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
             "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -394,12 +394,12 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
       "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
       "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
       "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
     },
   },
-  "googleManaged": True or False, # Denotes that this ProcessorVersion is managed by google.
+  "googleManaged": True or False, # Denotes that this `ProcessorVersion` is managed by Google.
   "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key name used for encryption.
   "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # The KMS key version with which data is encrypted.
   "latestEvaluation": { # Gives a short summary of an evaluation, and links to the evaluation itself. # The most recently invoked evaluation for the processor version.
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response message for the ListProcessorVersions method.
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # Points to the next processor, otherwise empty.
   "processorVersions": [ # The list of processors.
-    { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version
+    { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or uptrained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version
       "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor version was created.
       "deprecationInfo": { # Information about the upcoming deprecation of this processor version. # If set, information about the eventual deprecation of this version.
         "deprecationTime": "A String", # The time at which this processor version will be deprecated.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
-            "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+            "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
             "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
               { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
                 "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -537,12 +537,12 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
           "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-          "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+          "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
           "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
           "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
         },
       },
-      "googleManaged": True or False, # Denotes that this ProcessorVersion is managed by google.
+      "googleManaged": True or False, # Denotes that this `ProcessorVersion` is managed by Google.
       "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key name used for encryption.
       "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # The KMS key version with which data is encrypted.
       "latestEvaluation": { # Gives a short summary of an evaluation, and links to the evaluation itself. # The most recently invoked evaluation for the processor version.
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -916,17 +916,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -1434,9 +1434,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -1446,8 +1446,8 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -1754,7 +1754,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -1763,17 +1763,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -1918,7 +1918,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -2009,7 +2009,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -2177,7 +2177,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -2281,9 +2281,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -2293,14 +2293,14 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
   },
   "processOptions": { # Options for Process API # Inference-time options for the process API
-    "ocrConfig": { # Config for Document OCR. # Only applicable to "Document OCR Processor". Returns error if set on other processor types.
+    "ocrConfig": { # Config for Document OCR. # Only applicable to `OCR_PROCESSOR`. Returns error if set on other processor types.
       "advancedOcrOptions": [ # A list of advanced OCR options to further fine-tune OCR behavior. Current valid values are: - `legacy_layout`: a heuristics layout detection algorithm, which serves as an alternative to the current ML-based layout detection algorithm. Customers can choose the best suitable layout algorithm based on their situation.
         "A String",
       ],
@@ -2454,7 +2454,7 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
     },
-    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+    "mimeType": "A String", # An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).
     "pages": [ # Visual page layout for the Document.
       { # A page in a Document.
         "blocks": [ # A list of visually detected text blocks on the page. A block has a set of lines (collected into paragraphs) that have a common line-spacing and orientation.
@@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Block.
@@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
           { # Detected language for a structural component.
             "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-            "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+            "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
           },
         ],
         "dimension": { # Dimension for the page. # Physical dimension of the page.
@@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "nameDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for name together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "provenance": { # Structure to identify provenance relationships between annotations in different revisions. # The history of this annotation.
@@ -2632,7 +2632,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "valueDetectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages for value together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "valueType": "A String", # If the value is non-textual, this field represents the type. Current valid values are: - blank (this indicates the `field_value` is normal text) - `unfilled_checkbox` - `filled_checkbox`
@@ -2641,17 +2641,17 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": { # Rendered image contents for this page. # Rendered image for this page. This image is preprocessed to remove any skew, rotation, and distortions such that the annotation bounding boxes can be upright and axis-aligned.
           "content": "A String", # Raw byte content of the image.
           "height": 42, # Height of the image in pixels.
-          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding mime type for the image.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.
           "width": 42, # Width of the image in pixels.
         },
-        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image # Image Quality Scores.
+        "imageQualityScores": { # Image Quality Scores for the page image. # Image Quality Scores.
           "detectedDefects": [ # A list of detected defects.
             { # Image Quality Defects
-              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
+              "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.
               "type": "A String", # Name of the defect type. Supported values are: - `quality/defect_blurry` - `quality/defect_noisy` - `quality/defect_dark` - `quality/defect_faint` - `quality/defect_text_too_small` - `quality/defect_document_cutoff` - `quality/defect_text_cutoff` - `quality/defect_glare`
             },
           ],
-          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.
+          "qualityScore": 3.14, # The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.
         },
         "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for the page.
           "boundingPoly": { # A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation. # The bounding polygon for the Layout.
@@ -2685,7 +2685,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Line.
@@ -2735,7 +2735,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Paragraph.
@@ -2796,7 +2796,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Symbol.
@@ -2838,7 +2838,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -2876,7 +2876,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "headerRows": [ # Header rows of the table.
@@ -2887,7 +2887,7 @@ 
Method Details

                     "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
                       { # Detected language for a structural component.
                         "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                        "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                        "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
                       },
                     ],
                     "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for TableCell.
@@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for Token.
@@ -3055,7 +3055,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detectedLanguages": [ # A list of detected languages together with confidence.
               { # Detected language for a structural component.
                 "confidence": 3.14, # Confidence of detected language. Range `[0, 1]`.
-                "languageCode": "A String", # The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+                "languageCode": "A String", # The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.
               },
             ],
             "layout": { # Visual element describing a layout unit on a page. # Layout for VisualElement.
@@ -3159,9 +3159,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "fontFamily": "A String", # Font family such as `Arial`, `Times New Roman`. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-family.asp
         "fontSize": { # Font size with unit. # Font size.
           "size": 3.14, # Font size for the text.
-          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).
+          "unit": "A String", # Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).
         },
-        "fontWeight": "A String", # Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp
+        "fontWeight": "A String", # [Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.
         "textAnchor": { # Text reference indexing into the Document.text. # Text anchor indexing into the Document.text.
           "content": "A String", # Contains the content of the text span so that users do not have to look it up in the text_segments. It is always populated for formFields.
           "textSegments": [ # The text segments from the Document.text.
@@ -3171,8 +3171,8 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
-        "textDecoration": "A String", # Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp
-        "textStyle": "A String", # Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp
+        "textDecoration": "A String", # [Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard.
+        "textStyle": "A String", # [Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.
       },
     ],
     "uri": "A String", # Optional. Currently supports Google Cloud Storage URI of the form `gs://bucket_name/object_name`. Object versioning is not supported. For more information, refer to [Google Cloud Storage Request URIs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/reference-uris).
@@ -3214,7 +3214,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
         "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
           { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
             "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -3229,7 +3229,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
       "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+      "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
       "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
       "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
     },
@@ -3262,7 +3262,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   },
-  "processorVersion": { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version # Required. The processor version to be created.
+  "processorVersion": { # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or uptrained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version # Required. The processor version to be created.
     "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor version was created.
     "deprecationInfo": { # Information about the upcoming deprecation of this processor version. # If set, information about the eventual deprecation of this version.
       "deprecationTime": "A String", # The time at which this processor version will be deprecated.
@@ -3286,7 +3286,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
           },
-          "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.
           "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity.
             { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type.
               "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.
@@ -3301,12 +3301,12 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema.
         "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it.
-        "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
+        "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).
         "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents.
         "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked.
       },
     },
-    "googleManaged": True or False, # Denotes that this ProcessorVersion is managed by google.
+    "googleManaged": True or False, # Denotes that this `ProcessorVersion` is managed by Google.
     "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key name used for encryption.
     "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # The KMS key version with which data is encrypted.
     "latestEvaluation": { # Gives a short summary of an evaluation, and links to the evaluation itself. # The most recently invoked evaluation for the processor version.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html
index dbd1e981d45..cab40f0a676 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
       "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
     },
-    "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+    "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
     "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
     "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
     "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
           "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
         },
-        "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+        "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
         "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
         "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
         "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
index 0110bf97cf5..d92846e5030 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
     "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
   },
-  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
   "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
   "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
   "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
     "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
   },
-  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
   "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
   "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
   "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
     "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
   },
-  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
   "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
   "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
   "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
     "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
   },
-  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
   "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
   "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
   "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
     "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
   },
-  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
   "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
   "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
   "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
         "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
       },
-      "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+      "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
       "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
       "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
       "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -3140,7 +3140,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
     "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
   },
-  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
   "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
   "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
   "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -3548,7 +3548,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
     "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
   },
-  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
   "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
   "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
   "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -3942,7 +3942,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
     "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
   },
-  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
   "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
   "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
   "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -4336,7 +4336,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
     "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
   },
-  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
   "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
   "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
   "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -4730,7 +4730,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
     "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
   },
-  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
   "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
   "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
   "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -5115,7 +5115,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
     "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
   },
-  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
   "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
   "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
   "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -5525,7 +5525,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "image": "A String", # The URL-safe Base64 encoded bytes of the thumbnail image. It should conform to RFC 4648 section 5.
     "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the thumbnail.
   },
-  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+  "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
   "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
   "title": "A String", # The title of this file. Note that for immutable items such as the top level folders of shared drives, My Drive root folder, and Application Data folder the title is constant.
   "trashedDate": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated for items in shared drives.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html
index a5852901f6d..6ae497513c1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     {
   "kind": "drive#startPageToken", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#startPageToken"`.
-  "startPageToken": "A String", # The starting page token for listing changes.
+  "startPageToken": "A String", # The starting page token for listing future changes. The page token doesn't expire.
 }

 

 
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "starred": True or False, # Whether the user has starred the file.
         "teamDriveId": "A String", # Deprecated: Output only. Use `driveId` instead.
-        "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.
+        "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.
         "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation.
         "trashed": True or False, # Whether the file has been trashed, either explicitly or from a trashed parent folder. Only the owner may trash a file, and other users cannot see files in the owner's trash.
         "trashedTime": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (RFC 3339 date-time). Only populated for items in shared drives.
@@ -525,8 +525,8 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "kind": "drive#changeList", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#changeList"`.
-  "newStartPageToken": "A String", # The starting page token for future changes. This will be present only if the end of the current changes list has been reached.
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of changes. This will be absent if the end of the changes list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results.
+  "newStartPageToken": "A String", # The starting page token for future changes. This will be present only if the end of the current changes list has been reached. The page token doesn't expire.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of changes. This will be absent if the end of the changes list has been reached. The page token doesn't expire.
 }

 

 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html
index 41452948154..01ee660b0f2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "kind": "drive#commentList", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#commentList"`.
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of comments. This will be absent if the end of the comments list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of comments. This will be absent if the end of the comments list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ.
 }

 

 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html
index 05b55fb236b..f2e5afc9dce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   ],
   "kind": "drive#driveList", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#driveList"`.
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of shared drives. This will be absent if the end of the list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of shared drives. This will be absent if the end of the list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ.
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html index f1e6601a8a7..3493ee59cb2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@

Method Details

], "starred": True or False, # Whether the user has starred the file. "teamDriveId": "A String", # Deprecated: Output only. Use `driveId` instead. - "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. + "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request. "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation. "trashed": True or False, # Whether the file has been trashed, either explicitly or from a trashed parent folder. Only the owner may trash a file, and other users cannot see files in the owner's trash. "trashedTime": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (RFC 3339 date-time). Only populated for items in shared drives. @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@

Method Details

], "starred": True or False, # Whether the user has starred the file. "teamDriveId": "A String", # Deprecated: Output only. Use `driveId` instead. - "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. + "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request. "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation. "trashed": True or False, # Whether the file has been trashed, either explicitly or from a trashed parent folder. Only the owner may trash a file, and other users cannot see files in the owner's trash. "trashedTime": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (RFC 3339 date-time). Only populated for items in shared drives. @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@

Method Details

], "starred": True or False, # Whether the user has starred the file. "teamDriveId": "A String", # Deprecated: Output only. Use `driveId` instead. - "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. + "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request. "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation. "trashed": True or False, # Whether the file has been trashed, either explicitly or from a trashed parent folder. Only the owner may trash a file, and other users cannot see files in the owner's trash. "trashedTime": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (RFC 3339 date-time). Only populated for items in shared drives. @@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@

Method Details

], "starred": True or False, # Whether the user has starred the file. "teamDriveId": "A String", # Deprecated: Output only. Use `driveId` instead. - "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. + "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request. "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation. "trashed": True or False, # Whether the file has been trashed, either explicitly or from a trashed parent folder. Only the owner may trash a file, and other users cannot see files in the owner's trash. "trashedTime": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (RFC 3339 date-time). Only populated for items in shared drives. @@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@

Method Details

], "starred": True or False, # Whether the user has starred the file. "teamDriveId": "A String", # Deprecated: Output only. Use `driveId` instead. - "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. + "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request. "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation. "trashed": True or False, # Whether the file has been trashed, either explicitly or from a trashed parent folder. Only the owner may trash a file, and other users cannot see files in the owner's trash. "trashedTime": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (RFC 3339 date-time). Only populated for items in shared drives. @@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@

Method Details

], "starred": True or False, # Whether the user has starred the file. "teamDriveId": "A String", # Deprecated: Output only. Use `driveId` instead. - "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. + "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request. "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation. "trashed": True or False, # Whether the file has been trashed, either explicitly or from a trashed parent folder. Only the owner may trash a file, and other users cannot see files in the owner's trash. "trashedTime": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (RFC 3339 date-time). Only populated for items in shared drives. @@ -1995,7 +1995,7 @@

Method Details

], "incompleteSearch": True or False, # Whether the search process was incomplete. If true, then some search results might be missing, since all documents were not searched. This can occur when searching multiple drives with the 'allDrives' corpora, but all corpora couldn't be searched. When this happens, it's suggested that clients narrow their query by choosing a different corpus such as 'user' or 'drive'. "kind": "drive#fileList", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#fileList"`. - "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of files. This will be absent if the end of the files list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of files. This will be absent if the end of the files list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ. } @@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@

Method Details

"revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the label. }, ], - "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of labels. This field will be absent if the end of the list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of labels. This field will be absent if the end of the list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ. } @@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@

Method Details

], "starred": True or False, # Whether the user has starred the file. "teamDriveId": "A String", # Deprecated: Output only. Use `driveId` instead. - "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. + "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request. "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation. "trashed": True or False, # Whether the file has been trashed, either explicitly or from a trashed parent folder. Only the owner may trash a file, and other users cannot see files in the owner's trash. "trashedTime": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (RFC 3339 date-time). Only populated for items in shared drives. @@ -2729,7 +2729,7 @@

Method Details

], "starred": True or False, # Whether the user has starred the file. "teamDriveId": "A String", # Deprecated: Output only. Use `driveId` instead. - "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. + "thumbnailLink": "A String", # Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request. "thumbnailVersion": "A String", # Output only. The thumbnail version for use in thumbnail cache invalidation. "trashed": True or False, # Whether the file has been trashed, either explicitly or from a trashed parent folder. Only the owner may trash a file, and other users cannot see files in the owner's trash. "trashedTime": "A String", # The time that the item was trashed (RFC 3339 date-time). Only populated for items in shared drives. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html index 4a370df4c97..fd80fa48cb6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of permissions for a file. "kind": "drive#permissionList", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#permissionList"`. - "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of permissions. This field will be absent if the end of the permissions list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of permissions. This field will be absent if the end of the permissions list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ. "permissions": [ # The list of permissions. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.replies.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.replies.html index 7c6b048ed65..30b6c8fe6a8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.replies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.replies.html @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of replies to a comment on a file. "kind": "drive#replyList", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#replyList"`. - "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of replies. This will be absent if the end of the replies list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of replies. This will be absent if the end of the replies list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ. "replies": [ # The list of replies. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. { # A reply to a comment on a file. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.revisions.html index e3589abc3b7..c76a78c7a71 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.revisions.html @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of revisions of a file. "kind": "drive#revisionList", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#revisionList"`. - "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of revisions. This will be absent if the end of the revisions list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of revisions. This will be absent if the end of the revisions list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ. "revisions": [ # The list of revisions. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. { # The metadata for a revision to a file. "exportLinks": { # Output only. Links for exporting Docs Editors files to specific formats. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.teamdrives.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.teamdrives.html index 8656f004029..ddefbd53f76 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.teamdrives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.teamdrives.html @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of Team Drives. "kind": "drive#teamDriveList", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#teamDriveList"`. - "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of Team Drives. This will be absent if the end of the Team Drives list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of Team Drives. This will be absent if the end of the Team Drives list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ. "teamDrives": [ # The list of Team Drives. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. { # Deprecated: use the drive collection instead. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this Team Drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.teamdrives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2.labels.html b/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2.labels.html index 2747e6fbbd0..d10cd7f2d2c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2.labels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2.labels.html @@ -247,19 +247,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -268,19 +268,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -506,19 +506,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -527,19 +527,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -765,19 +765,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -786,19 +786,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -887,19 +887,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -908,19 +908,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1056,19 +1056,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1077,19 +1077,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Required. The Choice to update. "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Required. The Choice properties to update. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1343,19 +1343,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1364,19 +1364,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1624,19 +1624,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1645,19 +1645,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1899,19 +1899,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1920,19 +1920,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2169,19 +2169,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2190,19 +2190,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2451,19 +2451,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2472,19 +2472,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2509,7 +2509,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2743,19 +2743,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2764,19 +2764,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2801,7 +2801,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -3017,19 +3017,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -3038,19 +3038,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2beta.labels.html b/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2beta.labels.html index 5847f71928d..fe05e9ae80a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2beta.labels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drivelabels_v2beta.labels.html @@ -247,19 +247,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -268,19 +268,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -506,19 +506,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -527,19 +527,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -765,19 +765,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -786,19 +786,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -887,19 +887,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -908,19 +908,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1056,19 +1056,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1077,19 +1077,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Required. The Choice to update. "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Required. The Choice properties to update. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1343,19 +1343,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1364,19 +1364,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1624,19 +1624,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1645,19 +1645,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1899,19 +1899,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1920,19 +1920,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2169,19 +2169,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2190,19 +2190,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2451,19 +2451,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2472,19 +2472,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2509,7 +2509,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2743,19 +2743,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2764,19 +2764,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2801,7 +2801,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -3017,19 +3017,19 @@

Method Details

}, "displayHints": { # UI display hints for rendering an option. # Output only. UI display hints for rendering a choice. "badgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The colors to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -3038,19 +3038,19 @@

Method Details

}, "badgePriority": "A String", # The priority of this badge. Used to compare and sort between multiple badges. A lower number means the badge should be shown first. When a badging configuration is not present, this will be 0. Otherwise, this will be set to `BadgeConfig.priority_override` or the default heuristic which prefers creation date of the label, and field and option priority. "darkBadgeColors": { # The color derived from BadgeConfig and changed to the closest recommended supported color. # The dark-mode color to use for the badge. Changed to Google Material colors based on the chosen `properties.badge_config.color`. - "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. + "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge background that pairs with the foreground. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. + "foregroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Badge foreground that pairs with the background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. }, - "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. + "soloColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Output only. Color that can be used for text without a background. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@

Method Details

}, "properties": { # Basic properties of the choice. # Basic properties of the choice. "badgeConfig": { # Badge status of the label. # The badge configuration for this choice. When set, the label that owns this choice is considered a "badged label". - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The color of the badge. When not specified, no badge is rendered. The background, foreground, and solo (light and dark mode) colors set here are changed in the Drive UI into the closest recommended supported color. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. diff --git a/docs/dyn/fcm_v1.projects.messages.html b/docs/dyn/fcm_v1.projects.messages.html index 753bf71557c..12b2e78e276 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/fcm_v1.projects.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/fcm_v1.projects.messages.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"icon": "A String", # The notification's icon. Sets the notification icon to myicon for drawable resource myicon. If you don't send this key in the request, FCM displays the launcher icon specified in your app manifest. "image": "A String", # Contains the URL of an image that is going to be displayed in a notification. If present, it will override google.firebase.fcm.v1.Notification.image. "lightSettings": { # Settings to control notification LED. # Settings to control the notification's LED blinking rate and color if LED is available on the device. The total blinking time is controlled by the OS. - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Required. Set `color` of the LED with [google.type.Color](https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/color.proto). + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Required. Set `color` of the LED with [google.type.Color](https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/color.proto). "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@

Method Details

"icon": "A String", # The notification's icon. Sets the notification icon to myicon for drawable resource myicon. If you don't send this key in the request, FCM displays the launcher icon specified in your app manifest. "image": "A String", # Contains the URL of an image that is going to be displayed in a notification. If present, it will override google.firebase.fcm.v1.Notification.image. "lightSettings": { # Settings to control notification LED. # Settings to control the notification's LED blinking rate and color if LED is available on the device. The total blinking time is controlled by the OS. - "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Required. Set `color` of the LED with [google.type.Color](https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/color.proto). + "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # Required. Set `color` of the LED with [google.type.Color](https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/color.proto). "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html index 3973afb7b55..e94be2fad41 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "filter": { # A digest of all the documents that match a given target. # A filter to apply to the set of documents previously returned for the given target. Returned when documents may have been removed from the given target, but the exact documents are unknown. - "count": 42, # The total count of documents that match target_id. If different from the count of documents in the client that match, the client must manually determine which documents no longer match the target. + "count": 42, # The total count of documents that match target_id. If different from the count of documents in the client that match, the client must manually determine which documents no longer match the target. The client can use the `unchanged_names` bloom filter to assist with this determination. "targetId": 42, # The target ID to which this filter applies. "unchangedNames": { # A bloom filter (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bloom_filter). The bloom filter hashes the entries with MD5 and treats the resulting 128-bit hash as 2 distinct 64-bit hash values, interpreted as unsigned integers using 2's complement encoding. These two hash values, named `h1` and `h2`, are then used to compute the `hash_count` hash values using the formula, starting at `i=0`: h(i) = h1 + (i * h2) These resulting values are then taken modulo the number of bits in the bloom filter to get the bits of the bloom filter to test for the given entry. # A bloom filter that contains the UTF-8 byte encodings of the resource names of the documents that match target_id, in the form `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}` that have NOT changed since the query results indicated by the resume token or timestamp given in `Target.resume_type`. This bloom filter may be omitted at the server's discretion, such as if it is deemed that the client will not make use of it or if it is too computationally expensive to calculate or transmit. Clients must gracefully handle this field being absent by falling back to the logic used before this field existed; that is, re-add the target without a resume token to figure out which documents in the client's cache are out of sync. "bits": { # A sequence of bits, encoded in a byte array. Each byte in the `bitmap` byte array stores 8 bits of the sequence. The only exception is the last byte, which may store 8 _or fewer_ bits. The `padding` defines the number of bits of the last byte to be ignored as "padding". The values of these "padding" bits are unspecified and must be ignored. To retrieve the first bit, bit 0, calculate: `(bitmap[0] & 0x01) != 0`. To retrieve the second bit, bit 1, calculate: `(bitmap[0] & 0x02) != 0`. To retrieve the third bit, bit 2, calculate: `(bitmap[0] & 0x04) != 0`. To retrieve the fourth bit, bit 3, calculate: `(bitmap[0] & 0x08) != 0`. To retrieve bit n, calculate: `(bitmap[n / 8] & (0x01 << (n % 8))) != 0`. The "size" of a `BitSequence` (the number of bits it contains) is calculated by this formula: `(bitmap.length * 8) - padding`. # The bloom filter data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.html index 614aad18c81..71a1c50865f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.html @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of the database. See https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/firestore-or-datastore for information about how to choose. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UUID4 for this Database. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this database was most recently updated. Note this only includes updates to the database resource and not data contained by the database. - "versionRetentionPeriod": "A String", # Output only. The period during which past versions of data are retained in the database. Any read or query can specify a `read_time` within this window, and will read the state of the database at that time. If the PITR feature is enabled, the retention period is 7 days. If unset, the retention period is 1 hour. + "versionRetentionPeriod": "A String", # Output only. The period during which past versions of data are retained in the database. Any read or query can specify a `read_time` within this window, and will read the state of the database at that time. If the PITR feature is enabled, the retention period is 7 days. Otherwise, the retention period is 1 hour. } databaseId: string, Required. The ID to use for the database, which will become the final component of the database's resource name. The value must be set to "(default)". @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of the database. See https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/firestore-or-datastore for information about how to choose. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UUID4 for this Database. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this database was most recently updated. Note this only includes updates to the database resource and not data contained by the database. - "versionRetentionPeriod": "A String", # Output only. The period during which past versions of data are retained in the database. Any read or query can specify a `read_time` within this window, and will read the state of the database at that time. If the PITR feature is enabled, the retention period is 7 days. If unset, the retention period is 1 hour. + "versionRetentionPeriod": "A String", # Output only. The period during which past versions of data are retained in the database. Any read or query can specify a `read_time` within this window, and will read the state of the database at that time. If the PITR feature is enabled, the retention period is 7 days. Otherwise, the retention period is 1 hour. } @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of the database. See https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/firestore-or-datastore for information about how to choose. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UUID4 for this Database. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this database was most recently updated. Note this only includes updates to the database resource and not data contained by the database. - "versionRetentionPeriod": "A String", # Output only. The period during which past versions of data are retained in the database. Any read or query can specify a `read_time` within this window, and will read the state of the database at that time. If the PITR feature is enabled, the retention period is 7 days. If unset, the retention period is 1 hour. + "versionRetentionPeriod": "A String", # Output only. The period during which past versions of data are retained in the database. Any read or query can specify a `read_time` within this window, and will read the state of the database at that time. If the PITR feature is enabled, the retention period is 7 days. Otherwise, the retention period is 1 hour. }, ], } @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of the database. See https://cloud.google.com/datastore/docs/firestore-or-datastore for information about how to choose. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UUID4 for this Database. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this database was most recently updated. Note this only includes updates to the database resource and not data contained by the database. - "versionRetentionPeriod": "A String", # Output only. The period during which past versions of data are retained in the database. Any read or query can specify a `read_time` within this window, and will read the state of the database at that time. If the PITR feature is enabled, the retention period is 7 days. If unset, the retention period is 1 hour. + "versionRetentionPeriod": "A String", # Output only. The period during which past versions of data are retained in the database. Any read or query can specify a `read_time` within this window, and will read the state of the database at that time. If the PITR feature is enabled, the retention period is 7 days. Otherwise, the retention period is 1 hour. } updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html index 7b921ffba72..b2a075c0298 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html @@ -184,7 +184,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -239,31 +243,16 @@

Method Details

{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -283,7 +272,11 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -303,7 +296,11 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -324,26 +321,7 @@

Method Details

}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -354,7 +332,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -386,31 +368,16 @@

Method Details

{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -430,7 +397,11 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -450,7 +421,11 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -471,26 +446,7 @@

Method Details

}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -524,7 +480,11 @@

Method Details

{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -612,31 +572,16 @@

Method Details

{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -656,7 +601,11 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -676,7 +625,11 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -697,26 +650,7 @@

Method Details

}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -727,7 +661,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -759,31 +697,16 @@

Method Details

{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -803,7 +726,11 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -823,7 +750,11 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -844,26 +775,7 @@

Method Details

}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -887,7 +799,11 @@

Method Details

{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -927,7 +843,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -965,7 +885,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1031,7 +955,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1084,7 +1012,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1185,7 +1117,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1266,7 +1202,11 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1314,7 +1254,11 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1348,7 +1292,11 @@

Method Details

}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1401,7 +1349,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1446,7 +1398,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "filter": { # A digest of all the documents that match a given target. # A filter to apply to the set of documents previously returned for the given target. Returned when documents may have been removed from the given target, but the exact documents are unknown. - "count": 42, # The total count of documents that match target_id. If different from the count of documents in the client that match, the client must manually determine which documents no longer match the target. + "count": 42, # The total count of documents that match target_id. If different from the count of documents in the client that match, the client must manually determine which documents no longer match the target. The client can use the `unchanged_names` bloom filter to assist with this determination. "targetId": 42, # The target ID to which this filter applies. "unchangedNames": { # A bloom filter (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bloom_filter). The bloom filter hashes the entries with MD5 and treats the resulting 128-bit hash as 2 distinct 64-bit hash values, interpreted as unsigned integers using 2's complement encoding. These two hash values, named `h1` and `h2`, are then used to compute the `hash_count` hash values using the formula, starting at `i=0`: h(i) = h1 + (i * h2) These resulting values are then taken modulo the number of bits in the bloom filter to get the bits of the bloom filter to test for the given entry. # A bloom filter that contains the UTF-8 byte encodings of the resource names of the documents that match target_id, in the form `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}` that have NOT changed since the query results indicated by the resume token or timestamp given in `Target.resume_type`. This bloom filter may be omitted at the server's discretion, such as if it is deemed that the client will not make use of it or if it is too computationally expensive to calculate or transmit. Clients must gracefully handle this field being absent by falling back to the logic used before this field existed; that is, re-add the target without a resume token to figure out which documents in the client's cache are out of sync. "bits": { # A sequence of bits, encoded in a byte array. Each byte in the `bitmap` byte array stores 8 bits of the sequence. The only exception is the last byte, which may store 8 _or fewer_ bits. The `padding` defines the number of bits of the last byte to be ignored as "padding". The values of these "padding" bits are unspecified and must be ignored. To retrieve the first bit, bit 0, calculate: `(bitmap[0] & 0x01) != 0`. To retrieve the second bit, bit 1, calculate: `(bitmap[0] & 0x02) != 0`. To retrieve the third bit, bit 2, calculate: `(bitmap[0] & 0x04) != 0`. To retrieve the fourth bit, bit 3, calculate: `(bitmap[0] & 0x08) != 0`. To retrieve bit n, calculate: `(bitmap[n / 8] & (0x01 << (n % 8))) != 0`. The "size" of a `BitSequence` (the number of bits it contains) is calculated by this formula: `(bitmap.length * 8) - padding`. # The bloom filter data. @@ -1495,7 +1447,11 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1543,7 +1499,11 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1577,7 +1537,11 @@

Method Details

}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1622,7 +1586,11 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1674,7 +1642,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1714,7 +1686,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1797,7 +1773,11 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1845,7 +1825,11 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1879,7 +1863,11 @@

Method Details

}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1924,7 +1912,11 @@

Method Details

"result": { # The result of a single bucket from a Firestore aggregation query. The keys of `aggregate_fields` are the same for all results in an aggregation query, unlike document queries which can have different fields present for each result. # A single aggregation result. Not present when reporting partial progress. "aggregateFields": { # The result of the aggregation functions, ex: `COUNT(*) AS total_docs`. The key is the alias assigned to the aggregation function on input and the size of this map equals the number of aggregation functions in the query. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1973,7 +1965,11 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2021,7 +2017,11 @@

Method Details

"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2055,7 +2055,11 @@

Method Details

}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2099,7 +2103,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2157,31 +2165,16 @@

Method Details

{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2201,7 +2194,11 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2221,7 +2218,11 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2242,26 +2243,7 @@

Method Details

}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -2272,7 +2254,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2304,31 +2290,16 @@

Method Details

{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2348,7 +2319,11 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2368,7 +2343,11 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2389,26 +2368,7 @@

Method Details

}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. - "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value - }, - }, - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. - "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + # Object with schema name: Value ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -2434,7 +2394,11 @@

Method Details

{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "values": [ # Values in the array. + # Object with schema name: Value + ], + }, "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html index f3321e8a0d5..3442d5d0317 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location. + { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location. "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo". "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"} "a_key": "A String", @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response message for Locations.ListLocations. "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request. - { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location. + { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location. "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo". "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"} "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html index 78815fcbe24..8e6c936feea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # A brief description of this execution. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores '_'. "executionTemplate": { # The description a notebook execution workload. # execute metadata including name, hardware spec, region, labels, etc. - "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution. + "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution. "coreCount": "A String", # Count of cores of this accelerator. "type": "A String", # Type of this accelerator. }, @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # A brief description of this execution. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores '_'. "executionTemplate": { # The description a notebook execution workload. # execute metadata including name, hardware spec, region, labels, etc. - "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution. + "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution. "coreCount": "A String", # Count of cores of this accelerator. "type": "A String", # Type of this accelerator. }, @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # A brief description of this execution. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores '_'. "executionTemplate": { # The description a notebook execution workload. # execute metadata including name, hardware spec, region, labels, etc. - "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution. + "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution. "coreCount": "A String", # Count of cores of this accelerator. "type": "A String", # Type of this accelerator. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html index 087e24db573..4162641d155 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -94,10 +94,10 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

getInstanceHealth(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Check if a notebook instance is healthy.

+

Checks whether a notebook instance is healthy.

isUpgradeable(notebookInstance, type=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Check if a notebook instance is upgradable.

+

Checks whether a notebook instance is upgradable.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists instances in a given project and location.

@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # The definition of a notebook instance. - "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # The hardware accelerator used on this instance. If you use accelerators, make sure that your configuration has [enough vCPUs and memory to support the `machine_type` you have selected](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list). + "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # The hardware accelerator used on this instance. If you use accelerators, make sure that your configuration has [enough vCPUs and memory to support the `machine_type` you have selected](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list). "coreCount": "A String", # Count of cores of this accelerator. "type": "A String", # Type of this accelerator. }, @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The name of the VPC that this instance is in. Format: `projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}` "nicType": "A String", # Optional. The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "noProxyAccess": True or False, # If true, the notebook instance will not register with the proxy. - "noPublicIp": True or False, # If true, no public IP will be assigned to this instance. + "noPublicIp": True or False, # If true, no external IP will be assigned to this instance. "noRemoveDataDisk": True or False, # Input only. If true, the data disk will not be auto deleted when deleting the instance. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Path to a Bash script that automatically runs after a notebook instance fully boots up. The path must be a URL or Cloud Storage path (`gs://path-to-file/file-name`). "proxyUri": "A String", # Output only. The proxy endpoint that is used to access the Jupyter notebook. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountScopes": [ # Optional. The URIs of service account scopes to be included in Compute Engine instances. If not specified, the following [scopes](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#accesscopesiam) are defined: - https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform - https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email If not using default scopes, you need at least: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute "A String", ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. Check [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM configuration. [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM configuration. [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # The definition of a notebook instance. - "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # The hardware accelerator used on this instance. If you use accelerators, make sure that your configuration has [enough vCPUs and memory to support the `machine_type` you have selected](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list). + "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # The hardware accelerator used on this instance. If you use accelerators, make sure that your configuration has [enough vCPUs and memory to support the `machine_type` you have selected](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list). "coreCount": "A String", # Count of cores of this accelerator. "type": "A String", # Type of this accelerator. }, @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The name of the VPC that this instance is in. Format: `projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}` "nicType": "A String", # Optional. The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "noProxyAccess": True or False, # If true, the notebook instance will not register with the proxy. - "noPublicIp": True or False, # If true, no public IP will be assigned to this instance. + "noPublicIp": True or False, # If true, no external IP will be assigned to this instance. "noRemoveDataDisk": True or False, # Input only. If true, the data disk will not be auto deleted when deleting the instance. "postStartupScript": "A String", # Path to a Bash script that automatically runs after a notebook instance fully boots up. The path must be a URL or Cloud Storage path (`gs://path-to-file/file-name`). "proxyUri": "A String", # Output only. The proxy endpoint that is used to access the Jupyter notebook. @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccountScopes": [ # Optional. The URIs of service account scopes to be included in Compute Engine instances. If not specified, the following [scopes](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#accesscopesiam) are defined: - https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform - https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email If not using default scopes, you need at least: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute "A String", ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. Check [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM configuration. [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM configuration. [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@

Method Details

getInstanceHealth(name, x__xgafv=None) - 
Check if a notebook instance is healthy.
+  
Checks whether a notebook instance is healthy.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}` (required)
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     isUpgradeable(notebookInstance, type=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Check if a notebook instance is upgradable.
+  
Checks whether a notebook instance is upgradable.
 
 Args:
   notebookInstance: string, Required. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}` (required)
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response for listing notebook instances.
   "instances": [ # A list of returned instances.
     { # The definition of a notebook instance.
-      "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # The hardware accelerator used on this instance. If you use accelerators, make sure that your configuration has [enough vCPUs and memory to support the `machine_type` you have selected](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list).
+      "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # The hardware accelerator used on this instance. If you use accelerators, make sure that your configuration has [enough vCPUs and memory to support the `machine_type` you have selected](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list).
         "coreCount": "A String", # Count of cores of this accelerator.
         "type": "A String", # Type of this accelerator.
       },
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "network": "A String", # The name of the VPC that this instance is in. Format: `projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}`
       "nicType": "A String", # Optional. The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
       "noProxyAccess": True or False, # If true, the notebook instance will not register with the proxy.
-      "noPublicIp": True or False, # If true, no public IP will be assigned to this instance.
+      "noPublicIp": True or False, # If true, no external IP will be assigned to this instance.
       "noRemoveDataDisk": True or False, # Input only. If true, the data disk will not be auto deleted when deleting the instance.
       "postStartupScript": "A String", # Path to a Bash script that automatically runs after a notebook instance fully boots up. The path must be a URL or Cloud Storage path (`gs://path-to-file/file-name`).
       "proxyUri": "A String", # Output only. The proxy endpoint that is used to access the Jupyter notebook.
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "serviceAccountScopes": [ # Optional. The URIs of service account scopes to be included in Compute Engine instances. If not specified, the following [scopes](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#accesscopesiam) are defined: - https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform - https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email If not using default scopes, you need at least: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute
         "A String",
       ],
-      "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. Check [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM configuration. [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm).
+      "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM configuration. [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm).
         "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created. Enabled by default.
         "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. Disabled by default.
         "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
@@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request for setting instance accelerator.
-  "coreCount": "A String", # Required. Count of cores of this accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported.
+  "coreCount": "A String", # Required. Count of cores of this accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported.
   "type": "A String", # Required. Type of this accelerator.
 }
 
@@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request for updating the Shielded Instance config for a notebook instance. You can only use this method on a stopped instance
-  "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. Check [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # ShieldedInstance configuration to be updated.
+  "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # ShieldedInstance configuration to be updated.
     "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created. Enabled by default.
     "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. Disabled by default.
     "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html
index 4c31ff4fb47..dfa8111e3f6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Gets an access token for the consumer service account that the customer attached to the runtime. Only accessible from the tenant instance.

 

   reportEvent(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Report and process a runtime event.

+
Reports and processes a runtime event.

 

   reset(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Resets a Managed Notebook Runtime.

@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "network": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine network to be used for machine communications. Cannot be specified with subnetwork. If neither `network` nor `subnet` is specified, the "default" network of the project is used, if it exists. A full URL or partial URI. Examples: * `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/networks/default` * `projects/[project_id]/global/networks/default` Runtimes are managed resources inside Google Infrastructure. Runtimes support the following network configurations: * Google Managed Network (Network & subnet are empty) * Consumer Project VPC (network & subnet are required). Requires configuring Private Service Access. * Shared VPC (network & subnet are required). Requires configuring Private Service Access.
       "nicType": "A String", # Optional. The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
       "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Reserved IP Range name is used for VPC Peering. The subnetwork allocation will use the range *name* if it's assigned. Example: managed-notebooks-range-c PEERING_RANGE_NAME_3=managed-notebooks-range-c gcloud compute addresses create $PEERING_RANGE_NAME_3 \ --global \ --prefix-length=24 \ --description="Google Cloud Managed Notebooks Range 24 c" \ --network=$NETWORK \ --addresses=192.168.0.0 \ --purpose=VPC_PEERING Field value will be: `managed-notebooks-range-c`
-      "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. Check [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM Instance configuration settings.
+      "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM Instance configuration settings.
         "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created. Enabled by default.
         "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. Disabled by default.
         "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "network": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine network to be used for machine communications. Cannot be specified with subnetwork. If neither `network` nor `subnet` is specified, the "default" network of the project is used, if it exists. A full URL or partial URI. Examples: * `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/networks/default` * `projects/[project_id]/global/networks/default` Runtimes are managed resources inside Google Infrastructure. Runtimes support the following network configurations: * Google Managed Network (Network & subnet are empty) * Consumer Project VPC (network & subnet are required). Requires configuring Private Service Access. * Shared VPC (network & subnet are required). Requires configuring Private Service Access.
       "nicType": "A String", # Optional. The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
       "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Reserved IP Range name is used for VPC Peering. The subnetwork allocation will use the range *name* if it's assigned. Example: managed-notebooks-range-c PEERING_RANGE_NAME_3=managed-notebooks-range-c gcloud compute addresses create $PEERING_RANGE_NAME_3 \ --global \ --prefix-length=24 \ --description="Google Cloud Managed Notebooks Range 24 c" \ --network=$NETWORK \ --addresses=192.168.0.0 \ --purpose=VPC_PEERING Field value will be: `managed-notebooks-range-c`
-      "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. Check [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM Instance configuration settings.
+      "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM Instance configuration settings.
         "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created. Enabled by default.
         "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. Disabled by default.
         "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "network": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine network to be used for machine communications. Cannot be specified with subnetwork. If neither `network` nor `subnet` is specified, the "default" network of the project is used, if it exists. A full URL or partial URI. Examples: * `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/networks/default` * `projects/[project_id]/global/networks/default` Runtimes are managed resources inside Google Infrastructure. Runtimes support the following network configurations: * Google Managed Network (Network & subnet are empty) * Consumer Project VPC (network & subnet are required). Requires configuring Private Service Access. * Shared VPC (network & subnet are required). Requires configuring Private Service Access.
           "nicType": "A String", # Optional. The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
           "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Reserved IP Range name is used for VPC Peering. The subnetwork allocation will use the range *name* if it's assigned. Example: managed-notebooks-range-c PEERING_RANGE_NAME_3=managed-notebooks-range-c gcloud compute addresses create $PEERING_RANGE_NAME_3 \ --global \ --prefix-length=24 \ --description="Google Cloud Managed Notebooks Range 24 c" \ --network=$NETWORK \ --addresses=192.168.0.0 \ --purpose=VPC_PEERING Field value will be: `managed-notebooks-range-c`
-          "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. Check [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM Instance configuration settings.
+          "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM Instance configuration settings.
             "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created. Enabled by default.
             "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. Disabled by default.
             "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "network": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine network to be used for machine communications. Cannot be specified with subnetwork. If neither `network` nor `subnet` is specified, the "default" network of the project is used, if it exists. A full URL or partial URI. Examples: * `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/networks/default` * `projects/[project_id]/global/networks/default` Runtimes are managed resources inside Google Infrastructure. Runtimes support the following network configurations: * Google Managed Network (Network & subnet are empty) * Consumer Project VPC (network & subnet are required). Requires configuring Private Service Access. * Shared VPC (network & subnet are required). Requires configuring Private Service Access.
       "nicType": "A String", # Optional. The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
       "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Reserved IP Range name is used for VPC Peering. The subnetwork allocation will use the range *name* if it's assigned. Example: managed-notebooks-range-c PEERING_RANGE_NAME_3=managed-notebooks-range-c gcloud compute addresses create $PEERING_RANGE_NAME_3 \ --global \ --prefix-length=24 \ --description="Google Cloud Managed Notebooks Range 24 c" \ --network=$NETWORK \ --addresses=192.168.0.0 \ --purpose=VPC_PEERING Field value will be: `managed-notebooks-range-c`
-      "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. Check [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM Instance configuration settings.
+      "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid. # Optional. Shielded VM Instance configuration settings.
         "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created. Enabled by default.
         "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. Disabled by default.
         "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     reportEvent(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Report and process a runtime event.
+  
Reports and processes a runtime event.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/runtimes/{runtime_id}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html
index 2906502cd7b..4bb1b99fdb1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # A brief description of this environment.
   "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters, hyphens `-`, and underscores `_`.
   "executionTemplate": { # The description a notebook execution workload. # Notebook Execution Template corresponding to this schedule.
-    "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+    "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
       "coreCount": "A String", # Count of cores of this accelerator.
       "type": "A String", # Type of this accelerator.
     },
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # A brief description of this execution.
       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores '_'.
       "executionTemplate": { # The description a notebook execution workload. # execute metadata including name, hardware spec, region, labels, etc.
-        "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+        "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
           "coreCount": "A String", # Count of cores of this accelerator.
           "type": "A String", # Type of this accelerator.
         },
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # A brief description of this environment.
   "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters, hyphens `-`, and underscores `_`.
   "executionTemplate": { # The description a notebook execution workload. # Notebook Execution Template corresponding to this schedule.
-    "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+    "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
       "coreCount": "A String", # Count of cores of this accelerator.
       "type": "A String", # Type of this accelerator.
     },
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # A brief description of this execution.
       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores '_'.
       "executionTemplate": { # The description a notebook execution workload. # execute metadata including name, hardware spec, region, labels, etc.
-        "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+        "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
           "coreCount": "A String", # Count of cores of this accelerator.
           "type": "A String", # Type of this accelerator.
         },
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # A brief description of this environment.
       "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters, hyphens `-`, and underscores `_`.
       "executionTemplate": { # The description a notebook execution workload. # Notebook Execution Template corresponding to this schedule.
-        "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+        "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
           "coreCount": "A String", # Count of cores of this accelerator.
           "type": "A String", # Type of this accelerator.
         },
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # A brief description of this execution.
           "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Name used for UI purposes. Name can only contain alphanumeric characters and underscores '_'.
           "executionTemplate": { # The description a notebook execution workload. # execute metadata including name, hardware spec, region, labels, etc.
-            "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
+            "acceleratorConfig": { # Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported. # Configuration (count and accelerator type) for hardware running notebook execution.
               "coreCount": "A String", # Count of cores of this accelerator.
               "type": "A String", # Type of this accelerator.
             },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
index 50c84fb3ff7..4bd55bcd675 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
   },
-  "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation.
+  "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation.
     "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
     "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
     "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -266,6 +266,15 @@ 
Method Details

         "selector": "A String", # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. "foo.*" is ok, but not "foo.b*" or "foo.*.bar". A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern "*" is used.
       },
     ],
+    "sectionOverrides": [ # Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries
+      { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
+        "content": "A String", # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
+        "name": "A String", # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
+        "subpages": [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
+          # Object with schema name: Page
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
     "serviceRootUrl": "A String", # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
     "summary": "A String", # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
   },
@@ -836,7 +845,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
   },
-  "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation.
+  "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation.
     "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
     "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
     "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -856,6 +865,15 @@ 
Method Details

         "selector": "A String", # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. "foo.*" is ok, but not "foo.b*" or "foo.*.bar". A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern "*" is used.
       },
     ],
+    "sectionOverrides": [ # Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries
+      { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
+        "content": "A String", # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
+        "name": "A String", # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
+        "subpages": [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
+          # Object with schema name: Page
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
     "serviceRootUrl": "A String", # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
     "summary": "A String", # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
   },
@@ -1438,7 +1456,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
   },
-  "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation.
+  "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation.
     "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
     "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
     "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -1458,6 +1476,15 @@ 
Method Details

         "selector": "A String", # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. "foo.*" is ok, but not "foo.b*" or "foo.*.bar". A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern "*" is used.
       },
     ],
+    "sectionOverrides": [ # Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries
+      { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
+        "content": "A String", # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
+        "name": "A String", # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
+        "subpages": [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
+          # Object with schema name: Page
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
     "serviceRootUrl": "A String", # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
     "summary": "A String", # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
   },
@@ -2040,7 +2067,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
       },
-      "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation.
+      "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation.
         "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
         "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
         "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -2060,6 +2087,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "selector": "A String", # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. "foo.*" is ok, but not "foo.b*" or "foo.*.bar". A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern "*" is used.
           },
         ],
+        "sectionOverrides": [ # Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries
+          { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
+            "content": "A String", # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
+            "name": "A String", # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
+            "subpages": [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
+              # Object with schema name: Page
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
         "serviceRootUrl": "A String", # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
         "summary": "A String", # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html
index f41461cb500..cf920018c08 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
   },
-  "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation.
+  "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation.
     "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation.
     "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
     "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
@@ -461,6 +461,15 @@ 
Method Details

         "selector": "A String", # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. "foo.*" is ok, but not "foo.b*" or "foo.*.bar". A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern "*" is used.
       },
     ],
+    "sectionOverrides": [ # Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries
+      { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
+        "content": "A String", # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
+        "name": "A String", # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
+        "subpages": [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
+          # Object with schema name: Page
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
     "serviceRootUrl": "A String", # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
     "summary": "A String", # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objectAccessControls.html b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objectAccessControls.html
index 8c73eafc134..0cddf3d9501 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objectAccessControls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objectAccessControls.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of a bucket. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   entity: string, The entity holding the permission. Can be user-userId, user-emailAddress, group-groupId, group-emailAddress, allUsers, or allAuthenticatedUsers. (required)
   generation: string, If present, selects a specific revision of this object (as opposed to the latest version, the default).
   userProject: string, The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of a bucket. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   entity: string, The entity holding the permission. Can be user-userId, user-emailAddress, group-groupId, group-emailAddress, allUsers, or allAuthenticatedUsers. (required)
   generation: string, If present, selects a specific revision of this object (as opposed to the latest version, the default).
   userProject: string, The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of a bucket. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of a bucket. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   generation: string, If present, selects a specific revision of this object (as opposed to the latest version, the default).
   userProject: string, The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.
 
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of a bucket. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   entity: string, The entity holding the permission. Can be user-userId, user-emailAddress, group-groupId, group-emailAddress, allUsers, or allAuthenticatedUsers. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of a bucket. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   entity: string, The entity holding the permission. Can be user-userId, user-emailAddress, group-groupId, group-emailAddress, allUsers, or allAuthenticatedUsers. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html
index eadda4ac2b6..35abf8d1969 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.objects.html
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   destinationBucket: string, Name of the bucket containing the source objects. The destination object is stored in this bucket. (required)
-  destinationObject: string, Name of the new object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  destinationObject: string, Name of the new object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -319,8 +319,8 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   sourceBucket: string, Name of the bucket in which to find the source object. (required)
-  sourceObject: string, Name of the source object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
-  destinationBucket: string, Name of the bucket in which to store the new object. Overrides the provided object metadata's bucket value, if any.For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  sourceObject: string, Name of the source object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
+  destinationBucket: string, Name of the bucket in which to store the new object. Overrides the provided object metadata's bucket value, if any.For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   destinationObject: string, Name of the new object. Required when the object metadata is not otherwise provided. Overrides the object metadata's name value, if any. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of the bucket in which the object resides. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   generation: string, If present, permanently deletes a specific revision of this object (as opposed to the latest version, the default).
   ifGenerationMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the object's current generation matches the given value. Setting to 0 makes the operation succeed only if there are no live versions of the object.
   ifGenerationNotMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the object's current generation does not match the given value. If no live object exists, the precondition fails. Setting to 0 makes the operation succeed only if there is a live version of the object.
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of the bucket in which the object resides. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   generation: string, If present, selects a specific revision of this object (as opposed to the latest version, the default).
   ifGenerationMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the object's current generation matches the given value. Setting to 0 makes the operation succeed only if there are no live versions of the object.
   ifGenerationNotMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the object's current generation does not match the given value. If no live object exists, the precondition fails. Setting to 0 makes the operation succeed only if there is a live version of the object.
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of the bucket in which the object resides. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   generation: string, If present, selects a specific revision of this object (as opposed to the latest version, the default).
   userProject: string, The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.
 
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of the bucket in which the object resides. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   generation: string, If present, selects a specific revision of this object (as opposed to the latest version, the default).
   ifGenerationMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the object's current generation matches the given value. Setting to 0 makes the operation succeed only if there are no live versions of the object.
   ifGenerationNotMatch: string, Makes the operation conditional on whether the object's current generation does not match the given value. If no live object exists, the precondition fails. Setting to 0 makes the operation succeed only if there is a live version of the object.
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ 
Method Details

   kmsKeyName: string, Resource name of the Cloud KMS key, of the form projects/my-project/locations/global/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key, that will be used to encrypt the object. Overrides the object metadata's kms_key_name value, if any.
   media_body: string, The filename of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
   media_mime_type: string, The MIME type of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
-  name: string, Name of the object. Required when the object metadata is not otherwise provided. Overrides the object metadata's name value, if any. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.
+  name: string, Name of the object. Required when the object metadata is not otherwise provided. Overrides the object metadata's name value, if any. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).
   predefinedAcl: string, Apply a predefined set of access controls to this object.
     Allowed values
       authenticatedRead - Object owner gets OWNER access, and allAuthenticatedUsers get READER access.
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of the bucket in which the object resides. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1176,9 +1176,9 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   sourceBucket: string, Name of the bucket in which to find the source object. (required)
-  sourceObject: string, Name of the source object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  sourceObject: string, Name of the source object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   destinationBucket: string, Name of the bucket in which to store the new object. Overrides the provided object metadata's bucket value, if any. (required)
-  destinationObject: string, Name of the new object. Required when the object metadata is not otherwise provided. Overrides the object metadata's name value, if any. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  destinationObject: string, Name of the new object. Required when the object metadata is not otherwise provided. Overrides the object metadata's name value, if any. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of the bucket in which the object resides. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of the bucket in which the object resides. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   permissions: string, Permissions to test. (required) (repeated)
   generation: string, If present, selects a specific revision of this object (as opposed to the latest version, the default).
   userProject: string, The project to be billed for this request. Required for Requester Pays buckets.
@@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of the bucket in which the object resides. (required)
-  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts. (required)
+  object: string, Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding). (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photoSequences.html b/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photoSequences.html
index aeb6c4db774..87965843f04 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photoSequences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photoSequences.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Lists all the PhotoSequences that belong to the user, in descending CreatePhotoSequence timestamp order.
 
 Args:
-  filter: string, Optional. The filter expression. For example: `imagery_type=SPHERICAL`. The filters supported are: `imagery_type`, `processing_state`, `min_latitude`, `max_latitude`, `min_longitude`, `max_longitude`, and `filename_query`. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more information. Filename queries should sent as a Phrase in order to support multiple words and special characters by adding escaped quotes. Ex: filename_query="example of a phrase.mp4"
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter expression. For example: `imagery_type=SPHERICAL`. The filters supported are: `imagery_type`, `processing_state`, `min_latitude`, `max_latitude`, `min_longitude`, `max_longitude`, `filename_query`, `min_capture_time_seconds`, `max_capture_time_seconds`, and `takedown`. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more information. Filename queries should sent as a Phrase in order to support multiple words and special characters by adding escaped quotes. Ex: filename_query="example of a phrase.mp4"
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of photo sequences to return. `pageSize` must be non-negative. If `pageSize` is zero or is not provided, the default page size of 100 is used. The number of photo sequences returned in the response may be less than `pageSize` if the number of matches is less than `pageSize`. This is currently unimplemented but is in process.
   pageToken: string, Optional. The nextPageToken value returned from a previous ListPhotoSequences request, if any.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html b/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html
index f882746c6ed..3f03a505585 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Lists all the Photos that belong to the user. > Note: Recently created photos that are still being indexed are not returned in the response.
 
 Args:
-  filter: string, Optional. The filter expression. For example: `placeId=ChIJj61dQgK6j4AR4GeTYWZsKWw`. The filters supported are: `placeId`, `min_latitude`, `max_latitude`, `min_longitude`, `max_longitude`, 'min_capture_time_seconds', and 'max_capture_time_seconds'. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more information.
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter expression. For example: `placeId=ChIJj61dQgK6j4AR4GeTYWZsKWw`. The filters supported are: `placeId`, `min_latitude`, `max_latitude`, `min_longitude`, `max_longitude`. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more information.
   languageCode: string, Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. If language_code is unspecified, the user's language preference for Google services is used.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of photos to return. `pageSize` must be non-negative. If `pageSize` is zero or is not provided, the default page size of 100 is used. The number of photos returned in the response may be less than `pageSize` if the number of photos that belong to the user is less than `pageSize`.
   pageToken: string, Optional. The nextPageToken value returned from a previous ListPhotos request, if any.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.files.html
index f8c99536a5c..49e8c0849ac 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.files.html
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
               "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
                 { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.images.html
index 8c3b596ee8c..f23beb68b01 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.images.html
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
           "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
             { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.files.html
index 273ee9f14bc..525d4dda430 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.files.html
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
               "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
                 { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.images.html
index 22963c2d50f..6711eb5be7a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.images.html
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
           "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
             { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.files.html
index bfc51180187..b7b66f69fc2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.files.html
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
               "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
                 { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.images.html
index 69a03097204..37a4201d314 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.projects.locations.images.html
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
           "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
             { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.files.html
index 3bdcb43daf4..8cd952c18dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.files.html
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
               "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
                 { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.images.html
index 15ebc26492e..9210d413d52 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.images.html
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
           "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
             { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.files.html
index 1cb289d10df..b7531e1ddad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.files.html
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
               "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
                 { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.images.html
index c95d0030427..05a043f2640 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.images.html
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
           "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
             { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.files.html
index 9c92e661585..a629d7ead97 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.files.html
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
               "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
                 { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.images.html
index fc14aec9f17..d1b4e398bff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p1beta1.projects.locations.images.html
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
           "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
             { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.files.html
index f293026167a..e774825d7c5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.files.html
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
               "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
                 { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.images.html
index c89991235cf..6ba8f569efa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.images.html
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
           "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
             { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.files.html
index 14c9feabd58..8a8ed0547b8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.files.html
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
               "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
                 { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.images.html
index 089dc1b2a87..867a7219f50 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.images.html
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
           "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
             { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.files.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.files.html
index f5e09f3f7e8..1a0634b91e0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.files.html
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
               "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
                 { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+                  "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                     "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                     "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                     "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.images.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.images.html
index 485f7bcc983..df67d70b03a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1p2beta1.projects.locations.images.html
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "dominantColors": { # Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores. # If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
           "colors": [ # RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
             { # Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
-              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
+              "color": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB components of the color.
                 "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
                 "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
                 "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
index 55aa7572ca3..5b86704608e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://acceleratedmobilepageurl.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AmpUrl": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json
index 6174fbb0f7c..e2601fa7b21 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230606",
   "rootUrl": "https://accessapproval.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessApprovalServiceAccount": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
index d2813caab40..e02ce17f2c2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json
index bbe391f9aec..7ed3a784e53 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json
index 49382bb0ea4..bd0d5cbdd5e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://acmedns.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcmeChallengeSet": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
index a9f0928da23..32217694f4c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
@@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbsoluteDateRange": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
index e5053801ca3..44315b3bbb2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Application": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
index ba0a898ebf8..e7c60f04b36 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
@@ -4635,7 +4635,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Alias": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
index 32b9c885cec..557834e3b12 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "date": {
-              "description": "Represents the date the usage occurred, based on PST time zone. The timestamp is in the [ISO 8601 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601), `yyyy-mm-dd`.",
+              "description": "Represents the date the usage occurred, based on UTC-8:00 (Pacific Standard Time). The timestamp is in the [ISO 8601 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601), `yyyy-mm-dd`.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "(\\d){4}-(\\d){2}-(\\d){2}",
               "required": true,
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "date": {
-              "description": "Represents the date the usage occurred. The timestamp is in the ISO 8601 format, yyyy-mm-dd. We recommend you use your account's time zone for this.",
+              "description": "Represents the date the usage occurred, based on UTC-8:00 (Pacific Standard Time). The timestamp is in the [ISO 8601 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601), `yyyy-mm-dd`.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "(\\d){4}-(\\d){2}-(\\d){2}",
               "required": true,
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "date": {
-              "description": "Represents the date the usage occurred, based on GMT-7:00 (Pacific Standard Time). The timestamp is in the [ISO 8601 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601), `yyyy-mm-dd`.",
+              "description": "Represents the date the usage occurred, based on UTC-8:00 (Pacific Standard Time). The timestamp is in the [ISO 8601 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601), `yyyy-mm-dd`.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "(\\d){4}-(\\d){2}-(\\d){2}",
               "required": true,
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Activities": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
index 916d14afd69..c34f75dbd5b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdUnit": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
index aca9fa31c26..3c22f2fb949 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdSource": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
index 502c9fb3542..8fbec6b9d50 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
@@ -1061,7 +1061,11 @@
                     "COST_PER_CLICK",
                     "ADS_PER_IMPRESSION",
                     "TOTAL_EARNINGS",
-                    "WEBSEARCH_RESULT_PAGES"
+                    "WEBSEARCH_RESULT_PAGES",
+                    "FUNNEL_REQUESTS",
+                    "FUNNEL_IMPRESSIONS",
+                    "FUNNEL_CLICKS",
+                    "FUNNEL_RPM"
                   ],
                   "enumDescriptions": [
                     "Unspecified metric.",
@@ -1096,7 +1100,11 @@
                     "Amount the publisher earns each time a user clicks on an ad. CPC is calculated by dividing the estimated revenue by the number of clicks received.",
                     "Number of ad views per impression.",
                     "Total earnings are the gross estimated earnings from revenue shared traffic before any parent and child account revenue share is applied.",
-                    "Number of results pages."
+                    "Number of results pages.",
+                    "Number of requests for non-ad units (for example a related search unit). For more information, see [Funnel requests](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586959).",
+                    "Number of requests for non-ad units ads that returned content that was shown to the user. For more information, see [Funnel impressions](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11585767).",
+                    "Number of times a user clicked on a non-ad unit, triggering further ad requests. For more information, see [Funnel clicks](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586382).",
+                    "Revenue per thousand funnel impressions. This is calculated by dividing estimated revenue by the number of funnel impressions multiplied by 1000. For more information, see [Funnel RPM](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11585979)."
                   ],
                   "location": "query",
                   "repeated": true,
@@ -1373,7 +1381,11 @@
                     "COST_PER_CLICK",
                     "ADS_PER_IMPRESSION",
                     "TOTAL_EARNINGS",
-                    "WEBSEARCH_RESULT_PAGES"
+                    "WEBSEARCH_RESULT_PAGES",
+                    "FUNNEL_REQUESTS",
+                    "FUNNEL_IMPRESSIONS",
+                    "FUNNEL_CLICKS",
+                    "FUNNEL_RPM"
                   ],
                   "enumDescriptions": [
                     "Unspecified metric.",
@@ -1408,7 +1420,11 @@
                     "Amount the publisher earns each time a user clicks on an ad. CPC is calculated by dividing the estimated revenue by the number of clicks received.",
                     "Number of ad views per impression.",
                     "Total earnings are the gross estimated earnings from revenue shared traffic before any parent and child account revenue share is applied.",
-                    "Number of results pages."
+                    "Number of results pages.",
+                    "Number of requests for non-ad units (for example a related search unit). For more information, see [Funnel requests](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586959).",
+                    "Number of requests for non-ad units ads that returned content that was shown to the user. For more information, see [Funnel impressions](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11585767).",
+                    "Number of times a user clicked on a non-ad unit, triggering further ad requests. For more information, see [Funnel clicks](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11586382).",
+                    "Revenue per thousand funnel impressions. This is calculated by dividing estimated revenue by the number of funnel impressions multiplied by 1000. For more information, see [Funnel RPM](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/11585979)."
                   ],
                   "location": "query",
                   "repeated": true,
@@ -1828,7 +1844,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230620",
   "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json
index 8b14d7cf98a..3d91162b606 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://advisorynotifications.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudAdvisorynotificationsV1Attachment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json
index 0d2959cc777..5a08823457a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbuseDetected": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
index 4b583de2f08..80b9238eb64 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
@@ -4322,7 +4322,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccessBetweenFilter": {
@@ -4902,10 +4902,10 @@
             "Reporting attribution model unspecified.",
             "Data-driven attribution distributes credit for the conversion based on data for each conversion event. Each Data-driven model is specific to each advertiser and each conversion event.",
             "Ignores direct traffic and attributes 100% of the conversion value to the last channel that the customer clicked through (or engaged view through for YouTube) before converting.",
-            "Gives all credit for the conversion to the first channel that a customer clicked (or engaged view through for YouTube) before converting.",
-            "Distributes the credit for the conversion equally across all the channels a customer clicked (or engaged view through for YouTube) before converting.",
-            "Attributes 40% credit to the first and last interaction, and the remaining 20% credit is distributed evenly to the middle interactions.",
-            "Gives more credit to the touchpoints that happened closer in time to the conversion.",
+            "Starting in June 2023, new properties can no longer use this model. See [Analytics Help](https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9164320?hl=en#040623) for more details. Starting in September 2023, we will sunset this model for all properties. Gives all credit for the conversion to the first channel that a customer clicked (or engaged view through for YouTube) before converting.",
+            "Starting in June 2023, new properties can no longer use this model. See [Analytics Help](https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9164320?hl=en#040623) for more details. Starting in September 2023, we will sunset this model for all properties. Distributes the credit for the conversion equally across all the channels a customer clicked (or engaged view through for YouTube) before converting.",
+            "Starting in June 2023, new properties can no longer use this model. See [Analytics Help](https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9164320?hl=en#040623) for more details. Starting in September 2023, we will sunset this model for all properties. Attributes 40% credit to the first and last interaction, and the remaining 20% credit is distributed evenly to the middle interactions.",
+            "Starting in June 2023, new properties can no longer use this model. See [Analytics Help](https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9164320?hl=en#040623) for more details. Starting in September 2023, we will sunset this model for all properties. Gives more credit to the touchpoints that happened closer in time to the conversion.",
             "Attributes 100% of the conversion value to the last Google Ads channel that the customer clicked through before converting."
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -6319,7 +6319,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaDataStreamWebStreamData",
       "properties": {
         "defaultUri": {
-          "description": "Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: \"http://www.google.com\", \"https://www.google.com\"",
+          "description": "Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: \"http://www.google.com\", \"https://www.google.com\"",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "firebaseAppId": {
@@ -6328,7 +6328,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "measurementId": {
-          "description": "Output only. Analytics \"Measurement ID\", without the \"G-\" prefix. Example: \"G-1A2BCD345E\" would just be \"1A2BCD345E\"",
+          "description": "Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: \"G-1A2BCD345E\"",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -6448,7 +6448,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaEnhancedMeasurementSettings": {
-      "description": "Singleton resource under a WebDataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content.",
+      "description": "Singleton resource under a web DataStream, configuring measurement of additional site interactions and content.",
       "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaEnhancedMeasurementSettings",
       "properties": {
         "fileDownloadsEnabled": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json
index 570227a3a10..748649fbcfe 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json
@@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaAccessBetweenFilter": {
@@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaDataStreamWebStreamData",
       "properties": {
         "defaultUri": {
-          "description": "Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: \"http://www.google.com\", \"https://www.google.com\"",
+          "description": "Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: \"http://www.google.com\", \"https://www.google.com\"",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "firebaseAppId": {
@@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "measurementId": {
-          "description": "Output only. Analytics \"Measurement ID\", without the \"G-\" prefix. Example: \"G-1A2BCD345E\" would just be \"1A2BCD345E\"",
+          "description": "Output only. Analytics Measurement ID. Example: \"G-1A2BCD345E\"",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
index accc6b8f37d..5ea68c2e31e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230604",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActiveMetricRestriction": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json
index 79692b74de5..9d16059fb94 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json
index f3fd7719a42..bd7e8ef7661 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
index 69557e56c23..1f91a641567 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://androiddeviceprovisioning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ClaimDeviceRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
index 3b586d00b32..fd01801cad4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
@@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidenterprise.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Administrator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json
index 5ace2d24742..d78d08aef70 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json
@@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230522",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdbShellCommandEvent": {
@@ -4730,7 +4730,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "PolicyEnforcementRule": {
-      "description": "A rule that defines the actions to take if a device or work profile is not compliant with the policy specified in settingName.",
+      "description": "A rule that defines the actions to take if a device or work profile is not compliant with the policy specified in settingName. In the case of multiple matching or multiple triggered enforcement rules, a merge will occur with the most severe action being taken. However, all triggered rules are still kept track of: this includes initial trigger time and all associated non-compliance details. In the situation where the most severe enforcement rule is satisfied, the next most appropriate action is applied.",
       "id": "PolicyEnforcementRule",
       "properties": {
         "blockAction": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
index d01b2340d6f..644512e219d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApigatewayApi": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
index c747a96c02f..53ada539612 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApigatewayApi": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
index 4161008e270..05d17303ed2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
@@ -8744,7 +8744,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json
index bd7073b175a..0cd94a3c41c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://apikeys.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Operation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
index ef8e429e29e..0ca5a6030e9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
@@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApiConfigHandler": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
index 762a217d67a..5e4b6325e36 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuthorizedCertificate": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
index 705af16894c..73946f0ed67 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
@@ -2002,7 +2002,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApiConfigHandler": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
index 6ec345485cc..fcc44786f13 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://area120tables.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchCreateRowsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
index 609b65b4131..d4ddd4c8a4c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
@@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptArtifact": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json
index 5f897ba2b78..44a7af8f02e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
index 6e1546fcb02..be83e010402 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptArtifact": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
index ad17412945a..cb541cc32cc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
@@ -519,11 +519,11 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": {
-      "description": "Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 4",
+      "description": "Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 5",
       "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationRequest",
       "properties": {
         "comment": {
@@ -1058,12 +1058,12 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1WorkloadComplianceStatus",
       "properties": {
         "acknowledgedViolationCount": {
-          "description": "Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload.",
+          "description": "Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "activeViolationCount": {
-          "description": "Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged.",
+          "description": "Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json
index 3372570f9f8..05c0b2e8a83 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json
@@ -595,11 +595,11 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": {
-      "description": "Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 4",
+      "description": "Request for acknowledging the violation Next Id: 5",
       "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationRequest",
       "properties": {
         "comment": {
@@ -1200,12 +1200,12 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1WorkloadComplianceStatus",
       "properties": {
         "acknowledgedViolationCount": {
-          "description": "Count of active Violations which are acknowledged in the Workload.",
+          "description": "Number of current orgPolicy violations which are acknowledged.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "activeViolationCount": {
-          "description": "Count of active Violations which haven't been acknowledged.",
+          "description": "Number of current orgPolicy violations which are not acknowledged.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json
index 7ff6bbc5966..3f5a3dc991d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://authorizedbuyersmarketplace.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceptProposalRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
index 55b9c111824..6f1fe552516 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
@@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CheckValidCredsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
index 875f9cb4787..e48a65a31a1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Assignment": {
@@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "slotCapacity": {
-          "description": "Minimum slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details.",
+          "description": "Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes. NOTE: for reservations in US or EU multi-regions, slot capacity constraints are checked separately for default and auxiliary regions. See multi_region_auxiliary flag for more details.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json
index 984ad8e46b8..420c1e4a752 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json
@@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppProfile": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
index b46b40c3226..3c45299c1b8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Blog": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
index 83355260b1b..3598417ff3f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
@@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Blog": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json
index 038acb72683..5cd9130a8f3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json
@@ -2672,7 +2672,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://books.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Annotation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json
index ff24b32560f..d3ef30bacf9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
                 "The number of times a direction request was requested to the business location.",
                 "The number of times the business profile call button was clicked.",
                 "The number of times the business profile website was clicked.",
-                "The number of bookings received from the business profile.",
+                "The number of bookings made from the business profile via Reserve with Google.",
                 "The number of food orders received from the business profile.",
                 "The number of clicks to view or interact with the menu content on the business profile. Multiple clicks by a unique user within a single day are counted as 1."
               ],
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
                 "The number of times a direction request was requested to the business location.",
                 "The number of times the business profile call button was clicked.",
                 "The number of times the business profile website was clicked.",
-                "The number of bookings received from the business profile.",
+                "The number of bookings made from the business profile via Reserve with Google.",
                 "The number of food orders received from the business profile.",
                 "The number of clicks to view or interact with the menu content on the business profile. Multiple clicks by a unique user within a single day are counted as 1."
               ],
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://businessprofileperformance.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DailyMetricTimeSeries": {
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
             "The number of times a direction request was requested to the business location.",
             "The number of times the business profile call button was clicked.",
             "The number of times the business profile website was clicked.",
-            "The number of bookings received from the business profile.",
+            "The number of bookings made from the business profile via Reserve with Google.",
             "The number of food orders received from the business profile.",
             "The number of clicks to view or interact with the menu content on the business profile. Multiple clicks by a unique user within a single day are counted as 1."
           ],
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
index 365dc68cd7d..6d03970f0f0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
index 308b9ff673a..6dc7e2df093 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ChromeCrosDpanelAutosettingsProtoPolicyApiLifecycle": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
index 0dd379f61d3..144aee33b14 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromeuxreport.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Bin": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
index 8044ad87941..a0259a9602a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Announcement": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
index 3b04d4cfdc2..2ed95c67e07 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
@@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApprovalConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json
index 56e53f521c4..e0f31f8bab2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://clouderrorreporting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeleteEventsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json
index cc86031c352..3c246590b80 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json
@@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230519",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudkms.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsymmetricDecryptRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
index 9f346d45d8f..e6f71adc69c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudprofiler.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CreateProfileRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json
index 1039bbd3e45..1c3648210e5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Ancestor": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json
index 133f6fa766d..dcb2c500a28 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Ancestor": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
index b3f2805a513..1a2b4b1e671 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
index 6b2baa2614e..816df1dc88f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
index 1c470f553e8..60d25a53f92 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json
index bcadd79195c..6058b76306e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppEngineHttpTarget": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json
index acce0324e7f..be8b7d27793 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppEngineHttpTarget": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
index 23bfc1bc812..1dbe54efe1c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230522",
+  "revision": "20230617",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudshell.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddPublicKeyMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json
index 828509ad13f..a6f0552c8f8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
     "caseClassifications": {
       "methods": {
         "search": {
-          "description": "Retrieve valid classifications to be used when creating a support case. The classications are hierarchical, with each classification containing all levels of the hierarchy, separated by \" > \". For example \"Technical Issue > Compute > Compute Engine\".",
+          "description": "Retrieve valid classifications to be used when creating a support case. The classications are hierarchical, with each classification containing all levels of the hierarchy, separated by `\" > \"`. For example `\"Technical Issue > Compute > Compute Engine\"`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.",
           "flatPath": "v2beta/caseClassifications:search",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "cloudsupport.caseClassifications.search",
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Actor": {
@@ -766,11 +766,11 @@
       "id": "CaseClassification",
       "properties": {
         "displayName": {
-          "description": "The display name of the classification.",
+          "description": "A display name for the classification. The display name is not static and can change. To uniquely and consistently identify classifications, use the `CaseClassification.id` field.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "id": {
-          "description": "The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`.",
+          "description": "The unique ID for a classification. Must be specified for case creation. To retrieve valid classification IDs for case creation, use `caseClassifications.search`. Classification IDs returned by `caseClassifications.search` are guaranteed to be valid for at least 6 months. If a given classification is deactiveated, it will immediately stop being returned. After 6 months, `case.create` requests using the classification ID will fail.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json
index 8949215d6c3..c5d370ea483 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json
index 9198b593faf..0df1cf8917b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Annotation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json
index 4f6e4ed2af3..db7af701c18 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
index 5b814fa1653..cbbc7f25884 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllowedIpRange": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
index b6ffa7643b6..a5c440b12f3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllowedIpRange": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
index a003cb9d235..34ff636fecd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json
index cc380a343bf..42b98debad8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230512",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
@@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "logsBucket": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "logStreamingOption": {
-          "description": "Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.",
+          "description": "Option to define build log streaming behavior to Cloud Storage.",
           "enum": [
             "STREAM_DEFAULT",
             "STREAM_ON",
@@ -2203,8 +2203,8 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Service may automatically determine build log streaming behavior.",
-            "Build logs should be streamed to Google Cloud Storage.",
-            "Build logs should not be streamed to Google Cloud Storage; they will be written when the build is completed."
+            "Build logs should be streamed to Cloud Storage.",
+            "Build logs should not be streamed to Cloud Storage; they will be written when the build is completed."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -2750,11 +2750,11 @@
         },
         "storageSource": {
           "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource",
-          "description": "If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage."
+          "description": "If provided, get the source from this location in Cloud Storage."
         },
         "storageSourceManifest": {
           "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest",
-          "description": "If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher)."
+          "description": "If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher)."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2787,40 +2787,40 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource": {
-      "description": "Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage.",
+      "description": "Location of the source in an archive file in Cloud Storage.",
       "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource",
       "properties": {
         "bucket": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "generation": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "object": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest": {
-      "description": "Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).",
+      "description": "Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).",
       "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest",
       "properties": {
         "bucket": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "generation": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "object": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json
index b251d89e173..fcd88c32ff7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json
@@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230512",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalysisCompleted": {
@@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "logsBucket": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "logStreamingOption": {
-          "description": "Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.",
+          "description": "Option to define build log streaming behavior to Cloud Storage.",
           "enum": [
             "STREAM_DEFAULT",
             "STREAM_ON",
@@ -2492,8 +2492,8 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Service may automatically determine build log streaming behavior.",
-            "Build logs should be streamed to Google Cloud Storage.",
-            "Build logs should not be streamed to Google Cloud Storage; they will be written when the build is completed."
+            "Build logs should be streamed to Cloud Storage.",
+            "Build logs should not be streamed to Cloud Storage; they will be written when the build is completed."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -3039,11 +3039,11 @@
         },
         "storageSource": {
           "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource",
-          "description": "If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage."
+          "description": "If provided, get the source from this location in Cloud Storage."
         },
         "storageSourceManifest": {
           "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest",
-          "description": "If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher)."
+          "description": "If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher)."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -3076,40 +3076,40 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource": {
-      "description": "Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage.",
+      "description": "Location of the source in an archive file in Cloud Storage.",
       "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource",
       "properties": {
         "bucket": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "generation": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "object": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest": {
-      "description": "Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).",
+      "description": "Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).",
       "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest",
       "properties": {
         "bucket": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "generation": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "object": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json
index 3848c006a4b..9247eb60963 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json
@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230512",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
@@ -1910,7 +1910,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "logsBucket": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage bucket where logs should be written (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)). Logs file names will be of the format `${logs_bucket}/log-${build_id}.txt`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "logStreamingOption": {
-          "description": "Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.",
+          "description": "Option to define build log streaming behavior to Cloud Storage.",
           "enum": [
             "STREAM_DEFAULT",
             "STREAM_ON",
@@ -2152,8 +2152,8 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Service may automatically determine build log streaming behavior.",
-            "Build logs should be streamed to Google Cloud Storage.",
-            "Build logs should not be streamed to Google Cloud Storage; they will be written when the build is completed."
+            "Build logs should be streamed to Cloud Storage.",
+            "Build logs should not be streamed to Cloud Storage; they will be written when the build is completed."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -2699,11 +2699,11 @@
         },
         "storageSource": {
           "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource",
-          "description": "If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage."
+          "description": "If provided, get the source from this location in Cloud Storage."
         },
         "storageSourceManifest": {
           "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest",
-          "description": "If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher)."
+          "description": "If provided, get the source from this manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher)."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2736,40 +2736,40 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource": {
-      "description": "Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage.",
+      "description": "Location of the source in an archive file in Cloud Storage.",
       "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSource",
       "properties": {
         "bucket": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "generation": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "object": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest": {
-      "description": "Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).",
+      "description": "Location of the source manifest in Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).",
       "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1StorageSourceManifest",
       "properties": {
         "bucket": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "generation": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "object": {
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.",
+          "description": "Cloud Storage object containing the source manifest. This object must be a JSON file.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
index d2020fa4259..d0dfaeec525 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://customsearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Promotion": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
index 7e438424834..a11640c8bad 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
         "jobs": {
           "methods": {
             "aggregated": {
-              "description": "List the jobs of a project across all regions.",
+              "description": "List the jobs of a project across all regions. **Note:** This method doesn't support filtering the list of jobs by name.",
               "flatPath": "v1b3/projects/{projectId}/jobs:aggregated",
               "httpMethod": "GET",
               "id": "dataflow.projects.jobs.aggregated",
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "name": {
-                  "description": "Optional. The job name. Optional.",
+                  "description": "Optional. The job name.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
               ]
             },
             "list": {
-              "description": "List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, as you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.",
+              "description": "List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, because you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`. `projects.locations.jobs.list` and `projects.jobs.list` support filtering the list of jobs by name. Filtering by name isn't supported by `projects.jobs.aggregated`.",
               "flatPath": "v1b3/projects/{projectId}/jobs",
               "httpMethod": "GET",
               "id": "dataflow.projects.jobs.list",
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "name": {
-                  "description": "Optional. The job name. Optional.",
+                  "description": "Optional. The job name.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@
                   ]
                 },
                 "list": {
-                  "description": "List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, as you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`.",
+                  "description": "List the jobs of a project. To list the jobs of a project in a region, we recommend using `projects.locations.jobs.list` with a [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints). To list the all jobs across all regions, use `projects.jobs.aggregated`. Using `projects.jobs.list` is not recommended, because you can only get the list of jobs that are running in `us-central1`. `projects.locations.jobs.list` and `projects.jobs.list` support filtering the list of jobs by name. Filtering by name isn't supported by `projects.jobs.aggregated`.",
                   "flatPath": "v1b3/projects/{projectId}/locations/{location}/jobs",
                   "httpMethod": "GET",
                   "id": "dataflow.projects.locations.jobs.list",
@@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Optional. The job name. Optional.",
+                      "description": "Optional. The job name.",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
                     },
@@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://dataflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApproximateProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json
index b38670561c9..c8231514ad3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json
@@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230520",
+  "revision": "20230603",
   "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Assertion": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json
index f3d26fa9e91..11c89c11b99 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230519",
+  "revision": "20230605",
   "rootUrl": "https://datalineage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDatacatalogLineageV1BatchSearchLinkProcessesRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json
index a48870c026e..7e6a5546b87 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json
@@ -1918,7 +1918,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": {
@@ -2261,7 +2261,8 @@
             "MYSQL_8_0",
             "POSTGRES_12",
             "POSTGRES_13",
-            "POSTGRES_14"
+            "POSTGRES_14",
+            "POSTGRES_15"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unspecified version.",
@@ -2273,7 +2274,8 @@
             "MySQL 8.0.",
             "PostgreSQL 12.",
             "PostgreSQL 13.",
-            "PostgreSQL 14."
+            "PostgreSQL 14.",
+            "PostgreSQL 15."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json
index e06890bdba7..1507975076c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json
index a94f158aa02..7b1188b5611 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://datapipelines.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1DataflowJobDetails": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
index 2325ebe2178..2ae834983ea 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Aggregation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
index 3ddf2a85adf..d007bb93dcd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
index 1c973aac4bc..660485800e5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Aggregation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
index 3da5096a37d..a9769cdbff6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsyncOptions": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
index e225050e649..1e8aec650be 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
index 027402fc412..e8dc77b5250 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsyncOptions": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
index d05c328445c..69aa4fc61b3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AndroidAppAsset": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
index c58369c2e2f..e06c4e99371 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
@@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
index 4d408c2e424..a764ee28656 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
@@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json
index 7a769a34565..4414c28e190 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json
@@ -3412,7 +3412,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json
index 759bdddc0ed..f643fccd7aa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json
@@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Change": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json
index cd6e1b345d6..930ceed11ad 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json
@@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Change": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
index e661975ebaa..afe3d923175 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230606",
   "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AutoText": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
index 4e0e003fe5b..6c81b0f3555 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230605",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": {
@@ -2004,7 +2004,7 @@
           "description": "The input documents for the BatchProcessDocuments method."
         },
         "skipHumanReview": {
-          "description": "Whether Human Review feature should be skipped for this request. Default to false.",
+          "description": "Whether Human Review feature should be skipped for this request. Default to `false`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
@@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@
           "description": "Any error that occurred while processing this document."
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
+          "description": "An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pages": {
@@ -2606,7 +2606,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "languageCode": {
-          "description": "The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.",
+          "description": "The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2693,7 +2693,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "Encoding mime type for the image.",
+          "description": "Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "width": {
@@ -2705,7 +2705,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DocumentPageImageQualityScores": {
-      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image",
+      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DocumentPageImageQualityScores",
       "properties": {
         "detectedDefects": {
@@ -2716,7 +2716,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "qualityScore": {
-          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.",
+          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -2728,7 +2728,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DocumentPageImageQualityScoresDetectedDefect",
       "properties": {
         "confidence": {
-          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
+          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -3264,7 +3264,7 @@
           "description": "If specified, lists all the possible values for this entity. This should not be more than a handful of values. If the number of values is >10 or could change frequently use the `EntityType.value_ontology` field and specify a list of all possible values in a value ontology file."
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.",
+          "description": "Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a \"Common Type\". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "properties": {
@@ -3333,7 +3333,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "documentSplitter": {
-          "description": "If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).",
+          "description": "If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "prefixedNamingOnProperties": {
@@ -3390,7 +3390,7 @@
           "description": "Font size."
         },
         "fontWeight": {
-          "description": "Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp",
+          "description": "[Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textAnchor": {
@@ -3398,11 +3398,11 @@
           "description": "Text anchor indexing into the Document.text."
         },
         "textDecoration": {
-          "description": "Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp",
+          "description": "[Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textStyle": {
-          "description": "Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp",
+          "description": "[Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -3418,7 +3418,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "unit": {
-          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).",
+          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -3990,7 +3990,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kmsKeyName": {
-          "description": "The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.",
+          "description": "The [KMS key](https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management) used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -4101,14 +4101,14 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorTypeLocationInfo",
       "properties": {
         "locationId": {
-          "description": "The location id, currently must be one of [us, eu].",
+          "description": "The location id, refer to [regional and multi-regional support](/document-ai/docs/regions) for supported locations.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorVersion": {
-      "description": "A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version",
+      "description": "A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or uptrained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorVersion",
       "properties": {
         "createTime": {
@@ -4129,7 +4129,7 @@
           "description": "The schema of the processor version. Describes the output."
         },
         "googleManaged": {
-          "description": "Denotes that this ProcessorVersion is managed by google.",
+          "description": "Denotes that this `ProcessorVersion` is managed by Google.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "kmsKeyName": {
@@ -4533,7 +4533,7 @@
           "description": "Any error that occurred while processing this document."
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
+          "description": "An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pages": {
@@ -4913,7 +4913,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "languageCode": {
-          "description": "The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.",
+          "description": "The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -5000,7 +5000,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "Encoding mime type for the image.",
+          "description": "Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "width": {
@@ -5012,7 +5012,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentPageImageQualityScores": {
-      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image",
+      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentPageImageQualityScores",
       "properties": {
         "detectedDefects": {
@@ -5023,7 +5023,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "qualityScore": {
-          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.",
+          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -5035,7 +5035,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentPageImageQualityScoresDetectedDefect",
       "properties": {
         "confidence": {
-          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
+          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -5568,7 +5568,7 @@
           "description": "Font size."
         },
         "fontWeight": {
-          "description": "Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp",
+          "description": "[Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textAnchor": {
@@ -5576,11 +5576,11 @@
           "description": "Text anchor indexing into the Document.text."
         },
         "textDecoration": {
-          "description": "Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp",
+          "description": "[Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textStyle": {
-          "description": "Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp",
+          "description": "[Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -5596,7 +5596,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "unit": {
-          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).",
+          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -5891,7 +5891,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
+          "description": "An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pages": {
@@ -6291,7 +6291,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "languageCode": {
-          "description": "The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.",
+          "description": "The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -6378,7 +6378,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "Encoding mime type for the image.",
+          "description": "Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "width": {
@@ -6390,7 +6390,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentPageImageQualityScores": {
-      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image",
+      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentPageImageQualityScores",
       "properties": {
         "detectedDefects": {
@@ -6401,7 +6401,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "qualityScore": {
-          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.",
+          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -6413,7 +6413,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentPageImageQualityScoresDetectedDefect",
       "properties": {
         "confidence": {
-          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
+          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -6946,7 +6946,7 @@
           "description": "Font size."
         },
         "fontWeight": {
-          "description": "Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp",
+          "description": "[Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textAnchor": {
@@ -6954,11 +6954,11 @@
           "description": "Text anchor indexing into the Document.text."
         },
         "textDecoration": {
-          "description": "Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp",
+          "description": "[Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textStyle": {
-          "description": "Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp",
+          "description": "[Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -6974,7 +6974,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "unit": {
-          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).",
+          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
index ccd376054b8..1a3a7097616 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230605",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": {
@@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@
           "description": "Any error that occurred while processing this document."
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
+          "description": "An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pages": {
@@ -1987,7 +1987,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "languageCode": {
-          "description": "The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.",
+          "description": "The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2074,7 +2074,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "Encoding mime type for the image.",
+          "description": "Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "width": {
@@ -2086,7 +2086,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentPageImageQualityScores": {
-      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image",
+      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentPageImageQualityScores",
       "properties": {
         "detectedDefects": {
@@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "qualityScore": {
-          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.",
+          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentPageImageQualityScoresDetectedDefect",
       "properties": {
         "confidence": {
-          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
+          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -2642,7 +2642,7 @@
           "description": "Font size."
         },
         "fontWeight": {
-          "description": "Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp",
+          "description": "[Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textAnchor": {
@@ -2650,11 +2650,11 @@
           "description": "Text anchor indexing into the Document.text."
         },
         "textDecoration": {
-          "description": "Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp",
+          "description": "[Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textStyle": {
-          "description": "Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp",
+          "description": "[Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "unit": {
-          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).",
+          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2990,7 +2990,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
+          "description": "An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pages": {
@@ -3390,7 +3390,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "languageCode": {
-          "description": "The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.",
+          "description": "The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -3477,7 +3477,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "Encoding mime type for the image.",
+          "description": "Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "width": {
@@ -3489,7 +3489,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentPageImageQualityScores": {
-      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image",
+      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentPageImageQualityScores",
       "properties": {
         "detectedDefects": {
@@ -3500,7 +3500,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "qualityScore": {
-          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.",
+          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -3512,7 +3512,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentPageImageQualityScoresDetectedDefect",
       "properties": {
         "confidence": {
-          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
+          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -4045,7 +4045,7 @@
           "description": "Font size."
         },
         "fontWeight": {
-          "description": "Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp",
+          "description": "[Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textAnchor": {
@@ -4053,11 +4053,11 @@
           "description": "Text anchor indexing into the Document.text."
         },
         "textDecoration": {
-          "description": "Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp",
+          "description": "[Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textStyle": {
-          "description": "Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp",
+          "description": "[Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -4073,7 +4073,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "unit": {
-          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).",
+          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
index 152a188e53d..67ff6afefd9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
@@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230605",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": {
@@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@
           "description": "Any error that occurred while processing this document."
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
+          "description": "An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pages": {
@@ -2809,7 +2809,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "languageCode": {
-          "description": "The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.",
+          "description": "The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "Encoding mime type for the image.",
+          "description": "Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "width": {
@@ -2908,7 +2908,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentPageImageQualityScores": {
-      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image",
+      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentPageImageQualityScores",
       "properties": {
         "detectedDefects": {
@@ -2919,7 +2919,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "qualityScore": {
-          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.",
+          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -2931,7 +2931,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentPageImageQualityScoresDetectedDefect",
       "properties": {
         "confidence": {
-          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
+          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -3464,7 +3464,7 @@
           "description": "Font size."
         },
         "fontWeight": {
-          "description": "Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp",
+          "description": "[Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textAnchor": {
@@ -3472,11 +3472,11 @@
           "description": "Text anchor indexing into the Document.text."
         },
         "textDecoration": {
-          "description": "Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp",
+          "description": "[Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textStyle": {
-          "description": "Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp",
+          "description": "[Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -3492,7 +3492,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "unit": {
-          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).",
+          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -3787,7 +3787,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
+          "description": "An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pages": {
@@ -4187,7 +4187,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "languageCode": {
-          "description": "The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.",
+          "description": "The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -4274,7 +4274,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "Encoding mime type for the image.",
+          "description": "Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "width": {
@@ -4286,7 +4286,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentPageImageQualityScores": {
-      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image",
+      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentPageImageQualityScores",
       "properties": {
         "detectedDefects": {
@@ -4297,7 +4297,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "qualityScore": {
-          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.",
+          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -4309,7 +4309,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentPageImageQualityScoresDetectedDefect",
       "properties": {
         "confidence": {
-          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
+          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -4842,7 +4842,7 @@
           "description": "Font size."
         },
         "fontWeight": {
-          "description": "Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp",
+          "description": "[Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textAnchor": {
@@ -4850,11 +4850,11 @@
           "description": "Text anchor indexing into the Document.text."
         },
         "textDecoration": {
-          "description": "Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp",
+          "description": "[Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textStyle": {
-          "description": "Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp",
+          "description": "[Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -4870,7 +4870,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "unit": {
-          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).",
+          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -5220,7 +5220,7 @@
           "description": "Inference-time options for the process API"
         },
         "skipHumanReview": {
-          "description": "Whether Human Review feature should be skipped for this request. Default to false.",
+          "description": "Whether Human Review feature should be skipped for this request. Default to `false`.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
@@ -5235,7 +5235,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "Media type (MIME type) of the input. If the input is a raw document, refer to [supported file types](https://cloud.google.com/document-ai/docs/file-types) for the list of media types. If the input is a Document, the type should be `application/json`.",
+          "description": "An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) of the input. If the input is a raw document, refer to [supported file types](https://cloud.google.com/document-ai/docs/file-types) for the list of media types. If the input is a Document, the type should be `application/json`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -5325,7 +5325,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3Dataset": {
-      "description": "A singleton resource under a `Processor` which configs a collection of documents.",
+      "description": "A singleton resource under a Processor which configures a collection of documents.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3Dataset",
       "properties": {
         "documentWarehouseConfig": {
@@ -5342,7 +5342,7 @@
         },
         "spannerIndexingConfig": {
           "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DatasetSpannerIndexingConfig",
-          "description": "Optional. A lightweight indexing source with low latency and high reliablity, but lack advanced features like CMEK and content based search."
+          "description": "Optional. A lightweight indexing source with low latency and high reliability, but lack advanced features like CMEK and content based search."
         },
         "state": {
           "description": "Required. State of the dataset. Will be ignored when updating dataset.",
@@ -5518,7 +5518,7 @@
           "description": "Any error that occurred while processing this document."
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "An IANA published MIME type (also referred to as media type). For more information, see https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
+          "description": "An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pages": {
@@ -5946,7 +5946,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "languageCode": {
-          "description": "The BCP-47 language code, such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.",
+          "description": "The [BCP-47 language code](https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -6033,7 +6033,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "mimeType": {
-          "description": "Encoding mime type for the image.",
+          "description": "Encoding [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml) for the image.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "width": {
@@ -6045,7 +6045,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentPageImageQualityScores": {
-      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image",
+      "description": "Image Quality Scores for the page image.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentPageImageQualityScores",
       "properties": {
         "detectedDefects": {
@@ -6056,7 +6056,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "qualityScore": {
-          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 is perfect quality.",
+          "description": "The overall quality score. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` is perfect quality.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -6068,7 +6068,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentPageImageQualityScoresDetectedDefect",
       "properties": {
         "confidence": {
-          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where 1 indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
+          "description": "Confidence of detected defect. Range `[0, 1]` where `1` indicates strong confidence of that the defect exists.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -6608,7 +6608,7 @@
           "description": "If specified, lists all the possible values for this entity. This should not be more than a handful of values. If the number of values is >10 or could change frequently use the `EntityType.value_ontology` field and specify a list of all possible values in a value ontology file."
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a 'Common Type'. Besides that we use the following naming conventions: - *use `snake_casing`* - name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.",
+          "description": "Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a \"Common Type\". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing` - Name matching is case-sensitive - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "properties": {
@@ -6681,7 +6681,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "documentSplitter": {
-          "description": "If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument ( splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).",
+          "description": "If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification).",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "prefixedNamingOnProperties": {
@@ -6738,7 +6738,7 @@
           "description": "Font size."
         },
         "fontWeight": {
-          "description": "Font weight. Possible values are normal, bold, bolder, and lighter. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp",
+          "description": "[Font weight](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_weight.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `bold`, `bolder`, and `lighter`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textAnchor": {
@@ -6746,11 +6746,11 @@
           "description": "Text anchor indexing into the Document.text."
         },
         "textDecoration": {
-          "description": "Text decoration. Follows CSS standard. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp",
+          "description": "[Text decoration](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_text_text-decoration.asp). Follows CSS standard. ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "textStyle": {
-          "description": "Text style. Possible values are normal, italic, and oblique. https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp",
+          "description": "[Text style](https://www.w3schools.com/cssref/pr_font_font-style.asp). Possible values are `normal`, `italic`, and `oblique`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -6766,7 +6766,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "unit": {
-          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (in, px, pt, etc.).",
+          "description": "Unit for the font size. Follows CSS naming (`in`, `px`, `pt`, etc.).",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -7379,7 +7379,7 @@
       "properties": {
         "ocrConfig": {
           "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3OcrConfig",
-          "description": "Only applicable to \"Document OCR Processor\". Returns error if set on other processor types."
+          "description": "Only applicable to `OCR_PROCESSOR`. Returns error if set on other processor types."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -7453,7 +7453,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kmsKeyName": {
-          "description": "The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.",
+          "description": "The [KMS key](https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management) used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -7564,14 +7564,14 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3ProcessorTypeLocationInfo",
       "properties": {
         "locationId": {
-          "description": "The location id, currently must be one of [us, eu].",
+          "description": "The location id, refer to [regional and multi-regional support](/document-ai/docs/regions) for supported locations.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3ProcessorVersion": {
-      "description": "A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version",
+      "description": "A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or uptrained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3ProcessorVersion",
       "properties": {
         "createTime": {
@@ -7592,7 +7592,7 @@
           "description": "The schema of the processor version. Describes the output."
         },
         "googleManaged": {
-          "description": "Denotes that this ProcessorVersion is managed by google.",
+          "description": "Denotes that this `ProcessorVersion` is managed by Google.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "kmsKeyName": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
index 41791cb9a34..c9475cb0102 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://domainsrdap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "HttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json
index 5ecd31e143e..aeeb357aee1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230523",
+  "revision": "20230530",
   "rootUrl": "https://doubleclickbidmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ChannelGrouping": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
index 46372a61001..e5b8dfab80f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230523",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://doubleclicksearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Availability": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
index 7f78a8f3756..8cdf18d7ca5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
@@ -3842,7 +3842,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "About": {
@@ -5587,7 +5587,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "thumbnailLink": {
-          "description": "Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.",
+          "description": "Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "thumbnailVersion": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
index 7d66c1f987a..391f5985b28 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
@@ -2433,7 +2433,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "About": {
@@ -2642,11 +2642,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "newStartPageToken": {
-          "description": "The starting page token for future changes. This will be present only if the end of the current changes list has been reached.",
+          "description": "The starting page token for future changes. This will be present only if the end of the current changes list has been reached. The page token doesn't expire.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "The page token for the next page of changes. This will be absent if the end of the changes list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results.",
+          "description": "The page token for the next page of changes. This will be absent if the end of the changes list has been reached. The page token doesn't expire.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2798,7 +2798,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "The page token for the next page of comments. This will be absent if the end of the comments list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results.",
+          "description": "The page token for the next page of comments. This will be absent if the end of the comments list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -3031,7 +3031,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "The page token for the next page of shared drives. This will be absent if the end of the list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results.",
+          "description": "The page token for the next page of shared drives. This will be absent if the end of the list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -3594,7 +3594,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "thumbnailLink": {
-          "description": "Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content.",
+          "description": "Output only. A short-lived link to the file's thumbnail, if available. Typically lasts on the order of hours. Only populated when the requesting app can access the file's content. If the file isn't shared publicly, the URL returned in `Files.thumbnailLink` must be fetched using a credentialed request.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "thumbnailVersion": {
@@ -3690,7 +3690,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "The page token for the next page of files. This will be absent if the end of the files list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results.",
+          "description": "The page token for the next page of files. This will be absent if the end of the files list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -3873,7 +3873,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "The page token for the next page of labels. This field will be absent if the end of the list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results.",
+          "description": "The page token for the next page of labels. This field will be absent if the end of the list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -4079,7 +4079,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "The page token for the next page of permissions. This field will be absent if the end of the permissions list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results.",
+          "description": "The page token for the next page of permissions. This field will be absent if the end of the permissions list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "permissions": {
@@ -4153,7 +4153,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "The page token for the next page of replies. This will be absent if the end of the replies list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results.",
+          "description": "The page token for the next page of replies. This will be absent if the end of the replies list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "replies": {
@@ -4245,7 +4245,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "The page token for the next page of revisions. This will be absent if the end of the revisions list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results.",
+          "description": "The page token for the next page of revisions. This will be absent if the end of the revisions list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "revisions": {
@@ -4267,7 +4267,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "startPageToken": {
-          "description": "The starting page token for listing changes.",
+          "description": "The starting page token for listing future changes. The page token doesn't expire.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -4465,7 +4465,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "The page token for the next page of Team Drives. This will be absent if the end of the Team Drives list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results.",
+          "description": "The page token for the next page of Team Drives. This will be absent if the end of the Team Drives list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "teamDrives": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
index 70dbcbb772f..639f6facd84 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://driveactivity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Action": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json
index 3c7b7c4ab54..d24673968bc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://drivelabels.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAppsDriveLabelsV2BadgeColors": {
@@ -2858,7 +2858,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleTypeColor": {
-      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
+      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
       "id": "GoogleTypeColor",
       "properties": {
         "alpha": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json
index 77ce5cc6d9b..e97d54db47d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://drivelabels.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAppsDriveLabelsV2betaBadgeColors": {
@@ -2858,7 +2858,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleTypeColor": {
-      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
+      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
       "id": "GoogleTypeColor",
       "properties": {
         "alpha": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json
index a347f532cf2..7167afe9178 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://factchecktools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleFactcheckingFactchecktoolsV1alpha1Claim": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
index 5250b778f87..43ad2ec9058 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230522",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://fcm.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AndroidConfig": {
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Color": {
-      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
+      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
       "id": "Color",
       "properties": {
         "alpha": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
index 1938ec4fafe..c9a2783f11d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://fcmdata.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleFirebaseFcmDataV1beta1AndroidDeliveryData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
index cb47eeb8e10..0af2a3816a1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
index 3b221722a70..3cc89b32987 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
@@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
index ef640febc9f..878531d9d1a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddFirebaseRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json
index ee3969bda4d..3846df8f21b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230620",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappdistribution.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GdataBlobstore2Info": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
index 8b1b99f39ec..e4d856d328e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DatabaseInstance": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
index a0656062f3b..3e02d92c0a8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230602",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasedynamiclinks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyticsInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json
index 90fe1b134e1..f4dd7d67246 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json
index 5206faf3c53..acccc5b9e8b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json
@@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActingUser": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
index 1a36bff782c..601112663b7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
index 753d87a90f0..4cb85d99126 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DownloadModelResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json
index c9de8beaedf..3ac41b57f06 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230605",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasestorage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddFirebaseRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
index 8e99254807c..5fb8ee573ff 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
@@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Aggregation": {
@@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@
       "id": "ExistenceFilter",
       "properties": {
         "count": {
-          "description": "The total count of documents that match target_id. If different from the count of documents in the client that match, the client must manually determine which documents no longer match the target.",
+          "description": "The total count of documents that match target_id. If different from the count of documents in the client that match, the client must manually determine which documents no longer match the target. The client can use the `unchanged_names` bloom filter to assist with this determination.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -2474,7 +2474,7 @@
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Not used.",
             "Reads are supported on selected versions of the data from within the past 7 days: * Reads against any timestamp within the past hour * Reads against 1-minute snapshots beyond 1 hour and within 7 days `version_retention_period` and `earliest_version_time` can be used to determine the supported versions.",
-            "Reads are supported on any version of the data from within the past 1 hour. `version_retention_period` will be unset."
+            "Reads are supported on any version of the data from within the past 1 hour."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -2504,7 +2504,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "versionRetentionPeriod": {
-          "description": "Output only. The period during which past versions of data are retained in the database. Any read or query can specify a `read_time` within this window, and will read the state of the database at that time. If the PITR feature is enabled, the retention period is 7 days. If unset, the retention period is 1 hour.",
+          "description": "Output only. The period during which past versions of data are retained in the database. Any read or query can specify a `read_time` within this window, and will read the state of the database at that time. If the PITR feature is enabled, the retention period is 7 days. Otherwise, the retention period is 1 hour.",
           "format": "google-duration",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
index 768323899b6..a0be6e1f029 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Aggregation": {
@@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@
       "id": "ExistenceFilter",
       "properties": {
         "count": {
-          "description": "The total count of documents that match target_id. If different from the count of documents in the client that match, the client must manually determine which documents no longer match the target.",
+          "description": "The total count of documents that match target_id. If different from the count of documents in the client that match, the client must manually determine which documents no longer match the target. The client can use the `unchanged_names` bloom filter to assist with this determination.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
index 0625df9da78..a96f1dc4dec 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
index eadb4495848..ca20733d136 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://fitness.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AggregateBucket": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json
index f15582a7da1..f90acd4be58 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://forms.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Answer": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
index 536eee36555..023d2738fd1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://games.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AchievementDefinition": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json
index e0873be16cf..f3552df0869 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://gamesconfiguration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AchievementConfiguration": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
index 1c29fa5ac14..f9cbf295ddf 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://gamesmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AchievementResetAllResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
index c904ba3eeb6..b06b39fcd97 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://gameservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json
index 414daf97b2b..9f3579ef120 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://gameservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
index f07a522b69c..b34ec294455 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://genomics.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accelerator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
index d17bf63e767..abc401a958a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeliveryError": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
index 846a754362c..7cc77d5581f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeliveryError": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
index 030e12b4856..6ba99ed8ad6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
@@ -2751,7 +2751,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdminAuditData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json
index 7b314d5a931..35b9e3e110b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleIamAdminV1AuditData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json
index 5dd9f3ab704..3e62c0659de 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleIamAdminV1AuditData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
index c82625dba36..39336c676eb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230522",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GenerateAccessTokenRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json
index 4a0a06032b7..17772512881 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessDeniedPageSettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json
index d7a559046c3..6fad705cfe4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json
index 8237a775537..a6ad71f64b1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230404",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://ids.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Location": {
-      "description": "A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.",
+      "description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.",
       "id": "Location",
       "properties": {
         "displayName": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json
index 922dbbb1ad4..1f83e44f1ae 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230523",
+  "revision": "20230606",
   "rootUrl": "https://indexing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "PublishUrlNotificationResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json
index 97dc3cffbfa..996297eb971 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230606",
   "rootUrl": "https://keep.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Attachment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json
index 530d5d11a0c..91eb412c26a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://kgsearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SearchResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json
index 389e7bdad6e..c8815f78242 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://kmsinventory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudKmsInventoryV1ListCryptoKeysResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json
index 7c569e8945c..1cbdd2cd68b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
index 6d7c2f2f0d6..ec3a695a4f6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
index 9334dd4a596..d0c0a778768 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://libraryagent.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleExampleLibraryagentV1Book": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
index 82c7614a810..0d341dcf020 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230617",
   "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json
index 1b6e96157ee..2714114c404 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230504",
+  "revision": "20230602",
   "rootUrl": "https://lifesciences.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accelerator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
index e8d908c6dce..0d7c919c0ea 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json
index b275c27ea1b..e1f6aa255da 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230511",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://memcache.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApplyParametersRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json
index 6b8ecb9241e..e42d556dad9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230511",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://memcache.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApplyParametersRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json
index d3c64fb0501..dd3f2342ea1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json
@@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230601",
   "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json
index 102bcf4c439..fc637a65031 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json
@@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230601",
   "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
index e595e7d1d25..ac584920c5f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
@@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230601",
   "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json
index ed4890de738..a7a9285f2a5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Aggregation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
index 269388458bd..c7e1b8cf582 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
@@ -2714,7 +2714,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Aggregation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
index 414590da43e..91120eb1a23 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessaccountmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceptInvitationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json
index 14265dc6ce6..73a5dd02ec3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessbusinessinformation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdWordsLocationExtensions": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json
index 531506cf934..b6f6a03c813 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinesslodging.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accessibility": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json
index a4e161e26f4..b2b03dd0114 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessnotifications.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "NotificationSetting": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json
index 8d12738e708..52d5cbceb99 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessplaceactions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json
index e9ad12ce238..3896fbab036 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessqanda.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Answer": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json
index c573f20194c..3df576277c1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessverifications.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddressVerificationData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json
index ed4d2c7f608..3860797c37c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json
@@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230531",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json
index c91d37da5f2..f06c6322132 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json
@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230531",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json
index 7dc0cc675f8..5f8f75f5fa3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json
@@ -2474,7 +2474,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230511",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
index 58e5f27ff76..8e79d5260fd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
@@ -2474,7 +2474,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230511",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
index 276cd36054c..6f7ecc284dc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
@@ -2148,7 +2148,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230519",
+  "revision": "20230531",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
index bd58afe3dee..98daa28a8d3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
@@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230519",
+  "revision": "20230531",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
index c286efb00bc..41f4c07f6ac 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@
                   ]
                 },
                 "getInstanceHealth": {
-                  "description": "Check if a notebook instance is healthy.",
+                  "description": "Checks whether a notebook instance is healthy.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:getInstanceHealth",
                   "httpMethod": "GET",
                   "id": "notebooks.projects.locations.instances.getInstanceHealth",
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@
                   ]
                 },
                 "isUpgradeable": {
-                  "description": "Check if a notebook instance is upgradable.",
+                  "description": "Checks whether a notebook instance is upgradable.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:isUpgradeable",
                   "httpMethod": "GET",
                   "id": "notebooks.projects.locations.instances.isUpgradeable",
@@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@
                   ]
                 },
                 "reportEvent": {
-                  "description": "Report and process a runtime event.",
+                  "description": "Reports and processes a runtime event.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/runtimes/{runtimesId}:reportEvent",
                   "httpMethod": "POST",
                   "id": "notebooks.projects.locations.runtimes.reportEvent",
@@ -1932,11 +1932,11 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230502",
+  "revision": "20230604",
   "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
-      "description": "Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported.",
+      "description": "Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported.",
       "id": "AcceleratorConfig",
       "properties": {
         "coreCount": {
@@ -2644,7 +2644,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "noPublicIp": {
-          "description": "If true, no public IP will be assigned to this instance.",
+          "description": "If true, no external IP will be assigned to this instance.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "noRemoveDataDisk": {
@@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@
             "Accelerator type is Nvidia Tesla V100.",
             "Accelerator type is Nvidia Tesla P4.",
             "Accelerator type is Nvidia Tesla T4.",
-            "Accelerator type is Nvidia Tesla A100.",
+            "Accelerator type is Nvidia Tesla A100 - 40GB.",
             "(Coming soon) Accelerator type is TPU V2.",
             "(Coming soon) Accelerator type is TPU V3.",
             "Accelerator type is NVIDIA Tesla T4 Virtual Workstations.",
@@ -3534,7 +3534,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "RuntimeShieldedInstanceConfig": {
-      "description": "A set of Shielded Instance options. Check [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid.",
+      "description": "A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid.",
       "id": "RuntimeShieldedInstanceConfig",
       "properties": {
         "enableIntegrityMonitoring": {
@@ -3702,7 +3702,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SchedulerAcceleratorConfig": {
-      "description": "Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported.",
+      "description": "Definition of a hardware accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported.",
       "id": "SchedulerAcceleratorConfig",
       "properties": {
         "coreCount": {
@@ -3755,7 +3755,7 @@
       "id": "SetInstanceAcceleratorRequest",
       "properties": {
         "coreCount": {
-          "description": "Required. Count of cores of this accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. Check [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported.",
+          "description": "Required. Count of cores of this accelerator. Note that not all combinations of `type` and `core_count` are valid. See [GPUs on Compute Engine](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/#gpus-list) to find a valid combination. TPUs are not supported.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ShieldedInstanceConfig": {
-      "description": "A set of Shielded Instance options. Check [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid.",
+      "description": "A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). Not all combinations are valid.",
       "id": "ShieldedInstanceConfig",
       "properties": {
         "enableIntegrityMonitoring": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json
index 5a725e109a5..753e5d64927 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230502",
+  "revision": "20230604",
   "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
index b798b3f66ad..cf2ad397a72 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230522",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
index f28d7e79a87..0bc9369d4eb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230522",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
index 529ce736512..d33aabfad0f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
index b146f8f04e0..d0da2986e37 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptSettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
index afbe5b2ace6..622613a902b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CVSSv3": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
index 1154a355df8..fca528bdf83 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptRepository": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
index 5523e74de0a..116082bb8ac 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230603",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
index 3da0643ab54..fe2276c460a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230603",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
index 9b7a5363a0a..24c045d0f95 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230603",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
index 7de31e5fa28..1644d050a2f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://pagespeedonline.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditRefs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
index f13efaba097..55907de41ab 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230604",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1Amount": {
@@ -434,6 +434,7 @@
             "CANCELLATION_REASON_UPGRADE_DOWNGRADE",
             "CANCELLATION_REASON_USER_DELINQUENCY",
             "CANCELLATION_REASON_SYSTEM_ERROR",
+            "CANCELLATION_REASON_SYSTEM_CANCEL",
             "CANCELLATION_REASON_OTHER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -446,6 +447,7 @@
             "Used for notification only, do not use in Cancel API. Cancellation due to upgrade or downgrade.",
             "Cancellation due to user delinquency",
             "Cancellation due to an unrecoverable system error.",
+            "Cancellation by a system.",
             "Other reason."
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -1049,6 +1051,7 @@
             "CANCELLATION_REASON_UPGRADE_DOWNGRADE",
             "CANCELLATION_REASON_USER_DELINQUENCY",
             "CANCELLATION_REASON_SYSTEM_ERROR",
+            "CANCELLATION_REASON_SYSTEM_CANCEL",
             "CANCELLATION_REASON_OTHER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -1061,6 +1064,7 @@
             "Used for notification only, do not use in Cancel API. Cancellation due to upgrade or downgrade.",
             "Cancellation due to user delinquency",
             "Cancellation due to an unrecoverable system error.",
+            "Cancellation by a system.",
             "Other reason."
           ],
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
index cd2eb43a72e..32698affe52 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
@@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230616",
   "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Address": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
index 2205a4fa5d7..31b46080585 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://playcustomapp.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CustomApp": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json
index e39e642619d..f5648cb7dfc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1alpha1Anomaly": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json
index 75214de26fc..852a628df35 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1beta1Anomaly": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json
index f961dde5526..fb0b019094f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://playintegrity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccountActivity": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json
index 1a796b7bf92..9ad42e17143 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1Activity": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json
index 107a651794a..919c157045d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1beta1Activity": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
index fa99bf97346..dbd7ba3a285 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1AccessStateDiff": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json
index e94c330607c..b040730e62c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1Replay": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json
index 23037d03636..08c961dadbe 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1Replay": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json
index 384bc4b0f04..851aac2b140 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1AccessTuple": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json
index 463dc841414..be08ae40fbf 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1betaAccessTuple": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
index f524976a71d..76a6308cf66 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
@@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessUrls": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
index 7f6985c251b..91cff9c7d39 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json
index 7b04f1913b9..6b715f2e94c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ExternalAccountKey": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json
index 4de2adc21d7..f11d1236b61 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ExternalAccountKey": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json
index f20fe492a74..2e0cd1562da 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ExternalAccountKey": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
index 2e04cb61764..0d7d76bea46 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsublite.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json
index 3c6fce9aafc..c8a03a64ecb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeleteReaderResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
index f8ea36bdc24..41b0c3077f2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivatePretargetingConfigRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
index 24d206370d7..9a0b6569ebb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AccountDefenderAssessment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json
index 019d510f9fc..bf5f9504eeb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommendationengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
index cf6e1952d8a..81eacd62676 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
index c9f90818ea8..cf06105188f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
index 1438ac0eb24..d0473209a37 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://resourcesettings.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudResourcesettingsV1ListSettingsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json
index 898ff548843..ea3b17fc5bf 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230605",
   "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
index 3fb971b513c..eab3204f6af 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230521",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleProtobufEmpty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
index 29935269ad4..511411636fa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://script.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Content": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json
index 770d1bd11c8..d805c8788f0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://searchconsole.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AmpInspectionResult": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
index 9830b70c706..4009902a5e5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
@@ -4143,7 +4143,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Access": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
index c6aede97af2..255e8af226a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Access": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
index dfaed1a4f2c..5508526b758 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
@@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230601",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Access": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
index 6c8e2832fe4..994d7cf339d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddTenantProjectRequest": {
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Documentation": {
-      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
+      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
       "id": "Documentation",
       "properties": {
         "documentationRootUrl": {
@@ -1142,6 +1142,13 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "sectionOverrides": {
+          "description": "Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Page"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "serviceRootUrl": {
           "description": "Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.",
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
index e9f29a18d70..7b817cb8a00 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230612",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Api": {
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Documentation": {
-      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
+      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
       "id": "Documentation",
       "properties": {
         "documentationRootUrl": {
@@ -1012,6 +1012,13 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "sectionOverrides": {
+          "description": "Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Page"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "serviceRootUrl": {
           "description": "Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.",
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json
index 71afd7e3ba0..eb94190e283 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocateInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
index ab486d0809a..9ce3657ade6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Api": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
index 9b169c57441..49093153c20 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230603",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
index 494ff4e8522..03217566578 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230603",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
index e22925b6717..c48a654deb2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230609",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Advice": {
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Documentation": {
-      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
+      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
       "id": "Documentation",
       "properties": {
         "documentationRootUrl": {
@@ -1577,6 +1577,13 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "sectionOverrides": {
+          "description": "Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Page"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "serviceRootUrl": {
           "description": "Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.",
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
index 0037fb596cd..361a9b99463 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
@@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Documentation": {
-      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
+      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
       "id": "Documentation",
       "properties": {
         "documentationRootUrl": {
@@ -1790,6 +1790,13 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "sectionOverrides": {
+          "description": "Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Page"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "serviceRootUrl": {
           "description": "Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.",
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
index 43229467a21..f25f562bc68 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Documentation": {
-      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages; - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
+      "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.",
       "id": "Documentation",
       "properties": {
         "documentationRootUrl": {
@@ -1089,6 +1089,13 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "sectionOverrides": {
+          "description": "Specifies section and content to override boilerplate content provided by go/api-docgen. Currently overrides following sections: 1. rest.service.client_libraries",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Page"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "serviceRootUrl": {
           "description": "Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.",
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
index b9cb43aa5f0..6db060cb218 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddBandingRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json
index 74c4f0800ad..666fe288359 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230606",
   "rootUrl": "https://slides.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AffineTransform": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json
index 6591bfe17c9..a6e538a3b4c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230529",
+  "revision": "20230605",
   "rootUrl": "https://smartdevicemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleHomeEnterpriseSdmV1Device": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json
index f76860b9d23..f23ebf720a0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230522",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ABNFGrammar": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json
index bb78ad1a2ab..beb74138211 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230522",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ABNFGrammar": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
index 67a8c0c5229..090112d7d04 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   "description": "Stores and retrieves potentially large, immutable data objects.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/",
-  "etag": "\"3135373030303037323533333332303938363932\"",
+  "etag": "\"383236363234373537353532383237373333\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png",
     "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png"
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "destinationObject": {
-              "description": "Name of the new object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the new object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "destinationBucket": {
-              "description": "Name of the bucket in which to store the new object. Overrides the provided object metadata's bucket value, if any.For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the bucket in which to store the new object. Overrides the provided object metadata's bucket value, if any.For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "sourceObject": {
-              "description": "Name of the source object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the source object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "name": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. Required when the object metadata is not otherwise provided. Overrides the object metadata's name value, if any. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. Required when the object metadata is not otherwise provided. Overrides the object metadata's name value, if any. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2252,7 +2252,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "destinationObject": {
-              "description": "Name of the new object. Required when the object metadata is not otherwise provided. Overrides the object metadata's name value, if any. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the new object. Required when the object metadata is not otherwise provided. Overrides the object metadata's name value, if any. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "sourceObject": {
-              "description": "Name of the source object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the source object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -2536,7 +2536,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "object": {
-              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see Encoding URI Path Parts.",
+              "description": "Name of the object. For information about how to URL encode object names to be path safe, see [Encoding URI Path Parts](http://cloud/storage/docs/request-endpoints#encoding).",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -3010,7 +3010,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230602",
+  "revision": "20230617",
   "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Bucket": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
index 4ebc2893393..4bae4249627 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230526",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://storagetransfer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AgentPool": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
index f48d19c4d27..dfa8d798f1c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
           "parameterOrder": [],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "Optional. The filter expression. For example: `imagery_type=SPHERICAL`. The filters supported are: `imagery_type`, `processing_state`, `min_latitude`, `max_latitude`, `min_longitude`, `max_longitude`, and `filename_query`. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more information. Filename queries should sent as a Phrase in order to support multiple words and special characters by adding escaped quotes. Ex: filename_query=\"example of a phrase.mp4\"",
+              "description": "Optional. The filter expression. For example: `imagery_type=SPHERICAL`. The filters supported are: `imagery_type`, `processing_state`, `min_latitude`, `max_latitude`, `min_longitude`, `max_longitude`, `filename_query`, `min_capture_time_seconds`, `max_capture_time_seconds`, and `takedown`. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more information. Filename queries should sent as a Phrase in order to support multiple words and special characters by adding escaped quotes. Ex: filename_query=\"example of a phrase.mp4\"",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@
           "parameterOrder": [],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "Optional. The filter expression. For example: `placeId=ChIJj61dQgK6j4AR4GeTYWZsKWw`. The filters supported are: `placeId`, `min_latitude`, `max_latitude`, `min_longitude`, `max_longitude`, 'min_capture_time_seconds', and 'max_capture_time_seconds'. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more information.",
+              "description": "Optional. The filter expression. For example: `placeId=ChIJj61dQgK6j4AR4GeTYWZsKWw`. The filters supported are: `placeId`, `min_latitude`, `max_latitude`, `min_longitude`, `max_longitude`. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more information.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchDeletePhotosRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
index f86c5227a3f..f508c5f448c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleIamV1Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
index aaa3bb8a886..25ff1cb0b1a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230528",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleIamV1Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
index 5823edd2118..ab44f8dc50c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Task": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json
index a3c506edca4..3734b7f7fa5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://testing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json
index e688c905e3d..50d1c784bcd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AudioConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json
index fb892bbaf93..1e0adb4525c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230518",
+  "revision": "20230615",
   "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AudioConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
index dda25731a22..a3315ff9cc5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230605",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ANR": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json
index bf84facccb4..1d66449a2c0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230601",
   "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorType": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json
index 5ffbf566656..74b2aa67b2a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230601",
   "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorType": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json
index fd1e82e1772..88a25407a69 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json
@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230601",
   "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json
index 6452737628b..2764feb8c75 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230601",
   "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json
index 5c5a3474950..c4c82af61a6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://travelimpactmodel.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ComputeFlightEmissionsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json
index 46ebe57df87..a0c76b5d58d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230524",
+  "revision": "20230613",
   "rootUrl": "https://vault.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccountCount": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json
index 456680338e2..a6cae742a63 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230606",
   "rootUrl": "https://verifiedaccess.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Challenge": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json
index 96a6bd02ba5..84c9527ab56 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230530",
+  "revision": "20230606",
   "rootUrl": "https://verifiedaccess.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Challenge": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json
index 75d4bb8f31e..2645d413aa1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230618",
   "rootUrl": "https://versionhistory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Channel": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json
index d89a1d8cc7b..bfa392227fb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json
index 4a3591e7b69..af9e6202337 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json
index 58e98bf68ee..35d5e378a13 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json
index 2be025cce28..6a6bbc46e13 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json
index 13a868cb669..03c205a3e98 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230525",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
index 236b112733f..4e49af5bc32 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230519",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddProductToProductSetRequest": {
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Color": {
-      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
+      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
       "id": "Color",
       "properties": {
         "alpha": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
index 64ab71a022a..cc3dcfee915 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230519",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnnotateFileResponse": {
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Color": {
-      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
+      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
       "id": "Color",
       "properties": {
         "alpha": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
index 4e40a8e3533..9f9b89107dd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230519",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnnotateFileResponse": {
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Color": {
-      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page does not have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
+      "description": "Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value\u2014for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ...",
       "id": "Color",
       "properties": {
         "alpha": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json
index 34be21bde41..f0b42156a9c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json
@@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230523",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessKeyCredentials": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json
index 201c1496fae..a46cc639b6c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json
@@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230523",
+  "revision": "20230608",
   "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessKeyCredentials": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json
index afea5bffcd2..fdddca67c61 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230502",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://webfonts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Axis": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
index 697ece2b92b..88614d44e46 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230611",
   "rootUrl": "https://webrisk.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudWebriskV1ComputeThreatListDiffResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json
index 4b873b8eb2a..b5410fdc597 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Authentication": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json
index e31105588fd..e5ec2fcc647 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Authentication": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json
index bb3f008ba3a..551ef2d5b77 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230527",
+  "revision": "20230610",
   "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Authentication": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
index 43dd1636092..13b4033989a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
index 0b6810899b7..f02109fe39a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230517",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json
index c9910febc54..ee2bf288749 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json
@@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230531",
+  "revision": "20230607",
   "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accelerator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
index 6c5dc03f226..5b26948f046 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
@@ -3833,7 +3833,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230604",
+  "revision": "20230614",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbuseReport": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
index 779f6c0af58..8f68ccce1da 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtubeanalytics.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "EmptyResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
index d1d3b44cb40..8a86d20639e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20230603",
+  "revision": "20230619",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtubereporting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {